drd20220630
FALSE 2022 --06-30 no no 10 10 1500000000 no no 10 10 864588711 5000000 5000000 9474920 10 0001023512 FY 50 25 - 2 3 4 2 3 4 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 28 South Africa - 28 2 International Financial Reporting Standards ☑ 0001023512 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 2021-06-30 0001023512 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2019-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 2019-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-06-30 0001023512 2019-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:PreferenceSharesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:PreferenceSharesMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:PhantomSharesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:WestwitsmininglimitedwwmMember ifrs-full:Level1OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember drd:Guardriskinsurancecompanylimitedcellcaptivea170Member drd:ClassASharesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember drd:ChamberofminesbuildingcompanyproprietarylimitedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherEnvironmentRelatedContingentLiabilityMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MaterialReconcilingItemsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:PhantomSharesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OrdinarySharesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:PreferenceSharesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:WestwitsmininglimitedwwmMember ifrs-full:Level1OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember drd:Guardriskinsurancecompanylimitedcellcaptivea170Member drd:ClassASharesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember drd:ChamberofminesbuildingcompanyproprietarylimitedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GuaranteesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GuaranteesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MaterialReconcilingItemsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:OccupationalLungDiseasesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ProvisionForDecommissioningCostsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ProvisionForRestorationCostsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ProvisionForDecommissioningCostsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ProvisionForRestorationCostsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:SupplyOfWaterAndElectricityMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:GoldSmeltingAndRelatedChargesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:AccumulatedDepreciationAmortisationAndImpairmentMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:SupplyOfWaterAndElectricityMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:GoldSmeltingAndRelatedChargesMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:NotLaterThanOneYearMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanFiveYearsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:LaterThanFiveYearsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember drd:InvestmentsInObligationFundMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember drd:CashAndCashEquivalentsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsNotCreditimpairedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsCreditimpairedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsNotCreditimpairedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsCreditimpairedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedTaxLossesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedTaxLossesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedTaxLossesCapitalNatureMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedTaxLossesCapitalNatureMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:UnredeemedCapitalExpenditureMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:UnredeemedCapitalExpenditureMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember drd:RandmutualassurancecompanylimitedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember drd:RandmutualassurancecompanylimitedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ProvisionForDecommissioningRestorationAndRehabilitationCostsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ProvisionForDecommissioningRestorationAndRehabilitationCostsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:InvestmentsTemporaryDifferenceMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:InvestmentsTemporaryDifferenceMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherProvisionsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherProvisionsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherTemporaryDifferencesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedUnredeemedCapitalExpenditureMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedUnredeemedCapitalExpenditureMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 srt:ScenarioForecastMember 2023-10-22 2023-10-22 0001023512 drd:CommittedCreditFacilityMember drd:GuaranteeEkurhuleniLocalMunicipalityMember 2018-12-31 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:UncommittedRevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:UncommittedRevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:FirstScheduledPaymentMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:FirstScheduledPaymentMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:SecondScheduledPaymentMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:SecondScheduledPaymentMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember drd:ErgoMiningOperationsProprietaryLimitedMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SummonFirstMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SummonSecondMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level1OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level1OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:OtherChargesRelatedPartiesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:OtherChargesRelatedPartiesMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember 2022-08-24 2022-08-24 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherEnvironmentRelatedContingentLiabilityMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:MinePropertyAndDevelopmentMemberMember ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ExplorationAndEvaluationAssetsMember ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentOwnedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:RightofuseAssetsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:UncommittedRevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:UncommittedRevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2020-09-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:UncommittedRevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2020-09-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OperatingSegmentsMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OperatingSegmentsMember drd:FwgrMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:EkurhuleniMetropolitanMunicipalityElectricityTariffDisputeMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:AtFairValueMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:AtFairValueMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MaterialReconcilingItemsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OperatingSegmentsMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OperatingSegmentsMember drd:FwgrMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMember drd:Guardriskinsurancecompanylimitedcellcaptivea170Member 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandmutualassurancecompanylimitedMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandmutualassurancecompanylimitedMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:ContingentLiabilityForDecommissioningRestorationAndRehabilitationCostsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherContingentLiabilitiesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:FwgrMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:FwgrMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:FwgrMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:TerminalGrowthRateMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:TerminalGrowthRateMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:WeightedAverageCostOfCapitalMeasurementInputMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:WeightedAverageCostOfCapitalMeasurementInputMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:DiscountPeriodMeasurementInputMember drd:InvestmentInPrestigeBullionMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:DiscountPeriodMeasurementInputMember drd:InvestmentInPrestigeBullionMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:InvestmentInPrestigeBullionMember drd:CostOfEquityRateMeasurementInputMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:InvestmentInPrestigeBullionMember drd:CostOfEquityRateMeasurementInputMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:MinorityDiscountMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:MarketabilityDiscountMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:InvestmentInPrestigeBullionMember drd:PrestigeBullionDividendForecastMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:FarWestGoldRecoveriesProprietaryLimitedMiningAssetsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:FarWestGoldRecoveriesProprietaryLimitedMiningAssetsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:FarWestGoldRecoveriesProprietaryLimitedMiningAssetsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:FarWestGoldRecoveriesProprietaryLimitedMiningAssetsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:FarWestGoldRecoveriesProprietaryLimitedMiningAssetsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:StrengtheningOfTheRandAgainstTheUsDollarMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:StrengtheningOfTheRandAgainstTheUsDollarMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:WeakeningOfTheRandAgainstTheUsDollarMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:WeakeningOfTheRandAgainstTheUsDollarMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedIncomeTaxLossesTemporaryDifferencesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:EstimatedIncomeTaxLossesTemporaryDifferencesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 srt:ScenarioForecastMember 2022-12-02 2022-12-02 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:AtFairValueMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:AtFairValueMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember ifrs-full:AtFairValueMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 dei:BusinessContactMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:GoldRefiningAndRelatedChargesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:GoldRefiningAndRelatedChargesMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OperatingSegmentsMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OperatingSegmentsMember drd:FwgrMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember drd:DJPretoriusMember 2022-10-19 2022-10-19 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember drd:AJDavelMember 2022-10-19 2022-10-19 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember drd:WJSchoemanMember 2022-10-19 2022-10-19 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember drd:EBeukesMember 2022-10-19 2022-10-19 0001023512 ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember 2022-09-26 2022-09-26 0001023512 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember drd:CashAndCashEquivalentsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:FirstScheduledPaymentMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SecondScheduledPaymentMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:SupplyOfWaterAndElectricityMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:GoldSmeltingAndRelatedChargesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:SibanyeStillwaterMember drd:OtherChargesRelatedPartiesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:GoldRefiningAndRelatedChargesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2018-07-01 2019-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember drd:ErgoMiningOperationsProprietaryLimitedMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember drd:ErgoMiningOperationsProprietaryLimitedMember 2019-07-01 2020-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember ifrs-full:CurrencyRiskMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:CommodityPriceRiskMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:RandRefineryProprietaryLimitedMember drd:OperatingCostsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:WestwitsmininglimitedwwmMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:WestwitsmininglimitedwwmMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:InsuranceClaimMember 2022-09-01 2022-09-30 0001023512 drd:EnvironmentalRehabilitationMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:DirectorsAndOfficersInsuranceMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:OtherFundsMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:EnvironmentalRehabilitationMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:DirectorsAndOfficersInsuranceMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:OtherFundsMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ForeignDenominatedMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ForeignDenominatedMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:VestingOnDecemberSecondTwoThousandTwentyOneMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:VestingOnDecemberSecondTwoThousandTwentyTwoMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:OctoberTwentySecondTwoThousandTwentyThreeMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:October202024Member 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:VestingOnDecemberSecondTwoThousandTwentyOneMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:VestingOnDecemberSecondTwoThousandTwentyTwoMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:OctoberTwentySecondTwoThousandTwentyThreeMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember drd:October202024Member 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:PhantomSharesMember 2021-06-30 0001023512 drd:PhantomSharesMember 2020-06-30 0001023512 drd:PhantomSharesMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 srt:ScenarioForecastMember 2024-10-20 2024-10-20 0001023512 ifrs-full:InterestRateRiskMember drd:InvestmentsInObligationFundMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:GroupMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:WestwitsmininglimitedwwmMember ifrs-full:Level1OfFairValueHierarchyMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:BottomOfRangeMember drd:WestwitsmininglimitedwwmMember ifrs-full:Level1OfFairValueHierarchyMember 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:ErgoOperationsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 ifrs-full:MiningAssetsMember ifrs-full:TopOfRangeMember drd:FarWestGoldRecoveriesProprietaryLimitedMiningAssetsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001023512 drd:ConditionalSharesMember ifrs-full:MajorOrdinaryShareTransactionsMember 2022-10-19 2022-10-19 iso4217:ZAR xbrli:shares utr:l iso4217:ZAR utr:kg xbrli:pure xbrli:shares iso4217:USD utr:Y iso4217:ZAR
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
 
SECURITIES
 
AND EXCHANGE
 
COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM
20-F
☐
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT
 
TO SECTION 12(b)
 
OR (g) OF
 
THE SECURITIES
 
EXCHANGE ACT
 
OF 1934
OR
☑
ANNUAL REPORT
 
PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 13
 
OR 15(d) OF
 
THE SECURITIES
 
EXCHANGE ACT
 
OF 1934 For
 
the fiscal
 
year
ended
June 30, 2022
OR
☐
TRANSITION
 
REPORT PURSUANT
 
TO SECTION 13
 
OR 15(d) OF
 
THE SECURITIES
 
EXCHANGE ACT
 
OF 1934
OR
☐
SHELL COMPANY REPORT
 
PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 13 OR
 
15(d) OF THE
 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE
 
ACT 1934
Commission
 
file number
0-28800
DRDGOLD LIMITED
(Exact name
 
of Registrant
 
as specified
 
in its charter
 
and translation
 
of Registrant's
 
name into English)
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
(Jurisdiction
 
of incorporation
 
or organization)
Constantia Office Park Cnr 14th Avenue and Hendrik Potgieter Road Cycad House, Building 17, Ground Floor
Weltevreden Park
1709
,
South Africa
 
(Address
 
of principal
 
executive offices)
Riaan Davel
, Chief Financial
 
Officer, Tel. no. +
27
11
470 2600
, Email
riaan.davel@drdgold.com
Mpho Mashatola,
 
Group Financial
 
Manager Tel. no. +27
 
11 470 2600, Email
 
mpho
.
mashatola@drdgold.com
(Name, Telephone,
 
Email and/or
 
Facsimile
 
number and Address
 
of Company Contact
 
Person)
Securities
 
registered or
 
to be registered
 
pursuant to Section
 
12(b) of the
 
Act
Title of each
 
class:
Trading symbol
Name of each
 
exchange on
 
which registered:
Ordinary shares (traded in the form of American Depositary
Shares, each American Depositary Share representing ten
underlying ordinary shares.)
DRD
The
New York Stock Exchange
, Inc.
Securities
 
registered or
 
to be registered
 
pursuant to Section
 
12(g) of the
 
Act
None
Securities
 
for which there
 
is a reporting
 
obligation pursuant
 
to Section 15(d)
 
of the Act
None
Indicate the number of outstanding
 
shares of each of the issuer's
 
classes of capital or common stock
 
as of the close of the period
covered by the
 
annual report.
 
864,588,711
 
ordinary shares
 
of no par value
 
outstanding
 
as of June 30,
 
2022.
 
Indicate
 
by
 
check
 
mark
 
if
 
the
 
registrant
 
is
 
a
 
well-known
 
seasoned
 
issuer,
 
as
 
defined
 
in
 
Rule
 
405
 
of
 
the
 
Securities
 
Act.
Yes
☐
No
☑
If this report
 
is an annual
 
report or transition
 
report, indicate
 
by check mark if
 
the registrant
 
is not required
 
to file reports
 
pursuant
to Section 13
 
or 15(d) of the
 
Securities
 
Exchange Act
 
of 1934
 
Yes
☐
 
No
☑
Indicate by check
 
mark whether the
 
registrant
 
(1) has filed all
 
reports required
 
to be filed by Section
 
13 or 15(d) of the
 
Securities
Exchange Act
 
of 1934 during
 
the preceding
 
12 months (or
 
for such shorter
 
period that the
 
registrant was
 
required to file
 
such reports),
 
and
(2) has been
 
subject to
 
such filing requirements
 
for the past
 
90 days.
 
Yes
☑
 
No
☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Date File required to be submitted
pursuant to Rule 405
 
of Regulation S-T (§
 
232.405 of this chapter) during
 
the preceding 12 months (or
 
for such shorter period that
 
the
registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes
☑
 
No
☐
Indicate
 
by check
 
mark whether
 
the registrant
 
is a
 
large accelerated
 
filer, an
 
accelerated
 
filer, a
 
non-accelerated
 
filer, or
 
an emerging
growth company.
 
See definition of
 
“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”
 
and “emerging growth
 
company”
 
in Rule 12b-2
 
of the
Exchange Act.
Large accelerated
 
filer
☐
 
Accelerated filer
☑
 
Non-accelerated
 
filer
☐
Emerging growth
 
company
☐
If any emerging
 
growth company
 
that prepares
 
its financial
 
statements in
 
accordance with
 
U.S. GAAP, indicate by check
 
mark if
the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
 
standards
provided pursuant
 
to Section 13(a)
 
of the Exchange
 
Act
 
☐
 
The term
 
“new or
 
revised
 
financial
 
accounting
 
standard”
 
refers to
 
any update
 
issued by
 
the Financial
 
Accounting
 
Standards
 
Board
to its Accounting
 
Standards Codification
 
after April
 
5, 2012.
Indicate by
 
check
 
mark
 
whether
 
the
 
registrant has
 
filed
 
a
 
report
 
on
 
and
 
attestation to
 
its
 
management’s
 
assessment of
 
the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by
 
the
registered
 
public accounting
 
firm that prepared
 
or issued its
 
audit report.
☑
Indicate
 
by check
 
mark which
 
basis of
 
accounting
 
the registrant
 
has used
 
to prepare
 
the financial
 
statements
 
included
 
in this filing
.
U.S. GAAP
☐
 
International
 
Financial Reporting
 
Standards as
 
issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board
☑
 
Other
☐
If “Other”
 
has been
 
checked in
 
response to
 
the previous question,
 
indicate by check
 
mark which
 
financial statement item
 
the
registrant
 
has elected to
 
follow.
 
Item 17
☐
 
Item 18
☐
If this
 
is an
 
annual report, indicate by
 
check mark
 
whether the
 
registrant is a
 
shell company (as
 
defined in
 
Rule 12b-2
 
of the
Exchange Act).
 
Yes
☐
 
No
☑
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
 
7
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS
 
AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
 
7
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION
 
7
3A.
[Reserved]
7
3B.
Capitalization And Indebtedness
 
8
3C.
Reasons For The Offer And Use Of Proceeds
 
8
3D.
Risk Factors
 
8
ITEM 4.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
 
22
4A.
History And Development Of The Company
 
22
4B.
Business Overview
 
24
4C.
Organizational Structure
 
29
4D.
Property, Plant And Equipment
 
30
ITEM 4A.
UNRESOLVED STAFF
 
COMMENTS
 
43
ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
 
44
5A.
Operating Results
 
44
5B.
Liquidity And Capital Resources
 
53
5C.
Research And Development, Patents And Licenses, Etc
 
54
5D.
Trend Information
 
54
5E.
Critical Accounting Estimates
58
ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
 
58
6A.
Directors And Senior Management
 
58
6B.
Compensation
 
62
6C.
Board Practices
 
65
6D.
Employees
 
69
6E.
Share Ownership
 
70
ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY
 
TRANSACTIONS
 
72
7A.
Major Shareholders
 
72
7B.
Related Party Transactions
 
73
7C.
Interests Of Experts And Counsel
 
73
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
73
8A.
Consolidated statements And Other Financial Information
 
73
8B.
Significant Changes
 
73
ITEM 9.
THE OFFER AND LISTING
 
74
9A.
Offer And Listing Details
 
74
9B.
Plan Of Distribution
 
74
9C.
Markets
 
74
9D.
Selling Shareholders
 
74
9E.
Dilution
 
74
9F.
Expenses Of The Issue
 
74
ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
74
10A.
Share Capital
 
74
10B.
Memorandum and articles of association
74
10C.
Material Contracts
 
77
10D.
Exchange Controls
 
78
10E.
Taxation
 
80
10F.
Dividends And Paying Agents
 
85
10G.
Statement By Experts
 
85
10H.
Documents On Display
 
85
10I.
Subsidiary Information
 
85
ITEM 11.
QUANTITATIVE
 
AND QUALITATIVE
 
DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
85
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART II
ITEM 12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
 
86
12A.
Debt Securities
 
86
12B.
Warrants and Rights
 
86
12C.
Other Securities
 
86
12D
American Depositary Shares
 
87
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS,
 
DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
 
88
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL
 
MODIFICATIONS TO
 
THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
 
88
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
88
ITEM 16.
[RESERVED]
89
ITEM 16A.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
 
89
ITEM 16B.
CODE OF ETHICS
 
89
ITEM 16C.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT
 
FEES AND SERVICES
 
89
ITEM 16D.
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
 
90
ITEM 16E.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
 
90
ITEM 16F
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
 
90
ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE
 
GOVERNANCE
 
90
ITEM 16H.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
91
ITEM 16I.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
 
91
PART III
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
92
ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
92
ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS
 
95
SIGNATURES
98
1
Preparation
 
of Financial
 
Information
 
 
We are a South African
 
company and
 
currently
 
all our operations
 
are located
 
in South Africa.
 
Accordingly, our books
 
of account
 
are
maintained
 
in South African
 
Rand. Our financial statements included in our corporate filings are prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
 
 
Our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
All financial information in this Annual Report, except as otherwise noted is prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.
 
 
We present our financial information in rand, which is our presentation and reporting currency.
 
All references
 
to “dollars”
 
or “$”
herein are
 
to United States
 
Dollars and
 
references
 
to “rand” or
 
“R” are to South
 
African rands.
 
Solely for your convenience, this Annual Report
contains translations of certain rand amounts into dollars at specified rates. These rand amounts do not represent actual dollar amounts, nor
could they necessarily have been converted into dollars at the rates indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, rand amounts have been translated
into dollars at the rate of R16.27 per $1.00, the year end exchange rate on June 30, 2022.
 
In this Annual Report, we present certain non-IFRS financial measures such as “cash operating costs per kilogram”, “all-in
sustaining costs per kilogram” and “all-in costs per kilogram” which have been determined using industry guidelines promulgated by the
World Gold Council, and which we use to determine costs associated with producing gold, cash generating capacities of the mines and to
monitor performance of our mining operations. An investor should not consider these items in isolation or as alternatives to, operating costs,
cash generated from operating activities, profit/(loss) for the year or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance
with IFRS or as an indicator of our performance. While the World Gold Council has provided definitions for the calculation of these
measures,
 
the calculation of cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram may vary
significantly among gold mining companies, and these definitions by themselves do not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with
other gold mining companies. See Glossary of Terms and Explanations and Item 5A. Operating Results – “Cash operating costs, all-in
sustaining costs and all-in costs” and “Reconciliation of cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per kilogram, all-in costs
per kilogram”.
 
DRDGOLD Limited
 
When used in
 
this Annual
 
Report, the
 
term the “Company”
 
refers to DRDGOLD
 
Limited and
 
the terms “we,”
 
“our,” “us” or
 
“the
Group” refer
 
to the Company
 
and its subsidiaries
 
as appropriate
 
in the context.
 
Special Note
 
Regarding Forward-Looking
 
Statements
 
This Annual
 
Report contains
 
certain “forward-looking”
 
statements
 
within the meaning
 
of Section
 
21E of the
 
U.S. Securities
 
Exchange
Act of 1934,
 
regarding expected
 
future events,
 
circumstances,
 
trends and expected
 
future financial
 
performance
 
and information
 
relating to
 
us
that are
 
based on the
 
beliefs of
 
our management,
 
as well as
 
assumptions
 
made by and
 
information
 
currently available
 
to our management.
 
Some
of these forward-looking
 
statements
 
include phrases
 
such as “anticipates,”
 
“believes,”
 
“could,” “estimates,”
 
“expects,”
 
“intends,”
 
“may,”
“should,” or
 
“will continue,”
 
or similar
 
expressions
 
or the negatives
 
thereof or
 
other variations
 
on these expressions,
 
or similar
 
terminology, or
discussions
 
of strategy, plans
 
or intentions,
 
including statements in connection with, or relating
 
to, among other things:
 
●
our reserve calculations and underlying assumptions;
●
the trend information discussed in Item 5D.- Trend Information, including target gold production and cash operating costs;
●
life of mine and potential increase in life of mine;
●
statements made in or with respect to the Technical Report Summaries (“
TRS
” or “
TRSs
”) including statements with respect to
Mineral Reserves and Resources and assumptions, gold prices, projected revenue and cash flows and capital expenditures and
other forward looking statements in the TRSs;
●
estimated future throughput capacity and production;
●
expected trends in our gold production as well as the demand for and the price of gold;
 
●
our anticipated labor, electricity, water,
 
crude oil and steel costs;
●
our expectation that existing cash will be sufficient to fund our operations in the next 12 months including our anticipated
commitments;
●
estimated production costs, cash operating costs per ounce, all-in sustaining costs per ounce and all-in costs per ounce;
●
expectations on future gold price, supply and pricing trends, including long term trends, expected impact of the global environment
on gold prices;
●
expected gold production and cash operating costs expected in fiscal year 2023;
 
●
statements with respect to agreements with unions;
●
our prospects in litigation and disputes;
●
statements with respect to the legal review for increasing the deposition capacity of the Brakpan/Withok Tailings Storage Facility
(“
TSF
”) and the Regional Tailings Storage Facility (“
RTSF
”), and expected potential increase in capacity and life of mine and
statements with respect to our flotation fine-grind
 
(“
FFG
”) program;
 
●
expected deposition capacity from improvements in our dams and new dam construction; and
●
expected effective gold mining tax rate.
 
 
Such statements
 
reflect our
 
current views
 
with respect
 
to future events
 
and are subject
 
to risks, uncertainties
 
and assumptions.
 
Many
factors could
 
cause our
 
actual results,
 
performance
 
or achievements
 
to be materially
 
different from
 
any future
 
results, performance
 
or
achievements
 
that may be
 
expressed or
 
implied by
 
such forward-looking
 
statements,
 
including, among
 
others:
 
2
●
the global
 
impact of
 
the COVID-19
 
pandemic and
 
potential new
 
variants,
 
including in
 
South Africa;
 
●
the global
 
impact of
 
Ukraine conflict
 
and global inflation;
●
adverse changes
 
or uncertainties
 
in general
 
economic conditions
 
in South Africa;
 
●
regulatory
 
developments
 
adverse to
 
us or difficulties
 
in maintaining
 
necessary
 
licenses or
 
other governmental
 
approvals;
●
future performance
 
relating to
 
the FWGR
 
Phase 2 assets
 
and the reclamation
 
sites on the
 
east of Ergo’s plant;
●
challenges
 
in replenishing
 
mineral reserves;
●
changes in
 
our competitive
 
position;
●
changes in,
 
or that affect,
 
our business
 
strategy;
●
that assumptions
 
underlying our
 
Mineral Reserves
 
and Mineral
 
Resources as
 
set forth in
 
this report
 
and our TRSs
 
prove to be
incorrect;
●
our ability
 
to achieve
 
anticipated
 
efficiencies
 
and other cost
 
savings in
 
connection
 
with past
 
and future
 
acquisitions;
●
the success
 
of our business
 
strategy, development
 
activities
 
and other initiatives;
●
adverse changes
 
in our gold
 
production
 
as well as
 
the demand
 
for and the
 
price of gold;
 
●
changes in
 
technical
 
and economic
 
assumptions
 
underlying our
 
Mineral Reserve
 
estimates;
●
any major
 
disruption in
 
production
 
at our key
 
facilities;
 
●
adverse changes
 
in foreign
 
exchange rates;
●
adverse environmental
 
or environmental
 
regulatory changes;
●
adverse changes
 
in ore grades
 
and recoveries,
 
and to the
 
quality or quantity
 
of reserves;
●
unforeseen
 
technical
 
production issues,
 
industrial
 
accidents
 
and theft;
●
anticipated
 
or unanticipated
 
capital expenditure
 
on property, plant
 
and equipment;
 
●
the impact
 
of HIV/AIDS,
 
tuberculosis
 
and the spread
 
of other contagious
 
diseases;
 
and
●
various other
 
factors,
 
including those
 
set forth in
 
Item 3D.
 
Risk Factors.
 
 
For a discussion
 
of such risks,
 
see Item
 
3D. Risk Factors.
 
The risk factors
 
described above
 
and in Item
 
3D. could affect
 
our future
results, causing
 
these results
 
to differ materially
 
from those
 
expressed in
 
any forward-looking
 
statements.
 
These factors
 
are not necessarily
 
all of
the important
 
factors that
 
could cause
 
our results
 
to differ materially
 
from those
 
expressed
 
in any forward-looking
 
statements.
 
Other unknown
 
or
unpredictable
 
factors could
 
also have
 
material
 
adverse effects
 
on future results.
 
Investors are
 
cautioned not
 
to place undue
 
reliance
 
on these forward-looking
 
statements,
 
which speak
 
only as of the
 
date thereof.
 
We
do not undertake
 
any obligation
 
to update
 
publicly or
 
release
 
any revisions
 
to these forward-looking
 
statements
 
to reflect events
 
or circumstances
after the
 
date of this
 
Annual Report
 
or to reflect
 
the occurrence
 
of unanticipated
 
events.
Special Note
 
Regarding Links
 
to External,
 
or Third-party
 
Websites
Any links to
 
external,
 
or third-party
 
websites,
 
are provided
 
solely for
 
convenience.
 
We take no responsibility
 
whatsoever
 
for any third-
party information
 
contained in
 
such third-party
 
websites,
 
and we specifically
 
disclaim adoption
 
or incorporation
 
by reference
 
of such information
into this report
 
and no websites
 
are incorporated
 
by reference
 
into this report.
 
 
 
 
 
3
Imperial units
 
of measure
 
and metric
 
equivalents
 
The table
 
below sets
 
forth units
 
stated in this
 
document, which
 
are measured
 
in Imperial
 
and Metric.
 
Metric
Imperial
Imperial
Metric
1 metric tonne
1.10229 short tons
1 short ton
0.9072 metric tonnes
1 kilogram
2.20458 pounds
1 pound
0.4536 kilograms
1 gram
0.03215 troy ounces
1 troy ounce
31.10353 grams
1 kilometer
0.62150 miles
1 mile
1.609 kilometers
1 meter
3.28084 feet
1 foot
0.3048 meters
1 liter
0.26420 gallons
1 gallon
3.785 liters
1 hectare
2.47097 acres
1 acre
0.4047 hectares
1 centimeter
0.39370 inches
1 inch
2.54 centimeters
1 gram/tonne
0.0292 ounces/ton
1 ounce/ton
34.28 grams/tonnes
0 degree Celsius
32 degrees Fahrenheit
0 degrees Fahrenheit
- 18 degrees Celsius
4
Glossary of Terms and Explanations
The table below sets forth a glossary of terms used in this Annual Report:
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted
 
EBITDA
 
means
 
earnings
 
before
 
interest,
 
tax,
 
depreciation,
 
amortisation,
 
share-based
 
payment
(benefit)/expense, change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in profit
 
or loss, gain/(loss) on
disposal
 
of
 
property,
 
plant
 
and
 
equipment,
 
gain/(loss)
 
on
 
financial
 
instruments,
 
IFRS
 
16
 
lease
 
payments,
exploration expenses and
 
transaction costs, and retrenchment
 
costs. This is
 
a non-IFRS financial measure
 
and
should not be considered a substitute measure of net income reported by us in accordance with IFRS.
Administration expenses and
other costs excluding non-
recurring items
Administration
 
expenses
 
and
 
other
 
costs
 
excluding
 
loss
 
on
 
disposal
 
of
 
property,
 
plant
 
and
 
equipment
 
and
transaction costs.
All-in sustaining costs per
kilogram
 
All-in sustaining
 
costs is
 
a measure
 
on which
 
guidance is
 
provided by
 
the World
 
Gold Council
 
and includes
cash operating costs of production, plus movement in gold in process on a sales basis, corporate administration
expenses and other (costs)/income,
 
the accretion of rehabilitation
 
costs and sustaining
 
capital expenditure. Costs
other than those listed above are excluded. All-in sustaining costs per kilogram are calculated by dividing total
all-in sustaining costs by kilograms of
 
gold produced. This is a non‑IFRS
 
financial measure and should not be
considered a substitute measure of costs and expenses reported by us in accordance with IFRS.
All-in costs per kilogram
 
All-in costs is
 
a measure
 
on which
 
guidance is
 
provided by
 
the World Gold Council
 
and includes
 
all-in sustaining
costs,
 
retrenchment
 
costs,
 
care
 
and
 
maintenance
 
costs,
 
ongoing
 
rehabilitation
 
expenditure,
 
growth
 
capital
expenditure and capital recoupments.
 
Costs other than
 
those listed above
 
are excluded. All-in costs
 
per kilogram
are calculated by dividing
 
total all-in costs by
 
kilograms of gold
 
produced. This is
 
a non‑IFRS financial measure
and should not
 
be considered a
 
substitute measure of
 
costs and expenses
 
reported by us
 
in accordance with
 
IFRS.
Assaying
 
The chemical testing process of rock samples to determine mineral content.
Brakpan/Withok final life design
 
The Brakpan/Withok Tailings
 
Storage Facility final life design is the engineering
 
design that ultimately brings
the
 
tailings
 
storage facility
 
to
 
its
 
finality
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
extent, operation,
 
rehabilitation and
 
management. The
implemented final design
 
would result in
 
alignments with the
 
Global Industry Standard
 
on Tailings Management
(“
GISTM
”)
 
and
 
regulatory
 
bodies,
 
increase
 
deposition
 
capacity,
 
improve
 
operation/management
 
and
 
bring
about the sustainable closure of the facility.
 
$/oz
 
US dollar per ounce.
Called gold content
 
The theoretical gold content of material processed.
Care and maintenance
 
Costs to ensure that the Ore Reserves are open, serviceable
 
and legally compliant after active mining activity at
a shaft has ceased.
Cash operating costs of
production
 
Cash
 
operating
 
costs
 
of
 
production
 
are
 
operating
 
costs
 
less
 
ongoing
 
rehabilitation
 
expenses,
 
care
 
and
maintenance costs and net other operating costs/(income). This is a
 
non‑IFRS financial measure and should not
be considered a substitute measure of costs and expenses reported by us in accordance with IFRS.
Cash operating costs per kilogram
 
Cash operating
 
costs are
 
operating costs
 
incurred directly
 
in the
 
production of
 
gold and
 
include labor
 
costs,
contractor and other
 
related costs, inventory
 
costs and electricity
 
costs. Cash operating
 
costs per kilogram
 
are
calculated by dividing
 
cash operating costs
 
by kilograms of
 
gold produced.
 
This is a
 
non‑IFRS financial measure
and should not
 
be considered a
 
substitute measure
 
of costs and
 
expenses reported by
 
us in accordance
 
with IFRS.
Cut‑off grade
 
The grade
 
(i.e., the
 
concentration of
 
metal or
 
mineral in
 
rock) that
 
distinguishes material
 
deemed to
 
have no
economic value from material deemed to have economic value.
 
CIL Circuit
Carbon-in-leach circuit.
Definitive Feasibility Study
("
DFS
")
A definitive
 
engineering estimate
 
of all
 
costs, revenues,
 
equipment requirements
 
and production
 
at a
 
-5% to
+10% level of accuracy. The study
 
is used to define the
 
economic viability of a
 
project and to support
 
the search
for project financing.
Depletion
 
The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production.
Deposition
 
Deposition is the geological process
 
by which material is added
 
to a landform or land mass.
 
Fluids such as wind
and water, as
 
well as sediment flowing via gravity,
 
transport previously eroded sediment, which, at
 
the loss of
enough kinetic
 
energy in
 
the fluid,
 
is deposited,
 
building up
 
layers of
 
sediment. Deposition
 
occurs when
 
the
forces responsible for sediment transportation are no longer sufficient to
 
overcome the forces of particle weight
and friction, creating a resistance to motion.
 
Dilution
Waste or material below the cut-off grade that contaminates the ore during the course of mining operations and
thereby reduces the average grade mined.
Doré
 
Unrefined gold and silver
 
bullion bars consisting of
 
approximately 90% precious metals
 
which will be further
refined to almost pure metal.
Footwall
The underlying side of a stope or ore body.
Grade
 
The amount
 
of gold
 
contained within auriferous
 
material generally
 
expressed in
 
ounces per
 
ton or
 
grams per
tonne of ore.
Growth capital expenditure
 
Capital additions that
 
are not sustaining capital
 
expenditure. This is a
 
non‑IFRS financial measure and
 
should
not be considered a substitute measure of costs and expenses reported by us in accordance with IFRS.
g/t
 
Grams per tonne.
5
Indicated Mineral Resources
That part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or
 
quality are estimated on the basis of adequate
geological
 
evidence
 
and
 
sampling.
 
The
 
level
 
of
 
geological
 
certainty
 
associated
 
with
 
an
 
indicated
 
Mineral
Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors
 
in sufficient detail to support mine
planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an indicated
 
Mineral Resource has a
lower level of
 
confidence than the
 
level of confidence
 
of a measured
 
Mineral Resource, an
 
indicated Mineral
Resource may only be converted to a probable Mineral Reserve.
Inferred Mineral Resources
That part of
 
a Mineral Resource
 
for which quantity
 
and grade or
 
quality are estimated
 
on the basis
 
of limited
geological
 
evidence
 
and
 
sampling.
 
The
 
level
 
of
 
geological
 
uncertainty
 
associated
 
with
 
an
 
inferred
 
Mineral
Resource
 
is
 
too
 
high
 
to
 
apply
 
relevant
 
technical
 
and
 
economic
 
factors
 
likely
 
to
 
influence
 
the
 
prospects
 
of
economic
 
extraction
 
in
 
a
 
manner
 
useful
 
for
 
evaluation
 
of
 
economic
 
viability.
 
Because
 
an
 
inferred
 
Mineral
Resource has the lowest level
 
of geological confidence of
 
all Mineral Resources, which prevents
 
the application
of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability,
 
an inferred Mineral Resource
may not be considered when assessing the economic viability of a
 
mining project and may not be converted to
a Mineral Reserve.
 
Measured Mineral Resources
That part of a Mineral
 
Resource for which quantity and
 
grade or quality are estimated
 
on the basis of conclusive
geological
 
evidence
 
and
 
sampling.
 
The
 
level
 
of
 
geological
 
certainty
 
associated
 
with
 
a
 
measured
 
Mineral
Resource is
 
sufficient
 
to allow
 
a
 
qualified person
 
to apply
 
modifying factors,
 
in sufficient
 
detail
 
to support
detailed mine planning
 
and final evaluation
 
of the
 
economic viability
 
of the
 
deposit. Because
 
a measured Mineral
Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of
 
either an indicated Mineral Resource
or an inferred Mineral Resource, a measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a proven
 
Mineral Reserve
or to a probable Mineral Reserve.
Metallurgical plant
 
A processing plant (mill) erected to treat ore and extract the contained gold.
Mineral Reserves
 
An estimate of tonnage and
 
grade or quality of indicated
 
and measured Mineral Resources that, in
 
the opinion
of the qualified person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, the economically
mineable part of a
 
measured or indicated Mineral
 
Resource, which includes diluting materials
 
and allowances
for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted.
Mineral Resources
A concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or
quality,
 
and
 
quantity
 
that
 
there
 
are
 
reasonable
 
prospects
 
for
 
economic
 
extraction.
 
A
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
is
 
a
reasonable estimate of mineralization, taking into
 
account relevant factors such as
 
cut-off grade, likely mining
dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is
likely to, in
 
whole or in
 
part, become economically
 
extractable. It is
 
not merely an
 
inventory of all
 
mineralization
drilled or sampled.
Mine call factor
 
The gold content recovered expressed as a percentage of the called gold content.
Modifying factors
The factors that a qualified person must
 
apply to indicated and measured Mineral Resources and
 
then evaluate
in order
 
to establish
 
the economic
 
viability of
 
Mineral Reserves.
 
A qualified person
 
must apply
 
and evaluate
modifying
 
factors
 
to
 
convert
 
measured
 
and
 
indicated
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
to
 
proven
 
and
 
probable
 
Mineral
Reserves.
 
These
 
factors
 
include,
 
but
 
are
 
not
 
restricted
 
to:
 
Mining;
 
processing;
 
metallurgical;
 
infrastructure;
economic;
 
marketing;
 
legal;
 
environmental
 
compliance;
 
plans,
 
negotiations,
 
or
 
agreements
 
with
 
local
individuals or groups; and governmental
 
factors. The number, type and specific
 
characteristics of the modifying
factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project
Mt
 
Million tons.
Ore
 
A mixture of valuable
 
and worthless materials from
 
which the extraction of
 
at least one mineral
 
is technically
and economically viable.
Other operating costs / (income)
Expenses incurred, and
 
income generated in
 
the course of
 
operating activities, which
 
are not directly
 
attributable
to production activities.
Operating costs
 
Operating costs are cost of sales less depreciation, change in estimate
 
of rehabilitation provision, movement in
gold in process and
 
finished inventory –
 
gold bullion, ongoing
 
rehabilitation expenditure, care
 
and maintenance,
other operating income and retrenchment costs.
oz/t
 
Ounces per ton.
Prefeasibility study ("
PFS
")
A comprehensive study of a range of
 
options for the technical and economic
 
viability of a mineral project that
has
 
advanced
 
to
 
a
 
stage
 
where
 
a
 
preferred
 
mining
 
method,
 
in
 
the
 
case
 
of
 
underground
 
mining,
 
or
 
the
 
pit
configuration,
 
in
 
the
 
case
 
of
 
an
 
open
 
pit,
 
is
 
established
 
and
 
an
 
effective
 
method
 
of
 
mineral
 
processing
 
is
determined. It includes a
 
financial analysis based on
 
reasonable assumptions on the
 
modifying factors and the
evaluation
 
of
 
any
 
other
 
relevant
 
factors
 
which
 
are
 
sufficient
 
for
 
a
 
competent
 
person,
 
acting
 
reasonably,
 
to
determine if all or part of the Mineral Resource may
 
be converted to a Mineral Reserve at the time of
 
reporting.
A prefeasibility study is at a lower confidence level than a feasibility study.
Proven Mineral Reserves
 
The economically mineable part of a measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a
measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a measured Mineral Resource.
 
Probable Mineral Reserves
 
The economically mineable part of an indicated and in some cases, a measured Mineral Resource.
Qualified Person
An individual who is a
 
mineral industry professional with at least 5
 
years of relevant experience in the
 
type of
mineralization
 
and
 
type
 
of
 
deposit
 
under
 
consideration
 
and
 
in
 
the
 
specific
 
type
 
of
 
activity
 
that
 
person
 
is
undertaking on behalf of
 
the registrant, and an eligible
 
member or licensee in
 
a good standing of a
 
recognized
professional organization at the time the technical report is prepared.
Refining
 
The final purification process of a metal or mineral.
6
Rehabilitation
 
The process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original state.
Reserves
 
That part of a mineral deposit which could be economically and legally
 
extracted or produced at the time of the
reserve determination.
Sediment
The deposition of solid fragmental material that originated from weathering of rocks and was transported from
a source to a site of deposition.
Slimes
 
The tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable minerals have been recovered.
Sustaining capital expenditure
 
Sustaining capital expenditure are
 
those capital additions that
 
are necessary to maintain
 
current gold production.
This is a non‑IFRS financial measure and should
 
not be considered a substitute measure of costs
 
and expenses
reported by us in accordance with IFRS.
T’000
 
Tonnes in thousands.
Tailings
 
Finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling, or any
 
waste rock, slimes or
residue derived from any mining operation or processing of any minerals.
Tailings dam
 
A dam created from
 
waste material of processed
 
ore after the economically
 
recoverable gold has been
 
extracted.
Tonnage/Tonne
 
Quantities
 
where the
 
metric tonne
 
is
 
an appropriate
 
unit of
 
measure. Typically
 
used to
 
measure
 
reserves of
gold‑bearing material in‑situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined, transported or milled.
Tpm
 
Tonne per month.
Yield
 
The amount of recovered gold from production generally expressed in ounces or grams per ton or tonne
 
of ore.
7
PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY
 
OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR
 
MANAGEMENT AND
 
ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER
 
STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY
 
INFORMATION
3A. [Reserved]
8
3B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.
3C. REASONS
 
FOR THE OFFER
 
AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
3D. RISK FACTORS
 
In conducting
 
our business, we
 
face many
 
risks that
 
may interfere
 
with our
 
business objectives. Some of
 
these risks
 
relate to
 
our
operational processes,
 
while others relate
 
to our business environment.
 
It is important to understand
 
the nature of these
 
risks and the impact they
may have on our
 
business, financial
 
condition and
 
operating results.
 
Some of these
 
risks are summarized
 
below and have
 
been organized
 
into the
following categories:
●
Risks related
 
to our business
 
and operations;
●
Risks related
 
to the gold
 
mining industry;
●
Risks related
 
to doing business
 
in South Africa;
 
●
Risks related to climate change;
●
Risks related to government regulation; and
●
Risks related to ownership in our ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares (ADSs).
Risks related
 
to our business
 
and operations
Changes in the market price for gold and exchange rate fluctuations,
 
both of which have fluctuated widely in the past, affect the
profitability
 
of our operations
 
and the cash
 
flows generated
 
by those operations.
Our results
 
are significantly
 
impacted
 
by the price
 
of gold and
 
the USD-Rand
 
exchange rate.
 
Any sustained decline in the market price
of gold
 
from the current
 
levels would adversely
 
affect us,
 
and any sustained
 
decline in the
 
price of gold
 
below the
 
cost of production
 
could
result in the closure of
 
some or all of our operations
 
which would result in significant costs
 
and expenditure, such as, incurring
 
retrenchment
costs earlier than
 
expected which could
 
lead to a
 
decline in profits,
 
or losses, as
 
well as impairment
 
losses.
 
In addition, as
 
most of our
 
production
costs are
 
in rands,
 
while gold
 
is sold
 
in dollars
 
and then
 
converted to
 
rands, our
 
results of
 
operation and
 
financial condition
 
have been
 
and
could be in the future materially affected by
 
an appreciation in the value of the rand. Accordingly,
 
any sustained decline in the dollar price of
gold and/or the strengthening of
 
the South African rand against
 
the dollar would negatively and
 
adversely affect our business, operating
 
results
and financial condition.
In the wake-of
 
the COVID-19 pandemic
 
and measures
 
taken to address
 
the outbreak,
 
there has been
 
a global trend
 
of investors
 
turning
to gold
 
and gold
 
stocks as
 
a safe
 
haven asset,
 
as has
 
been the
 
case in
 
previous
 
times of
 
global economic
 
crisis.
 
This has
 
led to
 
a surge
 
in the
 
average
gold price
 
during fiscal
 
2020 and
 
fiscal
 
2021. Although
 
the impact
 
of the
 
COVID-19
 
pandemic
 
has diminished
 
and the
 
gold prices
 
have marginally
decreased,
 
the average
 
gold price
 
for fiscal
 
2022 remained
 
high due to
 
continued
 
economic
 
uncertainty
 
as the
 
global economies
 
attempt to
 
recover
from all
 
the after
 
effects of
 
COVID19
 
and deal
 
with,
 
the conflict
 
in Ukraine
 
and rapidly
 
rising
 
inflation.
 
In addition,
 
we are
 
impacted
 
by movements
in the exchange
 
rate of the
 
rand against
 
the dollar
 
as described
 
below.
 
 
Exchange rates are influenced by global economic trends. The closing exchange rate of
 
the rand against the dollar
 
at June 30,
 
2022
weakened
 
by 14% compared
 
to June 30,
 
2021.
 
The closing
 
price of the
 
rand against
 
the dollar
 
at June 30,
 
2021 strengthened
 
by 18% compared
 
to
June 30,
 
2020. At
 
September
 
30, 2022,
 
the rand
 
traded at
 
R18.15 =
 
$1.00 (based
 
on closing
 
rates),
 
a 12% weakening
 
of the rand
 
against the
 
Dollar
from June
 
30, 2022 as
 
the dollar
 
strengthened
 
as a result
 
of quantitative
 
tightening
 
and the raising
 
of interest
 
rates by the
 
US Federal
 
Reserve.
 
The
rand/dollar exchange
 
rate was volatile throughout
 
the fiscal year 2022
 
mainly as a result of global,
 
emerging market and
 
South Africa economic
uncertainty including
 
uncertainties
 
resulting from
 
the global economic
 
slowdown sentiment,
 
rapidly rising global
 
inflation,
 
geopolitical
 
tensions
in
 
Ukraine,
 
perceived political and
 
economic instability,
 
structurally weak economic
 
growth of
 
the South
 
African economy
 
exacerbated by
increasing
 
loadshedding
 
by power utility
 
Eskom Holdings
 
SOC Limited
 
(“
Eskom
”) as it battles
 
with supply.
 
A decrease in the dollar gold price
 
and/or a strengthening
 
of the rand against the dollar
 
results
 
in a decrease in our profitability. If the
rand was to appreciate against
 
the dollar or the gold price were to decrease
 
for a continued time, our operations
 
could experience a reduction
 
in
cash flow
 
and profitability,
 
and this would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
 
We typically do not enter into forward
 
contracts to reduce
 
our exposure to market
 
fluctuations
 
in the dollar gold price
 
or the exchange
rate movements
 
of the rand. Up to April 11, 2022 we sold gold at
 
spot prices based on the afternoon
 
London Bullion Market
 
fixing price on the
day when Rand Refinery, acting
 
as an agent for the sale
 
of all gold produced by the
 
Group, delivers
 
the Gold to the buyer. Our foreign
 
currency
was usually sold at the
 
spot price in the
 
market on the date of
 
trade. Subsequent to April 11, 2022
 
gold is sold at
 
a dollar gold price and
 
spot
exchange rate
 
specified
 
in a contract
 
with the South
 
African bullion
 
banks to
 
deliver the
 
gold at a
 
specified
 
settlement
 
date.
 
If the dollar
 
gold price
should fall
 
and/or the
 
rand should
 
strengthen
 
against the
 
dollar, this
 
would adversely
 
affect us,
 
and we may
 
experience
 
losses, and
 
if these
 
changes
result in
 
revenue below
 
our cost of
 
production and
 
remain at
 
such levels
 
for any sustained
 
period, we may
 
be forced
 
to curtail or
 
suspend some
 
or
all our operations.
 
A failure
 
to acquire
 
new Mineral
 
Reserves could
 
negatively affect
 
our
 
future
 
cash
 
flows, results
 
of
 
operations and
 
financial
condition.
9
New or
 
ongoing exploration
 
programs may be
 
delayed or
 
may not result
 
in new mineral
 
producing operations
 
that will
 
sustain or
increase our Mineral Reserves. A failure to
 
acquire new Mineral Reserves in sufficient
 
quantities and quality to maintain or grow
 
the current
level and quality of our reserves will negatively affect our future cash flow, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we
 
are
unable to identify Mineral Reserves
 
that have reasonable prospects
 
for economic extraction
 
while maintaining sufficient
 
controls on production
and other costs,
 
this will
 
have a material
 
effect on the
 
future viability
 
of our operations.
 
If we are not
 
successful in increasing reserves
 
in future years, our
 
reserves could decrease,
 
and such reduction would
 
adversely affect
our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
We may be unable to
 
make desirable
 
acquisitions
 
or to integrate
 
successfully
 
any businesses
 
we acquire,
 
including the
 
development
of Phase 2
 
of the FWGR
 
assets acquired
 
from Sibanye-Stillwater
.
 
Our future
 
success may
 
depend in
 
part on the
 
acquisition
 
of businesses
 
or technologies
 
intended to
 
complement,
 
enhance or
 
expand our
current business
 
or products or that
 
might otherwise
 
offer us growth opportunities.
 
Our ability to complete
 
such transactions
 
may be hindered
 
by
a number of
 
factors, including identifying acquisition targets, obtaining
 
necessary financing and potential difficulties in obtaining government
approvals. Any acquisitions we make,
 
could fail to
 
achieve our financial or
 
strategic objectives or disrupt
 
our ongoing business which
 
could
adversely
 
impact our
 
results of
 
operations.
 
Any acquisition that we do make would pose risks related
 
to the integration of the new business or technology
 
with our business and
organization.
 
We cannot be certain
 
that we will
 
be able to
 
achieve the
 
benefits we
 
expect from
 
a particular
 
acquisition
 
or investment.
 
Acquisitions
may also strain
 
our managerial
 
and operational
 
resources,
 
as the challenge
 
of managing
 
new operations
 
may divert
 
our management
 
from day-to-
day operations of
 
our existing
 
business. Furthermore, we may
 
have difficulty integrating
 
employees, business systems, and
 
technology. The
controls, processes
 
and procedures
 
of acquired
 
businesses
 
may also not adequately
 
ensure compliance
 
with laws and
 
regulations
 
and we may fail
to identify compliance
 
issues or liabilities.
 
Our business,
 
financial condition
 
and results
 
of operations
 
may be materially
 
and adversely
 
affected if
we fail
 
to coordinate
 
our resources
 
effectively
 
to manage
 
both our existing
 
operations
 
and any businesses
 
we acquire.
 
Acquisitions
 
can also result
in unforeseen
 
liabilities.
 
Moreover, our
 
resources
 
are limited
 
and our
 
decision
 
to pursue
 
a transaction
 
has opportunity
 
costs;
 
accordingly, if
 
we pursue
 
a particular
transaction,
 
we may need
 
to forgo the
 
prospect of
 
entering into
 
other transactions
 
that could
 
help us achieve
 
our financial
 
or strategic
 
objectives.
Limited deposition
 
capacity
Our operations
 
are based on ultra-volume
 
and almost nano-gold
 
extraction.
 
The volume of reclaimed
 
material delivered
 
has one of the
most profound impacts on the gold
 
output of our metallurgical plants.
 
The large volumes of
 
material that are processed at our operations are
deposited on tailings facilities
 
which have a finite capacity. Alternative facilities
 
will be required to ensure adequate deposition
 
capacity for the
current life of mine and for the future. Key projects to increase
 
such a deposit capacity include the development
 
of the regional tailings storage
facility as part of Phase 2
 
FWGR project or identifying interim alternate deposition facilities as well as obtaining regulatory approvals for the
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF final design
 
at Ergo.
 
However, their
 
products may
 
not be successful
 
or sufficient
 
to maintain
 
or increase
 
deposit capacity
.
 
 
Our large projects, most notably the development
 
of FWGR Phase 2, the Solar Plant Project and
 
Brakpan/Withok TSF final life
design implementation to enable mining on the
 
east of the
 
Ergo plant, are subject to
 
schedule delays and cost overruns, and we
 
may face
constraints
 
in financing our existing
 
projects or new
 
business opportunities,
 
which could render
 
our projects unviable
 
or less profitable
 
than
planned.
 
The development of our projects are capital
 
intensive processes carried
 
out over long durations and requires us to commit significant
capital expenditure
 
and allocate
 
considerable
 
management
 
resources in
 
utilizing our
 
existing experience
 
and know-how.
 
Projects like
 
the
 
development of
 
Phase 2
 
of
 
the
 
FWGR assets
 
acquired from
 
Sibanye-Stillwater, the
 
Solar Plant
 
Project and
 
the
implementation
 
of the Brakpan/Withok TSF final life design are subject
 
to the risk of delays,
 
regulatory approvals
 
and cost overruns which are
inherent in
 
any large construction
 
project including,
inter alia
:
•
 
shortages
 
or unforeseen
 
increases
 
in the cost
 
of equipment,
 
labor and
 
raw materials;
•
 
unforeseen
 
design and
 
engineering
 
problems;
•
 
changes in
 
construction
 
plans that
 
may require
 
new or amended
 
planning permissions;
 
•
 
unforeseen
 
construction
 
problems;
•
 
unforeseen
 
delays
 
commissioning
 
sections
 
of the project;
•
 
inadequate
 
phasing of activities;
•
 
labor disputes;
•
 
inadequate
 
workforce
 
planning or
 
productivity
 
of workforce;
•
 
inadequate
 
management
 
practices;
•
 
natural disasters
 
and adverse
 
weather conditions;
•
 
national work
 
stoppages
 
as a result
 
of infectious
 
deceases and
 
pandemics;
•
 
failure or
 
delay of third-party
 
service providers;
 
and
•
 
changes to
 
regulations,
 
such as environmental
 
regulations.
 
We also face the
 
risk that expected
 
benefits of
 
our projects
 
are not achieved.
10
 
The Phase 2 definitive
 
feasibility
 
study was completed
 
in the 3
rd
 
quarter of fiscal
 
year 2021, however
 
regulatory approval
 
still needs
 
to
be obtained
 
for the submitted
 
amended design.
 
It is therefore
 
anticipated
 
that the construction
 
of the Regional
 
Storage Facility,
 
related to Phase
 
2,
will commence
 
in fiscal
 
year 2031.
 
As the
 
Driefontein
 
4 TSF is
 
expected
 
to reach
 
full capacity
 
during fiscal
 
year 2025,
 
whereafter
 
the depositional
rate would
 
have to
 
decrease
 
materially. Plans
 
are in
 
place to
 
redirect
 
material
 
to Sibanye
 
Gold’s Leeudoorn
 
TSF until
 
the Regional
 
Storage
 
Tailings
Facility is
 
ready for commissioning
 
expected in
 
fiscal year
 
2031.
 
 
 
Ergo is currently
 
developing a
 
Solar Power
 
Plant to reduce
 
its reliance
 
on Eskom and
 
to reduce
 
its future
 
cost of electricity
 
(“
the Solar
Plant
”).
 
The Solar
 
Plant
 
definitive
 
feasibility
 
study was
 
completed
 
during
 
fiscal
 
year 2022
 
and is
 
currently
 
under
 
development.
 
A significant
 
capital
investment
 
is needed to
 
complete the
 
project. It
 
is estimated
 
that benefit
 
from the project
 
in reduced electricity
 
costs and reduced
 
carbon footprint
will start
 
to materialize
 
from April
 
2023 onwards.
 
 
 
Regulatory approvals
 
for the final life design of the Brakpan/Withok TSF are yet to be obtained. The
 
implementation
 
of the final life
design is expected
 
to be crucial
 
in the increase
 
of the life
 
of mine of
 
Ergo as it will
 
accommodate
 
material in
 
toward the
 
east of the
 
Ergo plant.
 
In addition,
 
if the
 
assumptions
 
we make
 
in assessing
 
the viability
 
of our
 
projects,
 
including
 
those relating
 
to commodity
 
prices,
 
exchange
rates, interest rates, inflation
 
rates and
 
discount rates,
 
prove to
 
be incorrect or
 
need to
 
be significantly revised, this
 
may adversely affect
 
the
profitability or even
 
the viability of our projects.
 
The uncertainty and volatility
 
in the gold market makes it more difficult
 
to accurately evaluate
the project
 
economics
 
and increases
 
the risk that
 
the assumptions
 
underlying
 
our assessment
 
of the viability
 
of the project
 
may prove incorrect.
 
As the
 
development of
 
FWGR,
 
the Solar
 
Power Project
 
and the
 
implementation of the
 
final life
 
design Brakpan/Withok TSF
 
are
particularly
 
material
 
to DRDGOLD,
 
significant
 
cost overruns
 
or adverse
 
changes
 
in assumptions
 
affecting
 
the viability
 
of these
 
projects
 
could have
a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
cash flows,
 
financial condition
 
and prospects.
 
 
Our operating cash flow and available banking facilities may be insufficient to meet our capital expenditure plans and requirements,
depending on the timing and cost of development of our existing projects and any further projects we may pursue. As a result, new sources of
capital may
 
be needed to meet
 
the funding requirements
 
of these projects
 
and to fund ongoing
 
business activities.
 
Our ability to
 
raise and service
significant
 
new sources
 
of capital
 
will be
 
a function
 
of,
inter alia
, macroeconomic
 
conditions,
 
rising cost
 
of debt,
 
our credit
 
rating, our
 
gearing and
other risk
 
metrics, the condition of
 
the financial markets, future
 
gold prices, the
 
prospects for our
 
industry, our
 
operational performance and
operating cash
 
flow and debt
 
position.
 
In the event of operating or financial
 
challenges, any dislocation
 
in financial markets
 
or new funding limitations,
 
our ability to pursue
new business
 
opportunities,
 
invest in
 
existing and
 
new projects,
 
fund our ongoing
 
business activities
 
and pay dividends,
 
could be
 
constrained,
 
any
of which could
 
have a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
operating results
 
cash flows
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
We may not be able
 
to meet our
 
cash requirements
 
because of
 
a number of
 
factors, many
 
of which are
 
beyond our
 
control.
 
Management’s estimates on future cash flows are subject to risks and uncertainties,
 
such as the rand gold price, production volumes,
recovered grades
 
and costs.
 
Management
 
is estimating
 
a significant
 
capital investment
 
in major projects
 
in the next
 
few years.
 
If we are
 
unable to
meet our
 
cash requirements
 
out of cash
 
flows generated
 
from our
 
operations,
 
we would
 
need to
 
fund our
 
cash requirements
 
from financing
 
sources
and any
 
such financing
 
may not
 
be permitted
 
under the
 
terms of
 
our financing
 
arrangements
 
or may not
 
be possible
 
on attractive
 
terms or
 
at all
 
due
to rising
 
interest
 
rates,
 
or may not
 
be available
 
on acceptable
 
terms, or
 
at all.
 
If we do
 
not generate
 
sufficient cash
 
flows or
 
have access
 
to adequate
financing, our
 
ability to respond
 
to changing
 
business and
 
economic conditions,
 
make future
 
acquisitions,
 
react to adverse
 
operating results,
 
meet
our debt service
 
obligations
 
and fund required
 
capital expenditures
 
or meet our
 
working capital
 
requirements
 
may be adversely
 
affected.
 
 
Any interruption
 
in gold production at any of our two mining
 
operations generating
 
cash flows, will have an adverse
 
effect on the
Company.
 
We have two mining
 
operations
 
generating
 
cash flows,
 
namely Ergo and
 
FWGR.
 
Ergo’s
 
reclamation
 
sites,
 
processing
 
plants,
 
pump
stations and
 
the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF are linked
 
through pipeline
 
infrastructure.
 
The Ergo plant
 
is currently
 
our major
 
processing
 
plant. FWGR’s
reclamation
 
site, DP2 processing
 
plant, pump
 
stations and
 
the Driefontein
 
4 Tailings Storage
 
Facility are
 
linked through
 
pipeline infrastructure.
 
 
Our reclamation sites, plants,
 
pipelines
 
infrastructure and the
 
deposition/storage facilities are exposed to
 
numerous risks, including
operational
 
down time due
 
to planned or unplanned
 
maintenance
 
and load shedding
 
or power dips,
 
destruction of
 
infrastructure,
 
spillages, higher
than expected operating
 
costs, or
 
lower than
 
expected production as a
 
result of
 
decreases in
 
extraction efficiencies due to
 
imbalances in the
metallurgical
 
process as
 
well as inconsistent
 
volume throughput
 
or other factors.
 
 
Our FWGR operations are reliant
 
on the
 
use and access to
 
Sibanye-Stillwater’s
 
mining infrastructure,
 
related services including the
smelting and recovery of gold
 
from gold loaded carbon produced at
 
FWGR as well
 
as the
 
use of various
 
rights, permits and licenses held by
Sibanye Gold
 
pursuant to
 
which FWGR
 
operates,
 
pending the
 
transfer
 
to FWGR of
 
those that
 
are transferable.
 
Any disruption
 
in the supply
 
of, or
our ability to
 
use and access
 
the Sibanye-Stillwater
 
mining infrastructure,
 
related services
 
and rights, permits
 
and licenses,
 
could have an
 
adverse
impact on
 
our operations.
 
Any of the risks
 
above or weather
 
conditions or
 
other interruptions
 
could adversely
 
impact our operations
 
which could have
 
a material
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
11
 
Flooding at
 
our discontinued
 
underground
 
operations
 
may cause
 
us to incur
 
liabilities
 
for environmental
 
damage.
 
If the rate
 
of rise of
 
water is not
 
controlled,
 
water from
 
our abandoned
 
underground mining
 
areas and
 
active TSFs
 
could potentially
 
rise
and come
 
into contact
 
with naturally
 
occurring
 
underground
 
water or
 
decant into
 
surrounding
 
underground
 
mining areas
 
and could
 
ultimately
 
also
rise to surface. Progressive
 
flooding of these abandoned
 
underground mining areas
 
and surrounding underground
 
mining areas could eventually
cause the
 
discharge of
 
polluted water
 
to the surface
 
and to local
 
water sources.
 
Should underground water levels
 
not reach a natural subterranean
 
equilibrium, and if underground
 
water rises to the surface, we may
face claims
 
relating
 
to environmental
 
damage.
 
Any such
 
claims
 
may have
 
a material
 
adverse
 
effect on
 
our business,
 
operating
 
results
 
and financial
condition.
 
An increase
 
in production
 
costs could
 
have an adverse
 
effect on our results
 
of operations.
 
 
An increase
 
in our production
 
costs will
 
impact our
 
results of
 
operations.
 
Production
 
costs are
 
affected by,
inter alia
:
 
•
 
rising global
 
and national
 
inflation;
•
 
labor stability,
 
productivity
 
and increases
 
in labor costs;
•
 
increases
 
in electricity
 
and water prices;
•
 
increases
 
in crude oil
 
and steel
 
prices;
•
 
changes in
 
regulation;
•
 
unforeseen
 
changes in
 
ore grades
 
and recoveries;
•
 
unexpected
 
changes in
 
the quality
 
or quantity
 
of reserves;
•
 
technical
 
production issues;
•
 
availability
 
and cost of
 
smelting and
 
refining arrangements;
•
 
environmental
 
and industrial
 
accidents;
•
 
gold theft;
•
 
shortages
 
or availability
 
of materials
 
used in production;
•
 
environmental
 
factors; and
•
 
pollution.
 
Our production costs
 
consist mainly
 
of materials
 
including reagents
 
and steel, labor, electricity,
 
specialized
 
service providers,
 
machine
hire,
 
security,
 
water, fuels,
 
lubricants
 
and other
 
oil and
 
petroleum-based
 
products.
 
Production
 
costs
 
have in
 
the past,
 
and could
 
in the
 
future,
 
increase
at rates
 
in excess
 
of our
 
annual inflation
 
rate and
 
impact our
 
results
 
of operation
 
and can
 
result in
 
the restructuring
 
of these
 
operations
 
at substantial
cost.
 
 
 
The transitional arrangement regarding wage increases with the workforce at
 
FWGR when these
 
employees were incorporated into
DRDGOLD have now come to an end. A three-year
 
wage agreement was reached
 
with organized labor at FWGR in November
 
2021 and wage
negotiations
 
are currently
 
under
 
way at
 
the ERGO
 
operations
 
after the
 
previous
 
extended
 
agreement
 
came to
 
an end
 
on June
 
30, 2022.
 
A new
 
wage
agreement
 
was concluded
 
after June
 
30, 2022.
 
Increases in production
 
costs, if material,
 
will adversely
 
impact our results
 
of operations.
 
In addition, any initiatives
 
that we pursue to
reduce costs, such as reducing our reliance on Eskom’s grid through self-generation of power, for example through the
 
Solar Power project at
Ergo, reducing
 
our labor
 
force, a
 
reduction
 
of the corporate
 
overhead,
 
negotiating
 
lower price
 
increases
 
for consumables
 
and cost
 
controls
 
may not
be successful
 
or sufficient to offset the
 
increases affecting
 
our operations and could
 
adversely affect
 
our business, operating
 
results and financial
condition.
 
 
Uncertainties regarding
 
the
 
impact
 
of
 
the
 
COVID-19
 
pandemic
 
and
 
potential new
 
variants could
 
impact
 
current
 
and
 
future
operations
 
 
The risk related
 
to the impact of the COVID-19
 
pandemic is not isolated
 
to health and safety
 
for our employees
 
and disruptions to
 
our
operations,
 
but has manifested
 
as a risk in
 
terms of
 
social stability
 
as well as
 
economic activity
 
and growth
 
both in South
 
Africa and
 
globally. The
national
 
state
 
of disaster
 
imposed
 
by the
 
South African
 
Government
 
ended on
 
April 4,
 
2022,
 
which reduced
 
the overall
 
risk related
 
to the
 
pandemic.
 
We continue to monitor
 
the risk related
 
to the COVID-19
 
pandemic and
 
have measures
 
in place to
 
react in the
 
case that the
 
COVID-19 pandemic
worsens.
 
 
We have benefitted
 
from the increase
 
in dollar gold
 
prices and
 
weakening of the
 
rand/dollar
 
exchange rate
 
driven at least
 
in part by the
impact of
 
the COVID-19
 
pandemic.
 
Dollar gold
 
prices may
 
decrease and
 
the rand/dollar
 
exchange rate
 
may strengthen
 
as the global
 
impact of
 
the
COVID-19 pandemic
 
is alleviated.
 
Uncertainties
 
regarding supply
 
chain
 
The
 
global
 
economic
 
environment,
 
geopolitical
 
tensions
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
inflationary
 
pressures
 
worldwide
 
have
 
highlighted
 
the
interdependencies
 
of supply
 
chains.
 
The risk
 
of dependency
 
on key
 
suppliers
 
requires
 
ongoing focus
 
and proactive
 
management.
 
The unavailability
of critical
 
material
 
such as
 
reagents
 
and critical
 
equipment
 
may affect
 
production
 
and operating
 
costs
 
resulting
 
in loss
 
of revenue.
 
Delays
 
in supplies,
freight costs
 
and higher
 
than inflationary
 
increases
 
for capital
 
equipment are
 
crucial elements
 
for new projects.
 
Our operations
 
are subject
 
to extensive
 
environmental
 
regulations
 
which could
 
impose significant
 
costs and liabilities.
12
 
Our operations are subject to increasingly extensive laws and regulations governing the protection
 
of the environment under various
state, provincial
 
and
 
local
 
laws,
 
which
 
regulate air
 
and
 
water
 
quality,
 
hazardous waste
 
management and
 
environmental rehabilitation and
reclamation.
 
Our mining and related activities have
 
the potential to impact the environment, including land,
 
habitat, streams and environment
near the mining sites. Failure to comply with environmental
 
laws or delays in obtaining,
 
or failures to obtain
 
government permits
 
and approvals
may adversely impact
 
our operations.
 
In addition, the regulatory
 
environment
 
in which we operate
 
could change in ways
 
that could substantially
increase
 
costs of compliance,
 
resulting in
 
a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our profitability.
 
We have incurred, and expect to incur in the future, expenditures to comply with these
 
environmental laws and regulations.
 
We have
estimated our aggregate
 
group Provision for
 
Environmental Rehabilitation at a
 
net present
 
value of
 
R517.7 million which is
 
included in
 
our
statement
 
of financial
 
position
 
as at
 
June 30,
 
2022
 
(Refer
 
to Item
 
18. ‘‘Financial
 
Statements
 
- Note
 
11 –
 
Provision
 
for environmental
 
rehabilitation”).
However, the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs may in the future exceed the current estimates due to factors beyond our control, such as
changing legislation,
 
higher than expected
 
cost increases,
 
or unidentified
 
rehabilitation
 
costs. We used to fund these environmental
 
rehabilitation
costs by making contributions over the life of the mine to
 
environmental trust funds or funds held in insurance instruments established
 
for our
operations.
 
During fiscal
 
year 2022
 
we
 
changed the
 
method of
 
provision to
 
funds held
 
in
 
insurance products.
 
If
 
any
 
of
 
our operations
 
are
prematurely
 
closed,
 
the rehabilitation
 
funds may
 
be insufficient
 
to meet
 
all the
 
rehabilitation
 
obligations
 
of those
 
operations.
 
The closure
 
of mining
operations,
 
without sufficient
 
financial
 
provision for
 
the funding
 
of rehabilitation
 
liabilities,
 
or unacceptable
 
damage to
 
the environment,
 
including
pollution or
 
environmental
 
degradation,
 
may expose
 
us and our directors
 
to prosecution,
 
litigation
 
and potentially
 
significant
 
liabilities.
 
 
Damage to
 
tailings dams
 
and excessive
 
maintenance
 
and rehabilitation
 
costs could
 
result in
 
lower production
 
and health,
 
safety and
environmental
 
liabilities.
Our tailings
 
facilities
 
are exposed to
 
numerous risks
 
and events,
 
the occurrence
 
of which may
 
result in the
 
failure, breach
 
or damage of
such a facility. These may include sabotage, failure by our employees
 
to adhere to the codes of practice and natural disasters such as excessive
rainfall and seismic events, any of which could force us to stop or limit operations. This is further impacted and expected to intensify with the
effects of climate change. In
 
addition, the dams could overflow or
 
a side wall
 
could collapse and the
 
health and safety of
 
our employees and
communities living around these dams could be jeopardized. In the event of
 
damage to our tailings facilities, our operations will be adversely
affected and
 
this in turn
 
could have
 
a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
Due to the
 
nature of our
 
business, our
 
operations
 
face extensive
 
health and safety
 
risks and regulation
 
of those risks.
Gold mining
 
is exposed
 
to
 
numerous risks
 
and events,
 
the occurrence
 
of
 
which may
 
result in
 
the death
 
of, or
 
personal injury,
 
to
employees.
 
According to
 
section 54
 
of the Mine,
 
Health and
 
Safety Act
 
of 1996, if
 
an inspector
 
believes
 
that any
 
occurrence,
 
practice or
 
condition
at a mine
 
endangers
 
or may endanger
 
the health
 
or safety
 
of any person
 
at the mine,
 
the inspector
 
may give
 
any instruction
 
necessary
 
to protect
 
the
health or safety
 
of persons at
 
the mine. These
 
instructions
 
could include
 
the suspension
 
of operations
 
at the whole
 
or part of the
 
mine. Health
 
and
safety incidents
 
could lead to mine operations
 
being halted and that will
 
increase our unit production
 
costs, which could
 
have a material adverse
effect on our
 
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
Events may
 
occur for which
 
we are not
 
insured which
 
could affect
 
our cash flows
 
and profitability.
 
Because of
 
the nature of
 
our business,
 
we may become
 
subject to liability
 
for pollution
 
or other hazards
 
against which
 
we are unable
 
to
insure or are
 
not insured, including those in
 
respect of past mining activities. Our existing property,
 
business interruption and other insurance
contains certain exclusions
 
and limitations on coverage.
 
The insured value for property and loss of profits due to business
 
interruption is R14.7
billion, with a total loss limit
 
of R1 billion for Ergo and R650 million for FWGR
 
for the 2023 fiscal year. Business interruption
 
is only covered
from the time the loss occurs
 
and is subject to time and amount
 
deductibles that
 
vary between categories.
 
To cover legal liability to third parties
for damage, injury,
 
illness or death a
 
total of R1
 
billion insurance cover is in
 
place for the
 
2023 fiscal
 
year, subject to
 
certain exclusions and
limitations
 
on coverage.
 
 
Insurance coverage
 
may not cover the extent of claims brought against us, including
 
claims for environmental,
 
industrial or pollution
related accidents, for which coverage
 
is not available. If we are required to meet the costs of claims,
 
which exceed our insurance coverage,
 
this
could have
 
a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
If we are
 
unable to attract
 
and retain
 
key personnel
 
our business
 
may be harmed.
 
The success
 
of our
 
business
 
will depend,
 
in large
 
part, upon
 
the skills
 
and efforts
 
of a
 
small
 
group of
 
management
 
and technical
 
personnel
including the positions
 
of Chief Executive Officer
 
and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, we compete with mining and other companies on a
global basis to
 
attract and retain key
 
human resources at
 
all levels with
 
appropriate technical skills and operating
 
and managerial experience
necessary to operate the
 
business. Factors critical to retaining our present staff and attracting additional highly qualified personnel
 
include our
ability to
 
provide these individuals with
 
competitive compensation arrangements, and other benefits. If
 
we are
 
not successful in
 
retaining or
attracting highly
 
qualified individuals
 
in key management positions,
 
our business may be harmed.
 
We do not maintain “key man” life insurance
policies on
 
any members
 
of our executive
 
team. The loss
 
of any of our
 
key personnel
 
could delay
 
the execution
 
of our business
 
plans, which
 
may
result in
 
decreased
 
production, increased
 
costs and decreased
 
profitability.
 
We are subject to
 
operational
 
risks
 
associated
 
with our flotation
 
and fine-grind
 
(FFG) project.
 
Our flotation
 
and fine-grind
 
project, implemented
 
in fiscal
 
year 2014, is
 
designed to
 
improve extraction
 
efficiencies.
 
13
 
Certain
 
components
 
of the FFG
 
were temporarily
 
halted in
 
the first
 
quarter
 
of fiscal
 
year 2020
 
to perform
 
an evaluation
 
and compare
 
the
additional revenues earned from additional gold extracted
 
from the most recently integrated reclamation sites compared to the cost incurred to
operate the FFG circuit.
 
The remaining components
 
of the FFG continue to operate.
 
Testing on the newly integrated material
 
has suggested that
some of these
 
halted components
 
will only operate
 
in subsequent
 
years once the
 
related reclamation
 
sites have
 
been brought
 
online in accordance
with the current life of mine plan for ERGO. These halted components
 
are classified as idle assets until
 
they are brought back into operation
 
as
described.
 
The
 
success of
 
the
 
FFG is
 
directly dependent on
 
the
 
material type
 
and
 
material mix
 
processed through
 
it.
 
Therefore, the
 
halted
components will
 
remain idle
 
pending the continuation
 
and conclusion
 
of various test
 
work regarding
 
the material
 
type and material
 
mix of future
reclamation
 
sites.
 
Firm decisions
 
have also
 
not yet
 
been made
 
by the executive
 
committee
 
and the
 
Board of
 
Directors
 
on the
 
future of
 
the FFG.
 
We
remain subject
 
to operations
 
risks relating
 
to the FFG
 
project.
A disruption
 
in our information
 
technology
 
systems, including
 
incidents
 
related to
 
cyber security,
 
could adversely
 
affect our
business
 
operations.
 
We
 
rely
 
on
 
the
 
accuracy,
 
availability and
 
security
 
of
 
our
 
information technology
 
systems. Despite
 
the
 
measures
 
that
 
we
 
have
implemented,
 
including
 
those
 
related
 
to cyber
 
security, our
 
systems
 
could be
 
breached
 
or damaged
 
by computer
 
viruses
 
and systems
 
attacks,
 
natural
or man-made
 
incidents,
 
disasters
 
or unauthorized
 
physical or
 
electronic
 
access.
 
 
Any system
 
failure, accident or
 
security breach could
 
result in
 
business disruption, theft
 
of our
 
intellectual property, trade
 
secrets
(including
 
our proprietary
 
technology),
 
unauthorized
 
access to,
 
or disclosure
 
of, personnel
 
or supplier
 
information,
 
corruption
 
of our data
 
or of our
systems,
 
reputational
 
damage
 
or litigation.
 
We may also
 
be required
 
to incur
 
significant
 
cost to
 
protect
 
against
 
or repair
 
the damage
 
caused
 
by these
disruptions or
 
security breaches in
 
the future,
 
including, for
 
example, rebuilding internal
 
systems, implementing additional threat
 
protection
measures, defending
 
against litigation,
 
responding to regulatory
 
inquiries or
 
actions, paying
 
damages, or taking
 
other remedial
 
steps with respect
to third parties.
 
 
These threats
 
are constantly
 
evolving,
 
thereby
 
increasing
 
the difficulty
 
of successfully
 
defending
 
against
 
them or
 
implementing
 
adequate
preventative
 
measures and
 
we remain
 
subject to
 
additional
 
known or unknown
 
threats.
 
In some instances,
 
we may be
 
unaware of
 
an incident
 
or its
magnitude and effects. We
 
may be
 
susceptible to new and emerging
 
risks,
 
including cyber-attacks and phishing, in the evolving landscape of
cybersecurity
 
threats. Given
 
the increasing
 
sophistication
 
and evolving
 
nature of
 
these threats,
 
DRDGOLD cannot
 
rule out the
 
possibility
 
of them
occurring in the future. An extended
 
failure of critical system
 
components, caused by accidental,
 
or malicious actions, including
 
those resulting
from a cyber
 
security attack,
 
could result
 
in a significant
 
environmental
 
incident, commercial
 
loss or interruption
 
to operations.
 
In addition,
 
from
 
time
 
to time,
 
we implement
 
updates
 
to our
 
information
 
technology
 
systems
 
and software,
 
which
 
can disrupt
 
or shutdown
our information
 
technology
 
systems.
 
Information
 
technology
 
system disruptions,
 
if not
 
appropriately
 
addressed
 
or mitigated,
 
could have
 
a material
adverse effect
 
on our operations.
Risks related
 
to the gold
 
mining industry
 
 
A change in
 
the dollar
 
price of gold,
 
which in the
 
past has fluctuated
 
widely, is beyond
 
our control.
Historically,
 
the gold
 
price has
 
fluctuated
 
widely and
 
is affected
 
by numerous
 
industry factors
 
over which
 
we have
 
no control
 
including:
•
 
a significant
 
amount of above-ground
 
gold in the
 
world that
 
is used for
 
trading by investors;
•
 
the physical supply of gold from world-wide production and scrap sales, and the purchase, sale or divestment by central banks of their gold
holdings;
•
 
the demand
 
for gold for
 
investment
 
purposes, industrial
 
and commercial
 
use, and in
 
the manufacturing
 
of jewelry;
•
 
speculative
 
trading activities
 
in gold;
 
•
 
the overall
 
level of forward
 
sales by other
 
gold producers;
 
•
 
the overall
 
level and cost
 
of production
 
of other gold
 
producers;
 
•
 
international
 
or regional
 
political
 
and economic
 
events or
 
trends;
 
•
 
the strength
 
of the dollar
 
(the currency
 
in which gold
 
prices generally
 
are quoted)
 
and of other
 
currencies;
 
•
 
financial
 
market expectations
 
regarding the
 
rate of inflation;
 
•
 
interest
 
rates;
 
•
 
gold hedging and de-hedging by gold producers; and
•
 
actual or expected gold sales by central banks and the International Monetary Fund.
During fiscal
 
year 2022 the
 
gold price reached
 
a high of U$2,070
 
per ounce
 
and a low of
 
U$1,684.
 
We benefited from
 
a sustained
 
high
gold price
 
due to slow
 
global economic
 
recovery,
 
economic uncertainty
 
and geopolitical
 
tensions.
 
 
Investors globally, as they have in so many previous times
 
of crisis, turned to gold and gold stocks as a safe haven asset,
 
leading to a
sustained high gold price for fiscal 2022 after the highs experienced
 
in fiscal 2021.
 
The rand/dollar exchange
 
rate remained volatile throughout
fiscal 2022 mainly as a result
 
of economic uncertainty
 
and perceived political
 
instability,
 
increase of interest
 
rates by the US Federal Reserve
 
as
they attempt
 
to reduce
 
inflation,
 
global market
 
slowdown
 
sentiment,
 
Ukraine
 
conflict,
 
tensions
 
between the
 
USA and
 
China, low
 
economic
 
growth
and increased load shedding from Eskom as it struggles to keep up with demand., and a continually distressed Eskom. Further volatility
 
in the
Rand was fueled by Moody’s
 
upgrading of South Africa’s sovereign credit rating to stable after the rating was
 
downgraded to sub-investment
grade in fiscal
 
2021.
 
14
 
The factors
 
mentioned above
 
could put
 
negative pressure on
 
the price
 
of
 
gold or
 
the rand/dollar
 
exchange rate in
 
the future.
 
Our
profitability may
 
be negatively impacted
 
by a decline in the gold price as
 
we incur losses when revenue
 
from gold sales drops below
 
the cost of
production for
 
an extended
 
period.
 
The
 
exploration
 
of
 
mineral
 
properties
 
is
 
highly
 
speculative
 
in
 
nature,
 
involves
 
substantial
 
expenditures,
 
and
 
is
 
frequently
unproductive.
 
Exploration is highly speculative
 
in nature and requires
 
substantial expenditure for drilling,
 
sampling and analysis of
 
ore bodies to
quantify the extent of the gold reserve. Many gold exploration
 
programs,
 
including some
 
of ours, do
 
not result
 
in the discovery
 
of mineralization
and any mineralization
 
discovered may not be of sufficient
 
quantity or quality to be mined profitably. If we discover
 
a viable
 
deposit, it usually
takes several years from the initial phases of exploration
 
until production is possible.
 
During this
 
time, the economic
 
feasibility of
 
production
may change.
 
 
Moreover, we rely on
 
the evaluations of professional geologists, geophysicists, and
 
engineers for estimates in determining whether
to commence or continue mining. These estimates
 
generally rely on scientific and economic assumptions, which
 
in some instances may not be
correct, and
 
could result
 
in the
 
expenditure of
 
substantial amounts
 
of money
 
on a
 
deposit before
 
it can
 
be determined
 
with any
 
degree of
accuracy whether
 
the deposit
 
contains economically
 
recoverable mineralization.
 
Uncertainties as
 
to the
 
metallurgical recovery
 
of any
 
gold
discovered may not warrant mining based on available technology.
 
Our future
 
growth and profitability
 
will depend,
 
in part, on
 
our ability
 
to identify
 
and acquire
 
additional
 
mineral rights,
 
and on the costs
and results
 
of our continued
 
exploration
 
and development
 
programs. Our business focuses
 
mainly on the extraction of gold from tailings, which
is a
 
volume driven
 
exercise. Only
 
significant deposits
 
within proximity
 
of services
 
and infrastructure
 
that contain
 
adequate gold
 
content to
justify the significant capital investment associated with plant,
 
reclamation and deposition infrastructure are suitable for exploitation
 
in terms
of our model. There is a limited supply of these deposits which may inhibit exploration and developments,
 
especially in a declining gold price
environment.
 
 
Because of these uncertainties, we may not successfully acquire additional mineral rights, or identify new Proven and Probable Ore
Reserves in sufficient quantities to justify commercial operations in any of our operations. The costs incurred on exploration activities that do
not identify commercially exploitable reserves of gold are not likely to be recovered and therefore are likely to be impaired.
 
There is inherent uncertainty in Mineral Reserves
 
and Mineral Resources estimates.
 
Our Mineral Reserve and Mineral Resources figures described in this
 
document are the best estimates of our current management as
of the dates stated and are
 
reported in accordance with the requirements
 
of the SEC’s Regulation S-K (Subpart 1300). These
 
estimates may not
reflect actual Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources or future production.
 
 
Should we encounter mineralization
 
or formations different from those
 
predicted by past drilling,
 
sampling and similar examinations,
reserve estimates
 
may have to be adjusted
 
and mining plans
 
may have to be altered
 
in a way that might ultimately
 
cause our reserve
 
estimates to
decline. Moreover,
 
if the rand price
 
of gold declines,
 
or stabilizes
 
at a price
 
that is lower
 
than recent
 
levels,
 
or those assumed
 
in our mining
 
plans,
or if our
 
labor, water, steel, electricity and other production costs increase or recovery rates decrease, it may become uneconomical to recover
Mineral Reserves
 
and Mineral Resources,
 
particularly
 
those containing
 
relatively lower
 
grades of mineralization.
 
Under these circumstances,
 
we
would be required
 
to re-evaluate our Mineral
 
Reserves and Mineral
 
Resources.
 
Short-term operating
 
factors relating
 
to the ability to reclaim
 
our
Mineral Reserves,
 
at the required
 
rate, such
 
as an interruption
 
or reduction
 
in the supply
 
of electricity,
 
limited deposition
 
capacity or
 
a shortage
 
of
water may have
 
the effect that we
 
are unable to
 
achieve critical
 
mass, which may
 
render the recovery
 
of Mineral Reserve,
 
or parts of the
 
Mineral
Reserve
 
no longer
 
feasible,
 
which
 
could
 
negatively
 
affect
 
production
 
rate
 
and costs
 
and decrease
 
our profitability
 
during
 
any given
 
period.
 
Estimates
of Mineral Reserves
 
and Mineral Resources
 
are based on drilling
 
results and because
 
unforeseen conditions
 
may occur in these
 
mine dumps that
may not
 
have been
 
identified
 
by the
 
drilling results,
 
the actual
 
results
 
may vary
 
from the
 
initial estimates.
 
These factors have in the past and
 
could
in the future result in reductions in our
 
Mineral Reserves
 
and Mineral
 
Resources estimates and as a result, our production, which could in turn
adversely impact the total value of our mining asset base and our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Gold mining is susceptible to numerous events that could have an adverse impact on a gold mining business.
 
The business of gold
 
mining is exposed to numerous
 
risks and events, the
 
occurrence of which
 
may result in the
 
death of or personal
injury to
 
employees, the
 
loss of mining
 
and reclamation
 
equipment, damage
 
to or
 
destruction of
 
mineral properties
 
or production
 
facilities,
monetary losses,
 
delays in
 
production, environmental
 
damage, loss
 
of the
 
license to
 
mine and
 
potential legal
 
claims. The
 
risks and
 
events
associated with the business of gold mining include:
 
●
environmental
 
hazards and pollution,
 
including dust generation,
 
toxic chemicals,
 
discharge of metals, pollutants,
 
radioactive materials
and other
 
hazardous
 
material
 
into the air
 
and water;
●
flooding, landslides,
 
sinkhole formation,
 
ground subsidence,
 
ground and
 
surface water
 
pollution and
 
waterway
 
contamination;
●
a decrease
 
in labor productivity
 
due to labor
 
disruptions,
 
work stoppages,
 
disease, slowdowns
 
or labor strikes;
●
unexpected
 
decline of
 
ore grade;
●
metallurgical
 
conditions or
 
lower than
 
expected gold
 
recovery;
●
failure of
 
unproven or evolving
 
technologies;
●
mechanical
 
failure or
 
breakdowns
 
and ageing
 
infrastructure;
●
energy and electrical
 
power supply
 
interruptions;
●
availability
 
of water;
15
●
injuries to
 
employees
 
or fatalities
 
due to falls
 
from heights
 
and accidents
 
relating to
 
mobile machinery
 
or electrocution
 
or other causes;
●
activities
 
of illegal
 
or artisanal
 
miners;
●
material
 
and equipment
 
availability;
●
legal and
 
regulatory
 
restrictions
 
and changes
 
to such restrictions;
●
social or
 
community disputes
 
or interventions;
●
accidents
 
caused from
 
the collapse
 
of tailings
 
dams;
●
pipeline failures
 
and spillages;
●
safety-related
 
stoppages;
 
and
●
corruption, fraud and theft including
 
gold bullion
 
theft.
The occurrence of any of these
 
hazards could delay production,
 
result in losses, or increase
 
production costs or decrease
 
earnings and
may result
 
in significant
 
legal claims
 
and adversely
 
impact our
 
business results
 
of operations
 
and financial
 
condition.
Risks related
 
to doing business
 
in South Africa
 
 
Political or
 
economic
 
instability
 
in South Africa
 
may reduce
 
our production
 
and profitability.
 
We are incorporated
 
in South
 
Africa
 
and all
 
our operations
 
are currently
 
in South
 
Africa.
 
As a
 
result,
 
political
 
and economic
 
risks relating
to South Africa could have a significant
 
effect on our production and profitability. Large
 
parts of the South African population
 
are unemployed
and do not
 
have access
 
to adequate
 
education,
 
health care,
 
housing and
 
other services,
 
including water
 
and electricity.
 
Government
 
policies aimed
at alleviating and
 
redressing the disadvantages suffered by
 
most citizens under previous
 
governments may increase our
 
costs and
 
reduce our
profitability. In
 
recent years,
 
South Africa
 
has experienced
 
high levels of
 
crime. These
 
problems may
 
impede fixed
 
inward investment
 
into South
Africa and
 
increase emigration
 
of skilled
 
workers and
 
as a result,
 
we may have
 
difficulties
 
retaining qualified
 
employees.
 
 
The sustained
 
high unemployment
 
rate of
 
33.9% and 46.5%,
 
for 2022,
 
amongst the
 
youth has
 
increased
 
the risk
 
of social
 
unrest,
 
such as
protests and conflict, in our surrounding communities
 
already created from a growing frustration
 
of society at large on slow reformative action
being taken by all spheres of the South African government, specifically,
 
in combating unemployment particularly
 
in the youth of the country.
This frustration was a contributing
 
factor that led to social unrest, people committing
 
crimes, vandalising
 
property, and damaging infrastructure
during July 2021. A prolonged economic downturn
 
could result in an extended period of high unemployment,
 
further exacerbating
 
anti-mining
sentiments
 
in South Africa.
 
Furthermore,
 
the rise
 
of ESG factors,
 
such as electricity
 
usage, social
 
unrest, social
 
license to
 
operate, climate
 
change,
water usage
 
and environmental
 
stewardship,
 
in investment
 
decisions may
 
result in divestment
 
in the mining
 
sector.
Inflation can
 
adversely
 
affect us.
 
The inflation
 
rate in
 
South Africa
 
is relatively
 
high compared
 
to developed,
 
industrialized
 
countries,
 
although many
 
countries
 
around the
world are
 
currently
 
facing inflation
 
challenges.
 
As of June
 
30, 2022, the
 
annual Consumer
 
Price Inflation
 
Index (“
CPI
”),
 
stood at 7.4%
 
compared
to 4.9%
 
in June 2021 and 2.2%
 
in June 2020. Annual CPI was
 
7.5%
 
as at September 30, 2022. Inflation
 
in South Africa generally
 
results
 
in an
increase in our rand operational
 
costs.
 
Higher and sustained inflation
 
in the future, with a consequent increase
 
in operational costs could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and our financial condition and could result in operations being discontinued
 
or reduced or
rationalized,
 
which could
 
reduce our profitability.
 
The treatment of
 
occupational health diseases and
 
the potential liabilities related
 
to occupational health
 
diseases may have
 
an
adverse effect
 
on the results
 
of our operations
 
and our financial
 
condition.
We may be subject
 
to claims
 
relating to occupational
 
health diseases
 
and we are
 
currently
 
subject to
 
legal action
 
described below.
In January 2013, DRDGOLD, East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited (“
DRDGOLD Respondents
”) and 23
 
other mining companies
(“
Other Respondents
”) (collectively
 
referred
 
to as "
Respondents
") were
 
served with
 
a court
 
application
 
issued in
 
the High
 
Court of
 
South Africa
for
 
a
 
class certification
 
on
 
behalf of
 
former mineworkers
 
and
 
dependents of
 
deceased mineworkers
 
(“
Applicants
”).
 
In
 
the
 
application the
Applicants allege
 
that
 
the
 
Respondents conducted
 
underground mining
 
operations in
 
a
 
negligent and
 
complicit manner
 
causing the
 
former
mineworkers to contract
 
occupational lung diseases.
 
The Applicants have as yet not quantified
 
the amounts which they are demanding
 
from the
Respondents
 
in damages.
On May
 
3, 2018, former mineworkers and dependents of
 
deceased mineworkers (“
Applicants
”) and
 
Anglo American South Africa
Limited,
 
AngloGold
 
Ashanti
 
Limited,
 
Sibanye
 
Gold Limited
 
trading as
 
Sibanye-Stillwater,
 
Harmony Gold
 
Mining Company
 
Limited,
 
Gold Fields
Limited, African Rainbow Minerals Limited and certain of their affiliates (“
Settling Companies
”) settled the class certification application in
which the Applicants
 
in each sought to certify
 
class actions against
 
gold mining houses
 
cited therein on behalf
 
of mineworkers who had worked
for any of
 
the particular
 
respondents
 
and who suffer
 
from any occupational
 
lung disease,
 
including silicosis
 
or tuberculosis.
The DRDGOLD
 
Respondents,
 
are not a
 
party to the
 
settlement
 
between the
 
Applicants
 
and Settling
 
Companies.
 
The dispute,
 
insofar as
the class certification
 
application
 
and appeal
 
thereof is concerned,
 
still stands
 
and has not
 
terminated
 
in light of the
 
settlement
 
agreement (refer to
Item 18. “Financial
 
Statements
 
- Note 26 – Contingencies”).
An adverse judgment in the claim described above or any other claim could have an adverse impact on us.
 
 
We have experienced
 
an increase
 
in organised
 
crime activities
 
which have
 
started to
 
target gold
 
plants.
16
 
In October
 
2019, a number
 
of companies,
 
including our
 
Knights and
 
Ergo plants,
 
were subject
 
to armed attacks
 
targeting the
 
gold in the
plants or high-grade
 
gold bearing material.
 
These incidents were
 
very well organised and
 
in all the incidents the
 
thieves were armed.
 
In some of
the incidents
 
employees
 
of companies
 
were also held
 
hostage until
 
the targeted
 
material was
 
obtained. In
 
the 2019 incident,
 
a security
 
officer was
fatally injured.
 
 
Any such incidents have
 
and may still
 
result in losses of
 
gold or
 
other damage which could
 
have a
 
material adverse impact on our
business,
 
financial
 
results or
 
condition.
 
 
Theft at our
 
sites, particularly
 
of copper and
 
pipelines,
 
may result
 
in greater
 
risks to employees
 
or interruptions
 
in production.
 
Crime statistics
 
in South Africa
 
indicate an
 
increase in
 
theft. This
 
together with
 
price increases
 
for copper and
 
steel has resulted
 
in theft
of copper
 
cables
 
and pipelines.
 
Our operations
 
experience
 
high incidents
 
of copper
 
cable
 
theft and
 
pipelines
 
despite
 
the implementation
 
of enhanced
security measures
 
which have increased
 
our security
 
spend. At times,
 
the incidences
 
have resulted
 
in serious injuries
 
of our security
 
personnel.
 
In
addition to
 
the general
 
risk to
 
employees’
 
lives in
 
an area
 
where theft
 
occurs, we
 
may suffer
 
production
 
losses and
 
incur additional
 
costs as
 
a result
of power interruptions
 
caused by
 
cable theft
 
and theft of
 
bolts used
 
for the pipeline.
Power stoppages
 
or shortages
 
or increases
 
in the cost
 
of power could
 
negatively
 
affect our results
 
and financial
 
condition.
Our mining operations
 
are dependent on electrical
 
power supplied by Eskom,
 
South Africa’s state-owned
 
utility company. As a result
of insufficient generating
 
capacity, owing to poor maintenance and lagging capital
 
infrastructure
 
investment, South Africa has faced significant
disruptions
 
in electricity
 
supply in
 
the past
 
and Eskom
 
has warned
 
that the
 
country could
 
continue to
 
face disruptions
 
in electrical
 
power supply
 
in
the foreseeable
 
future. Loadshedding
 
has intensified
 
over the past
 
year.
The security
 
of future
 
power supply
 
as well
 
as the
 
cost thereof
 
remains a
 
risk and
 
may have
 
major implications
 
for our
 
operations,
 
which
may result in
 
significant production losses.
 
The country’s
 
current reserve capacity may be
 
insufficient and the
 
risk of
 
electricity stoppages is
expected to continue for the foreseeable
 
future. Supply interruptions
 
because of this as well as an aging and poorly maintained distribution
 
grid
may pose a
 
significant
 
risk to the
 
operations.
 
The Group has a load-curtailment agreement in
 
place with Eskom in terms of which
 
we reduce power consumption by between 10%
and 20% when the grid is under pressure, but Eskom maintains uninterrupted power supply to the operations.
 
Eskom has
 
approached
 
the National
 
Energy Regulator
 
of South Africa
 
(“
NERSA
”) for a
 
32% increase
 
in tariffs
 
for 2023,
 
a request
 
that
has been met
 
by strong push
 
from business
 
and society.
 
These increases
 
have had an adverse
 
effect on our
 
production
 
costs and
 
similar or higher
future increases
 
could have
 
a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our operating
 
results and
 
financial
 
condition.
 
 
In February 2019,
 
the President of
 
South Africa announced the
 
vertical unbundling of Eskom
 
to improve efficiencies and
 
have an
independent
 
grid operator
 
and open
 
competition
 
for energy
 
generation
 
at lower
 
cost to
 
the consumer.
 
While full
 
state
 
ownership
 
will be
 
maintained,
the unbundling
 
is expected to result
 
in the separation
 
of Eskom’s generation,
 
transmission
 
and distribution
 
functions into
 
separate entities,
 
which
may require legislative
 
and/or policy
 
reform. The unbundling
 
is expected to be completed
 
by December 2022 for the
 
generation and distribution
functions.
 
Poor reliability
 
of the
 
supply of
 
electricity
 
and instability
 
in prices
 
through the
 
unbundling
 
process
 
is expected
 
to continue.
 
Eskom’s coal
fired power plants
 
have not performed
 
well for a number of years,
 
with national rotational
 
power cuts (load
 
shedding) having
 
been implemented
intermittently through the last number of
 
fiscal years.
 
Should we
 
experience further power tariff increases, our business operating results and
financial
 
condition may
 
be adversely
 
impacted.
 
Ergo is currently
 
developing a
 
Solar Power
 
Plant to reduce
 
its reliance
 
on Eskom and
 
to reduce
 
its future
 
cost of electricity
 
but we face
risks in the
 
development
 
of this plant
 
as such plant
 
may not be completed
 
within expected
 
timeframe or
 
budget and may
 
not reduce
 
our
dependence
 
on Eskom as
 
expected.
Ergo
 
is
 
currently
 
disputing
 
the
 
electricity
 
tariff
 
charged
 
by
 
Ekurhuleni
 
Metropolitan
 
Municipality
 
(refer
 
to
 
Item 18.
 
“Financial
Statements
 
- Note 24 –
 
Payments made
 
under protest”).
Risks related
 
to climate
 
change
Extreme weather
 
As a result
 
of climate
 
change,
 
our operations
 
are exposed
 
to severe weather
 
events that
 
has in the past
 
and could interrupt
 
production.
Major property, infrastructure
 
and/or environmental damage
 
as well as loss of human life could be caused by extreme weather events. Extreme
weather conditions
 
such as
 
droughts,
 
extreme rainfall
 
and high wind
 
volumes are
 
on the increase.
 
Specifically, we
 
have experienced
 
an increase
 
in
intensity of events, such as thunderstorms on the Highveld, where our operations
 
are situated. It is believed that the long-term upward trend in
global temperature
 
is directly
 
correlated
 
with the increase
 
in global severe
 
weather events
 
both in terms
 
of magnitude
 
and frequency.
 
17
 
For example,
 
dry weather
 
conditions
 
have prompted
 
level 2
 
water restrictions
 
on residential
 
water users
 
in the Johannesburg
 
area. These
water restrictions remain in place as at September 30, 2022.
 
Severe thunderstorms
 
and high winds,
 
especially during the summer rainy season,
may also cause damage to
 
operation infrastructure that may in turn cause an
 
interruption in the production of gold.
 
Such incidents and other
weather
 
events
 
may damage
 
the facility
 
and may
 
result
 
in water
 
shortages
 
which can
 
impact our
 
operations
 
and cause
 
the interruption
 
of deposition
and gold production
 
until the
 
facility is
 
repaired
 
or alternative
 
deposition is
 
brought online.
Scarcity
 
of water may
 
negatively
 
affect our operations.
South Africa
 
is a relatively
 
dry area and
 
predictions
 
are that
 
dry conditions
 
will escalate.
 
South Africa
 
faces water
 
shortages,
 
which may
lead to the
 
revision of
 
water usage
 
strategies
 
by several
 
sectors in the
 
South African
 
economy, including
 
electricity
 
generation and
 
municipalities.
This may result in rationing
 
or increased water
 
costs. Such changes
 
would adversely
 
impact our surface
 
retreatment operations,
 
which use water
to transport
 
the slimes
 
or sand from reclaimed
 
areas to the
 
processing plant
 
and to the tailings
 
facilities.
 
In addition,
 
as our gold plants
 
and piping
infrastructure were designed to carry certain minimum throughputs, any reductions in the volumes of available water may require us to
 
adjust
production at
 
these operations.
 
DRDGOLD invested R22 million in the construction
 
of a filtration plant at the Rondebult Waste Water
 
Works (operated by the East
Rand Water Care Company) to
 
treat sewage water to reduce the use of
 
potable water. This water is used
 
both to reclaim and carry production
materials and
 
also,
 
ultimately,
 
to
 
irrigate rehabilitation
 
vegetation at
 
a
 
significantly lower
 
cost
 
than
 
that
 
of
 
potable
 
water.
 
The
 
plant
 
was
commissioned in early fiscal
 
year 2016 and has design capacity to provide Ergo with 10 Mega Litres (“
Ml
”) a day from the Rondebult sewage
treatment facility.
 
However, due to the deterioration
 
of the local government
 
authorities’ infrastructure,
 
the expected quantity
 
of sewerage is not
reaching the
 
treatment
 
facility and
 
as a result
 
Ergo is still
 
not able to
 
extract
 
the full design
 
capacity
 
of 10 Ml of
 
water a
 
day.
 
It is not
 
certain if
 
and
when the flow
 
of sewerage
 
will reach
 
expected levels.
These measures may not be sufficient to alleviate the water scarcity issues we face.
Risks related
 
to government
 
regulation
 
Government
 
policies in
 
South Africa
 
may adversely
 
impact our operations
 
and profits.
 
The mining
 
industry in
 
South Africa
 
is extensively
 
regulated through legislation
 
and regulations issued
 
through the
 
government’s
administrative
 
bodies. These
 
involve directives
 
in respect
 
of health
 
and safety, the
 
mining and
 
exploration
 
of minerals
 
and managing
 
the impact
 
of
mining operations on
 
the environment. A
 
variety of
 
permits and
 
authorities are
 
required to
 
mine lawfully,
 
and
 
the government
 
enforces its
regulations through the
 
various government departments. Lack
 
of
 
communication between government and
 
regulators as
 
well as
 
ineffective
regulators remains
 
an issue that may increase
 
the cost of compliance
 
and obtaining permits.
 
The formulation or
 
implementation of government
policies may be discretionary and unpredictable on certain issues, including changes
 
in conditions for the issuance of licenses insofar as
 
social
and labor plans
 
are concerned, transformation of
 
the workplace, laws relating
 
to mineral rights, ownership
 
of mining assets and
 
the rights to
prospect and mine,
 
additional taxes
 
on the mining
 
industry and in
 
extreme cases,
 
nationalization. A change
 
in regulatory or
 
government policies
could adversely affect our business.
 
 
 
Mining royalties
 
and other
 
tax reform
 
could have
 
an adverse
 
effect on the
 
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition
 
of our
operations.
 
The
 
Mineral
 
and
 
Petroleum
 
Resources
 
Royalty
 
Act,
 
No.28
 
of
 
2008
 
and
 
the
 
Mineral
 
and
 
Petroleum
 
Resources
 
Royalty
 
Act
(Administration),
 
No.29 of 2008
 
govern royalty
 
rates for
 
gold mining
 
in South Africa.
 
These acts
 
provide for
 
the payment
 
of a royalty, calculated
through a
 
royalty rate
 
formula (using
 
rates of
 
between 0.5%
 
and 5.0%)
 
applied against
 
gross revenue
 
per year, payable
 
half yearly
 
with a third
 
and
final payment
 
thereafter.
 
The royalty
 
is tax
 
deductible
 
and the
 
cost after
 
tax amounts
 
to a
 
rate of
 
between
 
0.33% and
 
3.3% at
 
the prevailing
 
marginal
tax rates
 
applicable
 
to the taxed
 
entity. The royalty
 
is payable
 
on old
 
unconverted
 
mining rights
 
and new
 
converted
 
mining rights.
 
Based on
 
a legal
opinion
 
the
 
Company
 
obtained,
 
mine
 
dumps
 
created
 
before
 
the
 
enactment
 
of
 
the
 
Mineral
 
and
 
Petroleum
 
Resources
 
Development
 
Act
(“
MPRDA
”) fall outside the ambit of
 
this royalty and consequently the Company does not pay any royalty on any
 
dumps created prior to the
MPRDA. Introduction
 
of further
 
revenue
 
based royalties
 
or any adverse
 
future tax
 
reforms
 
could have
 
an adverse
 
effect on
 
our business,
 
operating
results and
 
financial
 
condition.
Failure to comply with the requirements
 
of the Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment
 
Charter 2018 could have an adverse
effect on our
 
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition of
 
our operations.
 
In April
 
2018, judgment
 
was handed
 
down by the
 
North Gauteng
 
High Court
 
in Pretoria
 
against a
 
provision in
 
the 2010 Mining
 
Charter
regarding
 
the “once
 
empowered
 
always empowered”
 
principle.
 
This principle
 
refers
 
to whether
 
a mining
 
company, after
 
the exit
 
of a Black
 
partner
that held a
 
stake in the
 
company consequent
 
to a result
 
of a Black
 
Economic Empowerment
 
(“
BEE
”) transaction,
 
continues to
 
be BEE compliant.
 
The judgment
 
was appealed
 
by the DMRE.
 
The DMRE
 
in August
 
2020, withdrew
 
their notice
 
to appeal
 
to the
 
Supreme
 
Court of
 
Appeal in
 
respect
of the judgment
 
issued in
 
April 2018
 
by the Pretoria
 
High Court.
 
 
On September
 
27, 2018,
 
the Broad-Based
 
Socio-Economic
 
Empowerment
 
Charter
 
for the
 
Mining
 
and Minerals
 
Industry, 2018
 
(“
Mining
Charter 2018
”) was
 
published in
 
Government Gazette No.
 
41934 of
 
Government Notice No.
 
639 on
 
September 27,
 
2018 superseding and
replacing all previous
 
charters, including
 
the Reviewed Broad-Based
 
Black Economic Empowerment
 
Charter for the South African
 
Mining and
Minerals
 
Industry, 2016 (“
Mining Charter
 
III
”).
18
 
Mining Charter
 
2018 requires,
inter alia
, an enduring
 
30% BEE
 
interest
 
in respect
 
of new mining
 
rights.
 
It also
 
has extensive
 
provisions
in
 
respect
 
of
 
Historically Disadvantaged
 
Persons
 
(“
HDP
”)
 
representation at
 
board
 
and
 
management, as
 
well
 
provisions
 
relating
 
to
 
local
procurement
 
of goods and
 
services.
 
The procurement
 
target of the
 
total spend
 
on services
 
from South
 
African companies
 
has been pegged
 
at 80%
(up from 70%
 
in Mining
 
Charter III)
 
and 60% of
 
the aggregate
 
spend thereof
 
must be apportioned
 
to BEE entrepreneurs.
 
 
In March 2019,
 
the Mineral
 
Council of
 
South Africa
 
brought an application
 
in the High
 
Court, Pretoria
 
for a judicial
 
review and
setting aside
 
of certain
 
provisions in
 
Mining Charter
 
2018.
 
In June
 
2020, the
 
High Court
 
ordered
 
the Minerals
 
Council
 
to join
 
parties
 
representing
 
communities,
 
trade unions
 
and BEE
 
entrepreneurs
as a prerequisite
 
to the continuation
 
of the lawsuit,
 
as they have
 
a direct and
 
substantial
 
interest in
 
the outcome
 
of the litigation.
 
 
On September
 
21, 2021,
 
the High
 
Court of
 
South Africa
 
ruled that
 
the Mining
 
Charter
 
2018 is
 
not binding
 
subordinate
 
legislation
 
but an
instrument of policy. This ruling affirmed that the Minister
 
of Mineral Resources and Energy (“
MRE Minister
”) was not entitled to make law
through the
 
Mining Charter
 
2018 to
 
require
 
30% HDP
 
ownership
 
for the
 
renewal
 
of existing
 
mining rights.
 
The MRE
 
Minister
 
confirmed
 
that they
will not appeal
 
the ruling.
 
 
DRDGOLD cannot guarantee
 
that it will meet all the targets set out by the Mining Charter 2018. For example,
 
if the Mining Charter
2018 were
 
to remain
 
in its current
 
form, there
 
is no assurance
 
that the goods,
 
services
 
and supplies
 
in South Africa
 
would be sufficient
 
to allow us
to
 
meet the
 
targets.
 
More specifically,
 
DRDGOLD may
 
not
 
be
 
able to
 
meet the
 
requirement that
 
80%
 
of
 
total mining
 
goods and
 
services
procurement spend be on South African-manufactured
 
goods due to an insufficient number of suppliers in South Africa
 
with heavy equipment.
DRDGOLD may be required to increase participation by HDP in senior positions and allocate additional resources
 
for the development of the
mine community, human resources,
 
sustainability, procurement
 
and enterprise. DRDGOLD
 
may also be required to make further adjustment
 
to
the ownership
 
structure of
 
its South African
 
mining assets,
 
including increasing
 
the ownership
 
of HDP, in order to meet
 
the Mining Charter
 
2018
requirements.
 
Any such additional
 
measures could
 
have a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
operating results
 
and/or financial
 
condition.
 
In addition,
 
if we are
 
unable to
 
obtain sufficient
 
representation
 
of HDP at
 
the board
 
level and
 
in management
 
positions
 
or if there
 
are not
sufficient succession
 
plans in place, this could have a material adverse
 
effect on our business (including resulting
 
in the imposition of fines and
having
 
a
 
negative effect
 
on
 
production levels),
 
operating results
 
and
 
financial position.
 
In
 
relation to
 
this,
 
the
 
mining
 
industry,
 
including
DRDGOLD, continues
 
to experience a global shortage of qualified senior
 
management and technically
 
skilled employees.
 
DRDGOLD may be
unable to hire
 
or retain appropriate
 
senior management,
 
technically
 
skilled employees
 
or other management
 
personnel, or
 
may have to
 
pay higher
levels of
 
remuneration
 
than it currently
 
intends in
 
order to do
 
so.
 
Also, there is no
 
guarantee that
 
any steps DRDGOLD has
 
already taken or
 
might take in
 
the future will
 
ensure the retention
 
of its
existing mining rights, the successful renewal of its existing mining rights, the granting of applications for
 
new mining rights or that the terms
of renewals of its mining
 
rights would not be significantly less favourable
 
than the terms of its current
 
mining rights. Any further adjustment
to
 
the
 
ownership
 
structure of
 
DRDGOLD’s South
 
African mining
 
assets in
 
order
 
to
 
meet the
 
abovementioned
 
requirements
 
could have
 
a
material adverse effect on the value of DRDGOLD’s securities
 
Refer to
 
Item 4B. Business
 
Overview – Governmental
 
regulations
 
and their effect
 
on our business
 
– The Broad
 
Based Socio-Economic
Empowerment
 
Charter.
 
Government
 
policies in
 
South Africa
 
may adversely
 
impact our operations
 
and profits
 
related to
 
financial
 
provisioning
 
for
rehabilitation.
 
 
An amendment to the MPRDA was first proposed in 2013. The amendment bill, if implemented, would have had a material adverse
impact
 
on the Group's
 
estimated
 
financial
 
provisions
 
for environmental
 
remediation
 
and management
 
due to
 
the proposed
 
inclusion
 
of historic
 
and
old mine dumps
 
in the definition
 
of “residue
 
stockpiles”
 
as well as the
 
extension of
 
the liability
 
for rehabilitation
 
beyond the issuance
 
of a closure
certificate and the requirement to maintain financial provision for
 
closed sites within a
 
period of 20
 
years after a
 
site is closed.
 
The MPRDA
Amendment Bill
 
was withdrawn
 
in August 2018
 
by the MRE Minister,
 
citing, amongst
 
other things,
 
the adequacy
 
of the current
 
MPRDA to deal
with all regulatory
 
matter pertaining
 
to the mining
 
and petroleum
 
industries.
 
Revised Financial
 
Provisioning Regulations
 
(“
FPR
”)
 
were
 
published on
 
November 20,
 
2015,
 
under
 
the
 
National Environmental
Management Act, 107 of 1998 (“
NEMA
”) and became effective from the date of publication thereof. Proposed
 
amendments to the FPRs were
published
 
for public
 
comment
 
GNR 1228
 
GG 41236
 
of November
 
10, 2017
 
(“
Draft
 
Regulations
”), which
 
seek
 
to address
 
some challenges
 
relating
to the implementation
 
thereof. Under
 
these FRPs to
 
be implemented
 
by the DMRE,
 
existing environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
trust funds
 
may only be
used for post
 
closure activities
 
and may no
 
longer be utilised
 
for their
 
intended purpose
 
of concurrent
 
and final rehabilitation
 
and closure.
 
 
Several further proposed amendments to
 
the FPRs,
 
(“
Proposed Amendments
”) were
 
published subsequently. The
 
latest Proposed
Amendments were published
 
in July 2022 which,
inter alia
, extends the compliance with these regulations
 
to three months following the fiscal
year end June
 
30, 2023.
 
 
The Proposed Amendments,
 
in their current form and which are still subject
 
to the approval of the DMRE and Treasury, allow under
certain circumstances for the withdrawal against financial
 
provision (which is currently not contemplated in the FPR). It is
 
therefore uncertain
whether these
 
provisions relating
 
to withdrawal
 
will remain
 
in their current
 
form, or at
 
all.
 
 
See discussion
 
in
 
4.B. Business
 
Overview –
 
Governmental regulations and their
 
effect on
 
our
 
business –
 
Financial Provision for
Rehabilitation.
19
The implementation
 
of Carbon Tax effective
 
from June
 
1, 2019 may
 
have a direct
 
or indirect
 
material adverse
 
effect on our
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
The Carbon Tax Act No
 
15 of 2019, or the
 
CTA, came into effect from
 
June 1, 2019. The
 
CTA is based on the polluter-pays-principle
and will be implemented across
 
phases. The first phase will run from June 1, 2019 to December
 
31, 2022 and is applicable to scope 1 emitters.
The First
 
phase did not
 
have a material
 
financial impact
 
on the Group.
 
The second
 
phase will
 
be implemented
 
from January
 
1, 2023 to December
31, 2030. During
 
the first
 
phase, tax-free
 
emission allowances
 
ranging from
 
60 per cent to
 
95 per cent are
 
available to
 
emitters in this
 
first phase.
This includes
 
a basic
 
tax-free
 
allowance
 
of 60 per
 
cent for
 
all activities,
 
a 10 per
 
cent process
 
and fugitive
 
emissions
 
allowance,
 
a maximum
 
10 per
cent allowance
 
for companies
 
that use carbon offsets
 
to reduce their tax
 
liability, a performance
 
allowance of up to
 
5 per cent for companies
 
that
reduce the
 
emissions intensity of their
 
activities, a 5
 
per cent
 
carbon budget allowance for
 
complying with the
 
reporting requirements and a
maximum 10
 
per cent allowance
 
for trade exposed
 
sectors. The
 
South African
 
government
 
indicated that
 
a review of
 
the impact of
 
the carbon tax
will be conducted
 
before the
 
second phase
 
of the South
 
African Carbon
 
Tax Act is implemented.
 
The draft explanatory memorandum of the Taxation
 
Laws Amendment Bill proposes that amendment to section 5(2) of
 
the Carbon
Tax
 
Act to provide
 
for the carbon
 
tax rate adjustment
 
by US$1, US$2
 
and US$3/
 
t CO2e for
 
2023, 2024 and
 
2025 tax period
 
ending on
 
31
December using the
 
average exchange rate as
 
defined in the Income
 
Tax
 
Act. The rate will
 
thereafter increase gradually to
 
US$20t CO2e in
2026 and at
 
least to US$30/t
 
CO2e in 2030.
 
Currently under phase
 
1 an amount
 
of R120/t CO2e
 
is levied.
 
Although the decarbonization
 
of
electricity as an
 
energy supply must
 
nevertheless be prioritized
 
by both the
 
country and industries
 
at large to
 
de-carbonize the economy,
 
the
increased proposed rates denominated to US Dollar is expected to have an adverse impact on business.
The carbon
 
tax has
 
not had
 
an impact
 
on the
 
price
 
of electricity.
 
However, should
 
Eskom be
 
required
 
to pass
 
on the
 
cost of
 
the tax
 
from its
 
emissions
to its customers,
 
electricity
 
tariffs may rise
 
significantly. This may
 
also affect the electricity
 
prices charged to our
 
suppliers who
 
may pass on the
tax to us increasing
 
the price
 
of goods and
 
services
 
we consume
 
in our operation.
 
 
Regulations detailing
 
the tax-free emission allowances
 
during the second phase have not been
 
published to date. The second
 
phase of
implementation of the
 
Carbon Tax
 
may have
 
a material
 
direct and/or indirect
 
adverse effect on
 
our business, operating
 
results and
 
financial
condition if the tax-free emission allowances
 
are significantly reduced or the scope of implementation
 
of the CTA
 
is significantly increased.
 
In
addition,
 
the potential
 
increases
 
in costs resulting
 
from suppliers
 
passing through
 
their Carbon
 
Tax exposure to
 
the Company
 
may have a
 
direct or
indirect material
 
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
Ring-fencing
 
of unredeemed
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
for South
 
African
 
mining
 
tax purposes
 
could
 
have
 
an adverse
 
effect on
 
the business,
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition of
 
our operations.
 
The Income Tax Act No 58 of 1962,
 
or the ITA, contains certain
 
ring-fencing
 
provisions in
 
section 36 specifically
 
relating to different
mines
 
regarding
 
the deduction
 
of certain
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
and the
 
carry
 
over to
 
subsequent
 
years.
 
After the
 
restructuring
 
of the
 
surface
 
operations,
effective July 1, 2012,
 
Ergo is treated as
 
one taxpaying operation
 
pursuant to the
 
relevant ring-fencing
 
legislation.
 
It is expected that
 
FWGR will
also be
 
treated as
 
one taxpaying
 
operation
 
pursuant to
 
the relevant
 
ring-fencing
 
legislation.
 
In the event
 
that we
 
are unsuccessful
 
in confirming
 
our
position or should
 
the South African
 
Revenue Service
 
have a different interpretation
 
of section 36 of the ITA, it could have
 
an adverse effect on
our business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
Draft amendments
 
to the
 
ITA regarding
 
claiming
 
accelerated
 
capital expenditure
 
allowances
 
for South
 
African
 
mining tax
 
purposes
could have
 
an adverse
 
effect on the
 
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition
 
of our operations.
 
The National Treasury
 
has proposed a prospective
 
amendment to the
 
preamble of section
 
15 of the ITA to limit the accelerated
 
capital
expenditure
 
allowances
 
applicable
 
to taxpayers
 
conducting
 
mining
 
operations
 
to only
 
those
 
taxpayers
 
that hold
 
“
a mining
 
right
 
as defined
 
in section
1 of the Mineral
 
and Petroleum
 
Resources Development
 
Act in respect of
 
the mine where
 
those mining
 
operations
 
are carried
 
on
”. In addition,
 
in
relation
 
to section
 
36 of
 
the ITA, the
 
National
 
Treasury has
 
proposed
 
an amendment
 
to the
 
heading
 
in order
 
to limit
 
the application
 
of the
 
provisions
in respect
 
of the
 
calculation of the
 
redemption allowance and
 
balance of
 
unredeemed capital
 
expenditure, to
 
certain mining operations. The
proposed amendment
 
will come
 
into operation
 
on March 31,
 
2023 and apply
 
in respect
 
of years of
 
assessment
 
ending on or
 
after that
 
date.
 
DRDGOLD, as a surface miner, conducts mining
 
operations for its own benefit (i.e.
 
it is not a contract miner) but DRDGOLD is not
required to hold
 
a mining right
 
in terms of the
 
MPRDA.
 
The proposed requirement
 
by the ITA to require a miner
 
to hold a mining
 
right in terms
of the MPRDA
 
will preclude
 
DRDGOLD from
 
claiming accelerated
 
capital expenditure
 
allowances
 
in terms
 
of sections
 
15 and 36 of
 
the ITA.
 
 
If these proposed amendments are adopted, it will accelerate
 
cash outflows resulting from current
 
tax expenditure.
 
This could have a
material adverse
 
effect on our
 
cash flows,
 
operations,
 
capital investment
 
decisions
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
 
Assessment
 
of unredeemed
 
capital expenditure
 
by the South
 
African Revenue
 
Service could
 
have an adverse
 
effect on the business,
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition of
 
our operations.
 
The South African
 
Revenue Service
 
(“
SARS
”) assesses capital
 
expenditure when
 
it is redeemed against
 
taxable mining income
 
rather
than when
 
it is
 
incurred.
 
A different
 
interpretation
 
by SARS
 
could have
 
an adverse
 
effect on
 
our business,
 
operating
 
results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
 
Since our
 
South African
 
labor force
 
has substantial
 
trade union
 
participation,
 
we face
 
the risk
 
of disruption
 
from labor
 
disputes
 
and
new South African
 
labor laws.
20
 
Labor costs
 
are significant
 
for Ergo, constituting
 
18% of Ergo’s
 
production
 
costs for
 
fiscal year
 
2022 (2021:
 
19%). As
 
of June
 
30, 2022,
our Ergo operations
 
provided full-time
 
employment
 
for 763 employees
 
while our main
 
service providers
 
deployed an
 
additional
 
1,677 employees
to our operations,
 
of whom approximately
 
85% are members
 
of trade unions
 
or employee
 
associations.
 
 
Labor costs
 
are significant
 
for FWGR, constituting
 
21% of FWGR’s production
 
costs for fiscal
 
year 2022 (2021:
 
20%). As of June
 
30,
2022, our FWGR
 
operations provided full-time employment for 152 employees while our
 
main service providers deployed an additional 339
employees to our operations,
 
of whom approximately
 
82% are members of
 
trade unions or employee
 
associations.
 
We have entered into various
agreements regulating
 
wages and working
 
conditions at
 
our mines. Unreasonable
 
wage demands could
 
increase production
 
costs to levels
 
where
our operations are no longer profitable.
 
This could lead to accelerated
 
mine closures and labor disruptions.
 
We are also susceptible to strikes by
workers from
 
time to time,
 
which result
 
in disruptions
 
to our mining
 
operations.
 
In recent
 
years, labor
 
laws in South
 
Africa have
 
changed in
 
ways that
 
significantly
 
affect our
 
operations.
 
In particular,
 
laws that
 
provide
for mandatory
 
compensation
 
in the event
 
of termination
 
of employment
 
for operational
 
reasons and
 
that impose
 
large monetary
 
penalties for
 
non-
compliance with the administrative
 
and reporting requirements of affirmative action
 
policies could result in significant costs to us. In addition,
future South
 
African
 
legislation
 
and regulations
 
relating
 
to labor
 
may further
 
increase
 
our costs
 
or alter
 
our relationship
 
with our
 
employees.
 
Labor
cost increases
 
could have
 
an adverse
 
effect on our
 
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
 
Labor unrest
 
could affect
 
production.
 
During March
 
2022 to
 
June 2022
 
there was
 
strike action
 
by staff
 
at the
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
gold mines
 
adjacent
 
to FWGR.
 
FWGR’s gold
bars are smelted
 
at Sibanye’s Driefontein
 
plant. This resulted
 
in Ergo having to smelt
 
FWGR gold on their behalf.
 
Such events at our operations
or at our reclamation
 
sites has
 
in the past
 
and could in
 
future have
 
an adverse
 
effect on our
 
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
We use a
 
third
 
party service
 
provider
 
for the
 
management
 
of our
 
reclamation
 
sites
 
as well
 
as on
 
our Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF and
 
Driefontein
4 TSF.
 
Any labor
 
unrest or other
 
significant
 
issue at
 
this third
 
party service
 
provider may
 
impact the
 
operation of
 
this facility.
 
 
Strike action and
 
intimidation at mining
 
operations adjacent to our
 
FWGR mining
 
operations could have
 
an adverse
 
effect on
 
our
business,
 
operating results
 
and financial
 
condition.
 
Our financial flexibility could be materially constrained by South African currency restrictions.
South African law provides for exchange control regulations, which restrict the export of capital from South Africa, the Republic of
Namibia, and the
 
Kingdoms of Lesotho
 
and Eswatini, known
 
collectively as the
 
Common Monetary Area
 
(the “
CMA
”). The Exchange
 
Control
Department of the South African Reserve Bank, or SARB, is responsible for the administration of exchange control regulations. In particular,
South African companies:
●
are generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa or to hold foreign currency without the approval of the SARB;
●
are generally required to repatriate, to South Africa, profits of foreign operations; and
●
are limited in their ability to utilize profits of one foreign business to finance operations of a different foreign business.
 
While the
 
South African
 
Government has
 
relaxed exchange
 
controls in
 
recent years,
 
South African
 
companies remain
 
subject to
restrictions on their ability to deploy capital outside of the CMA and it is difficult to predict whether such relaxation of controls
 
will continue
in
 
the
 
future.
 
As
 
a
 
result,
 
DRDGOLD’s
 
ability
 
to
 
raise
 
and deploy
 
capital
 
outside
 
the
 
CMA
 
is
 
restricted.
 
These
 
restrictions
 
could
 
hinder
DRDGOLD’s
 
financial
 
and
 
strategic
 
flexibility,
 
particularly
 
its
 
ability
 
to
 
fund
 
acquisitions,
 
capital
 
expenditures
 
and
 
exploration
 
projects
outside South Africa. For further information see Item 10D. Exchange Controls.
We
 
could be adversely affected
 
by violations of
 
the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
 
Practices Act and
 
similar anti-bribery laws outside
 
of
the United States.
 
 
The U.S. Foreign
 
Corrupt Practices
 
Act, or the FCPA, and similar
 
anti-bribery laws
 
in other jurisdictions
 
generally prohibit
 
companies
and their
 
intermediaries
 
from
 
making improper
 
payments
 
to government
 
officials
 
or other
 
persons
 
for the
 
purpose
 
of obtaining
 
or retaining
 
business.
This includes
 
aggressive
 
investigations
 
and enforcement
 
proceedings
 
by both the
 
U.S. Department
 
of Justice
 
and the SEC,
 
increased
 
enforcement
activity by
 
non-
 
U.S. regulators,
 
and increases
 
in criminal
 
and civil proceedings
 
brought against
 
companies
 
and individuals.
 
Our policies
 
mandate
compliance
 
with the FCPA and other applicable
 
anti-bribery laws.
 
Our internal control
 
policies and procedures
 
may not protect us from
 
reckless
or criminal
 
acts committed
 
by our employees,
 
the employees
 
of any of
 
our businesses,
 
or third
 
party intermediaries.
 
In the event
 
that we
 
believe or
have reason to believe that our employees or agents have
 
or may have violated applicable anti-corruption
 
laws, including the FCPA, we would
investigate or have outside
 
counsel investigate the relevant facts and
 
circumstances, which can be expensive and
 
require significant time and
attention
 
from senior
 
management.
 
Violations of
 
these laws
 
may result
 
in criminal
 
or civil
 
sanctions,
 
inability
 
to do
 
business
 
with existing
 
or future
business partners
 
(either as a result of express prohibitions
 
or to avoid the appearance of impropriety),
 
injunctions against
 
future conduct, profit
disgorgements,
 
disqualifications
 
from directly
 
or indirectly
 
engaging in
 
certain
 
types of
 
businesses,
 
the loss of
 
business
 
permits,
 
reputational
 
harm
or other restrictions
 
which could
 
disrupt our
 
business and
 
have a material
 
adverse effect
 
on our business,
 
financial
 
condition, results
 
of operations
or liquidity.
 
21
 
We face risks with respect to compliance with
 
the FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws through
 
our acquisition of new companies
 
and
the due diligence
 
we perform in connection
 
with an acquisition
 
may not be sufficient
 
to enable us fully to assess
 
an acquired company’s historic
compliance
 
with applicable
 
regulations.
 
Furthermore,
 
as we make acquisitions
 
such as the acquisition
 
of FWGR, our post-acquisition
 
integration
efforts may
 
not be
 
adequate
 
to ensure
 
our system
 
of internal
 
controls
 
and procedures
 
are fully
 
adopted and
 
adhered
 
to by
 
acquired
 
entities,
 
resulting
in increased
 
risks of non-compliance
 
with applicable
 
anti-bribery
 
laws.
 
Risks related to ownership of our ordinary shares or ADSs
 
 
It may
 
not be
 
possible for
 
you to
 
effect service
 
of legal
 
process, enforce
 
judgments of
 
courts outside
 
of South
 
Africa or
 
bring
actions based on securities laws of jurisdictions other than South Africa against us or against members of our board.
Our Company,
 
certain members
 
of our
 
board of
 
directors and
 
executive officers
 
are residents
 
of South
 
Africa. All
 
our assets
 
are
located outside the United States and a major portion with
 
respect to the assets of members of our board
 
of directors and executive officers are
either wholly or
 
substantially located outside
 
the United States.
 
As a result,
 
it may not
 
be possible for
 
you to effect
 
service of legal
 
process,
within the United States or elsewhere including in South Africa, upon most of
 
our directors or officers, including matters arising under United
States federal securities laws or applicable United States state securities laws.
 
Moreover,
 
it may
 
not be
 
possible for
 
you to
 
enforce against
 
us or
 
the members
 
of our
 
board of
 
directors and
 
executive officers’
judgments obtained in courts outside South Africa, including the United States, based on the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of
those countries, including
 
those of the
 
United States. A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable
 
in South Africa, but constitutes
 
a cause of
action which
 
will be enforced
 
by South African
 
courts provided
 
that:
 
●
the court which
 
pronounced the
 
judgment had
 
jurisdiction
 
to entertain
 
the case according
 
to the principles
 
recognized
 
by South African
law with reference
 
to the jurisdiction
 
of foreign
 
courts;
 
●
the judgment
 
is final and
 
conclusive
 
(that is,
 
it cannot be
 
altered by
 
the court which
 
pronounced
 
it);
 
●
the judgment
 
has not lapsed;
 
●
the recognition
 
and enforcement
 
of the judgment
 
by South African
 
courts would
 
not be contrary
 
to public
 
policy, including
 
observance
of the rules
 
of natural
 
justice which
 
require that
 
no award
 
is enforceable
 
unless the
 
defendant
 
was duly
 
served with
 
documents initiating
proceedings,
 
that he
 
was given
 
a fair
 
opportunity
 
to be heard
 
and that
 
he enjoyed
 
the right
 
to be legally
 
represented
 
in a free
 
and fair
 
trial
before an
 
impartial
 
tribunal;
 
●
the judgment
 
was not obtained
 
by fraudulent
 
means;
 
●
the judgment
 
does not involve
 
the enforcement
 
of a penal
 
or revenue
 
law; and
●
the enforcement
 
of the judgment
 
is not otherwise
 
precluded by
 
the provisions
 
of the Protection
 
of Business
 
Act, 1978 (as
 
amended),
 
of
South Africa.
 
It is
 
the policy
 
of South
 
African
 
courts to
 
award compensation
 
for the
 
loss or
 
damage sustained
 
by the
 
person to
 
whom the
 
compensation
is awarded.
 
Although the
 
award of punitive
 
damages is
 
generally unknown
 
to the South
 
African legal
 
system that
 
does not mean
 
that such
 
awards
are necessarily
 
contrary to
 
public policy.
 
Whether a
 
judgment was
 
contrary to
 
public policy
 
depends on
 
the facts
 
of
 
each case.
 
Exorbitant,
unconscionable, or excessive
 
awards will generally be contrary to public policy. South African courts cannot enter into the merits of
 
a foreign
judgment and cannot
 
act as a court of appeal
 
or review over the foreign
 
court. South African
 
courts will usually
 
implement their
 
own procedural
laws and,
 
where an
 
action based
 
on an international
 
contract
 
is brought
 
before a
 
South African
 
court, the
 
capacity
 
of the parties
 
to the contract
 
will
usually be
 
determined
 
in accordance
 
with South African
 
law.
 
 
It is doubtful whether
 
an original action
 
based on United States
 
federal securities
 
laws may be brought before
 
South African courts.
 
A
plaintiff who is not
 
resident in South Africa may be required to
 
provide security for costs in the event
 
of proceedings being initiated in South
Africa. Furthermore,
 
the Rules of
 
the High Court
 
of South Africa
 
require that
 
documents
 
executed outside
 
South Africa
 
must be authenticated
 
for
use in South African courts.
 
It may not be
 
possible therefore for an
 
investor to seek
 
to impose liability on
 
us in a South
 
African court arising
from a violation of United States federal securities laws.
Dividend withholding tax will reduce the amount of dividends received by beneficial owners.
On April 1, 2012, the South African Government replaced
 
Secondary Tax on Companies (then 10%) with a 15% withholding tax on
dividends and other distributions
 
payable to shareholders.
 
The dividend withholding
 
tax rate was increased to 20%, effective
 
from February 22,
2017.
 
The withholding
 
tax reduces
 
the amount of
 
dividends or
 
other distributions
 
received
 
by our shareholders.
 
Any further
 
increases
 
in such tax
will further
 
reduce net
 
dividends received
 
by our shareholders.
 
Your rights as a shareholder
 
are governed by
 
South African law,
 
which differs in
 
material respects
 
from the rights
 
of shareholders
under the laws of other jurisdictions.
Our Company is a
 
public limited liability
 
company incorporated under
 
the laws of
 
the Republic of South
 
Africa. The rights
 
of holders
of our ordinary shares, and therefore many of the rights of our ADS holders, are
 
governed by our memorandum of incorporation and by South
African law. These rights differ in material
 
respects from the rights of
 
shareholders in companies incorporated elsewhere,
 
such as in the
 
United
States.
 
In
 
particular,
 
South African
 
law significantly
 
limits
 
the circumstances
 
under
 
which
 
shareholders of
 
South
 
African companies
 
may
institute litigation on behalf of a company.
 
Control by principal shareholders could adversely affect our other shareholders.
22
Sibanye-Stillwater beneficially owns 50.1% of our
 
outstanding ordinary shares and voting power
 
and has the ability to control, our
board of
 
directors. Sibanye-Stillwater
 
will continue
 
to have
 
control over
 
our affairs
 
for the
 
foreseeable future,
 
including with
 
respect to
 
the
election of directors, the consummation of significant corporate transactions, such as an amendment
 
of our constitution, a merger or other sale
of
 
our company
 
or our
 
assets, and
 
all matters
 
requiring
 
shareholder approval.
 
In certain
 
circumstances, Sibanye-Stillwater’s
 
interests as
 
a
principal shareholder
 
may conflict
 
with the
 
interests of
 
our other
 
shareholders and
 
Sibanye-Stillwater’s ability
 
to exercise
 
control, or
 
exert
significant influence, over us may have the effect
 
of causing, delaying, or preventing changes or transactions that our
 
other shareholders may
or may not deem
 
to be in their
 
best interests. In addition,
 
any sale or expectation
 
of sale of some or
 
all the shares held
 
by Sibanye-Stillwater
could have an adverse impact on our share price.
 
Sales of large
 
volumes of our
 
ordinary shares or
 
ADSs or the
 
perception that these
 
sales may occur,
 
could adversely affect
 
the
prevailing market price of such securities.
The
 
market price
 
of
 
our ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADSs
 
could
 
fall if
 
substantial
 
amounts of
 
ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADSs are
 
sold by
 
our
stockholders, or there
 
is the perception
 
in the marketplace
 
that such sales
 
could occur.
 
Current holders of
 
our ordinary shares
 
or ADSs may
decide to sell them at
 
any time. Sales of
 
our ordinary shares or
 
ADSs, if substantial, or
 
the perception that any
 
such substantial sales may
 
occur,
could exert downward
 
pressure on the prevailing
 
market prices for
 
our ordinary shares
 
or ADSs, causing their
 
market prices to
 
decline. Trading
activity of hedge funds and the
 
ability to borrow script in the marketplace will
 
increase trading volumes and may place our
 
share price under
pressure.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON
 
THE COMPANY
4A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT
 
OF THE COMPANY
Introduction
 
DRDGOLD, is
 
a South
 
African domiciled company that
 
holds assets engaged
 
in surface
 
gold tailings
 
retreatment in South
 
Africa
including exploration,
 
extraction,
 
processing
 
and smelting.
 
 
 
We are a public limited liability company, incorporated
 
in South Africa on February
 
16, 1895, as Durban Roodepoort Deep,
 
Limited.
On December 3, 2004,
 
the company changed
 
its name from Durban
 
Roodepoort Deep
 
Limited to DRDGOLD
 
Limited. Our operations
 
focus on
South Africa's
 
Witwatersrand Basin,
 
which has
 
been a gold
 
producing
 
region for
 
over 120 years.
 
 
Our shares
 
and/or related
 
instruments
 
trade on the
 
Johannesburg
 
Stock Exchange
 
(“
JSE
”),
 
and the New
 
York Stock Exchange.
 
Our registered office and
 
business address is Constantia Office
 
Park,
 
Cnr 14th
 
Avenue and
 
Hendrik Potgieter Road,
 
Cycad House,
Building 17, Ground Floor,
 
Weltevreden Park,
 
1709,
 
South Africa. The postal address is
 
P.O. Box
 
390, Maraisburg, 1700, South Africa. Our
telephone number is (+27
 
11) 470-2600 and our facsimile number
 
is (+27 86) 524-3061.
 
We are registered under the South African Companies
Act 71, 2008 under registration number
 
1895/000926/06. For our ADSs,
 
the Bank of New York
 
Mellon, at 101 Barclay Street,
 
New York,
 
NY
10286, United
 
States, has
 
been appointed
 
as agent.
The SEC maintains
 
an internet
 
site that contains
 
reports, proxy
 
and information
 
statements
 
and other information
 
regarding issuers
 
that
file electronically with the SEC, which can be found
 
at http://www.sec.gov. Our internet address is http://www.drdgold.com.
 
The information
contained on
 
our website
 
is not incorporated
 
by reference
 
and does not
 
form part
 
of this annual
 
report.
 
All of our
 
operations
 
are conducted
 
in South Africa.
 
Our
 
operations primarily
 
consist
 
of
 
Ergo
 
and
 
FWGR.
 
Our
 
Ergo
 
operations include
 
the
 
historic
 
Crown
 
operations (which
 
were
restructured
 
into Ergo during fiscal
 
year 2012 and have substantially
 
been rehabilitated
 
as at the end of fiscal year
 
2018).
 
East Rand Proprietary
Mines
 
Limited's
 
(“
ERPM
”)
 
underground mining infrastructure was under
 
care and
 
maintenance up to
 
this reporting date
 
at which
 
date the
decommissioning
 
and rehabilitation
 
of the last
 
remining underground
 
mining infrastructure
 
was completed.
Ergo
 
Ergo was formed
 
in June 2007. Ergo is the surface tailings retreatment operation which consists
 
of what was historically the Crown
Gold Recoveries
 
Proprietary Limited
 
(“
Crown
”), ERPM
 
Cason Dump
 
operation and
 
the Ergo
 
Gold business
 
units. On
 
July 1, 2012, Ergo
acquired the mining assets and certain liabilities of Crown and all the surface assets and liabilities of ERPM as part of the
 
restructuring of our
surface operations.
 
Capital expenditure for the
 
Ergo projects is
 
mainly financed through
 
operational cash flows while
 
financing for significant growth
projects may
 
be obtained
 
through specific
 
financing arrangements
 
if required.
Brakpan/Withok TSF final life design
 
 
The Brakpan/Withok TSF
 
final life design is the engineering
 
design that ultimately brings the
 
tailings storage facility to its finality
in terms of
 
extent, operation, rehabilitation
 
and management. The
 
implemented final design
 
would result in
 
alignments with the
 
Global Industry
23
Standard on Tailings Management (“
GISTM
”) and regulatory bodies, increase deposition
 
capacity, improve operation/management and bring
about the sustainable closure of the facility.
 
A legal review
 
of the existing
 
authorizations
 
was undertaken
 
for the final
 
life design
 
of the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF. The results indicated
that most of the current authorizations are sufficient. An updated application
 
was submitted to the Department of Water Affairs and Sanitation
(“
DWAS
”) for which we are awaiting
 
approval.
 
Final designs for
 
the final stage
 
of the Brakpan/Withok TSF
 
are being reviewed,
 
in anticipation
of the DWAS approval.
 
The Ergo life
 
of mine has
 
been increased
 
to 19 years
 
and the Daggafontein
 
TSF classified
 
as a Mineral
 
Reserve.
 
For further information
 
on other capital
 
investments, divestures, capital
 
expenditure and capital
 
commitments, see Item
 
4D. Property,
Plant and Equipment, and Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.
FWGR
 
On July 31, 2018, we acquired certain gold surface processing assets and tailing storage facilities that included Driefontein 3 and 5,
Kloof 1,
 
Venterspost
 
North and
 
South, Libanon,
 
Driefontein 4,
 
Driefontein 2
 
plant, Driefontein
 
3 plant,
 
WRTRP
 
pilot plant,
 
and the
 
land
owned by Sibanye-Stillwater that was earmarked for the
 
future development of a central processing
 
plant, regional tailings storage facility and
return
 
water
 
dam
 
(together,
 
the
 
“
WRTRP
 
Assets
”)
 
associated
 
with
 
Sibanye-Stillwater’s
 
WRTRP,
 
subsequently
 
renamed
 
FWGR.
 
This
acquisition represented a significant
 
increase in our assets, which
 
impacted our results in
 
fiscal 2019, 2020 and
 
2021. In connection with
 
the
acquisition, we
 
issued to
 
Sibanye-Stillwater new
 
shares equal
 
to 38.05%
 
of outstanding
 
shares and
 
granted Sibanye-Stillwater
 
an option
 
to
acquire up to a total
 
of 50.1% of our shares
 
within a
 
period of
 
2 years
 
from the
 
effective
 
date of
 
the acquisition
 
at a
 
10% discount
 
to the
 
prevailing
market value.
 
On January 8,
 
2020, Sibanye-Stillwater exercised the
 
option and on
 
January 22, 2020 subscribed
 
for 168,158,944 DRDGOLD
shares at an aggregate subscription price of R1,086 million, (R6.46 per DRDGOLD share).
The assets acquired are to be developed in two phases – Phase 1 and Phase 2.
 
FWGR Phase 1
Phase 1
 
involves the
 
reclamation of
 
the Driefontein
 
5 dump
 
through a
 
reconfigured Driefontein
 
2 plant
 
and deposition
 
onto the
Driefontein 4 tailings storage facility. The Driefontein
 
4 tailings
 
storage facility
 
was an upstream
 
day-wall dam
 
with a capacity
 
of approximately
200,000 tonnes per
 
month. In
 
order to
 
increase the deposition
 
capacity to
 
500 000 tonnes per
 
month, the
 
conversion of this
 
dam to
 
cyclone
deposition
 
commenced
 
in fiscal
 
year 2019. The
 
conversion
 
has been
 
completed
 
and this
 
allows a
 
deposition capacity
 
of 500,000
 
tonnes per
 
month
until at least
 
the end of
 
calendar year
 
2025.
Although the Phase
 
1 upgrade of the Driefontein
 
2 Plant was essentially
 
complete by the end
 
of fiscal year 2019,
 
a decision was
 
made
to bypass the mill so that
 
further improvements
 
to the mill liner configuration
 
could be made. These
 
modifications
 
were successfully
 
completed,
and the mill
 
was recommissioned
 
in September
 
2019. A further
 
upgrade to convert
 
the mill to closed
 
circuit from
 
the open circuit
 
to improve the
grind of
 
the material and
 
yield more
 
gold was
 
completed in
 
fiscal year
 
2021.
 
A new
 
thickener was
 
commissioned in November
 
2021.
 
The
conversion yielded
 
better grind of material
 
with a concomitant improvement
 
in leaching conditions and
 
gold recovery,
 
lower maintenance
 
costs
and increased
 
water storage
 
capacity in
 
the current
 
thickeners.
 
The material being reclaimed
 
by FWGR contains
 
high levels of copper which incurs
 
penalty refining charges
 
of between 1% and 5%
during final refining by
 
Rand Refinery depending on
 
the copper content of
 
the bullion delivered. FWGR
 
has been
 
allocated 98% of
 
its gold
production
 
with 2%
 
lost to
 
these penalty
 
refining charges
 
due to the
 
high levels
 
of copper
 
in the
 
bullion delivered.
 
To reduce these
 
penalty refining
charges, FWGR
 
constructed
 
and commissioned
 
a copper
 
elution plant
 
at a cost
 
of approximately
 
R12 million
 
during fiscal
 
year 2021.
 
On average,
the plant resulted
 
in an additional
 
1.2kg of gold
 
per month
 
which would
 
otherwise
 
have been
 
lost due to
 
penalty refining
 
charges for
 
the copper
 
in
its bullion.
 
FWGR Phase 2 expansion
The Phase 2 project is a key project for us intended to extend potential resources in the West Rand.
 
Phase 2 initially included the construction of a new Central Processing Plant
 
(“
CPP
”) with a capacity of between 1.2 to 2.4 million
tonnes per month
 
and the equipping of
 
the required reclamation sites and
 
pipeline infrastructure to supply
 
the relevant resources to
 
the CPP.
The capital spent on final design work on the CPP, with the design work is also applicable to the
 
potential expansion of DP2 from to 1.2 Mt as
an alternative to CPP is currently being considered.
Phase 2 also includes the construction of a new Regional
 
Tailings Storage
 
Facility (“
RTSF
”),
 
that we believe is necessary in order to
develop our FWGR as envisaged by our management, the new RTSF is expected to be capable of processing 3 million tonnes per month with
a maximum
 
capacity
 
of
 
approximately 800
 
million tonnes.
 
Delays in
 
obtaining
 
regulatory approval
 
have
 
affected
 
the
 
previously
 
reported
expected dates of the construction.
 
The Sibanye-Stillwater Leeudoorn tailings storage facility
 
was evaluated as a viable interim alternative
 
to
the RTSF whilst regulatory approvals are obtained.
The Definitive Feasibility Study (“
DFS
”) for Phase 2 was completed in the 3rd
 
quarter of fiscal year 2021 and that the
 
project was found to be
economically viable in a number of scenarios.
24
We engaged an external consultant, Sound Mining (consultants to the mining industry specializing in surface and underground operations) to
perform an independent review of the available information and studies that have been performed regarding the Phase 2 expansion project.
These included:
 
●
DFS performed by DRA
 
Global (“
DRA
”) (An engineering consulting
 
company) regarding the construction of
 
the CPP and related
pumping and pipeline infrastructure;
 
●
Detail design
 
of a
 
new Reginal
 
Storage Facility
 
(“
RTSF
”) performed
 
by Beric
 
Robinson (engineer
 
of record)
 
and related
 
capital
costing performed by DRA;
●
Reviews of
 
the explorations
 
data base, Mineral
 
Resource and Reserve
 
estimates of FWGR
 
assets and
 
other future potential
 
assets
such as battery metals, uranium and other gold West Rand metal resources;
 
●
Legal tenure, permitting, environmental and compliance status; and
●
Economic analysis of the projects.
Based on currently
 
available information, the Company
 
believes that there are
 
no material technical
 
or geo-metallurgical risks
 
that
could significantly impact the production forecasts.
 
Risks associated
 
with the
 
Phase 2
 
project include
 
obtaining regulatory
 
approval of
 
the amended
 
design of
 
the RTSF,
 
which was
submitted to
 
the DWA
 
S. Delays in
 
obtaining such
 
regulatory approval may
 
have an adverse
 
impact on
 
the project timeline
 
and capital cost
estimate. We engaged the services of an
 
external expert to assist
 
us with engaging with
 
the DWAS and these discussions are currently
 
ongoing.
Presentations were conducted to provide the regulator with the technical and scientific reasons for the changes to the design of the RTSF. It is
anticipated that construction of the RTSF
 
will commence in first half fiscal year 2027. The plant construction is anticipated to commence 6-9
months later.
 
Financing for significant growth projects may be
 
obtained through specific financing arrangements if required.
 
Capital expenditure
for FWGR
 
Phase 1
 
was financed
 
through our
 
RCF (Refer
 
to Item
 
18. “Financial
 
Statements -
 
Note 20
 
– Capital
 
Management). Significant
financing is
 
required for the
 
Phase 2 expansion
 
which is expected
 
to be
 
financed through a
 
combination of cash
 
resources, operational cash
flows and facilities as
 
may be determined.
 
Capital expenditure for other
 
projects is mainly financed through
 
operational cash flows and
 
cash
resources.
 
We have
 
commenced final design work
 
on the CPP,
 
with the design work also
 
being applicable to the
 
potential expansion of DP2.
FWGR has appointed DRA Global to perform the relevant function.
For further information
 
on other capital
 
investments, divestures, capital
 
expenditure and capital
 
commitments, see Item
 
4D. Property,
Plant and Equipment, and Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.
ERPM
 
ERPM was
 
acquired
 
in October
 
2002 and
 
consists
 
of an underground
 
mine which
 
has been
 
under care
 
and maintenance
 
since fiscal
 
year
2009. Underground mining
 
at ERPM was halted in October
 
2008. On July 1, 2012, ERPM sold its
 
surface mining
 
assets and its 65% interest
 
in
ErgoGold to Ergo
 
in exchange
 
for shares
 
in Ergo as part
 
of the restructuring
 
of our surface
 
operations.
 
 
In December
 
2018,
 
ERPM concluded
 
revised agreements
 
to dispose certain
 
of its underground
 
assets to OroTree
 
Limited (“
Orotree
”).
The disposal of the
 
underground mining and prospecting rights
 
were concluded in the
 
second half of
 
the financial year ended June
 
30, 2019.
Orotree did
 
not exercise
 
an option to
 
purchase the
 
underground mining
 
infrastructure.
 
 
In fiscal
 
2021, ERPM
 
completed
 
the decommissioning
 
and rehabilitation
 
of the
 
last remaining
 
underground
 
mining infrastructure,
 
being
the Far East
 
Vertical Shaft.
Crown
 
 
Crown was
 
acquired
 
on September
 
14, 1998.
 
Due to the
 
depletion
 
of ore
 
reserves
 
in the western
 
Witwatersrand,
 
the Crown
 
plant ceased
operation in
 
March 2017
 
and since
 
then substantially
 
rehabilitated.
4B. BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
We
 
are
 
a
 
South
 
African
 
company
 
that holds
 
assets engaged in
 
surface gold
 
tailings retreatment including exploration, extraction,
processing
 
and smelting.
 
Our surface tailings retreatment operations, including the requisite infrastructure and metallurgical processing plants,
are located in South
 
Africa. Our operating footprint is
 
unique in that it involves
 
some of the largest concentration
 
of gold tailings deposits in
the world, situated within the city boundaries of Johannesburg and its suburbs and the far west rand of the province of Gauteng.
 
 
DRDGOLD has arranged
 
its operations into two wholly
 
owned entities covering
 
their East Rand (east of Johannesburg)
 
and far West
Rand (far west of
 
Johannesburg) businesses. The East Rand operations are run
 
by Ergo
 
and the West
 
Rand operations by FWGR. A
 
detailed
overview of
 
the operations
 
is provided under
 
Item 4D. Property,
 
Plant and Equipment
 
and in the Technical
 
Report Summary
 
attached as exhibits
in this annual
 
report.
25
DRDGOLD’s
 
long-term goal
 
to extract
 
as much
 
gold from
 
its assets
 
as possible,
 
sustainable and
 
economically viable.
 
To
 
a large
extent this
 
depends on
 
how effectively
 
it continues
 
to manage
 
its capitals.
 
DRDGOLD uses
 
sustainable development
 
to direct
 
its strategic
thinking. We
 
seek sustainable benefits in
 
respect to financial, manufactured, natural,
 
social and human capitals, each
 
of which is essential
 
to
our operations.
 
We also aim
 
to align and overlap the interests of each of these capitals in such a manner that an investment in anyone translates into
value-added increases
 
in as many of the others as possible. We therefore seek to achieve
 
an enduring and harmonious
 
alignment between
 
them,
and we pursue
 
these criteria
 
in the feasibility
 
analysis
 
of each investment.
 
We intend to explore
 
opportunities
 
made possible
 
by technology, which
could entail
 
further investment
 
in research
 
and development
 
(“
R&D
”) to improve
 
gold recoveries
 
even further
 
over the long
 
term.
 
During the
 
fiscal years
 
presented in
 
this Annual
 
Report, all
 
of our
 
operations took
 
place in
 
one geographic
 
region, namely
 
South
Africa.
Description
 
of Our Mining
 
Business
Surface tailings retreatment
 
Surface tailings
 
retreatment
 
involves the
 
extraction
 
of gold from
 
old mine dumps
 
and slimes
 
dams,
 
comprising
 
the waste material
 
from
earlier
 
underground
 
gold mining
 
activities.
 
This is
 
done by
 
reprocessing
 
sand dumps
 
and slimes
 
dams.
 
Sand dumps
 
are the
 
result
 
of the
 
less efficient
stamp-milling
 
process employed
 
in earlier
 
times. They
 
consist of coarse-grained
 
particles which
 
generally contain
 
higher quantities
 
of gold. Sand
dumps are reclaimed
 
mechanically
 
using front
 
end loaders
 
that load sand
 
onto conveyor
 
belts. The
 
sand is fed
 
onto a screen
 
where water
 
is added
to wash the sand into a sump, from where it is pumped to the plant. Most sand dumps have already been retreated using more efficient milling
methods.
 
Lower
 
grade slimes
 
dams were
 
the product
 
of the
 
“tube
 
and ball
 
mill”
 
recovery
 
process.
 
The economic
 
viability
 
of processing
 
this material
has improved due to improved treatment
 
methods such as the treatment of large volumes
 
of this material. The material from
 
the slimes dams is
broken down using
 
monitor guns
 
that spray jets
 
of high pressure
 
water at the target
 
area. The resulting
 
slurry is then
 
pumped to a treatment
 
plant
for processing.
Exploration
 
Exploration activities
 
are focused on the extension
 
of existing ore reserves
 
and identification
 
of new ore reserves both
 
at existing sites
and at undeveloped
 
sites. Once a potential
 
site has been identified,
 
exploration is extended
 
and intensified
 
in order to enable clearer
 
definition of
the site
 
and the
 
portions with
 
the
 
potential to
 
be
 
mined. Geological techniques
 
are
 
constantly refined to
 
improve the
 
economic viability
 
of
exploration
 
and exploitation.
 
Our Metallurgical
 
Plants and
 
Processes
 
A detailed
 
review of the
 
metallurgical
 
plants and
 
processes is
 
provided under
 
Item 4D.
 
Property, Plant and
 
Equipment.
Gold Market
 
The gold market
 
is relatively
 
liquid compared
 
to other commodity
 
markets, and
 
the price of
 
gold is quoted
 
in dollars. Physical
 
demand
for gold is primarily
 
for manufacturing
 
purposes,
 
and gold is traded
 
on a world-wide
 
basis. Refined
 
gold has a variety
 
of uses, including
 
jewelry,
electronics,
 
dentistry, decorations,
 
medals and official
 
coins. In addition,
 
central banks,
 
financial
 
institutions
 
and private individuals
 
buy, sell and
hold gold bullion
 
as an investment
 
and as a store
 
of value.
The use
 
of gold
 
as a store
 
of value
 
and the
 
large quantities
 
of gold
 
held for
 
this purpose
 
in relation
 
to annual
 
mine production
 
have meant
that historically the potential total supply of gold has been far greater than demand. Thus, while current supply and
 
demand play some part in
determining
 
the price of gold,
 
this does not occur
 
to the same extent
 
as in the case
 
of other commodities.
 
Instead, the
 
gold price has from
 
time to
time been significantly affected by macro-economic factors such as expectations of inflation, interest rates, exchange
 
rates, changes in reserve
policy by
 
central
 
banks and
 
global or
 
regional
 
political
 
and economic
 
crises.
 
In times
 
of inflation
 
and currency
 
devaluation
 
or economic
 
uncertainty
gold is often
 
seen as a
 
safe haven,
 
leading to
 
increased
 
purchases of
 
gold and support
 
for its price.
In the wake
 
of the COVID-19
 
pandemic and measures
 
taken to address
 
the outbreak,
 
there has been
 
a global trend
 
of investors
 
turning
to gold
 
and gold
 
stocks as
 
a safe
 
haven asset,
 
as has
 
been the
 
case in
 
previous
 
times of
 
global economic
 
crisis.
 
This has
 
led to
 
a surge
 
in the
 
average
gold price
 
during fiscal year
 
2020 and
 
fiscal year 2021.
 
Although the impact
 
of the
 
COVID-19 pandemic has
 
reduced and
 
gold prices have
marginally decreased,
 
the average gold price for
 
fiscal year 2022 remained
 
high due to continued economic
 
uncertainty as the
 
global economies
attempt to recover
 
from all the after
 
effects of COVID-19,
 
and deal with the
 
conflict in Ukraine
 
and rapidly rising
 
inflation. In
 
addition, we
 
were
impacted by
 
movements
 
in the exchange
 
rate of the
 
rand against
 
the dollar during
 
described
 
below.
We generally take full
 
exposure to the
 
US dollar spot
 
price of gold
 
and rand/dollar
 
exchange rate.
 
The higher the gold
 
price, the higher
our profit margin
 
and
vice versa,
subject to exchange
 
rate fluctuations.
The average
 
gold spot price
 
decreased
 
by 1% from
 
$1,850 per
 
ounce to
 
$1,834 per
 
ounce during
 
fiscal year
 
2022 after
 
having increased
by 18% from $1,562
 
per ounce to $1,850 per ounce during the fiscal year 2021 and having increased
 
by 24% from $1,263
 
per ounce to $1,562
per ounce during
 
the fiscal year
 
2020.
 
As a
 
result,
 
the average
 
gold price
 
received
 
by us
 
in Rands
 
for fiscal
 
year 2022
 
decreased
 
by 3%
 
to R894,409
per kg compared
 
to the previous
 
year at
 
R917,996 per
 
kg and for
 
fiscal year
 
2021 increased
 
by 19% to R917,996
 
per kg compared
 
to the previous
26
year at
 
R768,675 per
 
kg. The
 
decrease
 
in the gold
 
price received
 
contributed
 
to a 3%
 
decrease
 
in our total revenue for
 
fiscal year 2022 amounting
to R5,118.5 million (2021: R5,269.0 million and 2020: R4,185.0 million). All our revenue is generated from our operations in South Africa.
 
Looking ahead
 
we believe
 
that the global
 
economic environment,
 
including escalating
 
sovereign and
 
personal levels
 
of debt, economic
volatility
 
and the oversupply
 
of foreign
 
currency, will continue
 
to make gold
 
attractive
 
to investors.
 
The supply of
 
gold has shrunk
 
in recent years
and is likely to shrink even more due to the significantly
 
reduced capital expenditure
 
and development occurring
 
in the sector.
 
We believe that
this, coupled
 
with global
 
economic uncertainty,
 
is likely to
 
provide support
 
to the gold
 
price in the
 
long term.
 
 
Until April
 
11, 2022, all gold
 
we produce
 
was sold on
 
our behalf
 
by Rand Refinery
 
Proprietary
 
Limited (Rand
 
Refinery)
 
in accordance
with a refining agreement
 
entered into in October
 
2001 and updated
 
in July 2018.
 
The sales price
 
was fixed at the London
 
afternoon fixed
 
dollar
price on
 
the day
 
the gold
 
was delivered
 
to the
 
buyer. Before
 
November
 
2020, the
 
dollar proceeds
 
sold were
 
remitted
 
to us
 
within two
 
days at
 
which
date the dollars
 
were sold.
 
Since November
 
2020 up to
 
April 11, 2022,
 
the dollars
 
are also
 
sold on the
 
day the gold
 
is delivered
 
to the buyer.
 
After
April 11,
 
2022, gold
 
is sold
 
directly to South
 
African Bullion banks after
 
being refined to
 
the required purity
 
by Rand
 
Refinery.
 
The Group
recognizes
 
revenue from the sale
 
of gold at a point in time
 
when the gold is delivered
 
to the South African
 
Bullion bank on
 
an agreed upon date,
gold price
 
and exchange
 
rate.
 
The gold
 
bars
 
which
 
we produce
 
consist
 
of approximately
 
85% gold,
 
7-8% silver
 
and the
 
remaining
 
balance
 
comprises
copper and other common
 
elements. The gold bars
 
are sent to Rand Refinery
 
for assaying and final
 
refining where the
 
gold is purified to 99.9%
and cast
 
into troy
 
ounce bars
 
of varying
 
weights.
 
In exchange
 
for this
 
service,
 
we pay
 
Rand Refinery
 
a variable
 
refining fee
 
and administration
 
fees
and up to April
 
11, 2022, a fixed
 
marketing
 
charge.
 
We own 11.3% (fiscal year
 
2021 and 2020: 11.3%) of
 
Rand Refinery.
 
Governmental
 
regulations
 
and their
 
effects on
 
our business
Common Law
 
Mineral Rights
 
and Statutory
 
Mining Rights
 
Prior to the introduction
 
of the Minerals
 
and Petroleum Resources
 
Development Act,
 
or MPRDA in 2002,
 
ownership in mineral
 
rights
in South Africa
 
could be acquired
 
through the common
 
law or by statute.
 
With effect from May
 
1, 2004, all minerals
 
have been placed
 
under the
custodianship
 
of the
 
South African
 
government
 
under the
 
provisions
 
of the
 
MPRDA and
 
old order
 
proprietary
 
rights were
 
required
 
to be
 
converted
to new order rights
 
of use within certain
 
prescribed periods,
 
as dealt with in more
 
detail below. Mine dumps
 
created
 
before the MPRDA
 
became
law
 
fall outside the MPRDA
 
and do
 
not require a
 
mining license to be
 
processed nor do
 
they require the extensive rehabilitation and closure
guarantees that are
 
a feature
 
of the
 
MPRDA. Many
 
of the
 
activities to re-process a
 
mine dump
 
do fall
 
under the
 
provisions of the
 
National
Environmental
 
Management
 
Act though,
 
which requires
 
at it most
 
basic the
 
compilation
 
and submission
 
of an Environmental
 
Impact
 
Assessment.
Conversion
 
and renewal of
 
Rights under
 
the Mineral
 
and Petroleum
 
Resources
 
Development
 
Act, 2002
 
Existing old
 
order rights
 
were required
 
to be converted
 
into new
 
order rights
 
in order
 
to ensure
 
exclusive
 
access to
 
the mineral
 
for which
rights existed
 
at the time
 
of the enactment
 
of the MPRDA.
 
In respect
 
of used old
 
order mining
 
rights, the
 
DMRE
 
is obliged
 
to convert
 
the rights
 
if
the applicant complies
 
with certain
 
statutory criteria. These include
 
the submission of
 
a mining
 
works program, demonstrable technical
 
and
financial capability
 
to give effect to the
 
program, provision
 
for environmental
 
management and
 
rehabilitation,
 
and compliance
 
with certain black
economic
 
empowerment
 
criteria
 
and a social
 
and labor
 
plan. These
 
applications
 
had to be
 
submitted
 
within five
 
years after
 
the promulgation
 
of the
MPRDA
 
on May
 
1, 2004.
 
Similar
 
procedures
 
apply
 
where
 
we hold
 
prospecting
 
rights
 
and a
 
prospecting
 
permit
 
and conduct
 
prospecting
 
operations.
Under the
 
MPRDA mining
 
rights are
 
not perpetual,
 
but endure
 
for a fixed
 
period, namely
 
a maximum
 
period of
 
thirty years,
 
after
 
which they
 
may
be renewed for
 
a further period of
 
thirty years. Prospecting rights are limited to
 
five years, with one
 
further period of renewal of
 
three years.
Applications for conversion of our
 
old order
 
rights were submitted to
 
the DMRE
 
within the requisite time
 
periods. As at
 
June 30,
 
2022 and
September
 
30, 2022 respectively,
 
all of our
 
Ergo operation’s
 
old order
 
mining rights
 
have been
 
converted
 
into new order
 
rights under
 
the terms
 
of
the MPRDA
 
and applications
 
to renew the
 
converted
 
the new order
 
mining rights
 
have
 
been lodged
 
timeously.
The Broad Based
 
Socio-Economic
 
Empowerment
 
Charter
 
In order to promote broad based participation in mining revenue, the MPRDA provides
 
for a Mining Charter to be developed by the
MRE Minister within
 
six months of commencement
 
of the MPRDA beginning
 
May 1, 2004 and
 
was subsequently
 
amended in September
 
2010.
It is
 
used an
 
instrument to achieve mutually symbiotic sustainable growth and broad
 
based and meaningful transformation of the
 
mining and
mineral industry.
 
The Mining Charter
 
sets certain
 
goals on equity
 
participation
 
(amount of
 
equity participation
 
and time frames)
 
by historically
disadvantaged
 
South Africans
 
of South African
 
mining assets.
 
It recommends
 
that these
 
are achieved
 
by, among other methods,
 
disposal of
assets by
 
mining companies
 
to historically
 
disadvantaged
 
persons on
 
a willing seller,
 
willing buyer
 
basis at
 
fair market
 
value. The
 
goals set by
the Mining Charter
 
require each
 
mining company
 
to achieve
 
15 percent
 
ownership by
 
historically
 
disadvantaged
 
South Africans
 
of its South
African mining
 
assets within
 
five years
 
and 26 percent
 
ownership by
 
May 1, 2014.
 
It also sets
 
out guidelines
 
and goals in
 
respect of
 
employment
equity at management
 
level with
 
a view to achieving
 
40 percent
 
participation
 
by historically
 
disadvantaged
 
persons in
 
management
 
and ten
percent participation
 
by women in
 
the mining
 
industry, each
 
within five
 
years from
 
May 1, 2004.
 
Compliance
 
with these
 
objectives is
 
measured
on the weighted
 
average “scorecard”
 
approach in
 
accordance
 
with a scorecard
 
which was
 
first published
 
around August
 
2010. In April
 
2018,
judgment was
 
handed down
 
by the North
 
Gauteng High
 
Court in Pretoria
 
against a
 
provision in
 
the 2010 Mining
 
Charter regarding
 
the “once
empowered
 
always empowered”
 
principle.”
 
This principle
 
refers to whether
 
a mining company,
 
after the exit
 
of a Black
 
partner that
 
held a stake
in the company
 
consequent
 
to a result
 
of a BEE transaction,
 
continues
 
to be BEE compliant.
 
The judgment
 
was appealed
 
by the DMRE.
 
The
DMRE in August
 
2020, withdrew
 
their notice
 
to appeal
 
to the Supreme
 
Court of Appeal
 
in respect
 
of the judgment
 
issued in
 
April 2018
 
by the
Pretoria High
 
Court.
 
 
The Mining Charter and the related
 
scorecard are not legally
 
binding and, instead,
 
simply state a public policy. However, the DMRE
27
places significant
 
emphasis on the
 
compliance
 
therewith. The
 
Mining Charter
 
and scorecard
 
have a decisive
 
effect on administrative
 
action taken
under the MPRDA.
 
 
In recognition of the Mining
 
Charter’s objectives of
 
transforming the mining industry
 
by increasing the number
 
of black people in
the industry
 
to reflect
 
the country’s
 
population demographics,
 
to empower
 
and enable
 
them to
 
meaningfully participate
 
in and
 
sustain the
growth of the
 
economy, thereby advancing equal
 
opportunity and equitable
 
income distribution, we
 
have
 
achieved
 
our commitment
 
to ownership
compliance
 
with the MPRDA
 
through our historic
 
black economic
 
empowerment
 
structures
 
which have
 
subsequently
 
unwound.
 
The mining
 
industry in
 
South Africa
 
is extensively
 
regulated
 
through legislation
 
and regulations
 
issued by government’s
 
administrative
bodies. These involve
 
directives with respect
 
to health
 
and safety,
 
mining and
 
exploration of
 
minerals, and
 
managing the
 
impact of
 
mining
operations
 
on the environment.
 
A change
 
in regulatory
 
or government
 
policies could
 
adversely
 
affect our business.
 
On June
 
15, 2017, the
 
Reviewed Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Charter for the South
 
African Mining and Minerals
Industry, 2017
 
(“
2017 Mining
 
Charter
”) was published
 
in the
 
Government
 
Gazette
 
No. 40923
 
of Government
 
Notice.581.
 
The publication
 
of the
charter was met with widespread criticism
 
and on June 26, 2017 the Minerals Council of South Africa (previously
 
Chamber of Mines of South
Africa), and
 
applied to the
 
High Court
 
of South Africa,
 
Gauteng division
 
for an urgent
 
interdict
 
to prevent
 
the charter
 
from implementation.
 
Key provisions
 
included:
 
•
50% Black ownership
 
for new prospecting
 
rights;
•
30% Black ownership
 
for mining
 
rights (up
 
to 11% offset
 
for local
 
beneficiation)
 
•
 
For new
 
mining
 
rights
 
to be
 
issued,
 
the provision
 
for 1%
 
of Earnings
 
Before
 
Interest,
 
Taxes, Depreciation
 
and Amortisation
 
(“
EBITDA
”)
is paid to
 
communities
 
and employees
 
as a trickle
 
dividend from
 
the sixth year
 
of a mining
 
right until
 
dividends
 
are declared
 
or at any point
 
in a
12-month period
 
where dividends
 
are not declared
 
On February 2016, The
 
President of South Africa
 
announced that a new
 
mining charter would
 
be developed and will
 
follow a process
which includes
 
all stakeholders.
 
The Minerals
 
Council of
 
South Africa
 
subsequently
 
postponed
 
its application
 
in the
 
High Court
 
in respect
 
of the
2017 Mining
 
Charter.
 
 
On September
 
27, 2018
 
the Broad-Based
 
Socio-Economic
 
Empowerment
 
Charter
 
for the
 
Mining and
 
Minerals
 
Industry, 2018
 
(“
Mining
Charter 2018
”) was
 
published in
 
Government Gazette No.
 
41934 of
 
Government Notice No.
 
639 on
 
September 27,
 
2018 superseding and
replacing
 
all previous
 
charters,
 
including Mining
 
Charter III.
 
 
Mining Charter
 
2018 requires
 
an enduring
 
30% BEE interest
 
in respect
 
of new mining
 
rights. It
 
also has extensive
 
provisions in
 
respect
of HDP representation
 
at board and management,
 
as well provisions
 
relating to
 
local procurement
 
of goods and services.
 
The procurement
 
target
of the total
 
spend on services
 
from South African
 
companies has
 
been set at 80% (up
 
from 70% in Mining
 
Charter III)
 
and 60% of the aggregate
spend thereof
 
must be apportioned
 
to BEE entrepreneurs.
 
 
Key provisions
 
of Mining Charter
 
2018 are:
•
 
the conditional
 
acceptance
 
of the continued
 
consequences
 
of previous
 
compliance
 
of the BEE
 
ownership threshold
 
of 26% in
 
respect of
existing mining
 
rights;
•
 
of the 30% HDP
 
ownership component,
 
qualifying employees
 
and communities
 
are each to hold
 
a 5% carried
 
interest (as
 
opposed to a
free carry
 
interest
 
as per
 
Mining Charter
 
III) the
 
cost of
 
which may
 
be recovered
 
by the mining
 
right holder
 
from the
 
development
 
of the
asset. the
 
community interest
 
in turn may
 
be offset by
 
way of an
 
equity equivalent;
•
 
removal of
 
the so-called
 
1% of EBITDA
 
trickle dividend
 
provided for
 
in the 2017
 
Mining Charter;
 
and
•
 
the removal
 
of provisions
 
requiring
 
community
 
and employee
 
representation
 
at board level.
•
 
that the continuing
 
consequences
 
of HDP ownership
 
are not recognized
 
for transfers
 
of mining rights;
 
and
 
•
 
that a top
 
up of HDP ownership
 
back to 30%
 
is required
 
for the renewal
 
of existing
 
rights.
 
 
Subsequently, several
 
notable developments
 
have occurred:
 
In March
 
2019, the
 
Mineral Council
 
of South Africa
 
brought an
 
application
 
in the High
 
Court, Pretoria
 
for a judicial
 
review and
 
setting
aside of certain
 
provisions in
 
Mining Charter
 
2018.
 
 
In June 2020, the
 
High Court ordered
 
the Minerals Council
 
of South Africa to join parties
 
representing
 
communities,
 
trade unions and
BEE entrepreneurs
 
as a prerequisite
 
to the continuation
 
of the lawsuit,
 
as they
 
have a
 
direct and
 
substantial
 
interest
 
in the outcome
 
of the litigation.
 
 
On September
 
21, 2021,
 
the High
 
Court of
 
South Africa
 
ruled that
 
the Mining
 
Charter
 
2018 is
 
not binding
 
subordinate
 
legislation
 
but an
instrument of policy. This ruling
 
affirmed that the MRE Minister
 
was not entitled to make
 
law through the Mining Charter
 
2018 to require 30%
HDP ownership
 
for the renewal
 
of existing
 
mining rights.
 
On November
 
23, 2021,
 
the MRE
 
Minister
 
confirmed
 
that the
 
MRE Minister
 
will not
 
appeal
 
the ruling
 
made by
 
the High
 
Court of
 
South
Africa.
 
28
Mine Health
 
and Safety
 
Regulation
 
The South
 
African
 
Mine Health
 
and Safety
 
Act, 1996
 
(as amended),
 
or the
 
Mine Health
 
and Safety
 
Act, came
 
into effect
 
in January
 
1997.
The principal object
 
of the Mine Health and Safety
 
Act is to improve health
 
and safety at South African
 
mines and, to this end, imposes
 
various
duties on
 
us at our
 
mines and
 
grants the
 
authorities
 
broad powers
 
to, among
 
other things,
 
close unsafe
 
mines and
 
order corrective
 
action relating
 
to
health and safety matters.
 
In the event of any future accidents at any of our mines, regulatory authorities
 
could take steps which could increase
our costs and/or
 
reduce our production
 
capacity. The Act was
 
amended in 2009
 
and the
 
amendments to the
 
Act dealt with
inter alia
 
the stoppage
of production and
 
increase punitive measures
 
including increased financial
 
fines and legal
 
liability of mine
 
management. Some
 
of the more
important provisions in
 
the 2009 amendment bill
 
are the insertion of
 
section 50(7A) that obliges
 
an inspector to impose
 
a prohibition on the
further functioning of a site where a person’s death, serious injury or
 
illness to a person or a health threatening
 
occurrence has occurred; a new
section 86A(1) creating a
 
new offence for any
 
person who contravenes or
 
fails to comply with
 
the provisions of the
 
Mine Health and Safety
Act thereby causing a
 
person’s death or
 
serious injury or illness to
 
a person. Subsection (3)
 
further provides that (a)
 
the “fact that the person
issued instructions prohibiting
 
the performance or
 
an omission is not
 
in itself sufficient
 
proof that all
 
reasonable steps were
 
taken to prevent
the performance or omission”; and that
 
(b) “the defense of ignorance or mistake by
 
any person accused cannot be permitted”; or that
 
(c) “the
defense that the death of a person, injury, illness or endangerment was caused by the performance or an omission of any individual within the
employ
 
of
 
the
 
employer
 
may
 
not
 
be
 
admitted”;
 
section
 
86A(2)
 
creating
 
an
 
offence
 
of
 
vicarious
 
liability
 
for
 
the
 
employer
 
where
 
a
 
Chief
Executive Officer,
 
manager, agent
 
or employee of
 
the employer committed
 
an offence and
 
the employer either
 
connived at or
 
permitted the
performance or
 
an omission
 
by the
 
Chief Executive
 
Officer,
 
manager, agent
 
or employee
 
concerned; or
 
did not
 
take all
 
reasonable steps
 
to
prevent the performance or an omission. The maximum fines were also increased. Any owner convicted in
 
terms of section 86 or 86A may be
sentenced to “withdrawal
 
or suspension of
 
the permit” or
 
to a fine
 
of R3 million
 
or a period
 
of imprisonment not
 
exceeding five years
 
or to
both such
 
fine and
 
imprisonment, while
 
the maximum
 
fine for
 
other offences
 
and for
 
administrative fines
 
have all
 
been increased,
 
with the
highest being R1 million.
 
Under the South African Compensation
 
for Occupational Injuries
 
and Diseases Act, 1993 (as amended),
 
or COID Act, employers are
required to contribute
 
to a fund specifically
 
created for the
 
purpose of compensating
 
employees
 
or their dependents
 
for disability
 
or death arising
in the
 
course
 
of their
 
work.
 
Employees
 
who are
 
incapacitated
 
in the
 
course
 
of their
 
work have
 
no claim
 
for compensation
 
directly
 
from the
 
employer
and must
 
claim compensation
 
from the
 
COID Act
 
fund. Employees
 
are entitled
 
to compensation
 
without having
 
to prove
 
that the
 
injury or
 
disease
was caused by negligence
 
on the part of the employer, although
 
if negligence is involved,
 
increased compensation
 
may be payable by this fund.
The COID
 
Act relieves
 
employers
 
of the
 
prospect
 
of costly
 
damages
 
but does
 
not relieve
 
employers
 
from liability
 
for negligent
 
acts caused
 
to third
parties
 
outside the
 
scope of
 
employment.
 
In fiscal
 
year 2022,
 
we contributed
 
approximately
 
R5.9 million
 
under the
 
COID Act
 
(2021: R4.3
 
million
and 2020: R3.7
 
million) to
 
a multi-employer
 
industry fund
 
administered
 
by Rand Mutual
 
Assurance
 
Limited.
 
Under the Occupational
 
Diseases in Mines and
 
Works Act, 1973 (as amended), or the Occupational
 
Diseases Act, the
 
multi-employer
fund pays compensation
 
to employees of mines
 
performing “risk
 
work,” usually in circumstances
 
where the employee
 
is exposed to dust, gases,
vapors, chemical
 
substances or other working
 
conditions which are
 
potentially harmful,
 
or if the employee contracts
 
a “compensatable
 
disease,”
which
 
includes
 
pneumoconiosis,
 
tuberculosis,
 
or a
 
permanent
 
obstruction
 
of the
 
airways.
 
No employee
 
is entitled
 
to benefits
 
under the
 
Occupational
Diseases
 
Act for
 
any disease
 
for which
 
compensation
 
has been
 
received
 
or is
 
still to
 
be received
 
under the
 
COID Act.
 
These payment
 
requirements
are based
 
on a combination
 
of the employee
 
costs and claims
 
made during the
 
fiscal year.
 
Uranium and radon are often
 
encountered during the
 
ordinary course of gold mining
 
operations in South Africa,
 
and present potential
risks for radiation exposure
 
of workers at those operations
 
and the public to radiation
 
in the nearby vicinity. We monitor our uranium and radon
emissions for compliance with
 
all local
 
laws and
 
regulations pertaining to
 
uranium and radon
 
management and under
 
the current
 
legislative
exposure limits prescribed for workers and
 
the public, under
 
the Nuclear Energy
 
Act, 1999
 
(as amended) and
 
Regulations from the National
Nuclear Regulator.
 
Environmental
 
Regulation
Managing the
 
impact of mining
 
on the environment
 
is extensively
 
regulated by
 
statute in
 
South Africa.
 
Recent statutory
 
enactments
 
set
compliance
 
standards both
 
generally, in the
 
case of the
 
National Environmental
 
Management
 
Act, and in
 
respect of
 
specific areas
 
of environment
impact, as
 
in the case
 
of the Air Quality
 
Act 2004, the
 
National Water Act
 
(managing effluent),
 
and the Nuclear
 
Regulator
 
Act 1999. Liability
 
for
environmental damage is also extended to
 
impose personal liability on managers and
 
directors of mining
 
corporations that are found to
 
have
violated applicable
 
laws.
The impact
 
on the environment
 
by mining operations
 
is extensively
 
regulated
 
by the MPRDA.
 
The MPRDA
 
has onerous
 
provisions
 
for
personal liability
 
of directors
 
of companies
 
whose mining
 
operations have
 
an unacceptable
 
impact on the
 
environment.
Mining
 
companies are
 
also
 
required to
 
demonstrate both
 
the
 
technical and
 
financial ability
 
to
 
sustain an
 
ongoing environmental
management program,
 
or EMP,
 
and achieve ultimate rehabilitation,
 
the particulars of which are to be incorporated in an EMP. This program is
required to
 
be submitted
 
and approved
 
by the DMRE
 
as a prerequisite
 
for the issue
 
of a new order
 
mining right.
 
Various funding mechanisms
 
are
in place,
 
including trust
 
funds, guarantees
 
and concurrent
 
rehabilitation
 
budgets, to
 
fund the rehabilitation
 
liability.
The MPRDA
 
imposes specific,
 
ongoing environmental
 
monitoring and
 
financial
 
reporting obligations
 
on the holders
 
of mining rights.
 
We
 
believe that
 
our
 
environmental risks
 
have
 
been
 
addressed in
 
EMPs
 
which
 
have
 
been
 
submitted to
 
the
 
DMRE
 
for
 
approval.
Additionally, key environmental issues
 
have been prioritized and are being addressed through active management
 
input and support as well as
progress measured
 
in terms of
 
activity schedules
 
and timescales
 
determined for
 
each activity.
 
drd20220630p32i1 drd20220630p32i0
29
 
Our existing
 
reporting and
 
controls
 
framework
 
is consistent
 
with the additional
 
reporting and
 
assessment
 
requirements
 
of the MPRDA.
 
 
Financial Provision
 
for Rehabilitation
 
We are required to make
 
financial provision
 
for the cost
 
of mine closure
 
and post-closure
 
rehabilitation,
 
including monitoring
 
once the
mining operations cease. This can be done through the use of rehabilitation trusts or through financial
 
guarantees issued to the DMRE. During
fiscal year
 
2022,
 
a change
 
in method
 
was decided
 
upon as providing
 
for environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
from funding
 
in a specific
 
rehabilitation
 
trust
to financial
 
guarantees
 
which is an
 
allowed method
 
in terms
 
of the National
 
Environmental
 
Management Act.
 
The financial
 
guarantees
 
are issued
through approved
 
insurance
 
products
 
from Guardrisk
 
Insurance
 
Company Limited
 
(“
GICL
”).
 
All the
 
required
 
approvals
 
for the
 
change in
 
method
and transfer
 
of the rehabilitation
 
trust funds
 
were obtained
 
from the
 
DMRE and a
 
thorough consideration
 
of tax and
 
legal impacts
 
were completed
prior to the funds being
 
transferred
 
to GICL directly from
 
the rehabilitation
 
trust where the
 
funds were previously
 
held. As of June 30, 2022,
 
we
held
 
a
 
total of
 
R589.8 million
 
(2021: R87.5
 
million) in
 
funds held
 
in
 
insurance instruments after
 
the
 
transfer,
 
of
 
R579.5
 
million from
 
the
rehabilitation
 
trusts
 
was completed.
 
As at
 
June 30,
 
2022 guarantees
 
amounting
 
to R614.0
 
million
 
(2021:
 
R430.1
 
million)
 
were
 
issued
 
to the
 
DMRE.
 
As of June
 
30, 2022, subsequent
 
to the transfer
 
to GICL, the
 
balance in
 
the rehabilitation
 
trust was
 
R nil (2021:
 
R564.7 million).
 
 
The provision
 
for environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
for the group was
 
R517.7 million
 
at June 30, 2022,
 
compared to
 
R570.8 million
 
at June
30, 2021.
 
New
 
Financial Provisioning
 
Regulations (“
FPR
”)
 
were
 
promulgated on
 
November 20,
 
2015
 
under
 
the
 
National
 
Environmental
Management Act, 107
 
of 1998
 
(“
NEMA
”) by
 
the Department of
 
Forestry, Fisheries and
 
the Environment (“
DFFE
”).
 
Under the
 
FPRs to
 
be
implemented
 
by the DMRE, existing
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
trust funds, of
 
which DRDGOLD
 
has R0.0 million,
 
may be used only
 
for post
closure
 
activities
 
and may
 
no longer
 
be utilized
 
for their
 
intended
 
purpose
 
of concurrent
 
and final
 
rehabilitation
 
on closure.
 
As a
 
result,
 
new methods
for provisions
 
will have
 
to be made
 
for these activities.
 
Several further proposed amendments to
 
the FPRs,
 
(“
Proposed Amendments
”) were
 
published subsequently.
 
The latest
 
Proposed
Amendments
 
were published
 
in August
 
2021 which,
inter alia
, extends
 
the compliance
 
with these
 
regulations
 
to three
 
months following
 
the fiscal
year end June
 
30, 2022.
 
 
The Proposed Amendments,
 
in their current form and which are still subject
 
to the approval of the DMRE
 
and Treasury, allow under
certain circumstances for the withdrawal against financial
 
provision (which is currently not contemplated in the FPR). It is
 
therefore uncertain
whether these
 
provisions relating
 
to withdrawal
 
will remain
 
in their current
 
form, or at
 
all.
 
 
Regulation 5(4) of the Proposed Amendments
 
states that the determination of financial provision
 
must be undertaken by a specialist,
which according to the definitions
 
listed in the Proposed Amendments
 
is an “independent person”.
 
Regulation 10 of the Proposed
 
Amendments
further requires
 
the annual review and re-assessment
 
of financial provision
 
by an independent specialist,
 
which in terms of Regulation
 
11 of the
Proposed Amendments
 
must also be
 
audited by an
 
independent
 
auditor. The Proposed
 
Amendments do
 
not require
 
that the annual
 
review and re-
assessment
 
of financial
 
provision be
 
audited by a
 
financial
 
auditor.
4C. ORGANIZATIONAL
 
STRUCTURE
The
 
following chart
 
shows our
 
principal subsidiaries as
 
of
 
June 30,
 
2022
 
and
 
as
 
of
 
September 30,
 
2022 respectively.
 
All
 
of
 
our
subsidiaries are incorporated in South Africa. Our voting interest in each of our subsidiaries are equal to our
 
ownership interests. We hold the
majority of
 
our subsidiaries
 
directly or
 
indirectly
 
as indicated
 
below. Refer to
 
Exhibit 8.1 for
 
a list of
 
our significant
 
subsidiaries.
 
30
4D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Description
 
of Significant
 
Subsidiaries'
 
Properties and
 
Mining Operations
Mineral Reserves
 
and Mineral
 
Resources summary
 
disclosures
 
 
Previously mining property disclosures
 
were reported in accordance with the requirements of the SEC’s Industry Guide 7.
 
The SEC
adopted amendments
 
to modernize
 
the property
 
disclosure
 
requirements
 
for mining
 
registrants,
 
and related
 
guidance.
 
The amendments
 
consolidate
the SEC’s mining property disclosure requirements
 
by relocating them to a new subpart of Regulation S-K 1300 (Subpart
 
1300) (“
S-K 1300
”).
These amendments closely align disclosure requirements
 
to current industry and global regulatory practices and standards as embodied by the
Committee for
 
Reserves International
 
Reporting Standards
 
(“
CRIRSCO
”). The amendments
 
were effective
 
for the first fiscal
 
year beginning on
or after January 1,
 
2021. We
 
have therefore adopted the new amendments in
 
this Annual Report and
 
going forward. The new
 
rules require a
registrant to obtain a dated and Technical Report Summary or Summaries (“
TRSs
”) from the qualified person or persons, which identifies
 
and
summarizes the information reviewed and conclusions reached by each qualified person about the registrant’s Mineral Resources and Mineral
Reserves
 
determined
 
to be on each
 
material
 
property. Key changes
 
in the amendments
 
include the
 
following:
 
●
The reporting
 
of Mineral
 
Resources and
 
not only Mineral
 
Reserves. This
 
is therefore
 
the first time
 
that we report
 
on Mineral Resources
and no comparatives
 
are provided
●
Statement
 
of Mineral
 
Resources exclusive
 
of Mineral
 
Reserves
 
●
Removal
 
of the
 
requirement
 
to use
 
a three-year
 
historical
 
gold price
 
to use
 
in determining
 
Mineral
 
Reserves,
 
but rather
 
that of
 
a reasonable
and justifiable
 
gold price
●
Application
 
of modifying
 
factors in
 
indicated
 
or measured
 
Mineral Resources
 
in order to
 
convert them
 
to Mineral
 
Reserves
 
The financial and technical assumptions
 
underlying the Mineral Resources
 
and Mineral Reserves estimations
 
contained in this report
and in the
 
TRSs included as exhibits in this
 
report are current as at
 
June 30, 2022, the
 
period covered by each of
 
the respective reports. Such
assumptions rely on various
 
factors that may change after the reporting
 
period, including as a result
 
of operational reviews which
 
the Company
undertakes
 
from time to time
 
and when necessary.
 
The TRSs which
 
are filed as exhibits
 
to this report
 
in accordance
 
with Item 601(86)
 
and Item
1300 of Regulation
 
S-K have been
 
prepared by
 
the Qualified
 
Persons named
 
therein'.
 
In South
 
Africa,
 
we are
 
legally
 
required
 
to publicly
 
report
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
and Mineral
 
Resources
 
in compliance
 
with the
 
South African
Code for
 
the Reporting
 
of Exploration Results,
 
Mineral Resources and
 
Mineral Reserves, or
 
SAMREC Code.
 
South Africa
 
is a
 
member of
CRIRSCO.
 
The following information is detailed for material properties of the Companies in Item 4D:
 
●
History of operations
●
Overview of operations
●
Properties and location
●
Geology
 
●
Mining method
●
Mineral Processing and Recovery Methods
●
Infrastructure
 
●
Exploration
●
Environmental
 
and Closure
 
Aspects
●
Water usage and reduction in use of potable water
●
Water pollution
 
●
Environmental rehabilitation closure providing and funding
●
Legal aspects and permitting
●
Production
 
●
Capital Expenditure
●
Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources Estimation
History of operations
 
For a detailed review of the history of the operations, refer to Item 4A. History and development of the Company.
 
Overview of operations
 
DRDGOLD owns 100% of Ergo
 
and 100% of FWGR. Both are surface
 
tailings retreatment
 
operations producing
 
gold. Ergo operates
across central
 
and east Johannesburg,
 
within the Gauteng
 
Province and
 
FWGR in Carletonville
 
on the far West Rand
 
of the Gauteng
 
Province. In
order to improve synergies, effect cost
 
savings and establish a simpler group structure,
 
DRDGOLD restructured
 
the Group’s surface operations
(Crown, ERPM’s
 
Cason Dump
 
surface operation
 
and ErgoGold)
 
into Ergo with
 
effect from
 
July 1, 2012.
 
On July 31,
 
2018, DRDGOLD
 
acquired
WRTRP
 
Assets,
 
which
 
are
 
surface
 
gold
 
processing assets
 
and
 
tailing
 
storage
 
facilities associated
 
with
 
Sibanye-Stillwater’s WRTRP,
 
and
subsequently
 
renamed it
 
FWGR.
 
DRDGOLD also owns 100% ERPM. In December 2018, ERPM concluded
 
revised agreements to dispose
 
certain of its underground
drd20220630p34i0
31
assets to
 
OroTree Limited
 
(“OroTree”) which
 
included the
 
disposal of
 
ERPM’s underground
 
mining and
 
prospecting
 
rights. Underground
 
mining
infrastructure
 
was not sold.
 
ERPM’s underground
 
gold mining
 
infrastructure
 
is under care
 
and maintenance.
 
At June
 
30, 2022, Ergo
 
employed
 
763 full-time
 
employees.
 
In addition,
 
specialist
 
service providers
 
deployed a
 
further 1,677
 
employees
to our operations
 
bringing the
 
total number
 
of in-house and
 
outsourced
 
employees to
 
2,440 at June
 
30, 2022 (at
 
June 30, 2021:
 
2,266
;
at June 30,
2020:
 
2,155
)
.
 
At June
 
30, 2022,
 
FWGR employed 152
 
full-time employees. In addition, specialist service providers deployed
 
a further
 
339
employees
 
to our operations
 
bringing the
 
total number
 
of in-house
 
and outsourced
 
employees
 
to 491.
 
Below is geographical representation of the location on Ergo and FWGR within South Africa:
 
Properties and location
 
The Ergo plant is
 
located approximately
 
43 miles (70
 
kilometers)
 
east of the Johannesburg’s
 
central business
 
district in the
 
province of
Gauteng on
 
land owned
 
by Ergo. Access
 
to the Ergo plant
 
is via the
 
Ergo Road on the
 
N17 Johannesburg-Springs
 
motorway.
 
 
Following the
 
restructuring
 
of the
 
Crown operations,
 
which consisted
 
of three
 
separate
 
locations,
 
City Deep,
 
Crown Mines
 
and Knights,
into a single
 
surface retreatment
 
operation in Ergo,
 
these mining
 
rights were
 
transferred
 
to Ergo in March
 
2014.The Crown
 
Mines plant
 
and sites
were closed
 
down in March
 
2017 and rehabilitated.
 
 
The City Deep operation is located on the West Wits line within the Central Goldfields of the Witwatersrand
 
Basin, approximately
 
3
miles (5 kilometers)
 
south-east
 
of the Johannesburg
 
central business
 
district in
 
the province
 
of Gauteng.
 
Access is
 
via the Heidelberg
 
Road on the
M2 Johannesburg-Germiston
 
motorway. The City
 
Deep plant
 
continues to
 
operate as
 
a pump/milling
 
station feeding
 
the metallurgical
 
plants.
 
 
The Knights operation
 
is located at
 
Stanley and Knights
 
Road Germiston
 
off the R29 Main
 
Reef Road. The
 
Knights plant
 
continues to
operate as
 
a metallurgical
 
plant.
As of June
 
30, 2022 and
 
September 30, 2022, no material
 
encumbrances
 
exist on Ergo's
 
property.
As of June
 
30, 2022, the
 
net book value
 
of Ergo’s mining assets
 
was R1,707.0
 
million (2021:
 
R 1,427.8
 
million).
 
drd20220630p35i0
 
 
 
 
drd20220630p35i1
 
 
 
 
32
Below is
 
a geographical
 
representation
 
of the location
 
of individual
 
material
 
properties
 
of Ergo:
 
Below is a geographical representation of the location of individual material properties of FWGR:
 
 
FWGR’s assets
 
consists of
 
the currently operational
 
Driefontein 2 plant
 
(“
DP2
”), Driefontein 3
 
plant (“
DP3
”), Driefontein 4
 
TSF
which is
 
a current
 
active tailings
 
deposition facility,
 
pilot plant,
 
which is
 
a moveable
 
LogiProc pilot
 
plant established
to test
 
the processes,
techniques and assumptions made
 
in the definitive level
 
design of the
 
full scale retreatment
 
of dumps.
FWGR currently own six
 
tailings storage
facilities on the West Rand between Roodepoort and Carletonville, approximately 70km South West
 
of Johannesburg (Figure A).
 
 
There are an
 
additional four
 
TSFs which will
 
be transferred from
 
Sibanye-Stillwater to
 
FWGR once no
 
longer required by
 
the existing
operations (Available
 
TSFs). These are
 
Driefontein 1,
 
and 2, Kloof
 
2 and
 
Leeudoorn. Numerous
 
other TSFs
 
are potentially available
 
in the
area for future reclamation. FWGR also owns land
 
on which the Central Processing Plant (“
CPP”
) and RTSF and
 
the return water dam were
originally planned to be built.
 
As of June
 
30, 2022, and
 
September 30, 2022, no material
 
encumbrances
 
exist on FWGR's
 
property.
 
 
At June 30, 2022,
 
the net book value of FWGR’s mining assets was R1,340.6 million (2021:
 
R1,341.3 million).
Surface reclamation
 
operations including
 
the treatment
 
of sand
 
from ERPM’s
 
Cason Dump,
 
was conducted
 
through the
 
Knights
metallurgical plant, tailings deposition facilities and associated facilities until
 
ERPM’s surface mining assets were transferred
 
to Ergo as part
of the restructuring which took place on July 1, 2012.
 
As of June 30, 2022,
 
and September 30, 2022,
 
no encumbrances
 
exist on ERPM's
 
property.
 
At June
 
30, 2022,
 
the net book
 
value of ERPM’s
 
mining assets
 
was zero (2021:
 
zero).
 
33
Geology
 
DRDGOLD’s
 
surface deposits
 
are the
 
residue (“
tailings
”) of
 
the mining
 
and metallurgical
 
process recovery
 
of gold
 
and uranium
ores of the gold bearing
 
late Archaean (2.7Ga to
 
3.2Ga) Witwatersrand sedimentary basin. The Witwatersrand Basin is
 
the largest gold bearing
metallogenic province
 
globally and
 
is unconformably
 
overlain by units
 
of the
 
Ventersdorp
 
Supergroup (~2.7Ga),
 
the Transvaal
 
Supergroup
(~2.6Ga), and the Karoo Supergroup (~280Ma).
 
 
The deposits
 
consist of
 
gold, uranium
 
and sulphur-bearing
 
sand dumps
 
and slimes
 
dams, and
 
the composition
 
reflects the
 
major
constituents of the
 
Witwatersrand Basin: quartz
 
(70%-80%), mica
 
(10%), chlorite
 
and chloritoid
 
(9%-18%) and
 
pyrite (1%-2%).
 
Gold, uranium,
zirconium and chromium may be minor constituents averaging <100ppm each.
 
Deposits possess characteristics, determined by the geometry,
material source and processing plants in which the original ores were processed.
Mining method
 
 
Material processed by
 
Ergo is sourced from
 
surface sources namely, sand and
 
slime and are
 
reclaimed separately. FWGR only source
is slime.
No selective mining takes place on a dump with the entire TSF being processed. This is due to the following:
 
●
No place exists on mining sites to dump below cut-off grade material;
 
●
The mining method is not conducive to selective mining; and
 
●
The
 
operation
 
is
 
also
 
a
 
rehabilitation
 
exercise,
 
and
 
all
 
mineralized
 
material
 
must
 
be
 
removed
 
from
 
the
 
site,
 
and
 
it
 
is,
 
therefore,
economically beneficial to process all material, even low-grade material.
 
 
TSFs
 
are
 
mined
 
through
 
hydro-mining
 
using
 
high-pressure
 
jets
 
of
 
water
 
to
 
dislodge
 
tailings
 
material
 
or
 
move
 
sediment
 
for
transportation as
 
a slurry
 
to processing
 
plants. The
 
hydro-mining removes
 
the tailings
 
material from the
 
top of
 
a TSF
 
to the
 
natural ground
level in 15m layers. Hydraulic
 
mining provides slurry feedstock to
 
the plants continuously. Ergo also uses mechanical
 
front end loaders to load
slimes/sand material. Material is re-pulped with water and pumped to the plants.
 
Mineral Processing and Recovery Methods
 
Our metallurgical plants use carbon-in-leach (“
CIL
”) metallurgical processes to recover gold from slurry.
The
 
surface
 
sources
 
have
 
generally
 
undergone
 
a
 
complex
 
depositional
 
history
 
resulting
 
in
 
grade
 
variations
 
associated
 
with
improvements in plant
 
recovery over the
 
period the material
 
was deposited. At
 
Ergo, our two
 
gold producing metallurgical
 
plants, Ergo
 
and
Knights
 
have
 
an
 
installed
 
capacity
 
to
 
treat
 
approximately
 
25
 
million
 
tons
 
of
 
material
 
per
 
year
 
based
 
on
 
92%
 
availability
 
and
 
are
 
fully
operational. All of the plants
 
have undergone
 
various modifications
 
during recent
 
years resulting
 
in significant
 
changes to the
 
processing
 
circuits.
The City Deep plant
 
continues to operate
 
as a pump/milling
 
station feeding
 
the metallurgical
 
plants. At FWGR, DP2 has a
 
installed capacity to
treat approximately 7.2 million tons of material per year.
 
The re-pulped slime
 
is pumped to the
 
plant and the reclaimed
 
material is treated using
 
screens, cyclones, ball mills
 
and Carbon-in-Leach, or
CIL, technology to extract the gold.
 
Set forth below is a description of each of our plants in operation:
 
Ergo Plant:
 
Commissioned
 
by Anglo American Corporation
 
in 1977, became part
 
of AngloGold Ashanti
 
in 1998 from which it was
acquired
 
for a
 
consideration
 
of R42.8
 
million
 
in 2007.
 
The remaining
 
five CIL
 
tanks were
 
refurbished
 
during fiscal
 
year 2015
 
to increase
capacity to
 
treat up to
 
25.2Mt per
 
year.
 
 
Knights Plant:
 
Commissioned in 1988, this surface/underground plant comprises a circuit including screening, primary cycloning,
milling in closed circuit with hydrocyclones,
 
thickening, oxygen preconditioning,
 
CIL, elution, electro-winning
 
and smelting to doré.
The
 
Knights
 
plant,
 
although
 
historically
 
part
 
of
 
the
 
Crown
 
operation,
 
is
 
located
 
further
 
east
 
and
 
considerably
 
closer
 
to
 
the
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF. Due to the location
 
of the Knights
 
plant it deposits
 
waste on the
 
Brakpan/Withok TSF. The
 
Knights plant
 
has an
installed
 
capacity to
 
treat an estimated
 
3.6Mt per year.
 
 
City Deep Plant:
 
Commissioned
 
in 1987, this surface/underground
 
plant comprises
 
a circuit including
 
screening, primary,
 
secondary
and tertiary cycloning in closed circuit milling, thickening, oxygen preconditioning, CIL, elution and zinc precipitation followed by
calcining and smelting to doré. Retreatment
 
continued at the City Deep Plant until the plant was decommissioned in August 2013 to
operate as
 
a milling
 
and pump station
 
and is currently
 
pumping material
 
to the Ergo Plant
 
for the final
 
extraction
 
of gold.
 
Driefontein 2 Plant:
 
Recommissioned
 
in fiscal year 2019, this surface/underground
 
plant was refurbished
 
and modifications
 
made to
the milling
 
and cyclone
 
circuit to
 
ensure the
 
production
 
of a finer
 
grind for gold
 
liberation.
 
Infrastructure
 
The hydro-mining, reprocessing
 
and re-deposition of
 
tailings material requires
 
a network of
 
pipes. Slurry pipelines
 
will be needed
34
from
 
the
 
hydro-mining
 
sites at
 
the
 
TSFs
 
to
 
the plants
 
and tailings
 
pipelines
 
from
 
the plants
 
to the
 
respective
 
depositional
 
facilities. High
pressure water pipelines are necessary to supply the mining operations while separate low-pressure water pipes are
 
needed for returning water
to the plants from return water dams at the various TSFs. These have all been adequately designed and included in the LoM planning.
 
 
Ergo currently uses the Brakpan/Withok tailings facility as deposition facility, and FWGR, the Driefontein 4 TSF. Ergo
 
requires the
implementation of the final design of the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF to receive an additional 800Mt in order to deliver into its life of mine. FWGR
requires the RTSF
 
to ensure adequate
 
storage facilities for
 
the long-term deposition
 
of all tailings
 
arising from FWGR
 
operations. It will
 
be
built on Transvaal Supergroup lithology (Figure D), to mitigate any risk of
 
dolomite related sink holes. The design and cost estimate
 
caters for
a storage capacity of 800Mt and a potential disposal rate of up to 3.0Mtpm.
 
 
We are seeking
 
to obtain the last regulatory approval for
 
the final life design of the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF. Designs
 
for the final life
stage of the TSF are being reviewed. The
 
permitting for the RTSF has
 
been approved based on the initial design with a
 
geomembrane barrier
and FWGR
 
are pursuing
 
approval for
 
the more
 
recent scavenger
 
well design.
 
FWGR have
 
reached an
 
in-principle agreement
 
with Sibanye
Gold to co-deposit tailings on the Leeudoorn TSF.
 
This will allow FWGR to increase production to 750ktpm for an interim period
 
while also
mitigating against the risk of an interruption to the planned production in the event that the approval sought for the RTSF is delayed.
 
Both operations obtain
 
their power ultimately
 
from the
 
Eskom grid and
 
therefore are currently
 
exposed to
 
the material
 
risks associated
with Eskom. Ergo operations receive power
 
from several substations and mining
 
sites are supplied power
 
via several separate feeds. Currently,
the Ergo
 
plant demands
 
peaks at
 
18MVa
 
and the
 
Brakpan/Withok Tailings
 
Storage facility
 
at 8MVa.
 
Ergo operates
 
24-7-365 and
 
the plant
receives power at 6.6KV via Eskom’s 88KV Vlakfontein distribution. At FWGR, power is currently supplied from
 
Eskom’s 132kV and 44kV
grid to various Sibanye owned gold mines in the vicinity
 
of FWGR’s operations. The power requirement of FWGR remains within the current
surplus capacity of the Driefontein and Kloof mining complexes.
 
Exploration
 
 
Exploration and development
 
activity at Ergo involves
 
the drilling of surface
 
dumps and evaluating the potential
 
gold bearing surface
material in
 
the determination
 
of its Mineral
 
Resources and
 
Mineral Reserves.
 
These exploration
 
programmes
 
comprise:
 
●
surveying to determine physical dimensions and volumes;
●
auger or reverse circulation drilling programs to permit sampling for gold content and mapping of the gold distribution;
●
metallurgical and flow sheet development test work; and
●
tailings toxicity tests and specific gravity determination.
Environmental
 
and Closure
 
Aspects
In accordance
 
with South
 
African mining
 
legislation,
 
all mining
 
companies
 
are required
 
to rehabilitate
 
the land on
 
which they
 
work to a
determined
 
standard
 
for alternative
 
use. DRDGOLD’s
 
business
 
involves
 
the reclamation
 
of previously
 
discarded
 
material
 
deposited,
 
in many
 
cases,
by other companies,
 
most of which
 
are no longer
 
in business.
 
As a result
 
we deal with
 
legacy environmental
 
issues.
Before we
 
embark on
 
new mining
 
projects, we
 
undertake an
 
environmental authorization process which is
 
performed by
 
external
consulting specialists
 
that conduct detailed specialist studies, an environmental
 
impact assessment and environmental management
 
programme
(“EMP”)
 
for the
 
management
 
of these
 
projects.
 
These reports
 
are discussed
 
and reviewed
 
by our stakeholders
 
through an
 
open public
 
participation
process. Through this process, we are
 
able to identify,
 
address and minimize the effects of
 
our activities on the
 
environment and identify and
mitigate
 
the potential
 
impacts
 
our activities
 
may have
 
on surrounding
 
communities
 
and the
 
receiving
 
environment.
 
Our environmental
 
management
systems and
 
policies
 
have been
 
designed
 
in compliance
 
with South
 
Africa’s National
 
Environmental
 
Management
 
Act 107 of
 
1998 and
 
associated
regulations. Internal and
 
external environmental audits
 
are performed
 
annually and
 
recorded in
 
a
 
database to
 
ensure compliance. Our
 
EMP
encompasses
 
all the activities
 
of our operations
 
and assesses
 
the environmental
 
impacts of mining
 
at reclamation
 
sites, plants
 
and tailings
 
storage
facilities.
 
It also outlines
 
the closure
 
process,
 
including financial
 
provisions.
At
 
Ergo,
 
environmental management and
 
compliance is
 
further assisted
 
by
 
the
 
in–house developed
 
electronic monitoring system
(Compliance Management
 
Tool) that incorporates all existing
 
Environmental
 
Impact Assessments
 
(“
EIA
s”), EMPs, Mining Right Conversions,
Performance Assessments
 
and Social and Labor Plans (“
SLP
s”) associated with each
 
mining right. At Ergo the monitoring
 
system incorporates
existing EMPs and
 
water use licenses.
 
The existing and most
 
recent studies
 
are used to supplement
 
the management
 
components with
 
regards to
the mining
 
right
 
boundaries
 
and its
 
required
 
compliance
 
parameters.
 
The individual
 
management
 
items are
 
integrated
 
to provide
 
a holistic
 
overview
of the state
 
of each of
 
the mining
 
right areas.
 
Spatial data
 
pertaining to
 
the mining
 
right boundaries
 
is stored onto
 
a central
 
database and
 
is utilized
to create
 
a live map
 
which illustrates
 
the mining
 
right area
 
and various
 
environmental
 
monitoring systems.
The Group actively manages
 
and monitors the consumption
 
of natural resources
 
(including potable water
 
and energy) at monthly and
weekly meetings.
 
This entails the analysis
 
of trends to identify excess
 
use and discuss various
 
focus areas to ensure
 
responsible natural
 
resource
usage. The major environmental risks are associated with dust
 
from various reclamation sites, and effective management of relocated process
material
 
on certain
 
tailings
 
dams. At Ergo,
 
Municipal
 
infrastructure
 
as well as
 
commercial
 
and residential
 
developments
 
have encroached
 
towards
the Ergo operation.
The impact
 
of nuisance
 
dust fallout
 
on the surrounding
 
environment
 
and community
 
is addressed
 
through a comprehensive
 
monitoring
network including
 
appropriate
 
community involvement.
 
The monitoring
 
reports are
 
sent to regulators,
 
municipalities,
 
and interested
 
and affected
35
parties.
 
For a residential
 
zoned monitoring
 
bucket, an
 
exceedance
 
is defined
 
as above the
 
dust limit
 
of 600mg/m
2
/day. For a non-residential
 
zoned
monitoring bucket,
 
an exceedance
 
is defined
 
as above the
 
dust limit
 
of 1200mg/m
2
/day.
 
Mitigation
 
measures include
 
environmentally
 
friendly dust
 
suppressants
 
applied to
 
high impact
 
areas, active
 
wetting of access
 
roads by
water bowsers, and a network of high velocity sprayers on our active TSFs. In the long-term, dust suppression and water pollution
 
is managed
through
 
a program
 
of progressive
 
vegetation
 
of the
 
tailings
 
followed
 
by the
 
application
 
of lime,
 
to reduce
 
the natural
 
acidic
 
conditions,
 
and fertilizer
to assist
 
in the growth
 
of vegetation
 
planted on the
 
tailings dam.
Water usage and reduction in use of potable water
 
 
The primary
 
uses for
 
water are in
 
the plants
 
and hydro-mining for
 
the various
 
TSFs. Ergo
 
constructed a central
 
water reticulation
plant in 2017 to
 
give it the ability
 
to deliver water to
 
all corners of the
 
operation and return it
 
through a fully integrated
 
closed system.
 
Between
60%- 70% of all
 
process water make up
 
at Ergo is drawn
 
from the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF to various reclamation sites
 
by way of return
 
water
columns. Another 15%-20% water is drawn from lakes and dams in the region in terms of the
 
requisite extraction licenses. A further 6%-11%
of
 
process
 
water
 
top
 
up
 
needs
 
are
 
from
 
treated
 
underground
 
acid
 
mine
 
drainage
 
(“
AMD
”)
 
drawn
 
from
 
Trans-Caledon
 
Tunnel
 
Authority
(“
TCTA
”). DRDGOLD has the right to use up to 30 Ml of AMD water per day. Less than 1% of water is drawn from a wastewater treatment
facility.
 
Potable water is
 
used only
 
where the
 
sensitivity of
 
equipment requires
 
it and
 
for certain early
 
stages of
 
irrigation to settle
 
in newly
established vegetation on TSFs.
 
At FWGR, all water
 
harvested from Driefontein 4
 
TSF is used. This
 
amounts to approximately 54%
 
of process
water requirements.
 
The balance is
 
made up
 
from underground
 
mine dewatering. Water
 
use licenses are
 
available for
 
the pumping of
 
water
from underground
 
workings at Kloof
 
10 shaft
 
and Driefontein
 
10 shaft, and
 
the consumption
 
planned from these
 
shafts will
 
not exceed
 
the
pumping rates approved in the respective WULs. Potable water consumption is limited to drinking and change houses and flocculant make
 
up
for usage in the plant.
 
Water
 
pollution
 
 
A closed
 
water system
 
is designed
 
to avoid
 
having to
 
treat water
 
or having
 
to discharge
 
into surface
 
water courses.
 
Overflows of
return water dams may,
 
depending on their location, pollute
 
surrounding streams and wetlands. Ergo and FWGR have an ongoing monitoring
program to ensure that its water
 
balances (in its reticulation system, on its tailings and its
 
return water dams) are maintained at
 
levels that are
sensitive
 
to the capacity
 
of return water
 
dams. Any water discharge is contained through paddocks on
 
reclaimed sites, storm water run-off and
water systems that pump rain or excess water
 
into the system. Another possible source water discharge is attributed
 
mainly to compromised or
aging pipes
 
that may
 
cause leaks.
 
An external
 
expert continuously
 
monitors pipelines
 
to timeously
 
identify water
 
leaks to
 
minimize water
seepages. A comprehensive maintenance plan is in place for replace compromised pipelines.
 
ERPM acid mine drainage
 
There is a regular ingress of
 
water into the underground workings of ERPM, which was contained by continuous pumping from the
underground section.
 
Studies on
 
the estimates
 
of the probable
 
rate of
 
rise of water
 
have been
 
inconsistent,
 
with certain
 
theories suggesting
 
that the
underground water
 
might reach
 
a natural subterranean
 
equilibrium,
 
whilst other
 
theories maintain
 
that the water
 
could decant
 
or surface.
 
 
The
 
government appointed
 
TCTA
 
to
 
construct a
 
partial treatment
 
plant
 
(neutralisation plant)
 
to
 
prevent the
 
ground
 
water
 
being
contaminated.
 
TCTA completed the construction
 
of the neutralisation
 
plant for the
 
Central Basin
 
and commenced
 
treatment during
 
July 2014. As
part of
 
the heads
 
of agreement
 
signed in
 
December
 
2012 between
 
EMO, Ergo,
 
ERPM and
 
TCTA, sludge emanating
 
from this
 
plant is
 
co-disposed
onto the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF together
 
with processed
 
material from the
 
Ergo plant. Partially
 
treated water
 
is then discharged by TCTA into the
Elsburg Spruit.
 
This agreement
 
includes the
 
granting of
 
access to
 
the underground
 
water basin
 
through one
 
of ERPM shafts
 
and the rental
 
of a site
onto which
 
it constructed
 
its neutralisation
 
plant. In
 
exchange,
 
Ergo and its
 
associate
 
companies
 
including ERPM
 
have a
 
set-off against
 
any future
directives
 
to make any
 
contribution
 
toward costs
 
or capital
 
of up to
 
R250 million.
 
Through this
 
agreement,
 
Ergo also
 
secured the
 
right to
 
purchase
up to 30 ML of partially
 
treated AMD,
 
a day, from TCTA at cost, in order to reduce Ergo’s reliance
 
on potable water
 
for mining and processing
purposes.
 
Refer Item
 
18. ‘‘Financial Statements -
 
Note 26.2
 
Contingent liability for environmental rehabilitation” for disclosures on potential pollution
impact on
 
ground water
 
through seepage
Environmental rehabilitation closure providing and funding
While the ultimate amount
 
of rehabilitation costs
 
to be incurred is uncertain,
 
we have estimated that the total cost
 
for Ergo, in current
monetary terms
 
as at June 30,
 
2022 is approximately
 
R414.4 million.
 
As at June 30,
 
2022, a total
 
of R132.8 million
 
(2021: R62.7
 
million) is
 
held
in insurance
 
instruments
 
in the
 
Guardrisk
 
Cell Captive,
 
as security
 
for financial
 
guarantees
 
issued for
 
rehabilitation
 
costs. As
 
at June
 
30, 2022,
 
after
the change in method for providing
 
for rehabilitation
 
and subsequently
 
the rehabilitation
 
funds were transferred
 
to the Guardrisk Cell Captive,
 
a
total of
 
R0.0 million
 
(2021: R127.2
 
million)
 
is held
 
in the Ergo
 
Rehabilitation
 
Trust Fund, previously
 
called the
 
Crown Rehabilitation
 
Trust Fund,
which is an irrevocable
 
trust, managed by specific
 
responsible
 
people who we nominated
 
and who are appointed
 
as trustees by the
 
Master of the
High Court
 
of South Africa.
 
We have estimated that the total cost for FWGR, in current
 
monetary terms as at June 30, 2022 is approximately
 
R93.9 million (June
30, 2021: R116.4 million).
 
As at June 30, 2022, a total
 
of R444.1 million
 
(2021: R0.0 million)
 
is held in insurance
 
instruments in the
 
Guardrisk
Cell Captive,
 
as security for
 
financial
 
guarantees
 
issued for rehabilitation
 
costs. As at
 
June 30, 2022, after
 
the change in
 
method for providing
 
for
rehabilitation and subsequently the rehabilitation funds were transferred to the
 
Guardrisk Cell Captive, a
 
total of
 
R0.0 million (2021: R425.1
36
million) is
 
held in the
 
Ergo Rehabilitation
 
Trust Fund.
 
We have estimated that as at June 30, 2022 the present discounted
 
value of the total cost of rehabilitation
 
for ERPM is approximately
R9.3 million (2021: R8.6 million).
 
A total of R0.0 million (2021: R12.4
 
million) is held in the Ergo Rehabilitation
 
Trust Fund
 
for the benefit of
ERPM and R51.6
 
million (2021:
 
R24.8 million)
 
is held in
 
insurance
 
instruments
 
and is available
 
for the settlement
 
of these rehabilitation
 
costs.
Legal aspects and permitting
Mining Rights
 
and Prospecting
 
Rights held
 
are listed
 
under the
 
Ergo Mining
 
Proprietary
 
Limited subsidiary.
 
DRDGOLD
 
has numerous
Surface, Mining
 
and Prospecting
 
Rights and ownership
 
of the surface
 
rights and mine
 
dumps vests in
 
various legal
 
entities.
 
Ergo is one of only a
few surface operators that holds Mining Rights under the MPRDA over a large portion of its reserves. The provisions of the MPRDA, and the
definition
 
of ‘mineral’
 
had inadvertently
 
created
 
a gap
 
in the
 
Act placing
 
the ‘minerals’
 
in certain
 
TSFs beyond
 
the regulatory
 
reach of
 
the MPRDA
and limiting its competency to
 
issue rights upon application. However, in
 
terms of the
 
transitional arrangements of the MPRDA, which were
peremptory upon the DMRE
 
in the event that the petitioner
 
met the conditions for conversion
 
from ‘old order’ to ‘new
 
order’, Ergo was able to
convert its
 
old
 
order rights,
 
thus extending
 
its “license
 
to
 
mine” into
 
the dispensation introduced
 
by the
 
MPRDA. Ergo
 
has also
 
submitted
applications to renew
 
all its Mining and Prospecting
 
Rights with the DMRE. The
 
current Mining and Prospecting
 
Rights have expired (with
 
the
exception of 7L4 TSF) but remain in force
 
until such time that the renewal applications
 
have been granted or refused by the DMRE. Water use
licenses are
 
applied for
 
as and when
 
required to
 
remain compliant
 
with relevant
 
legislation.
 
Ergo complies
 
with all the
 
conditions for
 
renewal and
has no reason
 
to believe that
 
the submitted
 
renewals would
 
not be granted.
 
Ergo is in constant
 
communication
 
with the DMRE and
 
is submitting
the required
 
information
 
as per their
 
requests
 
to finalize
 
these renewal
 
applications.
The Mineral Resources and
 
Mineral Reserves held by
 
FWGR were acquired from
 
Sibanye Gold Limited, a
 
subsidiary of Sibanye-
Stillwater
 
Limited, in
 
a transaction
 
in which
 
common law
 
ownership
 
was established
 
over the
 
various TSFs
 
containing
 
the said
 
Mineral
 
Resources
and Mineral
 
Reserves,
 
and control
 
was established
 
by Sibanye-Stillwater
 
over DRDGOLD.
 
FWGR conducts
 
its activities
inter alia
 
in accordance
with Environmental
 
Approvals
 
(“
EAs
”) and the
 
provisions
 
of the
 
Mine Health
 
and Safety
 
regulations.
 
A Use and
 
Access Agreement
 
with Sibanye
Gold articulates
 
the various rights,
 
permits and licenses
 
held by Sibanye Gold
 
in terms of which
 
FWGR operates,
 
pending the transfer
 
to FWGR
of those that
 
are transferable.
FWGR entered into
 
a smelting agreement
 
with Sibanye-Stillwater to
 
smelt and recover
 
gold from gold
 
loaded carbon produced
 
at
the DP2
 
plant, and
 
deliver the
 
gold to
 
Rand Refinery.
 
In exchange
 
for this
 
service, Sibanye-Stillwater receives
 
a fee
 
based on
 
the smelting
costs plus
 
10% of
 
the smelting
 
costs. Rand
 
Refinery performs
 
the final
 
refinement of
 
all gold
 
produced. Up
 
to April
 
11, 2022,
 
FWGR also
engaged its
 
fellow subsidiary,
 
Ergo Mining
 
Proprietary Limited,
 
to act
 
as its
 
agent and
 
representative and
 
to enter
 
into a
 
refining services
arrangement with Rand Refinery
 
for the sale,
 
marketing and export
 
of the refined
 
gold of the
 
Company. After April 11, 2022, FWGR
 
continued
to engage Ergo Mining Proprietary Limited, to act as its agent and representative to sell gold directly to the
 
South African Bullion banks. This
agreement is expected
 
to be in
 
place until FWGR
 
obtains its own
 
precious metals beneficiation
 
license and its
 
own depository account
 
with
Rand Refinery.
 
DRDGOLD and its
 
subsidiaries own the
 
rights to
 
some of
 
the properties where the
 
Mineral Resources are located.
 
In other
 
cases,
agreements are
 
in place with the landowners
 
to mine the dump material
 
and rehabilitate
 
the land for other uses.
 
The details of the related
 
surface
rights are
 
not material
 
for the purpose
 
of this report.
 
The necessary
 
agreements
 
are in place
 
for all properties
 
in the LoM plan.
 
Impediments on rights to mine
Grootvlei Complex
Ergo has submitted
 
a renewal application
 
of its prospecting
 
rights over
 
Grootvlei
 
dumps 6L16,
 
6L17 and 6L17A
 
to the DMRE.
 
During
the 2022 financial year, an external party raised a conflicting claim of common law ownership of 6L16, 6L17 and 6L17A TSFs. Although the
claim was based on common
 
law ownership and
 
no attempt has been
 
made to set aside
 
the prospecting
 
rights over the TSFs,
 
the Grootvlei
 
TSFs
have been
 
excluded from
 
the Mineral
 
Reserves statement
 
and the Life-of-Mine
 
(LoM) plan
 
but included
 
in the Mineral
 
Resources
 
statement.
Marievale Complex
Ergo acquired the 7L5,
 
7L6 and 7L7 TSFs in terms
 
of a written notarial executed
 
deed of sale during 2019 and
 
took possession
 
of the
TSFs on 8 April 2019. It has since also obtained the requisite National
 
Environmental Management
 
Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998) (NEMA)
regulatory approvals
 
to retreat the said TSFs. During
 
the 2022 financial year, the owner
 
of the land on which 7L5, 7L6 and 7L7 are situated,
 
an
estimated 36,524t
 
out of the total 54,114t comprising
 
the Marievale cluster,
 
notified Ergo that in its view, the said TSFs
 
had acceded to the land
and that it
 
had become
 
the owner
 
of the TSFs.
 
Ergo disputes
 
the claim
 
of legal title
 
and the matter
 
is to be referred
 
to arbitration.
All ownership requirements
 
were met when the TSFs
 
were purchased by Ergo
 
and therefore
 
the TSFs are still
 
included in the Mineral
Reserves.
 
Whilst Ergo
 
has received
 
confident
 
legal advice
 
on the merits
 
of its claim,
 
in the event
 
that the arbitration
 
goes against
 
Ergo, its Mineral
Reserves
 
will reduce
 
by 35.52Mt
 
(0.35Moz
 
at 0.29g/t).
 
Inasmuch
 
as it
 
then enters
 
into a
 
commercial
 
arrangement
 
with the
 
land-owner,
 
the financial
benefit of
 
this portion
 
of the Marievale
 
cluster will
 
be reduced
 
by whatever
 
benefit is agreed
 
to in favor
 
of the land-owner.
 
Ergo has
 
a submitted
 
renewal
 
application
 
to the
 
DMRE for
 
the prospecting
 
rights it
 
holds over
 
7L4 TSF. The
 
entity (who
 
holds common
law ownership
 
rights over
 
the land on which
 
the TSF is
 
situated and
 
the TSF itself)
 
has agreed
 
to relinquish
 
ownership in
 
favor of Ergo,
 
provided
that Ergo undertakes
 
to:
●
make a notional
 
amount payment;
drd20220630p40i0
37
●
suitably remove
 
the TSF; and
●
rehabilitate
 
the land.
A draft contract
 
stipulating
 
the terms
 
of such agreement
 
is awaiting
 
final signature.
Below is a graphical representation of the permits and licenses held within the Group:
Production
 
Ergo
 
 
For fiscal year 2022, production
 
decreased to 133,618.0
 
ounces from 137,059.0 ounces
 
in fiscal year 2021 mainly due to
 
the volume
throughput
 
that decreased
 
from 23.0Mt
 
to 22.1Mt
 
as a result
 
of increased
 
rainfall experienced
 
in fiscal
 
year 2022 in
 
comparison
 
to previous
 
years.
The impact
 
of this decrease
 
was offset by
 
the increase
 
in the average yield from 0.186g/t in fiscal year 2021 to 0.188g/t in fiscal year 2022.
 
 
Cash operating costs increased
 
by $198.0 per ounce, or 16.0%, from $1,272.0 per ounce in fiscal year 2021 to $1,470.0 per ounce in
fiscal year
 
2022 mainly
 
due to the
 
above inflationary
 
increases
 
in the costs
 
of key consumables,
 
diesel, steel
 
and cyanide.
 
 
 
 
 
38
The following table details certain production and financial results of Ergo for the past two fiscal years.
2022
2021
Production (imperial)
Ore milled ('000 tons)
 
22,111
22,952
Recovered grade (oz/ton)
 
0.006
0.006
Gold produced (ounces)
 
133,618
137,059
Results of Operations
 
Revenue (R million)
3,704.9
3,943.0
 
Cost of sales (R million)
3,141.8
2,871.0
 
Cash operating costs (R million)
1
3,009.8
2,666.5
 
Cash operating costs (R/kilogram)
1
718,676
629,585
 
All-in sustaining costs (R/kilogram)
 
1
826,891
704,503
 
All-in cost (R/kilogram)
 
1
848,683
717,755
1 Cash operating cost, cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram are financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities
 
of the
mines and to monitor
 
performance of our mining operations.
 
These are all non-IFRS
 
measures. For a reconciliation of
 
these measures to the nearest
 
IFRS measure see Item
 
5A.: “Operating Results - Reconciliation
 
of
cash cost per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram.”
FWGR
 
 
For fiscal
 
year 2022,
 
production increased to
 
50,284 ounces
 
from 46,940
 
ounces produced
 
in
 
fiscal year
 
2021. Although
 
volume
throughput decreased
 
from 6.2Mt in
 
fiscal year
 
2021 to 6.1Mt in
 
fiscal 2022,
 
this was offset
 
by an increase
 
average yield form 0.237g/t in fiscal
year 2021 to 0.257g/t in fiscal year 2022.
 
Cash operating
 
costs increased
 
by $38 per ounce,
 
or 7%, from
 
$558 per ounce
 
in fiscal year
 
2021 to $596 per
 
ounce in fiscal
 
year 2022
mainly due
 
to an above
 
inflationary
 
increases
 
in the costs
 
of key consumables,
 
diesel, steel
 
and cyanide.
The following table details certain production and financial results of FWGR for the past two fiscal years.
2022
2021
Production (imperial)
Ore milled ('000 tons)
 
6,078
6,159
Recovered grade (oz/ton)
 
0.008
0.008
Gold produced (ounces)
 
50,284
46,940
Results of Operations
 
Revenue (R million)
1,413.6
1,326.0
 
Cost of sales (R million)
592.1
517.2
 
Cash operating costs (R million)
1
454.0
406.2
 
Cash operating costs (R/kilogram)
1
291,302
276,174
 
All-in sustaining costs (R/kilogram)
 
1
396,762
377,210
 
All-in cost (R/kilogram)
 
1
422,540
400,829
1 Cash operating cost, cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram are financial measures of performance that we use to determine cash generating capacities
 
of the
mines and to monitor
 
performance of our mining operations.
 
These are all non IFRS
 
measures. For a reconciliation of
 
these measures to the
 
nearest IFRS measure see Item
 
5A.: “Operating Results - Reconciliation
 
of
cash cost per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram.”
Licenses to Operate
All
 
the
 
licenses,
 
permits,
 
permissions,
 
management
 
plans
 
and
 
reports,
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
amendments,
 
variations
 
or
modifications thereof from time to time necessary for Sibanye-Stillwater to operate the WRTRP Assets lawfully.
Access Rights
The grant of access to DRDGOLD of the:
·
 
Driefontein 10 shaft;
·
 
Kloof 10
 
shaft located
 
in the
 
Kloof mining
 
area that
 
is subject
 
to the
 
Kloof Mining
 
Right, for
 
the purpose
 
of
pumping and
 
supplying, at the
 
cost of WRTRP,
 
the required quantities of
 
water, as licensed,
 
for the WRTRP
Assets;
·
 
rights, servitudes
 
and agreements
 
for installation,
 
supply and
 
distribution and
 
maintenance of
 
power supply;
existing and proposed pipeline routes; servitudes; wayleaves and surface right permits; and
·
 
Driefontein 1 Gold Plant for the purpose of accessing the Pilot Plant.
Capital Expenditure
Ergo
 
 
For a
 
discussion of capital
 
expenditures in fiscal
 
years 2020,
 
2021 and
 
2022, see
 
"Item 5.A.
 
Operating and Financial
 
Review and
 
 
39
Prospects—Capital
 
expenditure".
 
 
Capital expenditure
 
related to
 
material growth
 
projects are
 
financed on
 
a project-by-project
 
basis which
 
may include
 
bank facilities
 
and
existing
 
cash resources.
 
Sustaining
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
is financed
 
from cash
 
generated
 
from operations
 
and existing
 
cash resources.
 
For a
 
summary
of capital
 
expenditure,
 
see Item 5A.
 
Operating
 
Results.
 
Advance planning
 
is underway
 
for the
 
implementation
 
of the final
 
life design
 
of the
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF to
 
accommodate
 
higher grade
resources
 
in the area
 
east of the
 
of the
 
Ergo Plant and
 
further extend
 
the life
 
of mine of
 
Ergo.
 
 
During fiscal
 
year 2022
 
capital was
 
expended to
 
commence
 
with the development
 
of a solar
 
power project,
 
to reduce
 
Ergo’s reliance
 
on
the Eskom
 
grid and
 
reduce
 
its carbon
 
footprint.
 
A large
 
percentage
 
of the
 
planned
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
in fiscal
 
year 2023
 
will be
 
applied
 
to complete
the first
 
phase of the
 
project. The
 
project is
 
expected to
 
be completed
 
in FY2024.
FWGR
 
FWGR appointed an engineering consulting company to undertake the
 
definitive feasibility study and detailed design for the Phase
2 project.
 
The available
 
information was
 
independently reviewed
 
by an
 
external consultant,
 
Sound Mining
 
Solution (Pty)Ltd.
 
The project
includes the construction of a new CPP with a capacity of between 1.2 Mtpm to 2.4 Mtpm and the equipping of the required reclamation sites
and pipeline
 
infrastructure to
 
supply the
 
relevant resources
 
to the
 
CPP.
 
Phase
 
2 also
 
includes the
 
construction of
 
a new
 
RTSF
 
capable of
accepting up
 
to 3 Mtpm
 
to a capacity
 
of approximately 800Mt.
 
The definitive feasibility
 
study was concluded
 
in the fiscal
 
2021 year and
 
is
subject to
 
obtaining regulatory
 
approvals on
 
the amended
 
design of
 
the RTSF.
 
During the
 
current year,
 
management considered
 
alternative
plans
 
should
 
the
 
RTSF
 
be
 
delayed
 
further,
 
based
 
on
 
information
 
at
 
hand.
 
The
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
Leeudoorn
 
tailings
 
storage
 
facility
 
was
evaluated as a viable interim alternative to the RTSF
 
whilst regulatory approvals are obtained. Furthermore, the expansion of DP2 to a 1.2Mt
processing capacity per month has been planned.
 
 
 
Capital expenditure related to material growth projects are financed
 
on a project-by-project basis which may include bank facilities
and existing cash resources. Sustaining capital expenditure is financed from cash generated from operations and existing cash resources.
Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources Estimation
Mineral Resources
Mineral Resources
 
are estimates
 
that contain
 
inherent risk
 
and uncertainties
 
and depend
 
upon geological
 
interpretations and
 
data
statistics drawn from
 
drilling and sampling
 
programmes, which may prove
 
to be unreliable.
 
For detailed description of
 
risks associated with
the Company’s material properties, refer to Item 3D: Risk Factors.
 
Mineral
 
Resources consist
 
of sand
 
dumps,
 
slimes dams
 
and silted
 
‘vlei’ areas
 
and dams.
 
Before dumps
 
are included
 
as Mineral
Resources, they are evaluated by drilling and an initial assessment is completed by the Qualified Person.
 
With respect to the Mineral Resources
 
and Mineral Reserves, drilling takes place
 
on a predetermined grid to
 
ascertain the average grade
 
(grade
model), moisture, expected
 
extraction factors and ultimate
 
financial viability before mining
 
begins. Sampling is done
 
subject quality control
and assurance as prescribed.
 
Estimation methods vary depending on data distribution and statistics.
 
A block model is generated and used to evaluate
 
the potential
for inclusion into a
 
mine plan. The applied Mineral
 
Resource classification is a
 
function of the confidence
 
of the entire process
 
from surveying,
drilling, sampling, assaying, geological understanding and/or geostatistical relationships. Mineral Resources is reported
in situ
.
Both Mineral Resources and
 
Mineral Reserves are determined
 
by the average grade
 
of a TSF which
 
must be above or equal
 
to a plant
feed cut-off
 
grade. A cut-off
 
is also determined
 
per complex or
 
cluster. A
 
TSF may report
 
an average gold
 
grade below a
 
cut-off, but
 
when
included in a
 
complex, the total complex
 
could be above the
 
cut-off. The assumptions
 
on a Mineral Resource
 
cut-off include
 
working costs,
the average plant recovery, the expected residue grade, the required yield based on working cost and gold price, and are presented below:
 
Ergo
FWGR
Cut-off assumptions
Gold price (R)
914 294
914 294
Working cost (R/tonne)
90.86
85.23
Plant recovery (%)
 
40.87
53.55
Mine call factor (%)
100
100
Cut-off grade (g/t)
0.24
0.15
The Mineral Resource estimates for all the TSFs and a sand dump are declared as follows:
●
The point of reference is in-situ. The TSFs or sand dumps themselves are the reference points;
●
No geological or other losses were applied as all material is accessible and there are no geological structures;
●
Mineral Resource Estimates are stated as both inclusive and exclusive of Mineral Reserves as defined in S-K 1300; and
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40
●
Mineral Resources are 100% attributable to DRDGOLD.
Mineral Reserves
The Mineral Reserves were
 
prepared in accordance with
 
the requirements of
 
S-K 1300, and the
 
economic viability thereof performed
at a minimum prefeasibility study
 
level. Modifying factors like dilution
 
or mining losses bare not
 
applied for the Mineral Reserve
 
estimation
because the
 
TSFs are re-mined
 
and re-processed in
 
their entirety.
 
All other
 
modifying factors are
 
reflected in the
 
mine design and
 
all of the
associated technical aspects that informed the capital and operating cost
 
estimates. Mineral Reserve is reported as delivered to the processing
plants.
 
As material is
 
removed for
 
retreatment, the Mineral
 
Resources and Mineral
 
Reserves for each
 
operation are
 
adjusted accordingly.
Continuous checks of modifying factors and
 
ongoing surveys are conducted to
 
monitor the rate of depletion and the
 
accuracy of factors used
in conversion.
Mineral Reserves changed in
 
the past
 
two fiscal
 
years as follows:
●
Mineral Reserves increased from 5.35
 
million ounces at
 
June 30,
 
2021, to
 
6.04 million ounces at
 
June 30,
 
2022, mainly
because of
 
Ergo’s
 
Daggafontein TSF
 
being reclassified
 
to a
 
Mineral Reserve
 
which was
 
in part
 
offset through
 
ongoing
mining
 
activities. This
 
is despite
 
the
 
Grootvlei
 
dumps being
 
classified from
 
a Mineral
 
Reserve.
 
Ergo
 
also
 
classified a
number
 
of
 
its
 
dumps
 
from
 
a
 
Probable
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
to
 
a
 
Proven
 
Mineral
 
Reserve,
 
notably
 
the
 
Rooikraal
 
TSF,
0.47Moz(56.76Mt@0.26g/t). Grootvlei Complex
 
has been excluded from
 
the life of mine
 
and has been classified
 
from a
Mineral Reserve to a Mineral Resource due to land claims.
●
Mineral Reserves decreased from 5.73
 
million ounces at June
 
30, 2020, to
 
5.35 million ounces at
 
June 30,
 
2021, mainly
because of depletion through ongoing mining activities.
 
The life-of-mine
 
for Ergo
 
based on
 
Proven and
 
Probable Mineral
 
Reserves S-K
 
1300 as
 
at June 30, 2022,
 
was 19
 
years (June 30,
2021:
 
13 years).
The life
 
of mine
 
for FWGR
 
based on Proven
 
and Probable
 
Mineral Reserves
 
under S-K
 
1300 as
 
at June
 
30, 2022
 
was 20 years
 
(June 30,
2021: 18 years).
The year on year Mineral Reserve reconciliation is shown below:
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade Au
(g/t)
Au
 
Ounces
(Moz)
Mineral Reserves as at June 30, 2021
518.10
0.32
5.35
Depletion of Mineral Reserves – Ergo
(20.48)
0.33
(0.22)
Survey adjustments - Ergo
(2.94)
0.20
(0.01)
Addition of Daggafontein TSF - Ergo
192.79
0.24
1.49
Addition of Various dumps
 
- Ergo
6.72
0.24
0.06
Exclusion of Grootvlei Dumps – 6L16, 6L17 and 6L17A -Ergo
(66.04)
0.26
(0.55)
Depletion of Mineral Reserves – FWGR
(5.77)
0.45
(0.08)
Mineral Reserves at June 30, 2022
622.37
0.30
6.04
The figures contained in
 
the table are rounded,
 
which may result in minor
 
computational discrepancies which are
 
not deemed
to be significant. Depletion based on block model surveys
Gold Price
 
Assumptions
 
 
The estimation of Mineral Reserves
 
and Mineral Resources requires the
 
economic assessment to demonstrate reasonable
 
prospects
for economic
 
extraction. Assumptions
 
in the
 
economic assessment
 
includes a
 
gold price.
 
The Company
 
has estimated
 
gold price
 
based on
consensus forecasts obtained
 
from various sources
 
which provided a
 
range as of
 
June 30, 2022.
 
The lowest range
 
of these forecasts
 
was selected
to take into account the
 
volatility experienced in the current
 
global economic conditions. As
 
of June 30, 2021,
 
the three-year average gold
 
price
was used in accordance with Industry Guide 7 for the estimation of Mineral Reserves.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
41
Year ended
 
June 30, 2022
Gold price
Rand gold price per kilogram
 
914,294
Dollar gold price per ounce
 
1,823
ZAR/USD rate
15.60
Year ended
 
June 30, 2021
Three-year average
gold price
Rand gold price per kilogram
 
756,355
Dollar gold price per ounce
 
1,559
Ore Reserves (million ounces)
5.35
Qualified
 
Persons:
 
 
The information contained in Item 4D related
 
to Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources is based
 
on information compiled by the
Qualified
 
Persons
 
as
 
defined
 
in
 
S-K
 
1300.
 
The
 
Qualified
 
Persons
 
are
 
not
 
employed
 
by
 
the
 
Company.
 
The
 
Company
 
has
 
evaluated
 
the
qualification and experience of the Qualified Persons
 
and is satisfied that they meet the
 
requirements in accordance with the SAMREC Code
and S-K
 
1300. DRDGOLD
 
obtained written
 
consents from
 
the Qualified
 
Persons prior
 
to publication
 
of this
 
report. The
 
Qualified Person
responsible for the
 
compilation and reporting of
 
Ergo’s Mineral
 
Resources is Mr
 
Mpfariseni Mudau and for
 
FWGR is Ms
 
Diana van Buren.
The Qualified Person responsible for the compilation and reporting of Ergo’s Mineral Reserves is Professor Steven Rupprecht and for FWGR
is Mr Vaughn Duke
 
.
 
Qualified Persons
Title
Address
Qualifications
Relevant years
Experience
Mpfariseni Mudau
 
Pr.Sci.Nat
 
400305/12
Director of The RVN
Group Proprietary
Limited
Willowbrook
Villas 21, Van
Hoof St,
Roodepoort, 1724
BSc (Hons) –
Geology, MSc
(Mining
Engineering)
16
Professor Steven Rupprecht
 
FSAIMM 701013
Associate Principal
Mining Engineer of
the RVN Group
Willowbrook
Villas 21, Van
Hoof St,
Roodepoort, 1724
BSc. Mining
Engineering PhD.
Mechanical
Engineering
35
Diana van Buren
Pr.Sci.Nat. 400107/14
Partner of Sound
Mining Solution
Proprietary Limited
Sound Mining
House, 2A Fifth
Avenue, Rivonia,
2128
BSc (Hons) –
Geology
16
Vaughn
 
Duke
Pr.Eng 940314 FSAIMM 37179
Partner of Sound
Mining Solution
Proprietary Limited
Sound Mining
House, 2A Fifth
Avenue, Rivonia,
2128
BSc Mining
Engineering
(Hons), MBA
37
Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources internal control disclosure
 
DRDGOLD has employed
 
an independent
 
consultant to
 
manage drilling
 
activities and
 
report sampling
 
results in
 
accordance with
DRDGOLD’s prescribed internal control procedures. The control procedures include standard operating procedure, supervision of
 
drilling by
experienced
 
geologists,
 
technical
 
site
 
visits
 
by
 
Qualified
 
Persons,
 
chain
 
of
 
custody
 
and
 
management
 
approvals.
 
Reputable
 
commercial
laboratories perform the
 
assaying of samples
 
for gold.
 
These laboratories have
 
quality assurance and
 
quality control measures
 
in place that
satisfy Qualified
 
Persons and
 
also meet
 
DRDGOLD’s
 
requirements. The
 
results are
 
also submitted
 
to the
 
directors at
 
Ergo
 
and FWGR
 
to
ensure that due process has been followed and to identify any anomalies. Verification
 
of estimates is a routine part of the plant feed sampling
programme. Plant feed
 
grades are compared
 
to the expected
 
grades from the
 
Mineral Resource and
 
Mineral Reserves and
 
updated monthly.
Surveys are undertaken monthly, and a reconciliation is reported annually.
 
Any adjustments for shortfall or overruns are made in the Mineral
Resource and Mineral Reserve statement for the following year. Gains or losses are largely related to volume adjustments on survey although
adjustment may
 
be made for
 
other reasons such
 
as unexpected
 
deleterious materials in
 
the dump. The
 
estimation of
 
Mineral Reserves is
 
an
outcome of life
 
of mine and
 
budget planning which
 
runs annually, whereby capital
 
costs, operating costs
 
and other assumptions
 
are interrogated
and approved at an executive committee level.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42
DRDGOLD's summary Mineral Resources (Including Mineral Reserves) as of June 30, 2022 are set forth in the tables below.
Mineral Resources (including Mineral Reserves)
Measured Resources
Indicated Resources
Inferred Resources
Total
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
Ergo
266.25
0.31
2.64
82.24
568.21
0.25
4.55
141.40
21.32
0.24
0.16
5.12
855.78
0.27
7.35
228.76
FWGR
229.37
0.33
2.46
76.39
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
229.37
0.33
2.46
76.39
Total
495.62
0.32
5.10
158.63
568.21
0.25
4.55
141.40
21.32
0.24
0.16
5.12
1,085.15
0.28
9.81
305.15
DRDGOLD's summary Mineral Resources (Exclusive of Mineral Reserves) as of June 30, 2022 are set forth in the tables below.
Mineral Resources (Exclusive of Mineral Reserves)
Measured Resources
Indicated Resources
Inferred Resources
Total
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
Ergo
66.04
0.26
0.55
17.17
375.41
0.25
3.02
93.85
21.32
0.24
0.16
5.12
462.77
0.25
3.73
116.14
FWGR
 
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
66.04
0.26
0.55
17.17
375.41
0.25
3.02
93.85
21.32
0.24
0.16
5.12
462.77
0.25
3.73
116.14
1
Mineral Resources when stated exclusive of Mineral Reserves amount to zero for FWGR,
 
because all of the Mineral Resources will be exploited and converted to Mineral
 
Reserves
DRDGOLD's summary Mineral Reserves as of June 30, 2022 are set forth in the tables below.
Mineral Reserves
Proved Reserves
Probable Reserves
Total Reserves
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
Tons
 
 
Grade
 
 
Gold Content
 
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
 
(mill)
 
(g/tonne)
 
('m ozs)
 
(tonnes)
Ergo
200.21
0.33
2.09
65.02
192.79
0.24
1.49
46.27
393.00
0.28
3.58
111.29
FWGR
216.49
0.33
2.32
72.15
12.88
0.33
0.14
4.24
229.37
0.33
2.46
76.39
Total
416.70
0.33
4.41
137.17
205.67
0.25
1.63
50.51
622.37
0.30
6.04
187.68
The figures contained in the tables are rounded, which may result
 
in minor computational discrepancies which are not deemed to be significant.
43
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
 
 
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL
 
REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
This
 
section
 
should
 
be
 
read
 
in
 
conjunction
 
with,
 
our
 
audited
 
financial
 
statements
 
and
 
the
 
other
 
financial
 
information
 
contained
elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(“
IFRS
”) as issued
 
by the International
 
Accounting Standards Board
 
(“
IASB
”). Our discussion
 
contains forward looking
 
information based
on current
 
expectations that
 
involve risks and
 
uncertainties, such
 
as our
 
plans, objectives
 
and intentions.
 
Our actual results
 
may differ
 
from
those indicated in such forward looking statements.
Comparison of financial performance for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 with fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
This comparison analysis can be found in Item 5A of the Company’s
 
annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
 
June 30,
2021.
 
44
5A. OPERATING RESULTS
Business overview
We
 
are
 
a
 
South
 
African
 
gold
 
mining
 
company
 
engaged
 
in
 
surface gold
 
tailings retreatment,
 
including
 
exploration,
 
extraction,
processing and
 
smelting. All
 
our surface
 
tailings retreatment
 
operations, including
 
the requisite
 
infrastructure and
 
metallurgical processing
plants, are located in South Africa.
The success of DRDGOLD’s long-term goal to extract as much gold from its assets as possible and is economically viable depends,
to a large extent, on how effectively it continues to manage its resources.
DRDGOLD’s
 
strategic thinking
 
is informed
 
by principles
 
of sustainable
 
development. Our
 
goal is
 
to optimally
 
exploit our
 
entire
resource over the long term,
 
thereby seeking sustainable benefits
 
in respect to the
 
following capitals, each of which
 
is essential to our operation
– financial, manufactured, natural, human and social capital.
We also aim to align and overlap the interests of each of these capitals
 
in such a manner that an investment in any
 
one translates into
value-add in
 
as many of
 
the others as
 
possible. We
 
therefore seek to
 
achieve an enduring
 
and harmonious alignment
 
between them, and
 
we
pursue these criteria in the feasibility analysis of each investment.
 
Our profit
 
for fiscal
 
year 2022 decreased
 
compared to
 
fiscal year
 
2021, mainly
 
due to,
 
inter alia
, the following:
●
gold production decreased by 3kg to 5,720kg together with a
 
decrease in gold sold by
 
20kg to 5,714kg. The decrease in production
reflected
 
a 3% decrease
 
in throughput
 
to 28,189,000t,
 
offsetting the
 
3% increase
 
in average
 
yield to 0.203g/t;
 
●
the average
 
rand gold price
 
received decreased
 
by 3%; and
●
above inflationary
 
increases
 
in the cost
 
of key consumables,
 
diesel, steel
 
and cyanide.
 
Key drivers of our operating results and principal factors affecting our operating results
 
●
the price of gold, which fluctuates both in terms of dollars and rands;
●
our production tonnages and gold content thereof, impacting on the amount of gold we produce at our operations;
●
our cost of producing gold, including the effects of mining efficiencies;
 
●
general economic factors, such as exchange rate fluctuations and inflation, and factors affecting mining operations in South Africa;
and
●
government policies that could materially impact our operations.
Gold price
 
Our revenues
 
are derived
 
primarily from
 
the sale
 
of gold
 
produced at
 
our surface
 
tailings retreatment
 
operations. As
 
a result,
 
our
operating results are directly
 
related to the price of gold,
 
which can fluctuate widely and
 
is affected by numerous factors
 
beyond our control,
including industrial and jewelry
 
demand, expectations with respect
 
to the rate of
 
inflation, the strength
 
of the U.S. dollar
 
(the currency in which
the price of
 
gold is generally
 
quoted) and of
 
other currencies, interest
 
rates, actual or
 
expected gold sales by
 
central banks, forward
 
sales by
producers, global
 
or regional
 
political or
 
economic events,
 
and production
 
and cost
 
levels in
 
major gold-producing
 
regions such
 
as South
Africa. In addition, the price
 
of gold is often subject
 
to rapid short-term changes because of
 
speculative activities. In response to the COVID-
19 pandemic
 
and measures
 
taken to deal
 
with the
 
outbreak,
 
investors
 
globally, as they
 
have in so
 
many previous
 
times of
 
crisis, turned
 
to gold and
gold stocks
 
as a
 
safe haven
 
asset, leading
 
to a surge
 
in the
 
average
 
gold price
 
during fiscal
 
year 2021
 
and the
 
continued
 
economic
 
uncertainty
 
along
with the
 
slow economic
 
recovery,
 
consequences
 
of the
 
Ukraine
 
conflict
 
resulted
 
in sustained
 
high (although
 
marginally
 
lower)
 
gold prices
 
for fiscal
year 2022.
 
The demand
 
for and supply
 
of gold affects
 
gold prices, but
 
not necessarily in
 
the same manner
 
that supply and
 
demand affect
 
the
prices of other commodities. The supply of
 
gold consists of a combination of new
 
production from mining and existing stocks of bullion
 
and
fabricated gold held by governments, public and private financial institutions, industrial organizations and private individuals.
 
The following table indicates data relating to the dollar gold spot prices for the 2022 and 2021 fiscal years:
2022 fiscal year
 
2021 fiscal year
 
Change
$ per ounce
$ per ounce
%
Closing gold spot price on June 30,
1,807
1,770
2
Lowest gold spot price during the fiscal year
 
1,684
1,676
-
Highest gold spot price during the fiscal year
 
2,070
2,072
-
Average gold spot price for the fiscal year
 
1,834
1,850
(1)
All our
 
operations and
 
gold production
 
are based
 
in South
 
Africa, and
 
as a
 
result, the
 
impact of
 
movements in
 
relevant exchange
rates is significant to our operating results.
 
The average gold price in rand (based
 
on average spot prices for the year) increased
 
by 16% from
R24,466 per ounce in 2020 to R28,490 per ounce in 2021, and decreased by 2% to R27,896 per ounce in 2022.
An increase/(decrease) of 20% in the US dollar gold price throughout
 
fiscal year 2022 would have increased/(decreased) revenue by
approximately R1,023.7 million (2021: R1,053.8 million).
45
 
An increase/(decrease) of 20% in
 
the Rand to US dollar exchange
 
rate throughout fiscal year 2022
 
would have increased/(decreased)
revenue by approximately R1,023.7 million (2021: R1,053.8 million).
Gold production
 
 
In fiscal year 2022, gold production
 
decreased to 183,902 ounces (produced from
 
28.2 million tonnes milled at
 
an average yield of
0.203g/t) from 183,999 ounces in fiscal
 
year 2021 (produced from 29.1 million tonnes
 
milled at an average yield of
 
0.197g/t). This was mainly
due to
 
Ergo’s gold production which decreased
 
to 133,618.0 ounces
 
in fiscal year
 
2022 (produced from
 
22.1 million tonnes
 
milled at an
 
average
yield of 0.188g/t) from 137,059.0
 
ounces in fiscal year 2021
 
(produced from 23.0 million tonnes
 
milled at an average yield
 
of 0.186g/t). The
decrease was a result
 
of a decrease
 
in tonnes milled
 
due to increased
 
rainfall as
 
well as lower
 
grade material
 
being mined.
In fiscal year 2021,
 
gold production increased to
 
183,999 ounces (produced from 29.1
 
million tonnes milled at
 
an average yield of
0.197g/t) from 174,385 ounces in fiscal
 
year 2020 (produced from 26.3 million tonnes
 
milled at an average yield of
 
0.206g/t). This was mainly
due to the first full year of gold production
 
of FWGR resulting in production
 
of 46,940 ounces (produced from 6.2
 
million tonnes milled
 
at an
average yield of 0.237g/t), mitigating the impact of
 
Ergo’s gold production which increased to 137,059.0 ounces in fiscal year 2021
 
(produced
from 23.0 million tonnes milled at
 
an average yield of 0.186g/t) from
 
128,249.0 ounces in fiscal year 2020
 
(produced from 20.2 million tonnes
milled at an
 
average yield of
 
0.197g/t). The increase was a consequence
 
of stable production during
 
fiscal 2021 compared
 
to fiscal 2020 when
production suffered
 
from the impact
 
of the Lockdown,
 
subsequent cautious
 
ramp-up and interruptions
 
in power supply
 
from Eskom and
 
the City
of Ekurhuleni.
Cash operating costs
 
Cash operating costs is a non-IFRS financial measure of performance that
 
is reported to the group’s chief
 
operating decision maker
(CODM) and is used
 
to monitor performance –
 
refer to Item 18. ‘‘Financial Statements
 
- Note 23 – Operating Segments”.
 
For a reconciliation
of this measure see Item 5A.: “Reconciliation of cash cost per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram”.
 
 
Cash operating
 
costs include
 
consumables, labor,
 
specialized service
 
providers, electricity
 
and other
 
related costs
 
incurred in
 
the
production of gold. Consumables, water and electricity, labor, specialized service providers and other costs are the largest components of cash
operating costs. A breakdown of cash operating costs into
 
these costs is described in Item 5A.: “Comparison of financial performance for
 
the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 with fiscal year ended June 30, 2021”.
General economic factors
We are
 
exposed to a number
 
of factors, which could
 
affect our profitability,
 
such as exchange rate
 
fluctuations, inflation and other
risks relating to South
 
Africa. In conducting mining operations,
 
we are subject to the
 
inherent risks and uncertainties of
 
the industry, and
 
the
wasting nature of the assets.
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations
For the fiscal years 2022
 
and 2021, all of
 
our revenues were generated from
 
South African operations, all of
 
our operating costs were
denominated in
 
rand and
 
we derived
 
all of
 
our revenues
 
in dollars
 
before being
 
translated to
 
rands. As
 
the price
 
of gold
 
is denominated
 
in
dollars which is then translated into
 
rands, the appreciation of the dollar
 
against the rand increases our profitability,
 
whereas the depreciation
of the dollar against the rand reduces our profitability.
 
In fiscal
 
year 2022
 
the average
 
Rand gold
 
price received
 
decreased by
 
3% compared
 
to fiscal
 
year 2021,
 
this was
 
a result
 
of the
combined impact
 
of the
 
average Dollar gold
 
price which
 
decreased by
 
1% and
 
the average
 
exchange rate of
 
the rand
 
against the dollar
 
that
strengthened by 1%.
In line with our long-term strategy of being an unhedged gold producer,
 
we generally do not enter into forward gold sales contracts
to reduce our exposure
 
to market fluctuations in the
 
Dollar gold price or the
 
exchange rate movements. If revenue
 
from gold sales falls for
 
a
substantial period
 
below our
 
cost of
 
production at
 
our operations,
 
we could
 
determine that
 
it is
 
not economically
 
feasible to continue
 
commercial
production at any or
 
all of our plants
 
or to continue the
 
development of some or
 
all of our projects.
 
However, during periods
 
when medium-
term debt is incurred
 
to fund growth projects and
 
hence introduce liquidity risk
 
to the Group, we
 
may mitigate this liquidity
 
risk by entering
into hedging instruments to achieve price protection (refer Item 11.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – General).
 
Effect of inflation and exchange rates
In the past, our operations have been materially adversely affected by inflation. If there is a significant increase in inflation in South
Africa, our costs will
 
increase and if such
 
a cost increase is not
 
offset by an
 
increase in the rand
 
price of gold, this
 
will negatively affect our
operating results.
The movements in
 
the rand/dollar exchange
 
rate, based
 
upon average rates
 
during the periods
 
presented, and the
 
local annual inflation
rate for the periods presented, as measured by the South African Consumer Price Index, or CPI, are set out in the table below:
 
 
46
Fiscal year ended
Year
 
ended June 30,
2022
2021
2020
(%)
(%)
(%)
The average rand/dollar exchange rate (strengthened)/weakened by:
(1)
(2)
10
CPI (inflation rate)
 
7.4
4.9
2.2
Government
 
policies that
 
could materially
 
impact operations
 
The mining
 
industry in
 
South Africa
 
is extensively
 
regulated
 
through legislation
 
and regulations
 
issued by government’s
 
administrative
bodies.
 
One of the key findings of the Frasers
 
Institute weighing
 
on South Africa’s investment appeal,
 
is lack of regulatory certainty.
 
Although
the industry’s
 
successfully
 
challenge
 
of Mining
 
Charter
 
III in the
 
High Court,
 
that set
 
aside certain
 
provisions
 
of the charter
 
on the basis
 
that it was
purported legislation (as opposed to policy) provided some certainty to the industry,
 
turnaround in obtaining permits and regulatory approvals
remains slow,
 
delaying the
 
execution of
 
key capital
 
projects.
 
The increasing
 
prominence
 
of ESG is
 
also resetting
 
the standard
 
on transparency
 
and
sustainability
 
and society
 
generally is
 
far more environmentally
 
and socially
 
aware, applying
 
increasing
 
pressure through
 
providers
 
of capital and
the regulator
 
to enforce
 
compliance.
Production
 
stoppages
 
due to the
 
impact of the
 
COVID-19 pandemic
 
on current
 
operations
 
 
The Group
 
temporarily halted its operations at
 
Ergo and
 
FWGR on
 
March 26,
 
2020 pursuant to
 
the announcement of
 
the national
lockdown in South African (“
Lockdown
”). Operations gradually recommenced through April and May 2020. Subsequent lockdowns in fiscal
2021 did not resulting in any similar stoppages in production and during fiscal 2022 the national state of disaster implemented
 
by the National
Government
 
came to an
 
end. (Refer
 
to Item 4D.
 
‘‘Property, plant and production
 
– Ergo Production
 
and FWGR
 
production”).
Key financial and operating indicators
The table
 
below presents
 
the key
 
performance measurement
 
data for
 
the past
 
two fiscal
 
years: The
 
financial results
 
for the
 
fiscal
years below are stated in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The table includes the key performance measures for our business and
its profitability, which are revenue, gold production, gold prices, operating costs, cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs per
kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram, capital expenditure (additions to property, plant and equipment) and Ore Reserves.
 
Financial and operating data
Year ended
 
June 30,
2022
2021
Revenue (R'm)
5,118.5
5,269.0
Gold production (ounces)
 
183,902
183,999
Gold production (kilograms)
 
5,720
5,723
Gold sold (ounces)
 
183,709
184,352
Gold sold (kilograms)
 
5,714
5,734
Average spot gold price (R/kilogram)
 
896,877
915,972
Average gold price received (R/kilogram)
 
894,409
917,996
Cost of sales (R'm)
3,741.5
3,388.2
Operating costs (R'm)
3,506.5
3,122.5
Cash operating costs (R'm)
 
(1)
3,463.8
3,072.7
Cash operating costs (R/kilogram)
 
(1)
 
600,875
540,338
All-in sustaining costs (R/kilogram)
 
(1)
 
721,684
626,247
All-in costs (R/kilogram)
 
(1)
 
746,255
643,338
Additions to property, plant and equipment (R'm)
598.4
395.7
(1) Cash
 
operating costs,
 
cash operating
 
costs per kilogram,
 
all-in sustaining
 
costs, all-in
 
sustaining costs per
 
kilogram and
 
all-in costs
and all-in
 
costs per kilogram
 
are non-IFRS financial
 
measures of performance
 
that we use
 
to monitor performance.
 
A reconciliation of
these measures to the nearest IFRS measure is included in Item 5A.: “Operating Results - Reconciliation of cash cost
 
per kilogram, all-in
sustaining costs per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram.”
Revenue
Revenue decreased by
 
3% to R5,118.5 million
 
in fiscal year
 
2022 from R5,269.0
 
million in fiscal
 
year 2021 mainly
 
due to the
 
average
rand gold price
 
received that
 
decreased by
 
3% to R894,409 per
 
kilogram and
 
the 20kg decrease
 
in gold sold from
 
5,734 kilograms
 
in fiscal 2021
to 5,714 kilograms
 
in fiscal 2022.
 
Refer to Item 5A:. “Operating results: Key drivers of our operating results
 
and principal factors affecting our operating results”
 
for a
discussion
 
regarding the
 
gold price
 
received and
 
sales volumes.
 
47
Capital expenditure
 
During fiscal year 2022 capital expenditure increased by R202.7 million to R598.4 million from R395.7 million in fiscal year 2021.
Ergo’s capital expenditure during fiscal year 2022 increased by R173.3 million to R424.2 million from R250.9 million in fiscal year
2021. This was mainly due to upgrading of the 4A8 pump station
 
& power supply amounting to R45.0 million, infrastructure development for
Marievale and Rooikraal dumps amounting
 
to R204.5 million, various
 
expenditure on the Brakpan/Withok TSF
 
including decanting and slurry
lines amounting to R53.0 million and solar project plant related costs amounting to R59.1 million.
 
FWGR’s capital expenditure during fiscal
 
year 2022 increased
 
by R16.5 million to
 
R159.8 million from R143.3 million in
 
fiscal year
2021. This was mainly due to
 
the completion of the construction of
 
an additional thickener to all full
 
closed circuit milling amounting to
 
R47.7
million, final designs for
 
the CPP,
 
with the design work
 
also being applicable to
 
the potential expansion of
 
DP2 amounting to R64.1
 
million
and the ongoing improvement of Driefontein 4 Tailings Storage Facility amounting to R6.3 million.
During fiscal year
 
2021, capital expenditure
 
was R395.7 million
 
primarily consisting of
 
expenditure incurred on
 
sustaining capital
expenditure on
 
the reclamation
 
site, the
 
Brakpan/Withok TSF,
 
the Brakpan
 
plant, the
 
commencement of
 
the construction
 
for the
 
additional
thickener and the installation of the copper elution circuit.
 
Critical accounting policies
 
The
 
preparation
 
of
 
the
 
consolidated financial
 
statements
 
requires
 
management
 
to
 
make
 
accounting
 
assumptions, estimates
 
and
judgements
 
that affect the application
 
of the Group's
 
accounting policies
 
and reported amounts
 
of assets and liabilities,
 
income and expenses.
 
By
their nature, judgements
 
are subject to an inherent
 
degree of uncertainty. Accounting
 
assumptions,
 
estimates and
 
judgements are
 
reviewed on an
ongoing basis.
 
Revisions
 
to reported
 
amounts are
 
recognized
 
in the period
 
in which
 
the revision
 
is made and
 
in any future
 
periods affected.
 
Actual
results may
 
differ from
 
these estimates.
Management
 
has discussed
 
the development
 
and selection
 
of each of these
 
critical accounting
 
policies with
 
the Board of
 
Directors and
the Audit Committee,
 
both of which have approved
 
and reviewed
 
the disclosure
 
of these policies.
 
This discussion
 
and analysis should
 
be read in
conjunction
 
with the
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
and related
 
notes included
 
in Item 18.
 
“Financial
 
Statements”.
Critical accounting policies that require significant judgment
 
Management
 
believes
 
the following
 
critical
 
accounting
 
policies
 
require more
 
significant
 
judgements
 
to be used
 
in the preparation
 
of our
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
and could potentially
 
impact our
 
financial
 
results and
 
future financial
 
performance:
●
Payments
 
made under
 
protest: Judgement
 
regarding the
 
outcome of
 
the matter, and
●
Contingencies:
 
Judgement
 
regarding the
 
outcome of
 
the respective
 
matters
Payments made
 
under protest
 
The assessment
 
to develop and apply the relevant
 
accounting policy
 
for payments made
 
under protest that
 
arise from the Municipality
Electricity Tariff Dispute (refer
 
Item 18. ‘‘Financial
 
Statements - Note 24
 
Payments made under protest”) requires the
 
exercise of significant
judgement.
 
 
The judicial
 
proceedings
 
that impact
 
the Payments
 
made under
 
protest
 
are inherently
 
complex
 
legal
 
issues
 
that are
 
subject
 
to uncertainties
and complexities
 
and are subject
 
to interpretation.
 
Contingencies
 
The assessment
 
of the impact
 
of contingent
 
liabilities
 
requires the
 
exercise of
 
significant
 
judgement regarding
 
the outcome
 
of uncertain
future events.
 
Litigation
 
and other
 
judicial
 
proceedings
 
inherently
 
entail complex
 
legal issues
 
that are
 
subject to
 
uncertainties
 
and complexities
 
and
are subject
 
to interpretation.
Critical accounting policies that require significant assumptions and estimates
 
Management
 
believes the
 
following are
 
critical accounting
 
policies which
 
involve the
 
more significant
 
assumptions
 
and estimates
 
used
in the preparation
 
of our consolidated
 
financial statements,
 
and are therefore
 
considered DRDGOLD’s critical
 
accounting estimates
 
which could
potentially
 
impact our
 
financial
 
results and
 
future financial
 
performance:
●
Depreciation:
 
Estimation
 
of the life-of-mine
●
Provision for
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation:
 
Estimation
 
of future environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
costs
 
●
Income tax:
 
Estimation
 
of the deferred
 
tax rate
●
Payments
 
made under
 
protest: Estimation
 
of the carrying
 
value and recoverability
●
Other investments:
 
Estimation
 
of the fair
 
value of financial
 
assets
48
Depreciation:
 
Estimation
 
of life-of-mine
 
Depreciation
 
of
 
mine plant
 
facilities and
 
equipment, as
 
well as
 
mining
 
property and
 
development (including
 
mineral
 
rights)
 
are
calculated using the units of production method which is based on the life-of-mine of each site. The life-of-mine is primarily based on proved
and probable
 
mineral reserves. It
 
reflects the estimated
 
quantities of
 
economically recoverable
 
gold that
 
can be
 
recovered from
 
reclamation
sites based on
 
the estimated
 
gold price.
 
Changes in the
 
life-of-mine will impact
 
depreciation on a
 
prospective basis. The
 
life-of-mine is prepared
using a methodology that takes account of current information
 
to assess the economically recoverable gold from specific
 
reclamation sites and
includes the consideration of historical experience.
 
Provision
 
for environmental
 
rehabilitation:
 
Estimation
 
of future environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
costs
 
Provisions for environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
are provided at the present
 
value of the costs expected
 
to be incurred in the future to settle
the obligation based on
 
current prices. The unwinding of
 
the obligation is
 
included in profit
 
or loss.
 
Estimated future costs of
 
environmental
rehabilitation
 
are reviewed
 
regularly
 
and adjusted
 
as appropriate.
 
Changes
 
in estimates
 
are capitalized
 
or reversed
 
against
 
the related
 
asset
 
but taken
to profit or loss if there
 
is no related asset left.
 
Gains or losses from the
 
expected disposal
 
of assets are not taken into
 
account when determining
the provision.
 
Estimates
 
of future environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
costs are
 
based on the
 
Group’s environmental
 
management
 
plans which
 
are developed
in accordance
 
with regulatory requirements,
 
the life-of-mine
 
plan and the planned method
 
of rehabilitation
 
which is influenced
 
by developments
in trends and
 
technology.
Income tax:
 
Estimation
 
of the deferred
 
tax rate
 
Deferred tax
 
is recognized
 
in
 
respect of
 
temporary differences between the
 
carrying amounts of
 
assets and
 
liabilities for financial
reporting purposes
 
and the amounts
 
used for tax
 
purposes.
 
The deferred
 
tax liability
 
is calculated
 
by applying a
 
forecast
 
weighted average
 
tax rate
that is based
 
on a prescribed
 
formula. The
 
calculation
 
of the forecast
 
weighted average
 
tax rate requires
 
the use of assumptions
 
and estimates
 
and
are inherently uncertain and could change materially over time. These assumptions and estimates include the expected future profitability and
timing
 
of the
 
reversal
 
of the
 
temporary
 
differences.
 
Due to
 
the forecast
 
weighted
 
average
 
tax rate
 
being based
 
on a
 
prescribed
 
formula
 
that increases
the effective
 
tax rate with
 
an increase
 
in forecast future
 
profitability, and
 
vice versa,
 
the tax rate
 
can vary significantly
 
year on year
 
and can move
contrary to
 
current period
 
financial performance.
Payments made
 
under protest:
 
Estimation of
 
the carrying
 
value and recoverability
 
The discounted
 
amount of
 
the Payments
 
made under
 
protest is
 
determined using
 
assumptions about the
 
future that
 
are inherently
uncertain
 
and can change
 
materially over
 
time and includes
 
the discount
 
rate and discount
 
period.
 
 
These assumptions about the future include estimating
 
the timing of concluding on the main application, i.e. the discount period, the
ultimate settlement terms (refer Item
 
18. ‘‘Financial
 
Statements -
 
Note 24
 
Payments made under
 
protest”), the discount
 
rate applied and
 
the
assessment
 
of recoverability.
 
Recognition
 
and measurement
 
The asset that
 
arises from the
 
Ekurhuleni electricity dispute (refer Item 18. ‘‘Financial Statements -
 
Note 24 Payments made
 
under
protest”) and that are payments made under protest is
 
initially measured at a discounted amount and any
 
difference between the face value of
payments made
 
under protest
 
and the discounted
 
amount on initial
 
recognition is
 
recognised
 
in profit or loss
 
as a finance expense.
 
Subsequent to
initial recognition, the Payments made under
 
protest is measured using
 
the effective interest method to
 
unwind the discounted amount to
 
the
original face value
 
less any write downs for recovery. Unwinding
 
of the carrying value and
 
changes in the discount
 
period are recognised
 
in the
statement
 
of profit or
 
loss.
 
Assessment
 
of recoverability
 
The discounted amount of the payments under protest is assessed at
 
each reporting date to determine whether there is any
 
objective
evidence that the full amount
 
is no longer expected to be recovered.
 
The Group considers the reasonable
 
and supportable information
 
related to
the
 
creditworthiness of Ekurhuleni
 
Metropolitan Municipality and
 
events surrounding
 
the outcome
 
of
 
the
 
Main Application
 
(refer Item
 
18.
‘‘Financial Statements
 
- Note 24 Payments
 
made under
 
protest”).
 
Any write
 
down is recognised
 
in the statement
 
of profit or
 
loss.
 
Other investments:
 
Estimation
 
of the fair
 
value of financial
 
assets
 
The fair
 
value of
 
other investments is
 
determined using assumptions about
 
the future
 
that are
 
inherently uncertain and can
 
change
materially over time.
 
It includes several
 
assumptions that are based
 
on both
 
observable and unobservable inputs. Assumptions applied in
 
the
estimation
 
of the fair
 
value of the
 
investment
 
in Rand Refinery
 
include the
 
following:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
49
Amounts in R million
Observable/unobservable
input
Unit
2022
2021
Rand Refinery operations
Average gold price
 
Observable input
R/kg
 
880,207
 
847,317
Average silver price
 
Observable input
R/kg
 
11,209
 
11,751
Average South African CPI
Observable input
%
4.4
4.4
South African long-term government bond rate
Observable input
%
10.26
9.5
Terminal growth rate
Unobservable input
%
4.4
4.4
Weighted average cost of capital
Unobservable input
%
15.9
15.1
Investment in Prestige Bullion
Discount period
Unobservable input
Year
s
11
12
Cost of equity
Unobservable input
%
14.2
16.5
 
Marketability and minority discounts (both
 
unobservable inputs) were also applied
 
of 16.5%
 
and 17.0%
 
(2021: 16.5% and
 
17.0%)
respectively. The latest budgeted cash flow
 
forecasts provided by Rand Refinery as
 
at June
 
30, 2022 was
 
used, and therefore classified as an
unobservable
 
input
 
into the models.
 
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations
 
Refer to Item 18. ‘‘Financial Statements - Note 3 – New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations”
 
for a discussion of
relevant standards,
 
amendments to standards
 
and interpretations
 
that may be applicable
 
to the business of the Group
 
and may have an impact
 
on
future consolidated
 
financial
 
statements.
Comparison of financial performance for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 with fiscal year ended June 30, 2021
Gold revenue
The following table illustrates the year-on-year change in gold revenue for fiscal year 2022 in comparison to fiscal year 2021:
R million
Total
Impact of change in amount
of gold sold
Impact of
change in
gold price
Net change
Total
gold revenue
gold revenue
2021
2022
Ergo
 
3,939.9
(135.1)
(104.7)
(239.8)
3,700.1
FWGR
1,323.9
116.1
(29.4)
86.7
1,410.6
Consolidated
5,263.8
(19.0)
(134.1)
(153.1)
5,110.7
Gold revenue decreased by R153.10 million,
 
or 3%, to R5,110.7 million during fiscal year 2022. This was
 
mainly due to
 
the average
rand gold price
 
received which
 
decreased
 
by 3% to R894,409
 
per kilogram
 
and a marginal
 
decrease in
 
gold sold from
 
184 350 ounces
 
to 183 709
ounces.
Cost of sales
 
Cost of sales
 
amounted to R3,741.5
 
million in fiscal
 
year 2022, consisting
 
mainly of operating
 
costs of R3,506.5
 
million, depreciation
of R267.6 million,
 
a positive movement
 
in gold in
 
process of R30.4
 
million and a
 
positive movement in
 
the change in
 
estimate of environmental
rehabilitation of R2.2 million. These are discussed as follows:
 
Operating costs
 
Operating costs increased by 12.3% to R3,506.5 million for fiscal year
 
2022 compared to R3,122.5 million for fiscal year 2021. The
increase is mainly due to general
 
higher inflation in fiscal year 2022
 
as well as above inflation increase
 
in the costs of key consumables,
 
diesel,
steel and cyanide.
50
Depreciation
Depreciation charges were
 
R267.6 million for
 
fiscal year
 
2022 compared to
 
R252.5 million for
 
fiscal year
 
2021. Depreciation charges
increased as a result of increased capital expenditure over the last two fiscal years.
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation
As of June 30,
 
2022, we estimate our total
 
environmental rehabilitation provision, being the
 
discounted estimate of future
 
costs, to
be R517.7 million as compared to R570.8 million
 
at June 30, 2021.
 
A change in estimate
 
of environmental rehabilitation
 
of R2.2 million
 
was
recognized due to changes in the estimated timing
 
of the vegetation of non-viable reclamation sites and
 
dormant infrastructure. In addition,
 
a
R67.2 million decrease in the provision due to the increase in the Ergo life of mine.
 
A
 
total
 
of
 
R589.8 million
 
(2021:
 
R87.5 million) is
 
invested in
 
funds held in
 
insurance instruments to secure financial
 
guarantees
provided to the DMRE through an
 
insurance cell captive company, the Guardrisk Cell Captive. The
 
increase is attributable to the transfer
 
from
the environmental trust funds to the
 
Guardrisk Cell Captive along with growth
 
of R10.4 million on these funds during fiscal year 2022.
 
As at
June 30, 2022, guarantees
 
amounting to R614.0
 
million were in issue
 
to the DMRE
 
(2021:
 
R430.1 million).
 
Any shortfall between the
 
invested
funds and the estimated provisions
 
is expected to be financed
 
by contributions to the Guardrisk
 
Cell Captive from time
 
to time as required over
the remaining production life
 
of the respective mining operations
 
and, at the time of
 
mine closure, the proceeds on
 
the disposal of remaining
assets and gold from plant clean-up. The transfer of the funds from the environmental trust fund to the Guardrisk Cell Captive was completed
after the required
 
approvals for the
 
change in method
 
and transfer of
 
the environmental trust
 
funds were obtained
 
from the DMR
 
and a thorough
consideration of tax and legal impacts was performed.
 
As
 
a
 
result,
 
a
 
total
 
of
 
R0.0 million
 
remained
 
in
 
our
 
various
 
environmental
 
trust
 
funds
 
as
 
at
 
the
 
end
 
of
 
fiscal
 
year
 
2022,
 
as
 
compared
 
to
R564.7 million at the end of
 
fiscal year 2021. Up
 
to the time of the
 
transfer, R 14.8 million of interest
 
was received on these funds
 
during fiscal
year 2022.
 
Movements in gold in process
Movement in
 
gold in
 
process in
 
fiscal year
 
2022 amounted
 
to R30.4
 
million mainly
 
due to
 
an increase
 
in the
 
lock up
 
of gold
 
in
process at the plants and finished inventories - Gold Bullion.
Administration expenses and general costs
Administration expenses
 
and general
 
costs increased
 
by R97.2 million
 
from R64 million
 
in fiscal
 
year 2021
 
to R161.2 million
 
in
fiscal year 2022. Administration expenses and general costs
 
in fiscal year 2021 included a share-based
 
payments benefit of R44.3 million. The
share-based payment
 
benefit in
 
2021 was mainly
 
due to the
 
remeasurement of the
 
cash-settled share-based payment
 
liability at a
 
seven-day
volume weighted average price (VWAP) of the DRDGOLD share from R25.14 at
 
June 30, 2020 to R18.62 at
 
November 5, 2020. This liability
was fully settled
 
on November 5,
 
2020. In addition, transaction
 
and exploration costs
 
increased from R3.1
 
million in fiscal year 2021 to R15.2
million in
 
fiscal year
 
2022 as well
 
as an increase
 
in other administration
 
expenses
 
and other
 
costs of R13.1
 
million related
 
to short term
 
incentives
and information
 
technology.
Finance income
Finance income increased
 
from R216.2 million in fiscal year 2021
 
to R225.8 million in fiscal year 2022,
 
mainly due to an increase
in interest income
 
earned of R3.9
 
from higher cash and cash equivalents balances
 
during the year and an unrealized foreign exchange
 
gain of
R7.0 million in fiscal year 2022 compared to an unrealized foreign exchange loss in 2021 which was recognized in finance expense.
Finance expense
Finance
 
expenses
 
increased
 
from
 
R69.5
 
million
 
in
 
fiscal
 
year
 
2021
 
to
 
R74.8 million
 
in
 
fiscal
 
year
 
2022,
 
mainly
 
attributable
 
to
discount on the
 
initial payment made under
 
protest of R21.1
 
million compared to R7.4
 
million in fiscal year
 
2021. This increase was
 
in part
offset by the unrealized foreign exchange loss of nil in fiscal year 2022 compared to R8.4 million in fiscal year 2021.
 
Income tax
Income tax amounted to a
 
charge of R334.3 million for
 
fiscal year 2022 (2021: charge
 
of R523.7 million) and consists of
 
a current
tax charge of
 
R261.5 million (2021: charge
 
of R423.7 million) and
 
deferred tax charge
 
of R72.7 million (2021:
 
deferred tax charge
 
of R100
million).
The current tax decreased to R261.5 million in fiscal year 2022 from R423.7 million in fiscal year 2021 mostly due to a decrease in
the taxable
 
mining income of
 
both Ergo
 
and FWGR resulting
 
mainly from a
 
decrease in profits
 
as well as
 
increased capital
 
expenditure for
which full capital redemption under section 36 of the Income Tax Act was applied.
The forecast weighted average
 
deferred tax rate for
 
both Ergo and FWGR
 
decreased in fiscal year
 
2022 to 22% and
 
29% respectively
from 25%
 
and 30% respectively
 
in fiscal year
 
2021.
 
The decrease is
 
due to a
 
change in the
 
gold mining tax
 
formula and the
 
updated life of
mine plan. Refer to Item 10E.: Taxation – “Income Tax and Withholding
 
Tax on Dividends” for a detailed explanation on changes in taxation
laws and regulations.
 
 
 
 
 
 
51
Non-IFRS Measures
Set forth below is a discussion of non
 
-IFRS measures presented in this report, including a
 
reconciliation of such measures from the
nearest measure under IFRS, as well as an explanation as to why we believe that presentation of such
 
information provides useful information
to investors and additional purposes, if any, for which we use such measures.
Adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”)
Set forth below
 
is a
 
presentation of our
 
Adjusted EBITDA, which
 
is a
 
non-IFRS measure, including
 
the items
 
included in this
 
measure
and a reconciliation from profit for
 
the year.
 
Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA
 
is based on the calculation of
 
this measure as included in
our
 
RCF
 
agreement
 
and
 
may not
 
be
 
comparable
 
to
 
similarly
 
titled measures
 
of
 
other
 
companies.
 
Adjusted
 
EBITDA
 
is
 
not
 
a
 
measure
 
of
performance under
 
IFRS and
 
should be
 
considered in
 
addition to,
 
and not
 
as a
 
substitute for,
 
other measures
 
of financial
 
performance and
liquidity. We
 
consider Adjusted EBITDA for the purpose of evaluating compliance with the covenants imposed by
 
the Company’s borrowing
agreements entered into
 
during fiscal year
 
2019. The Group
 
considers the presentation
 
of Adjusted EBITDA
 
provides useful information
 
to
investors to enable investors to assess compliance with our historic covenants in the RCF agreement.
 
Year ended,
 
June 30
Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
2022
2021
Profit for the year
1,123.8
1,439.9
Income tax
334.3
523.7
Profit before tax
1,458.1
1,963.6
Finance expense
74.8
69.5
Finance income
(225.8)
(216.2)
Results from operating activities
1,307.1
1,816.9
Depreciation
 
267.6
252.5
Share based payment (benefit)/expense
18.4
(28.3)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in profit or loss
(2.2)
(12.4)
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(6.6)
(0.1)
IFRS 16 Lease payments
1
(23.8)
(15.8)
Exploration expenses and transaction costs
15.2
3.1
Adjusted earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortisation ("Adjusted EBITDA")
 
2
1,575.7
2,015.9
1
The amended RCF includes IFRS 16 lease payments in the calculation of the adjusted EBITDA.
2
See Glossary of Terms for definitions.
Cash operating costs, cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs and all-in costs per kilogram
Cash operating costs,
 
cash operating costs per
 
kilogram, all-in sustaining
 
costs per kilogram and
 
all-in costs per kilogram
 
are non-
IFRS financial measures that should not be
 
considered by investors in isolation or as alternatives
 
to cost of sales, net profit/(loss) attributable
to equity owners of the parent, profit/(loss) before tax and other items or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance
with IFRS or as
 
an indicator of our performance.
 
While the World
 
Gold Council has provided
 
guidance for the calculation of
 
cash operating
costs, cash operating costs
 
per kilogram, all-in sustaining
 
costs and all-in costs
 
per kilogram, such measurements
 
may vary significantly among
gold
 
mining
 
companies,
 
and
 
these
 
definitions
 
by
 
themselves
 
do
 
not
 
necessarily
 
provide
 
a
 
basis
 
for
 
comparison
 
with
 
other
 
gold
 
mining
companies.
 
However,
 
we
 
believe
 
that
 
these
 
measures
 
are
 
useful
 
indicators
 
to
 
investors
 
and
 
our
 
management
 
of
 
an
 
individual
 
mine's
performance and of the performance of our operations as a whole as they provide:
 
●
an indication of a mine’s profitability and efficiency;
 
●
the trend in costs;
●
a measure of margin per kilogram, by comparison of the cash operating costs per kilogram to the price of gold; and
●
a benchmark of performance to allow for comparison against other mines and mining companies.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52
For fiscal
 
year 2022,
 
consolidated cash
 
operating costs
 
per kilogram
 
increased by
 
11%
 
to R600,875
 
per kilogram
 
from R540,338
 
per
kilogram in fiscal year 2021. Consolidated all-in sustaining costs
 
per kilogram increased by 15% to R721,684 per
 
kilogram in fiscal year 2022
from R626,247 per kilogram
 
in fiscal year 2021.
 
Consolidated all-in costs per
 
kilogram increased by 16%
 
to R746,255 per kilogram
 
of gold
in fiscal 2022 from R643,338 per kilogram of gold in fiscal year 2021.
 
The increase in consolidated cash operating costs
 
per kilogram,
 
all-in sustaining costs
 
per kilogram and all-in costs per kilogram
 
was
mainly due to an increased
 
in cash operating costs, which
 
is due to higher inflation of
 
7.4% in fiscal 2022 in comparison
 
to 4.9% fiscal 2021
and above inflationary increases in the costs of key consumables, diesel, steel and cyanide.
 
The
 
increase
 
in
 
sustaining
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
during
 
fiscal
 
year
 
2022
 
contributed
 
to
 
the
 
increase
 
in
 
all-in
 
sustaining
 
costs
 
per
kilogram. The increase in
 
growth capital expenditure
 
incurred during fiscal year
 
2022 similarly contributed to
 
the increase in all-in
 
costs per
kilogram.
Reconciliation of cash operating costs, cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs, all-in
sustaining costs per kilogram, all-in costs and all-in costs per kilogram
R millions
2022
2021
Cost of sales
3,741.5
3,388.2
Depreciation
 
(267.6)
(252.5)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation
 
2.2
12.4
Movement in gold in process
 
30.4
(25.6)
Operating costs
 
3,506.5
3,122.5
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
 
(31.6)
(48.3)
Care and maintenance costs
 
(5.9)
(3.9)
Other operating income/(costs)
(5.2)
2.4
Cash operating costs
 
1
3,463.8
3,072.7
Movement in gold in process
 
(30.4)
25.6
Administration expenses and other costs excluding non-recurring items
 
1
146.0
109.7
Other operating income/(costs)
5.1
(2.4)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation
 
(2.2)
(12.4)
Unwinding of rehabilitation provision
 
45.0
44.7
Sustaining capital expenditure
 
1
496.4
353.0
All-in sustaining costs
1
4,123.7
3,590.9
Care and maintenance costs
 
5.9
3.9
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
 
31.6
48.3
Exploration expenses and transaction costs
15.2
3.1
Growth capital expenditure
 
1
87.7
42.7
All-in costs
 
1
4,264.1
3,688.9
Gold produced (kilograms)
 
5,720
5,723
Cash operating costs per kilogram (R per kilogram)
 
600,875
540,338
All-in sustaining costs per kilogram (R per kilogram)
 
721,684
626,247
All-in costs per kilogram (R per kilogram)
 
746,255
643,338
Reconciliation of sustaining capital expenditure and growth capital expenditure
 
Additions - property, plant and equipment owned
584.1
395.7
Less
Growth capital expenditure
 
1
87.7
42.7
Sustaining capital expenditure
 
1
496.4
353.0
1
See Glossary of Terms for definitions.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53
Cash operating costs
 
Cash operating costs are linked directly to the level of throughput of a specific fiscal year.
 
 
The following table
 
illustrates the year-on-year
 
change in
 
cash operating costs
 
for fiscal year
 
2022 in
 
comparison with fiscal
 
year
2021
.
R million
Cash operating
costs
Impact of change in
throughput
Impact of change in
costs
Net change
Cash operating
costs
2021
2022
Ergo
 
2,666.5
(97.7)
441.0
343.3
3,009.8
FWGR
406.2
(5.3)
53.1
47.8
454.0
Total
3,072.7
(103.0)
494.1
391.1
3,463.8
Cash
 
operating
 
costs
 
in
 
fiscal
 
year
 
2022
 
increased
 
by
 
R391.1
 
million
 
to
 
R3,463.8
 
million
 
compared
 
to
 
cash
 
operating
 
costs
 
of
R3,072.70 million in fiscal
 
year 2021.The increase is
 
due to higher inflation
 
of 7.4% in fiscal
 
year 2022 in comparison to
 
4.9% fiscal year 2021
and above inflationary increases in the costs of key consumables, diesel, steel and cyanide.
 
The following
 
table lists
 
the major
 
components of
 
cash operating
 
costs for
 
the Group
 
for each
 
operation and
 
fiscal year
 
set forth
below respectively:
Ergo
FWGR
Years ended
 
Year ended
 
Costs
2022
2021
Costs
2022
2021
Consumables
 
29%
28%
Consumables
 
32%
33%
Labor
 
18%
19%
Labor
 
21%
20%
Electricity and water
 
18%
18%
Specialized service providers
 
9%
9%
Specialized service providers
 
16%
16%
Electricity and water
 
19%
12%
Machine hire
4%
4%
Machine hire
2%
2%
Security expenses
4%
4%
Security expenses
5%
5%
Other costs
 
11%
11%
Other costs
 
12%
19%
5B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL
 
RESOURCES
Cash flows
 
from operating
 
activities
 
Cash generated
 
from operating
 
activities
 
amounted to
 
R1,497.8 million
 
for fiscal
 
year 2022 (fiscal
 
year 2021:
 
R1,573.40 million).
 
 
Cash generated from operating activities
 
decreased during fiscal year 2022 mostly due to an 11%
 
increase in cash operating costs to
600,875 per kilogram and an 3% decrease
 
in the average rand gold price received to R894,409
 
per kilogram. Net movement
 
in working capital
(changes
 
in trade
 
and other
 
receivables,
 
consumable
 
stores
 
and stockpiles
 
and trade
 
and other
 
payables)
 
amounted
 
to a
 
cash inflow
 
of R78.1
 
million
in fiscal
 
year 2022.
 
The decrease
 
in cash inflows
 
was partially
 
mitigated
 
by a R189.4 million
 
decrease
 
in current
 
tax paid to
 
R262.7 million.
 
Cash flows
 
from investing
 
activities
Net cash
 
utilized by
 
investing
 
activities
 
amounted to
 
R626.2 million
 
in fiscal
 
year 2022
 
compared
 
to R446.6 million
 
in fiscal
 
year 2021.
In fiscal
 
year 2022,
 
net cash
 
utilized by
 
investing activities consisted mainly of
 
R584.1 million in
 
additions to
 
property, plant
 
and
equipment,
 
R28.9 million investment in
 
other funds and
 
R25.4 million spent on
 
environmental rehabilitation
 
payments. These outflows were
reduced by
 
R12.2 million
 
proceeds on
 
the disposal
 
of property, plant
 
and equipment.
 
In fiscal
 
year 2021,
 
net cash
 
utilized by
 
investing activities consisted mainly of
 
R395.7 million in
 
additions to
 
property, plant
 
and
equipment and R51.0 million spent
 
on environmental rehabilitation payments. These outflows were reduced by R0.1
 
million proceeds on the
disposal of
 
property, plant and
 
equipment.
Cash flows
 
from financing
 
activities
Net cash outflow from
 
financing activities
 
was R533.0 million
 
in fiscal year 2022 compared
 
to net cash outflows of R653.5
 
million in
fiscal year
 
2021.
 
 
 
54
During fiscal
 
year 2022,
 
the net cash
 
outflow consisted
 
mostly of dividends
 
paid on ordinary
 
shares amounting
 
to R513.3 million.
During fiscal
 
year 2021,
 
the net cash
 
outflow consisted
 
mostly of dividends
 
paid on ordinary
 
shares amounting
 
to R640.9 million.
Cash and cash
 
equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents as at June 30, 2022 amounted
 
to R2,525.6 million compared
 
to R2,180.00 million at the end of fiscal year
2021.
 
Substantially
 
all of our
 
cash and
 
cash equivalents
 
balances were
 
denominated
 
in South African
 
rand. Cash
 
and cash
 
equivalent
 
denominated
in foreign
 
currency amounted
 
to USD3.4 million
 
at June 30,
 
2022 compared
 
to USD3.4 million
 
at the end of
 
fiscal year
 
2021.
 
 
Cash and
 
cash equivalents
 
as at June
 
30, 2022 includes
 
restricted
 
cash related
 
to guarantees
 
of R10.7 million
 
compared
 
to R10.4 million
at the end
 
of fiscal
 
year 2021.
 
At September
 
30, 2022,
 
our cash and cash equivalents were R2,245.1 million.
Borrowings
 
and funding
At June 30, 2022 our external
 
sources of
 
capital included
 
our RCF. At September 30, 2022, we had
 
no external
 
sources of
 
capital.
 
In September
 
2020,
 
the RCF
 
was amended. The amendments
 
include a reduction in the
 
size of the facility from
 
R300 million to R200
million as well as removing
 
any commitment towards the
 
performance guarantee issued to
 
Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality. No amounts
were drawn under this
 
facility as of June 30,
 
2022 or up to
 
the expiry date of September
 
14, 2022. The RCF has not been renewed
 
as funding
requirements
 
for capital
 
projects is
 
currently
 
being evaluated.
Anticipated funding requirements and sources
 
Our cash
 
and cash
 
equivalents are set
 
out above
 
under “Cash
 
and cash
 
equivalents”. Our management believes
 
that existing
 
cash
resources,
 
net cash
 
generated
 
from operations
 
and long
 
term finance
 
options for
 
long term
 
capital
 
projects will
 
be sufficient
 
to meet
 
the anticipated
commitments of our existing
 
operations for fiscal
 
year 2023. As a result of the sustained
 
high rand gold price, at September
 
30, 2022 the Group
has a cash
 
and cash equivalents
 
balance of
 
R2,245.1 million. Liquidity
 
has been enhanced
 
by the continued
 
high rand gold
 
price levels.
 
5C. RESEARCH
 
AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.
DRDGOLD
 
has a
 
dedicated
 
team that
 
looks at
 
ways and
 
means
 
of improving
 
recoveries.
 
While the
 
team remains
 
active with
 
an ongoing
focus on improving
 
extraction efficiencies,
 
the projects undertaken
 
during the year
 
ended June 30, 2022
 
were focused
 
on optimizing the
 
existing
facilities
 
rather than
 
implementing
 
new technologies
 
to improve
 
extraction
 
efficiencies.
 
We have no registered
 
patents or
 
licenses.
 
5D. TREND INFORMATION
Any sustained
 
decline in
 
the market
 
price of
 
gold from
 
the current
 
elevated gold
 
price levels
 
would adversely
 
affect us,
 
and any
decline in
 
the price
 
of gold
 
below the
 
cost of
 
production could
 
result in
 
the closure
 
of some
 
or all
 
of our
 
operations which
 
would result
 
in
significant costs and expenditure, such as,
 
incurring retrenchment costs earlier than expected
 
which could lead to a decline
 
in profits, or losses.
In addition, as most of our production costs are in rands, while gold is sold in dollars and then converted to rands, our results of operation and
financial condition
 
have been
 
and could
 
be in
 
the future
 
materially affected
 
by an
 
appreciation in
 
the value
 
of the
 
rand. Accordingly,
 
any
sustained decline in
 
the dollar price
 
of gold and/or
 
the strengthening
 
of the South
 
African rand
 
against the dollar
 
would negatively and
 
adversely
affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
 
For the fiscal year 2023,
 
we are planning Group gold production
 
of 160,000 (4 977kg) to 180,000
 
(5 599kg) ounces
 
at cash operating
unit cost of
 
approximately
 
R685,000 per
 
kilogram
 
and expect
 
a capital investment
 
of approximately
 
R1 400 million.
Reconciliation of budgeted cost of sales to budgeted cash operating costs (R’million)
Cost of sales
3 954.8
Reconciling items
1
(318.1)
Cash operating costs
 
2
3 636.7
1
Includes expected
 
depreciation
 
of R274.4 million,
 
ongoing environmental
 
expenses
 
of R37.1
 
million and
 
care and maintenance
 
expenses
 
of R6.6
 
million
2
See glossary
 
of terms
 
for definition
 
Rounding of
 
figures may
 
result in computational
 
discrepancies
 
Our ability
 
to meet
 
the full
 
year’s production
 
target could
 
be impacted
 
in a number
 
of ways,
 
including stoppages
 
in production
 
due to outbreaks
 
of
infections
 
if the COVID-19
 
virus mutates
 
and spreads in
 
our workforce
 
and interruptions
 
to our supply
 
chain.
 
It could also
 
be impacted by
 
lower
grades,
 
failure to achieve
 
the throughput targets
 
set at Ergo and FWGR, power
 
interruptions
 
and other risks (refer
 
Item 3D. Risk Factors—Risks
related to our
 
business and operations
 
and “–Forward
 
Looking Statements”).
 
We are also subject to cost
 
pressures in the
 
event of above
 
inflation
increases
 
in labor, key
 
consumables,
 
diesel,
 
steel and
 
cyanide.
 
Unforeseen
 
changes in
 
ore grades
 
and recoveries,
 
unexpected
 
changes in
 
the quality
55
or quantity of reserves and resource, technical production issues, environmental and industrial accidents,
 
gold theft, environmental factors and
pollution could
 
adversely
 
impact the production,
 
sales and
 
cash operating
 
costs for
 
fiscal year 2023
 
and cause
 
us to fail to
 
meet our targets
 
for the
year.
 
Refer to Item 5A.: “Key drivers of our operating
 
results and principal factors affecting
 
our operating results” for a discussion of the
trends
 
in the US Dollar
 
gold price
 
as well as
 
exchange rates
 
impacting our
 
business.
 
Set forth below
 
is our summary
 
results for
 
the first
 
quarter of
 
fiscal year
 
2023. This information
 
has not been
 
audited.
Operating results
 
for the quarter
 
ended September
 
30, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56
Quarter ended
Quarter ended
Sep 30, 2022
Jun 30, 2022
% change
Production
Gold produced
kg
1,453
1,443
1%
oz
46,715
46,393
1%
Gold sold
kg
1,442
1,446
0%
oz
46,362
46,490
0%
Ore milled
Metric (000't)
 
7,157
7,064
1%
Yield
Metric (g/t)
0.203
0.204
0%
Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
(R'million)
Profit for the period
253.4
399.3
Income tax
116.5
71.2
Profit before tax
369.9
470.5
Finance expense
17.3
29.1
Finance income
(54.8)
(79.4)
Results from operating activities
332.4
420.2
Depreciation
 
55.0
64.1
Share based payment expense
3.9
4.6
Change in estimate of environmental
rehabilitation recognised in profit or loss
-
(2.2)
Gain on disposal of property, plant and
equipment
-
(6.6)
IFRS 16 Lease payments
1
(5.9)
(8.2)
Exploration expenses and transaction costs
1.0
5.4
Adjusted EBITDA
1,2*
386.4
477.3
1
The amended RCF includes IFRS 16 lease
payments in the calculation of the adjusted
EBITDA
2
See Glossary of Terms for definitions.
* The adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of performance under IFRS and should be
considered in addition to, and not as substitute for other measures of financial performance and liquidity
Reconciliation of cash operating costs, cash operating costs per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs, all-in sustaining
costs per kilogram, all-in costs and all-in costs per kilogram
(R'millions)
Cost of sales
1,007.6
1,003.7
Depreciation
 
(55.0)
(64.1)
Change in estimate of environmental
rehabilitation
 
-
2.2
Movement in gold in process
 
4.4
4.0
Operating costs
 
957.0
945.8
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
 
(6.2)
(4.4)
Care and maintenance costs
 
(0.8)
(0.9)
Other operating income/(costs)
 
4.1
(2.7)
Cash operating costs
 
1
954.1
937.8
Movement in gold in process
 
(4.4)
(4.0)
Administration expenses and other costs
excluding non-recurring items
 
1
26.8
8.4
Other operating (income)/Costs
(4.1)
2.7
Change in estimate of environmental
rehabilitation
 
-
(2.2)
Unwinding of rehabilitation provision
 
13.2
8.4
Sustaining capital expenditure
 
1
101.2
314.8
All-in sustaining costs
1
1,086.8
1,265.9
Care and maintenance costs
 
0.8
0.9
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
 
6.2
4.4
Exploration expenses and transaction costs
0.9
5.4
 
 
 
 
 
57
Growth capital expenditure
 
1
53.6
(16.8)
All-in costs
 
1
1,148.3
1,259.8
Quarter ended
 
Quarter ended
 
September 30,
2021
June 30, 2021
% change
Price and costs
Average gold price received
R per kg
945,983
937,509
-
US$ per oz
1,727
1,871
-8%
Cash operating costs
R/t
133
133
-
US$/t
8
9
-11%
Cash operating costs
R per kg
658,530
645,782
2%
US$ per oz
1,202
1,289
-7%
All-in sustaining costs **
R per kg
755,201
875,450
-14%
US$ per oz
11,378
1,747
551%
All-in cost **
R per kg
796,255
871,162
-9%
US$ per oz
1,453
1,739
-16%
Capital expenditure
Sustaining
Rm
101.2
314.8
-68%
US$m
5.9
20.2
-71%
Non-sustaining/growth
Rm
53.6
(16.8)
-419%
US$m
3.1
(1.1)
-382%
Average R/US$ exchange rate
17.04
15.58
9%
Reconciliation of sustaining capital
expenditure
Additions - property, plant and equipment
owned
154.8
298.0
Less
 
Growth capital expenditure
 
1
101.2
314.8
Sustaining capital expenditure
 
1
53.6
(16.8)
1
See Glossary of Terms for definitions.
Rounding of figures may result in computational discrepancies
**
All-in cost definitions based on the guidance note on non-GAAP Metrics issued by the World Gold Council on 27 June 2013
.
 
Gold production
 
increased
 
by 1% from
 
the previous
 
quarter to
 
1,453kg primarily
 
due to a 1% increase
 
in tonnage
throughput
 
despite yield
 
being 0.001g/t
 
lower at
 
0.203g/t. Gold
 
sold decreased
 
by 4kg to 1,442kg.
 
As a result
 
of the above,
 
the cash
 
operating costs
 
per kilogram
 
of gold sold
 
increased
 
marginally from
 
the previous
quarter to
 
R658,530/kg.
 
The cash
 
operating costs
 
per tonne of
 
material
 
remained stable
 
from the previous
 
quarter
at R133/t.
 
All-in sustaining
 
costs per
 
kilogram and
 
all-in costs
 
per kilogram
 
were R755,201/kg
 
and R796,255/kg,
respectively, decreasing
 
quarter on
 
quarter mainly
 
due to a decrease
 
in sustaining
 
capital expenditure
 
in
comparison
 
to the previous
 
quarter.
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
 
decreased
 
by 19% from
 
the previous
 
quarter to
 
R386.4 million
 
primarily
 
due to an insurance
claim of
 
R84.7 million
 
recognised
 
in the previous
 
quarter.
 
 
Cash and cash
 
equivalents
 
decreased
 
by R280.5 million
 
to R2,245.1
 
million as
 
at September
 
30, 2022 (June
 
30,
2022: R2,525.6
 
million) after
 
paying the final
 
cash dividend
 
of R342.5
 
million for
 
the year ended
 
June 30, 2022.
 
The cash
 
generated during
 
the current
 
quarter will,
 
inter alia,
 
be applied
 
towards the
 
Company’s extended
 
capital
expenditure
 
programme
 
for the year
 
ending June
 
30, 2023.
 
Despite the
 
capital expenditure
 
planned for
 
the current
 
financial
 
year, the Company
 
remains in
 
a favourable
position to,
 
in the absence
 
of unforeseen
 
events, consider
 
declaring an
 
interim cash
 
dividend in
 
or around
February 2023.
58
5E. Critical Accounting Estimates
For
 
more
 
information
 
on
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
obligations
 
Note
 
2
 
-
 
“Use
 
of
 
accounting
 
assumptions,
 
estimates
 
and
judgements” under Item 18. “Financial Statements".
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS,
 
SENIOR MANAGEMENT
 
AND EMPLOYEES
 
6A. DIRECTORS
 
AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
 
Directors and
 
Executive Officers
 
Our board of
 
directors
 
may consist
 
of not less
 
than four
 
and not more
 
than twenty
 
directors.
 
As at June
 
30, 2022,
 
our board consisted
 
of
nine directors.
 
 
In accordance
 
with JSE listing
 
requirements
 
and our Memorandum
 
of Incorporation,
 
or MOI, one third
 
of the directors
 
comprising the
board of
 
directors,
 
on a rotating
 
basis,
 
are subject
 
to re-election
 
at each
 
annual general
 
shareholders’
 
meeting. Additionally,
 
all directors
 
are subject
to election
 
at the first
 
annual general
 
meeting following
 
their appointment.
 
Retiring directors
 
normally make
 
themselves
 
available for
 
re-election.
 
 
Mr Geoffrey Campbell’s
 
tenure as a director
 
and chairman
 
of the board
 
of directors
 
of the Company
 
came to an end
 
from December
 
1,
2021. Mr Timothy Cumming, a non-executive director
 
of the Company, replaced
 
Mr Campbell as chairman of the Board and the Nominations
Committee
 
with effect
 
on December
 
1, 2021,
 
after shareholder
 
approval
 
was obtained
 
at the
 
Annual General
 
Meeting held
 
on November
 
29, 2021.
In order
 
to ensure
 
good corporate
 
governance
 
in accordance
 
with the
 
recommendations
 
of the King
 
IV Report
 
on Corporate
 
Governance
 
for South
Africa 2016,
 
Mr Edmund Jeneker
 
will remain
 
as the lead
 
independent
 
director of
 
the Company.
 
Mrs Toko Mnyango,
 
an independent
 
non-executive
 
director
 
of the
 
Company, was
 
appointed
 
as a
 
member
 
of the
 
Nominations
 
Committee
effective August
 
19, 2021.
 
The address of each of our Executive Directors
 
and non-executive directors
 
is the address of our principal executive offices.
 
Refer to
Item 4A. Information
 
on the Company
 
– Introduction
 
for the company’s
 
address.
Executive
 
Directors
Daniël (Niel)
 
Johannes Pretorius
 
(55) (BProc, LLB,
 
LLM)
 
Chief Executive
 
Officer;
 
•
 
Member: Risk
 
Committee
Niël Pretorius
 
has two
 
decades
 
of experience
 
in the
 
mining industry.
 
He was
 
appointed
 
Chief
 
Executive
 
Officer
 
designate
 
of DRDGOLD
on August
 
21, 2008
 
and Chief
 
Executive
 
Officer
 
on January
 
1, 2009.
 
Having
 
joined the
 
company
 
on May
 
1, 2003
 
as legal
 
advisor, he
 
was promoted
to Group Legal Counsel
 
on September 1, 2004 and General
 
Manager: Corporate
 
Services on April 1, 2005.
 
Niël was appointed
 
Chief Executive
Officer of Ergo Mining Operations Proprietary Limited
 
(formerly DRDGOLD SA) on July 1, 2006 and became Managing Director thereof on
April 1, 2008.
 
Niël also
 
serves as
 
an elected
 
Council Member
 
with the Minerals
 
Council of
 
South Africa.
 
Adriaan (Riaan)
 
Jacobus Davel
 
(46) (BCom
 
(Hons), MCom,
 
CA (SA)
Chief Financial
 
Officer.
 
•
 
Member: Social
 
and Ethics
 
Committee
 
Riaan
 
Davel
 
joined
 
DRDGOLD
 
in January
 
2015. Before
 
joining
 
DRDGOLD,
 
he gained
 
17 years’
 
experience
 
in the
 
professional
 
services
industry, the
 
majority
 
obtained
 
in the
 
mining industry
 
in Africa.
 
As part
 
of gaining
 
that experience,
 
Riaan provided
 
assurance
 
and advisory
 
services,
including support
 
and training
 
on IFRS to clients
 
and teams across
 
the African continent.
 
He has spent seven
 
years at KPMG as
 
an audit partner,
performing,
inter alia
, audits of listed
 
companies in
 
the mining industry,
 
including SEC
 
registrants.
 
Riaan has also
 
gained experience
 
as an IFRS
technical
 
partner and
 
represented
 
the South African
 
Institute
 
of Chartered
 
Accountants
 
on the International
 
Accounting Standards
 
Board’s project
on extractive
 
activities
 
from 2003
 
to 2010.
 
Riaan
 
has served
 
on committees
 
that compile/update
 
the South
 
African
 
codes
 
for reporting
 
and valuation
of mineral
 
reserves and
 
resources.
 
Riaan is
 
a member of
 
the Social
 
& Ethics Committee
 
of DRDGOLD.
Non-Executive
 
Directors
 
Timothy (Tim) John Cumming
 
(64) BSc (Hons)
 
(Civil Engineering),
 
MA (Philosophy,
 
Politics and
 
Economics)
Non-executive
 
Chairman
•
 
Chairman:
 
Board and Nominations
 
Committee
 
•
 
Member: Risk
 
Committee;
 
and Remuneration
 
Committee
 
Tim was appointed Non-executive Director
 
in August 1, 2020 and Non-executive Chairman December
 
1, 2021. Furthermore, he is a
member of the
 
Risk Committee,
 
Remuneration
 
Committee,
 
and appointed
 
Chairman of
 
the Nominations
 
Committee on
 
December 1,
 
2021.
 
He is
also
 
an
 
independent non-executive director
 
of
 
Sibanye-Stillwater Limited and
 
Nedgroup Investments
 
Limited and
 
serves
 
as
 
non-executive
Chairman of Riscura
 
Holdings Limited.
 
His career spans mining,
 
financial services
 
and consulting. He is the founder
 
of Scatterlinks
 
Proprietary
Limited, a South African-based
 
company providing
 
leadership development
 
and advisory services
 
to senior business
 
executives. Tim started
 
out
59
as an
 
engineer
 
at the
 
Anglo American
 
Corporation
 
of South
 
Africa
 
Limited
 
working
 
on a
 
number
 
of gold
 
and diamond
 
mines
 
including
 
involvement
in the geo-technical
 
design of
 
the Ergo tailings
 
dam. Thereafter
 
he held senior
 
roles in
 
financial
 
services including
 
General
 
Manager at
 
Allan Gray
Limited,
 
Head of
 
Investment
 
Research
 
at HSBC
 
Securities
 
(SA), CEO
 
of Old Mutual
 
Asset Managers
 
and MD of
 
various divisions
 
within the
 
Old
Mutual
 
Group.
 
Other
 
involvements include
 
Chairmanship of
 
the
 
Mandela Rhodes
 
Foundation’s
 
Investment Committee
 
and
 
the
 
Woodside
Endowment Trust
 
and
 
membership of
 
the
 
Greenpop advisory
 
board (a
 
social enterprise
 
committed to
 
restoring ecosystems and
 
sustainable
development).
Edmund Abel
 
Jeneker
 
(60) (Chartered
 
Director (SA),
 
B Hons, IEDP, M.Inst.D.,
 
SAIPA)
Lead Independent
 
Non-executive
 
Director
•
 
Chairman:
 
Social and
 
Ethics Committee
•
 
Member: Remuneration
 
Committee;
 
and Nominations
 
Committee
Edmund Jeneker was appointed
 
Non-executive Director in November
 
2007 and Lead Independent
 
Non-executive Director in August
2017. He has more than
 
31 years’ experience as
 
an executive in banking,
 
business strategy, advisory and management at Grant
 
Thornton South
Africa Proprietary Limited, Swiss Re Corporate Solutions Advisors South Africa Proprietary Limited, the World Bank Competitiveness Fund
and Deloitte South
 
Africa. More recently,
 
he completed almost
 
15 years at
 
Absa Bank and
 
Barclays Africa Group,
 
where he was
 
Managing
Executive and
 
served as director
 
on the
 
boards of
 
several subsidiaries in
 
the Barclays
 
Africa Group.
 
Edmund is
 
active in community
 
social
upliftment and
 
served as
 
a member
 
of the
 
Provincial Development
 
Commission of
 
the Western
 
Cape Provincial
 
Government. He
 
currently
serves on
 
the Advisory
 
Board of the
 
Institute of
 
Directors Southern
 
Africa, investment
 
committee of
 
BADISA and
 
The Cape
 
Philharmonic
Orchestra. He is
 
a Chartered
 
Director (South
 
Africa). Edmund chairs
 
the Social
 
& Ethics Committee
 
and is
 
a member of
 
the Remuneration
Committee and the Nominations Committee of DRDGOLD.
Johan Andries
 
Holtzhausen
 
(76) (BSc (Geology
 
and Chemistry),
 
BCompt (Hons),
 
CA(SA))
Independent
 
Non-executive
 
Director
•
 
Chairman:
 
Audit Committee
•
 
Member: Remuneration
 
Committee;
 
and Nominations
 
Committee
 
Johan Holtzhausen
 
holds a
 
B.Sc. (Geology and
 
Chemistry) from the
 
University of
 
Stellenbosch and a
 
B. Compt.
 
(Hons) from the
University of
 
South Africa.
 
He has
 
been a
 
Chartered Accountant
 
(South Africa)
 
since 1975.
 
He was
 
appointed independent
 
Non-executive
Director in on April 25, 2014. He
 
has more than 43 years’ experience in
 
the accounting profession, having served as a senior
 
partner at KPMG
Services Proprietary Limited,
 
and held the
 
highest Generally Accepted
 
Accounting Principles (United
 
States), Generally Accepted
 
Auditing
Standards and Sarbanes-Oxley Act accreditation required to service
 
clients listed on stock exchanges in the United States.
 
His clients included
major corporations
 
listed in
 
South Africa, Canada,
 
the United Kingdom,
 
Australia and the
 
United States. He
 
also chairs
 
the Audit
 
and Risk
Committee of Tshipi
 
é Ntle Manganese Mining Proprietary Limited. He
 
is a Non-executive Director of Caledonia
 
Mining Corporation Plc, a
Canadian
 
corporation
 
listed
 
in
 
the
 
United
 
States
 
and
 
the
 
United
 
Kingdom.
 
Johan
 
chairs
 
the
 
Audit
 
Committee
 
and
 
is
 
a
 
member
 
of
 
the
Remuneration Committee and the Nominations Committee of DRDGOLD.
 
Jean Johannes Nel (50) (BAcc (Hons), CA (SA), CFA (AIMR))
Independent Non-executive Director
•
 
Chairman: Remuneration Committee
•
 
Member: Audit Committee; Remuneration Committee; and Risk Committee
 
Jean Nel
 
was appointed as
 
an independent
 
Non-executive Director
 
on November
 
30, 2018.
 
He qualified
 
as a
 
CA(SA) in
 
1998 obtained
the CFA (AIMR) qualification. Mr. Nel has 20 years of mining
 
finance and mining executive
 
and operational management experience. He
 
was
appointed to the Aquarius Platinum Board in April 2012 and became CEO of
 
the Group in November 2012, a position he held until Aquarius
Platinum was acquired
 
by Sibanye- Stillwater
 
in April 2016.
 
From April 2016
 
to January 2017
 
he was the
 
CEO of the
 
Platinum division of
Sibanye Stillwater. He is currently a Non-executive director of Mimosa
 
Investments which owns the Mimosa platinum mine
 
in Zimbabwe and
Tongaat Hulett
. Jean chairs the Remuneration Committee and is a member of the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee of DRDGOLD.
 
Toko Victoria
 
Buyiswa Nomalanga Mnyango (57) (Dip Juris, BJuris)
Independent Non-executive Director
•
 
Member: Social and Ethics Committee, Nominations Committee; and Remuneration Committee
 
Toko Mnyango was appointed independent Non-executive Director on December 1,
 
2016. Toko began her career as a prosecutor for
the KaNgwane
 
homeland,
 
before becoming
 
a legal
 
advisor for
 
the Eastern
 
Cape Development
 
Corporation.
 
She has
 
held directorships
 
on
company
 
boards
 
including
 
Gijima, EOH
 
Mthombo
 
Proprietary
 
Limited, AllPay
 
Eastern
 
Cape Proprietary
 
Limited,
 
a subsidiary
 
of ABSA
Limited, and the Ryk
 
Neethling Foundation. She currently holds
 
the position of CEO of Vitom
 
Technologies Proprietary Limited
 
and Vitom
Brands Communication Proprietary Limited.
 
Toko is
 
a member of the Remuneration
 
Committee, Nominations Committee, and
 
the Social &
Ethics Committee of DRDGOLD.
Kuby Prudence Lebina (41) (BCom; Higher Diploma (Accounting), Certificate in Business Leadership, CA (SA))
Independent Non-executive Director
•
 
Chairman: Risk Committee
•
 
Member: Audit Committee; and Nominations Committee
 
Prudence Lebina was appointed as
 
independent non-executive director on 03
 
May 2019. She qualified as
 
a chartered accountant in
December 2005
 
after serving
 
her
 
articles at
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers
 
Incorporated.
 
A member
 
of
 
the South
 
African Institute
 
of
 
Chartered
60
Accountants,
 
with
 
extensive
 
experience
 
in
 
corporate
 
finance,
 
financial
 
management,
 
investor
 
relations
 
and
 
the
 
mining
 
industry.
 
She
 
was
previously CEO of
 
GAIA Infrastructure
 
Capital Limited.
 
Prudence is
 
currently CEO of
 
TriAlpha Investment Management
 
Proprietary Limited,
a specialist fixed income investment house, and is also an independent non-executive director of Growthpoint Properties Limited and Telkom
SA
 
SOC
 
Limited.
 
Prudence
 
chairs
 
the
 
Risk
 
Committee
 
and
 
is
 
a
 
member
 
of
 
the
 
Nominations
 
Committee
 
and
 
the
 
Audit
 
Committee
 
of
DRDGOLD.
 
Charmel Diane
 
Flemming (39)
 
(BAcc (Hons)
 
CA (SA))
Independent Non-executive Director
•
 
Member: Audit Committee; Risk Committee; and Social and Ethics Committee
 
Charmel Flemming
 
holds a B.Acc
 
(Hons) from
 
the University
 
of the Free
 
State and is
 
a qualified
 
Chartered Accountant
 
(South Africa)
with 11 years´
 
post articles
 
experience
 
primarily
 
within the
 
mining space.
 
She started
 
her career
 
as a trainee
 
accountant
 
at KPMG
 
South Africa
 
and
held various
 
positions
 
within the
 
De Beers
 
Group over
 
a period
 
of 11 years.
 
She also
 
served as
 
a trustee
 
on the boards
 
of both
 
the De
 
Beers Benefit
Society Medical
 
Aid and De
 
Beers Pension
 
Fund from
 
2014 to 2018.
 
Charmel is
 
the founder
 
and chief
 
executive
 
officer of
 
F Twelve and is also
 
a
non-executive
 
director at Acorn
 
Agri & Food Limited
 
and at ATKV.
 
Charmel is a member
 
of the Risk Committee,
 
Audit Committee
 
and Social
& Ethics Committee of DRDGOLD.
Senior Management
 
and Prescribed
 
Officers
 
Wilhelm Jacobus
 
Schoeman (48)
 
(Dip Analytical
 
Chemistry, BTech Analytical
 
Chemistry)
Chief Operating
 
Officer
 
 
Jaco Schoeman joined DRDGOLD in 2011 as Executive Officer: Business Development to focus on expanding the Group’s surface
retreatment business
 
and extracting maximum value
 
from existing resources.
 
In July 2014, he was appointed Operations
 
Director: Ergo Mining
Operations
 
Proprietary
 
Limited.
 
 
Shalin Naidoo
 
(45) (BTech, MBA)
Chief Information
 
and Technology Officer
 
 
Shalin Naidoo
 
joined DRDGOLD
 
as Chief
 
Information
 
and Technology Officer
 
on 2 November
 
2021. Ranked
 
amongst South
 
Africa’s
Top 8 Visionary CIOs by the
 
institute
 
of IT Professionals
 
in South Africa
 
(IITPSA) and
 
International
 
Data Corporation
 
CIO of the Year in 2019,
he has 10
 
years’ experience
 
in leadership
 
and strategy. He
 
has worked
 
previously
 
in the mining
 
sector for
 
Anglo American
 
Platinum and
 
Tronox .
 
Henry Gouws
 
(53) (National
 
Higher Diploma
 
(Extraction
 
Metallurgy), MDP)
 
Managing Director:
 
Ergo
Henry Gouws
 
has more than
 
30 years’ experience
 
in the mining
 
industry. He graduated
 
from Technikon Witwatersrand
 
and obtained
 
a
National
 
Diploma
 
in Extraction
 
Metallurgy
 
in 1990
 
and a
 
National
 
Higher
 
Diploma
 
in Extraction
 
Metallurgy
 
in 1991.
 
He completed
 
a Management
Development Program in 2003 through Unisa School of Business Leadership and an Executive Development Programme in 2012 through the
University
 
of Stellenbosch
 
Business
 
School. He
 
was appointed
 
Operations
 
Manager
 
of Crown
 
in January
 
2006 and
 
General
 
Manager in
 
July 2006.
He was appointed
 
to his current
 
position in
 
October 1,
 
2011.
Mark Burrell
 
(60) (BCom
 
Accounting,
 
MDP)
 
Financial
 
Director:
 
Ergo
 
Mark Burrell
 
holds a B.Comm
 
Accounting degree,
 
has completed
 
a Management Development
 
Programme (MDP)
 
and has more than
20 years’ experience in the mining sector. He joined DRDGOLD in 2004 on
 
a consulting basis and later that year, was appointed as Financial
Manager
 
of the
 
Blyvooruitzicht
 
operation.
 
He was
 
appointed
 
as Financial
 
Director
 
of Ergo
 
in January
 
2012. Mark
 
serves
 
as a director
 
on the
 
Board
of Rand Refinery
 
Proprietary
 
Limited.
 
Kevin Kruger
 
(54) (BscEng
 
(Mechanical
 
Engineering),
 
MDP, PMD, Government Certificate
 
of Competency
 
(Mines))
Managing Director:
 
FWGR
 
Kevin has more than 30 years’ experience
 
in the mining industry in Africa. He joined the mining industry
 
in January 1987 as second
year
 
engineering
 
student.
 
Kevin
 
graduated
 
from
 
the University
 
of the
 
Witwatersrand
 
at the
 
end of
 
1989 obtaining
 
his BSc
 
(Mechanical
 
Engineering)
and
 
his government
 
certificate
 
of Competency
 
(mines) during
 
1993. Kevin
 
was appointed
 
as junior engineer
 
in December
 
1989, section
 
engineer
- March 1994
 
and engineer in September 1994. He
 
was appointed engineering manager 2003, general manager – technical services 2004 and
managing director Chizimgold 2010.
 
On 01
 
October 2013
 
he was
 
appointed as
 
technical director at
 
Ergo where
 
he
 
was responsible for
 
the
environmental,
 
health and safety, mineral resources and engineering
 
portfolios. On 1 August 2018, Kevin was appointed Managing
 
Director of
FWGR.
 
Henriette
 
Hooijer (42)
 
(BCom (Hons),
 
CA(SA))
 
Financial
 
Director:
 
FWGR
 
 
Henriette Hooijer
 
is the Financial
 
Director of
 
FWGR. She joined
 
DRDGOLD in May
 
2016 and was
 
appointed as
 
Financial Director
 
of
FWGR in August 2018. Before joining DRDGOLD, she spent 11 years in
 
the professional services industry at KPMG, performing,
inter alia
,
audits of listed
 
companies
 
in the mining
 
industry, including
 
SEC registrants.
61
 
Elise Beukes
 
(45) (BProc)
Company Secretary
 
 
Elise Beukes
 
was appointed
 
as Company
 
Secretary of DRDGOLD
 
with effect
 
from October
 
01, 2019.
 
She has
 
broad governance
experience
 
in all aspects
 
of commercial
 
law, having spent
 
several
 
years in
 
both litigation
 
and commercial
 
practice
 
as an admitted
 
attorney
 
and four
years as
 
corporate legal counsel.
 
She has
 
dealt extensively with
 
broad-based black economic
 
empowerment structures, employee ownership
schemes, enterprise
 
development and share
 
incentive schemes
 
involving complex
 
company restructuring
 
for both multi-nationals
 
and large local
entities. She has extensive knowledge on the new Companies Act and has particular interests
 
in company secretarial and corporate governance
matters.
There are no family relationships between
 
any of our non-executive directors,
 
executive directors or members
 
of the group executive
and senior
 
management.
 
There are no
 
arrangements
 
or understandings
 
between any
 
of our directors
 
or executive
 
officers and
 
any other person
 
by
which any of our
 
directors or executive officers has been so elected or appointed. Furthermore, none of the non-executive directors, executive
directors, group
 
executive and senior
 
management members
 
or other key management
 
personnel are
 
elected or appointed
 
under any undertaking
by, arrangement
 
or understanding
 
with any major
 
shareholder,
 
customer, supplier
 
or otherwise.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62
6B. COMPENSATION
Our MOI
 
provide that
 
the directors'
 
fees should
 
be determined
 
from time
 
to time in
 
a general
 
meeting or
 
by a quorum
 
of Non-Executive
Directors.
 
The total
 
amount of
 
directors'
 
remuneration
 
paid and or
 
accrued for
 
the year
 
ended June
 
30, 2022 was
 
R42.0 million.
 
During fiscal
 
year
2021, an independent consultant compiled
 
a benchmarking analysis report against
 
an appropriate comparator group of companies
 
consisting of
JSE listed companies
 
on fees paid
 
non-executive
 
directors.
 
The report was
 
presented to
 
the Remuneration
 
Committee
 
on August 18, 2021.
 
These
changes were made to the base fee and committee fees and were approved by the shareholders
 
at the annual general meeting on November 30,
2022.
 
Non-Executive
 
Directors
 
received the
 
following fees
 
for fiscal
 
year 2022:
●
Base fee
 
as Non-Executive
 
Chairman of
 
R1,457,944 per
 
annum up to
 
December
 
1, 2021
 
and R1,500,000
 
thereafter;
●
Base fee
 
as Lead Independent
 
Non-Executive
 
Director of
 
R672,247 per
 
annum up to
 
December
 
1, 2021
 
and R850,000
 
thereafter;
●
Base fee
 
as Non-Executive
 
Directors of
 
R647,975
 
per annum
 
up to December
 
1, 2021
 
and R430,000
 
thereafter;
●
Annual fee for the Audit Committee Chairman
 
of R32,399 (excluding fee received
 
as a committee member) up to December 1, 2021
and R180,000
 
(including
 
fee received
 
as a committee
 
member) thereafter;
●
Annual fee
 
for an Audit
 
Committee member
 
of R32,399 up
 
to December
 
1, 2021
 
and R120,000
 
thereafter;
●
Annual fee for the Risk Committee
 
Chairman of R140,000 (excluding
 
fee received as a committee
 
member) from December
 
1, 2021,
onwards.
 
●
Annual fee
 
for a Risk
 
Committee member
 
of R100,000
 
from December
 
1, 2021, onwards.
●
Annual fee
 
for the
 
Chairman
 
of Remuneration
 
Committee
 
R24 299 (excluding
 
fee received
 
as a committee
 
member) up
 
to December
 
1,
2021
 
and R100,000
 
thereafter;
●
Annual fee
 
for a member
 
of the Remuneration
 
Committee
 
of R24 299 each
 
up to December
 
1, 2021
 
and R100,000
 
thereafter;
●
Annual fee for
 
Chairman of the
 
Social and
 
Ethics Committee of
 
R100,000 (excluding fee received as
 
a committee member)
 
up to
December
 
1, 2021
 
and R140,000
 
thereafter;
●
Annual fee
 
for a member
 
of the Social
 
and Ethics
 
Committee of
 
R24,299 each
 
up to December
 
1, 2021
 
and R90,000
 
thereafter;
●
Daily fee of R24,299 up to December 1, 2021
 
and thereafter the director
 
will be remunerated if determined
 
appropriate for additional
services provided;
 
●
Hourly rate of R3,240
 
up to December
 
1, 2021
 
and thereafter
 
the director will
 
be remunerated if
 
determined appropriate
 
for additional
services provided;
●
Half-day
 
fee for
 
participating
 
by telephone
 
in special
 
board meetings
 
of R12,150
 
up to
 
December
 
1, 2021
 
and thereafter
 
the director
 
will
be remunerated
 
if determined
 
appropriate
 
for additional
 
services provided;
 
and
●
The Chairman of the board, Lead Independent Non-Executive
 
Director and other Non-Executive
 
Directors do not receive committee
fees.
The following table sets forth the compensation for our directors and prescribed officers for the year ended June 30, 2022.
The disclosure detailed in this table is consistent with the disclosure requirements of the Companies Act, 2008 (Act 71 of 2008)
and the JSE Listings Requirements.
Directors / Prescribed Officer
 
Total
remuneration
recognised
during the year
Short-Term
Incentives
recognised
related to this
cycle
Long-term
Incentives
settled during
this cycle
Total
remuneration
related to this
cycle
R'000
R'000
R'000
R'000
Executive directors
D J Pretorius
7,647
7,273
7,495
22,415
A J Davel
4,708
4,460
3,628
12,796
12,355
11,733
11,123
35,211
Non-executive directors
T J Cumming
1,267
-
-
1,267
G C Campbell
659
-
-
659
E A Jeneker
884
-
-
884
J Holtzhausen
808
-
-
808
T B V N Mnyango
772
-
-
772
J J Nel
844
-
-
844
K P Lebina
817
-
-
817
C D Flemming
778
-
-
778
6,829
-
-
6,829
Prescribed officers (1)
W J Schoeman
4,464
4,460
3,628
12,552
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
63
E Beukes
1,432
1,274
535
3,241
5,896
5,734
4,163
15,793
Total
25,080
17,467
15,286
57,833
(1)
 
The Companies
 
Act, 2008
 
(Act 71
 
of 2008),
 
under section
 
30, requires
 
the remuneration
 
of prescribed
 
officers, as
 
defined in
 
regulation 38
 
of Company
Regulations 2008,
 
to be
 
disclosed with
 
that of
 
directors of
 
the company.
 
A person
 
is a
 
prescribed officer
 
if they
 
have general
 
executive authority
 
over the
company, general responsibility for the financial management
 
or management of legal affairs, general
 
managerial authority over the operations
 
of the company
or directly or indirectly exercise or significantly
 
influence the exercise of control over the
 
general management and administration of the whole
 
or a significant
portion of the business and activities of the company.
Also see Item 6E. Share Ownership for details of share options held by directors.
Compensation
 
of key management
Refer to Item 18. ‘‘Financial
 
Statements
 
– Note 19.3 –
 
Related party
 
transactions’’ for
 
the total compensation
 
paid to key management
(including executive
 
and non-executive
 
directors
 
as well as
 
prescribed officers).
The Group applies
 
a pool-based Short-Term Incentive
 
scheme, based on
 
modified free cash
 
flow, because it drives
 
a strong teamwork
culture with
 
all participants
 
working primarily
 
towards a
 
single goal,
 
maximising free
 
cash flow
 
which is
 
an easy
 
measure to
 
understand.
Salient features of the short-term incentive scheme are as follows:
• Participants include the executive directors, prescribed officers and senior management.
 
• The pool is calculated as 15% of the adjusted Free
 
Cash Flow with 90% of the pool accruing to employees achieving
 
a satisfactory
performance rating;
• 10%
 
of
 
the
 
pool is
 
available
 
for allocation
 
at the
 
discretion
 
of the
 
remuneration
 
committee as
 
recommended
 
by
 
the executive
committee which provides the ability to recognise exceptional discretionary effort;
• A production modifier that can modify the pool upwards as well as downwards based on gold produced measured against budget;
• A safety and a
 
fatality modifier, both supporting the Company’s strong commitment to its
 
strategy of a renewed focus
 
on employee
safety, development, values and wellbeing; and
 
• The
 
individual performance
 
moderator model
 
has been
 
expanded to
 
include employee
 
performance ratings
 
between 2
 
and 3
 
to
participants in the STI scheme on a broader sliding scale set out below:
Individual performance rating
 
Individual performance modifier
 
< 2
 
(100%)
2 to 2.24
 
(80%)
2.25 to 2.49
 
(60%)
2.5 to 2.74
 
(40%)
2.75 to 2.99
 
(20%)
>= 3
 
0%
Performance measures
 
The STI
 
is funded
 
out of
 
a pool
 
created from
 
the Adjusted
 
Free Cash
 
Flow (“
Adjusted
FCF
”) generated
 
by DRDGOLD
 
in the
financial year:
• Adjusted FCF is defined for the performance
 
measure as cash generated from operations, less
 
capital expenditure (“
Capex
”), and
tax. In the budgeting
 
process, if the Group believes
 
that any Capex, Investment
 
or other item/s should be
 
excluded or amortised or
 
treated in
any different way for determining Adjusted FCF at the end of the year, they may make representations to the Remuneration Committee on the
treatment of such
 
item/s for the
 
purposes of calculating Adjusted
 
FCF for purposes
 
of the STI
 
pool. Remco has
 
absolute discretion in approving
the treatment of such items;
• The STI Pool is modified as per the Tables below;
Modifiers of the incentive pool
To drive strategic initiatives, the short-term incentive pool is modified by up to
 
20% for isolated non-achievements of targets and up
to 50% for systemic or
 
repetitive non-compliance. The modifiers are
 
approved by the Remuneration
 
Committee. These strategic initiatives and
their measures
 
are assessed
 
at the
 
beginning of
 
each financial
 
year to
 
ensure that
 
current strategies
 
are driven
 
in that
 
year.
 
These strategic
modifiers
 
and
 
their
 
weightings
 
are
 
communicated
 
to
 
participants
 
at
 
the
 
beginning
 
of
 
each
 
financial
 
year
 
to
 
ensure
 
understanding
 
and
compliance.
The Group performance measures set out by the Remuneration Committee and the weightings for FY2022 are as follows:
 
Strategic Initiatives Modifiers
Environmental:
 
4%
Safety:
 
4%
Social development:
 
4%
Labour development:
 
4%
Transformation:
 
4%
 
 
 
 
 
 
64
Fatality Modifier
• Up to 25% per fatality, depending on the degree of culpability of the company,
 
as assessed by the Remuneration Committee.
• If the fatality/ies is/are as a result of a breakdown in or disregard for a safety culture, the STI Pool can be modified by up to 100%
at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion.
Production Modifier
 
The calculated
 
STI Pool
 
may be
 
modified, upwards
 
or downwards,
 
based upon
 
gold (kg)
 
produced measured
 
against budget,
 
as
follows:
Gold (Kg) Produced:
 
STI
% of Budget
 
Pool Adjustment
 
< 93%
 
-10%
93% to < 97%
 
-5%
97% to < 103%
 
0%
103% to < 107%
 
+5%
≥ 107%
 
+10%
Distribution of the Incentive pool
The STI pool, after any moderation, will be distributed as follows:
• 90% formulaically, pro-rata to each individual’s
 
“% of STI Pool” taking
inter alia
 
the following factors into account:
• All-inclusive package of the individual for the financial year;
• Market-related STI quanta applicable to the Category;
• The level of accountability and responsibility of the role of the individual.
•
 
10%
 
on
 
a
 
discretionary
 
basis
 
allocated
 
by
 
the
 
Executive
 
Committee
 
after
 
recommendations
 
from
 
line
 
management.
 
The
Remuneration Committee will approve any allocations from the 10% discretionary pool to Executive Committee members.
Distributions are moderated for individual performance as follows:
Individual Performance Rating
Modifier %
< 2
 
-100%
2 to < 2.25
 
-80%
2.25 to < 2.5
 
-60%
2.5 to < 2.75
 
-40%
2.75 to < 3
 
-20%
≥ 3
 
0%
In order
 
to be
 
able to
 
reward exceptional
 
individual performance
 
appropriately,
 
the formulaic
 
plus discretionary
 
allocations may
exceed this amount, but these instances, if any, would be subject to the Executive Committee’s and ultimately the Remuneration Committee’s
approval.
Further considerations for the CEO and CFO
For
 
the
 
CEO and
 
CFO
 
(“executive directors”)
 
the
 
formulaically calculated
 
STI
 
amounts
 
will
 
be
 
reviewed by
 
the
 
Remuneration
Committee, who has absolute discretion to further modify the STI amounts, upwards or downwards:
• If compelling, exceptional and objective circumstances warrant such application of discretion; and
• To ensure that the STI amounts awarded are balanced and equitable.
Executive Directors’
 
STI amounts
 
may be
 
settled in
 
a combination
 
of cash
 
and DRDGOLD
 
shares (deferred
 
bonus shares),
 
with
Remco having discretion to make up to 40% of the award in deferred bonus shares.
Deferred Bonus Shares will vest / be released to the Executive Directors as follows:
• 50% after 9 months;
• 50% after 18 months.
The following provisions apply to the deferred bonus shares:
• The Executive Director needs to be in active service and not under notice of resignation on the vesting dates in
 
order to be eligible
to receive the deferred bonus shares and any dividends accrued thereon; and
• The deferred bonus shares carry voting and dividend rights; however, the dividends will accrue and will only be paid out upon the
vesting / release of the shares to which the dividends relate.
Service Agreements
Service contracts negotiated with
 
each executive and non-executive
 
director incorporate their terms
 
and conditions of employment
and are approved by our Remuneration Committee.
 
65
The Company’s current executive directors, Mr. D.J. Pretorius and Mr. A.J. Davel, entered into agreements of employment with us,
on January 1,
 
2009 and
 
January 1, 2015,
 
respectively. These
 
agreements regulated
 
the employment relationship
 
with Messrs. D.J.
 
Pretorius
and A.J. Davel during the year ended June 30, 2022.
On July 1, 2022
 
Mr. D.J.
 
Pretorius entered into a
 
new agreement of employment
 
for a period of 3
 
years and thereafter it
 
continues
indefinitely until
 
terminated by
 
either party on
 
not less than
 
three months’
 
written notice. Under
 
the employment agreement
 
effective up
 
to
June 30,
 
2025 Mr.
 
D.J. Pretorius
 
receives from
 
us a
 
guaranteed remuneration
 
package of
 
R7.6 million
 
per annum.
 
Mr. D.J.
 
Pretorius was
eligible under his employment
 
agreement, for an incentive
 
bonus of up to
 
100% of his annual
 
remuneration package in respect
 
of one bonus
cycle per
 
annum
 
over
 
the
 
duration of
 
his
 
appointment,
 
on
 
the condition
 
that DRDGOLD
 
achieves certain
 
key
 
performance indicators.
 
In
addition, he is
 
eligible to participate in
 
the equity-settled long-term
 
incentive scheme (awarded
 
332,497 conditional shares
 
in October 2020,
549,986 conditional shares in October 2021 and 799,595 conditional shares in October 2022).
 
Mr.
 
A.J.
 
Davel entered
 
into
 
a
 
new employment
 
agreement
 
effective
 
from
 
July 1,
 
2022
 
for
 
a
 
period
 
of
 
3
 
years
 
and
 
thereafter
 
it
continues indefinitely until
 
terminated by either
 
party on not
 
less than three
 
months’ prior written
 
notice. Mr.
 
A.J. Davel receives
 
from us a
guaranteed remuneration
 
package of
 
R4.7 million
 
per annum.
 
Mr. A.J.
 
Davel is
 
eligible under
 
his employment
 
agreement, for
 
a short
 
term
incentive of up to 100% of his annual remuneration package in respect of one bonus cycle
 
per annum over the duration of his appointment, on
the condition that DRDGOLD achieves certain key performance indicators. In addition, he is
 
eligible to participate in the equity-settled long-
term
 
incentive
 
scheme
 
(awarded
 
160,919
 
conditional
 
shares
 
in
 
October
 
2020,
 
292,796
 
conditional
 
shares
 
in
 
October
 
2021
 
and
 
425,680
conditional shares in October 202)
 
Mr.
 
E.A. Jeneker has
 
a service
 
agreement which run for
 
a fixed
 
period until October 31,
 
2023. Mr.
 
J.A Holtzhausen has a
 
service
agreement which runs
 
for a fixed period until April 25, 2024. Mrs. TVBN Mnyango has a service agreement
 
which runs until March 31, 2023.
Mr. J Nel
 
entered
 
into a
 
service
 
agreement
 
which runs
 
for a
 
fixed period
 
until March
 
31, 2022,
 
and Ms.
 
K.P Lebina
 
entered
 
into a
 
service
 
agreement
which runs
 
until May
 
02, 2023.
 
Mr. T J Cumming
 
and Ms C
 
D Flemming
 
entered
 
into a service
 
agreement
 
which runs
 
for a fixed
 
period until
 
July
31, 2022.
 
After expiration
 
of the
 
initial
 
two-year
 
periods,
 
the agreements
 
continue
 
indefinitely
 
until terminated
 
by either
 
party on
 
not less
 
than three
months’ prior
 
written notice.
The Company
 
does not administer
 
any pension,
 
retirement
 
or other similar
 
scheme in which
 
the directors
 
receive a
 
benefit.
 
Each service
 
agreement with
 
our directors
 
provides for
 
the provision
 
of benefits
 
to the director
 
where the
 
agreement
 
is terminated
 
by us
in the case of our executive
 
officers, except
 
where terminated
 
as a result of certain
 
action on the part
 
of the director, upon the
 
director reaching
 
a
certain age, or by
 
the director upon the occurrence of a
 
change of control. A termination of a
 
director's employment upon the occurrence of a
change of control
 
is referred to
 
as an “eligible
 
termination.”
 
Upon an eligible
 
termination,
 
the director
 
is entitled to
 
receive a payment
 
equal to at
least one
 
year's salary or
 
fees, but
 
not more
 
than three
 
years' salary for
 
Executive Directors or two
 
years’ fees for
 
Non-Executive Directors,
depending on
 
the period
 
of time that
 
the director
 
has been employed.
 
6C. BOARD PRACTICES
Board of Directors
As at June 30, 2022 and as at September
 
30, 2022,
 
the board of directors comprises two Executive Directors (Mr. D.J. Pretorius and
Mr. A.J. Davel), and seven Non-Executive Directors
 
(Messrs. T.J. Cumming, J.J. Nel, E.A. Jeneker, J.A. Holtzhausen
 
and Mmes. K.P. Lebina,
T.V.B.N.
 
Mnyango,
 
C.D.
 
Flemming).
 
The
 
Non-Executive
 
Directors
 
are
 
independent
 
under
 
the
 
New
 
York
 
Stock
 
Exchange,
 
or
 
NYSE,
requirements (as affirmatively determined by the Board of Directors) and the South African King IV Report except Mr. T Cumming who also
serves as an independent non-executive director of Sibanye-Stillwater Limited, DRDGOLD’s controlling shareholder.
In
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
King
 
IV
 
Report
 
on
 
corporate
 
governance,
 
as
 
encompassed
 
in
 
the
 
JSE
 
Listings
 
Requirements,
 
and
 
in
accordance with
 
the United
 
Kingdom Combined
 
Code, the
 
responsibilities of
 
Chairman and
 
Chief Executive
 
Officer are
 
separate. Mr.
 
T.J.
Cumming is the Non-Executive Chairman, Mr. D.J. Pretorius is the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. A.J Davel is the Chief Financial Officer.
The board has established a Nominations Committee, and it is our
 
policy for details of a prospective candidate to be
 
distributed to all directors
for formal consideration at a
 
full meeting of the board.
 
A prospective candidate would be
 
invited to attend a meeting
 
and be interviewed before
any decision is taken. In compliance with the NYSE rules a majority of independent directors will select or recommend director nominees.
The board’s main
 
roles are
 
to create
 
value for
 
shareholders, to
 
provide leadership
 
of the
 
Company, to approve
 
the Company’s strategic
objectives and
 
to ensure
 
that the
 
necessary financial
 
and other
 
resources are
 
made available
 
to management
 
to enable
 
them to
 
meet those
objectives. The board retains full and effective control over the Company, meeting on a quarterly basis with additional ad hoc meetings being
arranged when necessary, to review
 
strategy and planning and
 
operational and financial performance.
 
The board further authorizes
 
acquisitions
and disposals,
 
major capital
 
expenditure, stakeholder
 
communication and
 
other material
 
matters reserved
 
for its
 
consideration and
 
decision
under its terms of reference. The board also approves the annual budgets for the various operational units.
The board is responsible for monitoring
 
the activities of executive management within the
 
company and ensuring that decisions on
material matters are referred to the board. The board approves all the terms of reference for the
 
various subcommittees of the board, including
special
 
committees
 
tasked
 
to
 
deal
 
with
 
specific
 
issues.
 
Only the
 
executive
 
directors
 
are
 
involved with
 
the
 
day-to-day
 
management of
 
the
Company.
To assist new directors, an induction program has
 
been established by the Company, which includes
 
background materials, meetings
with senior management, presentations
 
by the Company’s
 
advisors and site visits.
 
The directors are assessed
 
annually, both
 
individually and
 
 
 
66
as a board, as part of an evaluation process, which is driven by an independent consultant. In
 
addition, the Nominations Committees formally
evaluate the executive directors on an annual basis, based on objective criteria.
All
 
directors,
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
Company’s
 
MOI,
 
are
 
subject to
 
retirement by
 
rotation
 
and re-election
 
by
 
shareholders.
 
In
addition, all directors are subject to election by shareholders at the first annual general
 
meeting following their appointment by directors. The
appointment of new
 
directors is approved by
 
the board as a
 
whole. The names of
 
the directors submitted for
 
re-election are accompanied by
sufficient biographical details in the notice of the forthcoming annual general meeting to enable shareholders to make an informed decision in
respect of their re-election.
All
 
directors
 
have
 
access
 
to
 
the
 
advice
 
and
 
services
 
of
 
the
 
Company
 
Secretary,
 
who
 
is
 
responsible
 
to
 
the
 
board
 
for
 
ensuring
compliance with
 
procedures and regulations
 
of a
 
statutory nature. Directors
 
are entitled
 
to seek independent
 
professional advice concerning
the affairs of the Company at the Company’s expense, should they believe that course of action would be in the best interest of the Company.
Board
 
meetings
 
are
 
held
 
quarterly
 
in
 
South
 
Africa
 
and
 
occasionally
 
abroad.
 
The
 
structure
 
and
 
timing
 
of
 
the
 
Company’s
 
board
meetings, which
 
are scheduled over
 
two days,
 
allows adequate time
 
for the
 
Non-Executive Directors to
 
interact without
 
the presence of
 
the
Executive
 
Directors.
 
The
 
board
 
meetings
 
include
 
the
 
meeting
 
of
 
the
 
Audit
 
Committee,
 
Risk
 
Committee,
 
Remuneration
 
Committee
 
&
Nominations Committee as well as the Social & Ethics Committee which act as
 
subcommittees to the board. Each subcommittee is chaired by
one of
 
the Independent
 
Non-Executive Directors,
 
each of
 
whom provides
 
a formal
 
report back
 
to the
 
board. Each
 
subcommittee meets
 
for
approximately half a day. Certain senior personnel of the Company attend the subcommittee meetings as invitees.
The board sets the
 
standards and values of
 
the Company and much of
 
this has been embodied in
 
the Company’s Code
 
of Conduct,
which is available
 
on our website
 
at www.drdgold.com.
 
The Code of
 
Conduct applies to
 
all directors, officers
 
and employees, including
 
the
principal executive, financial and accounting officers,
 
in accordance with Section 406 of
 
the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
 
the related US
securities laws
 
and the
 
NYSE rules.
 
The Code
 
contains provisions for
 
employees to
 
report violations
 
of Company
 
policy or
 
any applicable
law, rule or regulation, including US securities laws.
A description of the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices
 
differ from practices followed by U.S. companies
listed on the NYSE can be found in Item 16G. Corporate Governance.
Directors'
 
Terms of Service
 
The following
 
table shows
 
the date of
 
appointment,
 
expiration
 
of term
 
and number
 
of years
 
of service
 
with us of
 
each of
 
the directors
 
as
at June 30,
 
2022:
 
Director
Title
Year first
appointed
Term of
current office
Unexpired
term of
current office
D.J. Pretorius
Chief Executive Officer
2008
3 years
0 months
A.J. Davel
Chief Financial Officer
2015
3 years
0 months
T.J. Cumming
Non-Executive Director
 
2020
2 years
1 month
E.A. Jeneker
Non-Executive Director
2007
2 years
16 months
J. Holtzhausen
Non-Executive Director
2014
2 years
22 months
T.V.B.N.
 
Mnyango
Non-Executive Director
2016
2 years
7 months
J.J Nel
Non-Executive Director
 
2018
2 years
7 months
K.P Lebina
Non-Executive Director
2019
2 years
10 months
C.D. Flemming
Non-Executive Director
2020
2 years
1 month
* Renewal of the term of office was deferred to the October 2022 board meeting at which the contracts of D.J. Pretorius and A.J. Davel were extended to June 30, 2025.
Executive
 
Committee
 
As at June
 
30, 2022,
 
the Executive
 
Committee
 
consisted of
 
Mr. D J Pretorius
 
(Chairman),
 
Mr. A J Davel, Mr. W.J. Schoeman
 
and Ms.
E. Beukes.
 
The Executive
 
Committee meets
 
bi-weekly
 
basis to review
 
current operations,
 
develop strategy
 
and policy proposals
 
for consideration
by the board
 
of directors.
 
Members of
 
the Executive
 
Committee,
 
who are unable
 
to attend the
 
meetings in
 
person, are
 
able to participate
 
via
teleconference
 
facilities,
 
to allow participation
 
in the discussion
 
and conclusions
 
reached. The
 
subsidiary companies’
 
executives
 
are permanent
participants
 
on the Executive
 
Committee.
Board Committees
67
The board has established a number of standing committees to enable it to properly discharge its duties and responsibilities and to
effectively fulfill its decision-making process. Each committee acts within written terms of reference which have been approved by the board
and under which specific functions of the board are delegated. The terms of reference for all committees can be obtained by application to
the Company Secretary at the Company’s registered office. Each committee has defined purposes, membership requirements, duties and
reporting procedures. Minutes of the meetings of these committees are circulated to the members of the committees and made available to
the board. Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors for their services on the committees concerned is determined by the board. The
committees are subject to annual evaluation by the board with respect to their performance and effectiveness. The following information
reflects the composition and activities of these committees.
The Board constituted an Investment Committee who had their first meeting on October 6, 2022 to consider prospective projects,
acquisitions and disposals in line with DRDGOLD's strategy and to ensure that adequate due diligence procedures are followed. The
Investment Committee also conducts other investment-related functions as delegated to it by the Board from time to time, as governance
oversight increases as the DRDGOLD Group continues to grow. Members of this committee include J J Nel (Chairman), J A Holtzhausen,
 
K
P Lebina, E A Jeneker and T J Cumming. The CEO, CFO and COO are invitees.
Committees
 
of the Board
 
of Directors
Nominations
 
Committee
As at June
 
30, 2022 the
 
Nominations
 
Committee
 
consisted of
 
T J Cumming
 
(Chairman),
 
E A Jeneker,
 
J A Holtzhausen, T V B N
Mnyango and
 
K P Lebina.
The Nominations Committee meets on an
ad hoc
 
basis. All members of this committee are independent non-executive directors
who are independent according to the definition set out in the NYSE Rules, except for T Cumming. It is chaired by the board chairman who
is a non-executive director (“
NED
”).
The primary role of the committee is to execute the following functions:
●
ensure the
 
establishment
 
of a formal
 
process for
 
the appointment
 
of directors;
●
ensure that
 
inexperienced
 
directors are
 
developed through
 
a mentorship
 
programme;
●
ensure that
 
directors receive
 
regular briefings
 
on changes
 
in risks, laws
 
and the appropriate
 
contribution;
●
drive an annual
 
process to
 
evaluate the
 
board, board
 
committees
 
and individual
 
directors;
 
●
ensure that
 
succession
 
plans for the
 
board, chief
 
executive officer
 
and senior
 
management
 
appointments
 
are developed
 
and
implemented.
The key responsibilities of the Nominations Committee include the following:
●
make recommendations
 
to the board
 
on the appointment
 
of new directors;
●
make recommendations
 
on the composition
 
of the board
 
and the balance
 
between executive
 
and non-executive directors appointed
to the board;
●
review board
 
structure,
 
size and composition
 
on a regular
 
basis;
●
make recommendations
 
on directors
 
eligible to
 
retire by
 
rotation; and
●
apply the principles
 
of good corporate
 
governance
 
and best practice
 
in respect
 
of nominations
 
matters.
Remuneration
 
Committee
As at June
 
30, 2022 the
 
Remuneration
 
Committee
 
consisted of
 
J.J. Nel (Chairman),
 
E.A. Jeneker,
 
J.A. Holtzhausen, T.V.B.N.
Mnyango and
 
T.J. Cumming.
 
The Remuneration Committee meets on a quarterly basis. All members of this committee are independent non-executive directors
who are independent according to the definition set out in the NYSE Rules, except for T.J. Cumming.
 
It is chaired by an independent non-
executive director.
The committee has a mandate to offer competitive packages that will attract and retain executives of the highest caliber and
encourage and reward superior performance. Industry surveys are provided for comparative purposes, and to assist the committee in the
formulation of remuneration policies that are market related.
Audit Committee
As at June
 
30, 2022 the
 
Audit Committee consisted
 
of J.A. Holtzhausen (Chairman), J.J. Nel, K.P. Lebina and C.D. Flemming.
All members of the Audit Committee are independent according to the definition set out in the NYSE Rules. The committee’s
charter deals with all the aspects relating to its functioning.
 
The Audit Committee charter sets out the committee’s terms of reference which include responsibility for:
●
appointment
 
and oversight
 
of external
 
auditors, audit
 
process and
 
financial reporting;
●
oversight of
 
internal audit;
●
overseeing
 
the integrated
 
reporting and
 
assurance
 
model;
68
The Audit Committee meets each quarter with the external auditors, the company’s manager: risk and internal audit, and the CFO.
The committee reviews the audit plans of the internal auditors to ascertain the extent to which the scope of the audits can be relied upon to
detect weaknesses in internal controls. It also reviews the annual and interim financial statements prior to their approval by the board.
The committee is responsible for making recommendations to appoint, reappoint or remove the external auditors, and the
designated external audit partner as well as determining their remuneration and terms of engagement. In accordance with its policy, the
committee preapproves all audit and non-audit services provided by the external auditors. KPMG Inc. was reappointed by shareholders at the
last AGM on November 30, 2021 to perform DRDGOLD’s external audit function, such appointment was made by the shareholders in
accordance with the laws of South Africa and upon recommendation from the board following the Audit Committee recommendations. To
comply with section 10(1)(a) of the Auditing Profession Act, 26 of 2005, the Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors (“
IRBA
”)
published the rule on Mandatory Audit Firm Rotation (“
MAFR
”) for auditors of all public interest entities, as defined in section 290.25 to
290.26 of the amended IRBA Code of Professional Conduct for Registered Auditors. An audit firm, including a network firm as defined in
the IRBA Code of Professional Conduct for Registered Auditors, shall not serve as the appointed auditor of a public interest entity for more
than 10 consecutive financial years. Thereafter, the audit firm will only be eligible for reappointment as the auditor after the expiry of at least
five financial years. The requirement is effective for financial years commencing on or after 1 April 2023. KPMG Inc. has been the
appointed auditors since 2003 and the Company has decided to early adopt the MAFR rule and appoint new auditors – BDO South Africa
Inc. for the 30 June 2023 financial year, subject to the shareholder approval at the next AGM on November 29, 2022.
The internal audit function is performed in-house, with the assistance of Pro-Optima Audit Services Proprietary Limited. Internal
audits are performed at all DRDGOLD operating units and are aimed at reviewing, evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk
management, internal controls and corporate governance processes.
Significant deficiencies, material weaknesses, instances of non-compliance and exposure to high risk and development needs are
brought to the attention of operational management for resolution and reported to the Audit Committee. The committee members have access
to all the records of the internal audit team.
DRDGOLD’s internal and external auditors have unrestricted access to the chairman of the Audit Committee and, where
necessary, to the chairman of the board and the CEO. All significant findings arising from audit procedures are brought to the attention of the
committee and, if necessary, to the board.
Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 stipulates that management is required to assess the effectiveness of the internal
controls surrounding the financial reporting process. The results of this assessment are reported in the form of a management attestation
report that is filed with the SEC as part of the Form 20-F. Additionally,
 
DRDGOLD’s external auditors are required to express an opinion on
the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, which is also contained in the Company’s Form 20-F.
Risk Committee
As at June
 
30, 2022 the
 
Risk Committee consisted
 
of K.P. Lebina (Chairwoman), D.J. Pretorius, J.J. Nel, C.D. Flemming and T.J.
Cumming.
Roles and responsibilities:
 
●
Oversee the
 
development
 
and annual
 
review of
 
a policy and
 
plan for risk
 
management
 
to recommend
 
for approval
 
to the Board
●
Ensure that
 
risk management
 
assessments
 
are performed
 
on a continuous
 
basis
●
Ensure that
 
reporting on
 
risk management
 
is complete,
 
timely, accurate
 
and accessible
●
Oversee that
 
the risk management
 
plan is widely
 
disseminated
 
throughout the
 
company and
 
integrated
 
in the day-to-day
 
activities
of the company
●
Ensure that
 
frameworks
 
and methodologies
 
are implemented
 
to increase
 
the possibility
 
of anticipating
 
unpredictable
 
risks
●
Ensure that
 
management
 
considers and
 
implements
 
appropriate
 
risk responses
●
Ensure co-ordination
 
with the audit
 
committee
 
who will be
 
responsible
 
for the risk
 
management
 
process as
 
far as internal
 
controls,
financial
 
reporting and
 
IT risks are
 
concerned.
All members of the Risk Committee are independent according to the definition set out in the NYSE Rules, except for T.J.
Cumming. It is chaired by an independent NED.
 
An important aspect of risk management is the transfer of risk to third parties to protect the company from disaster. DRDGOLD’s
major assets and potential business interruption and liability claims are therefore covered by the group insurance policy, which encompasses
all the operations. Most of these policies are held through insurance companies operating in the United Kingdom, Europe and South Africa.
The various risk-management initiatives undertaken within the group as well as the strategy to reduce costs without compromising cover
have been successful and resulted in substantial insurance cost savings for the
 
Group.
Social and
 
Ethics Committee
As at June 30, 2022, the Social and Ethics Committee consisted of E.A. Jeneker (Chairman),
 
A.J. Davel,
 
TVBN Mnyango and
C.D. Flemming
69
 
The Social and Ethics Committee is a statutory body established in terms of section 72 of the Companies Act, 2008; the objectives
of which are to facilitate transformation and sustainable development by,
inter alia,
promoting transformation within the Company and
economic empowerment of previously disadvantaged communities particularly within the areas where the Company conducts business;
striving towards achieving the goal of equality as the South African Constitution and other legislation require within the context of the
demographics of the country at all levels of the Company and its subsidiaries; and conducting business in a manner which is conducive to
internationally acceptable environmental and sustainability standards.
The following terms of reference were approved by the board to enable the committee to function effectively. These are to be
responsible for and make recommendations to the board with respect to the following matters:
●
monitor the
 
Company’s activities
 
regarding the
 
10 principles
 
set out in
 
the United
 
Nations Global
 
Compact Principles
 
and the
OECD recommendations
 
regarding Corruption,
 
the Employment
 
Equity Act
 
and the Broad
 
Based Black
 
Economic Empowerment
Act;
●
maintaining
 
records of
 
sponsorship,
 
donations
 
and charitable
 
giving;
●
reviewing matters
 
relating to
 
the environment,
 
health and
 
public safety, including
 
the impact
 
of the company’s
 
activities
 
and of its
products or
 
services;
 
●
reviewing
 
matters relating
 
to labor and
 
employment
●
reviewing and
 
recommending
 
the company’s code
 
of ethics;
●
reviewing and
 
recommending
 
any corporate
 
citizenship
 
policies;
●
reviewing significant
 
cases of employee
 
conflicts
 
of interests,
 
misconduct or
 
fraud, or any
 
other unethical
 
activity by
 
employees
 
or
the Company
6D. EMPLOYEES
Employees
 
The total
 
number of employees
 
at June 30,
 
2022, of 2,959
 
comprises
 
2,016 specialized
 
service providers
 
and 943 employees
 
who are
directly employed
 
by us and our
 
subsidiary
 
companies.
 
Of the 943
 
employees
 
directly employed
 
by us and our
 
subsidiary
 
companies,
 
34
employees
 
are on a fixed
 
term employment
 
contract.
 
 
The total
 
number of employees
 
at June 30,
 
2021, of 2,791
 
comprises
 
1,838 specialized
 
service providers
 
and 953 employees
 
who are
directly employed
 
by us and our
 
subsidiary
 
companies.
 
Of the 953
 
employees
 
directly employed
 
by us and our
 
subsidiary
 
companies,
 
42
employees
 
are on a fixed
 
term employment
 
contract.
 
 
The total
 
number of employees
 
at June 30,
 
2020, of 2,573
 
comprises
 
1,615 specialized
 
service providers
 
and 958 employees
 
who are
directly employed
 
by us and our
 
subsidiary
 
companies.
 
Of the 958
 
employees
 
directly employed
 
by us and our
 
subsidiary
 
companies,
 
34
employees
 
are on a fixed
 
term employment
 
contract.
 
 
The total
 
number of employees
 
at September
 
30, 2022, of
 
2,941 comprises
 
2,018 specialized
 
service providers
 
and 923 employees
who are directly
 
employed by us
 
and our subsidiary
 
companies.
 
Of the 923 employees
 
directly employed
 
by us and our
 
subsidiary
 
companies,
 
36
employees
 
are on a fixed
 
term employment
 
contract.
 
 
All of our
 
employees
 
are based at
 
our operations
 
that operate
 
exclusively
 
in South Africa.
Labor Relations
 
As at June
 
30, 2022,
 
approximately
 
84% of our Ergo
 
employees
 
and 86% of our
 
FWGR employees
 
are members
 
of trade unions
 
or
employee associations.
 
South Africa's
 
labor relations
 
environment
 
remains a
 
platform for
 
social reform.
 
The National
 
Union of Mineworkers,
(“
NUM
”),
 
one of the
 
main South
 
African mining
 
industry unions,
 
is influential
 
in the tripartite
 
alliance between
 
the ruling African
 
National
Congress,
 
the Congress
 
of South African
 
Trade Unions,
 
(“
COSATU
”), and the
 
South African
 
Communist Party
 
as it is
 
the biggest
 
affiliate of
COSATU. The relationship
 
between management
 
and labor unions
 
remains cordial.
 
The organized
 
labor coordinating
 
forum meets
 
regularly
 
to
discuss matters
 
pertinent to
 
both parties.
 
A three-year
 
wage agreement
 
was reached
 
with organized
 
labor at FWGR
 
in November
 
2021 and a new
 
three-year
 
wage agreement
was concluded
 
at Ergo subsequent
 
to fiscal
 
year 2022.
 
We recognize the
 
need for transformation
 
and have put
 
systems and
 
structures
 
in place to
 
address this
 
at both management
 
and board
level. We aim to recruit
 
in line with
 
our transformational
 
objectives.
 
The composition
 
of the Board
 
of Directors
 
specifically, changed
significantly
 
over the past
 
two fiscal
 
years
 
and is more
 
diverse and
 
reflective
 
of transformation
 
and South Africa’s
 
demographics.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70
Safety statistics
 
Due to the
 
importance
 
of our labor
 
force, we
 
continuously
 
strive to
 
create a
 
safe and healthy
 
working environment.
 
The following
 
are
our fiscal
 
2022 overall
 
safety statistics
 
for our operations:
(Per million man hours)
Ergo
FWGR
Consolidated
Year ended
 
June 30,
Year ended
 
June 30,
Year ended
 
June 30,
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
Lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR)
1
2.14
0.78
-
0.97
1.84
0.80
Reportable incidence frequency rate (RIFR)
1
0.76
0.47
-
-
0.66
0.40
Fatalities
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
1 Calculated as follows: actual number of instances divided by the total number of man hours worked multiplied by one million.
6E. SHARE OWNERSHIP
 
To the best of our
 
knowledge,
 
we believe
 
that our ordinary
 
shares held
 
by prescribed
 
officers and
 
directors,
 
in aggregate,
 
do not exceed
one percent
 
of the Company’s
 
issued ordinary
 
share capital.
 
For details
 
of share
 
ownership
 
of directors
 
and prescribed
 
officers see
 
Item 7A.
 
Major
Shareholders.
As of June
 
30, 2022, directors
 
and prescribed
 
officers do not
 
hold any options
 
to purchase
 
ordinary shares.
 
Closed periods
 
apply to
 
share trading
 
by directors,
 
prescribed officers
 
and other
 
employees, whenever
 
persons become
 
or could
potentially become aware of
 
material price sensitive information, such
 
as information relating to
 
an acquisition, bi-annual results
 
etc., which
is not in
 
the public domain.
 
When these persons
 
have access to
 
this information an
 
embargo is placed
 
on share trading
 
for those individuals
concerned. The
 
embargo need
 
not involve
 
the entire
 
Company in
 
the case
 
of an
 
acquisition and
 
may only
 
apply to
 
the board
 
of directors,
executive committee, and the financial
 
and new business teams,
 
but in the case
 
of interim and year-end results
 
the closed-period is group-wide.
DRDGOLD Phantom
 
Share Scheme
 
(Amended November
 
2015) – Cash
 
Settled Long-Term
 
Incentive Scheme
Salient terms
 
of the
 
DRDGOLD Phantom
 
Share Scheme
 
are disclosed
 
in Item
 
18. ‘‘Financial Statements - Note
 
19. Cash Settled
Long-Term Incentive
 
Scheme’’
On
 
November
 
4,
 
2015,
 
the
 
committee
 
approved
 
an
 
allocation
 
of
 
20,527,978
 
phantom
 
shares
 
which
 
is
 
driven
 
by
 
share
 
price
performance and individual performance and is based on phantom share allocations. The vesting of any shares allocated was staggered over a
five-year period commencing in the
 
third year after the allocation is granted in line with King IV Report recommendations. The objectives
 
of
the
 
revised
 
scheme
 
are
 
to
 
drive
 
the
 
longer-term
 
strategies
 
of
 
DRDGOLD,
 
to
 
align
 
participants’
 
interests
 
with
 
shareholders’
 
interest,
 
to
incentivise and motivate
 
participants, to attract
 
and retain scarce
 
human resources and
 
to reward superior
 
performance by the
 
Company and
participants. The
 
revised cash settled
 
long-term incentive
 
scheme was fully
 
settled on November
 
5, 2020
 
and replaced by
 
the equity-settled
long term incentive scheme described below.
 
Equity-Settled
 
Long-Term Incentive
 
Scheme
On December 2, 2019 shareholders approved an Equity-Settled Long-Term Incentive Scheme (“
Scheme
”) for purposes of
replacing the current Cash-Settled Long-Term Incentive Scheme. The Cash-Settled Long-Term
 
incentive scheme has a finite life and
comes to an end with the vesting of the last phantom shares during fiscal year 2021. Certain key features of the
 
Scheme are:
Equity settled
The Scheme will be equity-settled.
 
Equity-settlement will be implemented by way of market acquisition of DRDGOLD ordinary shares
or through the issue of authorised but unissued shares or treasury shares.
Participants
Persons eligible to participate in the Scheme will be permanent employees (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes an executive
director, but excludes a non-executive director) of the Company and its subsidiaries, in Category 19 and above (“
Participants
”).
 
Award of Conditional Shares
Pursuant to the Scheme, the Company’s Remuneration Committee will resolve, on an annual basis, to award “Conditional Shares”
(“
Award
”) which are comprised of:
 
●
“Performance Shares” which are subject to conditions, as set out in the rules of the Scheme and performance conditions; and
 
●
“Retention Shares” which are subject to conditions, as set out in the rules of the Scheme.
Participants are not required to pay for Awards or Shares Settled in terms of vested Awards.
 
Annual awards of Conditional Shares will be made, in two forms:
●
80% of the Award will be comprised of Performance Shares
●
20% of the Award will be comprised of Retention Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71
The target award value will be referenced to market-related award quanta, and will be adjusted based upon individual performance as
follows:
Individual Rating
% of Target Value
 
Awarded
< 2.75
0%
2.75 to < 3.00
50%
3.0 to < 3.75
100%
3.75 to < 4.5
133.33%
4.5 to < 5.0
166.67%
5.0
200%
Dividend and Voting
 
Rights
The Conditional Share Awards carry no dividend or voting rights, until Settled, and therefore any transfer and other rights associated
with the Conditional Shares will only vest following settlement.
Vesting
 
of the Conditional Shares
The first grant was made on December 2, 2019 and will vest in two tranches, 50% on the 2nd anniversary and the remaining 50% on the
3rd anniversary of the grant date respectively, provided the employee is still within the employment of the Group until the respective
vesting dates.
Retention shares:
 
100% of the retention shares will vest if the employee remains in the employ of the Company at vesting date and individual performance
criteria are met.
Performance shares:
Total shareholder’s return (“
TSR
”) measured against a hurdle rate of 15% referencing DRDGOLD’s Weighted
 
Average Cost of Capital
“WACC”:
 
•
 
50% of the performance shares are linked to this condition; and
•
 
all of these performance shares will vest if DRDGOLD’s TSR exceeds the hurdle rate over the vesting period
 
TSR measured against a peer group of 3 peers (Sibanye-Stillwater, Harmony Limited and Pan-African Resources Limited):
 
•
 
50% of the performance shares are linked to this condition; and
•
 
The number of performance shares which vest is based on DRDGOLD’s actual TSR performance in relation to percentiles of peer
group’s performance as follows
Percentile of Peers
% of Conditional Shares Vesting
< 25th percentile
0%
25th to < 50th percentile
25%
50th to < 75th percentile
75%
≥ 75th percentile
100%
Awarded Conditional Shares which do not Vest
 
to the Participant, as a result of forfeiture or which lapse, revert back to the Scheme.
Share Limits
Overall Company Limit
The aggregate number of Shares at any one time which may be awarded for Settlements under the Scheme shall not exceed 34,500,000
(thirty four million, five hundred thousand) Shares (representing approximately 4.95% of the total issued share capital of the Company at
the date of this Notice).
Individual Limit
Subject to certain dilution adjustments, the aggregate number of Shares at any one time which may be awarded under the Scheme to any
one Participant shall not exceed 14,500,000 Shares.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72
ITEM 7. MAJOR
 
SHAREHOLDERS
 
AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
7A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
As of September
 
30, 2022,
 
our issued
 
capital consisted
 
of:
 
●
864,588,711 ordinary
 
shares of
 
no par value;
 
and
 
●
5,000,000 cumulative
 
preference
 
shares.
 
 
To our knowledge, as
 
of June 30,
 
2022, we were
 
not directly
 
or indirectly
 
owned or controlled
 
by another
 
corporation
 
or any person
 
or
foreign government,
 
other than
 
the controlling
 
interest
 
held by Sibanye-Stillwater.
 
On July 31,
 
2018, 265 million ordinary shares were issued to
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
as settlement of the
 
purchase consideration for the
acquisition
 
of the WRTRP Assets.
 
On January 8,
 
2020, Sibanye-Stillwater
 
exercised the
 
option granted
 
to it to subscribe
 
for such number
 
of new
ordinary shares
 
in the share capital of DRDGOLD
 
for cash resulting in Sibanye-Stillwater
 
holding in aggregate
 
50.1% of all DRDGOLD shares
in issue
 
(including
 
treasury
 
shares).
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
subscribed
 
for 168,158,944
 
Subscription
 
Shares
 
at an
 
aggregate
 
subscription
 
price
 
of R1,086
million, on January
 
22, 2020. The
 
Subscription
 
Shares were
 
allotted and issued
 
at a price of
 
R6.46 per share,
 
being a 10% discount
 
to the 30-day
volume weighted
 
average traded
 
price.
Other than
 
the above there
 
are no arrangements,
 
the operation
 
of which may
 
at a subsequent
 
date result
 
in a change
 
in control of
 
us.
 
 
Based on information
 
available
 
to us, as of
 
September
 
30, 2022:
●
there were 10,468 record holders of
 
our ordinary shares in South
 
Africa, who held 559,688,990 or
 
approximately 64.7% of our
ordinary shares;
●
there was one record holder of our cumulative
 
preference shares in South Africa,
 
who held 5,000,000 ordinary
 
shares or 100% of
our cumulative
 
preference
 
shares;
●
there were
 
36 US record
 
holders of
 
our ordinary
 
shares,
 
who held
 
approximately
 
33,974,859 ordinary
 
shares
 
or approximately
 
3.9%
of our ordinary
 
shares excluding
 
those shares
 
held as part
 
of our ADR program;
 
and
●
there
 
were 664
 
registered
 
holders
 
of our
 
ADRs in
 
the United
 
States,
 
who held
 
approximately
 
215,869,190
 
shares
 
(21,586,919 ADRs)
or approximately
 
25.0% of our
 
ordinary shares.
 
 
The following
 
table sets
 
forth information
 
regarding the
 
beneficial
 
ownership of
 
our ordinary
 
shares as
 
of September
 
30, 2022,
 
by:
 
●
each of our
 
directors
 
and prescribed
 
officers; and
 
●
any person whom the
 
directors are
 
aware of as at September
 
30, 2022 who is interested
 
directly or indirectly
 
in 1% or more of our
ordinary shares.
 
There was
 
significant
 
change in
 
the percentage
 
ownership of
 
the major
 
shareholders
 
over the
 
preceding
 
three years.
During fiscal
 
year 2020
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
exercised
 
the option
 
granted
 
to it to
 
subscribe
 
for such
 
number of
 
new ordinary
 
shares in
the share
 
capital
 
of DRDGOLD
 
for cash
 
resulting in
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
holding in
 
aggregate
 
50.1% of all
 
Shares in
 
issue (including
treasury shares).
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
subscribed
 
for 168,158,944
 
ordinary
 
shares.
 
Shares Beneficially owned
Holder
Number
Percent of outstanding
ordinary shares
Directors/prescribed officers
D.J. Pretorius
 
804,816
*
A.J. Davel
338,438
*
Other
Sibanye-Stillwater
433,158,944
50.10%
The Bank of New York Mellon
 
227,196,436
26.28%
Government Employees Pension Fund
30,101,431
3.48%
Allan Gray Proprietary Limited
15,638,811
1.81%
BNYMSANV RE BNYMLBGC RE 586388
12,562,291
1.45%
CLEARSTREAM BANKING S.A LUXEMBOURG
10,763,378
1.24%
STATE
 
STREET BANK AND TRUST
10,052,483
1.16%
*
 
Indicates share ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.
 
No ordinary
 
shareholder
 
has voting
 
rights which
 
differ from
 
the voting rights
 
of any other
 
ordinary shareholder.
 
 
73
Cumulative
 
Preference Shares
 
Randgold and Exploration Company
 
Limited, or Randgold, owns 5,000,000
 
(100%) of our cumulative preference
 
shares. Randgold's
registered
 
address is
 
Suite 25, Katherine
 
& West Building, Corner
 
of Katherine
 
and West Streets,
 
Sandown, Sandton,
 
2196.
 
 
The holders of cumulative preference shares do not have voting rights unless any preference dividend is in arrears for more than six
months.
 
The terms
 
of issue
 
of the
 
cumulative
 
preference
 
shares are
 
that they
 
carry the
 
right, in
 
priority
 
to the
 
Company's
 
ordinary shares,
 
to receive
a dividend equal to 3%
 
of the gross future revenue generated by the exploitation or the
 
disposal of the Argonaut mineral rights acquired from
Randgold in
 
September
 
1997. Additionally,
 
holders
 
of cumulative
 
preference
 
shares may
 
vote on resolutions
 
which adversely
 
affect their
 
interests
and on
 
the disposal of
 
all, or
 
substantially all, of our
 
assets or
 
mineral rights. There is
 
currently no active trading
 
market for our
 
cumulative
preference shares. Holders
 
of cumulative preference shares will only obtain their potential
 
voting rights once the Argonaut Project becomes an
operational gold
 
mine, and
 
dividends accrue
 
to
 
them. The
 
prospecting rights
 
have since
 
expired and
 
the
 
Argonaut Project
 
terminated. The
development of the project is not expected to materialise and therefore no dividend is expected to be paid.
7B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions with related parties are disclosed in Item 18. ‘‘Financial
 
Statements
 
- Note 5.1 –
 
Cost of sales’’
Remuneration
 
paid
 
to key
 
management is
 
disclosed
 
in
 
Item 18. ‘‘Financial
 
Statements - Note
 
19.3 –
 
Key management personnel
remuneration’’
7C. INTERESTS
 
OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL
 
INFORMATION
8A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER
 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1.
Please refer
 
to Item 18.
 
Financial Statements.
2.
Please refer
 
to Item 18.
 
Financial Statements.
3.
Please refer
 
to Item 18.
 
Financial Statements.
4.
The last year
 
of audited financial
 
statements
 
is not older
 
than 15 months.
5.
Not applicable.
6.
Not applicable.
7.
Please refer
 
to Item 4D.
 
Property, plant and
 
equipment—Ongoing
 
Legal Proceedings.
8.
Please refer
 
to Item 10B.
 
Memorandum and
 
articles
 
of association.
8B. SIGNIFICANT
 
CHANGES
Significant changes that have occurred since June 30, 2022, the date of the last
 
audited financial statements included in this Annual
Report, are discussed in the relevant notes to the financial statements under Item 18. Financial Statements.
74
ITEM 9. THE
 
OFFER AND LISTING
9A. OFFER AND
 
LISTING DETAILS
The principal trading market
 
for our
 
equity securities is the
 
JSE (symbol: DRD)
 
and our
 
ADSs that trade
 
on the
 
New York
 
Stock
Exchange
 
(symbol:
 
DRD). The
 
ADRs are
 
issued by
 
The Bank
 
of New
 
York Mellon, as
 
depositary. Each
 
ADR represents
 
one ADS
 
and each ADS
represents
 
ten of our ordinary
 
shares. Until
 
July 23, 2007,
 
each ADS
 
represented
 
one of our ordinary
 
shares.
 
The cumulative
 
preference
 
shares are
 
not traded
 
on any exchange.
 
There have
 
been no trading
 
suspensions
 
with respect
 
to our ordinary
 
shares on the
 
JSE during the
 
past three
 
years ended
 
June 30, 2022,
nor have there
 
been any trading
 
suspensions
 
with respect
 
to our ADRs
 
on the New
 
York Stock Exchange
 
since our
 
listing on that
 
market.
9B. PLAN OF
 
DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
9C. MARKETS
Nature of Trading Markets
 
See “Offer and
 
Listing Details”
 
above
.
9D. SELLING
 
SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
9E. DILUTION
Not applicable.
9F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
 
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL
 
INFORMATION
10A. SHARE CAPITAL
Not applicable.
10B. MEMORANDUM
 
AND ARTICLES
 
OF ASSOCIATION
As
 
of
 
June 30,
 
2022,
 
we
 
had
 
authorized for
 
issuance 1,500,000,000 ordinary
 
shares of
 
no
 
par
 
value (as
 
of
 
September 30,
 
2022:
1,500,000,000),
 
and 5,000,000
 
cumulative
 
preference
 
shares of
 
R0.10 par
 
value (as
 
of September
 
30, 2022:
 
5,000,000).
 
On this
 
date, we
 
had issued
864,588,711 ordinary shares (as of September 30, 2022:
 
864,588,711)
 
and 5,000,000 cumulative preference
 
shares (as of September 30, 2022:
5,000,000).
 
 
Set out below
 
are brief
 
summaries
 
of certain
 
provisions
 
of our Memorandum
 
of Incorporation,
 
or our
 
MOI, the
 
Companies
 
Act of South
Africa and
 
the JSE
 
Listings
 
Requirements,
 
all as
 
in effect
 
on June
 
30, 2022
 
and September
 
30, 2022.
 
The summary
 
does not
 
purport to
 
be complete
and is subject
 
to and qualified
 
in its entirety
 
by reference
 
to the full
 
text of the
 
MOI, the Companies
 
Act, and the
 
JSE Listings
 
Requirements.
 
We are registered
 
under
 
the Companies
 
Act of
 
South Africa
 
under registration
 
number
 
1895/000926/06.
 
As set
 
forth
 
in our
 
Memorandum
of Incorporation,
 
the main object
 
and business
 
of our company
 
is mining
 
and exploration
 
for gold and
 
other minerals.
 
Borrowing Powers
 
 
Our directors may from time to time borrow for the purposes of the company, such sums as they think fit and secure the payment or
repayment of any such sums,
 
or any other sum, as they think fit, whether
 
by the creation and issue of securities,
 
mortgage or charge upon all or
any of
 
the property
 
or assets
 
of the company.
 
The directors
 
shall procure
 
that the
 
aggregate
 
principal
 
amount at
 
any one
 
time outstanding
 
in respect
of monies
 
so borrowed
 
or raised
 
by the company
 
and all the
 
subsidiaries
 
for the time
 
being of the
 
company shall
 
not exceed
 
the
 
aggregate
 
amount
at that time
 
authorized
 
to be borrowed
 
or secured
 
by the company
 
or the subsidiaries
 
for the time
 
being of the
 
company (as
 
the
 
case may be).
Share Ownership
 
Requirements
75
 
Our directors
 
are not required
 
to hold any shares
 
to qualify or
 
be appointed
 
as a director.
 
Voting by Directors
 
A director may authorize any other
 
director to vote for him at any meeting at which neither
 
he nor his alternate director appointed
 
by
him is present.
 
Any director
 
so authorized
 
shall, in addition
 
to his own
 
vote, have
 
a vote for
 
each director
 
by whom he
 
is authorized.
 
 
The quorum
 
necessary
 
for the
 
transaction
 
of the business
 
of the directors
 
is a majority
 
of the directors
 
present at
 
a meeting
 
before a
 
vote
may be called
 
at any meeting
 
of directors.
 
 
Directors
 
are
 
required
 
to notify
 
our board
 
of directors
 
of interests
 
in companies
 
and contracts.
 
If a
 
director
 
has a
 
personal
 
financial
 
interest
in respect
 
of a matter
 
to be
 
considered
 
at a meeting
 
of the
 
board he
 
or she
 
must disclose
 
the interest
 
and its
 
nature,
 
any material
 
information
 
relating
to the matter and thereafter leave the meeting immediately
 
after making the disclosure. Such director
 
must not take part in consideration of the
matter. He is
 
not to be regarded
 
as being present
 
for the purpose
 
of determining
 
whether a
 
resolution has
 
sufficient
 
support to be
 
adopted.
 
The King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa, 2016 (King IV) was published on 1 November 2016 and came into
effect on 1
 
April 2017 for companies with financial years commencing thereafter. The application regime for King IV is
 
"apply and explain",
requiring companies to substantially
 
and meaningfully strive towards good corporate
 
governance. King IV is principles and outcomes based: a
departure from mere
 
compliance-based mindset. King IV
 
recognises that sound
 
governance outcomes, exemplified by integrity,
 
competence,
responsibility,
 
accountability,
 
fairness
 
and transparency,
 
are the
 
cardinal
 
pillars of
 
good corporate
 
citizenship.
 
The JSE
 
Limited has
 
since made
 
the
adoption and
 
application
 
of King IV
 
mandatory
 
for all listed
 
companies.
 
The remuneration of non-executive directors is typically determined
 
by the board, but
 
subject to approval by the shareholders at the
AGM of the Company. In terms of section
 
65(11)(h) of the Companies
 
Act, 2008 read with sections
 
66(8) and 66(9) thereof,
 
remuneration may
only be paid
 
to directors
 
for their
 
services as
 
directors in
 
accordance
 
with a special
 
resolution approved
 
by the shareholders
 
within the
 
previous 2
(two) years.
 
A special resolution
 
was passed
 
at the 2021
 
AGM on November
 
30, 2021 to change
 
the structure
 
of the NED
 
remuneration.
 
Under South
 
African common
 
law, directors are
 
required to
 
comply with
 
certain fiduciary
 
duties to the
 
company and
 
to exercise
 
proper
care and skill
 
in discharging
 
their responsibilities.
 
These common
 
law duties
 
have now been
 
codified by
 
the Companies
 
Act.
Age Restrictions
 
There is
 
no age limit
 
for directors.
 
Election of
 
Directors
 
Each director
 
shall be
 
appointed
 
by election
 
by way
 
of an
 
ordinary
 
resolution
 
of shareholders
 
at a
 
general
 
or annual
 
meeting
 
of company
(“elected director (s)”) and
 
no appointment of
 
a director by
 
way of
 
a written
 
circulated shareholders resolution in terms of
 
section 60 of
 
the
Companies
 
Act shall
 
be competent.
 
One
 
third of our
 
directors,
 
on a rotating
 
basis, are
 
subject to
 
re-election at
 
each annual
 
general shareholder’s
 
meeting. Retiring
 
directors
usually make themselves available
 
for re-election. An amendment to the MOI which also subjects executive
 
directors to re-election by rotation
was approved
 
by shareholders
 
at the 2014
 
annual general
 
meeting.
General Meetings
 
On the request
 
of any shareholder
 
or shareholders
 
holding not less
 
than 10 percent
 
of our share
 
capital which
 
carries the
 
right of voting
at general
 
meetings,
 
we shall
 
issue a
 
notice to
 
shareholders
 
convening
 
a general
 
meeting
 
for a
 
date not
 
less than
 
15 days from
 
the date
 
of the
 
notice.
Directors
 
may convene
 
general meetings
 
at any time.
 
 
Our annual general
 
meeting and a meeting
 
of our shareholders
 
for the purpose of passing
 
a special resolution
 
may be called by giving
15 days advance
 
written notice
 
of that meeting.
 
For any other
 
general meeting
 
of our shareholders,
 
15 days advance
 
written notice
 
is required.
 
 
Our MOI provides
 
that if at a
 
meeting convened
 
upon request
 
by our shareholders,
 
a quorum is not
 
present within
 
fifteen minutes
 
after
the time selected for the meeting, such
 
meeting shall be postponed
 
for one week. However the chairman
 
has the discretion to extend the fifteen
minutes for
 
a reasonable
 
period on certain
 
grounds. The
 
necessary
 
quorum is
 
three members
 
present with
 
sufficient
 
voting powers
 
in person or
 
by
proxy to exercise
 
in aggregate
 
25% of the voting
 
rights.
 
Voting Rights
 
The holders of our ordinary
 
shares are generally
 
entitled to vote at general
 
meetings and on a show
 
of hands have one vote per person
and on a poll have
 
one vote for every share held. The holders of our cumulative preference shares are not entitled to vote at a general meeting
unless any preference
 
dividend is in arrears
 
for more than six months
 
at the date on which the notice
 
convening the general
 
meeting is posted to
the shareholders. Additionally, holders of
 
cumulative preference shares may vote
 
on resolutions which
 
adversely affect their interests and
 
on
resolutions regarding the disposal of
 
all or
 
substantially all of
 
our assets
 
or mineral
 
rights. When entitled
 
to vote,
 
holders of
 
our cumulative
preference shares are entitled to one vote per person on a show
 
of hands and that portion of
 
the total votes which the aggregate amount of the
nominal value
 
of the shares
 
held by the relevant
 
shareholder
 
bears to the
 
aggregate
 
amount of the
 
nominal value
 
of all shares
 
issued by us.
 
76
Dividends
 
We may,
 
in certain
 
circumstances in a general meeting, or our directors may, from time to time, declare a dividend to be
 
paid to the
shareholders in proportion to the number of shares they each hold.
 
No dividend shall be declared except out of
 
our profits. Dividends may be
declared
 
either
 
free or
 
subject
 
to the
 
deduction
 
of income
 
tax or
 
duty in
 
respect
 
of which
 
we may
 
be charged.
 
Holders
 
of ordinary
 
shares
 
are entitled
to receive
 
dividends as
 
and when declared
 
by the directors.
Ownership
 
Limitations
 
There are
 
no limitations
 
imposed by our
 
MOI or South
 
African law
 
on the rights
 
of shareholders
 
to hold or vote
 
on our ordinary
 
shares
or securities
 
convertible
 
into our ordinary
 
shares.
 
Winding-up
 
If we are
 
wound-up, then
 
the assets
 
remaining
 
after payment
 
of all of
 
our debts
 
and liabilities,
 
including
 
the costs
 
of liquidation,
 
shall be
applied to repay
 
to the shareholders
 
the amount paid
 
up on our issued
 
capital and
 
thereafter the
 
balance shall
 
be distributed
 
to the shareholders
 
in
proportion to
 
their respective shareholdings. On
 
a
 
winding up,
 
our cumulative preference
 
shares rank,
 
in
 
regard to
 
all arrears
 
of
 
preference
dividends,
 
prior to the
 
holders of
 
ordinary shares.
 
As of June
 
30, 2022 and
 
September
 
30, 2022, no
 
such dividends
 
have been
 
declared.
 
Except for
the preference
 
dividend and
 
as described
 
in this Item
 
our cumulative
 
preference
 
shares are
 
not entitled
 
to any other
 
participation
 
in the distribution
of our surplus
 
assets on
 
winding-up.
 
Reduction
 
of Capital
 
We may,
 
by special resolution, reduce the share capital
 
authorized by our MOI, or reduce our issued share capital including,
 
without
limitation,
 
any stated
 
capital, capital
 
redemption reserve
 
fund and share
 
premium account
 
by making distributions
 
and buying
 
back our shares.
 
Amendment
 
of the
MOI
 
Our MOI may be altered
 
by the passing
 
of a special resolution
 
or in compliance
 
with a court order. The
 
Company may
 
also amend the
MOI by increasing
 
or decreasing
 
the number
 
of authorized
 
shares,
 
classifying
 
or reclassifying
 
shares,
 
or determining
 
the terms
 
of shares
 
in a class.
A special resolution is passed when
 
the shareholders holding at least 25% of
 
the total votes of
 
all the members entitled to
 
vote are present or
represented by proxy
 
at a meeting and, if the resolution
 
was passed on a show of hands, at least
 
75% of those shareholders
 
voted in favor of the
resolution
 
and, if a
 
poll was demanded,
 
at least
 
75% of the total
 
votes to which
 
those shareholders
 
are entitled
 
were cast
 
in favor of
 
the resolution.
An amendment
 
to the MOI to increase
 
the number of authorized
 
shares was approved
 
by shareholders
 
at the 2018 general
 
meeting on March
 
28,
2018.
Consent of
 
the Holders
 
of Cumulative
 
Preference
 
Shares
 
The rights
 
and conditions
 
attaching
 
to the cumulative
 
preference
 
shares may
 
not be cancelled,
 
varied or added,
 
nor may we
 
issue shares
ranking, regarding
 
rights to dividends
 
or on winding up, in priority
 
to or equal with our cumulative
 
preference shares,
 
or dispose of all or part
 
of
the Argonaut mineral
 
rights without
 
the consent
 
in writing of
 
the registered
 
holders of our
 
cumulative preference
 
shares or the
 
prior sanction
 
of a
resolution
 
passed at
 
a separate
 
class meeting
 
of the holders
 
of our cumulative
 
preference
 
shares.
 
Distributions
 
We are authorized to make payments
 
in cash or in specie
 
to our shareholders
 
in accordance
 
with the provisions
 
of the Companies
 
Act
and other consents
 
required by
 
law from
 
time to time.
 
We may, for example, in
 
a general
 
meeting, upon
 
recommendation
 
of our directors,
 
resolve
that any
 
surplus funds
 
representing capital profits arising
 
from the
 
sale of
 
any capital
 
assets and
 
not
 
required for
 
the payment
 
of
 
any fixed
preferential
 
dividend, be
 
distributed
 
among our
 
ordinary
 
shareholders.
 
However, no
 
such profit
 
shall be
 
distributed
 
unless we
 
have sufficient
 
other
assets to
 
satisfy our
 
liabilities
 
and to cover
 
our paid
 
up share
 
capital.
 
We also need
 
to consider
 
the solvency
 
and liquidity
 
requirements
 
stated in
 
the
Companies
 
Act of South
 
Africa.
 
Directors’
 
power to vote
 
compensation
 
to themselves
 
The remuneration
 
of non-executive
 
directors
 
may not
 
exceed
 
in any
 
financial
 
year the
 
amount fixed
 
by the
 
Company
 
in general
 
meeting.
The Companies
 
Act requires that
 
remuneration
 
to non-executive
 
directors may be paid
 
only in accordance
 
with a special resolution
 
approved by
shareholders
 
within the
 
previous two
 
years.
Time limit for
 
dividend entitlement
 
 
 
All unclaimed monies that are due
 
to any shareholder/s shall be held
 
by the company in
 
trust for an indefinite period until
 
lawfully
claimed by
 
such shareholder/s,
 
subject to
 
the Prescription
 
Act, 1969 as
 
amended or
 
any other law
 
which governs
 
the law of
 
prescription.
Staggered director
 
elections
 
& cumulative
 
voting
77
At each annual general meeting of the Company one-third of the directors shall retire and be eligible for re-election. No provision is
made for
 
cumulative
 
voting.
Sinking fund
 
provisions
 
and liability
 
to further
 
capital calls
 
There are no
 
sinking fund provisions in
 
the MOI
 
attaching to any
 
class of
 
the company shares,
 
and the
 
company does not
 
subject
shareholders
 
to liability
 
to further
 
capital calls.
Provision
 
that would delay/prevent
 
change of control
 
 
The Companies
 
Act provides
 
that companies
 
which propose
 
to merge
 
or amalgamate
 
must enter
 
into a written
 
agreement
 
setting out
 
the
terms thereof.
 
They must
 
prove that
 
upon
 
implementation of the
 
amalgamation or
 
merger each
 
will
 
satisfy the
 
solvency and
 
liquidity test.
Companies
 
involved in disposals,
 
amalgamations
 
or mergers,
 
or schemes
 
of arrangement
 
must obtain a
 
compliance
 
certificate
 
from the Takeover
Regulation
 
Panel, pass
 
special resolutions
 
and in some
 
instances
 
they must obtain
 
an independent
 
expert report.
10C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
Not applicable.
 
78
10D. EXCHANGE
 
CONTROLS
The following
 
is a summary
 
of the material
 
South African
 
exchange control
 
measures,
 
which has been
 
derived from
 
publicly available
documents. The following
 
summary is not a comprehensive
 
description of all the exchange
 
control regulations.
 
The discussion in this section
 
is
based on
 
the current
 
law and
 
positions
 
of the South
 
African Government.
 
Changes in
 
the law
 
may alter
 
the exchange
 
control provisions
 
that apply,
possibly on
 
a retroactive
 
basis.
 
Introduction
 
Dealings in foreign currency, the
 
export of capital and
 
revenue, payments by residents to non-residents and
 
various other exchange
control matters
 
in South Africa
 
are regulated
 
by the South
 
African exchange
 
control regulations,
 
or the Regulations.
 
The Regulations
 
form part
 
of
the general
 
monetary policy
 
of South Africa.
 
The Regulations
 
are issued
 
under Section
 
9 of the Currency
 
and Exchanges
 
Act, 1933
 
(as amended).
In terms of
 
the Regulations,
 
the control
 
over South African
 
capital and
 
revenue reserves,
 
as well as
 
the accruals
 
and spending
 
thereof, is
 
vested in
the Treasury
 
(Ministry of
 
Finance), or
 
the Treasury.
 
 
The Treasury has
 
delegated the
 
administration
 
of exchange
 
controls to
 
the Exchange
 
Control Department
 
of the South
 
African Reserve
Bank, or
 
SARB, which
 
is responsible
 
for the
 
day to day
 
administration
 
and functioning
 
of exchange
 
controls.
 
SARB has
 
a wide discretion.
 
Certain
banks authorized by the Treasury to co-administer
 
certain of the exchange controls,
 
are authorized by the Treasury to deal in foreign exchange.
Such dealings
 
in foreign
 
exchange
 
by authorized
 
dealers
 
are undertaken
 
in accordance
 
with the
 
provisions
 
and requirements
 
of the
 
exchange
 
control
rulings, or Rulings, and contain
 
certain administrative
 
measures, as well as conditions
 
and limits applicable
 
to transactions in foreign exchange,
which may be
 
undertaken by authorized dealers. Non-residents have been granted general approval, in
 
terms of the
 
Rulings, to deal in
 
South
African assets,
 
to invest and
 
disinvest
 
in South Africa.
 
 
The Regulations provide for restrictions
 
on exporting capital from the Common Monetary
 
Area consisting of South Africa, Namibia,
and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland.
 
Transactions between residents
 
of the Common Monetary Area are not subject
 
to these exchange
control regulations.
 
 
There are
 
many inherent
 
disadvantages
 
to exchange
 
controls, including
 
distortion of
 
the price
 
mechanism,
 
problems encountered
 
in the
application
 
of monetary
 
policy, detrimental
 
effects on
 
inward foreign
 
investment
 
and administrative
 
costs associated
 
therewith.
 
The South
 
African
Finance Minister
 
has indicated
 
that all
 
remaining
 
exchange
 
controls
 
are likely
 
to be dismantled
 
as soon as
 
circumstances
 
permit. Since
 
1998, there
has been a gradual relaxation of exchange controls. The gradual approach to the abolition of exchange controls
 
adopted by the Government of
South Africa
 
is designed
 
to allow
 
the economy
 
to adjust
 
more smoothly
 
to the
 
removal
 
of controls
 
that have
 
been in
 
place for
 
a considerable
 
period
of time.
 
The stated
 
objective
 
of the authorities
 
is equality
 
of treatment
 
between
 
residents
 
and non-residents
 
with respect
 
to inflows
 
and outflows
 
of
capital. The focus
 
of regulation,
 
subsequent to the
 
abolition of exchange
 
controls, is expected
 
to favor the positive
 
aspects of prudential
 
financial
supervision.
 
 
The present
 
exchange control
 
system in
 
South Africa
 
is used
 
principally
 
to control
 
capital
 
movements.
 
South African
 
companies
 
are not
permitted to maintain foreign
 
bank accounts without SARB approval
 
and, without the approval of SARB, are generally
 
not permitted to export
capital from
 
South Africa
 
or hold foreign
 
currency. In addition,
 
South African
 
companies
 
are required
 
to obtain the
 
approval of
 
the SARB prior
 
to
raising foreign
 
funding on
 
the strength
 
of their South
 
African statements
 
of financial
 
position, which
 
would permit
 
recourse to
 
South Africa
 
in the
event of defaults. Where
 
75% or more of a South African company's
 
capital, voting power, power
 
of control or earnings
 
is directly or indirectly
controlled
 
by non-residents,
 
such a corporation
 
is designated
 
an “affected
 
person” by
 
the SARB,
 
and certain
 
restrictions
 
are placed
 
on its ability
 
to
obtain local
 
financial
 
assistance.
 
We are not, and have
 
never been,
 
designated
 
an “affected
 
person” by
 
the SARB.
 
 
Foreign investment
 
and outward loans
 
by South African companies
 
are also restricted.
 
In addition, without
 
the approval of the
 
SARB,
South African
 
companies
 
are generally
 
required to repatriate
 
to South Africa
 
profits of foreign
 
operations
 
and are limited
 
in their ability
 
to utilize
profits of one
 
foreign business
 
to finance operations
 
of a different
 
foreign business.
 
South African
 
companies establishing
 
subsidiaries,
 
branches,
offices or joint
 
ventures abroad
 
are generally
 
required to submit
 
financial statements
 
on these operations
 
as well as progress
 
reports to the
 
SARB
on an annual
 
basis. As
 
a result, a
 
South African
 
company's
 
ability to
 
raise and
 
deploy capital
 
outside the
 
Common Monetary
 
Area is restricted.
 
 
Although exchange controls have been gradually relaxed since 1998, unlimited outward transfers of capital are not permitted at this
stage. Some
 
of the more
 
salient changes
 
to the South
 
African exchange
 
control provisions
 
over the past
 
few years
 
have been as
 
follows:
 
●
corporations
 
wishing
 
to invest
 
in countries
 
outside
 
the Common
 
Monetary
 
Area,
 
in addition
 
to what
 
is set
 
out below,
 
apply
 
for permission
to enter into corporate
 
asset/share swap
 
and share placement
 
transactions to acquire
 
foreign investments.
 
The latter mechanism
 
entails
the placement of the locally quoted corporation's
 
shares with long-term overseas holders
 
who, in payment for the shares, provide the
foreign currency
 
abroad which
 
the corporation
 
then uses
 
to acquire
 
the target
 
investment;
●
corporations wishing to establish new
 
overseas ventures are permitted
 
to transfer offshore
 
up to
 
R500 million to
 
finance approved
investments abroad and up to R500 million to finance approved new investments in African countries on an annual bases. Approval
from the SARB is required in advance for investments in excess of R500 million. On application
 
to the SARB, corporations are also
allowed to use
 
part of
 
their local cash holdings
 
to finance up
 
to 10%
 
of approved new foreign
 
investments where the cost of
 
these
investments
 
exceeds the
 
current limits;
●
as a general
 
rule, the
 
SARB requires
 
that more than
 
10% of equity
 
of the acquired
 
off-shore venture
 
is acquired
 
within a predetermined
period of time,
 
as a prerequisite
 
to allowing
 
the expatriation
 
of funds.
 
If these
 
requirements
 
are not met,
 
the SARB may
 
instruct that
 
the
equity be disposed of. In our experience
 
the SARB has taken a commercial view on this, and has on occasion extended the period of
time for compliance;
 
and
79
●
remittance of
 
directors' fees
 
payable to
 
persons permanently
 
resident outside
 
the
 
Common
 
Monetary Area
 
may
 
be
 
approved by
authorized
 
dealers, in
 
terms of the
 
Rulings.
 
Authorized
 
dealers in
 
foreign exchange
 
may, against the production
 
of suitable
 
documentary
 
evidence, provide
 
forward cover
 
to South
African residents
 
in respect
 
of fixed and
 
ascertained
 
foreign exchange
 
commitments
 
covering the
 
movement
 
of goods.
 
 
Persons who emigrate
 
from South Africa are
 
entitled to take
 
limited amounts of
 
money out of South Africa
 
as a settling-in allowance.
The balance
 
of the emigrant's
 
funds will
 
be blocked
 
and held
 
under the
 
control of
 
an authorized
 
dealer. These
 
blocked funds
 
may only be
 
invested
in:
 
●
blocked current,
 
savings, interest
 
bearing deposit
 
accounts in
 
the books of
 
an authorized
 
dealer in
 
the banking sector;
 
●
securities quoted on
 
the JSE
 
and financial instruments listed
 
on the
 
Bond Exchange
 
of South
 
Africa which
 
are deposited
 
with an
authorized dealer and not released except temporarily
 
for switching purposes, without the approval
 
of the SARB. Authorized dealers
must at
 
all times
 
be able
 
to demonstrate
 
that listed
 
or quoted
 
securities
 
or financial
 
instruments
 
which are
 
dematerialized
 
or immobilized
in a central
 
securities
 
depository
 
are being held
 
subject to
 
the control
 
of the authorized
 
dealer concerned;
 
or
●
mutual funds.
 
Aside from
 
the investments
 
referred to above,
 
blocked rands
 
may only be utilized
 
for very limited
 
purposes. Dividends
 
declared out of
capital gains or out
 
of income earned prior to
 
emigration remain subject to the blocking procedure. It is
 
not possible to predict when
 
existing
exchange controls
 
will be abolished
 
or whether
 
they will be
 
continued or
 
modified by
 
the South
 
African Government
 
in the future.
Sale of Shares
 
Under present
 
exchange control
 
regulations
 
in South Africa,
 
our ordinary
 
shares and
 
ADRs are freely
 
transferable
 
outside the
 
Common
Monetary Area between
 
non-residents of the Common
 
Monetary Area. In addition,
 
the proceeds from the sale
 
of ordinary shares on the JSE on
behalf of shareholders
 
who are not residents
 
of the Common Monetary
 
Area are freely
 
remittable
 
to such shareholders.
 
Share certificates
 
held by
non-residents
 
will be endorsed
 
with the words
 
“non-resident,”
 
unless dematerialized.
 
Dividends
 
Dividends declared
 
in respect
 
of shares
 
held by a non-resident
 
in a company
 
whose shares
 
are listed
 
on the JSE
 
are freely
 
remittable.
 
 
Any cash dividends
 
paid by us are
 
paid in rands.
 
Holders of ADRs
 
on the relevant
 
record date
 
will be entitled
 
to receive any
 
dividends
payable in respect
 
of the shares
 
underlying the
 
ADRs, subject
 
to the terms
 
of the deposit
 
agreement entered
 
on August 12,
 
1996, and as
 
amended
and restated,
 
between the
 
Company and
 
The Bank of
 
New York, as the depository.
 
Subject to
 
exceptions
 
provided in
 
the deposit
 
agreement,
 
cash
dividends
 
paid in rand
 
will be
 
converted
 
by the depositary
 
to dollars
 
and paid
 
by the depositary
 
to holders
 
of ADRs,
 
net of conversion
 
expenses of
the depositary, in accordance with the deposit
 
agreement. The depositary
 
will charge holders of ADRs, to the extent applicable,
 
taxes and other
governmental
 
charges and
 
specified fees
 
and other expenses.
 
Voting rights
 
There are no limitations
 
imposed by South African law
 
or by our MOI on the right of non-South African
 
shareholders
 
to hold or vote
our ordinary
 
shares.
 
80
10E. TAXATION
Material South
 
African Income
 
Tax Consequences
 
The following
 
is a summary
 
of material
 
income tax
 
considerations
 
under South African
 
income tax
 
law. No representation
 
with respect
to the
 
consequences
 
to any
 
particular
 
purchaser
 
of our
 
securities
 
is made
 
hereby. Prospective
 
purchasers
 
are urged
 
to consult
 
their tax
 
advisers
 
with
respect to
 
their particular
 
circumstances
 
and the effect
 
of South African
 
or other tax
 
laws to which
 
they may be
 
subject.
 
South Africa imposes
 
tax on worldwide income of South
 
African residents.
 
Generally, individuals
 
not resident in South Africa
 
do not
pay tax in South
 
Africa except
 
in the following
 
circumstances:
 
Income Tax and Withholding
 
Tax on Dividends
 
Non-residents
 
will pay income
 
tax on any
 
amounts received
 
by or accrued
 
to them from
 
a source
 
within (or
 
deemed to
 
be within)
 
South
Africa. Interest
 
earned by a
 
non-resident
 
on a debt instrument
 
issued by a South
 
African company
 
will be regarded
 
as being derived
 
from a South
African
 
source
 
but will
 
be regarded
 
as exempt
 
from taxation
 
in terms
 
of Section
 
10(1)(i)
 
of the
 
South African
 
Income Tax Act,
 
1962 (as
 
amended),
or the Income
 
Tax Act. This exemption
 
applies to
 
so much of
 
any interest
 
and dividends
 
(which are
 
not otherwise
 
exempt) received
 
from a South
African source
 
not exceeding
 
(a) R34,500
 
if the taxpayer
 
is 65 years
 
of age or
 
older or (b)
 
R23,800 if
 
the taxpayer
 
is younger
 
than 65 years
 
of age
at the end
 
of the relevant
 
tax year.
 
 
No withholding
 
tax
 
is deductible
 
in respect
 
of interest
 
payments made
 
to non-resident
 
investors.
 
Section 64F of the amendments to the Income Tax Act as set out in Part VIII in Chapter II of the Income Tax Act sets out beneficial
owners
 
who are
 
exempt
 
from the
 
dividend tax
 
which includes
 
resident
 
companies
 
receiving
 
a dividend
 
after
 
the effective
 
date, being
 
April 1,
 
2012.
The Convention
 
between
 
the United
 
States
 
of America
 
and the
 
Republic
 
of South
 
Africa for
 
the Avoidance
 
of Double
 
Taxation and the
 
Prevention
of Fiscal
 
Evasion with
 
Respect to
 
Taxes on Income
 
and Capital
 
Gains, or
 
the Tax Treaty, would limit
 
the rate
 
of this tax
 
with respect
 
to dividends
paid on ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs
 
to a U.S.
 
resident
 
(within the
 
meaning of
 
the Tax Treaty)
 
to 5% of
 
the gross
 
amount of
 
the dividends
 
if such
 
U.S.
resident is
 
a company which
 
holds directly
 
at least 10%
 
of our voting
 
stock and 20%
 
of the gross
 
amount of the
 
dividends
 
in all other
 
cases.
The above
 
provisions
 
shall not
 
apply if
 
the beneficial
 
owner of
 
the dividends
 
is resident
 
in the
 
United States,
 
carries
 
on business
 
in South
Africa through a permanent
 
establishment
 
situated in South Africa,
 
or performs in South
 
Africa independent
 
personal services
 
from a fixed base
situated in
 
South Africa,
 
and the dividends
 
are attributable
 
to such permanent
 
establishment
 
or fixed base.
 
In fiscal years 2022 and 2021, the tax rates for taxable mining income for Ergo was 5% and 25% respectively and for FWGR 31%
for both fiscal periods. The gold mining tax
 
formula for determining the South African gold mining tax
 
rate for fiscal years ended 2022
 
and
2021 is:
 
Y = 34
 
– 170/X. Where
 
Y is the
 
percentage rate of
 
tax payable and
 
X is the
 
ratio of taxable
 
income, net of
 
any qualifying capital
expenditure that bears to
 
mining income derived, expressed
 
as a percentage. The
 
tax rate for non-mining
 
taxable income is
 
28% for both
 
fiscal
years 2022 and 2021.
On February 23, 2022, the Minister of Finance announced that the corporate income tax (“
CIT
”) rate will be lowered from 28% to
27% for companies with years of
 
assessment commencing on or after April
 
1, 2022. The mining operations of
 
the Group accounts for income
tax using the
 
gold mining tax formula as
 
opposed to the CIT rate. The
 
gold mining tax formula was
 
changed to Y = 33
 
- 165/X for years of
assessment commencing on or after April 1, 2022.
 
It was further announced that the lowering of the CIT rate will be implemented alongside
additional amendments to broaden the CIT base by limiting interest deductions and assessed losses. Section 23M which limits the deduction
of interest
 
payable to
 
certain parties
 
who are
 
not subject
 
to tax
 
was significantly
 
widened. A
 
maximum of
 
R1 million
 
or 80%
 
of assessed
losses (whichever is greater) is permitted to be set-off against taxable income.
 
With effect from April 1, 2014, Section 8F of the
 
Income Tax Act results
 
in any amount of interest which is incurred in respect of a
“
hybrid debt
 
instrument
” is
 
deemed to
 
be a
 
dividend
in specie
 
declared by
 
the payor
 
and received
 
by the
 
recipient which
 
is exempt
 
from
income tax, as opposed
 
to interest which is
 
taxable. The terms of
 
some of our intercompany
 
loans cause the affected
 
loans to be deemed
 
as
“
hybrid debt instruments
” and the interest thereof
 
to be deemed to
 
be an exempt dividend
in specie
. This characterization of
 
the affected loans
as a “
hybrid debt instrument
” was not impacted by subsequent
 
amendments
 
to Section
 
8F of the
 
Income Tax Act
 
that became
 
effective
 
in fiscal
year 2017.
 
81
U.S. Federal
 
Income Tax Considerations
 
The following
 
is a
 
summary of
 
the U.S.
 
federal income tax
 
considerations generally applicable to the
 
U.S. Holder
 
ownership and
disposition
 
of ordinary
 
shares
 
or ADRs.
 
Unless
 
otherwise
 
indicated,
 
this discussion
 
addresses
 
only U.S.
 
Holders
 
who hold
 
ordinary
 
shares
 
or ADRs
as capital
 
assets (generally,
 
property held
 
for investment)
 
for U.S.
 
federal
 
income tax
 
purposes.
 
This discussion
 
is based
 
upon the
 
provisions
 
of the
U.S. Internal
 
Revenue Code
 
of 1986,
 
as amended
 
(the “Code”),
 
Treasury regulations
 
promulgated
 
thereunder, judicial
 
decisions,
 
published
 
rulings
of the Internal Revenue
 
Service (the “IRS”),
 
administrative
 
pronouncements
 
and other relevant
 
authorities,
 
all as in effect on the date
 
hereof and
all of which are
 
subject to differing
 
interpretations
 
and change,
 
possibly on a retroactive
 
basis. There can
 
be no assurance
 
that the IRS would
 
not
assert, or
 
that a court
 
would not sustain,
 
a position
 
contrary to
 
any of the
 
considerations
 
discussed herein.
 
This summary
 
does not
 
address U.S.
 
federal estate, gift
 
or
 
other non-income tax
 
considerations, the alternative minimum tax,
 
the
Medicare tax on
 
certain net investment income, or
 
any state, local
 
or non-U.S. tax
 
considerations, relating to the ownership or
 
disposition of
ordinary shares or ADRs, nor does it
 
address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be
 
relevant to U.S. Holders in light
 
of their
particular circumstances
 
or that may be relevant to certain types of U.S. Holders subject
 
to special treatment under U.S. federal
 
income tax law
(such as dealers in securities
 
or currencies, partnerships
 
or other pass-through
 
entities, banks and
 
other financial
 
institutions, traders
 
in securities
that elect
 
mark-to-market
 
treatment, insurance
 
companies,
 
tax-exempt organizations
 
(including private
 
foundations),
 
certain expatriates
 
or former
long-term residents of the
 
United States, persons holding
 
ordinary shares or ADRs
 
as part
 
of a
 
“hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic
security,” “straddle,”
 
“constructive
 
sale” or other integrated
 
investment, persons
 
who acquired the ordinary
 
shares or ADRs upon the
 
exercise of
employee stock
 
options or
 
otherwise as
 
compensation, persons whose
 
functional currency is
 
not
 
the U.S.
 
dollar, or
 
persons that
 
actually or
constructively
 
own ten percent
 
or more of
 
the voting power
 
or value of
 
our shares).
 
82
For purposes
 
of this discussion,
 
a “U.S. Holder”
 
is a beneficial
 
owner of ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs that
 
is, for U.S.
 
federal income
 
tax purposes:
●
a citizen
 
or individual
 
resident of
 
the United
 
States;
 
●
a corporation (or any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income
 
tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the
United States,
 
any state
 
thereof or
 
the District
 
of Columbia;
 
●
an estate
 
the income
 
of which is
 
subject to U.S.
 
federal income
 
tax without regard
 
to its source;
 
or
 
●
a trust (i)
 
if a court within
 
the United
 
States is able
 
to exercise
 
primary supervision
 
over the administration
 
of the trust
 
and one or more
U.S. persons have
 
the authority to
 
control all substantial
 
decisions of
 
the trust, or (ii)
 
if the trust has made
 
a valid election to
 
be treated
as a U.S.
 
person.
 
If a partnership
 
(or other entity
 
or arrangement
 
treated as a
 
partnership
 
for U.S. federal
 
income tax purposes)
 
owns any ordinary
 
shares
or ADRs, the
 
U.S. federal
 
income tax treatment
 
of a partner
 
in the partnership
 
will generally
 
depend on the
 
status of the
 
partner and the
 
activities
of the partnership.
 
Partnerships
 
holding any
 
ordinary shares
 
or ADRs and their
 
partners should
 
consult their
 
tax advisors
 
regarding an investment
in ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs.
 
 
U.S.
 
Holders of
 
ordinary shares
 
or
 
ADRs should
 
consult their
 
tax
 
advisors regarding
 
the
 
U.S.
 
federal income
 
tax
 
considerations
applicable to the
 
ownership and disposition
 
of ordinary shares
 
or ADRs in light of their
 
particular circumstances
 
as well as any considerations
 
to
them arising
 
under the tax
 
laws of any
 
foreign, state
 
or local taxing
 
jurisdiction.
Distributions
 
For U.S. federal income
 
tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADRs will
 
be treated as the owner of the ordinary
 
shares represented
 
by such
ADRs. Exchanges
 
of ordinary
 
shares for
 
ADRs and ADRs
 
for ordinary
 
shares will
 
generally not
 
be subject
 
to U.S. federal
 
income tax.
 
 
Subject to
 
the discussion below
 
under the
 
heading “Passive Foreign
 
Investment Company”, the gross
 
amount of
 
any distributions
received by a
 
U.S. Holder on
 
ordinary shares or ADRs
 
(including any amounts withheld in
 
respect of South
 
African withholding taxes) will
generally be
 
subject to tax
 
to the extent paid
 
out of our current
 
or accumulated
 
earnings and
 
profits, as determined
 
under U.S. federal
 
income tax
principles,
 
and will be includible
 
in the gross
 
income of a
 
U.S. Holder
 
on the day actually
 
or constructively
 
received.
 
For U.S. federal
 
income tax
purposes, the gross amount of any distributions
 
received by a U.S. Holder will generally
 
equal the dollar value of the sum of the South African
rand payments
 
made (including
 
any amounts
 
withheld in
 
respect
 
of South African
 
withholding
 
taxes),
 
determined
 
at the “spot
 
rate” on
 
the date
 
the
dividend distribution
 
is includable in such U.S. Holder's
 
income, regardless of whether
 
the payment is in fact converted into dollars. Generally,
any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange
 
fluctuations during the period from the date a U.S. Holder includes
 
the dividend payment in
income to
 
the date such
 
holder converts
 
the payment
 
into dollars
 
will
 
be treated
 
as ordinary
 
income or
 
loss.
 
 
Distributions,
 
if any, in excess
 
of our current
 
or accumulated
 
earnings and
 
profits will
 
constitute
 
a non-taxable
 
return of capital
 
and will
be applied
 
against and
 
reduce the
 
U.S. Holder's
 
basis in the
 
ordinary shares
 
or ADRs. To the extent
 
that distributions
 
exceed the
 
U.S. Holder's
 
tax
basis in the ordinary
 
shares or ADRs,
 
as applicable,
 
the excess generally
 
will be treated
 
as capital gain,
 
subject to the
 
discussion below
 
under the
heading “Passive
 
Foreign Investment
 
Company”.
 
We do not intend to calculate
 
our earnings
 
or profits for
 
U.S. federal
 
income tax purposes.
 
U.S.
Holders should
 
therefore
 
assume that
 
any distributions
 
on our ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs will constitute
 
dividend income.
 
An individual
 
or other
 
non-corporate
 
U.S. Holder
 
may be
 
subject
 
to tax
 
on any
 
such dividends
 
at the
 
lower
 
capital
 
gain tax
 
rate applicable
to “qualified dividend
 
income,” provided
 
that certain conditions
 
are satisfied,
 
including that (1)
 
the ordinary shares
 
or ADSs
 
are readily tradable
on an established securities
 
market in the United States,
 
or we are eligible for the benefits
 
of a qualifying income
 
tax treaty, (2) we are neither a
PFIC nor treated as such
 
with respect to a U.S. Holder
 
(as discussed below)
 
for the taxable year in which
 
the dividend is paid and
 
the preceding
taxable year, and
 
(3) certain
 
holding period
 
requirements
 
are met. Dividend
 
income derived
 
with respect to
 
the ordinary shares
 
or ADRs will not
be eligible
 
for the dividends
 
received deduction
 
generally allowed
 
to a U.S. corporation.
 
U.S. Holders
 
should consult
 
their tax advisors
 
regarding
the U.S. federal
 
income tax
 
rate that will
 
be applicable
 
to their receipt
 
of any dividends
 
paid with respect
 
to the ordinary
 
shares and
 
ADRs.
 
 
For U.S.
 
foreign tax
 
credit purposes,
 
dividends
 
received
 
on ordinary
 
shares
 
or ADSs
 
common shares
 
will generally
 
be treated
 
as income
from foreign sources and will
 
generally constitute
 
passive category income.
 
Subject to certain conditions
 
and limitations, a U.S. Holder eligible
for the benefits
 
of an applicable
 
income tax treaty
 
may be eligible
 
to claim a foreign
 
tax credit
 
in respect of any
 
South African
 
income taxes
 
paid
or withheld
 
with respect
 
to dividends
 
on ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADSs to
 
the extent
 
such taxes
 
are nonrefundable
 
under the
 
treaty. Alternatively,
 
a U.S.
Holder may elect
 
to deduct such taxes
 
in computing its taxable
 
income for U.S. federal
 
income tax purposes.
 
A U.S. Holder’s election
 
to deduct
foreign taxes
 
instead of
 
claiming foreign
 
tax credits
 
applies to
 
all creditable
 
foreign income
 
taxes paid
 
or accrued
 
in the relevant
 
taxable year. The
rules regarding
 
foreign tax
 
credits and
 
the deductibility
 
of foreign
 
taxes are
 
complex. All
 
U.S. Holders
 
should consult
 
their tax advisors
 
regarding
the availability
 
of foreign
 
tax credits
 
and the deductibility
 
of foreign
 
taxes in
 
light of their
 
particular
 
circumstances.
 
 
83
Passive Foreign
 
Investment
 
Company
 
A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will
 
be classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal
income tax purposes for any taxable year if either (i) 75% or more of our gross income for such year, including our pro rata share of the gross
income of any
 
company in which
 
we are considered
 
to own 25% or more
 
of the shares by
 
value, consists
 
of certain types
 
of “passive income”
 
or
(ii) 50% or more of the value
 
of our assets
 
(determined on the
 
basis of a quarterly
 
average) during
 
such year, including
 
our pro rata share
 
of the
assets of
 
any company
 
in which we
 
are considered
 
to own 25%
 
or more of
 
the shares
 
by value, is
 
attributable
 
to assets
 
that produce
 
or are held
 
for
the production of
 
passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities, net
 
gains from the
 
sale or
exchange
 
of property
 
producing
 
such income
 
and net
 
foreign
 
currency
 
gains.
 
Passive
 
assets
 
are those
 
which give
 
rise to
 
passive income
 
and include
assets held
 
for investment,
 
as well as
 
cash, assets
 
readily convertible
 
into cash,
 
and (subject
 
to certain
 
exceptions)
 
working capital.
 
Our company’s
goodwill and other unbooked
 
intangibles are
 
taken into account and may be classified
 
as active or passive depending
 
on the income such assets
generate
 
or are held
 
to generate.
 
 
If we are a PFIC for any
 
taxable year
 
during which a U.S.
 
Holder holds ordinary
 
shares or ADRs,
 
the U.S. Holder would
 
be subject to
special rules
 
with respect
 
to any (i) gain
 
recognized
 
upon the disposition
 
of the ordinary
 
shares or ADRs
 
and (ii)
 
receipt of
 
an excess
 
distribution
(generally, any distributions
 
to a U.S. Holder during a taxable year that
 
is greater than 125% of the average
 
amount of distributions received
 
by
such U.S. Holder during the three preceding taxable years in respect of
 
the ordinary shares or ADRs or,
 
if shorter, such U.S. Holder's holding
period for
 
the ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs). Under
 
these rules:
●
the gain
 
or excess
 
distribution
 
will
 
be allocated
 
ratably
 
over a
 
U.S. Holder's
 
holding
 
period
 
for the
 
ordinary
 
shares
 
or ADRs,
 
as applicable;
 
●
amounts allocated to the taxable
 
year of the excess distribution
 
or of the sale or other disposition and to any taxable years
 
in the U.S.
Holder’s holding period
 
prior to the first taxable
 
year in which we are classified
 
as a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”),
 
will be taxed as
ordinary income;
 
●
amounts allocated
 
to each
 
prior year
 
(other than
 
the current
 
taxable year
 
or a pre-PFIC
 
year) will
 
be taxed
 
at the highest
 
tax rate
 
in effect
 
applicable
 
to the U.S.
 
Holder for
 
that year;
 
and
 
●
such amounts will be increased by an additional tax equal to interest on the resulting tax deemed deferred with respect to such years
(other than
 
the current
 
taxable year
 
or a pre-PFIC
 
year).
 
Although we generally will be treated as a PFIC as to any
 
U.S. Holder if we are a PFIC for
 
any year during a U.S. Holder's holding
period, if
 
we cease
 
to be a PFIC,
 
the U.S. Holder
 
may avoid PFIC
 
classification
 
for subsequent
 
years if such
 
holder elects
 
to recognize
 
gain based
on the
 
unrealized
 
appreciation
 
in the ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs through
 
the close
 
of the tax
 
year in which
 
we cease
 
to be a PFIC.
 
 
A U.S. Holder
 
of a PFIC is required
 
to file an annual
 
report with
 
the Internal
 
Revenue Service
 
containing such
 
information
 
as the U.S.
Secretary
 
of Treasury may
 
require.
 
A U.S. Holder
 
of ordinary
 
shares or ADRs
 
that are treated
 
as “marketable
 
stock” may be
 
able to avoid
 
the imposition
 
of the special
 
tax
and interest charge described above by making a mark-to-market election.
 
Pursuant to this election, the U.S. Holder would include in ordinary
income or loss for each taxable year an amount equal to the difference
 
between, as of the close of the taxable year, the fair market value of the
ordinary shares
 
or ADRs and
 
the U.S. Holder's
 
adjusted tax
 
basis in such
 
ordinary shares
 
or ADRs. Losses
 
would be allowed
 
only to the
 
extent of
net mark-to-market
 
gain previously
 
included
 
by the
 
U.S. Holder
 
under the
 
election
 
for prior
 
taxable
 
years.
 
If a
 
U.S. Holder
 
makes a
 
mark-to-market
election, then, in any taxable year for which we are classified
 
as a PFIC, tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations
 
that are not PFICs
would apply to distributions
 
by us (except that the lower applicable capital
 
gains rate for qualified dividend income
 
would not apply). If a U.S.
Holder makes a valid
 
mark-to-market
 
election and we
 
subsequently
 
cease to be classified
 
as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder
 
will not be required
 
to take
into account
 
the mark-to-market
 
income or loss
 
described above
 
during any period
 
that we are
 
not classified
 
as a PFIC. In
 
addition, because,
 
as a
technical
 
matter, a mark-to-market
 
election cannot
 
be made for
 
any lower-tier
 
PFICs that we
 
may own, a U.S.
 
Holder may
 
continue to be
 
subject
to the PFIC rules
 
with respect
 
to such U.S. Holder’s
 
indirect interest
 
in any investments
 
held by us that
 
are treated
 
as an equity interest
 
in a PFIC
for U.S.
 
federal income
 
tax purposes.
 
U.S. Holders
 
should consult
 
their tax
 
advisors
 
with respect
 
to the application
 
and effect
 
of making
 
the mark-
to-market
 
election for
 
their ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs.
 
 
In the case
 
of a U.S. Holder
 
who holds ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs and who
 
does not make
 
a mark-to-market
 
election, the
 
special tax
 
and
interest charge
 
described above
 
will not apply
 
if such holder
 
makes an election
 
to treat us
 
as a “qualified
 
electing fund”
 
in the first
 
taxable year
 
in
which such
 
holder owns
 
the ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs and
 
if we comply
 
with certain
 
reporting
 
requirements.
 
However, we
 
do not intend
 
to provide
the information
 
necessary
 
for U.S. Holders
 
to make qualified
 
electing fund
 
elections.
 
 
We believe that
 
we were
 
not a
 
PFIC for
 
our taxable
 
year ended
 
June 30,
 
2022. There
 
can be
 
no assurance
 
regarding
 
our PFIC
 
status for
 
the current
taxable year or foreseeable
 
future taxable years,
 
however, because our PFIC status
 
is a factual determination
 
made annually that will
 
depend, in
part, upon
 
the composition
 
of our income
 
and assets.
 
The value
 
of our assets
 
for purposes
 
of the asset
 
test, including
 
the value
 
of our goodwill
 
and
unbooked intangibles,
 
may be determined
 
in part by reference
 
to the market price
 
of our ordinary shares
 
or ADRs from time
 
to time (which may
be volatile). Because we
 
will generally take
 
into account our
 
current market capitalization in estimating the
 
value of
 
our goodwill and
 
other
unbooked
 
intangibles,
 
our PFIC
 
status
 
for the
 
current
 
taxable
 
year and
 
foreseeable
 
future
 
taxable
 
years may
 
be affected
 
by our
 
market
 
capitalization.
84
The rules relating to PFICs are complex. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding
 
the application of the PFIC rules to
their investments
 
in our ordinary
 
shares or ADRs.
Disposition
 
of Ordinary
 
Shares or ADRs
 
A U.S. Holder
 
will generally
 
recognize
 
gain or loss
 
on the sale,
 
exchange, or
 
other taxable
 
disposition
 
of ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs in an
amount equal
 
to the difference
 
between the U.S.
 
dollar value
 
of the amount realized
 
on the disposition
 
and such holder's
 
adjusted tax
 
basis in the
ordinary shares or
 
ADRs. Subject to
 
the discussion above
 
under the heading
 
“Passive Foreign Investment Company”, such gain
 
or loss
 
will
generally be long-term capital gain or loss a
 
if the U.S. Holder’s holding period in
 
the ordinary shares or ADRs exceeds one year.
 
Long-term
capital gains
 
of individuals
 
and certain other
 
non-corporate
 
U.S. Holders
 
are generally
 
eligible for
 
a reduced rate
 
of taxation. The
 
deductibility
 
of
capital
 
losses
 
is subject
 
to limitations.
 
Gain
 
or loss
 
recognized
 
by a
 
U.S. Holder
 
on the
 
taxable
 
disposition
 
of ordinary
 
shares
 
or ADRs
 
will generally
be treated
 
as U.S. source
 
gain or loss
 
for U.S. foreign
 
tax credit
 
purposes.
 
 
85
 
In the case of a cash basis U.S. Holder who receives
 
rands in connection with the
 
taxable disposition
 
of ordinary shares or ADRs,
 
the
amount realized
 
will be
 
based on
 
the spot
 
rate as
 
determined
 
on the
 
settlement
 
date of
 
such exchange.
 
A U.S.
 
Holder who
 
receives
 
payment in
 
rand
and converts rand
 
into U.S. dollars
 
at a conversion rate
 
other than the rate
 
in effect on the settlement
 
date may have a foreign
 
currency exchange
gain or loss
 
that would
 
be treated
 
as ordinary
 
income or
 
loss.
 
 
An accrual basis U.S. Holder
 
may elect the
 
same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to
 
a taxable disposition of
ordinary
 
shares
 
or ADRs,
 
provided
 
that the
 
election
 
is applied
 
consistently
 
from year
 
to year.
 
Such election
 
may not
 
be changed
 
without
 
the consent
of the IRS.
 
In the event
 
that an
 
accrual basis
 
U.S. Holder
 
does not
 
elect to
 
be treated
 
as a cash
 
basis taxpayer,
 
such U.S.
 
Holder may
 
have a foreign
currency gain or
 
loss for U.S.
 
federal income tax purposes because of
 
the differences between the U.S.
 
dollar value of
 
the currency received
prevailing on the trade date and the settlement date. Any such currency gain or loss will be treated as ordinary income
 
or loss and would be in
addition to
 
gain or loss,
 
if any, recognized
 
by such U.S.
 
Holder on the
 
disposition
 
of such ordinary
 
shares or
 
ADRs.
Information
 
with respect
 
to Foreign Financial
 
Assets
 
Certain U.S. Holders
 
may be required to report on Internal
 
Revenue Service
 
Form 8938 information
 
relating to an interest
 
in ordinary
shares or ADRs,
 
subject to certain
 
exceptions (including an exception for assets held
 
in accounts maintained by
 
certain financial institutions,
although the account
 
itself may be reportable
 
if held at a non-U.S. financial
 
institution).
 
U.S. Holders should
 
consult their
 
tax advisers regarding
the effect, if any, of this reporting requirement
 
on their acquisition,
 
ownership and disposition
 
of ordinary shares or ADRs.
 
U.S. Holders should
consult their
 
tax advisors
 
regarding application
 
of the information
 
reporting and
 
backup withholding
 
rules.
10F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
Not applicable.
10G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.
10H. DOCUMENTS
 
ON DISPLAY
DRDGOLD files annual
 
reports on Form 20-F and reports
 
on Form 6-K with the SEC. You may access this information
 
at the SEC’s
home page (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of the documents referred to herein may be inspected at DRDGOLD Limited’s offices by
 
contacting
DRDGOLD Limited,
 
P.O. Box 390, Maraisburg,
 
Johannesburg,
 
South Africa
 
1700. Attn:
 
Company Secretary.
 
Tel No. +27-11-470-2600.
10I. SUBSIDIARY
 
INFORMATION
Not applicable.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
 
RISK
 
General
 
In the normal
 
course of our
 
operations,
 
we are exposed
 
to market risk,
 
including commodity
 
price, foreign
 
currency, interest
 
and credit
risks. Refer to Item 18. ‘‘Financial Statements - Note 27 - Financial instruments’’ of the consolidated financial statements
 
for a qualitative and
quantitative
 
discussion
 
of our exposure
 
to these market
 
risks.
Our long-term strategy
 
is to
 
remain unhedged and
 
to keep
 
borrowings to a
 
minimum.
 
During fiscal 2022
 
we do
 
not hold
 
or issue
derivative financial instruments
 
for speculative purposes, nor did we hedge forward gold
 
sales.
However, in instances where we need
 
to incur
medium-term
 
borrowings
 
to finance
 
growth projects
 
that introduce
 
some liquidity
 
risk to
 
the Group,
 
we may
 
mitigate
 
this liquidity
 
risk by
 
entering
into an arrangement
 
to provide price
 
protection against
 
a possible decrease
 
in the Rand gold price
 
while borrowings
 
are in place.
 
For example in
fiscal 2019
 
we entered
 
into a hedging
 
instrument
 
in the form
 
of a collar
 
in respect
 
of 50,000 ounces
 
of gold that
 
expired at
 
the end of
 
May 2019.
Commodity
 
price risk
 
The rand market price of gold
 
has a significant effect
 
on our results of operations,
 
our ability and the ability
 
of our subsidiaries to pay
dividends and
 
undertake
 
capital expenditures,
 
and the market
 
price of our
 
ordinary shares
 
or ADSs. Historically,
 
rand gold prices
 
have fluctuated
widely and are
 
affected by numerous
 
industry factors
 
over which we
 
have no control.
 
The aggregate
 
effect of these
 
factors on the
 
rand gold price
is impossible
 
for us to predict.
 
The rand price
 
of gold may
 
not remain
 
at a level
 
allowing us
 
to economically
 
exploit our
 
reserves.
 
 
It is
 
our long-term
 
policy
 
not to
 
hedge
 
this commodity
 
price
 
risk. However,
 
in instances
 
where
 
we need
 
to incur
 
medium-term
 
borrowings
to finance growth
 
projects that introduce
 
some liquidity risk
 
to the Group, we may mitigate
 
this liquidity risk
 
by entering into an arrangement
 
to
provide price
 
protection
 
against a
 
possible decrease
 
in the Rand
 
gold price
 
while borrowings
 
are in place.
 
 
 
 
 
86
Concentration
 
of credit
 
risk
Credit risk
 
is the
 
risk of
 
financial
 
loss to
 
us if
 
a customer
 
or counterparty
 
to a
 
financial
 
instrument
 
fails to
 
meet its
 
contractual
 
obligations,
and arises
 
principally
 
from our trade
 
and other receivables
 
from customers
.
 
The Group manages its exposure to credit risk on cash and cash equivalents
 
and Guardrisk Cell Captive (classified
 
as investments in
rehabilitation
 
and other funds
 
in the statement
 
of financial
 
position), mandating
 
the Guardrisk
 
Cell Captive
 
to diversify
 
the funds across
 
a number
of major financial
 
institutions,
 
as well as
 
investing funds
 
in low-risk,
 
interest-bearing
 
cash and cash
 
equivalents.
 
The Group manages
 
its exposure
 
to credit risk
 
on trade receivables
 
by selling gold
 
on a cash on delivery
 
basis. The Group
 
manages its
exposure to credit risk
 
on other
 
receivables by dealing with
 
a number
 
of counterparties, ensuring that these
 
counterparties are of good
 
credit
standing
 
and transacting
 
on a
 
secured
 
or cash
 
basis where
 
considered
 
required.
 
Receivables
 
are regularly
 
monitored
 
and assessed
 
for recoverability.
Foreign currency
 
risk
 
Our reporting
 
and functional
 
currency
 
is South
 
African
 
rand. Although
 
gold is
 
sold in
 
US dollars,
 
the Company
 
is obliged
 
to convert
 
this
into rands. No
 
hedges were entered into during fiscal 2022.
 
We
 
are thus exposed to
 
fluctuations in the US dollar/rand exchange rate. Foreign
exchange
 
fluctuations
 
affect the
 
cash flow
 
that we
 
will realize
 
from our
 
operations
 
as gold
 
is sold
 
in US
 
dollars,
 
while production
 
costs are
 
incurred
primarily in
 
rands. Our results
 
are positively
 
affected when
 
the US dollar
 
strengthens
 
against the rand
 
and adversely
 
affected when the
 
US dollar
weakens against
 
the rand. Our
 
cash and cash
 
equivalent
 
balances are
 
mostly held
 
in South African
 
rands.
 
Liquidity risk - Long-term debt
Set out below is an analysis of our debt as at June 30, 2022 consisting of capital and interest related to lease liabilities. All of
our long-term debt is denominated in South African rand.
Interest rate
Total
 
6.4% - 10.3%
R'm
Repayment period
2023
22.4
2024
15.7
2025
8.4
2026
7.6
2027
3.4
2028
2.1
Total
 
59.6
Based on our fiscal year 2022 financial results, a hypothetical 100 basis points (increase)/decrease in interest rate activity would
(increase)/decrease our interest expense by R0.5 million.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION
 
OF SECURITIES
 
OTHER THAN EQUITY
 
SECURITIES
 
 
See Item 9.
 
"The Offer and
 
Listing Details".
12A. DEBT SECURITIES
Not applicable
.
12B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
Not applicable.
12C. OTHER SECURITIES
Not applicable.
 
 
87
12D. AMERICAN
 
DEPOSITARY SHARES
Depositary
 
Fees and Charges
 
DRDGOLD’s American Depository Shares,
 
or ADSs, each representing ten of DRDGOLD’s ordinary shares,
 
are traded on the New
York Stock Exchange, or
 
NYSE under
 
the symbol “DRD”
 
(until December
 
29, 2011 our ADSs
 
were traded
 
on the Nasdaq
 
Capital Market
 
under
the symbol “DROOY”). The ADSs are
 
evidenced by American Depository Receipts, or ADRs, issued by The
 
Bank of New
 
York
 
Mellon, as
Depository under
 
the Amended
 
and Restated
 
Deposit Agreement
 
dated as of August
 
12, 1996, as
 
amended and restated
 
as of October
 
2, 1996, as
further amended
 
and restated
 
as of August
 
6, 1998,
 
as further
 
amended and
 
restated
 
July 23, 2007,
 
among DRDGOLD
 
Limited, The
 
Bank of New
York
 
Mellon and owners and
 
beneficial owners of ADRs from
 
time to time.
 
ADR holders may have
 
to pay
 
the following service fees to
 
the
Depositary:
Service
Fees (USD)
Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of
ordinary shares or rights
 
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)
1
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the Deposit
Agreement terminates
 
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)
1
Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions
 
2 cents (or less) per ADS (or portion thereof)
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which
are distributed by the Depositary to ADS registered holders
 
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)
[1]
 
These fees are typically paid to the Depositary by the brokers on behalf of their clients receiving the newly-issued ADSs from the
Depositary or delivering the ADSs to the Depositary for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these transaction fees to their clients.
In addition, ADR holders are responsible for certain fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary on their behalf including
 
(1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers
of ordinary shares generally on the share register and applicable to transfers of ordinary shares to the name of the Depositary or its
nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals, (3) such cable, telex and facsimile transmission
expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement, and (4)
 
such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion
of foreign currency to U.S. Dollars.
The Depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs
 
directly from investors depositing or surrendering ADSs for the
purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary, collects fees for making distributions
 
to investors by deducting
those fees
 
from the amounts
 
distributed
 
or by selling
 
a portion of
 
distributable
 
property to
 
pay the fees.
 
The Depositary
 
may collect
 
its annual fee
for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of
participants
 
acting for them.
 
The Depositary
 
may generally
 
refuse to provide
 
fee-attracting
 
services until
 
its fees
 
for those services
 
are paid.
 
Depositary
 
Payments
 
The Bank of
 
New York Mellon, as
 
Depositary, has
 
agreed to
 
reimburse
 
DRDGOLD an
 
annual amount
 
of $75,000 mainly
 
consisting
 
of
accumulated contributions towards the Company’s
 
investor relations activities (including investor meetings, conferences and
 
fees of
 
investor
relations
 
service vendors).
 
After the
 
deduction
 
of other
 
fees, the
 
annual reimbursement
 
for the
 
year ended
 
June 30,
 
2022 amounts
 
to approximately
$11,721 (June 30, 2021: $51,944, June 30, 2020: $16,237). DRDGOLD is also entitled to a
 
25% share of the dividend fees which amounts to
approximately
 
$93,565for the
 
year ended
 
June 30, 2022
 
(June 30,
 
2021: $65,551,
 
June 30, 2020:
 
$nil).
88
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES
 
AND DELINQUENCIES
 
There have
 
been no material
 
defaults in the
 
payment of
 
principal, interest,
 
a sinking or purchase
 
fund installment,
 
or any other material
defaults with
 
respect to
 
any indebtedness
 
of ours.
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS
 
TO THE RIGHTS OF
 
SECURITY HOLDERS
 
AND USE OF PROCEEDS
 
None
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
15A. Disclosure
 
Controls and
 
Procedures
As
 
of
 
June
 
30,
 
2022,
 
our
 
management,
 
with
 
the
 
participation
 
of
 
our
 
Chief
 
Executive
 
Officer
 
and
 
Chief
 
Financial
 
Officer
 
have
evaluated the effectiveness of our
 
disclosure controls and procedures (as
 
this term is defined in
 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)
 
of the Exchange
Act).
 
Our
 
management,
 
including
 
the
 
Chief
 
Executive
 
Officer
 
and
 
Chief
 
Financial
 
Officer,
 
concluded
 
that
 
our
 
disclosure
 
controls
 
and
procedures were effective as of June 30, 2022.
Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us
in the reports
 
that we file
 
or submit under
 
the Securities Exchange Act
 
of 1934 is
 
recorded, processed, summarized and
 
reported, within the
time periods specified in the
 
applicable rules and forms
 
and that such information required
 
to be disclosed by
 
us in the reports we
 
file or submit
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures.
 
These limitations include the
possibility of human error and the circumvention or
 
overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, any such system can only
 
provide
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.
15B. Management’s Annual
 
Report on Internal
 
Control Over
 
Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing
 
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
 
reporting. Internal control
over financial reporting is
 
defined in Rule
 
13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f)
 
promulgated under the
 
Securities Exchange Act
 
of 1934 as
 
a process designed
by,
 
or under
 
the supervision
 
of, our
 
Chief Executive
 
Officer and
 
Chief Financial
 
Officer and
 
effected by
 
our board,
 
management and
 
other
personnel to provide
 
reasonable assurance regarding
 
the reliability of
 
financial reporting and
 
the preparation of
 
financial statements for
 
external
purposes in accordance
 
with IFRS. Under
 
Section 404(a) of
 
the Sarbanes Oxley
 
Act of 2002,
 
management is required
 
to assess our
 
internal
controls surrounding the
 
financial reporting process
 
as at the
 
end of each fiscal
 
year. Based
 
on that assessment, management
 
is to determine
whether or not our internal controls over financial reporting are effective.
 
Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
●
pertain to the maintenance
 
of records that in reasonable
 
detail accurately and fairly
 
reflect the transactions and
 
dispositions of
our assets;
●
provide
 
reasonable
 
assurance
 
that
 
transactions
 
are
 
recorded
 
as
 
necessary
 
to
 
permit
 
preparation
 
of
 
financial
 
statements
 
in
accordance with
 
IFRS, and
 
that our
 
receipts and
 
expenditures are
 
being made
 
only in
 
accordance with
 
authorizations of
 
our
management and board; and
●
provide reasonable
 
assurance regarding
 
prevention or
 
timely detection
 
of unauthorized
 
acquisition, use
 
or disposition
 
of our
assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control
 
over financial reporting may not prevent
 
or detect misstatements. Instead, it must
be noted that even those systems that management
 
deems to be effective can only provide reasonable
 
assurance with respect to the preparation
and presentation of
 
our financial statements. Also,
 
projections of any evaluation
 
of effectiveness to
 
future periods are subject
 
to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures.
 
Our
 
management
 
assessed
 
the
 
effectiveness
 
of
 
our
 
internal
 
control
 
over
 
financial
 
reporting
 
as
 
of
 
June 30, 2022.
 
In
 
making
 
this
assessment, our
 
management used
 
the criteria
 
set forth
 
by the
Internal Control
 
-Integrated Framework
 
(2013)
issued by
 
the Committee
 
of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based
 
on our assessment and those criteria,
 
our management concluded that
as of June 30, 2022 our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
 
15C. Attestation
 
Report of the
 
independent registered
 
public accounting
 
firm
The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as
 
of June 30, 2022 was audited by KPMG
 
Inc., independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report on page F-1 of this Form 20-F.
15D. Changes
 
in Internal
 
Control Over
 
Financial Reporting
During the
 
year ended
 
June 30,
 
2022, there
 
have not
 
been any
 
changes in
 
our internal
 
control over
 
financial reporting
 
that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
89
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. AUDIT
 
COMMITTEE FINANCIAL
 
EXPERT
 
Mr. J.A. Holtzhausen, Chairman
 
of the Audit Committee,
 
has been determined
 
by our board
 
to be an
 
audit committee financial expert
within the meaning
 
of the
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
 
in accordance with
 
the Rules
 
of the New
 
York Stock Exchange, or
 
NYSE, and
 
rules promulgated
by the SEC
 
and independent both
 
under the New York Stock Exchange Rules and
 
the South African Johannesburg
 
Stock Exchange Rules.
 
The
board is satisfied
 
that the skills,
 
experience and attributes
 
of the members of
 
the Audit Committee
 
are sufficient to
 
enable those members to
discharge the responsibilities of the Audit Committee.
 
ITEM 16B. CODE
 
OF ETHICS
We have adopted a Code
 
of Conduct that
 
applies to all
 
senior executives including
 
our Non-Executive Chairman,
 
the Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and the Financial Directors and Managing Directors at
 
our mining operations as well
as
 
all
 
other
 
employees.
 
The
 
Code
 
of
 
Conduct
 
can
 
be
 
accessed
 
on
 
the
 
Company’s
 
website
 
at
 
the
 
following
 
web
 
address:
www.drdgold.com/about-us/governance.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT
 
FEES AND SERVICES
KPMG Inc. has served
 
as our independently
 
registered
 
public accountant
 
for the fiscal years
 
ended June 30, 2022,
 
2021 and 2020,
 
for
which audited
 
financial
 
statements
 
appear in
 
this Annual
 
Report. The
 
Annual General
 
Meeting elects
 
the auditors
 
annually.
 
The following
 
table presents
 
the aggregate
 
fees for professional
 
audit services
 
and other services
 
rendered by
 
KPMG Inc.
 
to us in fiscal
year 2022 and
 
2021:
Audit Fees
Audit fees billed for the annual audit services engagement,
 
which are those services that the external auditor reasonably
 
can provide,
include the company
 
audit; statutory
 
audits; comfort
 
letters and consents;
 
attest services;
 
and assistance with
 
and review of documents
 
filed with
the SEC.
Auditors' remuneration
Year ended
 
June 30,
2022
2021
R m
R m
Audit fees
8.6
9.1
All other fees
0.4
0.7
Total
9.0
9.8
All Other
 
Fees
 
The all other fees during fiscal year 2022 consist of the following:
●
R0.2 million with
 
respect to limited assurance
 
provided by KPMG on
 
specified items contained in
 
our Integrated Report
 
for fiscal
year 2021; and
●
R0.2 million with
 
respect to limited assurance
 
provided by KPMG on
 
specified items contained in
 
our Integrated Report
 
for fiscal
year 2022;
 
The all other fees during fiscal year 2021 consist of the following:
●
R0.5 million with
 
respect to limited assurance
 
provided by KPMG on
 
specified items contained in
 
our Integrated Report
 
for fiscal
year 2020; and
●
R0.2 million with
 
respect to limited assurance
 
provided by KPMG on
 
specified items contained in
 
our Integrated Report
 
for fiscal
year 2021
 
The Audit Committee
 
is directly responsible
 
for recommending the
 
appointment, re-appointment and
 
removal of the
 
external auditors
as well
 
as the
 
remuneration and
 
terms of
 
engagement of
 
the external
 
auditors. The
 
committee pre-approves,
 
and has pre-approved,
 
all non-
audit services provided by the external auditors. The Audit Committee
 
considered
 
all of the
 
fees mentioned
 
above and
 
determined
 
that such
 
fees
are compatible
 
with maintaining
 
KPMG Inc.’s independence.
90
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS
 
FROM THE LISTING
 
STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES
 
OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
BY THE ISSUER
 
AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
 
Not applicable
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S
 
CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
To comply with section
 
10(1)(a) of
 
the Auditing
 
Profession
 
Act, 26 of
 
2005, the Independent
 
Regulatory
 
Board for Auditors
 
(“
IRBA
”)
published the
 
rule on Mandatory
 
Audit Firm
 
Rotation (“
MAFR
”) for auditors
 
of all public
 
interest
 
entities, as
 
defined in section
 
290.25 to 290.26
of the amended IRBA Code of Professional Conduct for Registered Auditors. An audit firm, including a network firm as defined in the IRBA
Code of
 
Professional Conduct for
 
Registered Auditors, shall
 
not
 
serve as
 
the appointed
 
auditor of
 
a
 
public interest
 
entity for
 
more than
 
10
consecutive
 
financial
 
years. Thereafter,
 
the audit
 
firm will
 
only be
 
eligible
 
for reappointment
 
as the
 
auditor after
 
the expiry
 
of at
 
least five
 
financial
years. The requirement
 
is effective for financial years
 
commencing on or after 1 April 2023. On October 20, 2022, BDO South
 
Africa Inc. was
appointed by DRDGOLD’s Board
 
of Directors as
 
the Company’s independent principal accountants for the
 
fiscal year ending June
 
30, 2023
(subject to
 
shareholder
 
approval), after
 
a formal tender
 
process to
 
appoint a new
 
independent
 
registered
 
public accounting
 
firm.
 
 
KPMG Inc.
 
(“
KPMG
”) will resign
 
as independent
 
principal accountants
 
of the group
 
upon completion
 
of their audit
 
of the Company’s
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
as of and for
 
the year
 
ended June
 
30, 2022 and
 
the effectiveness
 
of internal
 
control over
 
financial
 
reporting as
 
of
June 30, 2022,
 
and the issuance
 
of their report
 
thereon.
 
The audit reports
 
of KPMG on the
 
Group’s consolidated
 
financial
 
statements as
 
of and for
 
the years ended
 
June 30, 2022
 
and 2021 did
not contain
 
any
 
adverse opinion or
 
disclaimer of opinion,
 
nor were
 
they qualified
 
or
 
modified as
 
to uncertainty,
 
audit scope,
 
or
 
accounting
principles.
 
The audit
 
reports
 
of KPMG
 
on the
 
effectiveness
 
of internal
 
control over
 
financial
 
reporting
 
as of
 
June 30,
 
2022 and
 
2021 did
 
not contain
any adverse opinion or
 
disclaimer of opinion, nor
 
were they qualified or
 
modified as to
 
uncertainty, audit scope, or
 
accounting principles. In
connection with
 
the
 
audits of
 
the
 
Company’s financial
 
statements for
 
each of
 
the
 
two
 
fiscal years
 
ended June
 
30,
 
2022,
 
there were
 
(i)
 
no
disagreements
 
with KPMG,
 
as that
 
term is
 
used in
 
Item 16F(a)(1)(iv)
 
of Form
 
20-F over
 
any matters
 
of accounting
 
principles
 
or practices,
 
financial
statement disclosure,
 
or auditing scope or procedures, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of KPMG,
 
would have caused
 
KPMG to make
reference
 
to the matter
 
in their report
 
and (ii) there
 
were no “reportable
 
events” as
 
defined in Item
 
16F(a)(1)(v)
 
of Form 20-F.
 
 
DRDGOLD
 
has provided
 
KPMG with
 
a copy
 
of the foregoing
 
disclosure
 
and has
 
requested
 
KPMG to
 
provide it
 
with a
 
letter addressed
to the SEC stating
 
whether or
 
not KPMG agrees
 
with the above
 
statements.
 
A copy of such
 
letter, dated October
 
28, 2022 is filed
 
as an exhibit
 
to
this annual report
 
on Form 20-F, see “Item 19: Exhibits – 16.1"Letter
 
from KPMG Inc. to the Securities
 
and Exchange Commission
 
regarding a
change in registrant's
 
certifying accountant”.
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
As a foreign private issuer with shares listed on the NYSE, we are subject to corporate governance
 
requirements imposed by NYSE.
Under section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listing Standards, a foreign private issuer such as us may
 
follow its home country corporate governance
practices in lieu
 
of certain of the NYSE Listing
 
Standards on corporate
 
governance. DRDGOLD's
 
home country corporate
 
governance practices
are regulated by the Listing Requirements of the
 
JSE
(the "
JSE Listing
 
Requirements
").
We
 
are also exempt from certain NYSE
 
corporate
governance requirements as a "controlled company". The following paragraphs summarize the
 
significant ways in which
 
DRDGOLD's home
country
 
corporate
 
governance
 
standards
 
and its
 
corporate
 
governance
 
practices
 
differ from
 
those followed
 
by domestic
 
companies
 
under the
 
NYSE
Listing Standards.
Shareholder meeting
 
quorum requirements
●
Section 310.00 of the NYSE
 
Listing Standards
 
provides that the
 
quorum required
 
for any meeting of holders
 
of common stock should
be
 
sufficiently high
 
to
 
insure a
 
representative vote.
 
Consistent with
 
the
 
practice of
 
companies incorporated
 
in
 
South
 
Africa, our
Memorandum of Incorporation requires a quorum of
 
three members present with sufficient voting
 
powers in person or
 
by proxy
 
to
exercise
 
in aggregate
 
25% of the voting
 
rights and
 
we have elected
 
to follow our
 
home country
 
rule.
●
The NYSE Listing
 
Standards require
 
that the non-management
 
directors of
 
US-listed companies
 
meet at regularly
 
scheduled executive
sessions without
 
management.
 
The JSE Listings
 
Requirements
 
do not require
 
such meetings
 
of listed
 
company non-executive
 
directors.
The board
 
has unrestricted access
 
to all
 
company information, records, documents and
 
property. Directors
 
may,
 
if necessary,
 
take
independent professional advice at the
 
Company’s expense and
 
non-executive directors have access to
 
management and may
 
meet
separately
 
with management,
 
without the
 
attendance
 
of executive
 
directors.
●
The NYSE Listing Standards
 
require U.S. listed companies
 
to have a nominating/corporate
 
governance committee
 
composed entirely
of independent
 
directors.
 
The JSE
 
Listing
 
Requirements
 
also require
 
the appointment
 
of such
 
a committee,
 
and stipulate
 
that all
 
members
of
 
this
 
committee must
 
be
 
non-executive
 
directors, the
 
majority of
 
whom
 
must
 
be
 
independent. DRDGOLD has
 
a
 
Nominations
Committee
 
which currently
 
comprises
 
five non-executive
 
directors,
 
all of
 
whom are
 
independent
 
under the
 
NYSE Listing
 
Standards
 
and
the JSE Listing
 
Requirements,
 
except for
 
T.J. Cumming. The Nominations
 
Committee
 
is chaired
 
by the Chairman
 
of DRDGOLD.
91
●
The NYSE
 
Listing Standards require
 
U.S. listed
 
companies to
 
have a
 
compensation committee composed entirely
 
of
 
independent
directors.
 
The JSE Listing
 
Requirements
 
merely require
 
the appointment
 
of such a committee
 
but not that its
 
members be
 
independent.
DRDGOLD has appointed
 
a Remuneration Committee,
 
currently comprising
 
five board members,
 
all of whom are independent
 
under
both the JSE
 
Listing Requirements
 
and the NYSE
 
Listing Standards,
 
except for
 
T.J. Cumming.
 
ITEM 16H. MINE
 
SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 16I.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
 
Not applicable.
 
 
 
 
 
92
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL
 
STATEMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 18 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following annual financial statements and related auditor’s report are filed as part of this Annual
Report
Page
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
-
 
KPMG
Firm ID
1025
F‑1
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the years ended June 30, 2022,
2021 and 2020
F-4
Consolidated statement of financial position at June 30, 2022 and 2021
F‑5
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended June 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
F‑6
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
F‑7
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
F‑8 to F‑44
Note
About these consolidated financial statements
1
Use of accounting assumptions, estimates and judgements
2
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations
 
3
Performance
Revenue
 
4
Results from operating activities
 
5
Cost of sales
 
5.1
Other income
 
5.2
Administration expenses and other costs
5.3
Finance income
 
6
Finance expense
 
7
Earnings per share
 
8
Resource assets and related liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
 
9
Right of use assets and leases
10
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
 
11
Investment in rehabilitation and other funds
12
Working capital
Cash and cash equivalents
 
13
Cash generated by operations
 
14
Trade and other receivables
 
15
Trade and other payables
 
16
Inventories
 
17
 
Tax
Income tax
 
18
 
Income tax expense
 
18.1
Deferred tax
 
18.2
Employee matters
Employee benefits
 
19
Cash-settled tong-term incentive scheme
19.1
Equity settled tong-term incentive scheme
19.2
Transactions with key management personnel
19.3
Capital and equity
Capital management
 
20
Equity
 
21
Disclosure items
Interest in subsidiaries
 
22
Operating segments
 
23
Payments made under protest
24
Other investments
25
Contingencies
26
Financial instruments
 
27
Related parties
 
28
Subsequent events
 
29
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
 
DRDGOLD Limited:
Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We
 
have audited the
 
accompanying consolidated statements of
 
financial position of DRDGOLD
 
Limited and subsidiaries
 
(the Company) as
 
of June
30, 2022 and 2021, the
 
related consolidated statements of profit
 
or loss and other comprehensive
 
income, changes in equity,
 
and cash flows for each
of the
 
years in
 
the three-year
 
period ended
 
June 30,
 
2022, and
 
the related
 
notes (collectively,
 
the consolidated
 
financial statements).
 
We
 
also have
audited the
 
Company’s
 
internal control
 
over financial
 
reporting as
 
of June
 
30, 2022,
 
based on
 
criteria established
 
in Internal
 
Control –
 
Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as
of June 30,
 
2022 and 2021,
 
and the results of
 
its operations and its
 
cash flows for
 
each of the years
 
in the three-year
 
period ended June
 
30, 2022, in
conformity
 
with International
 
Financial Reporting
 
Standards
 
as issued
 
by the
 
International Accounting
 
Standards
 
Board. Also
 
in our
 
opinion, the
Company maintained,
 
in all material
 
respects, effective
 
internal control over
 
financial reporting as
 
of June
 
30, 2022 based
 
on criteria established
 
in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Basis for Opinions
 
The
 
Company’s
 
management
 
is
 
responsible
 
for
 
these
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements,
 
for
 
maintaining
 
effective
 
internal
 
control
 
over
 
financial
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to
 
express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated
 
financial statements
and an
 
opinion on the
 
Company’s internal
 
control over financial
 
reporting based on
 
our audits. We
 
are a public
 
accounting firm registered
 
with the
Public Company Accounting
 
Oversight Board (United
 
States) (PCAOB) and
 
are required to
 
be independent with
 
respect to the
 
Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We
 
conducted our
 
audits in
 
accordance with
 
the standards
 
of the
 
PCAOB. Those
 
standards require
 
that we
 
plan and
 
perform the
 
audits
 
to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
 
statements are free of material
 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud,
 
and whether
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits
 
of the
 
consolidated financial
 
statements included
 
performing procedures
 
to assess
 
the risks
 
of material
 
misstatement of
 
the consolidated
financial statements, whether due to error or
 
fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures
 
included examining, on a
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
 
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation
 
of the consolidated financial statements.
Our audit of internal control
 
over financial reporting included
 
obtaining an understanding of internal
 
control over financial reporting, assessing
 
the risk
that a material
 
weakness exists, and
 
testing and evaluating the
 
design and operating
 
effectiveness of internal
 
control based on
 
the assessed risk.
 
Our
audits also included
 
performing such other
 
procedures as we
 
considered necessary in
 
the circumstances. We believe that
 
our audits provide
 
a reasonable
basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
A
 
company’s
 
internal
 
control over
 
financial
 
reporting
 
is
 
a process
 
designed
 
to provide
 
reasonable
 
assurance
 
regarding
 
the
 
reliability
 
of
 
financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
 
of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and
 
fairly reflect
 
the transactions
 
and dispositions
 
of
 
the assets
 
of
 
the company;
 
(2) provide
 
reasonable assurance
 
that transactions
 
are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of
 
the company are
 
being made
 
only in
 
accordance with authorizations
 
of management
 
and directors of
 
the company; and
 
(3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
 
company’s assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its
 
inherent limitations, internal
 
control over financial
 
reporting may
 
not prevent or
 
detect misstatements.
 
Also, projections of
 
any evaluation
of effectiveness to
 
future periods are subject
 
to the risk that
 
controls may become inadequate
 
because of changes in
 
conditions, or that the
 
degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical
 
audit matters
 
communicated below
 
are matters
 
arising from
 
the current
 
period audit
 
of the
 
consolidated financial
 
statements that
 
were
communicated or required
 
to be communicated
 
to the audit
 
committee and that:
 
(1) relate to
 
accounts or
 
disclosures that are
 
material to the
 
consolidated
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does
not alter in any way
 
our opinion on the consolidated
 
financial statements, taken as
 
a whole, and we are
 
not, by communicating the critical
 
audit matters
below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Evaluation of the provision for environmental rehabilitation
As discussed in
 
note 11
 
to the consolidated
 
financial statements, the
 
Company has recorded
 
a provision for
 
environmental rehabilitation of
 
R 517.7
million
 
as
 
of
 
June
 
30,
 
2022.
 
The
 
Company’s
 
estimates
 
of
 
undiscounted
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
costs
 
used
 
in
 
calculating
 
the
 
provision
 
are
F-2
determined with the
 
assistance of an
 
independent expert and
 
are based on
 
the Company’s
 
environmental management plans
 
which are developed
 
in
accordance
 
with
 
current
 
regulatory
 
requirements,
 
the
 
Company’s
 
life-of-mine
 
(“LOM”)
 
plan
 
(discussed
 
in
 
note
 
9
 
to
 
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
statements) and the planned method and timing of rehabilitation.
 
We
 
identified the evaluation
 
of the provision
 
for environmental rehabilitation
 
as a critical
 
audit matter.
 
Subjective auditor judgment
 
and specialized
skills and knowledge were required to evaluate the Company’s LOM plan, specifically the estimated quantities of economically recoverable gold
 
and
the estimated rand gold price, that impact the planned method of rehabilitation.
 
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter:
●
We
 
evaluated the design
 
and tested the
 
operating effectiveness of
 
certain internal
 
controls relating to
 
the Company’s
 
process to determine
 
the
environmental rehabilitation provision. This
 
included controls related to the
 
determination of the Company’s
 
LOM plan, specifically related to
the estimated quantities of economically recoverable gold, and the estimated rand gold price which
 
impact the planned method of rehabilitation;
●
We
 
involved
 
environmental rehabilitation
 
professionals
 
with
 
specialized skills
 
and knowledge,
 
who assisted
 
in
 
evaluating
 
the
 
results of
 
the
Company’s undiscounted estimated environmental costs detailed in the independent environmental expert’s reports. This was performed by:
-
evaluating the objectivity, knowledge, skills and
 
ability of the Company’s independent
 
expert by comparing their
 
professional qualifications,
experience and affiliations against industry norms and obtained an understanding of their scope of work; and
 
-
evaluating the undiscounted estimated
 
environmental costs for a
 
selection of sites by
 
performing site inspections and
 
challenging the planned
method of rehabilitation that was determined for each selected site. This
 
was performed by comparing the planned method of rehabilitation
to the
 
approved LOM
 
plan, confirming
 
that it
 
is compliant
 
with the
 
environmental management
 
plans as
 
approved by
 
the Department
 
of
Mineral Resources and Energy, where applicable, aligned with current industry practices and regulatory requirements.
●
We evaluated the objectivity, knowledge,
 
skills and
 
ability of
 
the Company’s independent
 
mineral resources
 
experts, that reviewed
 
management’s
mineral reserves and resources estimates, by comparing their professional qualification, experience and affiliation against industry norms;
●
We
 
evaluated the
 
mineral resources
 
experts’ reports
 
by vouching
 
a selection
 
of the
 
reported reclamation
 
sites to
 
environmental approvals
 
or
mining
 
rights and
 
evaluated the
 
methodology
 
and certain
 
key assumptions
 
used to
 
measure the
 
quantities of
 
economically recoverable
 
gold
against industry norms;
 
●
We evaluated
 
the reasonableness of the total estimated quantities of economically recoverable gold as indicated
 
in the LOM plan by agreeing a
selection of
 
period-to-period movements to
 
the current
 
period actual
 
recovered gold
 
and increments
 
or adjustments
 
to the
 
data in
 
the mineral
resources expert’s report as well as assessing these movements considering our knowledge of the Company’s business and the industry; and
●
We
 
involved
 
valuation
 
professionals
 
with
 
specialized
 
skills
 
and
 
knowledge,
 
who
 
assisted
 
in
 
evaluating
 
the
 
estimated
 
rand
 
gold
 
price
 
by
comparing it to an independently developed range of rand gold prices based on analyst reports.
Evaluation of deferred tax liabilities related to the Ergo and FWGR operations
As discussed
 
in Note
 
18 to
 
the consolidated
 
financial statements,
 
the Company
 
has recorded
 
a deferred
 
tax liability
 
of R452
 
million as
 
of June
 
30,
2022, a portion of which
 
related to the Ergo and
 
FWGR operations. The deferred tax
 
liabilities related to the Ergo and
 
FWGR operations are calculated
by applying a
 
forecast weighted average tax
 
rate to the
 
temporary differences. The
 
calculation of the
 
forecast weighted average
 
tax rate requires the
use of assumptions
 
and estimates, including
 
the Company’s life-of-mine (“
LOM
”) plan (as
 
discussed in note
 
9 to the
 
consolidated financial statements)
that is applied to calculate the expected future profitability.
We identified the
 
valuation of deferred tax liabilities related to the Ergo
 
and FWGR operations as a critical audit matter.
 
Subjective auditor judgment
and specialized skills and knowledge were required
 
to evaluate the expected future profitability, that is based
 
on the LOM plan, which includes certain
key assumptions about the estimated quantities of economically recoverable gold and the estimated rand gold price.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter:
●
We
 
evaluated
 
the
 
design
 
and
 
tested
 
operating
 
effectiveness
 
of
 
certain
 
internal
 
controls
 
relating
 
to
 
the
 
Company’s
 
process
 
to
 
develop
 
the
assumptions and estimates used in
 
calculating the forecast weighted average tax
 
rate. This included controls related to
 
the determination of the
Company’s LOM
 
plan, specifically related to
 
the estimated rand gold
 
price and estimated quantities
 
of economically recoverable
 
gold that are
applied in determining the expected future profitability;
●
We
 
evaluated
 
the
 
objectivity,
 
knowledge,
 
skills
 
and
 
ability
 
of
 
the
 
Company’s
 
independent
 
mineral
 
resources
 
experts,
 
who
 
reviewed
management’s
 
mineral
 
reserves
 
and
 
resources
 
estimates,
 
by
 
comparing
 
their
 
professional
 
qualifications,
 
experience
 
and
 
affiliations
 
against
industry norms;
●
We
 
evaluated the
 
mineral resources
 
experts’ reports
 
by vouching
 
a selection
 
of the
 
reported reclamation
 
sites to
 
environmental approvals
 
or
mining
 
rights and
 
evaluated the
 
methodology
 
and certain
 
key assumptions
 
used to
 
measure the
 
quantities
 
of economically
 
recoverable gold
against industry norms;
 
●
We evaluated the
 
reasonableness of the total estimated quantities of economically recoverable gold as indicated in
 
the LOM plan by agreeing a
selection of
 
period-to-period movements to
 
the current period
 
actual recovered gold
 
and increments or
 
adjustments to the
 
data in the
 
expert’s
report, as well as assessing these movements considering our knowledge of the Company’s business and the industry;
 
●
We
 
involved
 
valuation
 
professionals
 
with
 
specialized
 
skills
 
and
 
knowledge,
 
who
 
assisted
 
in
 
evaluating
 
the
 
estimated
 
rand
 
gold
 
price
 
by
comparing it to an independently developed range of rand gold prices
 
based on analyst reports;
F-3
●
We
 
evaluated the Company’s
 
ability to accurately
 
forecast its expected
 
future profitability by
 
comparing the historical
 
projections of the
 
rand
gold price and estimated quantities of economically recoverable gold to actual results; and
●
We
 
performed sensitivity analyses to
 
assess the impact that
 
changes in the
 
estimated rand gold price
 
and estimated quantities
 
of economically
recoverable gold could have had on the expected future profitability and resultant calculated forecast weighted average tax rate.
Valuation
 
of the investment in Rand Refinery Proprietary Limited
As discussed in Note 25
 
to the consolidated financial statements,
 
the Company has an
 
unlisted equity investment in Rand
 
Refinery Proprietary Limited
(“
RR
”) that
 
is valued
 
at R 136.1
 
million as
 
of June 30,
 
2022. The fair
 
value of
 
the RR investment
 
includes the valuation
 
of the
 
refining operations
(excluding Prestige Bullion) using a
 
free cash flow (“
FCF
”) model and the valuation of
 
RR’s investment in
 
Prestige Bullion (Prestige) using a finite
life dividend discount (“
DD
”) model.
 
We identified the valuation of the investment in RR as a critical audit matter. Subjective auditor judgment and specialized
 
skills and knowledge were
required to
 
evaluate certain
 
key inputs
 
used in
 
the FCF
 
and DD
 
models, specifically
 
the forecasted
 
average gold
 
and silver
 
prices and
 
the discount
rates, including the weighted average
 
cost of capital of RR
 
and cost of equity
 
for Prestige (“
CoE
”), as well as
 
the marketability and minority discounts,
applied in the calculation of the total fair value for RR.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter:
●
We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal
 
controls related to the Company’s process to determine the fair
value of the investment in
 
RR. This included controls related
 
to the determination of the
 
forecasted average gold and
 
silver prices, discount rates,
and the marketability and minority discounts;
●
We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
-
evaluating the forecasted
 
average gold and silver
 
prices used in the
 
FCF and DD models
 
by comparing them to
 
independent analysts’ reports;
-
evaluating the discount rates used by management in the FCF and DD valuation models as well as the marketability and minority discounts
by comparing them
 
against discount rate
 
ranges and marketability
 
and minority discounts
 
that we independently
 
developed using publicly
available macroeconomic indicators and market data for comparable entities;
-
developing an independent range of fair values, using the independently developed discount rates
 
and the forecasted average gold and silver
prices, and compared our range of fair values to the Company’s calculated fair value for the investment in RR; and
-
performing sensitivity analyses to assess the impact on the calculated fair
 
value of changes to the certain key inputs used in
 
the FCF and DD
models.
 
/s/
KPMG Inc.
We have served as the Company’s
 
auditor since 2003.
 
Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa
October 28, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF PROFIT OR LOSS
AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-4
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
Revenue
4
5,118.5
5,269.0
4,185.0
Cost of sales
5.1
(3,741.5)
(3,388.2)
(2,937.9)
Gross profit from operating activities
1,377.0
1,880.8
1,247.1
Other income
5.2
91.3
0.1
0.7
Administration expenses and other costs
5.3
(161.2)
(64.0)
(309.9)
Results from operating activities
1,307.1
1,816.9
937.9
Finance income
6
225.8
216.2
109.8
Finance expense
7
(74.8)
(69.5)
(68.8)
Profit before tax
1,458.1
1,963.6
978.9
Income tax
18.1
(334.3)
(523.7)
(343.9)
Profit for the year
1,123.8
1,439.9
635.0
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax
Net fair value adjustment on equity investments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
(9.1)
(34.4)
190.6
Fair value adjustment on equity investments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
25
(15.7)
(28.2)
191.8
Deferred tax thereon
18.2
6.6
(6.2)
(1.2)
Total other comprehensive income for the year
(9.1)
(34.4)
190.6
Total comprehensive income for the year
1,114.7
1,405.5
825.6
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (SA cents per share)
8
131.2
168.4
82.5
Diluted basic earnings per share (SA cents per share)
8
130.6
167.2
81.0
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF FINANCIAL POSITION
at June 30, 2022
F-5
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
ASSETS
Non-current assets
4,001.2
3,675.3
Property, plant and equipment
9
3,084.1
2,809.7
Investments in rehabilitation and other funds
1
12
710.8
652.2
Payments made under protest
24
40.4
40.5
Other investments
25
151.4
167.1
Deferred tax asset
18.2
14.5
5.8
Current assets
3,077.0
2,672.7
Inventories
17
389.3
340.0
Current tax receivable
12.6
8.6
Trade and other receivables
15
149.5
144.1
Cash and cash equivalents
13
2,525.6
2,180.0
TOTAL ASSETS
7,078.2
6,348.0
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
5,439.9
4,820.4
Stated share capital
21.1
6,173.3
6,157.9
Retained earnings
(733.4)
(1,337.5)
Non-current liabilities
1,012.8
996.1
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
11
517.7
570.8
Deferred tax liability
18.2
451.9
377.1
Liability for post-retirement medical benefits
10.4
10.3
Lease liabilities
10.2
32.8
37.9
Current liabilities
625.5
531.5
Trade and other payables
16
598.4
509.8
Current portion of lease liabilities
10.2
19.5
16.9
Current tax liability
7.6
4.8
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,638.3
1,527.6
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
7,078.2
6,348.0
1
Description of
 
the financial
 
statement caption
 
has changed
 
as it
 
now includes
 
funds other
 
than rehabilitation.
 
See note
 
12 for
 
more
detail.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-6
Stated
 
share
Other
Retained
Total
Amounts in R million
Note
capital
reserves
earnings
equity
Balance at June 30, 2019
5,072.8
453.6
(2,837.8)
2,688.6
Total comprehensive income
Profit for the year
635.0
635.0
Other comprehensive income
190.6
190.6
Total comprehensive income
-
-
825.6
825.6
Transactions with the owners of the parent
Contributions and distributions
Issue of ordinary shares
1,085.6
1,085.6
Expenses incurred on issue of ordinary shares
(0.5)
(0.5)
Reallocation of the equity instruments on exercise of the
Sibanye-Stillwater option
(453.6)
453.6
-
Dividend on ordinary shares
21.2
(565.1)
(565.1)
Equity settled share-based payment
19.2
6.0
6.0
Total contributions and distributions
1,085.1
(453.6)
(105.5)
526.0
Balance at June 30, 2020
6,157.9
-
(2,117.7)
4,040.2
Total comprehensive income
Profit for the year
1,439.9
1,439.9
Other comprehensive income
(34.4)
(34.4)
Total comprehensive income
-
-
1,405.5
1,405.5
Transactions with the owners of the parent
Contributions and distributions
Dividend on ordinary shares
21.2
(641.3)
(641.3)
Equity settled share-based payment
19.2
16.0
16.0
Total contributions and distributions
-
-
(625.3)
(625.3)
Balance at June 30, 2021
6,157.9
-
(1,337.5)
4,820.4
Total comprehensive income
Profit for the year
1,123.8
1,123.8
Other comprehensive income
(9.1)
(9.1)
Total comprehensive income
-
-
1,114.7
1,114.7
Transactions with the owners of the parent
Contributions and distributions
Dividend on ordinary shares
21.2
(513.6)
(513.6)
Treasury shares disposed of for the vesting of the equity-settled
share-based payment
21.1, 19.2
15.4
(15.4)
-
Equity settled share-based payment
19.2
18.4
18.4
Total contributions and distributions
15.4
-
(510.6)
(495.2)
Balance at June 30, 2022
21.1
6,173.3
-
(733.4)
5,439.9
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-7
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Cash generated from operations
14
1,585.6
1,851.0
1,309.6
Finance income received
111.1
105.9
63.8
Dividends received
71.5
76.1
4.3
Finance expenses paid
(7.7)
(7.5)
(8.7)
Income tax paid
(262.7)
(452.1)
(240.1)
Net cash inflow from operating activities
1,497.8
1,573.4
1,128.9
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
(584.1)
(395.7)
(181.1)
Environmental rehabilitation payments to reduce decommissioning liabilities
11
(25.4)
(51.0)
(22.1)
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
12.2
0.1
0.7
Investment in other funds
12
(28.9)
-
-
Net cash outflow from investing activities
(626.2)
(446.6)
(202.5)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from the issue of ordinary shares
21.1
-
-
1,085.6
Share issue expenses
-
-
(0.5)
Dividends paid on ordinary shares
(513.3)
(640.9)
(564.5)
Initial fees incurred on facility
-
(1.0)
-
Repayment of lease liabilities
10.2
(19.7)
(11.6)
(11.4)
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities
(533.0)
(653.5)
509.2
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
338.6
473.3
1,435.6
Impact of fluctuations in exchange rate on cash held in foreign currencies
7.0
(8.4)
-
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
2,180.0
1,715.1
279.5
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
 
THE END OF THE YEAR
13
2,525.6
2,180.0
1,715.1
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-8
1
 
ABOUT THESE CONSOLIDATED
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Reporting entity
The DRDGOLD
 
Group is
 
primarily involved
 
in the
 
retreatment of
 
surface gold.
 
The consolidated
 
financial statements
 
comprise
DRDGOLD Limited (the “
Company
”) and its subsidiaries
 
who are all wholly
 
owned subsidiaries and
 
solely operate in South
 
Africa
(collectively
 
the “
Group
” and
 
individually “
Group Companies
”).
 
The Company
 
is domiciled
 
in South
 
Africa
 
with a
 
registration
number of
 
1895/000926/06. The
 
registered address
 
of the
 
Company is
 
Constantia Office
 
Park, Cnr
 
14th Avenue
 
and Hendrik
Potgieter Road, Cycad House, Building 17, Ground Floor,
 
Weltevreden Park, 1709.
The DRDGOLD Group
 
is
50.1
% held by
 
Sibanye Gold Limited,
 
which in turn
 
is a wholly
 
owned subsidiary of
Sibanye Stillwater
Limited
 
(“
Sibanye-Stillwater
”).
Basis of accounting
The
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
have
 
been
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
International
 
Financial
 
Reporting
 
Standards
(“
IFRS
”)
 
and
 
its
 
interpretations
 
issued
 
by
 
the
 
International
 
Accounting
 
Standards
 
Board
 
(“
IASB
”).
 
The
 
consolidated
 
financial
statements were approved by the board for issuance on October 28, 2022.
Functional and presentation currency
The functional and presentation currency of
 
DRDGOLD and its subsidiaries is
 
South African rand (“
Rand
”). The amounts in
 
these
consolidated financial statements
 
are rounded to
 
the nearest million
 
unless stated otherwise.
 
Significant exchange rates
 
during
the year are set out in the table below:
South African rand / US dollar
2022
2021
2020
Spot rate at year end
16.27
14.27
17.32
Average prevailing rate for the financial year
15.21
15.40
15.66
Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, unless otherwise stated.
Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are
 
entities controlled
 
by the
 
Group. The
 
Group controls
 
an entity
 
when it
 
is exposed
 
to, or
 
has rights
 
to, variable
returns from its
 
involvement with the
 
entity and has
 
the ability to
 
affect those returns through
 
its power over
 
the entity. The financial
statements of subsidiaries
 
are included in
 
the consolidated financial
 
statements from the
 
date that control
 
commences until the
date that control ceases.
Loss of control
When the Group loses control
 
over a subsidiary,
 
it derecognises the assets and
 
liabilities of the subsidiary,
 
and any related NCI
and
 
other components
 
of equity.
 
Any
 
resulting gain
 
or
 
loss is
 
recognized in
 
profit
 
or
 
loss.
 
Any interest
 
retained in
 
the former
subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.
Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group
 
balances,
 
transactions
 
and
 
any
 
unrealised
 
gains
 
and
 
losses
 
or
 
income
 
and
 
expenses
 
arising
 
from
 
intra-group
transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
2
 
USE OF ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS, ESTIMATES
 
AND JUDGEMENTS
The preparation of the consolidated
 
financial statements requires management to
 
make accounting assumptions, estimates and
judgements that affect the application of the Group's accounting policies and reported
 
amounts of assets and liabilities, income
and expenses.
Accounting
 
assumptions,
 
estimates
 
and
 
judgements
 
are
 
reviewed
 
on
 
an
 
ongoing
 
basis.
 
Revisions
 
to
 
reported
 
amounts
 
are
recognised in the
 
period in which
 
the revision is
 
made and in
 
any future periods
 
affected. Actual
 
results may differ
 
from these
estimates.
Information about
 
assumptions and
 
estimates in
 
applying accounting
 
policies that
 
have the
 
most significant
 
effect on the
 
amounts
recognised in the consolidated financial statements are included in the notes:
NOTE 9
 
PROPERTY,
 
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
NOTE 11
 
PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION
NOTE 18
 
INCOME TAX
NOTE 24
 
PAYMENTS
 
MADE UNDER PROTEST
NOTE 25
 
OTHER INVESTMENTS
Information about
 
significant judgements
 
in applying
 
accounting policies
 
that have
 
the most
 
significant effect
 
on the
 
amounts
recognised in the consolidated financial statements are included in the notes:
NOTE 24
 
PAYMENTS
 
MADE UNDER PROTEST
NOTE 25
 
OTHER INVESTMENTS
NOTE 26
 
CONTINGENCIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-9
3
 
NEW STANDARDS,
 
AMENDMENTS TO STANDARDS
 
AND INTERPRETATIONS
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations effective for the year ended June 30, 2022
During the financial year,
 
there were no new and revised
 
accounting standards, amendments to standards and
 
new interpretation
adopted by the Group.
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations not yet effective
At the date
 
of authorisation
 
of these consolidated
 
financial statements, the
 
following relevant
 
standards, amendments to
 
standards
and interpretations that may be
 
applicable to the business of
 
the Group were in issue
 
but not yet effective and
 
may therefore have
an impact on
 
future consolidated financial
 
statements. These new
 
standards, amendments to
 
standards and interpretations
 
will
be adopted at their effective dates.
 
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 (Effective July 1, 2022)
As part of its process to
 
make non-urgent but necessary amendments to
 
IFRS
Standards, the International Accounting Standards
Board (“
IASB
”) has issued the
Annual Improvements to
 
IFRS Standards 2018–2020.
These are not
 
expected to have
 
a significant
impact on the Group.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16) (Effective July 1, 2022)
The IASB has amended IAS
 
16
Property, Plant and Equipment
to provide guidance on
 
the accounting for such
 
sale proceeds and
the related production costs.
Under the amendments, proceeds from selling items before the related
 
item of property, plant and equipment (“
PPE
”) is available
for use should
 
be recognised in
 
profit or loss,
 
together with the
 
costs of producing
 
those items. IAS
 
2
Inventories
 
should be applied
in identifying and measuring these production costs.
The amendments apply retrospectively,
 
but only to items of property,
 
plant and equipment made available for use on or after the
beginning of the earliest period
 
presented in the financial statements
 
in which the amendments are adopted.
 
The amendment is
not expected to have a significant impact on the Group.
Definition of Accounting Estimate (Amendments to IAS 8) (Effective July 1, 2023)
The amendments introduce
 
a new definition for
 
accounting estimates: clarifying that
 
they are monetary
 
amounts in the financial
statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty.
The amendments also
 
clarify the relationship
 
between accounting policies
 
and accounting estimates
 
by specifying that
 
a company
develops an
 
accounting estimate
 
to achieve
 
the objective
 
set out
 
by an
 
accounting policy.
 
The amendment
 
is not
 
expected to
have a significant impact on the Group.
 
Deferred Tax
 
related to Assets and
 
Liabilities Arising from a single
 
transaction – Amendments to
 
IAS 12
Income Taxes
(Effective July 1, 2023)
IAS
 
12
Income
 
taxes
 
clarifies
 
how
 
companies
 
should
 
account
 
for
 
deferred
 
tax
 
on
 
certain
 
transactions
 
–
 
e.g.
 
leases
 
and
decommissioning provisions. The amendments
 
narrow the scope of
 
the initial recognition exemption
 
so that it does
 
not apply to
transactions that give rise to equal and offsetting temporary differences. As a result, companies will need to recognize a deferred
tax asset
 
and a
 
deferred tax
 
liability for
 
temporary differences
 
arising on
 
initial recognition
 
of a
 
lease and
 
a decommissioning
provision. The amendment is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group.
Classification
 
of
 
liabilities
 
as
 
current
 
or
 
non-current
 
(Amendments
 
to
 
IAS
 
1
Presentation
 
of
 
Financial
 
Statements
)
(Effective July 1, 2023)
To
promote consistency in application and clarify the requirements on determining if a liability is current or non-current, the IASB
has amended IAS 1 as follows:
 
Right to defer settlement must have substance
Under existing IAS 1 requirements, companies classify a liability as current when they do not have an
unconditional right
 
to defer
settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the end of the reporting period.
As part of its amendments, the IASB
 
has removed the requirement for a
 
right to be unconditional and instead,
 
now requires that
a right to defer settlement must have substance and exist at the end of the reporting period.
Classification of debt may change
A company
 
classifies a
 
liability as
 
non-current if
 
it has
 
a right
 
to defer
 
settlement for
 
at least
 
twelve months
 
after the
 
reporting
period. The IASB
 
has now clarified that
 
a right to defer
 
exists only if
 
the company complies with
 
conditions specified in
 
the loan
agreement at the end of the reporting period, even
 
if the lender does not test compliance until a
 
later date. The amendment is not
expected to have a significant impact on the Group.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-10
3
 
NEW STANDARDS,
 
AMENDMENTS TO STANDARDS
 
AND INTERPRETATIONS
continued
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations not yet effective
(continued)
Disclosure of Accounting Policy (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2) (Effective July 1, 2023)
The
 
Board
 
has
 
recently
 
issued
 
amendments
 
to
 
IAS
 
1
Presentation
 
of
 
Financial
 
Statements
 
and
 
an
 
update
 
to
 
IFRS
 
Practice
Statement 2
Making Materiality Judgements
 
to help companies provide useful accounting policy disclosures.
The key amendments to IAS 1 include:
●
 
requiring companies to disclose their material accounting policies rather than their significant accounting policies;
●
 
clarifying that accounting policies related to immaterial
 
transactions, other events or conditions are themselves immaterial and
as such need not be disclosed; and
●
 
clarifying that not all accounting policies that relate to material transactions, other events or conditions are themselves material
to a company’s financial statements.
The amendments are applied prospectively.
Management
 
has
 
commenced
 
an
 
evaluation
 
to
 
assess
 
the
 
impact
 
the
 
amendment
 
will
 
have
 
on
 
the
 
Group
 
from
 
a
 
disclosure
perspective. More detail will be disclosed in future financial statements.
4
 
REVENUE
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Revenue comprises the sale of gold bullion and silver bullion (produced as a by-product).
 
Up to April
 
11,
 
2022 revenue is
 
measured based on the
 
consideration specified in a
 
contract with the
 
customer, which
 
is based
on the London Bullion
 
Market fixing price
 
on the date when
 
the Group transfers
 
control over the
 
goods to the
 
customer. The Group
recognises revenue at a point in time when Rand Refinery Proprietary Limited (“
Rand Refinery
”), acting as an agent for the sale
of all gold
 
produced by the
 
Group, delivers the
 
Gold to the
 
buyer and the
 
sales price is
 
fixed, as evidenced
 
by the certificate
 
of
sale. It is at this point that
 
the revenue can be measured reliably
 
and the recovery of the consideration
 
is probable. Rand Refinery
is contractually obliged to make payment to the Group within
 
two business days after the sale of the gold and
 
silver and therefore
no significant financing component exists.
 
Subsequent to April
 
11,
 
2022 revenue is
 
measured based on
 
the consideration specified
 
in a contract
 
with the customer,
 
being
South African
 
bullion banks.
 
The consideration
 
is based
 
on the
 
gold price
 
derived on
 
the gold
 
market on
 
the day
 
a contract
 
is
entered into with
 
the customer.
 
The Group recognises
 
revenue at a
 
point in time
 
when the Group
 
transfers the gold
 
bullion and
silver bullion to the bullion bank and the sale price is fixed, as evidenced by deal confirmations.
It is at this point that the customer obtains control of the gold bullion or silver bullion, which is the settlement date specified in the
contract. At this point that the revenue can be measured reliably and the recovery
 
of the consideration is probable. The customer
is contract
 
ually obliged
 
to make
 
payment
 
to the
 
Group on
 
the same
 
day that
 
the Group
 
settles
 
the contract
 
and therefore
 
no
significant financing component exists.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
Gold revenue
5,110.7
5,263.8
4,179.3
Silver revenue
7.8
5.2
5.7
Total
 
revenue
5,118.5
5,269.0
4,185.0
A disaggregation of revenue by operating segment is presented in note 23 OPERATING SEGMENTS.
MARKET RISK
Commodity price sensitivity
The Group's profitability
 
and the cash
 
flows are significantly affected
 
by changes in
 
the market price of
 
gold which is sold
 
in US
Dollars. The Group did not enter into any hedging arrangements during the year.
 
A change of
20
% in the average US Dollar gold price received during the financial year would
 
have increased/(decreased) equity
and profit/(loss)
 
by the
 
amounts shown
 
below.
 
This analysis
 
assumes that
 
all other
 
variables remain
 
constant and
 
specifically
excludes the impact on income tax.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
20
% increase in the US Dollar gold price
1,023.7
1,053.8
837.0
20
% decrease in the US Dollar gold price
(1,023.7)
(1,053.8)
(837.0)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-11
4
 
REVENUE
continued
Exchange rate sensitivity
The Group's profitability and the cash flows
 
are significantly affected by changes in the Rand
 
to the US Dollar exchange rate. The
Group did not enter into any hedging arrangements during the year.
A
 
change
 
of
20
%
 
in
 
the
 
average
 
Rand
 
to
 
US
 
Dollar
 
exchange
 
rate
 
received
 
during
 
the
 
financial
 
year
 
would
 
have
increased/(decreased) equity and profit/(loss)
 
by the amounts shown
 
below. This analysis assumes that
 
all other variables
 
remain
constant and specifically excludes the impact on income tax.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
20
% increase in the Rand to US Dollar exchange rate
1,023.7
1,053.8
837.0
20
% decrease in the Rand to US Dollar exchange rate
(1,023.7)
(1,053.8)
(837.0)
5
 
RESULTS FROM
 
OPERATING
 
ACTIVITIES
5.1
 
COST OF SALES
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
Cost of sales
(3,741.5)
(3,388.2)
(2,937.9)
Operating costs (a)
(3,506.5)
(3,122.5)
(2,692.1)
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
30.4
(25.6)
3.1
Depreciation
 
9
(267.6)
(252.5)
(270.8)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation
11
2.2
12.4
21.9
(a) The most significant components of operating costs include:
Consumable stores
(1,014.9)
(880.2)
(801.0)
Labour including short term incentives
(649.6)
(598.4)
(573.0)
Electricity
(547.3)
(488.2)
(420.9)
Specialist service providers
(610.2)
(510.7)
(447.5)
Machine hire
(139.0)
(127.4)
(95.2)
Security expenses
(133.0)
(122.8)
(87.8)
Water
(54.2)
(57.1)
(47.0)
RELATED PARTY
 
TRANSACTIONS
FWGR
 
entered
 
into
 
an
 
agreement
 
with
 
Sibanye-Stillwater
 
effective
 
July
 
31,
 
2018
 
for
 
the
 
pumping
 
and
 
supply
 
of
 
water
 
and
electricity to the FWGR operations for which FWGR is invoiced based on metered usage of water and electricity.
 
FWGR also entered into a smelting
 
agreement with Sibanye-Stillwater effective July 31,
 
2018 to smelt and recover gold
 
from gold
loaded carbon
 
produced at
 
FWGR,
 
and deliver
 
the gold
 
to Rand
 
Refinery.
 
As consideration
 
for this
 
service, Sibanye-Stillwater
receives a fee based on the smelting costs plus
10
% of the smelting costs.
 
Rand Refinery,
 
up to April 10,
 
2022, performed the final
 
refinement and marketing of
 
all gold and silver
 
produced by the Group.
As consideration for
 
this service, Rand
 
Refinery receives a
 
variable refining fee
 
plus fixed marketing
 
and administration fees.
 
From
April 11, 2022, Rand Refinery only performs the final refinement and administration of the gold bars delivered. As a result of this,
the marketing fee was
 
no longer incurred by
 
the Group. Rand Refinery
 
is a related party
 
to the Group through
 
Sibanye-Stillwater’s
shareholding in Rand Refinery.
 
All transactions and
 
outstanding balances with related
 
parties are to be
 
settled in cash within
 
30 days of
 
the invoice date. None
of the balances
 
are secured. No
 
expense has been
 
recognised in the
 
current year as
 
a credit loss
 
allowance in respect
 
of amounts
charged to related parties.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
Services rendered by related parties and included in operating costs:
Supply of water and electricity
1
79.2
68.1
50.0
Gold smelting and related charges
1
19.1
21.1
19.8
Other charges
1
0.3
0.7
1.6
Charges to Sibanye-Stillwater
2
-
-
(0.2)
Gold refining and related charges
3
6.9
6.8
4.9
105.5
96.7
76.1
1
 
Paid to Sibanye-Stillwater by FWGR
2
 
Miscellaneous charges to Sibanye-Stillwater
3
 
Paid to Rand Refinery
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-12
5
 
RESULTS FROM
 
OPERATING
 
ACTIVITIES
continued
5.2
 
OTHER INCOME
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Other income is
 
recognised where it
 
is probable that
 
the economic benefits
 
associated with a
 
transaction will flow
 
to the Group
and it can be reliably measured.
Other income is generally income earned from transactions outside the course of the Group’s ordinary activities and may include
COVID-19 and other insurance payouts, gains on disposal of
 
property, plant and equipment and gains on financial instruments at
fair value through profit or loss.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
6.6
0.1
0.7
Insurance claim (a)
84.7
-
-
91.3
0.1
0.7
(a) Insurance claim
During the 2020 financial year, a complex insurance claim process was
initiated for business interruption caused by the regulatory lockdowns
pursuant to the COVID-19 pandemic. Of the R
84.7
 
million included in other
income in profit and loss during the year, R
53.0
 
million was received before
June 30, 2022. R
31.7
 
million was received subsequent to year end.
84.7
-
-
5.3
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
EXPENSES AND OTHER COSTS
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
Included in administration expenses and other costs are the following:
Share based payment (expenses)/benefit
(18.4)
28.3
(224.1)
Cash settled Long-Term
 
Incentive ("
CLTI
") scheme
19.1
-
44.3
(218.1)
Equity settled Long-Term
 
Incentive ("
ELTI
") scheme
19.2
(18.4)
(16.0)
(6.0)
Exploration expenses and transaction costs
1
(15.2)
(3.1)
(1.4)
Other costs and administration expenses
2
(52.8)
(39.7)
(28.3)
1 Includes exploration expenses of R8.2 million paid to Sibanye-Stillwater for FY 2022.
 
2
Other costs and administration expenses are made
 
of short-term incentives and information technology
 
costs.
6
 
FINANCE INCOME
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Finance income includes interest received, growth in cash and cash equivalents in environmental rehabilitation trust funds,
 
growth
in investment in Guardrisk, growth in
 
the reimbursive right for environmental rehabilitation guarantees, dividends
 
received and the
unwinding of the Payments made under protest and foreign exchange gains.
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
Interest on financial assets measured at amortised cost
13
111.8
108.7
63.1
Growth in cash and cash equivalents in environmental rehabilitation trust
funds
12
14.8
22.5
33.3
Growth in reimbursive right for environmental rehabilitation guarantees
12
1.8
3.7
5.2
Growth in investment in Guardrisk
12
13.1
-
-
Dividends received
25
71.5
76.1
4.3
Unwinding of Payments made under protest
24
5.8
4.8
3.9
Unrealised foreign exchange gain
7.0
-
-
Other finance income
-
0.4
-
225.8
216.2
109.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-13
7
 
FINANCE EXPENSE
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Finance expenses
 
comprise interest
 
payable on
 
financial instruments
 
measured at
 
amortised cost
 
calculated using
 
the effective
interest method, unwinding of the provision for environmental rehabilitation, interest on lease liabilities, the discount recognised on
Payments made under protest and foreign exchange losses.
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
Interest on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
(2.6)
(2.3)
(2.0)
Unwinding of provision for environmental rehabilitation
11
(45.0)
(44.7)
(52.0)
Discount recognised on Payments made under protest
24
(21.1)
(7.4)
(7.1)
Interest on lease liabilities
10.2
(4.2)
(4.5)
(5.1)
Unrealised foreign exchange loss
-
(8.4)
-
Other finance expenses
(1.9)
(2.2)
(2.6)
(74.8)
(69.5)
(68.8)
8
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share
are based on the following:
Profit for the year
1,123.8
1,439.9
635.0
Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares to
diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares
2022
2021
2020
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue adjusted for
treasury shares
856,760,797
855,113,791
769,941,874
Effect of Sibanye-Stillwater Option
-
-
9,464,684
Effect of equity-settled share-based payment
4,203,336
5,935,215
4,283,001
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares
860,964,133
861,049,006
783,689,559
SA cents per share
2022
2021
2020
Basic earnings per share
131.2
168.4
82.5
Diluted basic earnings per share
130.6
167.2
81.0
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-14
9
 
PROPERTY,
 
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
Mineral reserves and resources estimates
The Group is required to determine and report
 
mineral reserves and resources in accordance with the
 
South African Code for the
Reporting
 
of
 
Exploration
 
Results,
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
and Mineral
 
Reserves
 
(“
SAMREC Code
”).
 
In
 
order
 
to
 
calculate
 
mineral
reserves and
 
resources, estimates
 
and assumptions
 
are required
 
about a
 
range of
 
geological, technical
 
and economic
 
factors,
including but not
 
limited to quantities,
 
grades, production techniques,
 
recovery rates, production
 
costs, transport costs,
 
commodity
demand, commodity prices and exchange rates. Estimating the quantity
 
and/or grade of mineral reserves and resources
 
requires
the size, shape and
 
depth of reclamation sites
 
to be determined by
 
analysing geological data such
 
as the logging and
 
assaying
of
 
drill
 
samples.
 
This
 
process may
 
require complex
 
and
 
difficult
 
geological
 
judgements
 
and calculations
 
to
 
interpret
 
the data.
Because the assumptions used to estimate
 
mineral reserves and resources change from period
 
to period and because additional
geological
 
data is
 
generated
 
during
 
the course
 
of
 
operations, estimates
 
of mineral
 
reserves and
 
resources may
 
change from
period
 
to
 
period.
 
Mineral
 
reserves
 
and
 
resources
 
estimates
 
prepared
 
by
 
management
 
are
 
reviewed
 
by
 
independent
 
mineral
reserves and resources experts.
Changes
 
in
 
reported
 
mineral
 
reserves
 
and
 
resources
 
may
 
affect
 
the
 
Group’s
 
life-of-mine
 
plan,
 
financial
 
results
 
and
 
financial
position in a number of ways including the following:
• asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated future cash flows;
• depreciation
 
charged to
 
profit or
 
loss may
 
change where
 
such charges
 
are determined
 
by the
 
units-of-production method,
 
or
where the useful lives of assets change;
• decommissioning, site restoration and environmental provisions may change where changes in
 
estimated mineral reserves and
resources affect expectations about the timing or cost of these activities; and
• the carrying value of deferred tax assets and liabilities may change due to changes in estimates of the likely recovery of the tax
benefits and charges.
Depreciation
The calculation of
 
the units-of-production rate
 
of depreciation could
 
be affected if
 
actual production in
 
the future varies
 
significantly
from
 
current
 
forecast
 
production.
 
This
 
would
 
generally
 
arise
 
when
 
there
 
are
 
significant
 
changes
 
in
 
any
 
of
 
the
 
factors
 
or
assumptions used in estimating mineral reserves and resources. These factors could include:
 
• changes in mineral reserves and resources;
• the grade of mineral reserves and resources may vary from time to time;
• differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;
• unforeseen operational issues at mine sites including planned extraction efficiencies; and
• changes in capital, operating, mining processing and reclamation costs, discount rates and foreign exchange rates.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-15
9
 
PROPERTY,
 
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
continued
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Recognition and measurement
Property,
 
plant and equipment comprise
 
mine plant facilities and
 
equipment, mine property
 
and development (including mineral
rights) and
 
exploration assets.
 
These assets
 
(excluding exploration
 
assets) are
 
initially measured
 
at cost,
 
whereafter they
 
are
measured at cost
 
less accumulated depreciation
 
and accumulated impairment
 
losses. Exploration assets
 
are initially measured
at cost, whereafter they are measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
Cost includes expenditure
 
that is directly attributable
 
to the acquisition
 
or construction of the
 
asset, borrowing costs capitalised,
as well
 
as the
 
costs of
 
dismantling and
 
removing an
 
asset and
 
restoring the
 
site on
 
which it
 
is located.
 
Subsequent costs
 
are
included in
 
the asset’s
 
carrying amount
 
or recognised
 
as a
 
separate asset,
 
as appropriate,
 
only when
 
it is
 
probable that
 
future
economic benefits associated with the item
 
will flow to the Group and
 
the cost of the item can be
 
measured reliably.
 
Exploration
and evaluation
 
costs are capitalised
 
as exploration assets
 
on a
 
project-by-project basis, pending
 
determination of the
 
technical
feasibility and commercial viability of the project.
Exploration
 
assets
 
consists
 
of
 
costs
 
of
 
acquiring
 
rights,
 
activities
 
associated
 
with
 
converting
 
a
 
mineral
 
resource
 
to
 
a
 
mineral
reserve - the
 
process thereof includes
 
drilling, sampling and other
 
processes necessary to evaluate
 
the technical feasibility
 
and
commercial viability of a mineral
 
resource to prove whether a mineral
 
reserve exists. Exploration assets also
 
include geological,
geochemical and
 
geophysical studies
 
associated with
 
prospective projects
 
and tangible
 
assets which
 
comprise property,
 
plant
and equipment used
 
for exploratory activities. Costs
 
are capitalised to
 
the extent that
 
they are a directly
 
attributable exploration
expenditure and classified
 
as a separate class
 
of assets on a
 
project by project basis.
 
Once a mineral
 
reserve is determined or
the project
 
ready for
 
development, the
 
asset attributable
 
to the
 
mineral reserve
 
or project
 
is assessed
 
for impairment
 
and then
reclassified to the appropriate
 
class of assets. Depreciation
 
commences when the assets
 
are available for use.
Exploration and
evaluation expenses prior to acquiring rights to explore is recognised in profit or loss.
Depreciation
Depreciation of
 
mine plant
 
facilities and
 
equipment, as
 
well as
 
mining property
 
and development
 
(including mineral
 
rights) are
calculated using the units of production method which
 
is based on the life-of-mine of each site.
 
The life-of-mine is primarily based
on
 
proved
 
and
 
probable
 
mineral
 
reserves.
 
It
 
reflects
 
the
 
estimated
 
quantities
 
of
 
economically
 
recoverable
 
gold
 
that
 
can
 
be
recovered from
 
reclamation sites
 
based on
 
the estimated
 
gold price.
 
Changes in
 
the life-of-mine
 
will impact
 
depreciation on
 
a
prospective
 
basis.
 
The
 
life-of-mine
 
is
 
prepared
 
using
 
a
 
methodology
 
that
 
takes
 
account
 
of
 
current
 
information
 
to
 
assess
 
the
economically recoverable gold from specific reclamation sites and includes the consideration of historical experience.
The depreciation
 
method, estimated
 
useful lives
 
and residual
 
values are
 
reassessed annually
 
and adjusted
 
if appropriate.
 
The
current estimated useful lives
 
are based on the
 
life-of-mine of each site,
 
currently between
two
 
(2021:
three
; 2020:
four
) and
19
years (2021:
13
; 2020:
13
) years for Ergo mining
 
assets and between
two
 
(2021:
three
; 2020:
four
) and
20
 
years (2021:
18
; 2020:
20
) years for FWGR mining assets.
Impairment
The carrying
 
amounts of
 
property,
 
plant and
 
equipment are
 
reviewed at
 
each reporting
 
date to
 
determine whether
 
there is
 
any
indication
 
of
 
impairment,
 
or
 
whenever
 
events
 
or
 
changes
 
in
 
circumstances
 
indicate
 
that
 
the
 
carrying
 
amount
 
may
 
not
 
be
recoverable. If any
 
such indication exists,
 
the asset’s recoverable
 
amount is estimated.
 
For the
 
purposes of assessing
 
impairment,
assets
 
are
 
grouped at
 
the
 
lowest
 
levels
 
for
 
which
 
there are
 
separately identifiable
 
cash flows
 
(“
CGUs
”).
 
The key
 
assets
 
of
 
a
surface retreatment operation which constitutes a CGU are a reclamation site, a metallurgical plant and a tailings storage
 
facility.
These key
 
assets operate
 
interdependently to
 
produce gold.
 
The Ergo
 
and FWGR
 
operations each
 
have separately
 
managed
and monitored reclamation sites, metallurgical plants and tailings storage facilities and are therefore separate CGUs.
The recoverable amount
 
of an asset
 
or CGU is the
 
greater of its value
 
in use and its
 
fair value less costs
 
to sell. The estimated
future cash flows are discounted
 
to their present value using a
 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects
 
current market assessments of
the time value of
 
money and the
 
risks specific to the
 
asset. An impairment loss
 
is recognised in profit
 
or loss if the
 
carrying amount
of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-16
9
 
PROPERTY,
 
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
continued
Amounts in R million
Note
Mine plant
facilities and
equipment
Mine
property and
development
Exploration
assets
Total
June 30, 2022
Cost
2,733.9
2,419.6
14.2
5,167.7
Balance at the beginning of the year
2,604.3
2,154.0
110.5
4,868.8
Additions - property, plant and equipment owned
291.4
301.2
5.8
598.4
Additions - right-of-use assets
10.1
6.0
9.9
-
15.9
Lease modifications
10.1
-
1.2
-
1.2
Lease derecognitions
10.1
(1.6)
-
-
(1.6)
Disposals and scrapping
(185.3)
(61.6)
(0.9)
(247.8)
Change in estimate of decommissioning asset
11
(46.3)
(20.9)
-
(67.2)
Transfers between classes of property,
 
plant and
 
equipment
65.4
35.8
(101.2)
-
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
(1,017.0)
(1,056.9)
(9.7)
(2,083.6)
Balance at the beginning of the year
(1,074.0)
(975.4)
(9.7)
(2,059.1)
Depreciation
5.1
(125.1)
(142.5)
-
(267.6)
Lease derecognitions
1.6
-
-
1.6
Disposals and scrapping
180.5
61.0
-
241.5
Carrying value at end of the year
1,716.9
1,362.7
4.5
3,084.1
Comprising:
Property, plant and equipment owned
1,698.7
1,333.2
4.5
3,036.4
Right-of-use assets
10.1
18.2
29.5
-
47.7
Carrying value at end of the year
1,716.9
1,362.7
4.5
3,084.1
June 30, 2021
Cost
2,604.3
2,154.0
110.5
4,868.8
Balance at the beginning of the year
2,203.5
2,147.0
266.3
4,616.8
Additions - property, plant and equipment owned
237.7
113.3
44.7
395.7
Additions - right-of-use assets
10.1
16.7
-
-
16.7
Lease modifications
10.1
-
2.3
-
2.3
Lease derecognitions
10.1
(1.0)
-
-
(1.0)
Disposals and scrapping
(54.7)
(133.4)
-
(188.1)
Change in estimate of decommissioning asset
11
14.9
14.2
(2.7)
26.4
Transfers between classes of property,
 
plant and
 
equipment
187.2
10.6
(197.8)
-
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
(1,074.0)
(975.4)
(9.7)
(2,059.1)
Balance at the beginning of the year
(1,017.5)
(968.5)
(9.7)
(1,995.7)
Depreciation
5.1
(112.2)
(140.3)
-
(252.5)
Lease derecognitions
1.0
-
-
1.0
Disposals and scrapping
54.7
133.4
-
188.1
Carrying value at end of the year
1,530.3
1,178.6
100.8
2,809.7
Comprising:
Property, plant and equipment owned
1,509.7
1,150.1
100.8
2,760.6
Right-of-use assets
10.1
20.6
28.5
-
49.1
Carrying value at end of the year
1,530.3
1,178.6
100.8
2,809.7
CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS
Contractual commitments not provided for in the consolidated
 
financial statements at June 30, 2022 amounted to R
235.9
 
million
(2021: R
65.5
 
million).
Capital expenditure related to
 
material growth projects are
 
financed on a project-by-project
 
basis which may include
 
bank facilities
and existing cash
 
resources. Sustaining capital
 
expenditure is financed
 
from cash generated
 
from operations and
 
existing cash
resources.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-17
10
 
RIGHT OF USE ASSETS AND LEASES
ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains a lease if the
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a
 
period of time in exchange for consideration. The contract
must
 
also
 
be
 
enforceable.
To
assess
 
whether
 
a
 
contract
 
conveys
 
the
 
right
 
to
 
control
 
the
 
use
 
of
 
an
 
identified
 
asset,
 
requires
judgement particularly on contracts with service contractors, which may contain embedded leases.
The Group assesses whether:
•
 
the contract involves the use of an identified asset;
•
 
the Group has the right to obtain substantially
 
all the economic benefits from use of the asset
 
throughout the period of use; and
•
 
the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset.
At
 
inception
 
or on
 
reassessment
 
of a
 
contract
 
that contains
 
a
 
lease component,
 
the
 
Group allocates
 
the consideration
 
in
 
the
contract to each lease component on the
 
basis of their relevant stand-alone prices. However,
 
for the lease of land and buildings
in which
 
it is
 
a lessee,
 
the Group
 
has elected
 
not to
 
separate non-lease
 
components and
 
account for
 
the lease
 
and non-lease
component as a single lease component.
Some property leases contain
 
options to renew under
 
the contract. Judgement is
 
applied in whether the
 
renewable option periods
must be included in the lease term i.e. it is reasonably certain that the options to renew will be exercised. In applying judgement,
the
 
Group
 
also
 
considers
 
whether
 
the
 
lease
 
term
 
is
 
commensurate
 
with
 
estimated
 
future
 
mine
 
plans
 
requirements
 
and
environmental rehabilitation obligations associated with the property post reclamation.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Right of use asset
The right of use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability and is adjusted by any
lease payments
 
made at
 
or before
 
the commencement
 
date, plus
 
any initial
 
direct costs
 
incurred
 
and an
 
estimate of
 
costs to
dismantle and
 
remove the
 
underlying asset
 
or to
 
restore the
 
underlying asset
 
or the
 
site on
 
which it
 
is located,
 
less any
 
lease
incentives received. The Group recognises a right of use asset and lease liability at the lease commencement date.
 
The right of use asset
 
is subsequently depreciated using the
 
straight-line method from the commencement
 
date to the earlier of
the end of the useful life of the right of use asset or the end of
 
the lease term. The right of use asset carrying value is allocated to
the CGU it belongs to
 
and the CGU is reviewed at
 
each reporting date to determine
 
whether there is any indication
 
of impairment.
The carrying value is reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.
 
Lease liability
The lease liability
 
is initially measured
 
at the present
 
value of the
 
outstanding lease payments
 
at commencement date
 
over the
lease
 
term,
 
discounted
 
using
 
the
 
interest
 
rate
 
implicit
 
in
 
the
 
lease
 
or
 
if
 
that
 
rate
 
is
 
undeterminable,
 
the
 
Group’s
 
incremental
borrowing rate. The lease term includes the non-cancellable period
 
for which the lessee has the right to use an underlying
 
asset
including optional periods when the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend a lease.
 
Lease payments comprise fixed payments, variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially
 
measured using the
index or rate as at the commencement date, and the exercise price under a purchase option
 
that the Group is reasonably certain
to exercise.
The lease liability is measured using the effective interest rate method. The Group re-measures the lease liability when the lease
contract is modified and
 
this does not give
 
rise to modification accounting,
 
when the lease term
 
has been changed or
 
when the
lease payments have
 
changed as a
 
result of a change
 
in an index
 
or rate or a
 
change in the
 
assessment of a purchase
 
option.
Upon remeasurement, a corresponding adjustment is
 
made to the carrying
 
amount of the right of
 
use asset or is recorded
 
in profit
or loss if the carrying amount of the right of use asset has been reduced to zero.
 
Right of use assets
 
are presented in “property, plant and
 
equipment” and lease liabilities
 
are separately disclosed
 
in the statement
of financial position.
 
Short term leases and leases of low value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right
 
of use assets and lease liabilities for short-term
 
leases of machinery and equipment
that have a lease term of 12 months
 
or less and leases of low value assets
 
which include IT equipment, security equipment and
administration equipment.
10.1
 
RIGHT OF USE ASSETS
Included in property, plant and equipment are the following leased assets:
Amounts in R million
Note
Mine plant
facilities and
equipment
Mine property
and
development
Total
June 30, 2022
Cost
31.2
58.4
89.6
Opening balance
26.8
47.3
74.1
Additions
6.0
9.9
15.9
Lease modifications
-
1.2
1.2
Lease derecognitions
(1.6)
-
(1.6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-18
Accumulated depreciation
(13.0)
(28.9)
(41.9)
Opening balance
(6.2)
(18.8)
(25.0)
Depreciation
(8.4)
(10.1)
(18.5)
Lease derecognitions
1.6
-
1.6
Carrying value
18.2
29.5
47.7
June 30, 2021
Cost
26.8
47.3
74.1
Opening balance
11.1
45.0
56.1
Additions
16.7
-
16.7
Lease modifications
-
2.3
2.3
Lease derecognitions
(1.0)
-
(1.0)
Accumulated depreciation
(6.2)
(18.8)
(25.0)
Opening balance
(2.9)
(8.3)
(11.2)
Depreciation
(4.3)
(10.5)
(14.8)
Lease derecognitions
1.0
-
1.0
Carrying value
20.6
28.5
49.1
10.2
 
LEASE LIABILITIES
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
Reconciliation of the lease liabilities balance:
Balance at the beginning of the year
54.8
47.1
New leases
9
15.9
16.7
Lease modifications
9
1.2
2.3
Interest charge on lease liabilities
7
4.2
4.5
Repayment of lease liabilities
(19.7)
(11.6)
Interest repaid
(4.1)
(4.2)
Balance at the end of the year
52.3
54.8
Current portion of lease liabilities
(19.5)
(16.9)
Non-current lease liabilities
32.8
37.9
Maturity analysis of undiscounted contractual cash flows:
Less than a year
22.4
20.5
One to five years
35.1
42.0
More than 5 years
2.1
1.3
Total
 
undiscounted lease liabilities at the end of the year
59.6
63.8
Lease payments not recognised as a liability but expensed during the year:
Short-term leases
(2.5)
(1.4)
Leases of low value assets
 
(8.6)
(7.7)
Cash flows included in cash generated from operating activities
(11.1)
(9.1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-19
11
 
PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
 
REHABILITATION
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
Estimates of future environmental
 
rehabilitation costs are determined
 
with the assistance of
 
an independent expert and
 
are based
on the
 
Group’s environmental
 
management plans
 
which are developed
 
in accordance
 
with regulatory
 
requirements, the
 
life-of-
mine plan
 
(as discussed
 
in note 9)
 
which influences
 
the estimated
 
timing of
 
environmental rehabilitation cash
 
outflows and
 
the
planned method of rehabilitation which in turn is influenced by developments in trends and technology.
An average nominal discount rate ranging
 
between
10.2
% and
10.3
% (2021: between
8.9
% and
9.0
%), average inflation rate of
5.5
% (2021:
5.2
%) and
 
the discount
 
periods as
 
per the
 
expected life-of-mine
 
were used
 
in the
 
calculation of
 
the estimated
 
net
present value of the rehabilitation liability.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The net present value of the
 
estimated rehabilitation cost as at reporting
 
date is provided for in
 
full. These estimates are reviewed
annually and are
 
discounted using a
 
pre-tax risk-free rate
 
that is adjusted to
 
reflect the current
 
market assessments of
 
the time
value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.
Annual changes
 
in the
 
provision consist
 
of financing
 
expenses relating
 
to the
 
change in
 
the present
 
value of
 
the provision
 
and
inflationary increases in the provision, as well as changes in estimates.
The present value
 
of dismantling and
 
removing the asset
 
created (decommissioning liabilities)
 
are capitalised to
 
property,
 
plant
and equipment against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. If a decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying
 
amount of the
asset, the excess is recognised in profit or loss. If the asset value is increased and there is
 
an indication that the revised carrying
value is not
 
recoverable, an impairment
 
test is performed
 
in accordance
 
with the accounting
 
policy dealing with
 
impairments of
property,
 
plant
 
and
 
equipment.
 
Over
 
time,
 
the
 
liability
 
is
 
increased
 
to
 
reflect
 
an
 
interest
 
element,
 
and
 
the
 
capitalised
 
cost
 
is
depreciated over the life of the related asset. Cash costs incurred to
 
rehabilitate these disturbances are charged to the provision
and are presented as investing activities in the statement of cash flows.
The present value
 
of environmental rehabilitation
 
costs relating to
 
the production of
 
inventories and sites
 
without related assets
(restoration liabilities) as well as changes
 
therein are expensed as incurred and
 
presented as operating costs within cost
 
of sales.
Cash costs incurred
 
to rehabilitate these
 
disturbances are presented
 
as operating activities
 
in the statement
 
of cash flows.
 
The
cost of ongoing rehabilitation is recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
Opening balance
 
570.8
568.9
Unwinding of provision
7
45.0
44.7
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in profit or loss
5.1
(2.2)
(12.4)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised to decommissioning asset (a)
9
(67.2)
26.4
Environmental rehabilitation payments (b)
(28.7)
(56.8)
To
 
reduce decommissioning liabilities
(25.4)
(51.0)
To
 
reduce restoration liabilities
14
(3.3)
(5.8)
Closing balance
517.7
570.8
Environmental rehabilitation payments to reduce the liability
(28.7)
(56.8)
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
 
1
23
(31.6)
(48.3)
Total
 
cash spent on environmental rehabilitation
(60.3)
(105.1)
1
 
The Group also performs ongoing environmental rehabilitation
 
arising from its current activities concurrently with production.
 
These costs do
not represent a reduction of the above liability and
 
are expensed as operating costs
(a)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised to decommissioning asset
During the
 
current year,
 
updates were
 
made
 
to the
 
Ergo life
 
of mine,
 
resulting in
 
the inclusion
 
of the
 
Daggafontein TSF
 
as a
Mineral Reserve on
 
a planned basis
 
increasing the life
 
of mine. During
 
the current year,
 
updates were also
 
made to the FWGR
life of mine, changing the expected timing of environmental rehabilitation cash outflows.
(b)
 
Environmental rehabilitation payments
38ha of
 
the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF,
 
3ha of
 
the Daggafontein
 
TSF and
 
17ha of
 
the Driefontein
 
4 TSF
 
were vegetated
 
during the
year.
GROSS COST TO REHABILITATE
The
 
Group
 
estimates
 
that,
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
life
 
of
 
mine
 
plan
 
and
 
current
 
environmental
 
and
 
regulatory
 
requirements,
 
the
 
total
undiscounted rehabilitation cost is approximately R
815.1
 
million (2021: R
742.2
 
million).
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-20
12
 
INVESTMENTS IN REHABILITATION
 
AND OTHER FUNDS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash and cash equivalents in environmental rehabilitation trusts
 
Cash
 
and
 
cash
 
equivalents
 
included
 
in
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
trusts
 
comprise
 
low-risk,
 
interest-bearing
 
cash
 
and
 
cash
equivalents and are non-derivative financial assets categorised as financial assets measured at amortised cost.
Cash and cash
 
equivalents are initially
 
measured at fair
 
value. Subsequent to
 
initial recognition, cash
 
and cash equivalents
 
are
measured at amortised cost, which is equivalent to their fair value.
The
 
cash
 
and
 
cash
 
equivalents
 
in
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
trusts
 
are
 
for
 
the
 
sole
 
use
 
of
 
material
 
future
 
environmental
rehabilitation payments and are therefore included in non-current assets.
Reimbursive right for environmental rehabilitation guarantees
(“old environmental rehabilitation policy”)
Funds held in the cell captive that secure the environmental rehabilitation guarantees issued are recognised as a right to receive
a reimbursement and are
 
measured at the
 
lower of the
 
amount of the
 
consolidated environmental rehabilitation liability
 
recognised
and the consolidated fair value of the fund assets.
Changes in the carrying value
 
of the fund assets, other
 
than those resulting from contributions and
 
payments, are recognised in
finance income.
The
 
funds
 
held
 
in
 
the
 
cell
 
captive
 
under
 
the
 
old
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
policy
 
are
 
for
 
the
 
sole
 
use
 
of
 
material
 
future
environmental rehabilitation payments and are therefore included in non-current assets.
Investments in Guardrisk Cell Captive
Funds invested in the Guardrisk
 
Cell Captive, held within
 
Guardrisk Insurance Company Limited
 
(“
GICL
”) or “
Guardrisk
” are non-
derivative financial assets categorised as financial assets
 
measured at fair value through profit
 
and loss as the funds are invested
by Guardrisk in liquid money market
 
funds.
 
These assets are initially measured
 
at fair value and subsequent
 
changes in fair value
are recognised
 
in profit
 
or loss
 
as they
 
arise and
 
included in
 
finance income.
 
The investments
 
in GICL
 
are for
 
the sole
 
use of
environmental financial guarantees, Directors’ and Officers’ insurance and other insurance requirements.
The investment in the
 
Guardrisk Cell Captive is
 
for the sole
 
use as determined in
 
the insurance policies and
 
are therefore included
in non-current assets.
Investment in Guardrisk Cell Captive – Funding of environmental rehabilitation activities
(refer note 11)
During the current year
 
the Group made a
 
decision to change its
 
method of providing for
 
environmental rehabilitation from
 
funding
in
 
a
 
specific
 
rehabilitation
 
trust
 
to
 
financial
 
guarantees
 
which
 
is
 
an
 
allowed
 
method
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
the
 
National
 
Environmental
Management
 
Act. A
 
new
 
ring-fenced policy
 
related
 
to the
 
funds
 
was concluded.
 
In
 
this
 
regard,
 
the rehabilitation
 
trust directly
transferred a total amount of R
579.5
 
million to the new ring-fenced policy with GICL in terms of which, GICL issued rehabilitation
financial guarantees. The new ring-fenced policy has replaced the old environmental rehabilitation
 
policy which lapsed during the
year. The funds are
 
ring-fenced for the sole objective of future rehabilitation during and at
 
the end of the relevant life of mine. All
the required approvals for the change in method and transfer of the rehabilitation trust funds were obtained from the Department
of Mineral Resources
 
and Energy (“
DMRE
”) and a
 
thorough consideration of
 
tax and legal
 
impacts were completed
 
prior to the
funds being transferred to GICL.
 
Environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
payments
 
to
 
reduce
 
the
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
obligations
 
and
 
ongoing
 
rehabilitation
expenditure are mostly funded by cash generated from operations.
 
GICL has guarantees
 
in issue amounting
 
to R
614.0
 
million (2021: R
430.1
 
million) to the DMRE
 
on behalf of DRDGOLD
 
related
to
 
the
 
environmental
 
obligations.
 
The
 
funds
 
for
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation
 
in
 
the
 
cell
 
captive
 
serve
 
as
 
collateral
 
for
 
these
guarantees.
Investment in Guardrisk Cell Captive – Directors’ and Officers’ insurance
During
 
the current
 
year premiums
 
were paid
 
into the
 
Guardrisk Cell
 
Captive for
 
the creation
 
of self-insurance
 
for the
 
Group’s
Directors and Officers.
Investment in Guardrisk Cell Captive – Other funds
These are existing
 
funds within the cell
 
captive which were previously
 
part of the old
 
environmental rehabilitation policy held
 
for
purposes of obtaining environmental rehabilitation guarantees. The policy came to an end during the financial
 
year, but the funds
remained within the cell captive for future insurance applications.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-21
12
 
INVESTMENTS IN REHABILITATION
 
AND OTHER FUNDS
continued
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
Cash and cash equivalents in environmental rehabilitation trust funds
-
564.7
 
Opening balance
564.7
542.2
 
Transfer to Investment in Guardrisk Cell Captive
(579.5)
-
 
Growth
6
14.8
22.5
Reimbursive right for environmental rehabilitation guarantees
-
87.5
 
Opening balance
87.5
83.8
 
Lapsing of old environmental rehabilitation policy retained in Guardrisk Cell Captive
(89.3)
-
 
Growth
6
1.8
3.7
Investment in Guardrisk Cell Captive (a)
710.8
-
 
Opening balance
-
-
 
Transfer to Guardrisk cell captive
668.8
-
 
Contributions
28.9
-
 
Growth
6
13.1
-
Investments in rehabilitation and other funds
710.8
652.2
(a) Investment in Guardrisk Cell Captive
The investment in the cell captive is allocated as follows:
 
710.8
-
 
Environmental rehabilitation
589.8
-
 
Directors’ and Officers’ insurance
29.5
-
 
Other funds
91.5
-
CREDIT RISK
The Group
 
is exposed
 
to credit
 
risk on
 
the total
 
carrying value
 
of the
 
investments held
 
in the
 
environmental rehabilitation
 
trust
funds and the Guardrisk Cell Captive.
The Group manages its exposure to credit risk
 
by mandating the Guardrisk Cell Captive to diversify
 
the funds across a number of
major financial institutions, as well as investing funds in low-risk, interest-bearing cash and cash equivalents.
MARKET RISK
Interest rate risk
A change of 100 basis points (bp) in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) equity and profit/(loss)
by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular the balance of the funds, remain
constant. The analysis excludes income tax.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
100
bp increase
7.1
5.6
100
bp (decrease)
(7.1)
(5.6)
FAIR VALUE
 
OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair
 
value of
 
investment in
 
Guardrisk Cell
 
Captive approximate
 
their carrying
 
value due
 
to the
 
short-term maturities
 
of the
underlying funds invested by Guardrisk
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-22
13
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash and cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash without significant risk of
changes in
 
value and
 
comprise cash
 
on hand,
 
demand deposits,
 
and highly
 
liquid investments which
 
are readily
 
convertible to
known amounts of cash.
Cash and cash equivalents are non-derivative financial assets categorised as financial assets measured at amortised
 
cost. Cash
and
 
cash
 
equivalents
 
are
 
initially
 
measured
 
at
 
fair
 
value.
 
Subsequent
 
to
 
initial
 
recognition,
 
cash
 
and
 
cash
 
equivalents
 
are
measured at amortised cost, which is equivalent to their fair value.
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
Cash on hand
113.2
100.5
Access deposits and income funds
 
1
2,401.7
2,069.2
Restricted cash
 
2
10.7
10.3
2,525.6
2,180.0
Interest earned on cash and cash equivalents
6
111.8
108.7
1
These consist of access deposit notes and conservatively
 
managed income funds that are diversified
 
across the major financial institutions in
South Africa.
At reporting date all of these instruments had
 
same day or next day liquidity and effective
 
annualised yields of between
5.38
% and
6.38
%
2
This consists of cash held on call as collateral for guarantees
 
issued by the Standard Bank of South
 
Africa Limited on behalf of the Group for
environmental rehabilitation amounting to R
5.2
 
million and various utilities amounting to R
5.1
 
million.
CREDIT RISK
The Group is exposed to credit risk
 
on the total carrying value of its
 
cash and cash equivalents. The Group manages
 
its exposure
to credit risk
 
by investing cash
 
and cash equivalents
 
across several major
 
financial institutions, considering
 
the credit ratings
 
of
the respective financial institutions, funds and underlying instruments.
Impairment
 
on
 
cash
 
and
 
cash
 
equivalents,
 
if
 
any,
 
are
 
measured
 
on
 
a
 
12-month
 
expected
 
loss
 
basis
 
and
 
reflects
 
the
 
short
maturities of the
 
exposures. The Group considers
 
that its cash
 
and cash equivalents
 
have low credit
 
risk based on
 
the external
credit ratings of the counterparties.
MARKET RISK
Interest rate risk
A change of
100
 
basis points (bp) in the interest rates would have
 
increased/(decreased) equity and profit/(loss) by the amounts
shown below. This analysis is performed on the average balance of cash and cash equivalents for the year and assumes that
 
all
other variables remain constant. The analysis excludes income tax
.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
100
bp increase
23.5
19.5
100
bp (decrease)
(23.5)
(19.5)
Foreign
 
denominated cash
 
is held
 
in a
 
foreign currency
 
bank
 
account accruing
 
negligible interest
 
and is
 
usually converted
 
to
South African Rand on the day of receipt. Foreign cash is therefore not exposed to significant interest rate risk.
Foreign currency risk
US
 
Dollars
 
received
 
on
 
settlement
 
of
 
the
 
trade
 
receivables
 
are
 
exposed
 
to
 
fluctuations
 
in
 
the
 
US
 
Dollar/South
 
African
 
Rand
exchange rate until it is converted to South African Rands.
US Dollars not converted to South African Rands at reporting date are as follows
:
Figures in USD million
2022
2021
Foreign denominated cash at 30 June
3.4
3.4
A
10
% strengthening of the Rand against the US Dollar at 30 June would have increased/(decreased) equity and profit/(loss) by
the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Strengthening of the Rand against the US Dollar
(5.5)
(4.9)
Weakening of the Rand against the US Dollar
5.5
4.9
FAIR VALUE
 
OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their carrying value due to their short-term maturities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-23
14
 
CASH GENERATED
 
FROM OPERATIONS
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
Profit for the year
1,123.8
1,439.9
635.0
Adjusted for
Income tax
18.1
334.3
523.7
343.9
Depreciation
 
9
267.6
252.5
270.8
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
5.1
(30.4)
25.6
(3.1)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation
11
(2.2)
(12.4)
(21.9)
Environmental rehabilitation payments to reduce the restoration liabilities
11
(3.3)
(5.8)
(8.1)
Share-based payment expense/(benefit)
5.3
18.4
(28.3)
224.1
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
5.2
(6.6)
(0.1)
(0.7)
Insurance claim receivable
5.2
(31.7)
-
-
Finance income
6
(225.8)
(216.2)
(109.8)
Finance expense
7
74.8
69.5
68.8
Other non-cash items
3.8
(2.5)
2.6
Operating cash flows before other changes
1,522.7
2,045.9
1,401.6
Changes in
62.9
(194.9)
(92.0)
Trade and other receivables
25.7
6.9
(79.0)
Consumable stores and stockpiles
(18.9)
(44.7)
(26.4)
Payments made under protest
24
(15.2)
(8.1)
(10.6)
Trade and other payables
71.3
(149.0)
 
1
24.0
 
1
Cash generated from operations
1,585.6
1,851.0
1,309.6
 
1
Includes settlement of cash-settled long-term incentives
 
for 2021: R
183.3
 
million, 2020: R
41.5
 
million.
15
 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Recognition and measurement
Trade
 
and other
 
receivables, excluding
 
Value
 
Added Tax
 
and prepayments,
 
are non-derivative
 
financial assets
 
categorised as
financial assets at amortised cost.
These assets are initially measured at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they
are measured at
 
amortised cost using
 
the effective interest
 
method less any
 
expected credit losses
 
using the Group’s
 
business
model for managing its financial assets.
 
The Group derecognises
 
a financial asset when
 
the contractual rights to
 
the cash flows from
 
the asset expire, or
 
it transfers the
rights to receive the contractual cash flows in
 
a transaction in which substantially all of the risks
 
and rewards of ownership of the
financial asset are transferred,
 
or it neither transfers
 
nor retains substantially all
 
of the risks and
 
rewards of ownership and
 
does
not retain control over the transferred
 
asset. Any interest in such derecognised
 
financial assets that is created or
 
retained by the
Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability.
Impairment
The Group
 
recognises loss
 
allowances for
 
trade and
 
other receivables
 
at an
 
amount equal
 
to expected
 
credit losses
 
(“
ECLs
”).
The Group uses the simplified
 
ECL approach. When determining whether
 
the credit risk of a financial
 
asset has increased since
initial recognition
 
and when
 
estimating ECLs,
 
the Group
 
considers reasonable
 
and supportable
 
information that
 
is relevant
 
and
available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis, based on informed
credit
 
assessments
 
and
 
including
 
forward-looking
 
information.
 
The
 
maximum
 
period
 
considered
 
when
 
estimating
 
ECLs
 
is
 
the
maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk.
 
ECLs are a probability
 
weighted estimate of credit losses.
 
Credit losses are measured as
 
the present value of
 
all cash shortfalls
(i.e. the
 
difference between
 
the cash
 
flows due
 
to the
 
entity in
 
accordance with
 
the contract
 
and the
 
cash flows
 
that the
 
Group
expects to receive). The Group assesses whether the
 
financial asset is credit impaired at each reporting date. A financial asset is
credit impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the
 
estimated future cash flows of the financial asset
have occurred, including but not limited to financial difficulty or default of payment. The Group will write off a financial asset when
there is no
 
reasonable expectation of
 
recovering it
 
after considering whether
 
all means
 
to recovery the
 
asset have
 
been exhausted,
or the counterparty has been liquidated and the Group has assessed that no recovery is possible.
Any impairment losses are recognised in the statement of profit or loss.
Trade receivables
 
relate to gold
 
sold to the bullion
 
banks. Settlement is
 
usually received on the
 
gold sold date. Previously
 
trade
receivables related to gold sold on the bullion market by Rand Refinery in its capacity as an agent for the Group. Settlement was
usually received
two working days
 
from gold sold date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-24
15
 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
continued
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Trade receivables
-
56.5
Value Added Tax
75.1
50.2
Other receivables
 
1
57.4
21.2
Prepayments
19.2
17.4
Allowance for impairment
(2.2)
(1.2)
149.5
144.1
1 Other receivables includes the outstanding COVID-19
 
insurance claim amount of R
31.7
 
million (refer to note 5.2) which was received
subsequent to year end.
CREDIT RISK
The
 
Group is
 
exposed to
 
credit risk
 
on the
 
total carrying
 
value of
 
its trade
 
receivables and
 
other receivables
 
excluding Value
Added Tax
 
and prepayments.
The
 
Group
 
manages
 
its
 
exposure
 
to
 
credit
 
risk
 
on
 
trade
 
receivables
 
by
 
selling
 
gold
 
on
 
a
 
cash
 
on
 
delivery
 
basis.
 
The
 
Group
manages its
 
exposure to
 
credit risk
 
on other
 
receivables by
 
establishing a
 
maximum payment
 
period of
30
 
days, and
 
ensuring
that counterparties
 
are of
 
good credit
 
standing and
 
transacting on
 
a secured
 
or cash
 
basis where
 
considered necessary.
 
The
majority of other
 
receivables, excluding the COVID-19
 
insurance claim, comprises balances
 
with counterparties who have
 
been
transacting
 
with
 
the
 
Group
 
for
 
over
5 years
 
and
 
in
 
some
 
of
 
these
 
cases,
 
the
 
counterparties
 
are
 
also
 
suppliers
 
of
 
the
 
Group.
Receivables are regularly monitored and assessed for recoverability.
The balances of counterparties who have been assessed as being credit impaired at reporting date are as follows:
2022
2021
Amounts in R million
Non-credit
impaired
Credit
impaired
Non-credit
impaired
Credit
impaired
Trade receivables
-
-
56.5
-
Other receivables
55.2
2.2
20.0
1.2
55.2
2.2
76.5
1.2
Loss allowance
-
(2.2)
-
(1.2)
Movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade and other receivables during the year was as follows:
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Balance at the beginning of the year
(1.2)
(2.6)
Credit loss allowance/impairments recognised included in operating costs
(1.1)
(0.2)
Credit loss allowance/impairments reversed included in operating costs
0.1
1.3
Credit loss allowance written off against related receivable
-
0.3
Balance at the end of the year
(2.2)
(1.2)
MARKET RISK
Interest rate risk
Trade and other receivables do not earn interest and are therefore not subject to interest rate risk.
Foreign currency risk
Gold is
 
sold at
 
spot rates
 
and is
 
denominated in
 
US Dollars.
 
Gold sales
 
are therefore
 
exposed to
 
fluctuations in
 
the US
 
Dollar/South
African Rand
 
exchange rate.
 
All foreign
 
currency transactions
 
entered into
 
during the
 
year ended
 
June 30,
 
2022 were
 
at spot
rates and no foreign exchange rate hedges are entered into. From April 11, 2022, The USD to be received from bullion sales are
sold on the same date as the
 
respective bullion sale to settle in ZAR to
 
the Group. Prior to April 11,
 
2022, Rand Refinery,
 
acting
as an agent for the Group, sold the USD received from bullion sales on the same date as the respective bullion sale. As a result,
trade receivables are not exposed to fluctuations in the US Dollar/South African Rand exchange rate.
FAIR VALUE
 
OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of trade and other receivables approximate their carrying value due to their short-term maturities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-25
16
 
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Trade and other payables, excluding Value Added Tax,
 
payroll accruals, accrued leave pay and provision for performance
 
based
incentives, are non-derivative financial liabilities categorised as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost.
These liabilities
 
are initially
 
measured at
 
fair value
 
plus directly
 
attributable transaction
 
costs. Subsequent
 
to initial
 
recognition,
they are
 
measured at
 
amortised cost
 
using the
 
effective interest
 
method. The
 
Group derecognises
 
a financial
 
liability when
 
its
contractual rights are discharged, or cancelled or expire.
Short-term employee benefits are
 
expensed as the related
 
service is provided. A
 
liability is recognised for
 
the amount expected
to be paid if the Group has
 
a present legal or constructive obligation to
 
pay this amount as a result
 
of past service provided by the
employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
Trade payables and accruals
429.1
352.9
Value Added Tax
0.2
4.5
Accrued leave pay
55.7
53.2
Accrual for short term performance based incentives
87.5
74.2
Payroll accruals
25.9
25.0
598.4
509.8
Interest relating to trade payables and accruals included in profit or loss
(1.8)
(1.8)
RELATED PARTY
 
BALANCES
Trade payables and accruals include the following amounts payable to related parties:
Sibanye-Stillwater
25.8
12.0
Rand Refinery
-
0.6
LIQUIDITY RISK
Trade payables and accruals are all expected to be settled within 12 months from reporting date.
FAIR VALUE
 
OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of trade payables and accruals approximate their carrying value due to their short-term maturities.
17
 
INVENTORIES
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Gold
 
in process
 
is stated
 
at the
 
lower of
 
cost
 
and net
 
realisable value.
 
Costs are
 
assigned to
 
gold
 
in process
 
on a
 
weighted
average cost basis. Costs comprise all costs incurred to the stage immediately
 
prior to smelting, including costs of extraction and
processing as they are
 
reliably measurable at that
 
point. Gold bullion is
 
stated at the lower
 
of cost and net
 
realisable value. Selling
and general administration costs are excluded from inventory valuation.
Consumable stores
 
are stated
 
at cost
 
less allowances
 
for obsolescence.
 
Cost of
 
consumable stores
 
and stockpile
 
material is
based on
 
the weighted
 
average cost
 
principle and
 
includes expenditure
 
incurred in
 
acquiring inventories
 
and bringing
 
them to
their existing location and condition.
Net realisable value
 
is the estimated
 
selling price in
 
the ordinary course
 
of business, less
 
the estimated cost
 
of completion and
selling expenses.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Consumable stores
197.5
177.6
Ore stockpile
51.9
52.9
Gold in process
75.1
59.6
Finished inventories - Gold Bullion
64.8
49.9
Total inventories
389.3
340.0
Inventory carried at net realisable value includes:
Gold in process
8.5
-
Finished inventories - Gold Bullion
7.9
-
Write down to net realisable value included in movement in gold in process and finished
stock
(2.7)
-
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-26
18
 
INCOME TAX
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
Management periodically evaluates positions taken where tax regulations are subject to interpretation. This includes the
 
treatment
of both Ergo and FWGR as single mining operations respectively, pursuant to the relevant ring-fencing legislation.
The deferred tax liability is calculated by applying
 
a forecast weighted average tax rate that is based
 
on a prescribed formula. The
calculation of the
 
forecast weighted average
 
tax rate requires
 
the use of
 
assumptions and estimates
 
and are inherently
 
uncertain
and could
 
change materially
 
over time.
 
These assumptions
 
and estimates
 
include expected
 
future profitability
 
and timing
 
of the
reversal
 
of the
 
temporary differences.
 
Due to
 
the forecast
 
weighted
 
average tax
 
rate being
 
based on
 
a prescribed
 
formula that
increases the effective tax rate
 
with an increase in
 
forecast future profitability, and vice versa, the
 
tax rate can vary
 
significantly year
on year and can move contrary to current period financial performance.
A
100
 
basis points
 
increase in
 
the effective
 
tax rate
 
will result
 
in an
 
increase in
 
the net
 
deferred tax
 
liability at
 
June 30,
 
2022 of
approximately R
18.7
 
million (2021: R
14.2
 
million; 2020: R
10.3
 
million).
The assessment of the probability that future taxable
 
profits will be available against which the tax losses
 
and unredeemed capital
expenditure can be
 
utilised requires the
 
use of assumptions
 
and estimates and
 
are inherently uncertain
 
and could change
 
materially
over time.
Capital expenditure
 
is assessed
 
by the
 
South African
 
Revenue Service
 
(“
SARS
”) when
 
it is
 
redeemed against
 
taxable mining
 
income
rather
 
than
 
when
 
it
 
is
 
incurred.
 
A
 
different
 
interpretation
 
by
 
SARS
 
regarding
 
the
 
deductibility
 
of
 
these
 
capital
 
allowances
 
may
therefore become evident subsequent to the year of assessment when the capital expenditure is incurred.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Income tax expense comprises current and
 
deferred tax. Each company is
 
taxed as a separate entity
 
and tax is not set-off between
the companies.
Current tax
Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable
 
on the taxable income or loss for the
 
year and any adjustment on tax
payable or receivable in respect of the previous year. Amounts are recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to
items recognised directly in equity
 
or OCI. The current tax
 
charge is calculated on the
 
basis of the tax laws
 
enacted or substantively
enacted at the reporting date.
 
Deferred tax
Deferred
 
tax is
 
recognised in
 
respect
 
of temporary
 
differences
 
between
 
the carrying
 
amounts
 
and
 
the tax
 
bases of
 
assets
 
and
liabilities.
 
Deferred
 
tax
 
is
 
not
 
recognised
 
on
 
the
 
initial
 
recognition
 
of
 
assets
 
or
 
liabilities
 
in
 
a
 
transaction
 
that
 
is
 
not
 
a
 
business
combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit.
Deferred tax assets relating to
 
unutilised tax losses and unutilised capital
 
allowances are recognised to the
 
extent that it is
 
probable
that future taxable profits will be available against which the unutilised tax losses
 
and unutilised capital allowances can be utilised.
The recoverability of these assets is reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if recovery is no longer probable.
Deferred tax related
 
to gold mining
 
income is measured
 
at a forecast
 
weighted average tax
 
rate that is
 
expected to be
 
applied to
temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted
 
at the reporting date. The calculation of
the forecast weighted average
 
tax rate requires the
 
use of assumptions and estimates,
 
including the Group’s life-of-mine
 
plan (as
discussed in note 9 to the consolidated financial statements) that is applied to calculate the expected future profitability.
Current tax on
 
gold mining income
 
for the periods
 
presented was determined
 
based on a
 
formula: Y =
 
34 - 170/X
 
where Y is
 
the
percentage rate
 
of tax
 
payable and
 
X is
 
the ratio
 
of taxable
 
income, net
 
of any
 
qualifying capital
 
expenditure that
 
bears to
 
gold
mining income derived, expressed as a percentage. Non-mining income, which consists primarily
 
of interest accrued, is taxed at a
standard rate of
28
% for the periods presented.
All mining capital expenditure is deducted
 
in the year it is incurred
 
to the extent that it does not
 
result in an assessed loss. Capital
expenditure not deducted from mining income is carried forward as unutilised
 
capital allowances to be deducted from future mining
income.
Amendment in the corporate income tax rate and mining tax rate formula and broadening the tax base
On February
 
23, 2022 the
 
Minister of
 
Finance announced in
 
his budget speech
 
that the corporate
 
income tax
 
(“
CIT
”) rate will
 
be
lowered from
28
% to
27
% for companies with years of assessment commencing on
 
or after April 1, 2022. The mining operations of
the Group accounts for income tax using the gold mining tax formula
 
as opposed to the CIT rate. The gold mining tax formula was
changed to Y
 
= 33 -
 
165/X for years
 
of assessment commencing
 
on or after
 
April 1, 2022.
 
It was further
 
announced that the
 
lowering
of the CIT rate will
 
be implemented alongside additional amendments to
 
broaden the CIT base by
 
limiting interest deductions and
assessed
 
losses.
 
Section
 
23M
 
which
 
limits
 
the
 
deduction
 
of
 
interest
 
payable
 
to
 
certain
 
parties
 
who
 
are
 
not
 
subject
 
to
 
tax
 
was
significantly widened. A maximum of R
1
 
million or
80
% of assessed losses (whichever is greater) is permitted to be set-off against
taxable income.
 
The
 
deferred
 
tax
 
assets
 
and
 
liabilities
 
for
 
the
 
Group
 
have
 
been
 
calculated
 
taking
 
into
 
account
 
the
 
above
 
changes
 
as
 
they
 
are
effective for the financial year and year of assessment commencing July 1, 2022.
Deferred
 
tax is
 
recognised using
 
the gold
 
mining tax
 
formula to
 
calculate a
 
forecast
 
weighted average
 
tax rate
 
considering
 
the
expected timing of the
 
reversal of temporary differences.
 
The formula is calculated
 
as: Y = 33
 
– 165/X where Y
 
is the percentage
rate of tax
 
payable and X
 
is the
 
ratio of taxable
 
income, net of
 
any qualifying capital
 
expenditure that bears
 
to mining income
 
derived,
expressed as a percentage.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-27
18
 
INCOME TAX
continued
Amendment in the corporate income tax rate and mining tax rate formula and broadening the tax base
continued
Due to
 
the forecast
 
weighted average
 
tax rate
 
being based on
 
the expected
 
future profitability,
 
the tax
 
rate can
 
vary significantly
year-on-year and can move contrary to current year financial performance.
 
The forecast
 
weighted average
 
deferred tax
 
rate of
 
Ergo has
 
decreased from
25
% to
22
% as
 
a result
 
of the
 
change in
 
the gold
mining tax
 
formula and increase
 
in the life
 
of mine and
 
increases in operating
 
costs. The forecast
 
weighted average deferred
 
tax
rate of FWGR has decreased from
30
% to
29
% as a result of the change in the gold mining tax formula.
 
18.1
 
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
Current tax
(261.6)
(423.7)
(263.2)
Mining tax
(250.2)
(423.7)
(263.2)
Non-Mining, company and capital gains tax
(11.4)
-
-
Deferred tax
(72.7)
(100.0)
(80.7)
Deferred tax charge - Mining tax
(119.9)
(104.0)
(59.1)
Deferred tax charge - Non-mining, company and capital gains tax
1.6
(19.1)
(2.1)
Deferred tax rate adjustment
45.6
-
(20.7)
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
0.4
7.8
-
(Derecognition of previously recognised)/Recognition of previously unrecognised
tax losses of a capital nature
-
(1.2)
1.2
(Derecognition of previously recognised)/Recognition of previously unrecognised
deductible temporary differences
(0.4)
16.5
-
(334.3)
(523.7)
(343.9)
Tax reconciliation
Major items causing the Group's income tax expense to differ from the statutory rate
were:
Tax
 
on net profit before tax at the South African corporate tax rate of
28
%
(408.3)
(549.9)
(274.1)
Rate adjustment to reflect the actual realised company tax rates applying the
gold mining formula
36.4
3.7
(0.9)
Deferred tax rate adjustment (a)
45.6
-
(20.7)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment exempt from deferred tax on
 
initial recognition (b)
(22.2)
(21.2)
(21.4)
Non-deductible expenditure (c)
 
(7.3)
(6.2)
(7.9)
Exempt income and other non-taxable income (d)
19.0
22.8
2.4
(Derecognition of previously recognised)/Recognition of previously unrecognised
deductible temporary differences
(0.4)
16.5
-
(Derecognition of previously recognised)Recognition of previously unrecognised
tax losses of a capital nature
-
(1.2)
1.2
Utilisation of tax losses for which deferred tax assets were previously
 
unrecognised
0.4
7.8
-
Current year tax losses for which no deferred tax was recognised
(1.4)
(0.1)
(23.5)
Other items
3.6
3.3
0.4
Tax
 
incentives
0.3
0.8
0.6
Income tax
(334.3)
(523.7)
(343.9)
(a) Deferred tax rate adjustment
 
Ergo’s forecast weighted average deferred tax rate decreased to
22
% (2021: remained unchanged at
25
%; 2020: increased from
22
% to
25
% due to an increase in forecast taxable income of Ergo).
FWGR’s forecast weighted average deferred tax rate decreased to
29
% (2021 and 2020: remained unchanged at
30
%).
(b) Depreciation of property, plant and equipment exempt from deferred tax on initial recognition
Depreciation of R
72.1
 
million (2021: R
68.7
 
million; 2020: R
73.2
 
million) on the
 
fair value of
 
FWGR’s property, plant and equipment
that was exempt from deferred tax on initial recognition in terms of IAS 12
Income Taxes
.
(c) Non-deductible expenditure
The most significant non-deductible expenditure incurred by the Group during the year includes:
 
●
R
21.1
 
million discount recognised on Payments made under protest (2021: R
7.4
 
million; 2020: R
7.1
 
million);
●
 
R
17.8
 
million expenditure
 
not incurred
 
in generation
 
of taxable
 
income or
 
capital in
 
nature (2021:
 
R
17.0
 
million; 2020:
 
R
2.7
million);
 
and
●
 
R
5.8
 
million net operating
 
cost related to
 
Ergo Business Development
 
Academy Not for
 
Profit Company that
 
is not deductible
as it is exempt from income tax (2021: R
nil
; 2020: R
14.6
 
million).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-28
18
 
INCOME TAX
continued
18.1
 
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
continued
(d) Exempt income and other non-taxable income
The most significant exempt income earned by the Group during the year includes:
 
●
 
R
71.5
 
million dividends received (2021: R
76.1
 
million; 2020: R
4.3
 
million);
●
 
R
5.8
 
million unwinding recognised on Payments made under protest (2021: R
4.8
 
million; 2020: R
4.0
 
million); and
●
 
R
nil
 
net operating
 
income related
 
to Ergo
 
Business Development
 
Academy Not
 
for Profit Company
 
that is
 
not taxable
 
as it
 
is
exempt from income
 
tax (2021: R
1.0
 
million; 2020 Ergo
 
Business Development Academy
 
Not for Profit
 
Company incurred net
operating cost that is not deductible as it is exempt from income tax) – refer to (c) non-deductible expenditure.
18.2
 
DEFERRED TAX
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Included in the statement of financial position as follows:
Deferred tax assets
14.5
5.8
Deferred tax liabilities
(451.9)
(377.1)
Net deferred tax liabilities
(437.4)
(371.3)
Reconciliation of the deferred tax balance:
Balance at the beginning of the year
(371.3)
(265.1)
Recognised in profit or loss
(72.7)
(100.0)
Recognised in other comprehensive income
6.6
(6.2)
Balance at the end of the year
(437.4)
(371.3)
The detailed components of the net deferred tax liabilities which result from the differences between the amounts of assets and
liabilities recognised for financial reporting and tax purposes are:
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment (excluding unredeemed capital allowances)
(537.6)
(494.4)
Environmental rehabilitation obligation funds
(63.3)
(60.2)
Other investments
(0.9)
(7.4)
Gross deferred tax liabilities
(601.8)
(562.0)
Deferred tax assets
Environmental rehabilitation obligation
105.6
124.5
Other provisions
49.3
46.7
Other temporary differences
 
1
4.6
14.3
Estimated tax losses
4.1
4.1
Estimated unredeemed capital allowances
0.8
1.1
Gross deferred tax assets
164.4
190.7
Net deferred tax liabilities
(437.4)
(371.3)
1
 
Includes the temporary differences on the lease liability
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following:
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Estimated tax losses
18.1
16.7
Estimated tax losses - Capital nature
313.6
325.2
Unredeemed capital expenditure
252.0
253.3
Deferred tax
 
assets for
 
tax losses,
 
unredeemed capital
 
expenditure and
 
capital losses
 
have not
 
been recognised
 
where future
taxable profits against
 
which these can
 
be utilised are
 
not anticipated. These
 
do not have
 
an expiry date.
 
A maximum of
 
R
1
 
million
or
80
 
% of assessed losses (whichever is greater) is permitted to be set-off per year against taxable income.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-29
19
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash settled share-based payments (“outgoing long-term incentive” or “CLTI”)
Cash settled
 
share-based payments
 
are measured
 
at fair
 
value and
 
remeasured at
 
each reporting
 
date to
 
reflect the
 
potential
outflow of
 
cash resources
 
to settle
 
the liability,
 
with a
 
corresponding adjustment
 
in profit
 
or loss.
 
Vesting
 
assumptions for
 
non-
market conditions are reviewed at each reporting date to ensure they reflect current expectations.
Equity settled share-based payments (“new long-term incentive” or “ELTI”)
The grant date fair
 
value of equity settled
 
share-based payment arrangements is
 
recognised as an expense,
 
with a corresponding
increase in equity,
 
over the vesting period of
 
the awards. The expense is
 
adjusted to reflect the number
 
of awards for which the
related service
 
and non-market
 
performance conditions
 
are expected
 
to be
 
met, such
 
that the
 
amount ultimately
 
recognised is
based on the number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at vesting date.
19.1
 
CASH SETTLED LONG-TERM INCENTIVE SCHEME
 
(“outgoing LTI
 
scheme” or “CLTI
 
scheme”)
Terms
 
of the November 2015 grant made under the DRDGOLD Group's outgoing LTI scheme are:
•
 
The scheme has a finite term of
5 years
 
and thus no top-up awards are made when the shares vest;
•
 
The phantom shares are issued
 
at an exercise price of
 
Rnil and will vest in 3
 
tranches:
20
%,
30
% and
50
% on the 3
rd,
 
4
th
 
and
5
th
 
anniversaries respectively, subject to individual service and performance conditions being met; and
•
 
The phantom shares will be settled at the 7 day volume weighted average price ("
VWAP
") of the DRDGOLD share.
The last
 
tranche of
 
the November
 
2015 grant
 
vested and
 
was fully
 
settled on
 
November 5,
 
2020. The
 
outgoing LTI
 
scheme is
replaced by a new equity settled long-term incentive scheme (refer note 19.2).
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
Movements in the total liability for long-term incentive scheme is as follows:
Opening balance
-
227.6
Share-based payment (benefit)/expense - CLTI scheme
5.3
-
(44.3)
Vested and paid
-
(183.3)
Liability for CLTI scheme at the end of the year
-
-
Reconciliation of outstanding phantom shares
2022
2021
Weighted
Weighted
average
average
Shares
price
Shares
price
Number
R per share
Number
R per share
Opening balance
-
9,845,638
Vested and paid
-
-
(9,845,638)
18.62
Closing balance
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-30
19
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
continued
19.2
 
EQUITY SETTLED LONG-TERM INCENTIVE SCHEME
 
(“new LTI scheme”
 
or “ELTI scheme”)
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
Share-based payment expense - ELTI scheme
18.4
16.0
6.0
On December 2,
 
2019, the shareholders
 
approved a new
 
equity settled long-term
 
incentive scheme to
 
replace the cash
 
settled
long-term
 
incentive
 
scheme
 
established
 
in
 
November
 
2015.
 
Under
 
the
 
new
 
LTI
 
scheme,
 
qualifying
 
employees
 
are
 
awarded
conditional shares on
 
an annual
 
basis, comprising
 
performance shares
 
(
80
% of
 
the total
 
conditional shares
 
awarded) and
 
retention
shares (
20
% of the
 
total conditional shares
 
awarded). Conditional shares
 
will vest
3 years
 
after grant date
 
and will be
 
settled in
the form of DRDGOLD shares at a zero-exercise price.
The key conditions of the grants made under the ELTI scheme are:
Retention shares:
 
100
% of the retention shares will vest if the employee remains in the active
 
employ of the Company at vesting date, is not under
notice period and individual performance criteria are met.
Performance shares:
Total
 
shareholder’s return
 
(TSR) measured
 
against a
 
hurdle rate
 
of
15
%
 
referencing DRDGOLD’s
 
Weighted
 
Average
 
Cost of
Capital (“
WACC
”):
 
•
 
50
% of the performance shares are linked to this condition; and
•
 
all of these performance shares will vest if DRDGOLD’s TSR exceeds the hurdle rate over the vesting period
 
TSR measured
 
against a
 
peer group
 
of 3
 
peers (Sibanye-Stillwater,
 
Harmony Gold
 
Mining Company
 
Limited and
 
Pan-African
Resources Limited):
 
•
 
50
% of the performance shares are linked to this condition; and
•
 
The number of
 
performance shares which vest
 
is based on
 
DRDGOLD’s actual TSR
 
performance in relation to
 
percentiles of
peer group’s performance as follows:
Percentile of peers
% of performance shares
vesting
< 25th percentile
-
%
25th to < 50th percentile
25
%
50th to < 75th percentile
75
%
≥ 75th percentile
100
%
Reconciliation of the number of conditional shares
2022
2021
Shares
Number
Weighted
average price
 
R per share
Shares
Number
Weighted
average price
 
R per share
Opening balance
7,840,620
5,860,760
Granted
October 22, 2020
-
1,979,860
October 20, 2021
3,508,232
-
Vested
(2,862,654)
14.02
-
-
Forfeited
(892,528)
-
Closing balance
7,593,670
7,840,620
Vesting on
7,593,670
7,840,620
December 2, 2021
-
2,930,380
December 2, 2022
2,715,604
2,930,380
October 22, 2023
1,666,778
1,979,860
October 20, 2024
3,211,288
-
Fair value
The weighted average fair value of the performance and retention shares at grant date were determined using the Monte Carlo
simulation pricing model applying the following key inputs:
Grant date
October 20, 2021
October 22, 2020
December 2, 2019
Vesting date
October 20, 2024
October 22, 2023
December 2, 2022
Weighted average fair value of 80% performance shares
 
1
7.34
10.49
4.12
Weighted average fair value of 20% retention shares
12.32
18.67
5.49
Expected term (years)
3
3
3
Grant date share price of a DRDGOLD share
13.55
19.43
6.15
Expected dividend yield
3.15
%
1.33
%
3.81
%
Expected volatility
 
2
60.20
%
63.07
%
53.80
%
Expected risk free rate
5.78
%
3.82
%
6.80
%
1
 
The performance conditions are included in the
 
measurement of the grant date fair value as they
 
are classified as market-based performance
conditions
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-31
2
 
Expected volatility has been based on an evaluation
 
of the historical volatility of DRDGOLD’s share price,
 
commensurate with the expected
term of the options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-32
19.3
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
Interests in contracts
None
 
of
 
the
 
directors,
 
officers
 
or
 
major
 
shareholders
 
of
 
DRDGOLD or,
 
to
 
the
 
knowledge
 
of
 
DRDGOLD’s
 
management,
 
their
families, had any interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction entered into during the year ended June 30, 2022 or
 
the preceding
financial years, or in any proposed
 
transaction which has affected or will
 
materially affect DRDGOLD or its subsidiaries other
 
than
disclosed in these financial statements. None of the directors or officers of DRDGOLD or any associate of such director or officer
is currently or has been at any time during the past financial year materially indebted to DRDGOLD.
Key management personnel remuneration
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
2020
- Board fees paid
7.8
7.6
6.2
- Salaries paid
82.5
75.5
67.3
- Short term incentives relating to this cycle
84.1
73.8
63.6
- Market value of long-term incentives vested and transferred
19.2
40.1
-
-
- Long term incentives paid during the cycle
19.1
-
183.3
41.5
214.5
340.2
178.6
20
 
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The
 
primary
 
objective
 
of
 
the
 
Group's
 
capital
 
management
 
policy
 
is
 
to
 
ensure
 
that
 
adequate
 
capital
 
is
 
available
 
to
 
meet
 
the
requirements
 
of
 
the
 
Group
 
from
 
time
 
to
 
time,
 
including
 
capital
 
expenditure.
 
The
 
Group
 
considers
 
the
 
appropriate
 
capital
management strategy for specific growth projects as and when required. Lease liabilities are not considered to be debt.
Liquidity management
 
At June
 
30, 2022
 
and June
 
30, 2021
 
the Group’s
 
facilities included
 
an undrawn
 
Revolving Credit
 
Facility (“
RCF
”) which
 
was
initially secured
 
to finance
 
the development
 
of Phase
 
1 of
 
FWGR as
 
well as
 
the general
 
working capital
 
requirements of
 
the
Group. In December 2018, R
125
 
million of the RCF was committed to issue a guarantee to Ekurhuleni Local Municipality (refer
note 24).
 
In September 2020, the initial R
300
 
million RCF was amended to a R
200
 
million RCF and extended for an additional term of 2
years with a final repayment date of
September 14, 2022
.
 
The
 
initial
 
and
 
amended
 
RCF
 
permits
 
a
 
consolidated
 
debt
 
ratio
 
(net
 
debt
 
to
 
adjusted
 
EBITDA)
 
of
 
no
 
more
 
than
2:1
 
and
 
a
consolidated interest coverage ratio
 
(net interest to adjusted
 
EBITDA) of no less
 
than
4:1
 
calculated on a twelve-month
 
rolling
basis respectively. Management monitors
 
the covenant ratio
 
levels to ensure
 
compliance with the
 
covenants, as well
 
as maintain
sufficient facilities to ensure satisfactory liquidity for the Group. The covenant ratios were not breached as at or during the year
ended June 30, 2022 or June 30, 2021.
The amendment
 
included the
 
reduction of
 
the initial
 
interest rate
 
margin of
3.25
% to
2.75
%. A
 
pledge and
 
cession of
 
DRDGOLD’s
shares in
 
and shareholder
 
claims against
 
Ergo Mining
 
Proprietary Limited
 
and Far
 
West Gold
 
Recoveries Proprietary
 
limited
remains
 
in
 
place
 
as
 
security
 
for
 
the
 
RCF.
The
 
amended
 
RCF
 
does
 
not
 
include
 
any
 
commitment
 
towards
 
the
 
guarantee
 
to
Ekurhuleni Local Municipality.
No amounts
 
were drawn
 
under this
 
facility as
 
at June
 
30, 2022.
 
Pursuant to
 
the Group
 
having started
 
to evaluate
 
its funding
structure for its expanded budgeted capital expenditure programme in future years, a decision was made to not renew the RCF.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-33
21
 
EQUITY
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Stated share capital
Ordinary shares and the cumulative preference shares are
 
classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue
of ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.
Repurchase and reissue of share capital (treasury shares)
When shares
 
recognised as
 
equity are
 
repurchased, the
 
amount of
 
the consideration
 
paid, which
 
includes directly
 
attributable
costs is
 
recognised as
 
a deduction
 
from equity.
 
Repurchased shares
 
are classified
 
as treasury
 
shares and
 
are presented
 
as a
deduction from stated share capital.
Dividends
Dividends are recognised
 
as a liability
 
on the date on
 
which they are declared
 
which is the date
 
when the shareholders’
 
right to
the dividends vests.
21.1
 
STATED
 
SHARE CAPITAL
All ordinary shares rank equally regarding the Company’s residual assets. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to dividends as
declared from time to
 
time and are entitled to
 
one vote per share
 
at general meetings of the
 
Company. All
 
rights attached to the
Company’s shares held by the Group are suspended until those shares are reissued.
Preference shareholders participate only to the
 
extent of the face value of the
 
shares. Holders of preference shares do not
 
have
the right to participate in any additional dividends declared for ordinary shareholders. These shares do not have voting rights.
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
Authorised share capital
1,500,000,000
, (2021 and 2020:
1,500,000,000
) ordinary shares of
no
 
par value
5,000,000
 
(2021 and 2020:
5,000,000
) cumulative preference shares of
10
 
cents each
0.5
0.5
0.5
Issued share capital
864,588,711
 
(2021 and 2020:
864,588,711
) ordinary shares of
no
 
par value
6,208.4
6,208.4
6,208.4
6,612,266
 
(2021 and 2020:
9,474,920
) treasury shares held within the Group (a)
(35.6)
(51.0)
(51.0)
5,000,000
 
(2021 and 2020:
5,000,000
) cumulative preference shares of 10 cents each
0.5
0.5
0.5
6,173.3
6,157.9
6,157.9
RELATED PARTY
 
RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS
(a)
 
Treasury shares
Shares
 
in
 
DRDGOLD Limited
 
are
 
held
 
in treasury
 
by
 
Ergo Mining
 
Operations Proprietary
 
Limited
 
("
EMO
").
No
 
shares were
acquired in the market during
 
the year ended June 30,
 
2022, the year ended June
 
30, 2021 or the
 
year ended June 30, 2020
 
.
During
 
the
 
year
 
ended
 
June
 
30,
 
2022
2,862,654
 
shares
 
were
 
used
 
to
 
settle
 
the
 
equity settled
 
share-based
 
payment,
 
at
nil
cashflow
 
to
 
the
 
Group.
 
R
15.4
 
million,
 
representing
 
the
 
average
 
cost
 
of
 
the
 
treasury
 
shares
 
used
 
to
 
settle
 
the
 
share
 
based
payment, was transferred to retained earnings.
21.2
 
DIVIDENDS
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
2020
Dividends paid during the year net of treasury shares:
Final dividend declared relating to prior year:
40
 
SA cents per share (2021:
35
 
SA cents
per share; 2020:
20
 
SA cents per share)
342.0
299.3
137.5
First interim dividend:
20
 
SA cents per share (2021:
40
 
SA cents per share; 2020:
25
 
SA
cents per share)
171.6
342.0
213.8
Second interim dividend nil SA cents per share (2021: nil SA cents per share; 2020:
25
SA cents per share)
-
-
213.8
Total
513.6
641.3
565.1
After June 30, 2022, a dividend of
40
 
cents per qualifying share amounting to R
342.0
 
million was approved by the directors as
a final dividend for the year ended June 30, 2022. The
 
dividend has not been provided as at June 30, 2022 and does not
 
have
any tax impact on the Group.
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-34
22
 
INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARIES
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Significant subsidiaries
 
of the Group
 
are those subsidiaries
 
with the most
 
significant contribution to
 
the Group's profit
 
or loss or
assets.
Ergo Mining
 
Proprietary Limited
 
(“
Ergo
”) and
 
Far West
 
Gold Recoveries
 
Proprietary Limited
 
(“
FWGR
”) are
 
the only
 
significant
subsidiaries of the Group. They are both
 
wholly owned subsidiaries and are incorporated in
 
South Africa, are primarily involved in
the retreatment of surface gold and all their operations are based in South Africa.
23
 
OPERATING SEGMENTS
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Operating segments
 
are reported
 
in a
 
manner consistent
 
with internal
 
reports that
 
the Group’s
 
chief operating
 
decision maker
(“
CODM
”) reviews
 
regularly in
 
allocating resources
 
and assessing
 
performance of
 
operating
 
segments. The
 
CODM has
 
been
identified as the
 
Group’s Executive Committee.
 
The Group has
 
one material revenue
 
stream, the sale
 
of gold. To identify operating
segments, management reviewed
 
various factors, including
 
operational structure and
 
mining infrastructure. It
 
was determined that
an
 
operating
 
segment
 
consists of
 
a single
 
or multiple
 
metallurgical plants
 
and reclamation
 
sites
 
that, together
 
with its
 
tailings
storage facility, is capable of operating independently.
When assessing profitability, the
 
CODM considers,
inter alia,
the revenue and cash operating costs of each segment. The net
 
of
these amounts
 
is the
 
segment operating
 
profit or
 
loss. Therefore,
 
segment operating
 
profit has
 
been disclosed
 
as the
 
primary
measure of profit or loss. The CODM also considers the additions to property, plant and equipment.
Ergo
 
is a surface gold retreatment operation
 
which treats old slime dams
 
and sand dumps to the south
 
of Johannesburg’s central
business district
 
as well
 
as the East
 
and Central
 
Rand goldfields. The
 
operation comprises
 
three plants.
 
The Ergo
 
and Knights
plants continue to operate as metallurgical plants. The City Deep plant
 
continues to operate as a pump/milling station feeding the
metallurgical plants.
FWGR
 
is a surface
 
gold retreatment operation
 
and treats old
 
slime dams in
 
the West
 
Rand goldfields. Phase
 
1, which entailed
the reconfiguration of the Driefontein 2 plant and relevant infrastructure to process tailings from the Driefontein 5 slimes
 
dam and
deposit residues on the Driefontein 4 Tailings
 
Storage Facility, was commissioned on April 1, 2019.
Corporate office
 
and other
 
reconciling items
 
(collectively referred
 
to as
"Other reconciling
 
items"
) represent
 
the items
 
to
reconcile
 
to
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements.
 
This
 
does
 
not
 
represent
 
a
 
separate
 
segment
 
as
 
it
 
does
 
not
 
generate
 
mining
revenue.
 
Note condensed during the current year. Changes also affected on comparatives.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-35
23
OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
continued
Other
2022
reconciling
Amounts in R million
Ergo
FWGR
items
 
Total
Revenue (External)
3,704.9
1,413.6
-
5,118.5
Cash operating costs
(3,009.8)
(454.0)
-
(3,463.8)
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
35.2
(4.8)
-
30.4
Segment operating profit
730.3
954.8
-
1,685.1
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(436.2)
(162.2)
-
(598.4)
Reconciliation of segment operating profit to profit after tax
Segment operating profit
730.3
954.8
-
1,685.1
Depreciation
 
(134.5)
(131.6)
(1.5)
(267.6)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in
profit or loss
2.3
-
(0.1)
2.2
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
(30.1)
(1.5)
-
(31.6)
Care and maintenance
-
-
(5.9)
(5.9)
Other operating costs
(4.9)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(5.2)
Other income
70.1
21.2
-
91.3
Administration expenses and other costs
(7.7)
(13.8)
(139.7)
(161.2)
Finance income
22.4
19.0
184.4
225.8
Finance expense
(58.8)
(10.8)
(5.2)
(74.8)
Current tax
(12.9)
(237.3)
(11.4)
(261.6)
Deferred tax
(45.3)
(29.6)
2.2
(72.7)
Profit after tax
530.9
570.2
22.7
1,123.8
Reconciliation of cost of sales to cash operating costs
 
Cost of sales
 
(3,141.8)
(592.1)
(7.6)
(3,741.5)
Depreciation
 
134.5
131.6
1.5
267.6
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in
profit or loss
(2.3)
-
0.1
(2.2)
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
(35.2)
4.8
-
(30.4)
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
30.1
1.5
-
31.6
Care and maintenance
-
-
5.9
5.9
Other operating costs
4.9
0.2
0.1
5.2
Cash operating costs
(3,009.8)
(454.0)
-
(3,463.8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-36
23
OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
continued
Other
2021
reconciling
Amounts in R million
Ergo
FWGR
items
 
Total
Revenue (External)
3,943.0
1,326.0
-
5,269.0
Cash operating costs
(2,666.5)
(406.2)
-
(3,072.7)
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
(31.9)
6.3
-
(25.6)
Segment operating profit
1,244.6
926.1
-
2,170.7
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(250.9)
(143.3)
(1.5)
(395.7)
Reconciliation of segment operating profit to profit after tax
Segment operating profit
1,244.6
926.1
-
2,170.7
Depreciation
 
(135.6)
(115.6)
(1.3)
(252.5)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in
profit or loss
7.2
-
5.2
12.4
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
(46.6)
(1.7)
-
(48.3)
Care and maintenance
-
-
(3.9)
(3.9)
Other operating expenses
2.4
-
-
2.4
Other income
0.1
-
-
0.1
Administration expenses and other costs
15.0
1.8
(80.8)
(64.0)
Finance income
21.0
17.2
178.0
216.2
Finance expense
(45.8)
(9.8)
(13.9)
(69.5)
Current tax
(196.1)
(227.6)
-
(423.7)
Deferred tax
(66.6)
(37.4)
4.0
(100.0)
Profit after tax
799.6
553.0
87.3
1,439.9
Reconciliation of cost of sales to cash operating costs
Cost of sales
(2,871.0)
(517.2)
-
(3,388.2)
Depreciation
135.6
115.6
1.3
252.5
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in
profit or loss
(7.2)
-
(5.2)
(12.4)
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
31.9
(6.3)
-
25.6
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
46.6
1.7
-
48.3
Care and maintenance
-
-
3.9
3.9
Other operating income
(2.4)
-
-
(2.4)
Cash operating costs
(2,666.5)
(406.2)
-
(3,072.7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-37
23
OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
continued
Other
2020
reconciling
Amounts in R million
Ergo
FWGR
items
 
Total
Revenue (External)
3,064.3
1,120.7
-
4,185.0
Cash operating costs
(2,274.0)
(352.0)
-
(2,626.0)
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
1.8
1.3
-
3.1
Segment operating profit
792.1
770.0
-
1,562.1
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(114.4)
(68.0)
(0.3)
(182.7)
Reconciliation of segment operating profit to profit after tax
Segment operating profit
792.1
770.0
-
1,562.1
Depreciation
 
(150.4)
(119.6)
(0.8)
(270.8)
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in
profit or loss
19.1
2.1
0.7
21.9
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
(22.3)
(2.0)
-
(24.3)
Care and maintenance
-
-
(11.1)
(11.1)
Other operating expenses
(27.6)
(3.1)
-
(30.7)
Other income
0.7
-
-
0.7
Administration expenses and other costs
(131.6)
(20.7)
(157.6)
(309.9)
Finance income
28.9
28.1
52.8
109.8
Finance expense
(48.8)
(14.3)
(5.7)
(68.8)
Current tax
(145.8)
(117.4)
-
(263.2)
Deferred tax
6.6
(86.5)
(0.8)
(80.7)
Profit after tax
320.9
436.6
(122.5)
635.0
Reconciliation of cost of sales to cash operating costs
Cost of sales
(2,453.4)
(473.3)
(11.2)
(2,937.9)
Depreciation
150.4
119.6
0.8
270.8
Change in estimate of environmental rehabilitation recognised in
profit or loss
(19.1)
(2.1)
(0.7)
(21.9)
Movement in gold in process and finished inventories - Gold Bullion
(1.8)
(1.3)
-
(3.1)
Ongoing rehabilitation expenditure
22.3
2.0
-
24.3
Care and maintenance
-
-
11.1
11.1
Other operating costs
27.6
3.1
-
30.7
Cash operating costs
(2,274.0)
(352.0)
-
(2,626.0)
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-38
24
 
PAYMENTS
 
MADE UNDER PROTEST
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
Payments made under protest
The determination
 
of whether the
 
payments made under
 
protest give
 
rise to an
 
asset or
 
a contingent asset
 
or neither,
 
required
the use of significant judgement. The
 
definition of an asset in
 
the conceptual framework was applied as
 
well as the considerations
in the outcome
 
of the IFRS Interpretations
 
Committee (“
IFRIC
”) agenda decision
 
– Deposits relating to
 
taxes other than income
tax (IAS 37
Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent
 
Assets
) (“
IFRIC Agenda Decision
”) published in January 2019.
 
The
IFRIC Agenda Decision has a similar fact pattern to that of the payments made under protest. With the consideration of the facts
and circumstances
 
surrounding the
 
payments made
 
under protest
 
in applying
 
the definition
 
of an
 
asset and
 
the IFRIC
 
Agenda
Decision, management considered the following:
 
•
 
payments
 
were
 
made
 
under
 
protest
 
and
 
without
 
prejudice
 
or
 
admission
 
of
 
liability.
 
Such
 
payments
 
were
 
not
 
made
 
as
 
a
settlement of debt or recognition of expenditure;
•
 
the
 
Group
 
therefore
 
retains
 
a
 
right
 
to
 
recover
 
the
 
payments
 
from
 
the
 
City
 
of
 
Ekurhuleni
 
Metropolitan
 
Municipality
(“
Municipality
”) if the Group is successful in the Main Application (as defined below);
•
 
if the Group
 
is not successful
 
in the Main
 
Application, the
 
payments will
 
be used
 
to settle
 
the resultant
 
liability to the
 
Municipality;
and
 
•
 
these two possible outcomes
 
(i.e. success in
 
the Main Application or
 
not) therefore, will
 
lead to economic
 
benefits to the Group.
Therefore, the
 
right to
 
recover the
 
payments made
 
under protest
 
is not
 
a contingent
 
asset because
 
it meets
 
the definition
 
and
recognition
 
criteria
 
of
 
an
 
asset.
 
No
 
specific
 
guidance
 
exists
 
in
 
developing
 
an
 
accounting
 
policy
 
for
 
such
 
asset.
 
Therefore,
management applied judgement in developing an accounting policy that
 
would lead to information that is relevant to the users of
these financial statements and information that can be relied upon.
Contingent liabilities
The assessment
 
of whether
 
an obligating
 
event results
 
in a
 
liability or
 
a contingent
 
liability requires
 
the exercise
 
of significant
judgement of the outcome of future events that are not wholly within the control of the Group.
Litigation and other judicial
 
proceedings inherently entail complex
 
legal issues that are subject
 
to uncertainties and complexities
and are subject to interpretation.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
The discounted amount of the
 
payments made under protest is
 
determined using assumptions about the
 
future that are inherently
uncertain and can change materially over time and includes the discount rate and discount period.
 
These assumptions about the future include estimating the timing of concluding on
 
the Main Application, i.e. the discount period,
the ultimate settlement terms, the discount rate applied and the assessment of recoverability.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Payments made under protest
Recognition and measurement
The
 
payment
 
made
 
under
 
protest
 
asset
 
that
 
arises
 
from
 
the
 
Municipality
 
Electricity
 
Tariff
 
Dispute
 
is
 
initially
 
measured
 
at
 
a
discounted amount, and any
 
difference between the face
 
value of payments made under
 
protest and the discounted
 
amount on
initial recognition is recognised in profit or loss
 
as a finance expense. Subsequent to initial recognition,
 
the payments made under
protest is measured using the effective interest method to unwind the discounted amount to the original face value less any write
downs for recovery. Unwinding of the carrying value and changes in the discount period are recognised in finance income.
Assessment of recoverability
The
 
discounted
 
amount of
 
the payments
 
under
 
protest is
 
assessed
 
at each
 
reporting date
 
to
 
determine whether
 
there is
 
any
objective
 
evidence
 
that
 
the
 
full
 
amount
 
is
 
no
 
longer
 
expected
 
to
 
be
 
recovered.
 
The
 
Group
 
considers
 
the
 
reasonable
 
and
supportable
 
information
 
related
 
to
 
the
 
creditworthiness
 
of
 
the
 
Municipality
 
and
 
events
 
surrounding
 
the
 
outcome
 
of
 
the
 
Main
Application.
 
Any write down is recognised in finance expense.
Contingent liabilities
A contingent liability
 
is a possible obligation
 
arising from past events
 
and whose existence will
 
be confirmed only
 
by occurrence
or non-occurrence of one
 
or more uncertain future
 
events not wholly within
 
the control of the
 
Group. A contingent liability
 
may also
be a present obligation arising from past events
 
but is not recognised on the basis that
 
an outflow of economic resources to settle
the obligation
 
is not
 
viewed as
 
probable, or
 
the amount
 
of the
 
obligation cannot
 
be reliably
 
measured. When
 
the Group
 
has a
present obligation, an outflow of economic resources
 
is assessed as probable and the Group
 
can reliably measure the obligation,
a provision is recognised.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-39
24
 
PAYMENTS
 
MADE UNDER PROTEST
continued
Amounts in R million
Note
2022
2021
Balance at the beginning of the year
40.5
35.0
Payments made under protest
15.2
8.1
Discount on initial payment made under protest and change in estimate
7
(21.1)
(7.4)
Unwinding
6
5.8
4.8
Balance at the end of the year
40.4
40.5
Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality ("Municipality") Electricity Tariff Dispute
There are primarily 3
 
(three) legal proceedings for
 
which relief has been sought
 
in the appropriate legal
 
fora and all of
 
which fall
within the
 
jurisdiction of
 
the High
 
Court of
 
South Africa, Gauteng
 
Local Division,
 
Johannesburg. These comprise
 
an application
brought by Ergo and actions brought under two summonses by the Municipality.
In order
 
to operate
 
the Ergo
 
Plant and
 
conduct its
 
business operations,
 
Ergo requires
 
a reliable
 
and steady
 
feed of
 
electricity
which it draws from the Ergo Central Substation.
 
Over the past several
 
years the Municipality has
 
charged Ergo for such
 
electricity, at the Megaflex tariff at
 
which ESKOM Holdings
SOC Limited (“
ESKOM
”) charges its large power users plus an additional surcharge, as it still does; and Ergo paid therefor.
Pursuant to
 
its own investigations,
 
and after having
 
sought legal
 
advice on the
 
matter,
 
Ergo determined
 
that only
 
ESKOM may
legitimately charge it
 
for the electricity so
 
drawn and consumed at
 
the Ergo Plant, specifically
 
from the Ergo Central
 
Substation.
 
Despite
 
this, ESKOM
 
refused to
 
either accept
 
payment from
 
Ergo in
 
respect of
 
such electricity
 
consumption or
 
to conclude
 
a
consumer agreement with it.
In December 2014, Ergo instituted legal proceedings
 
by way of an application (“
Main Application
”) against the Municipality and
ESKOM as well as the National Energy Regulator of
 
South Africa (“
NERSA
”), the Minister of Energy, the Minister of Co-operative
Governance &
 
Traditional
 
Affairs and
 
the South
 
African Local
 
Government Association,
 
the latter
 
4 (four)
 
respondents against
whom Ergo does not seek any relief.
Ergo seeks the undermentioned relief:
●
 
declaring that the Municipality does not supply electricity to it at the Ergo Plant;
●
 
declaring that
 
the Municipality
 
is in
 
breach of
 
its temporary
 
Distribution License
 
(issued by
 
NERSA) by
 
purporting to
 
supply
electricity to Ergo at the Ergo Plant;
●
 
declaring that neither the Municipality
 
nor ESKOM may lawfully insist
 
that only the Municipality may
 
supply electricity to Ergo
at the Ergo Plant;
●
 
declaring that ESKOM presently supplies electricity to Ergo at the Ergo Plant; and
●
 
directing ESKOM to
 
conclude a consumer
 
agreement with Ergo
 
for the supply
 
of electricity at
 
the Ergo Plant
 
at its Megaflex
tariff.
The Municipality has since issued two summonses (“
Summonses
”) for the recovery of arrears it alleges it
 
is owed amounting to
R
74.0
 
million and R
31.6
 
million, respectively.
In the interest of the proper administration of justice, the Main Application was postponed by agreement between the parties and
a case manager
 
was appointed to determine
 
a collaborative process to
 
facilitate the effective
 
and efficient court
 
scheduling and
coordination of both the Main Application and the Summonses.
In
 
order
 
to
 
secure
 
uninterrupted
 
supply
 
of
 
electricity,
 
Ergo
 
has
 
made
 
payment
 
and
 
continues
 
to
 
pay
 
for
 
consumption
 
at
 
the
amended and
 
lower “J-Tariff”,
 
albeit under
 
protest and
 
without prejudice
 
and/or admission
 
of liability.
 
Whilst still
 
deemed to
 
be
disproportionate, the J-Tarif is significantly lower than the previously imposed “D-Tariff”. The Group recognised an asset for these
payments that are made “under protest”.
 
Ergo
 
has
 
also
 
brought
 
an
 
application
 
for
 
the
 
consolidation
 
of
 
both
 
the
 
Main
 
Application
 
and
 
the
 
actions
 
brought
 
under
 
the
Summonses, which is still ongoing.
 
The Group supported by the
 
external legal team is
 
confident that there is a
 
high probability that Ergo will
 
be successful in the
 
Main
Application and defending
 
the Summonses. Therefore,
 
there is no
 
present obligation as
 
a result of
 
a past event
 
to pay the
 
amounts
claimed by the Municipality
 
(refer note 26.3).
The balance at the end of the year was based on the following assumptions:
 
●
 
discount rate:
11.80
% (2021:
11.68
%) representing the Municipality maximum cost of borrowing on bank loans as disclosed in
their June 30, 2021 annual report; and
 
●
 
discount period:
June 30, 2027
 
(2021:
June 30, 2024
) representing management’s
 
best estimate of
 
the date of
 
conclusion of
the Main Application and is supported by
 
external legal counsel. The discount period has
 
increased due to delays in obtaining
hearing dates due to back log cases at the court which began during the COVID-19 pandemic.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-40
25
 
OTHER INVESTMENTS
ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
The Group has one (1) director representative on
 
the Rand Refinery board. Therefore, judgement had to be applied
 
to ascertain
whether significant influence exists, and
 
if the investment should be
 
accounted for as an associate
 
under IAS 28
Investments in
Associates
 
and
 
Joint
 
Ventures
.
 
The
 
director
 
representation
 
is
 
not
 
considered
 
significant
 
influence,
 
as
 
it
 
does
 
not
 
constitute
meaningful representation.
 
It represents
11.11
% of the entire board and
 
is proportional to the
11.3
% shareholding that the Group
has.
 
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
The fair value of the listed equity instrument is determined
 
based on quoted prices on an active market. Equity instruments
 
which
are not listed on an
 
active market are measured using
 
other applicable valuation techniques depending
 
on the extent to which
 
the
technique maximises
 
the use
 
of relevant
 
observable inputs
 
and minimizes
 
the use
 
of unobservable
 
inputs. Where
 
discounted
cash flows are used, the estimated cash flows are based on management’s best estimate based on readily available information
at measurement
 
date. The
 
discounted cash
 
flows contain
 
assumptions about
 
the future
 
that are
 
inherently uncertain
 
and can
change materially over time.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
On initial recognition of
 
an equity investment that is
 
not held for trading, the
 
Group may make an irrevocable
 
election to present
subsequent changes in
 
the investment’s
 
fair value in
 
other comprehensive income.
 
This election is
 
made on an
 
investment-by-
investment basis.
 
These assets are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition
they
 
are
 
measured
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
and
 
changes
 
therein
 
are
 
recognised
 
in
 
other
 
comprehensive
 
income
 
(“
OCI
”),
 
and
 
are
 
never
reclassified to profit or loss, with dividends recognised in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents
 
a recovery of part of
the cost of the investment.
The Group’s listed and unlisted investments in equity securities are classified as equity instruments at fair value through OCI.
Amounts in R million
Shares
held
 
1
% held
 
1
2022
2021
Listed investments (Fair value hierarchy Level 1):
West Wits Mining Limited ("
WWM
")
47,812,500
2.4%
10.7
43.5
Total
 
listed investments
10.7
43.5
Unlisted investments (Fair value hierarchy Level 3):
Rand Refinery Proprietary Limited ("
Rand Refinery
")
44,438
11.3%
136.1
119.3
Rand Mutual Assurance Company Limited B Share Business Fund ("
RMA
")
 
2
12,659
2
1.3%
 
2
4.4
4.1
Guardrisk Insurance Company Limited (Cell Captive A170)
 
3
20
3
100.0%
3
0.1
0.1
Chamber of Mines Building Company Proprietary Limited
42,292
4.5%
0.1
0.1
Total
 
unlisted investments
140.7
123.6
Balance at the end of the year
 
151.4
167.1
Fair value adjustment on equity instruments at fair value through OCI
(15.7)
(28.2)
WWM
(32.8)
31.5
Rand Refinery
16.8
(59.1)
RMA
0.3
(0.6)
Dividends received on equity instruments at fair value through OCI
(71.5)
(76.1)
Rand Refinery
(70.1)
(72.3)
RMA
(1.4)
(3.8)
1
The number and percentage shares held remained
 
unchanged for the prior year with the exception
 
of WWM that issued new shares thereby
diluting DRDGOLD's effective shareholding from
3.5
% to
2.4
%
2
The "B Share Business Fund" shares relate to all
 
the businesses of the RMA Group that do not relate
 
to the Compensation for Occupational
Injuries and Diseases Act
3
The shares held entitles the holder to
100
% of the residual net equity of Cell Captive
 
A 170
MARKET RISK
Other market price risk
Equity price risk arises from changes in quoted market prices
 
of listed investments as well as changes in the fair
 
value of unlisted
investments due to changes in the underlying net asset values.
FAIR VALUE
 
OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Listed investments
The
 
fair
 
values
 
of
 
listed
 
investments
 
are
 
determined
 
by
 
reference
 
to
 
published
 
price
 
quotations
 
from
 
recognised
 
securities
exchanges and constitute level 1 instruments in the fair value hierarchy.
Unlisted investments
The fair
 
values of
 
unlisted investments
 
are determined
 
through valuation
 
techniques that
 
include inputs
 
that are
 
not based
 
on
observable market data and constitute level 3 instruments in the fair value hierarchy.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-41
25
 
OTHER INVESTMENTS
continued
25.1
 
RAND REFINERY
Amounts in R million
2022
2021
Balance at the beginning of the year
119.3
178.4
Fair value adjustment on equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
16.8
(59.1)
Balance at the end of the year
136.1
119.3
In accordance
 
with IFRS
 
13
Fair Value
 
Measurement
, the
 
income approach
 
has been
 
established to
 
be the
 
most appropriate
basis
 
to estimate
 
the fair
 
value of
 
the investment
 
in Rand
 
Refinery.
 
This method
 
relies on
 
the future
 
budgeted cash
 
flows as
estimated by Rand Refinery. Management used a model developed by an external expert to perform the valuation.
 
Rand
 
Refinery’s
 
refining
 
operations
 
(excluding
 
Prestige
 
Bullion)
 
were
 
valued
 
using
 
the
 
Free
 
Cash
 
Flow
 
model,
 
whereby
 
an
enterprise
 
value using
 
a
 
Gordon Growth
 
formula for
 
the terminal
 
value was
 
estimated.
 
The forecasted
 
dividend income
 
to be
received
 
from Prestige
 
Bullion was
 
valued using
 
a
 
finite-life dividend
 
discount model
 
as Rand
 
Refinery’s
 
shareholding will
 
be
reduced to nil in 2032 per agreement with the South African Mint (partner in Prestige Bullion). These valuations revealed that the
fair value of the investment in Rand Refinery
 
consist mainly of Rand Refinery’s cash on
 
hand and the forecasted dividend income
to be received from Prestige Bullion.
The fair
 
value of
 
Rand Refinery
 
increased as
 
a result
 
of an
 
increase in
 
cash on
 
hand. The
 
enterprise value
 
of the
 
refining operations
of
 
Rand
 
Refinery
 
decreased
 
because
 
of
 
an
 
increase
 
in
 
budgeted
 
operating
 
costs.
 
The
 
value
 
of
 
the
 
forecasted
 
dividends
 
for
Prestige Bullion decreased as a result of a decrease in the discount period due to the model being finite.
The fair value measurement uses significant unobservable
 
inputs and relates to a fair value
 
hierarchy level 3 financial instrument.
Marketability and minority
 
discounts (both unobservable
 
inputs) of
16.5
% and
17.0
% (2021:
16.5
% and
17.0
%), respectively, were
applied. The
 
latest budgeted
 
cash flow
 
forecasts provided
 
by Rand
 
Refinery as
 
at June
 
30, 2022
 
was used,
 
and therefore
 
classified
as an unobservable input into the models. Other key observable/unobservable inputs into the model include:
Amounts in R million
Observable/unobservable input
Unit
2022
2021
Rand Refinery operations
Forecast average gold price
 
Observable input
R/kg
880,207
847,317
Forecast average silver price
 
Observable input
R/kg
11,209
11,751
Average South African CPI
Observable input
%
4.4
4.4
South African long-term government bond rate
Observable input
%
10.26
9.5
Terminal
 
growth rate
Unobservable input
%
4.4
4.4
Weighted average cost of capital
Unobservable input
%
15.9
15.1
Investment in Prestige Bullion
Discount period
Unobservable input
years
11
12
Cost of equity
Unobservable input
%
14.2
16.5
Sensitivity analysis
The fair value measurement is most
 
sensitive to the Rand denominated gold
 
price and operating costs. The higher the
 
gold price,
the higher the
 
fair value of
 
the Rand Refinery
 
investment. The higher
 
the operating costs,
 
the lower the
 
fair value of
 
Rand Refinery.
The fair
 
value measurement
 
is also
 
sensitive to
 
the discount
 
rate and
 
minority and
 
marketability discounts
 
applied. The
 
below
table indicates the extent of sensitivity of the Rand Refinery equity value to the inputs:
Input
Change in OCI, net of tax
Amounts in R million
% Increase
% Decrease
% Increase
% Decrease
Rand Refinery operations
Rand US Dollar exchange rate
Observable inputs
1
(1)
3.3
(3.3)
Commodity prices (Gold and silver)
Observable inputs
1
(1)
2.8
(2.8)
Operating costs
Unobservable inputs
1
(1)
(2.6)
2.6
Weighted average cost of capital
Unobservable inputs
1
(1)
(0.1)
0.1
Minority discount
Unobservable inputs
1
(1)
(1.2)
1.2
Marketability discount
Unobservable inputs
1
(1)
(1.2)
1.2
Investment in Prestige Bullion
Cost of equity
Unobservable inputs
1
(1)
(1.0)
1.0
Prestige Bullion dividend forecast
Unobservable inputs
1
(1)
0.3
(0.3)
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-42
26
 
CONTINGENCIES
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
The assessment
 
of whether
 
an obligating
 
event results
 
in a
 
liability or
 
a contingent
 
liability requires
 
the exercise
 
of significant
judgement
 
of
 
the
 
outcome
 
of
 
future
 
events
 
that
 
are
 
not
 
wholly
 
within
 
the
 
control
 
of
 
the
 
Group.
 
Litigation
 
and
 
other
 
judicial
proceedings
 
inherently
 
entail
 
complex
 
legal
 
issues
 
that
 
are
 
subject
 
to
 
uncertainties
 
and
 
complexities
 
and
 
are
 
subject
 
to
interpretation.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Contingent liabilities
A contingent liability is a possible obligation arising from
 
past events and whose existence will be confirmed only
 
by occurrence
or non-occurrence
 
of one
 
or more uncertain
 
future events not
 
wholly within
 
the control of
 
the Group.
 
A contingent liability
 
may
also be a present obligation arising from past events but is not recognised on
 
the basis that an outflow of economic resources to
settle the obligation is not
 
viewed as probable, or the amount
 
of the obligation cannot be
 
reliably measured. When the Group
 
has
a
 
present
 
obligation,
 
an
 
outflow
 
of
 
economic
 
resources
 
is
 
assessed
 
as
 
probable
 
and
 
the
 
Group
 
can
 
reliably
 
measure
 
the
obligation, a provision is recognised.
Contingent assets
Contingent assets are
 
possible assets whose
 
existence will be
 
confirmed by the
 
occurrence or
 
non-occurrence of uncertain
 
future
events that are not wholly within the control of the entity. Contingent assets are not recognised, but they are disclosed when it is
more likely
 
than not
 
that an
 
inflow
 
of benefits
 
will occur.
 
However,
 
when the
 
inflow
 
of
 
benefits
 
is virtually
 
certain
 
an asset
 
is
recognised in the statement of financial position, because that asset is no longer considered to be contingent.
26.1
 
CONTINGENT LIABILITY FOR OCCUPATIONAL
 
LUNG DISEASES
On May 3, 2018, former mineworkers and dependents of deceased mineworkers (“Applicants”) and Anglo American South
Africa Limited, AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Sibanye Gold Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Gold Fields Limited,
African Rainbow Minerals Limited and certain of their affiliates (“Settling Companies”) settled the class certification application
in which the Applicants in each sought to certify class actions against gold mining houses cited therein on behalf of mineworkers
who had worked for any of the particular respondents and who suffer from any occupational lung disease, including silicosis or
tuberculosis. The fund managing the compensation for the Applicants has started disbursing funds to the claim beneficiaries.
The DRDGOLD Respondents, DRDGOLD Limited and East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited, are not a party to the settlement
between the Applicants and Settling Companies and the settlement agreement is not binding on the DRDGOLD Respondents.
The dispute, insofar as the class certification application and appeal thereof is concerned, still stands and has not terminated in
light of the settlement agreement.
In terms of the class action, the DRDGOLD respondents has lodged an appeal against certain aspects of the class action, inter
alia the extension of the remedy entertained in the class action, and the inclusion of tuberculosis as a basis for liability. The
Appeal record has been finalised and the allocation of a date for the hearing of the Appeal is November 11, 2022.
DRDGOLD maintains the view that it is too early to consider settlement of the matter, mainly for the following reasons:
• the Applicants have as yet not issued and served a summons (claim) in the matter;
• there is no indication of the number of potential claimants that may join the class action against the DRDGOLD Respondents;
• many principles upon which legal responsibility is founded, are required to be substantially developed by the trial court (and
possibly subsequent courts of appeal) to establish liability on the bases alleged by the Applicants.
In light of the above there is inadequate information to determine if a sufficient legal and factual basis exists to establish liability,
and to quantify such potential liability.
26.2
 
CONTINGENT LIABILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
 
REHABILITATION
Mine residue deposits may have a potential pollution impact on ground water through seepage. The Group has taken certain
preventative actions as well as remedial actions in an attempt to minimise the Group’s exposure and environmental
contamination.
The flooding of the western and central basins has the potential to cause pollution due to Acid Mine Drainage (“AMD”)
contaminating the ground water. The government has appointed Trans-Caledon Tunnel Authority (“TCTA”) to construct a partial
treatment plant to prevent the ground water being contaminated. TCTA completed the construction of the neutralisation plant
for the Central Basin and commenced treatment during July 2014. As part of the heads of agreement signed in December 2012
between EMO, Ergo, ERPM and TCTA, sludge emanating from this plant since August 2014 has been co-disposed onto the
Brakpan/Withok Tailings Storage facility. Partially treated water has been discharged by TCTA into the Elsburg Spruit.
This agreement includes the granting of access to the underground water basin through one of ERPM’s shafts and the rental of
a site onto which it constructed its neutralisation plant. In exchange, Ergo and its associate companies including ERPM have a
setoff against any future directives to make any contribution toward costs or capital of up to R250 million. Through this
agreement, Ergo also secured the right to purchase up to 30 Ml of partially treated AMD from TCTA at cost, to reduce Ergo’s
reliance on potable water for mining and processing purposes.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-43
26
 
CONTINGENCIES
continued
26.2
 
CONTINGENT LIABILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
 
REHABILITATION
continued
While the heads of agreement
 
should not be seen as
 
an unqualified endorsement of the state’s
 
AMD solution, and do not affect
our right to either challenge future directives or to implement our own initiatives should it become necessary, it is an encouraging
development.
 
In view of the limitation of current information for the accurate
 
estimation of a potential liability,
 
no reliable estimate can be made
for the possible obligation.
During the current
 
year, a
 
report was produced
 
regarding the extent
 
of ground water
 
seepage from the
 
Brakpan/Withok tailings
storage
 
facility
 
by
 
an
 
expert.
 
The
 
report
 
suggests
 
that
 
scavenger
 
boreholes
 
be
 
constructed
 
around
 
the
 
dam
 
to
 
deal
 
with
 
the
seepage. The majority of the scavenger boreholes have been
 
constructed and are currently operational and the results are being
monitored. Management is currently
 
investigating a sustainable solution
 
to deal with the
 
seepage post the closure
 
of the mine and
therefore no reliable estimate can be made for the post closure liability.
 
26.3
 
CONTINGENCIES
 
REGARDING
 
EKURHULENI
 
METROPOLITAN
 
MUNICIPALITY
 
ELECTRICITY
 
TARIFF
DISPUTE
Refer note 24 PAYMENTS
 
MADE UNDER PROTEST for a full description of the matter.
Contingent liability
The Municipality has issued two summonses for
 
the recovery of arrears it alleges
 
it is owed amounting to R
74.0
 
million and R
31.6
million, respectively.
 
The group supported by the
 
external legal team is confident
 
that there is a
 
high probability that Ergo will
 
be
successful in defending the Summonses. Therefore, there is no present obligation as a result of
 
a past event to pay the amounts
claimed by the Municipality.
Contingent asset
Ergo
 
instituted
 
a
 
counterclaim against
 
the
 
Municipality
 
for
 
the recovery
 
of
 
the
 
surcharges which
 
were
 
erroneously paid
 
to
 
the
Municipality in the
 
bona fide belief
 
that they were
 
due and payable
 
prior to the
 
Main Application of
 
approximately R
43
 
million (these
surcharges were expensed for accounting purposes).
27
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
Financial
 
assets
 
are
 
not
 
reclassified
 
subsequent
 
to
 
their
 
initial
 
recognition
 
unless
 
the
 
Group
 
changes
 
its
 
business
 
model
 
for
managing financial assets, in
 
which case all affected
 
financial assets are reclassified
 
on the first day
 
of the first reporting
 
period
following the change in business model.
 
A financial asset shall be measured at amortised cost if both the following conditions are met:
●
 
the financial
 
asset is
 
held in
 
a business
 
model whose
 
objective is
 
to hold
 
financial assets
 
in order
 
to collect
 
contractual cash
flows; and
 
●
 
the contractual terms of
 
the financial asset give
 
rise on specified dates to
 
cash flows that are solely
 
payments of principal and
interest on the principal amount outstanding.
 
An investment is
 
measured at fair
 
value through other
 
comprehensive income if
 
it meets both
 
of the following
 
conditions and is
not designated as at fair value through profit or loss:
●
 
It is held with a business model whose objective achieved by both collecting
 
contractual cash flows and selling financial assets;
and
 
●
 
Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to
 
cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest
 
on the principal
amount outstanding.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-44
27
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
continued
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
Overview
The Group has exposure to credit risk, liquidity risks, as well as other market risks from its use of financial instruments. This note
presents information about the
 
Group’s exposure to
 
each of the above
 
risks, the Group’s
 
objectives and policies and
 
processes
for measuring
 
and managing risk.
 
The Group’s
 
management of capital
 
is disclosed in
 
note 20. This
 
note must be
 
read with the
quantitative disclosures included throughout these consolidated financial statements.
The board of
 
directors (“
Board
”) has
 
overall responsibility for
 
the establishment and
 
oversight of the
 
Group’s risk
 
management
framework. The Risk Committee
 
(“
RC
”) which is responsible
 
for developing and
 
monitoring the Group’s risk
 
management policies.
The committee reports regularly to the Board on its activities.
The Group’s risk management policies
 
are established to identify
 
and analyse the risks
 
faced by the Group,
 
to set appropriate risk
limits and controls, and
 
to monitor risks and
 
adherence to limits. Risk
 
management policies and systems
 
are reviewed regularly
to reflect
 
changes to
 
market conditions
 
and the
 
Group’s activities.
 
The Group,
 
through its
 
training and
 
management standards
and procedures, aims to develop
 
a disciplined and constructive control
 
environment in which all employees
 
understand their roles
and obligations.
The RC oversees
 
how management monitors
 
compliance with
 
the Group’s risk
 
management policies
 
and procedures, and
 
reviews
the adequacy of
 
the risk management
 
framework in relation
 
to the risks
 
faced by the
 
Group. The RC
 
is assisted in
 
its oversight
role by
 
the internal
 
audit function.
 
The internal
 
audit function
 
undertakes both
 
regular and
 
ad hoc
 
reviews of
 
risk management
controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the RC.
CREDIT RISK
Credit risk is
 
the risk of
 
financial loss to
 
the Group
 
if a customer
 
or counterparty to
 
a financial instrument
 
fails to meet
 
its contractual
obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s trade and other receivables.
The Group’s financial instruments do not represent
 
a concentration of credit risk
 
due to the exposure to
 
credit risk being managed
as disclosed in the following notes:
NOTE 12
 
INVESTMENTS IN REHABILITATION
 
AND OTHER FUNDS
NOTE 13
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
NOTE 15
 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity
prices will affect the consolidated profit or loss or the
 
value of its financial instruments. The objective of market risk management
is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising returns.
 
Commodity price risk
Additional disclosures are included in the following note:
NOTE 4
 
REVENUE
Other market risk
Additional disclosures are included in the following note:
NOTE 25
 
OTHER INVESTMENTS
 
Interest rate risk
Fluctuations in
 
interest rates
 
impact on
 
the value
 
of short-term
 
cash investments
 
and financing
 
activities, giving
 
rise to
 
interest
rate risk. In
 
the ordinary course
 
of business, the
 
Group receives cash
 
from its operations
 
and is obliged
 
to fund working
 
capital
and
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
requirements.
 
This
 
cash
 
is
 
managed
 
to
 
ensure
 
surplus
 
funds
 
are
 
invested
 
in
 
a
 
manner
 
to
 
achieve
maximum returns while
 
minimising risks. Lower
 
interest rates result
 
in lower returns
 
on investments and
 
deposits and also
 
may
have the effect
 
of making it
 
less expensive to
 
borrow funds. Conversely,
 
higher interest rates
 
result in higher
 
interest payments
on loans and overdrafts.
 
Additional disclosures are included in the following notes:
 
NOTE 12
 
INVESTMENTS IN REHABILITATION
 
AND OTHER FUNDS
 
NOTE 13
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Foreign currency risk
The Group
 
enters into
 
transactions denominated
 
in foreign
 
currencies, such
 
as gold
 
sales denominated
 
in US
 
dollar, in the
 
ordinary
course of business
 
The Group holds
 
cash denominated in
 
a foreign currency.
 
This exposes the
 
Group to fluctuations
 
in foreign
currency exchange rates.
 
Additional disclosures are included in the following notes:
 
NOTE 4
 
REVENUE
 
NOTE 15
 
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
NOTE 13
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
continued
for the year ended June 30, 2022
F-45
27
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
continued
 
LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk is the
 
risk that the Group will
 
not be able to meet
 
its financial obligations as they
 
fall due. The Group’s approach
 
to
managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under
both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.
The
 
Group
 
ensures
 
that
 
it
 
has
 
sufficient
 
cash
 
on
 
demand
 
to
 
meet
 
expected
 
operational
 
expenses,
 
including
 
the
 
servicing
 
of
financial obligations;
 
this excludes
 
the potential impact
 
of extreme circumstances
 
that cannot reasonably
 
be predicted, such
 
as
natural disasters.
 
Additional disclosures are included in the following note:
 
NOTE 10.2
 
LEASES
 
NOTE 16
 
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
 
NOTE 20
 
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
28
 
RELATED PARTIES
Disclosures are included in the following notes:
NOTE 5.1
 
COST OF SALES
NOTE 5.3
 
ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES AND OTHER COSTS
NOTE 16
 
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
NOTE 19.3
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
NOTE 21
 
EQUITY
 
NOTE 22
 
INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARIES
29
 
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
There were no significant
 
subsequent events between the
 
year-end reporting date of
 
June 30, 2022 and
 
the date of issue
 
of these
financial statements other than described below and included in the preceding notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Declaration of dividend
 
On August
 
24 2022, the
 
Board declared a
 
final dividend
 
for the year
 
ended June
 
30, 2022 of
40
 
SA cents
 
per qualifying share
amounting to R
342.0
 
million, which was paid on September 26, 2022.
 
Receipt of COVID-19 insurance claim
During September and October, 2022, a total amount of R
31.7
 
million was received on the balance receivable at June 30, 2022.
Conditional shares granted
On 19 October
 
2022,
4,922,751
 
conditional shares were
 
granted to qualifying
 
employees under the
 
current equity settled
 
long-
term incentive scheme.
 
These are expected
 
to vest on
 
19 October 2025.
 
The number of
 
conditional shares granted
 
includes those
granted to directors and prescribed officers as follows:
 
Number of conditional
shares awarded
Executive directors
D J Pretorius
799,595
A J Davel
425,680
Prescribed officers
W J Schoeman
425,680
E Beukes
57,100
95
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
 
The following
 
exhibits are
 
filed as a part
 
of this Annual
 
Report:
1.1
(1)
Memorandum of
 
Association
 
of DRDGOLD Limited.
1.2
(6)
Articles of
 
Association of
 
DRDGOLD Limited,
 
as amended on
 
November 8, 2002.
1.3
(1)
Excerpts of
 
relevant provisions
 
of the South
 
African Companies
 
Act.
1.5
(9)
Memorandum of
 
Incorporation,
 
as amended on
 
November 30,
 
2012.
2.1
(1)
Excerpts of
 
relevant provisions
 
of the Johannesburg
 
Stock Exchange
 
Listings Requirements.
2.2
(4)
Indenture between
 
DRDGOLD Limited,
 
as Issuer, and The
 
Bank of New
 
York Mellon, as Trustee, dated
 
November
12, 2002.
4.1
(2)
Deposit Agreement
 
among DRDGOLD
 
Limited, The
 
Bank of New York Mellon as
 
Depositary, and owners
 
and
holders of American
 
Depositary Receipts,
 
dated as of August
 
12, 1996, as
 
amended and restated
 
as of October
 
2, 1996,
as further
 
amended and restated
 
as of August
 
6, 1998, as
 
further amended
 
and restated
 
July 23, 2007.
4.2
(3)
Form of Non-Executive
 
Employment Agreement.
4.3
(3)
Form of Executive
 
Employment Agreement.
4.4
(4)
Agreement between
 
DRDGOLD Limited
 
and Rand Refinery
 
Limited, dated
 
October 12,
 
2001.
4.5
(12)
Local Mine Bullion
 
Refining Agreement
 
between DRDGOLD
 
Limited and Rand
 
Refinery Limited,
 
dated June 27,
2018.
4.9
(8)
Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement entered into by Village
 
Main Reef Limited (“Village”),
 
DRDGOLD Limited
(“DRDGOLD”) (“Seller”), Business Venture
 
Investments No 1557 Proprietary Limited (“Purchaser”) and
Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited (“Blyvoor”)
 
dated February 11, 2012.
4.10
(9)
Heads of Agreement entered into by Trans
 
-Caledon Tunnel Authority (“TCTA’),
 
Ergo Mining Operations
Proprietary Limited (“EMO”), East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited (“ERPM”)
 
and Crown Gold Recoveries
Proprietary Limited (“CGR”) (collectively CGR, EMO and ERPM are called “the
 
Ergo Group”) dated November
28, 2012.
4.13(11)
Settlement Agreement between DRDGOLD Limited ("DRDGOLD") and
 
VMR Gold Investments 02 Proprietary
Limited ("VMR Gold") dated May 28, 2015.
8.1(13)
10.1(12)
DRD Exchange Agreement entered into by DRDGOLD Limited (“DRDGOLD”) and
 
Sibanye Gold Limited
10.2(12)
Sibanye-Stillwater Exchange Agreement entered into by Sibanye
 
Gold Limited and K2017449061 (South Africa)
Proprietary Limited (to be renamed WRTRP
 
Proprietary Limited) and including DRDGOLD Limited
(“DRDGOLD”)
10.3(12)
DRD Guarantee issued by DRDGOLD Limited (“DRDGOLD”) to and
 
in favor of Sibanye Gold Limited.
95
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
 
The following
 
exhibits are
 
filed as a part
 
of this Annual
 
Report:
10.5
(12)
Closing and
 
Amending Agreement,
 
dated 20 July
 
2018, among Sibanye
 
Gold Limited,
 
WRTRP Proprietary
 
Limited
and DRDGOLD
 
Limited; each
 
of the following
 
annexures are
 
incorporated
 
by reference
 
to Sibanye-Stillwater's
Schedule 13-D,
 
Exhibit 99.5
 
filed with the
 
Securities and
 
Exchange Commission
 
on July 31, 2018
Annexure A —
 
Approval of Financial
 
Surveillance
 
Department of
 
SARB;
 
Annexure B —
 
JSE Approval
 
of DRD Circular;
 
Annexure C —
 
TRP Approval of
 
DRD Circular;
 
Annexure D —
 
Approval in
 
Terms of Competition
 
Act;
 
Annexure E —
 
Press Announcement
 
Confirming Approval
 
of DRD Shareholders;
 
Annexure F —
 
Environmental
 
Authorisations
 
and Waste Management Licences;
 
Annexure G —
 
Confirmation
 
of VAT
 
Registration
 
of Issuing Party;
 
Annexure H —
 
Lender’s Consent
 
in Terms of the Rand
 
Revolving Credit
 
Facility; and
 
Annexure I —
 
Employees of
 
the Business
 
as at the Delivery
 
Date of the
 
Closing and
 
Amending Agreement.
10.6
(12)
Revolving Credit
 
Facility.
10.8
(13)
10.9
(14)
12.1
(15)
12.2
(15)
13.1
(15)
13.2
(15)
16.1
(15)
96.1
(15)
96.2
(15)
101.INS
(15)
XBRL Instance
 
Document
101.SCH
(15)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension
 
Schema Document
101.CAL
(15)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension
 
Calculation
 
Linkbase Document
101.DEF
(15)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension
 
Definition Linkbase
 
Document
101.LAB
(15)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension
 
Label Linkbase
 
Document
101.PRE
(15)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension
 
Presentation
 
Linkbase Document
___________
97
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
 
The following
 
exhibits are
 
filed as a part
 
of this Annual
 
Report:
(1)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Registration
 
Statement (File
 
No. 0-28800) on
 
Form 20-F.
 
(2)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to Amendment
 
No. 1 to our
 
Registration
 
Statement (File
 
No.
333-140850
) on Form F-6.
(3)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2000.
 
(4)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2002.
(5)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2005.
(6)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year ended
 
June 30, 2006.
(7)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2010.
(8)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2012.
(9)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2013.
(10)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2014.
(11)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual Report
 
on Form 20-F for
 
the fiscal
 
year ended June
 
30, 2015.
(12)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2018.
(13)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2019.
(14)
 
Incorporated
 
by reference
 
to our Annual
 
Report on Form
 
20-F for the
 
fiscal year
 
ended June 30,
 
2020.
(15)
 
Filed herewith.
 
 
98
SIGNATURES
 
The
 
registrant hereby
 
certifies that
 
it
 
meets all
 
of
 
the
 
requirements for
 
filing on
 
Form 20-F and
 
that it
 
has
 
duly
 
caused and
authorized the
 
undersigned
 
to sign this
 
annual report
 
on its behalf.
 
DRDGOLD LIMITED
By:
/s/ D.J. Pretorius
D.J. Pretorius
Chief Executive
 
Officer
By:
/s/ A.J. Davel
 
A.J. Davel
Chief Financial
 
Officer
Date: October
 
28, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97
EXHIBIT 8.1
LIST OF MAIN SUBSIDIARIES AS AT
 
JUNE 30, 2022 AND AS AT
 
OCTOBER 28, 2022
SUBSIDIARY NAME
 
JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION
AND RESIDENCE
PROPORTION OF
OWNERSHIP INTEREST
AND VOTING INTEREST
Ergo Mining Operations Proprietary Limited
 
South Africa
100%
Crown Gold Recoveries Proprietary Limited
South Africa
100%
East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited
South Africa
100%
Ergo Mining Proprietary Limited
South Africa
100%
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
Proprietary Limited
South Africa
100%
 
 
97
Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Daniel Johannes Pretorius, certify that:
1)
 
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of DRDGOLD Limited.
2)
 
Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement
 
of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under
 
which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report.
3)
 
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
 
included in this Annual Report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
 
and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the
periods presented in this Annual Report.
4)
 
The Company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
 
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
 
and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company
 
and have:
a)
 
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
 
and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
 
Company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
 
during the period in which this Annual
Report is being prepared;
b)
 
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
 
internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding
 
the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
 
generally accepted accounting
principles;
 
c)
 
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls
 
and procedures and presented in this Annual
Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
 
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this Annual Report based on such evaluation; and
d)
 
Disclosed in this Annual Report any change in the Company's internal control
 
over financial reporting that occurred
during the period covered by this Annual Report that has materially affected,
 
or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
5)
 
The Company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based
 
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of
 
the Company's board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a)
 
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
 
internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's
 
ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
 
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
 
employees who have a significant role in the
Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
 
October 28, 2022
/s/ Daniel Johannes Pretorius
Daniel Johannes Pretorius
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
97
Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Adriaan Jacobus Davel, certify that:
1)
 
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of DRDGOLD Limited.
2)
 
Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement
 
of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under
 
which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report.
3)
 
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
 
included in this Annual Report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
 
and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the
periods presented in this Annual Report.
4)
 
The Company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
 
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
 
and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company
 
and have:
a)
 
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
 
and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
 
Company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
 
during the period in which this Annual
Report is being prepared;
b)
 
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
 
internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding
 
the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
 
generally accepted accounting
principles;
 
c)
 
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls
 
and procedures and presented in this Annual
Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
 
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this Annual Report based on such evaluation; and
d)
 
Disclosed in this Annual Report any change in the Company's internal control
 
over financial reporting that occurred
during the period covered by this Annual Report that has materially affected,
 
or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
5)
 
The Company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based
 
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of
 
the Company's board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a)
 
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
 
internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's
 
ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
 
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
 
employees who have a significant role in the
Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
 
October 28, 2022
/s/ Adriaan Jacobus Davel
Adriaan Jacobus Davel
Chief Financial Officer
 
97
 
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with
 
the Annual Report
 
on Form 20-F
 
of DRDGOLD Limited
 
(the "Company") for
 
the fiscal year
ended
 
June
 
30,
 
2022,
 
as
 
filed
 
with
 
the
 
Securities and
 
Exchange
 
Commission on
 
the
 
date
 
hereof
 
(the
 
"Report"),
 
Daniel
Johannes Pretorius, as
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
of the Company,
 
hereby certifies, pursuant
 
to 18
 
U.S.C. Section 1350,
 
as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002, that,
 
to the best of his knowledge:
(1)
the Report fully complies with
 
the requirements of Section
 
13(a) or 15(d) of
 
the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
 
the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Daniel Johannes Pretorius
By:
 
Daniel Johannes Pretorius
Title:
 
Chief Executive Officer
Date:
 
October 28, 2022
 
97
 
Exhibit 13.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with
 
the Annual Report
 
on Form 20-F
 
of DRDGOLD Limited
 
(the "Company") for
 
the fiscal year
ended June
 
30, 2022,
 
as filed
 
with the
 
Securities and
 
Exchange Commission
 
on the
 
date hereof
 
(the "Report"),
 
Adriaan
Jacobus
 
Davel,
 
as
 
Chief
 
Financial
 
Officer
 
of
 
the
 
Company,
 
hereby
 
certifies,
 
pursuant
 
to
 
18
 
U.S.C.
 
Section
 
1350,
 
as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002, that,
 
to the best of his knowledge:
(1)
the Report fully complies with
 
the requirements of Section
 
13(a) or 15(d) of
 
the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
 
the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Adriaan Jacobus Davel
By:
 
Adriaan Jacobus Davel
Title:
 
Chief Financial Officer
Date:
 
October 28, 2022
97
Exhibit 16.1
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
October 28, 2022
Dear Sir or Madam:
Change in registrant’s certifying
 
accountant
We are currently principal accountants for DRDGOLD
 
Limited and, under the date of October 28,
2022, we reported on:
●
 
the consolidated financial statements of DRDGOLD Limited
 
as of and for the years ended
June 30, 2022 and 2021; and
●
 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial
 
reporting as of June 30, 2022.
On October 20, 2022, we were notified that DRDGOLD
 
Limited appointed BDO South Africa Inc. as
its principal accountant for the year ending June 30, 2023 and that
 
the auditor-client relationship with
KPMG Inc. will cease upon completion of the audit of DRDGOLD
 
Limited’s consolidated financial
statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2022,
 
and the effectiveness of internal control
 
over
financial reporting as of June 30, 2022 and the issuance
 
of our report thereon.
 
We have read DRDGOLD Limited’s statements
 
included under item 16F of its Annual Report on
 
Form
20-F dated October 28, 2022, and we agree with such
 
statements, except that we are not in a position
to agree or disagree with DRDGOLD Limited’s
 
stated reason for changing principal accountants.
 
We
are also not in a position to agree or disagree with DRDGOLD
 
Limited’s statement that the change
was approved by the board of directors.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ KPMG Inc.
exhibit961p1i1 exhibit961p1i0
MINERAL INDUSTRY ADVISORY
Sound Mining International Limited
Directorate:
 
Vaughn Glenn Duke,
 
Jonathan Karsten
Sound Mining House, 2A Fifth Avenue, Rivonia
 
2128, South Africa
 
|
 
Tel:
+23 (0) 11 234 7152
 
|
 
Reg no:
2007/020184/07
TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY
FAR
 
WEST GOLD RECOVERIES
(PROPRIETARY)
 
LIMITED
Prepared for:
Far West Gold Recoveries
(Proprietary) Limited
Cycad House, Building 17
Constantia Office Park
Cnr 14
th
 
Avenue and
Hendrik Potgieter Road
Weltevredenpark, 1709
Document No.: PR/SMI/1203/22
Effective date:
 
30 June 2022
Document date: 28 October 2022
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
Executive Summary ................................................................................................
 
.................................................................................8
1.1.
Introduction ..............................................................................................................................................................................8
1.2.
History................................................................................................................................
 
.....................................................11
1.3.
Geological Setting ...................................................................................................................................................................12
1.4.
Exploration
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
..............16
1.5.
Metallurgical Testing
 
..............................................................................................................................................................17
1.6.
Mineral Resource Estimation ..................................................................................................................................................17
1.7.
Mineral Reserve Estimates ................................................................
 
.....................................................................................18
1.8.
Mine Design and Mine Plan ....................................................................................................................................................18
1.9.
Process and Recovery Methods ..............................................................................................................................................20
1.10.
Infrastructure
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
..........20
1.11.
Market Studies
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
........23
1.12.
Environmental Permitting and Liability ................................
 
..................................................................................................23
1.13.
Capital Expenditure and Operating Costs ...............................................................................................................................23
1.14.
Economic Assessment
 
.............................................................................................................................................................25
1.15.
Concluding Comments
 
............................................................................................................................................................29
2.
Introduction
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
...........................30
2.1.
Corporate Structure and Compliance .....................................................................................................................................30
2.2.
Purpose and Terms of Reference
 
(ToR) ................................................................................................
 
..................................31
2.3.
Qualified Persons Declaration and Qualifications ...................................................................................................................31
2.4.
Units, Currencies and Survey Coordinate System ...................................................................................................................32
2.5.
Political and Economic Climate ...............................................................................................................................................32
2.6.
Minerals Industry
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
....33
3.
Property Description
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
..............34
3.1.
Property Location ................................................................................................................................
 
...................................34
3.2.
Legal Tenure and Permitting ...................................................................................................................................................35
3.3.
Material Agreements, Access and Surface Rights ...................................................................................................................35
3.3.1.
Exchange Agreement
 
.............................................................................................................................................35
3.3.2.
Use and Access Agreement ...................................................................................................................................36
3.3.3.
Leeudoorn Agreement ................................................................................................................................
 
..........36
3.4.
Permitting ...............................................................................................................................................................................36
3.4.1.
Driefontein Operational Area ................................................................................................................................37
3.4.2.
Kloof Operational Area ..........................................................................................................................................37
3.5.
Driefontein Environmental Authorization
 
Transfer ................................................................
 
................................................38
3.6.
Water Use Licenses .................................................................................................................................................................38
3.7.
Other Permitting Requirements ................................................................
 
.............................................................................38
3.8.
Royalties ................................................................................................
 
.................................................................................38
3.9.
Liabilities .................................................................................................................................................................................39
3.10.
Concluding Comments
 
............................................................................................................................................................39
4.
Accessibility, Climate, Local Resources,
 
Infrastructure and Physiography
 
............................................................................................40
5.
History ................................................................................................................................
 
...................................................................44
6.
Geological Setting, Mineralization and Deposit .....................................................................................................................................46
6.1.
Regional Setting, Mineralization and Deposit .........................................................................................................................46
6.2.
Local Geological Setting, Deposit and Mineralization .............................................................................................................48
6.3.
Property Geology, Deposit and Mineralization .......................................................................................................................50
7.
Exploration................................................................................................
 
.............................................................................................52
7.1.
Methods and Databases .........................................................................................................................................................52
7.2.
Geophysical Characterization ................................................................
 
.................................................................................52
7.3.
Geo-hydrological Characterization ................................
 
.........................................................................................................52
7.4.
Geotechnical Characterization ................................................................................................................................................52
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
3
7.5.
LIDAR and Surveying ...............................................................................................................................................................52
7.6.
Drilling
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
.....................53
7.7.
Exploration Budget ................................................................................................................................
 
.................................53
8.
Sample Preparation, Analysis and Security
 
............................................................................................................................................54
8.1.
Sampling Method................................................................................................................................................................
 
....54
8.2.
Sample Security ................................................................................................................................................................
 
......54
8.3.
Analytical Laboratories ................................................................................................................................
 
...........................54
8.4.
Analytical Procedures ................................................................................................................................
 
.............................54
8.5.
Bulk Density ............................................................................................................................................................................55
8.6.
Concluding Comments
 
............................................................................................................................................................55
9.
Data Verification ....................................................................................................................................................................................56
9.1.
Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) ................................................................................................
 
....................56
9.2.
Independent Verification ........................................................................................................................................................56
10.
Mineral Processing and Metallurgical Testing ................................
 
.......................................................................................................57
10.1.
Metallurgical Test
 
Work
 
..........................................................................................................................................................57
10.2.
Concluding Comments
 
............................................................................................................................................................58
11.
Mineral Resource Estimates ................................................................................................
 
..................................................................59
11.1.
Geological Models and Interpretation ....................................................................................................................................59
11.2.
Estimation Methodology ................................................................................................................................
 
........................59
11.3.
Mineral Resource Classification ..............................................................................................................................................60
11.4.
Mineral Resource Verification ................................
 
................................................................................................................61
11.5.
Cross-sections and Grade Distribution ................................................................
 
...................................................................61
11.6.
Reasonable and Realistic Prospects for Economic
 
Extraction
 
.................................................................................................68
11.7.
Mineral Resource Estimation ..................................................................................................................................................68
11.8.
Additional Mineral Resources .................................................................................................................................................69
11.9.
Concluding Comments
 
............................................................................................................................................................69
12.
Mineral Reserve Estimates ................................................................................................
 
....................................................................70
12.1.
Risk to the Mineral Reserve Estimate ................................................................................................................................
 
.....70
13.
Mining Method
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
......................72
13.1.
Mining Plan and Layout ................................................................................................................................
 
..........................74
13.2.
Modifying Factors and Mining Schedule
 
.................................................................................................................................75
13.3.
Cut-off Grade ................................................................................................................................................................
 
..........76
13.4.
Mining Contractor
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
...77
13.5.
Concluding Comments
 
............................................................................................................................................................77
14.
Process and Recovery Methods
 
.............................................................................................................................................................78
14.1.
Existing DP2 Processing Facility ................................................................................................
 
..............................................78
14.2.
Planned Expansion of DP2 ......................................................................................................................................................79
14.3.
Concluding Comments
 
............................................................................................................................................................81
15.
Infrastructure
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
.........................82
15.1.
Leeudoorn Facility
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
...82
15.1.1.
Geotechnical, Hydrological and Geohydrological Considerations .........................................................................84
15.1.2.
Leeudoorn Design
 
..................................................................................................................................................86
15.1.3.
Conclusions............................................................................................................................................................88
15.2.
Regional Tailings Storage
 
Facility ............................................................................................................................................88
15.2.1.
Geotechnical, Hydrological and Geohydrological Considerations .........................................................................90
15.2.2.
The RTSF Design ................................................................................................................................
 
....................92
15.2.3.
Concluding Comments ................................................................................................................................
 
..........95
15.2.4.
Technical Studies - Water ................................................................................................................................
 
......97
15.2.5.
Technical Studies - Power ......................................................................................................................................99
15.2.6.
Technical Studies - Pipelines and Pumping
 
..........................................................................................................100
16.
Gold Market
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
.........................102
16.1.
Gold Price Trends ..................................................................................................................................................................102
16.2.
Exchange Rate Forecast ................................................................................................................................
 
........................102
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
4
16.3.
Global Demand .....................................................................................................................................................................104
16.4.
Global Supply ........................................................................................................................................................................104
16.5.
Concluding Comments
 
..........................................................................................................................................................105
17.
Environmental Studies, Permitting, or Agreements with Local Individuals or Groups ........................................................................106
17.1.
Permitting Status ................................................................................................................................
 
..................................106
17.1.1.
The National Environmental Management Act (NEMA)
 
......................................................................................106
17.1.2.
National Environmental Waste Management
 
Act (NEM:WA) .............................................................................107
17.1.3.
National Water Act (NWA) ................................................................
 
..................................................................108
17.2.
Environmental Considerations
 
..............................................................................................................................................108
17.3.
Social and Political Considerations ................................................................
 
.......................................................................109
17.3.1.
Discussions with Local Individuals or Groups ......................................................................................................109
17.4.
Environmental Closure Liability Estimate ................................................................
 
.............................................................110
17.4.1.
Basis of the Closure Liability Estimate .................................................................................................................110
17.4.2.
Quantum of the Closure Liability
 
.........................................................................................................................110
17.5.
Concluding Comments
 
..........................................................................................................................................................112
18.
Capital and Operating Costs ................................................................................................
 
................................................................113
18.1.
Capital Expenditure................................................................................................................................
 
...............................113
18.2.
Operating Costs ................................................................................................
 
....................................................................114
18.2.1.
Concluding Comments ................................................................................................................................
 
........115
19.
Economic Assessment................................................................................................................................
 
..........................................116
19.1.
Revenue Forecast ................................
 
.................................................................................................................................116
19.2.
Cashflows
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
..............117
19.3.
Sensitivities ...........................................................................................................................................................................118
19.4.
Concluding Comments
 
..........................................................................................................................................................119
20.
Adjacent Properties .............................................................................................................................................................................119
21.
Other Relevant Data and Information ................................................................................................
 
.................................................120
21.1.
South African Minerals Policy and Legislative Framework ................................
 
...................................................................120
21.2.
South African Legislative Framework
 
....................................................................................................................................121
22.
Interpretations and Conclusions
 
..........................................................................................................................................................124
23.
Recommendations
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
...............125
24.
References ...........................................................................................................................................................................................126
25.
Reliance on Information Provided by the Registrant ...........................................................................................................................136
26.
Qualified Persons Disclosure Consent ................................................................................................
 
.................................................137
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
5
List of Figures
Figure 1: DRDGOLD Corporate Structure .........................................................................................................................................................30
Figure 2: Location of the FWGR Operations ................................................................................................
 
....................................................34
Figure 3: FWGR Operations ................................................................................................................................
 
.............................................35
Figure 4: Sibanye Gold Mining Rights ................................................................................................................................
 
..............................37
Figure 5: Topography
 
of Southern Africa
 
.........................................................................................................................................................40
Figure 6: Topography
 
Map of FWGR................................................................................................................................
 
................................41
Figure 7: Climate and Rainfall of South Africa ................................................................................................
 
.................................................42
Figure 8: Vegetation of South Africa ................................................................................................................................................................43
Figure 9: Regional Geological Setting of the Witwatersran
 
d
 
Supergroup .......................................................................................................47
Figure 10: Geology of the Witwatersrand Basin ..............................................................................................................................................48
Figure 11: Witwatersrand Supergroup Stratigraphic
 
Section ..........................................................................................................................49
Figure 12: Property Geology ............................................................................................................................................................................51
Figure 13: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Driefontein 5 TSF .............................................................................................................62
Figure 14: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Driefontein 3 TSF .............................................................................................................63
Figure 15: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Kloof 1 TSF .......................................................................................................................64
Figure 16: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Libanon TSF ................................................................................................
 
.....................65
Figure 17: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Venterspost
 
North TSF ....................................................................................................66
Figure 18: Cross-sections and Grade Distributions - Venterspost
 
South TSF
 
...................................................................................................67
Figure 19: Mining Methodology ................................................................................................................................................................
 
......73
Figure 20: Mining Widths ................................................................................................
 
................................................................................73
Figure 21: Mining Sequencing ................................................................................................................................
 
.........................................75
Figure 22: DP2 Revised Block Plan ...................................................................................................................................................................79
Figure 23: Driefontein 4 TSF Location and Infrastructure ................................................................................................................................82
Figure 24: Leeudoorn TSF Layout................................................................................................
 
.....................................................................83
Figure 25: Final Layout of Airspace Model
 
.......................................................................................................................................................86
Figure 26: Position of the Elevated Drain Filter ................................................................................................
 
...............................................87
Figure 27: Cyclone Layout
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
................87
Figure 28: Geo-hydrological Regime at the RTSF Site ......................................................................................................................................91
Figure 29: Geo-hydrological Effects
 
of Scavenger Wells beneath the RTSF .....................................................................................................92
Figure 30: RTSF Layout
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
.....................95
Figure 31: TSF Location, Make-up Water
 
Shafts, Processing Plants and Pipeline Layouts ................................................................
 
..............98
List of Tables
Table 1: Personal Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................................32
Table 2: Historical Development
 
of FWGR................................................................................................................................
 
.......................45
Table 3: Dry Densities used by Other Re-treatment
 
Companies for the Witwatersrand Operations ..............................................................55
Table 4: Full Diagnostic Leach Results on Un-milled Feed
 
Samples
 
.................................................................................................................57
Table 5: Driefontein
 
5 TSF Feed Sample Assay by Size ................................................................
 
....................................................................57
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
6
Table 6: Driefontein 3 TSF
 
Feed Sample Assay by Size ................................................................
 
....................................................................58
Table 7: Summary of Process Recovery
 
Potential
 
............................................................................................................................................58
Table 8: Data Interrogated
 
per TSF
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
..61
Table 9: Variogram
 
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................
 
.......61
Table 10: Mineral Resource
 
Estimate for FWGR as at 30 June 2022 ................................................................................................
 
...............68
Table 11: S-K 1300 Compliant Mineral Reserve
 
Estimate as at 30 June 2022 ................................................................
 
.................................70
Table 12: Scheduled RoM Production ..............................................................................................................................................................75
Table 13: Calculated Cut-off
 
Grades ................................................................................................................................................................77
Table 14: Mining Equipment Planned for each TSF ................................................................
 
.........................................................................77
Table 15: Design Criteria and Assumptions ................................................................
 
.....................................................................................84
Table 16: Changes in Parameters
 
................................................................................................................................................................
 
....89
Table 17: Environmental
 
Elements under Consideration for RTSF Design and Disposal Method ................................
 
...................................89
Table 18: Engineering Elements under Consideration for
 
RTSF Design and Disposal Method ........................................................................90
Table 19: RTSF Design Criteria ................................................................................................
 
.........................................................................90
Table 20: Underground Water
 
Sources ...........................................................................................................................................................98
Table 21: Power
 
Requirements for FWGR Operations ................................
 
....................................................................................................99
Table 22: Eskom
 
Points of Delivery
 
................................................................................................................................................................100
Table 23: Existing Pipeline and Pumping Infrastructure ................................................................
 
................................................................101
Table 24: Phase 2 Pipeline and Pumping Infrastructure ................................................................................................................................101
Table 25: Above Ground Gold Stocks
 
in 2021
 
................................................................................................................................................102
Table 26: Long Term
 
Consensus Forecasts in Nominal Terms ................................................................................................
 
.......................103
Table 27: Global Gold Production ..................................................................................................................................................................105
Table 28: Required Environmental
 
Legislation and the Status for the Driefontein Mining Area ...................................................................107
Table 29: Activities for Phase 2 Requiring a Waste
 
Management License (WML)
 
.........................................................................................107
Table 30: Current Closure Cost
 
Estimates for FWGR ................................................................................................................................
 
.....111
Table 31: Closure Cost Estimates
 
from Kloof EIA and Guaranteed through Guardrisk ..................................................................................111
Table 32: Summary of Capital Expenditure
 
...................................................................................................................................................113
Table 33: Average
 
DP2 Operating Cost over LoM ..........................................................................................................................................114
Table 34: Inputs to the DCF Model ................................................................................................................................................................116
Table 35: Sensitivity of Post
 
-tax NPV .............................................................................................................................................................118
Table 36: Sensitivity of Gold Price ................................................................
 
.................................................................................................118
Table 37: Sensitivity of the Discount Rate ................................................................
 
.....................................................................................118
Table 38: TRS Data and Information
 
Sources.................................................................................................................................................126
Table 39: Glossary and Abbreviations................................
 
............................................................................................................................129
Table 40: QP Area of Responsibility and Disclosure Consent
 
........................................................................................................................137
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
7
List of Graphs
Graph 1: LoM Production Forecast ..................................................................................................................................................................76
Graph 2: Potential LoM Production Forecast
 
..................................................................................................................................................76
Graph 3: Actual Production Capacity of DP2 for FY2020, FY2021 and FY2022 ................................................................................................78
Graph 4: Actual Plant Recovery for DP2 versus Forecast
 
Recovery for FY2020, FY2021 and FY2022..............................................................79
Graph 7: Gold Price Historical Trendline ........................................................................................................................................................102
Graph 8: Exchange Rate Historical Trendline .................................................................................................................................................103
Graph 6: Global Gold Demand from 2012 to 2021 ........................................................................................................................................104
Graph 5: Global Gold Supply from 2012 to 2021 ...........................................................................................................................................104
Graph 9: Capital Expenditure Forecast ................................................................................................................................
 
..........................114
Graph 10: Operating Cost Forecast................................
 
................................................................................................................................115
Graph 11: Gold Sales Forecast .......................................................................................................................................................................117
Graph 12: Post-tax Discounted Cashflows .....................................................................................................................................................117
Graph 13: Sensitivity to Expected Revenue and Costs
 
...................................................................................................................................118
Graph 14: Post-tax Discounted Cashflows
 
(including liner)
 
...........................................................................................................................119
List of Photographs
Photograph 1: Monitor Gun ................................................................................................
 
............................................................................72
Photograph 2: Monitor Gun in Operation ................................................................................................
 
.......................................................74
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p8i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
8
1.
 
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1.
 
Introduction
DRDGOLD Limited (DRDGOLD), which has a primary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange
 
(JSE) and a secondary listing on the New York
 
Stock
Exchange (NYSE), is
 
an established gold
 
tailings retreatment company
 
located near Johannesburg,
 
South Africa.
 
The company’s business
 
is to profitably
reclaim tailings from
 
surface Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
 
(TSFs). DRDGOLD has
 
arranged its operations
 
into two
 
wholly owned entities
 
covering their
East
 
Rand (east
 
of Johannesburg)
 
and
 
far
 
West
 
Rand
 
(far
 
west
 
of
 
Johannesburg) businesses.
 
The
 
East
 
Rand
 
operations
 
are
 
run by
 
Ergo
 
Mining
(Proprietary) Limited (Ergo) and the
 
West rand operations
 
by Far West
 
Gold Recoveries (Proprietary) Limited
 
(FWGR). FWGR currently own six
 
TSFs
on the West Rand between Roodepoort and Carletonville, approximately
 
70km South West of Johannesburg (Figure A). There are
 
an additional three
TSFs which are
 
to be transferred
 
from Sibanye Gold
 
Limited (Sibanye Gold)
 
to FWGR once
 
no longer required
 
by the existing
 
operations (Available
TSFs).
 
Numerous other TSFs are potentially available in the area for future reclamation (Target TSFs).
Figure A: Location of the FWGR Operations
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
This Technical
 
Report Summary
 
(TRS) was
 
prepared by
 
Sound Mining
 
International SA
 
(Proprietary) Limited
 
(Sound Mining)
 
for DRDGOLD
 
as the
registrant. It
 
was compiled by
 
qualified persons (QPs)
 
in line with
 
the Securities Exchange
 
Commission (SEC) requirements,
 
Regulation S-K
 
1300. It
presents the Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves of FWGR as at 30 June 2022, and as a maiden submission to the SEC.
The QP has relied
 
on information provided
 
by FWGR with respect
 
to legal matters
 
(Item 3), the gold
 
price (Item 16.1), environmental
 
or social and
labor planning aspects (Item 17) and economic assumptions (Item 19).
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
9
The qualified persons Mrs Diana van Buren (Mineral Resources), Mr Vaughn
 
Duke (Mineral Reserves) and Mr Keith Raine (Environmental, Social and
Governance) have reviewed the exploration data base; the geological block models; the processing plant design and costing; mine plans, production
scheduling, infrastructure;
 
legal
 
tenure, permitting,
 
environmental
 
and social
 
compliance status
 
and the
 
latest assessment
 
of the
 
environmental
rehabilitation liabilities required for eventual closure of the operation.
The information
 
was
 
used to
 
substantiate
 
the confidence
 
in the
 
Mineral
 
Resource and
 
Mineral
 
Reserve estimates
 
and then
 
incorporated
 
into
 
a
Discounted Cashflow (DCF) Model for an economic assessment of the viability of the Mineral Reserves.
The assets held by FWGR were acquired from Sibanye
 
Gold Limited (Sibanye Gold), a subsidiary of Sibanye-Stillwater Limited (Sibanye-Stillwater),
 
in
a transaction which was concluded in
 
July 2018 in which common law
 
ownership was established over various TSFs containing the Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves.
FWGR conducts its activities inter alia
 
in accordance with Environmental
 
Approvals and the provisions of
 
the Mine Health and Safety
 
regulations. A
Use and
 
Access Agreement
 
with Sibanye
 
Gold articulates
 
the various
 
rights, permits
 
and licenses
 
held by
 
Sibanye
 
Gold in
 
terms of
 
which FWGR
operates, pending the transfer to FWGR of those that are transferable. The FWGR operations are comprised of a variety of assets (Table A), including
a processing plant and land for the development of a Regional Tailings Storage Facility (RTSF) for long-term sustainability.
Table A: FWGR Assets
Asset Type
Asset
Location
TSFs
Driefontein 3
Driefontein Mining Right area
Driefontein 5
Kloof 1
Kloof Mining Right area
Libanon
Venterspost North
Venterspost South
Depositional TSF
Driefontein 4
North-east of Driefontein Mining Right area
Operating Surface
Gold Processing
Plants
DP2
Located on:
Farm Blyvooruitzicht 116IQ Portion (Ptn) 6; and
Farm Driefontein 113IQ Remainder (Re) of Ptn 1
Pilot plant
Located at:
Driefontein 1 processing plant
Land for
 
Phase 2
Land for the RTSF
Located on:
Farm Cardoville 647IQ;
Re Ptn 6 Farm Cardoville 364 IQ;
Ptn 8 of Ptn 6 of Farm Cardoville 364IQ;
Ptn 13 of Ptn1 of Farm Cardoville IQ;
Ptn 50 Farm Kalbasfontein 365IQ;
Re Ptn 3 Farm Cardoville 364;
Re Ptn 5 of Ptn 3 Farm Cardoville 364IQ; and
Ptn 11 Farm Cardoville 364IQ
Land for a Central Processing Plant (CPP) which provides strategic
optionality
Located after subdivision of:
Farm Rietfontein 347IQ Ptn 35 and Ptn 73
Access Rights
Access to water from the Driefontein 10 shaft and Kloof 10 shaft, for the
purposes of hydro-mining
Located within the Driefontein and Kloof Mining Right
areas
Installation, supply, distribution and maintenance of power supply
Driefontein 1 gold plant
Located at Driefontein 1 processing plant
Source:
 
FWGR, 2022
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p10i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
10
A review
 
of the
 
environmental permitting
 
concluded that
 
the necessary
 
permitting requirements
 
are in
 
place or
 
are being
 
proactively addressed.
Sufficient provision is included to address the rehabilitation liabilities
 
associated with the above assets. The QPs are satisfied that FWGR has
 
the legal
right to reclaim and
 
process the TSFs forming part
 
of the operation. These
 
are classified as
 
moveable assets and so
 
there is no immediate
 
requirement
to transfer any part of the mining rights from Sibanye Gold Limited (Sibanye Gold). The operations are not subject to royalty payments.
The initial phase
 
of FWGR’s long-term growth strategy
 
is now complete.
 
It included upgrading
 
the Driefontein Plant 2
 
(DP2) to process
 
tailings material
through the hydro-mining of
 
Driefontein 5 TSF
 
at approximately 500ktpm.
 
Phase 2 will begin with the
 
expansion of DP2 to a
 
processing capacity of
1.2Mtpm. New arisings (i.e., retreated
 
tailings) from DP2 are being
 
deposited onto the Driefontein 4
 
TSF (0.5Mtpm), which is due to
 
reach capacity
towards the end of calendar year
 
2025 whereafter the depositional rate
 
would have to decrease materially.
 
Sibanye Gold has in principle approved
the deposition of new
 
arisings onto their
 
Leeudoorn TSF until
 
the planned new RTSF
 
is operational in
 
2030. Upon the
 
conclusion of written
 
terms,
FWGR will be able to deposit 500ktpm on the Leeudoorn TSF until 2029. Supporting pipelines will link this infrastructure to additional TSFs that have
been identified as potentially available for reclamation to extend the life of the operation beyond the current Mineral Reserves.
 
The construction of a significantly larger
 
CPP has been considered as a strategic option
 
to facilitate growth beyond the throughput of 1.2Mtpm called
for in the
 
Life-of-Mine (LoM)
 
plan. A large
 
RTSF has been
 
designed to accommodate
 
such strategic growth
 
over the longer
 
term and the
 
LoM plan
anticipates that this
 
facility will be
 
commissioned in 2030.
 
The Leeudoorn
 
TSF will enable
 
the expansion to
 
750ktpm planned by
 
FWGR over the
 
shorter
term, until 2030.
 
The operation’s infrastructure and current TSFs lie across two mining rights which stretch from Westonaria
 
to Carletonville (Figure B).
Figure B: FWGR Operations
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
The
 
TSFs
 
are
 
located
 
at
 
elevations
 
between
 
1,570mamsl
 
and
 
1,720mamsl
 
in
 
an
 
area
 
that
 
is
 
typical
 
of
 
a
 
mature
 
landscape
 
with
 
gentle
 
rolling
undulations and shallow sided river valleys. The
 
area enjoys warm to hot, moist summers and cool dry
 
winters with an average ambient temperature
of 20°C. The operation experiences some 571mm of rain
 
each year, with
 
most of it occurring during summer in the form of
 
thunderstorms. Most of
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
11
the area comprises disturbed grazing land and
 
minor crop production. The area is well serviced
 
with schools, medical facilities, a rail network, power,
water and other supporting
 
infrastructure. Both tarred and gravel roads
 
are used to commute between
 
farms and mines, as
 
well as to and
 
from urban
centers.
1.2.
 
History
Gold and uranium mining
 
operations commenced in the
 
late 1800s in
 
the Witwatersrand Basin
 
goldfields of South Africa,
 
and have resulted
 
in the
accumulation of substantial amounts of surface tailings and other mine residues. The possible re-treatment of TSFs in the West Rand area has a long
and
 
complex
 
history
 
with
 
Gold
 
Fields
 
Limited
 
(Gold
 
Fields),
 
Rand
 
Uranium
 
Limited
 
(Rand
 
Uranium),
 
Harmony
 
Gold
 
Mining
 
Company
 
Limited
(Harmony),
 
Gold
 
One
 
International
 
Limited
 
(Gold
 
One)
 
and
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
completing
 
a
 
number
 
of
 
parallel,
 
independent studies
 
relating
 
to
 
the
retreatment of these TSFs. There is an approximate fifteen-year history of metallurgical test work and process design which has been undertaken for
a variety of combinations of assets and
 
products recovered. Whilst these historical
 
studies were for specific combinations
 
of assets, they are not all
relevant to FWGR in its current form.
Prior to 2009,
 
Gold Fields
 
embarked on a
 
project known as
 
the West Wits
 
Project (WWP) aimed
 
at retreating several TSFs
 
on its four
 
mining complexes:
Kloof, Driefontein, Venterspost
 
and South Deep to recover gold, uranium and sulfur and storing the tailings on a new Central Tailings Storage Facility
(CTSF). Similarly, Rand Uranium had embarked on the Cooke Uranium Project (CUP), which endeavored to treat the Cooke TSF for gold, uranium and
sulfur. The two independent projects had similar operational and environmental mandates, within a 25km radius of each other.
In 2009, Gold Fields
 
and Rand Uranium
 
evaluated the potential
 
synergy of an
 
integrated retreatment
 
plan for TSFs
 
located within the South
 
Deep,
Cooke, Kloof, Driefontein and Venterspost
 
mining complexes.
In 2012, Gold One acquired Rand Uranium
 
and in the same year acquired
 
the Ezulwini Mining Company (Proprietary) Limited
 
(Ezulwini). During the
same year Gold
 
One, revived the tailings
 
retreatment project and
 
Gold Fields entered
 
into a joint
 
venture (JV) partnership with
 
Gold One to
 
investigate
the economic viability of concurrently reprocessing
 
current arisings and historical tailings
 
from a number of sites
 
situated in the greater
 
West Rand
area. A scoping study was concluded in 2012.
In early 2013, Gold Fields unbundled its Kloof and Driefontein Complex and Beatrix gold mines in the Free State
 
Province to create a separate entity
in Sibanye Gold
 
and listed Sibanye
 
Gold as a
 
fully independent company
 
on both the
 
JSE and the
 
NYSE stock
 
exchanges. Subsequently,
 
in October
2013,
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
Limited
 
purchased
 
the
 
interest
 
held
 
by
 
Gold
 
One
 
in
 
Rand
 
Uranium
 
and
 
Ezulwini.
 
The
Gold One assets
 
which became part
 
of Sibanye Gold
 
included the Cooke
 
operations (underground mining
 
and surface
 
reclamation operations)
 
for
gold and uranium
 
production. This transaction
 
gave Sibanye
 
Gold control
 
of a substantial
 
portion of the
 
surface mineral resources
 
in the region.
 
A
Preliminary Feasibility
 
Study (PFS)
 
was completed
 
in 2013
 
and confirmed
 
that there
 
is a
 
significant opportunity
 
to extract
 
value from
 
the surface
Mineral Resources. Subsequently,
 
a number of
 
Definitive Feasibility Studies
 
(DFSs) have been
 
completed on various
 
combinations of TSFs.
 
Sibanye
Gold’s TSF reclamation assets were housed in a special purpose vehicle (SPV) called West Rand Tailings Retreatment Project (WRTRP).
In 2018, Sibanye
 
Gold traded its SPV
 
for an equity share
 
in DRDGOLD, which as
 
a consequence then wholly owned
 
the tailings retreatment project
which was subsequently renamed FWGR. In mid-2018, FWGR initiated Phase 1 of a phased approach to its growing reclamation operations.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p12i1 exhibit961p12i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
12
1.3.
 
Geological Setting
The assets
 
of FWGR
 
are derived
 
from
 
the West
 
Rand Goldfield
 
of the
 
gold-bearing, late
 
Archaean (2.7Ga
 
to
 
3.2Ga), Witwatersrand
 
Supergroup
(Witwatersrand Basin). The Witwatersrand Basin is a roughly oval-shaped sedimentary basin, filled with approximately
 
14,000m of sedimentary and
subordinate volcanic units, of which only small portions outcrop to the south and west of Johannesburg (Figure C).
Figure C: Regional Geological Setting of the Witwatersrand Supergroup
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p13i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
13
The basin hosts
 
vast auriferous
 
and uraniferous
 
deposits which have
 
been grouped
 
into geographically
 
distinct sub-basins or
 
goldfields, which are
separated by stratigraphy where no economic mineralization has been discovered (Figure D).
Figure D: Local Geological Setting
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
14
Recent studies consider the deposition in
 
the Witwatersrand sediments to have taken place along the interface between a fluvial system and a
 
major
body of still water or an inland sea. Specifically, this body of water is considered to be a retro-arc-foreland basin which formed in response to crustal
thickening on the northern edge of the Kaapvaal Craton, during a collision with the Zimbabwe Craton to the north.
The
 
varying
 
stratigraphic
 
position
 
of
 
the
 
narrow,
 
0.1m
 
to
 
2.0m
 
thick
 
quartz-pebble
 
conglomerate
 
reefs
 
are
 
interpreted
 
to
 
represent
 
major,
diachronous, entry points
 
of coarse-grained sediment into
 
the basin. Complex
 
patterns of syn-depositional
 
faulting and folding
 
have caused significant
variations in sediment thickness and
 
sub-vertical to over-folded
 
reef structures are
 
characteristic of the basin
 
margins. Later faulting
 
and folding of
the sequence determined which parts of the Witwatersrand Basin remained buried, as well as the depth extent of mineable horizons, relative to the
present-day surface.
The FWGR assets (Figure E) are derived from the Driefontein, Kloof,
 
Libanon and Venterspost mining operations located in the West
 
Rand Goldfield,
on the north-western rim of the Witwatersrand Basin.
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p15i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
15
Figure E: Property Geology
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
16
These operations exploit three primary reefs, namely the Ventersdorp
 
Contact Reef (VCR) located at
 
the top of the Central Rand Group,
 
the Carbon
Leader Reef (CLR)
 
near the base
 
of the Central Rand
 
Group and the Middelvlei
 
Reef (MR), which stratigraphically occurs
 
50m to 75m above
 
the Carbon
Leader. Additional minor reefs including the Kloof, Elsburg, Kimberley and Libanon Reefs are exploited at some operations.
The TSFs to
 
be reclaimed are located
 
in the Western
 
Witwatersrand Basin,
 
within the West
 
Rand and Carletonville goldfields.
 
The TSFs contain
 
the
processed
 
waste
 
from
 
the
 
mining
 
of
 
auriferous
 
and
 
uraniferous
 
ores
 
from
 
Driefontein,
 
Kloof,
 
Libanon
 
and
 
Venterspost
 
underground
 
mining
operations. The mining operations have targeted different reefs and as a result the TSFs
 
have developed from the following:
●
the Driefontein TSFs comprise primarily processed VCR, CLR and Middelvlei Reef;
●
the Kloof TSFs comprise primarily processed VCR, Middelvlei Reef and to a lesser extent the Kloof Reef;
●
the Venterspost TSFs comprise primarily processed Middelvlei Reef and VCR; and
●
the Libanon TSFs comprises material from the VCR, Libanon Reef, Kloof Reef and Middelvlei Reef.
The composition of
 
a TSF
 
depends on the
 
geochemical make-up
 
of the material
 
being mined and
 
the chemicals used
 
in the mining
 
and extraction
process. In
 
addition to
 
the internal
 
structure,
 
the TSF
 
reflects the
 
mining strategy
 
and depositional
 
methodologies employed
 
at each
 
operation.
Variations in
 
the density of
 
tailings material is
 
a critical factor
 
in the accurate
 
estimation of quantities
 
as these factors
 
can result in
 
a considerable
variation in gold
 
content and
 
distribution throughout a
 
TSF where
 
such variation has an
 
impact on final
 
recoveries and
 
projected revenues for
 
the
operation. In addition, secondary
 
processes such as metal
 
re-mobilization, erosion, weathering,
 
leaching and acid mine
 
drainage can further
 
affect
the geochemical characteristics of a TSF.
These processes tend to
 
progress faster
 
in a TSF
 
compared to a
 
primary ore body as
 
weathering, erosion and oxidation
 
are accelerated by
 
the fine
particle size of the
 
material. Gold can undergo
 
mobilization within the TSF
 
with time and hence may
 
exhibit areas of re-concentration
 
and even be
present in the sub-structure soil. Although exceptions occur, the TSFs generally show an increase in grade towards the base of the TSF.
1.4.
 
Exploration
The extent, morphology and
 
structure of a
 
TSF is relatively
 
simplistic compared to
 
conventional mineral deposits,
 
and so the exploration
 
programs
were also simple, comprising:
●
surveying to determine physical dimensions and volumes;
●
auger drilling programs to permit sampling for gold content and mapping of the gold distribution;
●
metallurgical and flow sheet development test work; and
●
tailings toxicity tests and specific gravity determination.
The QPs have concluded that the drilling programs were suitable
 
for the type of deposits and that
 
the drilling and sampling techniques were
 
of a high
standard, with sample contamination and losses kept
 
to a minimum. The drilling and sampling programs
 
were conducted to industry standards and
the results are considered reliable and suitable for incorporation into a Mineral Resource estimate.
The analytical laboratories
 
used in the
 
exploration program
 
are all
 
ISO certified for
 
gold analysis
 
and all
 
of them
 
follow best
 
practice principles of
quality management.
 
The Quality
 
Assurance and
 
Quality Control
 
(QA/QC) of
 
the field
 
and laboratory
 
verification procedures
 
were independently
audited and are considered appropriate.
Full length samples were taken and are
 
considered representative of the disseminated minerali
 
zation which has no orientation or structural control
other than grade variations due
 
to deposition variations and secondary
 
remobilization of the gold. This gold distribution
 
within the TSFs is adequately
understood from the geological modelling.
The Driefontein TSFs, Venterspost
 
TSFs and Libanon TSF are located on Malmani Subgroup
 
dolomites (Figure D) with the remainder located on non-
dolomitic argillaceous
 
and arenaceous
 
sediments of
 
the Timeball
 
Hill and
 
Hekpoort Formations.
 
An independent density
 
study by Geostrada
 
concluded
that the basement lithology does not significantly impact the density of the tailings material.
A bulk density of 1.42g/cm
3
 
is applied to the TSF assets. It
 
is based on substantial empirical evidence and considered
 
reliable. The use of a dry density
in the estimation
 
of an in situ
 
Mineral Resource is standard best
 
practice and the dry
 
density value has been
 
applied to the Mineral
 
Resource estimate.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
17
1.5.
 
Metallurgical Testing
Test work has been performed on Driefontein
 
3 TSF,
 
Driefontein 5 TSF,
 
Libanon TSF, Kloof 1 TSF and Venterspost
 
North TSF. Less test
 
work has been
performed on the Venterspost
 
South TSF.
 
The metallurgical data that was
 
originally available for the Driefontein
 
5 TSF was subsequently supported
by the results of full-scale
 
processing at DP2 during Phase
 
1. Based on the test
 
work, the QPs are comfortable that the
 
following processing recoveries
are achievable for the respective TSFs (Table B).
Table B: Summary of Process Recovery Potential
TSF Recovery
Process
(%)
Driefontein 5
49.8%
Driefontein 3
56.6%
Kloof 1
50.5%
Libanon
47.2%
Venterspost North
54.7%
Venterspost South
62.5%
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022; and FWGR, 2020
1.6.
 
Mineral Resource Estimation
The original
 
Mineral Resource
 
estimates of
 
2009 were
 
confirmed by
 
Sound Mining
 
in 2020.
 
Sound Mining
 
independently reviewed
 
the database,
geological models, estimation methodology and
 
classification criteria. Sound Mining concluded
 
that the estimations are based on
 
a suitable database
of reliable information and that no material issues were found which could affect the overall estimate.
The exploration
 
database is comprised
 
of analytical data
 
from reliable
 
laboratory assays
 
of samples obtained
 
from sampling and
 
drilling programs
based on industry best
 
practice. The drillhole grid spacing
 
is comparatively close for typical TSF
 
drilling programs and the entire
 
depth of each TSF was
sampled. The data density is
 
considered sufficient to assure continuity of mineralization and
 
structure and provides an adequate basis
 
for estimation.
The exploration database was imported into DataMineTM Studio 3 software and data
 
validation was undertaken to ensure the integrity and validity
of the imported
 
data. The samples
 
for Driefontein
 
3 TSF
 
and Driefontein 5
 
TSFs represent
 
3.0m composite samples
 
and not 1.5m
 
composites. The
samples from all
 
of the other
 
TSFs were
 
1.5m in length.
 
The end of
 
the drillhole sample, where
 
it contained footwall
 
material, was
 
separated into
tailings and footwall material and treated separately by the laboratory.
Ordinary Kriging was undertaken for
 
the gold grade estimation which allows
 
for testing of the accuracy
 
and efficiency of the estimation.
 
Due to the
construction of the TSFs
 
and potential gold
 
remobilization, a spatial
 
grade distribution was
 
anticipated and since
 
Kriging is based
 
on modelling the
spatial variances within an orebody, it was considered the most reliable and accurate methodology for the task.
The economic assessment provided in this TRS demonstrates positive margins and confirms reasonable prospects for eventual
 
economic extraction.
The applied Mineral
 
Resource classification is
 
a function of
 
the confidence of
 
the asset tenure
 
and the entire
 
process from drilling,
 
sampling, geological
understanding and geostatistical relationships. The latest Mineral Resources are all in the Measured category (Table C).
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
18
Table C: Mineral Resource Estimate for FWGR as at 30 June 2022
TSF
Volume
('000m
3
)
Density
(t/m
3
)
Quantity
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Content
(t)
Content
(koz)
Driefontein 5
5,685
1.42
8.07
0.48
3.85
124
Driefontein 3
35,540
1.42
50.47
0.47
23.71
762
Kloof 1
19,931
1.42
28.30
0.33
9.20
296
Libanon
52,351
1.42
74.34
0.27
20.23
650
Venterspost North
38,954
1.42
55.31
0.27
15.16
487
Venterspost South
9,068
1.42
12.88
0.33
4.24
136
Total Mineral Resource Estimate
161,529
1.42
229.37
0.33
76.39
2,456
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
Notes:
 
Apparent computational errors
 
due to rounding
 
These Mineral Resources are stated
 
inclusive of Mineral Reserves
 
Mineral Resources, if stated
 
exclusive of Mineral Reserves,
 
would equate to zero
 
In situ Mineral Resource estimate
 
reported according to S-K 1300 requirements
 
No geological losses applied
1.7.
 
Mineral Reserve Estimates
A LoM plan and mining schedule was developed by FWGR as outlined in Item 13.2. The LoM plan was tested for economic viability in the DCF model
which indicated a positive cashflow through to the end of LoM.
The
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
were
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
requirements
 
of
 
S-K
 
1300
 
(Table
 
D).
 
No
 
mining
 
losses
 
or
 
dilution
 
are
 
applied
 
in
determining the Mineral Reserve
 
estimates because the TSFs are
 
re-mined and re-processed in
 
their entirety. All other modifying
 
factors are captured
in the mine design together with all of the associated technical aspects that inform the capital and operating cost estimates.
FWGR’s six TSF assets convert to a total Mineral Reserve of 229.37Mt with a gold content of 76.39t.
Table D: S-K 1300 Compliant Mineral Reserve Estimate as at 30 June 2022
TSF
Volume
('000m
3
)
Density
(t/m
3
)
Quantity
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Content
(t)
Content
(koz)
Driefontein 5
5,685
1.42
8.07
0.48
3.85
124
Driefontein 3
35,540
1.42
50.47
0.47
23.71
762
Kloof 1
19,931
1.42
28.30
0.33
9.20
296
Libanon
52,351
1.42
74.34
0.27
20.23
650
Venterspost North
38,954
1.42
55.32
0.27
15.16
487
Total Proved Mineral Reserve
152,461
1.42
216.49
0.33
72.15
2,320
Venterspost South
9,068
1.42
12.88
0.33
4.24
136
Total Probable Mineral Reserve
9,068
1.42
12.88
0.33
4.24
136
Total Mineral Reserve Estimate
161,529
1.42
229.37
0.33
76.39
2,456
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
Notes:
 
Apparent computational errors
 
due to rounding and are not considered
 
significant
 
Mineral Reserves are reported using
 
a dry density of 1.42t/m
3
 
and at the head grade on delivery to the plant
 
The Mineral Reserves constitute
 
the feed to the gold plants
 
The Mineral Reserves are stated
 
at a price of ZAR914,294.00/kg
 
A cut-off grade of 0.15g/t is applicable to the
 
FWGR LoM plan
 
Although stated separately,
 
the Mineral Resources are inclusive
 
of Mineral Reserves
 
Venterspost South
 
TSF is classified as a Probable Mineral Reserve
 
due to some uncertainty regarding
 
the processing recovery
 
Uranium has been excluded in the Mineral
 
Reserve estimate as it is not being recovered
 
by FWGR
 
Grade and quantity measurements are
 
reported in metric units (Mt) rounded
 
to two decimal places
 
The input studies are to a PFS level
 
of accuracy
 
The
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
estimates
 
contained
 
herein
 
may
 
be
 
subject
 
to
 
legal,
 
political,
 
environmental
 
or
 
other
 
risks
 
that
 
could
 
materially
 
affect
 
the
 
potential
development of such Mineral Reserves
1.8.
 
Mine Design and Mine Plan
FWGR exploits TSFs
 
through hydro-mining
 
using high-pressure jets
 
of water
 
to dislodge tailings
 
material or move
 
sediment for transportation
 
as a
slurry to processing plants. The hydro-mining removes the tailings material from the top of a TSF to the natural ground level in 15m layers (Figure F).
Figure F: Mining Methodology
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p19i1
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p19i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
19
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
A safe bench height is dependent
 
upon the material strength which is influenced by
 
the phreatic surface within a dump. The
 
TSFs have been dormant
for a number of years and so the phreatic surface is
 
expected to be well below the surface of the dumps. The
 
drilling program to define the Mineral
Resource did not encounter saturated zones or phreatic surfaces and so the risk of slope failure or liquefaction is low.
Horizontal benches of 100m to 200m, inclusive of the face angles (45° to 50°), are created to maintain safe working distances between simultaneous
operations at different bench elevations (Figure G).
Figure G: Mining Widths
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
Hydro-mining and the re-deposition of
 
tailings is a specialized activity, and is outsourced
 
to competent and experienced service providers. The
 
hydro-
mining performance assumptions
 
used for the
 
LoM planning are
 
based on the
 
current reclamation operations
 
where the method
 
has been successfully
“tried and tested“.
The operating cost and capital
 
expenditure assumptions are supported by
 
actual operational figures rather
 
than being only based on computations
from
 
“zero
 
based”
 
cost
 
models
 
or
 
feasibility
 
studies.
 
Similarly,
 
the
 
equipment
 
requirements,
 
manning
 
complements
 
and
 
necessary
 
supporting
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p20i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
20
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2023
2025
2027
2029
2031
2033
2035
2037
2039
2041
Financial Year
Gold Content (kg)
Production (Mt)
Financial Year
Driefontein No 5 Dump
Driefontein No 3 Dump
Kloof 1
Libanon
Venterspost North
Venterspost South
 
Gold Content
infrastructure, in terms
 
of water and power
 
supply, are
 
well understood by
 
FWGR. There have
 
been no untested
 
technical assumptions made with
regards to the mining design criteria.
The cost and
 
maintenance of the
 
mining equipment, and
 
employees are paid
 
for by the
 
mining contractors.
 
The pipeline and
 
pumping design and
associated capital expenditure estimate has been undertaken by independent specialists familiar with the mining operations.
Specific mining schedules were developed for each TSF based on the grade distribution of the Mineral Resource block models.
 
These schedules were
integrated into a production plan that exhausts FWGR’s current Mineral Reserves (Graph A).
Graph A: LoM Production Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
Given the nature of the
 
hydraulic mining operation, no selective
 
mining, other than very broad rejection
 
of sections of the TSFs,
 
is possible and the
mine scheduling has
 
shown that this
 
is unnecessary.
 
No geotechnical constraints
 
have been
 
applied and hydrological
 
aspects affecting
 
the surface
deposits are not
 
significant to
 
the operation. A
 
mining contractor
 
using its own
 
equipment (i.e., “mining
 
units”) is responsible
 
for the
 
reclamation
activities, and so no provision has been made in the initial capital estimate for mining equipment.
Sound Mining is satisfied that the LoM schedule is reasonable and appropriate for the operation.
1.9.
 
Process and Recovery Methods
Sound Mining is of
 
the opinion that there
 
is sufficient test work
 
available to support the
 
metallurgical performance anticipated
 
for the current
 
and
future processing facilities. The LoM plan relies on the currently operating DP2 processing plant (~600ktpm) and an expansion thereof to 1,200ktpm.
FWGRs Phase 1 entailed a modification and
 
refurbishment of the old DP2 plant to
 
accommodate a nameplate throughput of 600ktpm,
 
albeit that a
constraint currently exists
 
with the
 
prevailing deposition capacity
 
of 500ktpm for
 
new arisings
 
onto the Driefontein
 
4 TSF. While at
 
current depositional
rates, the plan
 
is to exhaust
 
the storage
 
capacity of this TSF
 
by the end
 
of 2025, however,
 
it may be
 
possible for FWGR
 
to exceed
 
this capacity for
some years thereafter by continuing to deposit new arisings but at a materially reduced rate.
A detailed
 
design to
 
expand
 
DP2 to
 
accommodate a
 
throughput of
 
1.2Mtpm
 
was
 
prepared by
 
external
 
specialists with
 
appropriate
 
capital
 
cost
estimates. There
 
is no
 
change to
 
the process
 
flow and
 
the QP
 
is satisfied
 
that the
 
metallurgical characterization
 
of the
 
TSFs has
 
been sufficiently
catered for in the design. These were reviewed by Sound Mining and are considered to be appropriate and in-line with industry standards.
1.10.
 
Infrastructure
Sound
 
Mining
 
has
 
inspected
 
the
 
existing
 
infrastructure
 
which
 
comprises
 
DP2,
 
the
 
Driefontein
 
4
 
TSF,
 
and
 
all
 
associated
 
pumping
 
and
 
piping
installations.
 
The
 
QP
 
is
 
of
 
the
 
opinion
 
that
 
this
 
infrastructure
 
has
 
been
 
correctly
 
planned,
 
properly
 
installed
 
to
 
date,
 
fully
 
functional
 
and
 
well
maintained.
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p21i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
21
Electricity is currently
 
supplied from
 
Eskom’s
 
132kV and 44kV
 
grid to various
 
Sibanye owned
 
gold mines in
 
the vicinity of
 
FWGR’s
 
operations. The
power requirement of FWGR
 
remains within the current
 
surplus capacity to the Driefontein,
 
Kloof and Cooke and
 
mining complexes. Power
 
supply
remains a material risk to all mining operations in South Africa including FWGRs operations.
A closed water system has been designed to avoid having to treat water or having to discharge into surface water
 
courses (Figure H).
Figure H: TSF Location, Make-up Water Shafts, Processing Plants and Pipeline Layouts
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
Water use licenses
 
are available for the
 
pumping of water
 
from underground workings
 
at Kloof 10
 
shaft and Driefontein 10
 
shaft, and the
 
consumption
planned from these shafts will not exceed the pumping rates approved in the respective WULs. Water will also be reclaimed from the Leeudoorn
 
TSF
and RTSF in due course and
 
Sound Mining is satisfied that there is more
 
than enough water to meet the requirements
 
of the operation as currently
planned.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p22i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
22
The hydro-mining,
 
reprocessing and re-deposition
 
of tailings material
 
requires a network
 
of pipes. Slurry
 
pipelines will be
 
needed from
 
the hydro-
mining sites at the TSFs to DP2 and tailings pipelines from DP2
 
to the respective deposition facilities. High pressure water pipelines are necessary to
supply the mining operations while separate low-pressure
 
water pipes are needed for
 
returning water to DP2
 
from water dams at the various
 
TSFs.
These have all been adequately designed and included in the LoM planning.
FWGR requires the RTSF to ensure adequate storage facilities for the long-term deposition
 
of all tailings arising from FWGR operations. It
 
will be built
on Transvaal
 
Supergroup lithology (Figure
 
D), to mitigate
 
any risk of
 
dolomite related sink
 
holes. The design and
 
cost estimate caters
 
for a storage
capacity of 800Mt
 
and a
 
potential disposal
 
rate of
 
up to
 
2.4Mtpm.
 
It will
 
cover an
 
area of
 
approximately 1,000ha
 
with a
 
final top
 
surface area
 
of
around 600ha at a maximum height of 100m. The selected site of approximately 1,500ha is shown in Figure I.
Figure I: RTSF Layout
Source:
 
Beric Robertson Tailings,
 
2020
A key design consideration has
 
been the management of
 
ground water through the
 
use of a scavenger
 
well system that will capture
 
and recycle future
leachable pollution plumes. In the context of risk, this is believed to be a viable solution to
 
a previously considered geomembrane barrier approach.
The permitting for
 
this site has
 
been approved
 
based on the
 
initial design with
 
the geomembrane
 
barrier and FWGR
 
are pursuing
 
approval of
 
the
more recent scavenger well design.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
23
Sound Mining is
 
of the opinion
 
that the selected
 
site is appropriate
 
for the intended
 
construction and operation
 
of the RTSF and
 
endorses the proposed
scavenger well solution for ground water as this can provide a sustainable solution to the RTSF’s future plume management requirements.
FWGR
 
have
 
received
 
in
 
principle
 
permission
 
from
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
to
 
co-deposit
 
tailings
 
on
 
the
 
Leeudoorn
 
TSF.
 
This
 
will
 
allow
 
FWGR
 
to
 
increase
production to 750ktpm while also mitigating
 
against the risk of an interruption
 
to the planned production in the
 
event that the approval
 
sought for
the RTSF is delayed. The depositional requirements for the new
 
arisings will now be shared between the Driefontein 4 TSF
 
and Leeudoorn TSF, until
such a time that the RTSF is approved, constructed and ready to receive these new arisings.
In
 
addition, FWGR
 
have
 
commissioned further
 
study
 
work
 
on the
 
RTSF
 
design to
 
investigate
 
the potential
 
for
 
the soil
 
conditions at
 
this
 
site
 
to
accommodate the compaction
 
of the associated
 
clay layer to act as
 
an alternative or additional
 
barrier system in support
 
of the scavenger well
 
design.
1.11.
 
Market Studies
Gold is a precious
 
metal, refined and
 
sold as bullion on
 
the international market.
 
It is traded globally
 
on financial markets almost
 
continuously and
traditionally used for jewelry, bartering or storing wealth. Aside from the gold holdings of central banks, current uses of gold include jewelry, private
investment, dentistry, medicine and technology (Table E).
Table E: Above Ground Gold Stocks in 2022
Description
Quantity
(t)
Contribution
(%)
Jewelry
94,464
46.0%
Private Investment
45,456
22.2%
Bank Holdings
34,592
16.9%
Other
30,726
15.0%
Source:
 
World Gold Council, 2022
DRDGOLD has a long-standing
 
off take
 
agreement with the
 
Rand Refinery who
 
refine the gold
 
produced by FWGR.
 
DRDGOLD uses an agent
 
to sell
FWGR’s gold to South Africa bullion banks and once sold, Rand Refinery will transfer the gold to the purchasers’ bullion bank depository.
1.12.
 
Environmental Permitting
 
and Liability
A
 
review
 
of
 
the
 
environmental
 
status
 
was
 
undertaken
 
by
 
an
 
independent
 
environmental
 
specialist.
 
The
 
authorizations
 
required
 
for
 
the
 
“listed
activities” under NEMA, NEM:WA, NEM:AQA and NWA were reviewed in detail. EIA, EMPrs and environmental authorizations exist for the Kloof and
Driefontein mining areas. Areas
 
requiring amendments have been cited.
 
Environmental permitting is underway
 
and at an appropriate
 
stage for the
planned expansions.
 
There is
 
enough time
 
for approval
 
of amendment
 
applications and
 
no fatal
 
flaw exist
 
from a
 
compliance perspective.
 
Some
heritage and culturally significant areas have been identified and these are accommodated in the construction plans.
The activities of FWGR already contribute to the socio-economic environment on the West Rand. The operation will further
 
enhance the situation by
reducing unemployment and investing capital for an extended LoM which will contribute to the national GDP. The operation also provides long-term
positive impacts in
 
terms of employment
 
creation, skills development,
 
local procurement of goods
 
and services, as
 
well as local
 
and regional economic
development. The
 
Social Impact Assessment
 
notes that informal
 
settlements in close
 
proximity to the
 
operation may pose
 
a risk in
 
terms of community
stability. The
 
concerns of local
 
farmers may
 
also need to
 
be addressed. Sound
 
Mining believes that
 
these concerns can
 
be managed,
 
and that the
positive impacts will benefit the surrounding communities.
The
 
closure
 
liability
 
is
 
assessed
 
annually
 
to
 
maintain
 
environmental
 
compliance.
 
These
 
constitute
 
the
 
quantum
 
of
 
the
 
financial
 
obligation
 
and
guarantees
 
required by
 
the Department
 
of Mineral
 
Resources
 
and
 
Energy
 
(DMRE). They
 
have
 
been determined
 
on both
 
an
 
“unscheduled” and
“scheduled” basis. The unscheduled estimate is based on the costs of rehabilitating the TSFs in their present state without any mining activity having
taken place. The disclosure to the DMRE and the quantum of financial guarantees required is based on the unscheduled estimate.
The closure liability bank guarantees under Regulation 7 of the NEMA Financial Provision Regulations (2015) must ensure that the financial provision
is, at any
 
given time, equal
 
to the
 
sum of the
 
actual costs
 
of implementing the
 
plans for
 
a period of
 
at least
 
ten years
 
forthwith (this
 
includes the
annual rehabilitation, final, decommissioning and
 
closure plans). This figure is required
 
to be updated annually and adjusted. In the
 
case of the FWGR
the annual updates will
 
show reduced amounts
 
as the tailing’s
 
facilities decrease to
 
only footprint rehabilitation.
 
The scheduled estimate
 
assumes
that mining takes place and that the final rehabilitation will be confined to rehabilitation of the TSF footprints and the RTSF.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
24
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
20232024202520262027202820292030203120322033203420352036203720382039204020412042
ZAR M
Guardrisk has issued financial guarantees in
 
favor of the DMRE
 
of ZAR169.0 M. An amount
 
of ZAR444.1 M is also
 
invested in Guardrisk Cell
 
Captive
under a ring-fenced environmental rehabilitation
 
policy. The financial guarantees
 
and funds held with the Guardrisk Cell Captive
 
(30 June 2022) are
sufficient to cover the 2022 estimated unscheduled liability of ZAR309.69 M as estimated for the operation.
1.13.
 
Capital Expenditure and Operating
 
Costs
The capital and
 
operating cost estimates
 
used to examine
 
the viability of the
 
estimated Mineral Reserve
 
were informed by
 
current operations and
recent feasibility
 
study work
 
(i.e., 2020
 
and 2021)
 
on processing,
 
the RTSF
 
and associated
 
pumping and
 
piping infrastructure.
 
The operating
 
cost
estimates are supported by actual on mine invoices
 
received and paid, while the capital estimates have
 
been determined using unit rates (obtained
from quotations or bench marked against recent installations) and design quantities.
Although the previous feasibility study work was
 
in most instances to a definitive level of accuracy, the estimates are no longer current
 
and therefore
deemed to be at a
 
preliminary feasibility level of accuracy
 
(i.e., +/-25%). Where necessary estimates have
 
been appropriately inflated to
 
June 2022
real terms and Sound Mining has included a 15% contingency on all costs to reflect the confidence expected for a PFS level of study.
An annual Stay-in-Business (SiB) provision of ZAR8.7 M is considered until 2030 after which it is increased
 
to ZAR16.0 M for the rest of the LoM. This
provision covers maintenance and
 
the replacement of equipment
 
across the operation. The
 
Guardrisk Cell Captive exceeds
 
the current environmental
liability and
 
so no
 
additional provision
 
has been
 
made in
 
the capital
 
estimate.
 
Graph B
 
presents the
 
annual capital
 
expenditure forecast
 
for the
operation.
Graph B: Capital Expenditure Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Early capital will be required to
 
access the Leeudoorn TSF,
 
whereafter, DP2 will be
 
expanded (i.e., FY2025 and FY2026). The RTSF is scheduled to
 
be
constructed over four years (i.e., FY2027 to FY2030) with the
 
remaining capital expenditure largely earmarked for piping and pumping
 
infrastructure.
The DP2 operating cost estimate (Table F) are based on the actual costs being incurred by the current operation. Economies of scale were taken
 
into
consideration by applying a factor to the escalated budget as DP2 increases its throughput.
Table F: Average DP2 Operating Cost over LoM
Description
Unit Costs
(ZAR/t)
Salaries and Wages
10.40
Contractors
8.89
Reagents
20.63
Other Engineering Stores
6.20
Electricity
15.56
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
25
Water
0.46
Machine Hire
1.51
Other
8.15
Other Corporate Costs
3.23
Contingency (15%)
10.20
DP2 Operating Costs
85.23
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022; and FWGR, 2020
A contingency of 15% was included for the assessment of economic viability.
1.14.
 
Economic Assessment
A Discounted Cashflow
 
(DCF) modelling approach
 
was adopted to
 
assess the economic
 
viability of the Mineral
 
Reserves as stated.
 
Considering the
stage
 
of development
 
of the
 
operation
 
and the
 
uncertainties of
 
future global
 
economics, as
 
well
 
as exchange
 
rate,
 
interest
 
rate
 
and gold
 
price
uncertainties, a real
 
DCF model is
 
deemed more appropriate
 
than a nominal
 
DCF model. The
 
DCF model was
 
generated in June 2022
 
real South African
Rand (ZAR) terms and
 
is based on the revenue
 
forecast, associated capital and operating cost forecasts, and
 
on appropriate and reasonable economic
assumptions (Table G).
Table G: Inputs to the DCF Model
Description
Quantum
Unit
Key Dates
Money Terms
30 June 2022
Phase Description
Phase 2 Includes:
DP2 Expansion
Mtpm
1.2
LoM
Phase 2
Years
20
Contingencies
Contingency
%
15%
Gold Price
ZAR/USD
ZAR/USD
15.60
USD/oz Gold
USD/oz
1,823
ZAR/kg Gold
ZAR/kg
914,294
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022; and FWGR, 2022
These assumptions are based on information received from FWGR and from the various consultants who contributed to the Mineral Resources, LoM
planning and technical
 
study work that
 
underpin this Mineral
 
Reserve estimate.
 
The economic assessment
 
assumes a 100%
 
equity-based business
and does not consider the effect
 
of working capital changes. The
 
QP is satisfied with the quality
 
of this information, including the revenue
 
and cost
forecasts, and considers the inputs to the DCF model to constitute an overall PFS level of accuracy (i.e., +/-25%).
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
26
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
20232024202520262027202820292030203120322033203420352036203720382039204020412042
Gold Sold (kg)
Financial Year
The revenue forecast is a function of gold sales and the pricing assumptions used for the economic analysis. The commissioning of an expanded DP2
enables an increase in gold sales (Graph C).
The revenue forecast is a function of gold sales and the pricing assumptions used for the economic assessment. The following processing recoveries,
which are supported by test
 
work and current plant performance data, were
 
applied to the material from
 
the respective TSFs to compute the amount
of gold sold:
●
49.8% for Driefontein 5 TSF material;
●
56.6% for Driefontein 3 TSF material;
●
50.5% for Kloof 1 TSF material;
●
47.2% Libanon TSF material;
●
62.5% for Venterspost South TSF material; and
●
54.7% for Venterspost North TSF material.
The expansion of DP2 facilitates an increase in gold sales over time (Graph C).
Graph C: Gold Sales Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Processing throughput can continue after 2042 when the available TSFs
 
are likely to be incorporated into
 
the operation. At this stage, the economic
assessment has
 
only considered
 
the depletion
 
of the
 
TSFs
 
that comprise
 
the current
 
Mineral Reserves.
 
The gold
 
sold from
 
these TSFs
 
equate to
approximately 1.3Moz.
The real revenue forecast relies
 
on a gold price
 
of ZAR914,294 (i.e., USD1,823/oz
 
at ZAR15.60/USD). Taxes would be determined
 
using the gold mining
tax formula with all unredeemed capital taken into account. The assets are part
 
of the ongoing business of FWGR, which
 
is not subject to the Mineral
and Petroleum
 
Resources Royalty
 
Act, 2008
 
(Act No. 28
 
of 2008) and
 
so the royalty
 
formula for unrefined
 
metals was
 
not included in the
 
revenue
determination.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p27i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
27
-1,000
-500
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
20232024202520262027202820292030203120322033203420352036203720382039204020412042
NPV
10
(ZAR M)
Financial Year
Post Tax Discounted Cashflow
Cumulative Cashflow
Graph D presents the post-tax cashflow for an operation that excludes the benefits that would eventually be derived from the available TSFs.
Graph D: Post-tax Discounted Cashflows
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The cumulative post-tax cashflows over
 
the LoM remain positive.
 
When assuming a discount
 
rate of 10% for the
 
unleveraged operation, a Net Present
Value (NPV) of ZAR2.32 Billion is computed.
The achievability of the LoM plans, budgets and forecasts cannot be assured as they are based on
 
economic assumptions, many of which are beyond
the control of the company. Future cashflows and profits derived from such forecasts are inherently uncertain and actual results may be significantly
more or less favorable. The technical
 
risks as identified by Sound Mining are provided in
 
Item 12.1. These and other environmental risks
 
can impact
the anticipated revenue and cost forecasts and accordingly have been assessed against upside or downside changes of between -20% and +20%. The
consequential potential impacts are presented in Table H and are illustrated graphically in Graph E.
Table H: Sensitivity of Post-tax NPV
Variance
NPV
10
(ZAR Billion)
80%
90%
100%
110%
120%
Revenue (ZAR Billion)
0.12
1.23
2.32
3.36
4.41
Capital Expenditure (ZAR Billion)
3.11
2.71
2.32
1.92
1.53
Operating Costs (ZAR Billion)
3.81
3.06
2.32
1.57
0.83
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p28i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p28i1
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
28
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
80%
90%
100%
110%
120%
NPV
10
(ZAR M)
Net Revenue
Capital Expenditure
Operating Costs
-1,000
-500
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
NPV
10
(ZAR M)
Financial Year
Post Tax Discounted Cashflow
Cumulative Cashflow
Graph E shows that changes to the revenue forecast will impact margins the most.
Graph E: Sensitivity to Expected Revenue and Costs
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Table I shows the materiality of changes in the gold price.
Table I: Sensitivity of Gold Price
Gold Price
ZAR/kg
700,000
800,000
900,000
1,000,000
1,100,000
NPV (ZAR Billion)
(0.27)
0.96
2.15
3.30
4.45
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The operation is economically viable above
 
a gold price of ZAR721,264/kg.
 
The impact of changes to the
 
operating cost forecast is materially less, and
any variance in capital expenditure being relatively insensitive.
As a final
 
sensitivity, the
 
QP has tested
 
the impact of
 
FWGR having
 
to revert
 
to the use
 
of a synthetic
 
liner for
 
the RTSF
 
as opposed to
 
the design
currently included in the LoM plan. The impact of this expenditure on the discounted post-tax cashflows is shown in Graph F.
Graph F: Post-tax Discounted Cashflows (including liner)
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
29
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The NPV
10
 
still returns a positive number of ZAR1.58 Billion, albeit the overall margins are reduced.
The QP is satisfied that the Mineral Reserves as
 
stated are all economically viable. Indeed, the economic assessment
 
of viability includes substantial
additional capital for a growing business while not capturing the potential benefits of the envisaged long term revenue potential.
1.15.
 
Concluding Comments
Despite the usual existence
 
of environmental, political,
 
social and infrastructural risks
 
the QP’s are
 
satisfied that the FWGR
 
operation is a relatively
low risk business in the context of the broader South African mining industry.
FWGR’s legal tenure is underpinned by
 
the amended EMPs and
 
access and usage rights
 
to exploit the moveable
 
assets. The assets held
 
by FWGR were
acquired from Sibanye Gold Limited,
 
a subsidiary of
 
Sibanye-Stillwater Limited, in a transaction
 
in which common law
 
ownership was established over
the various
 
TSFs containing
 
the Mineral
 
Resources and
 
Mineral Reserves.
 
A Use
 
and Access
 
Agreement with
 
Sibanye Gold
 
articulates the
 
various
rights, permits and
 
licenses held by
 
Sibanye Gold
 
in terms of
 
which FWGR
 
operates, pending
 
the transfer
 
to FWGR
 
of those that
 
are transferable.
FWGR conducts its activities inter
 
alia in accordance with
 
Environmental Approvals
 
(EAs) and the provisions
 
of the Mine Health and
 
Safety Act and
regulations.
Most of the land on which the RTSF
 
is to be constructed has been purchased by
 
FWGR with a final outstanding property secured through
 
an option
agreement.
The drilling, sampling, analytical processes and governance of the exploration programs are appropriate and in-line with industry best practice. They
are considered to be
 
of high confidence. The
 
density used to determine quantities
 
from volumes has been
 
determined from both in
 
situ measured
values and
 
empirical data
 
and is
 
considered reliable.
 
The QPs
 
conclude that
 
the estimations
 
are based
 
on a
 
suitable database
 
of code
 
compliant
information.
TSFs constructed from the
 
tailings of Witwatersrand gold
 
mining operations have been successfully
 
and economically exploited for several
 
decades
and the geotechnical and geometallurgical characteristics are well understood from experience and from test
 
work on the FWGR assets themselves.
Notwithstanding the risks
 
identified herein, which
 
can be managed,
 
no material factors
 
of a geotechnical
 
or geometallurgical nature,
 
for example,
have been identified that would have a significant effect on the prospects for eventual economic extraction.
The
 
DP2
 
plant
 
has
 
performed
 
in-line
 
with
 
expectations
 
and
 
the
 
design
 
for
 
its
 
expansion
 
to
 
1.2Mtpm
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
representative
 
and
 
adequate
metallurgical test
 
work. The
 
mass balance
 
for the
 
plant is
 
appropriate. Scrutiny
 
of the
 
LoM plan
 
reveals that
 
recoveries currently
 
being achieved
coincide with expectations from metallurgical test
 
work and that the quantities and grades
 
reported are consistent with forecasts
 
from the Mineral
Resource estimation.
New
 
arisings
 
will
 
eventually
 
be
 
stored
 
in
 
the
 
RTSF
 
which
 
will
 
have
 
excess
 
capacity
 
from
 
both
 
a
 
depositional
 
rate
 
(2.4Mtpm)
 
and
 
final
 
capacity
perspective (800Mt). All the necessary infrastructure requirements have been reviewed and
 
are considered appropriate. Sound Mining has reviewed
the design for the RTSF prepared by FWGR’s specialists and has concluded that the detailed design report provides the framework and guidelines for
the future safe development of the RTSF.
The estimated capital expenditure
 
and operational costs are
 
aligned with actual
 
operational data from current operations
 
and considered appropriate
and in-line with industry standards.
The operation is
 
robust, the Mineral
 
Reserves are economically
 
viable, and the QP
 
considers the LoM
 
plan to be
 
sufficient for the
 
Mineral Reserve
estimate. The QPs
 
note the necessity
 
for FWGR to
 
acquire the necessary regulatory
 
approvals for
 
the RTSF timeously
 
to achieve the
 
production as
forecast.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p30i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
30
2.
 
INTRODUCTION
Item 2 - (i); (ii); (iii); (iv) and (v)
DRDGOLD Limited (DRDGOLD)
 
is a tailings retreatment
 
company located near Johannesburg,
 
South Africa. It
 
has a primary
 
listing on the Johannesburg
Stock Exchange (JSE) and a secondary listing on the New York Stock Exchange
 
(NYSE). The DRDGOLD operations are comprised of two wholly owned
entities covering their East Rand (east of Johannesburg) and far West
 
Rand (far west of Johannesburg) businesses. The East Rand operations are run
by Ergo Mining (Proprietary) Limited
 
(Ergo) and the West rand operations by Far West Gold Recoveries (Proprietary) Limited
 
(FWGR). FWGR currently
own six Tailings
 
Storage Facilities (TSFs)
 
with additional TSFs, although not owned by
 
FWGR, potentially available in
 
the area for future
 
reclamation
(Available TSFs).
This Technical Report
 
Summary (TRS) was prepared for
 
DRDGOLD as the registrant.
 
It has been compiled to
 
align with the requirements of
 
Subpart
1300 of Regulation S-K under the
 
U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
(Regulation S-K) and Item
 
601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K (Item 601(b)(96)) (S-K
1300). It is
 
a first submission
 
to the Securities
 
Exchange Commission (SEC)
 
and presents
 
DRDGOLD’s Mineral Resources and
 
Mineral Reserves of
 
FWGR.
FWGR completed various studies to examine the techno economic merits of a phased approach to expanding the current operations:
●
Phase 1 is the current operations which
 
involved upgrading the Driefontein
 
Processing Plant 2 (DP2) to process tailings
 
from the closest TSF at
 
a
planned throughput of around 500ktpm. This Phase was
 
successfully commissioned and the operation reached steady state
 
production in 2019;
and
●
Phase 2 involves building additional processing capacity through the expansion of DP2 rather
 
than the construction of a Central Processing Plant
(CPP) which will
 
remain part of FWGR’s strategic options.
 
The DP2 expansion
 
will facilitate an eventual DP2
 
throughput of 1.2Mtpm.
 
Only 750ktpm
of this capacity
 
will be utilized
 
from January 2026
 
to December 2029
 
because of the
 
prevailing depositional constraints.
 
The new arisings
 
(i.e.,
retreated tailings) will initially be
 
redeposited onto the Driefontein 4
 
TSF (at 250ktpm) and
 
the Leeudoorn TSF (at
 
500ktpm) between January
 
2026
and December 2029, whereafter a
 
newly constructed Regional Tailings
 
Storage Facility (RTSF)
 
will be commissioned in 2030.
 
The RTSF will have
sufficient storage
 
capacity to also
 
accommodate new
 
arisings at
 
a rate
 
of 1.2Mtpm from
 
the mining of
 
available TSFs
 
in the area
 
well into
 
the
future. Examples of these include the Driefontein 1 TSF,
 
Driefontein 2 TSF and Kloof 2 TSF,
 
which, once decommissioned are to be transferred to
FWGR from Sibanye Gold Limited (Sibanye Gold).
2.1.
 
Corporate Structure and Compliance
Figure 1 presents FWGR’s corporate structure.
Figure 1: DRDGOLD Corporate Structure
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
Sibanye Gold
 
owns a
 
50.1% shareholding
 
of DRDGOLD.
 
DRDGOLD’s non-public
 
ownership which
 
includes shareholding by
 
subsidiary,
 
Ergo Mining
Operations (Proprietary) Limited, of 0.8% and 0.1% shareholding by directors. Such shareholding is classified as non-public.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
31
2.2.
 
Purpose and Terms
 
of Reference (ToR)
FWGR commissioned Sound Mining
 
International SA (Proprietary) Limited (Sound Mining)
 
to compile a SEC S-K 1300
 
compliant TRS that describes the
Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates as at
 
30 June 2022. The document date
 
is 28 October 2022 and there
 
are no material chances in the
period between these dates.
 
The Qualified Person (QP)
 
has relied on information
 
provided by FWGR
 
for this purpose with respect
 
to legal matters
 
(Item 3), the gold
 
price (Item
16.1), environmental or social and labor planning aspects (Item 17) and economic assumptions (Item 19).
Sound Mining
 
is an
 
independent advisory
 
company.
 
The ToR
 
required an
 
independent technical
 
review of
 
FWGR in
 
order to
 
identify factors
 
of a
technical and strategic nature
 
that would influence the future
 
viability of the Mineral Reserves.
 
The review accords with
 
the principles of open and
transparent disclosure that are embodied in internationally accepted
 
Codes for Corporate Governance. It has been based
 
upon technical information
supplied by FWGR and its appointed consultants. The contractual agreement with FWGR, for the preparation of the TRS, was with Sound Mining and
not with the QP as an individual. The QPs provide independent opinions and conclusions throughout this TRS.
The estimation of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves is inherently subject to some level of uncertainty and inaccuracy, because they are based
on analytical results of samples
 
that commonly represent only a small portion
 
of a mineral deposit. The uncertainty of the
 
estimates, where material,
are explained in this TRS and are reflected in the choice of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve categories.
2.3.
 
Qualified Persons Declaration
 
and Qualifications
The signatories to this TRS are qualified to
 
express their professional opinions on the technical aspects and
 
value of the mineral assets described. The
technical and economic information provided
 
are correct to the best of the
 
QPs’ knowledge, having followed best endeavors. The QPs responsible
 
for
this TRS and the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserves as stated are:
●
Mr V Duke
 
is the designated
 
QP responsible for
 
the compilation and
 
reporting of FWGR’s Mineral
 
Reserves. He is
 
a partner
 
of Sound Mining
 
located
at 2A Fifth Avenue, Rivonia,
 
South Africa. He holds a B.Sc.
 
Mining Engineering (Hons.), is registered with
 
the Engineering Council of South Africa
(ECSA) and
 
is a
 
Fellow of
 
the Southern
 
African Institute
 
of Mining
 
and Metallurgy
 
(FSAIMM) (Membership
 
No.: 37179).
 
He has
 
over 35
 
years'
experience in the
 
minerals industry,
 
specializing in engineering
 
studies, due diligence
 
audits and valuations.
 
Mr Duke
 
has sufficient experience
that is relevant to the
 
style of mineralization and type of
 
deposit under consideration. The QP is recognized
 
by ECSA located at Lake
 
Office Park,
1st Floor, Waterview Corner Building, 2 Ernest Oppenheimer Avenue, Bruma, Johannesburg, South Africa;
●
Mrs D van
 
Buren is the designated
 
QP responsible for
 
the compilation and reporting
 
of FWGR’s
 
Mineral Resources. Mrs
 
van Buren who holds
 
a
B.Sc. (Hons.) in geology and is
 
registered with the South African
 
Council for Natural Scientific
 
Professions (Pr.
 
Sci. Nat. No.: 440107/14), and
 
the
Geological Society of South Africa (GSSA) located
 
on the corner of Carlow Road and Rustenburg Road, Auckland
 
Park, Johannesburg, South Africa.
She is a principal geologist with over twelve years' experience in mining, geology and consulting; and
●
Mr K Raine is the designated QP responsible for the compilation reporting of the environmental and permitting requirements of FWGR. Mr Raine
holds a B.Sc. (Hons.), B.Sc. (Zoology) and is registered with the South African Council for Natural
 
Scientific Professions (Pr.
 
Sci. Nat. No.: 114290).
He is
 
a consultant
 
with more
 
than ten
 
years’
 
experience in
 
mining projects,
 
environmental
 
legal
 
compliance, sustainability,
 
construction and
wildlife preservation.
 
The QP
 
is recognized
 
by the
 
South African
 
Council for
 
Natural Scientific
 
Professions (SACNASP)
 
located at
 
Management
Enterprise Building,
 
Mark Shuttleworth Street, Innovation Hub, Pretoria, Gauteng, South Africa.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
32
The QPs were assisted by the following specialists:
●
Mr M Nasiri - Mining Engineer for the mining and production scheduling;
●
Mr R Spargo - Metallurgist for the DP2 and RTSF;
●
Mr N Weeks - Geologist for the background and modelling of the Mineral Resource estimate;
●
Mr M Turnbull - Financial Modeler for the discounted cashflow (DCF) modelling.
The QPs also relied on reports from:
●
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited;
●
Beric Robinson Tailings (Proprietary) Limited (Beric Robinson Tailings); and
●
Digby Wells Environmental (South Africa) (Proprietary) Limited (Digby Wells).
Detailed references and sources of information and data contained in this TRS is presented in Item 24.
The Sound Mining QPs and other specialists visited FWGR in 2019, 2020 and 2022 and examined the operations
 
as shown in Table 1. During the site
visit, the infrastructure, TSFs and the proposed RTSF and DP2 sites were inspected.
Table 1: Personal Inspection
Professional
Site Visit
V Duke
Visited in 2019, 2020 and 2022 as a QP
D van Buren
Visited in 2019 and 2020 as a QP
K Raine
Visited in 2020 as a QP
M Nasiri
No site visit
R Spargo
Visited DP2 in 2020
N Weeks
Visited in 2020 and 2022
M Turnbull
Visited in 2020
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
2.4.
 
Units, Currencies and Survey Coordinate
 
System
The economic assessment in this TRS have all been carried out in South African Rands (ZAR). All other units
 
used in this TRS are defined in the text or
in the Glossary (Item 24). All references to tonnage are in metric tonnes; gold ounces (oz Au) are troy ounces (oz) and the conversion
 
factor used for
conversion to troy ounces is
 
31.10348. Unless explicitly
 
stated, all units presented in
 
this TRS are in the
 
Système Internationale (SI) - i.e.,
 
metric tonnes
(t), kilometers (km), metres (m),
 
and centimeters (cm). Throughout the technical studies relating
 
to the FWGR numerous acronyms
 
have been used
but for reporting purposes, the use of acronyms has been kept to a minimum, with the convention being definition of the acronym in the first usage.
However, where required throughout the document the full term may be used for clarity and ease of reading.
The coordinate system employed by the
 
surface surveys at the operation is
 
based on the Gauss
 
Conform Projection (UTM), Hartebeeshoek
 
94 Datum,
Ellipsoid WGS84,
 
Central Meridian
 
WG27. Some
 
regional scale
 
maps in
 
this Technical
 
Summary may
 
be referenced
 
with Latitude
 
and Longitude
coordinates for ease of reading.
2.5.
 
Political and Economic Climate
South Africa gained independence from Britain
 
on 31 May 1961, and
 
was declared a republic. From 1948
 
until 1990, the South African political and
legal systems were based upon the concept of apartheid. South Africa
 
became a constitutional democracy in 1994, and the
 
first democratic elections
brought an end
 
to apartheid
 
and ushered in
 
majority rule under
 
the African National
 
Congress (ANC) political
 
party, with a number
 
of different political
parties participating in the
 
elections. The country continues
 
to hold democratic, peaceful,
 
free and fair
 
elections, the last of
 
which was won by
 
the
ANC in 2019, who appointed Mr Cyril Ramaphosa as President.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
33
2.6.
 
Minerals Industry
South Africa has
 
a mature
 
minerals industry
 
developed from
 
gold and
 
diamond discoveries
 
in the
 
late 1800s.
 
It is
 
the world's
 
largest producer
 
of
platinum and chrome and ranks highly in the
 
production of diamonds, coal, iron ore, vanadium and base
 
metals. GDP generated by the South African
Mining industry has averaged ZAR223 Billion per quarter between 1993 and 2022, reaching an all-time
 
high of ZAR240 Billion in the fourth quarter of
2006 and a record low of ZAR147 Billion in the second quarter of 2020.
One of the greatest challenges associated with
 
the minerals and mining industry in
 
South Africa is the political instability, concerns over the reliability
of legal tenure, rising costs
 
of labor,
 
electricity, diesel and steel,
 
among other costs. Labor and community unrest
 
caused by low wages, particularly
among
 
contract
 
workers
 
and
 
under-resourced
 
communities has
 
proved
 
problematic
 
in recent
 
years
 
and
 
exacerbated
 
municipalities’ inability
 
to
provide adequate infrastructure to communities.
Other important concerns
 
for the mining
 
industry are the
 
effect of diseases (i.e.,
 
HIV/Aids and Covid-19) on
 
the workforce and
 
the recent downgrading
of the
 
country’s credit
 
risk rating
 
to junk
 
status. Although
 
the South
 
African political
 
system
 
has credibility,
 
the political
 
risk index,
 
indicates that
factors such as the
 
country’s high degree of
 
unionization, the threat of
 
industrial action and
 
the disruption to
 
economic activity are
 
a constant concern
to investors.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p8i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
34
3.
 
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
Item 3 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv), (v) and (vi)
3.1.
 
Property Location
The FWGR operations are
 
located in the
 
Gauteng province of South
 
Africa, approximately 70km
 
South West of
 
the city of Johannesburg
 
(Figure 2).
The operations can
 
be accessed from
 
Johannesburg by traveling
 
for approximately
 
one hour along
 
tarred roads.
 
The operations which
 
are located
between the latitudes and longitudes 26°32'34.90"S and 26° 5'32.68"S, and 27°24'6.49"E and 27°49'4.84"E,
 
and cover an area of 29,577.62ha.
Figure 2: Location of the FWGR Operations
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
FWGR is
 
located in
 
an area
 
with a
 
long history
 
of gold
 
mining and
 
as a
 
consequence the region
 
is disseminated
 
with TSFs
 
and supporting
 
mining
infrastructure. The operation’s infrastructure and current TSFs lie across two mining rights which stretch from Westonaria
 
to Carletonville (Figure 3).
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p35i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
35
Figure 3: FWGR Operations
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
3.2.
 
Legal Tenure
 
and Permitting
Sound Mining’s environmental
 
and permitting specialist has
 
undertaken a review
 
of the legal
 
aspects of the assets.
 
This review
 
has been based on
information provided by DRDGOLD and FWGR. DRDGOLD
 
is a subsidiary of Sibanye Gold and FWGR operates within
 
the extensive framework of legal
tenure held by Sibanye Gold.
3.3.
 
Material Agreements, Access and Surface
 
Rights
3.3.1.
 
Exchange Agreement
Sibanye Gold and
 
DRDGOLD signed an Exchange
 
Agreement on 22
 
November 2017. The
 
agreement contains terms
 
in connection with
FWGR which was
 
established specifically to
 
house the intended
 
TSF reclamation
 
activities. The agreement
 
provided that Sibanye
 
Gold
initially obtained a 38,05% stake in DRDGOLD in exchange
 
for the FWGR assets, with the option to increase it
 
to 50,1% by way of a cash
subscription.
 
Sibanye Gold currently holds a 50.1% equity in DRDGOLD meaning that Sibanye Gold is now the ultimate holding company
of FWGR.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
36
3.3.2.
 
Use and Access Agreement
A “Use and Access Agreement” signed in November 2017, grants FWGR the rights to following:
●
access to Kloof 10 shaft located in
 
the Kloof Mining Right area and Driefontein
 
10 shaft located in the Driefontein
 
Mining Right area
for the purpose of pumping and supplying the required quantities of water to FWGR;
●
agreements for the installation, supply and distribution of power;
●
existing and proposed pipeline routes;
●
servitudes, wayleaves and surface right permits; and
●
access to the Driefontein 1 Gold Plant.
The agreement stipulates that it will endure until the end of FWGR’s business and that FWGR is to give Sibanye
 
Gold at least 18 months’
prior written notice of the anticipated end of life of the business.
The surface rights agreements over
 
both the Driefontein and Kloof
 
Mining Rights (held by
 
Sibanye Gold) for the TSFs and
 
processing plant
sites are
 
adequate for
 
the current
 
Sibanye Gold
 
operations and
 
would therefore
 
also be
 
applicable to
 
FWGR's operations.
 
FWGR will
secure servitudes for all of its infrastructure located on Sibanye Gold land.
FWGR owns the majority of the land on which the RTSF will be constructed. FWGR has an option agreement with the landowner for the
purchase of
 
the remaining
 
land still
 
required for
 
the RTSF.
 
FWGR is
 
in the
 
process of
 
complying with
 
the requirements
 
of the
 
Spatial
Planning and Land Use
 
Management Act, 2016 (Act
 
No. 13 of 2016)
 
(SPLUMA) and is having
 
the land rezoned from agricultural
 
use to that
of mining.
3.3.3.
 
Leeudoorn Agreement
The QP has had sight of a document describing DRDGOLD’s requirement with regard to the use of the Leeudoorn TSF for a period to the
point that the RTSF is commissioned (i.e.,
 
2030). This document also initiated negotiations
 
between DRDGOLD and Sibanye Gold for such
access to the Leeudoorn TSF which at this stage, will remain the property of Sibanye Gold. Accordingly,
 
the associated liabilities will also
remain with Sibanye Gold.
3.4.
 
Permitting
The permitting associated with the different Mining Right (MR) areas (Figure 4) are commented on below.
The minerals in tailings
 
fall outside the
 
definition of ‘mineral’ in
 
the Mineral and
 
Petroleum Resources Development
 
Act’ (MPRDA), where a
 
MR as
defined in this act is
 
technically not a requirement,
 
and the operations of
 
FWGR are conducted in terms
 
of Environmental Authorizations
 
(“EA”). In
2016, Sibanye
 
Gold applied
 
and received
 
an EA
 
which incorporated
 
an Environmental
 
Impact Assessment
 
(EIA) and
 
Environmental Management
Programs report (EMPr)
 
for their West Rand
 
Tailings Retreatment Project (WRTRP). FWGR
 
applied to the
 
Department of Mineral
 
Resources and Energy
(DMRE) for
 
Sibanye Gold’s
 
EAs to
 
be transferred
 
to FWGR.
 
As part
 
of its
 
expansion plans,
 
FWGR will
 
be required
 
to make
 
similar applications
 
for
appropriate EAs.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p37i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
37
Figure 4: Sibanye Gold Mining Rights
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
3.4.1.
 
Driefontein Operational Area
The
 
DMRE
 
granted
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
an
 
EA
 
under
 
the
 
2014
 
EIA
 
Regulations
 
(GNR
 
983
 
and
 
GNR
 
984)
 
(the
 
2014
 
Regulations)
 
on
11 May 2018. The approval is recorded in GP 30/5/1/2/3/2/1 (51) EM.
Driefontein MR:
 
a new order
 
MR (GP 30/5/1/2/2/51MR)
 
was issued in
 
2007 and
 
is valid until
 
January 2037 and
 
covers 9,490.62ha. Sibanye
Gold is entitled to mine all declared material situated within this MR and has all the necessary statutory requirements in place.
3.4.2.
 
Kloof Operational Area
In 2016, Sibanye Gold also applied for
 
an Integrated Environmental
 
Authorization (IEA) which includes a waste
 
management license for
Kloof
 
to
 
undertake
 
various
 
listed
 
activities,
 
which
 
the
 
DMRE
 
equally
 
granted
 
on
 
11
 
May
 
2018.
 
The
 
grant
 
is
 
recorded
 
under
 
GP
30/5/1/2/3/2/1 (66) EM and the
 
IEA remains valid until the end
 
of Life-of-Mine (LoM). This IEA was transferred to FWGR in January
 
2022.
Kloof MR:
 
a new order
 
MR (GP 30/5/1/2/2/66MR)
 
issued in 2007,
 
is valid
 
until 2027 and
 
covers 20,087ha.
 
Sibanye Gold is
 
entitled to
mine all declared material falling within this MR and has all the necessary statutory requirements in place.
Two Section 102 amendments were submitted in 2015 to
 
extend the Kloof MR to include the Venterspost North, Venterspost South TSFs
and RTSF.
 
The Section 102
 
amendment for
 
Venterspost
 
North and
 
Venterspost
 
South TSFs
 
was granted
 
at the
 
end of 2021.
 
The RTSF
Section 102 amendment was granted but has not been executed by Sibanye Gold as yet.
A Section 102
 
is an application
 
to the Minister
 
of the DMRE
 
to amend the
 
rights permits, programs
 
or plans. Sound Mining
 
notes that
FWGR is not involved with any legal proceedings that may have an influence on the rights to extract minerals nor on the legal ownership
of all mining and surface rights.
Neither Sibanye
 
Gold nor
 
FWGR are
 
aware of
 
any outstanding
 
legal disputes
 
that are
 
applicable to
 
FWGR as
 
stated in
 
the Exchange
Agreement signed on 22 November 2017 and effective at the end of July 2018. To
 
the best of Sibanye Gold’s and FWGR’s
 
knowledge no
land claims exist over the relevant properties and no outstanding legal disputes exist that could affect FWGR right to further develop the
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
38
assets. To
 
the best
 
of the
 
Sound Mining’s
 
legal specialist's
 
knowledge, all
 
statutory permits
 
have either
 
been approved
 
or are
 
in the
process of being approved.
In summary, the security of
 
tenure for the FWGR
 
is considered to be intact.
 
The transfer of the TSFs
 
by Sibanye Gold to FWGR
 
involved
the transfer of moveable assets; and therefore, are not subject to the transfer of the associated MRs to FWGR. In terms of the Exchange
Agreement all risks and benefits of the business, passed from Sibanye Gold to FWGR including the rehabilitation liability of the TSFs. The
portion of the Sibanye
 
Gold’s rehabilitation
 
trust fund related
 
to these assets was
 
transferred to an
 
environmental trust
 
fund. In 2022,
these funds were subsequently transferred to a
 
Guardrisk Cell Captive, under a
 
ring-fenced environmental rehabilitation insurance policy
for the sole use of the rehabilitation liability.
3.5.
 
Driefontein Environmental
 
Authorization Transfer
Sibanye
 
Gold’s
 
Driefontein
 
EA
 
still
 
needs
 
to
 
be
 
transferred
 
to
 
FWGR.
 
An
 
Amendment
 
Application
 
was
 
filed
 
at
 
the
 
DMRE
 
(on
18 August 2020), for the following purposes:
●
application with a request that the scope of FWGR be expanded
 
by including DP2 for tailings processing and Driefontein 4 TSF as a deposition
 
site
as well as amending the sequence of reprocessing and disposal of residue tailings of Driefontein 3 TSF and 5 TSF; and
●
application for the transfer of EA (Reference No.: GP 30/5/1/2/2 (51) EM to FWGR.
3.6.
 
Water Use Licenses
Two Water Use Licenses (WUL) were granted to Sibanye Gold in terms of Section
 
21 of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36
 
of 1998) (NWA) over
the Driefontein and
 
Kloof mining areas on
 
9 March 2017
 
with Reference numbers:
 
10/C22B/ACFG/496 and 10/C23E/ACEFGJ4527
 
respectively. The
WUL’s
 
are
 
valid
 
for
 
a
 
period
 
of
 
twenty
 
years,
 
from
 
the
 
date
 
of
 
issuance
 
and
 
thus
 
expire
 
on
9 March 2037.
Sibanye Gold
 
is permitted
 
to reclaim
 
TSFs through
 
hydraulic mining
 
following which,
 
retreatment takes
 
place in
 
and at
 
the process
 
plants. All
 
the
water comes from Driefontein’s underground works at Driefontein
 
10 shaft and from Kloof 10 shaft.
Currently, residue
 
from DP2 is
 
disposed at Driefontein
 
4 TSF,
 
however when the
 
RTSF has been
 
constructed and is
 
operational, the residue
 
will be
disposed of at this facility. A return water dam will receive water from the RTSF where it will be recycled and reused in the reclamation operations.
FWGR has chosen to use a closed water reticulation system to reduce its water consumption needs by recycling process water.
The Dam Safety Regulations, under the NWA,
 
require a Dam Safety License for the construction of the RTSF.
 
The overarching WRTRP WUL has been
successfully transferred to FWGR. In addition, an application has been submitted for the transfer of applicable water uses from
 
the Driefontein WUL
to FWGR. This application is yet to be granted by the Department of Water Affairs and Sanitation.
3.7.
 
Other Permitting Requirements
A Refinery License has been issued to FWGR by the South
 
African Diamond and Precious Metals Regulator (SADPMR) to deal in unwrought
 
precious
metals.
A Heritage
 
Impact Assessment
 
(HIA) covering
 
Driefontein and
 
Kloof was
 
prepared and
 
submitted to
 
The South
 
African Heritage
 
Resource Agency
(SAHRA). SAHRA responded
 
by means of
 
a Final Statutory
 
Comment in letters
 
dated 22 April
 
2016, granting conditional
 
approval regarding the heritage
sites at Driefontein and Kloof.
FWGR is the holder
 
of Certificates of
 
Registration 281 (CoR)
 
issued in July 2019,
 
in terms of the
 
National Nuclear Regulator (NNR)
 
for Driefontein 3
TSF,
 
Driefontein 4 TSF,
 
Driefontein 5
 
TSF,
 
Kloof 1 TSF,
 
Venterspost South
 
TSF,
 
Venterspost North
 
TSF,
 
Driefontein Plant 2
 
(DP2) Driefontein Plant
 
3
(DP3) and the RTSF.
FWGR’s operations are governed by the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 (Act No. 29 of 1996) (MHSA).
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
39
3.8.
 
Royalties
Under the MPRDA, no Mineral Royalties are payable on the reprocessing of TSFs for gold.
3.9.
 
Liabilities
The Driefontein
 
and Kloof
 
EAs
 
contain
 
stipulative
 
clauses as
 
to what
 
mitigatory
 
and rehabilitative
 
obligations exist
 
and explicitly
 
states
 
that the
rehabilitation requirements
 
must be
 
adhered to.
 
Financial provision
 
for remediation
 
of environmental
 
damage is
 
stipulated in
 
Section 24P
 
of the
National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998) (NEMA) (as amended). FWGR obtained a Closure Cost Assessment from Digby
Wells in June 2022 for two gold processing plants and seven TSFs.
Currently, FWGR
 
has sufficient rehabilitation
 
guarantees and
 
funds in place
 
for all of
 
its assets to
 
satisfy the DMRE.
 
The closure and
 
rehabilitation
liability for the operation is updated annually at the end of the financial year (FY).
3.10.
 
Concluding Comments
In terms of the
 
Exchange Agreement all risks and
 
benefits of the operation
 
passed from Sibanye Gold
 
to FWGR. In particular, the rehabilitation
 
liability
of the TSFs and associated infrastructure have been transferred to FWGR. The portion of the Sibanye Gold’s rehabilitation trust fund related to these
assets has
 
been transferred
 
to the
 
Guardrisk Cell
 
Captive, under
 
a ring-fenced
 
environmental
 
rehabilitation insurance
 
policy for
 
the sole
 
use for
environmental rehabilitation activities, with any shortfall covered by an insurance policy taken out by FWGR.
FWGR owns the majority of the land on which the RTSF will be constructed. FWGR has an option agreement with the landowner for the purchase of
the remaining land still required for the RTSF. Provision has been made for this within the cashflow model.
There are no significant factors or material risks to the access, title or ability to perform work on the property.
 
A consequence of the Use and Access
Agreement is that
 
there are no
 
significant encumbrances to
 
the property with
 
regard to
 
current and
 
future permitting requirements.
 
Outstanding
permitting conditions are
 
being proactively managed
 
in line with the
 
required timeframes (Item
 
17). FWGR has
 
not been served with
 
any fines for
violations.
The QP
 
notes that
 
the Dam
 
Safety Regulations,
 
under the
 
NWA,
 
require a
 
Dam Safety
 
License for
 
the construction
 
of the
 
RTSF.
 
The existing
 
and
overarching WRTRP WUL has been successfully transferred to FWGR.
As an administrative matter, an application has also been submitted for
 
the transfer of the water uses from the Driefontein WUL to FWGR. Approval
of this application by the Department of Water Affairs and Sanitation is pending. This is not deemed a material risk to the ongoing operations.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p40i1 exhibit961p40i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
40
4.
 
ACCESSIBILITY,
 
CLIMATE, LOCAL RESOURCES, INFRASTRUCTURE AND PHYSIOGRAPHY
Item 4 (i); (ii); (iii) and (iv)
The FWGR operations are 70km west of Johannesburg from where they
 
can be accessed by travelling for approximately one hour along tarred roads.
The TSFs are located at elevations between 1,570mamsl and 1,720mamsl (Figure 5).
Figure 5: Topography of Southern Africa
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The area which forms
 
part of the
 
South African inland
 
plateau region is typical of
 
a mature landscape with
 
gentle rolling undulations and
 
shallow sided
river valleys as shown in the topographic map (Figure 6).
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p41i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
41
Figure 6: Topography Map of FWGR
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p42i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
42
Climatically, the area is classified as ‘moderate eastern plateau’ with by well-defined seasons characterized by warm to hot, moist summers and cool
dry winters, often accompanied by frost (Figure 7).
Figure 7: Climate and Rainfall of South Africa
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The temperate climate has an
 
average ambient temperature of
 
20°C with dry winters between May and
 
July (0°C to 18°C) and wet, warm
 
summers
from September to March (0°C
 
to 27°C). The daily mean
 
temperatures in January and July
 
are 21.2°C and 9.8°C
 
respectively. The Randfontein
 
area,
on average, receives 571mm of rain per year, with most rainfall occurring during summer in the form of thunderstorms. The highest rainfall occurs in
January (107mm) and
 
the lowest in June
 
(0mm) where the wet
 
season occurs from November to
 
April. With the exception of
 
summer thunderstorms,
the climatic conditions have little
 
to no effect on
 
the mining operations at FWGR
 
where work is done at all
 
times of the year and
 
where there is no
operating season.
The vegetation of the
 
region is typical savannah
 
grassland (Figure 8)
 
but most of
 
the area comprises
 
disturbed grazing land and
 
minor crop production.
The
 
major land
 
uses in
 
the area
 
include agriculture
 
in the
 
form
 
of maize
 
and
 
soya
 
production as
 
well
 
as
 
livestock grazing,
 
formal
 
and informal
residential, mining and business uses.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p43i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
43
Figure 8: Vegetation of South Africa
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The area developed on the back of gold mining and is now well serviced with schools,
 
suburbs, medical facilities, a rail network and other supporting
infrastructure.
 
The operation
 
lies across
 
the Randfontein
 
and Merafong
 
City Local
 
Municipalities which
 
provide
 
potable water
 
with the
 
national
electricity supplier - Electricity Supply Commission (Eskom), suppling the operation with power (see Item 15).
Infrastructure includes formal
 
and informal dwellings, buildings,
 
commercial farming infrastructure,
 
roadside shops, privately owned
 
infrastructure
such as access
 
roads, boreholes and
 
dams, public infrastructure
 
(roads and
 
transmission lines) and
 
mine accommodation.
 
Personnel and supplies,
from the surrounding areas, make use of
 
both tarred and gravel roads connecting farms, mines and urban
 
centers such as Carletonville and Fochville.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
44
5.
 
HISTORY
Item 5 (i) and (ii)
Gold and uranium mining
 
operations commenced in the
 
late 1800s in
 
the Witwatersrand Basin
 
goldfields of South Africa,
 
and have resulted
 
in the
accumulation of substantial amounts of surface tailings and other mine residues. The possible re-treatment of TSFs in the West Rand area has a long
and
 
complex
 
history
 
with
 
Gold
 
Fields
 
Limited
 
(Gold
 
Fields),
 
Rand
 
Uranium
 
Limited
 
(Rand
 
Uranium),
 
Harmony
 
Gold
 
Mining
 
Company
 
Limited
(Harmony),
 
Gold
 
One
 
International
 
Limited
 
(Gold
 
One)
 
and
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
completing
 
a
 
number
 
of
 
parallel,
 
independent studies
 
relating
 
to
 
the
retreatment of these TSFs. There is an approximate fifteen-year history of metallurgical test work and process design which has been undertaken for
a
 
variety
 
of
 
combinations
 
of
 
assets
 
and
 
products
 
recovered,
 
as
 
summarized
 
in
Table 2. Whilst these historical studies were for specific combinations of assets, they are not all relevant to FWGR in its current form.
Prior to 2009,
 
Gold Fields
 
embarked on a
 
project known as
 
the West Wits
 
Project (WWP) aimed
 
at retreating several TSFs
 
on its four
 
mining complexes:
Kloof, Driefontein, Venterspost and South Deep (Table 2) to
 
recover residual gold, uranium
 
and sulfur and
 
storing the tailings on
 
a new Central Tailings
Storage Facility
 
(CTSF). Similarly,
 
Rand Uranium had
 
embarked on the
 
Cooke Uranium
 
Project (CUP), which
 
endeavored to treat
 
the Cooke TSF
 
for
gold, uranium and sulfur and ultimately
 
deposit the tailings onto the
 
Geluksdal TSF, located very close to the CTSF. The two independent projects had
similar operational and environmental mandates, within a 25km radius of each other.
In 2009, Gold Fields
 
and Rand Uranium
 
evaluated the potential
 
synergy of an
 
integrated retreatment
 
plan for TSFs
 
located within the
 
South Deep,
Cooke, Kloof, Driefontein and Venterspost
 
mining complexes.
In
 
2012,
 
Gold
 
One
 
acquired
 
Rand
 
Uranium
 
and
 
in
 
the
 
same
 
year
 
acquired
 
the
 
Ezulwini
 
Mining
 
Company
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited
 
(Ezulwini)
 
in
 
an
agreement with First Uranium Corporation.
 
During the same year Gold One,
 
revived the tailings retreatment
 
project and Gold Fields entered
 
into a
joint venture (JV) partnership with Gold One to investigate the economic viability of concurrently reprocessing current arisings and historical
 
tailings
from a number of sites situated in the greater Carletonville/Westonaria/Randfontein area. A scoping study was concluded in 2012.
In early 2013, Gold Fields unbundled its Kloof and Driefontein Complex and Beatrix gold mines in the Free State
 
Province to create a separate entity
in Sibanye Gold
 
and listed Sibanye
 
Gold as a
 
fully independent company
 
on both the
 
JSE and the
 
NYSE stock
 
exchanges. Subsequently,
 
in October
2013,
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
Limited
 
purchased
 
the
 
interest
 
held
 
by
 
Gold
 
One
 
in
 
Rand
 
Uranium
 
and
 
Ezulwini.
 
The
Gold One assets
 
which became part
 
of Sibanye Gold
 
included the Cooke
 
operations (underground mining
 
and surface
 
reclamation operations)
 
for
gold and uranium
 
production. This transaction
 
gave Sibanye
 
Gold control
 
of a substantial
 
portion of the
 
surface mineral resources
 
in the region.
 
A
Preliminary Feasibility Study (PFS) was completed during 2013 and confirmed that there is a significant opportunity to extract value from the surface
Mineral Resources. Subsequently,
 
a number of Definitive Feasibility Studies
 
(DFSs) have been completed on
 
various combinations of TSFs
 
as shown
in Table 2. Sibanye Gold’s TSF
 
reclamation assets were housed in a special purpose vehicle (SPV) called WRTRP.
In 2018, Sibanye Gold vended
 
its interest in WRTRP
 
to DRDGOLD for an equity
 
stake of 38.05%
 
and an option to subscribe
 
for additional shares for
cash to take its stake to 50.1%. In mid-2018, FWGR initiated Phase 1 of a phased approach to its growing reclamation operations.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
45
Table 2: Historical Development of FWGR
Owner/Operator
Period
Project and/or Transaction
Properties
Activity
Comment
Gold Fields Group Limited
WWP
Driefontein Complex (Driefontein
 
1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 TSFs);
Kloof Complex (Kloof 1 and 2 TSFs, Libanon and Leeudoorn
TSFs; Venterspost Complex
 
(Venterspost North and
Venterspost South); and the South Deep Complex
Aimed at retreating several West
 
Rand TSFs to recover gold,
uranium and sulfur and storing the tailings on a new CTSF
Gold Fields - subsidiary
GFI Mining South Africa
(Proprietary) Limited
2009
West Wits Tailings Treatment
 
Project (WWTTP)
Driefontein Complex, Kloof Complex, Libanon, Leeudoorn,
Venterspost Complex and South Deep
 
Complex
WWTTP Feasibility Study near completion
Rand Uranium Limited (Rand
Uranium)
2009
CUP
Cooke mining Complex
CUP Feasibility Study near completion
Treatment of the Cooke
 
TSF for gold, uranium and sulfur.
Arising tailings would be deposited onto the Geluksdal TSF
located near the CTSF
Gold Fields and Rand Uranium
Late 2009
Discussion of synergy of WWTTP and CUP -
combination of WWTTP and CUP
Evaluation of a combined project
Significant re-engineering and metallurgical test
 
work
required and the project was put on hold
Rand Uranium
2010 to 2012
Completed the CUP and the Cooke Optimization
Project (COP)
CUP and COP Feasibility Study completed
Applications for authorizations partially complete
Gold One International Limited
(Gold One)
2012
Acquisition of Rand Uranium and Ezulwini
Revived the surface retreatment integration
discussions - update CUP DFS
Gold One JV with Gold Fields
2012 to 2013
JV to investigate economic potential
 
of
concurrently re-processing current arisings and
TSFs
TSFs and current arisings in the
Carletonville/Westonaria/Randfontein
 
region
Gold One/Gold Fields JV Scoping Study completed
end 2012
Gold Fields unbundled GFI
Mining South Africa
(Proprietary) Limited and
created Sibanye Gold Limited
Early 2013
Unbundling of the Kloof-Driefontein Complex and
Beatrix Gold Mines and listing of Sibanye Gold on
the JSE Limited and NYSE
Unbundling of the Kloof-Driefontein Complex and Beatrix
Gold Mines
Sibanye Gold Limited
 
2013
Acquisition from Gold One of the Rand Uranium
and Ezulwini assets
As a result of the transaction, Sibanye Gold held most
 
of the
surface resources in the region
Gold One/Gold Fields JV Scoping Study completed a
PFS
PFS showed significant opportunity to extract
 
value from
the surface resources
Sibanye Gold
2015
Study initiated for the original
Version 1 West Rand Tailings
 
Retreatment Project
(V1-WRTRP)
Treatment of the Driefontein
 
3 and 5 TSFs using Ezulwini
uranium process plant
DFS for the first phase of the
V1-WRTRP
Sibanye Gold
December
2015
Integrated study on Version
 
2 of the WRTRP (V2-
WRTRP)
Cooke, Driefontein 3, Driefontein
 
5 and Cooke 4 South TSFs
Integrated study for the production of
 
gold, uranium
and sulfuric acid - DFS for V2-WRTRP
DFS for V2 - WRTRP.
 
On completion of the DFS, the project
progressed to Front End Engineering Design (FEED) level of
accuracy whilst funding and permitting was sought
Sibanye Gold
2016
Decision to close Cooke No 4 shaft
DFS to determine economic viability of using
existing infrastructure including DP2 and Ezulwini
uranium process plant
DRDGOLD
2018
DRDGOLD acquired 100% of Sibanye Gold’s
 
SPV
(WRTRP) for a now 50.1% equity in DRDGOLD
Driefontein 3, Driefontein 4, Driefontein
 
5, Kloof 1, Libanon,
Venterspost North, Venterspost
 
South, TSFs, DP2 and land
for a RTSF and CPP
2017 Competent Persons Report, required
 
in terms
of Chapter 12 of the JSE listing requirements,
outlining category one transaction
DRDGOLD renamed the WRTRP to FWGR
Source:
 
DRDGOLD, 2022
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
46
6.
 
GEOLOGICAL SETTING, MINERALIZATION AND DEPOSIT
Item 6 (i); (ii) and (iii)
6.1.
 
Regional Setting, Mineralization
 
and Deposit
The mineral assets
 
considered in this
 
TRS are the
 
tailings derived
 
through the mining
 
and processing of
 
the Driefontein, Kloof, Libanon
 
and Venterspost
mines of the
 
Witwatersrand Gold Fields. As
 
such the mineralization of
 
the mined material
 
which produced the
 
tailings, now being
 
processed by FWGR,
is described in this TRS. Whereas the
 
nature of the underlying geology is
 
not of direct relevance, an understanding of the scale and nature
 
of the gold
mineralization that was targeted in the historical mining operations provides insight into the structure and composition of the mineral assets.
The assets of FWGR are derived from the West Rand and Carletonville Goldfields
 
of the gold-bearing, late Archaean (2.7Ga to 3.2Ga), Witwatersrand
Supergroup (Witwatersrand Basin). The Witwatersrand
 
Basin is the largest gold bearing metallogenic
 
province globally and is a roughly oval-shaped
sedimentary basin, elongated
 
in a northeast-southwest
 
direction. The major
 
north-south axis of
 
the basin is
 
approximately 160km
 
long, stretching
from Welkom to Johannesburg and where
 
the minor, east-west axis, spans approximately 80km. The
 
Witwatersrand Basin is filled
 
with approximately
14,000m
 
of
 
sedimentary
 
and
 
subordinate
 
volcanic
 
units,
 
of
 
which
 
only
 
small
 
portions
 
outcrop
 
to
 
the
 
south
 
and
 
west
 
of
 
Johannesburg.
 
The
Witwatersrand
 
Supergroup
 
overlies
 
an
 
Archaean
 
(>3.1Ga)
 
granite-greenstone
 
basement
 
and
 
the
 
3.08Ga
 
to
 
3.07Ga
 
Dominion
 
Group
 
and
 
is
subsequently uncomfortably overlain, by units of the Ventersdorp (~2.7Ga), Transvaal (~2.6Ga) and Karoo (~280Ma) Supergroups (Figure 9).
The basin hosts vast
 
auriferous and uraniferous
 
deposits which have been
 
grouped into geographically
 
distinct sub-basins or goldfields (Figure
 
10).
The
 
goldfields
 
are
 
separated
 
by
 
stratigraphy
 
where
 
no
 
economic
 
mineralization
 
has
 
been
 
discovered.
 
The
 
stratigraphy
 
of
 
the
 
Witwatersrand
Supergroup is broadly split into
 
two Groups, namely the Central Rand
 
and the West Rand
 
Groups, which in turn are split
 
into a series of subgroups,
formations and members (Figure 11). The stratigraphic structure of the Witwatersrand Supergroup is well understood at
 
subgroup level, however at
formation level, correlation problems are encountered between the
 
defined goldfields. The recognition
 
of basin-wide disconformities, can be used
 
as
a basis for stratigraphic correlation and thus permits the correlation of
 
formations between the various goldfields to higher comfort levels (McCarthy
and Rubidge, 2006). The principal economic reefs have been correlated across various goldfields and do not occur at the same stratigraphic level.
Recent studies consider
 
the deposition in
 
the Witwatersrand sediments to
 
have taken place along
 
the interface between a
 
fluvial system and an
 
inland
sea. Specifically, this body of water is considered to
 
be a retroarc-foreland basin which formed in response
 
to crustal thickening on the northern edge
of the Kaapvaal Craton, during a collision
 
with the Zimbabwe craton to the north.
 
The varying stratigraphic position of the
 
narrow, 0.1m to 2.0m thick
quartz-pebble conglomerate
 
reefs are
 
interpreted to
 
represent major,
 
diachronous, entry
 
points of
 
coarse-grained sediment
 
into the
 
basin. They
appear to be laterally coalesced fluvial braid-plains, where gold
 
was concentrated within conglomerates which
 
developed, primarily along erosional
unconformities. The extent
 
of the development
 
of the various
 
unconformities is greatest
 
near the basin
 
margins and decreases
 
towards the more
distal areas.
 
Complex patterns
 
of syn-depositional faulting
 
and folding have
 
caused significant variations
 
in sediment thickness
 
and sub-vertical
 
to
over-folded reef structures are characteristic of the basin margins.
Structurally, the Witwatersrand Basin has experienced a long and
 
complex history, affected by several superimposed structural events, differentiated
as syn- and post-depositional deformations. Syn-depositional
 
deformation played a key role in the original distribution
 
of sediments which controlled
the locality of
 
auriferous conglomerates and the thickness
 
of enclosing sedimentary
 
sequences. Later faulting and
 
folding of the sequence
 
determined
which parts of the Witwatersrand Basin remained buried, as well as the depth extent of mineable horizons, relative to the present-day surface.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p12i1 exhibit961p12i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
47
Figure 9: Regional Geological Setting of the Witwatersrand Supergroup
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p13i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
48
6.2.
 
Local Geological Setting, Deposit and Minerali
 
zation
In terms of a more
 
local description, the FWGR assets comprise
 
of TSFs of tailings material
 
derived from the mining and
 
processing of ore from
 
the
Driefontein, Kloof,
 
Libanon and Venterspost
 
mining operations, located
 
in the West
 
Rand and Carletonville Goldfields, on
 
the north-western rim of
the Witwatersrand Basin (Figure 10).
Figure 10: Geology of the Witwatersrand Basin
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p49i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
49
These operations exploit the
 
Ventersdorp Contact
 
Reef (VCR) located
 
at the top
 
of the Central Rand
 
Group, the Carbon Leader
 
Reef (CLR) near the
base of the Central Rand Group and the Middelvlei Reef, which stratigraphically occurs 50m to 75m above the Carbon Leader. Additional minor reefs
including the Kloof,
 
Elsburg, Kimberley and
 
Libanon Reefs
 
are exploited
 
at some
 
operations (Figure
 
11). The
 
Central Rand Group,
 
is dominated
 
by
course-grained siliciclastic metasedimentary
 
facies with subordinate
 
fine grained (mudstone)
 
facies. Its depositional
 
environment is
 
interpreted as
alluvial deltas and braided streams
 
which formed at the fluvial
 
- shallow marine interface. The
 
proximal, high energy,
 
facies are directly linked
 
with
the
 
concentration
 
of
 
detrital
 
gold,
 
pyrite
 
and
 
uraninite
 
and
 
thus
 
the
 
Central
 
Rand
 
Group
 
accounts
 
for
 
95%
 
of
 
the
 
gold
 
production
 
from
 
the
Witwatersrand Basin.
Figure 11: Witwatersrand Supergroup Stratigraphic Section
Source:
 
Frimmel et al, 2005
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
50
The gold bearing reefs are fundamentally distinguished
 
by their association with quartz-pebble
 
conglomerates, which are confined by a basal angular
unconformity and an upper planar bedding
 
surface separating it from
 
an overlying quartz wacke
 
or siltstone unit. The extent
 
of the unconformable
surfaces is
 
typically greatest at
 
the basin
 
margins and decreases
 
towards the distal
 
areas of the
 
basin. The
 
Witwatersrand Supergroup is poorly
 
exposed
in outcrop due to the overlying, younger cover
 
sequences. The surface geology of the mining
 
area comprises outliers of Karoo Supergroup shales and
sandstones,
 
followed
 
by
 
Pretoria
 
Group
 
sediments
 
and
 
the
 
Chuniespoort
 
Group
 
dolomites
 
of
 
the
 
Transvaal
 
Supergroup.
 
In
 
the
 
center
 
of
 
the
Witwatersrand Basin,
 
units of the
 
Witwatersrand Supergroup
 
have been
 
upturned and exposed
 
in the Vredefort
 
meteorite impact crater
 
which is
dated at 2,023Ma.
The region is
 
structurally complicated
 
with a major
 
structural fault,
 
the West
 
Rand Fault, separating
 
the West
 
Rand Goldfield operations
 
from the
South Deep
 
Gold Mine
 
to the east
 
(Figure 10). Additional
 
horst structures are
 
superimposed upon
 
the southeast
 
plunging West Rand Syncline
 
including
the Bank Fault (Figure 10), a
 
large west dipping fault with a
 
down-throw to the west. The structural
 
features affect the preservation, depth and length
of the economic reefs. In the area east of the Bank Fault
 
the majority of mining exploits the VCR, with minor contributions from the Middelvlei Reef
and the Kloof
 
Reefs (Gold
 
Fields). West
 
of the
 
Bank Break
 
the CLR
 
is generally
 
a high-grade
 
reef and
 
represents the
 
major source
 
of Run-of-Mine
(RoM) with minor contributions from the VCR and Middelvlei Reef.
6.3.
 
Property Geology,
 
Deposit and Mineralization
FWGR TSFs are located on
 
two mining rights (Figure 12) within the
 
West Rand and Carletonville Goldfields. As
 
stated above, they are the processed
waste derived from the
 
mining and processing
 
of auriferous and
 
uraniferous ores from Driefontein, Kloof, Libanon
 
and Venterspost mining operations.
The mining operations targeted different reefs, namely:
●
the Driefontein TSFs comprise primarily processed VCR, CLR and Middelvlei Reef;
●
the Kloof TSF comprises primarily processed VCR, Middelvlei Reef and the Kloof Reef;
●
the Venterspost TSFs comprise primarily processed Middelvlei Reef and VCR; and
●
the Libanon TSF comprises material from the VCR, Libanon Reef, Kloof Reef and Middelvlei Reef.
The composition of
 
a TSF
 
depends on the
 
geochemical make-up
 
of the material
 
being mined and
 
the chemicals used
 
in the mining
 
and extraction
process. In addition
 
to the
 
internal structure,
 
the TSF
 
reflects the
 
mining strategy
 
and depositional methodologies
 
employed at
 
each operation.
 
A
single TSF can have portions of different
 
composition and specific gravity (SG) due to changes
 
in underlying orebody contribution, the deposition of
tailings arising from different operations and differing depositional strategies.
The bulk density of tailings material
 
is a critical factor
 
in the accurate estimation
 
of quantities and thus an investigation
 
into the lateral and
 
vertical
variation was conducted. These factors can result in a considerable variation
 
in gold content and distribution throughout a TSF where such variation
has an impact on final recoveries and projected revenues
 
for the operation. Various exploration
 
programs and subsequent geological modelling has
enabled the classification of FWGR TSFs as Mineral Resources with a bulk density ranging from 1.40g/cm
3
 
to 1.45g/cm
3
.
In
 
addition,
 
secondary
 
processes
 
such
 
as
 
metal
 
re-mobilization,
 
erosion,
 
weathering,
 
leaching
 
and
 
acid
 
mine
 
drainage
 
can
 
further
 
affect
 
the
geochemical characteristics of
 
a TSF.
 
These processes tend to
 
progress faster
 
in a TSF
 
compared to a
 
primary ore body as
 
weathering, erosion and
oxidation are accelerated by the fine particle
 
size of the material, and leaching
 
together with acid mine drainage occur
 
due the large amount of water
associated with TSFs. Gold can undergo mobilization within the TSF with time
 
and hence may exhibit areas of re-concentration and even be present
in the
 
sub-structure soil.
 
The geochemical
 
characteristics
 
of the
 
footprint
 
geology,
 
such as
 
dolomites, granites,
 
quartzites, has
 
a bearing
 
on the
mobilization dynamics of
 
a TSF.
 
Hence, depending on
 
several factors
 
such as
 
footprint, age
 
of deposition, beneficiation
 
and primary reef
 
origin of
slimes, a TSF may exhibit areas/layers of differing
 
grade profiles. The modelled dumps show vertical and lateral variation in gold grade
 
and although
exceptions occur,
 
in general,
 
the grade
 
tends to
 
increase towards
 
the bottom
 
of the dump
 
and into
 
the footwall.
 
Detailed exploration
 
results and
geological modelling is outlined in Item 7 and Item 11 respectively.
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p15i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
51
Figure 12: Property Geology
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
52
7.
 
EXPLORATION
Item 7 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv); (v) and (vi)
7.1.
 
Methods and Databases
The extent, morphology
 
and structure of
 
the TSFs is relatively
 
simple when compared
 
to conventional mineral deposits.
 
Consequently, the exploration
programs are also simple and straightforward. Exploration of the FWGR’s assets comprised:
●
auger drilling programs to permit sampling for gold content and mapping of the gold distribution undertaken in drilling campaigns by Gold Fields
in 2007, 2008 and 2009 for the Driefontein, Kloof, Libanon and Venterspost TSFs;
●
surveying
 
of
 
the
 
borehole
 
collars
 
undertaken
 
by
 
Gold
 
Fields
 
in-house
 
surveyors
 
to
 
determine
 
physical
 
dimensions
 
and
 
volumes
 
verified
independently by Light Detection and Ranging (LIDAR) consultants;
●
metallurgical and flow
 
sheet development test
 
work including historical
 
studies by SGS
 
South Africa (Proprietary)
 
Limited (SGS) and
 
recent test
work by Mintek; and
●
tailings toxicity tests and SG determination - undertaken by SLR
 
Consulting (Africa) (Proprietary) Limited and The
 
RVN Group (Proprietary) Limited
(The RVN Group).
7.2.
 
Geophysical Characterization
No geophysical investigation of the TSFs has been undertaken as part of the exploration programs.
7.3.
 
Geo-hydrological Characteri
 
zation
A geohydrological investigation of
 
the TSFs did not form part of
 
the exploration programs. It is
 
not required for the determination and classification
of FWGR’s Mineral Resources. The handling of surface water is described in the mining and processing Items (Item 13 and Item 14). Hydrological and
geohydrological considerations for the Leeudoorn TSF and RTSF are discussed in Item 15.1.1 and Item 15.2.1.
7.4.
 
Geotechnical Characterization
A geotechnical
 
investigation of
 
the TSFs
 
did not
 
form part
 
of the
 
exploration programs.
 
It is
 
not required
 
for hydro
 
-mining of
 
the unconsolidated
tailings material. The slope angles and bench
 
widths do not pose a risk to
 
the mine design (Item 13.1). Geotechnical assessments
 
were performed for
the design of the Leeudoorn TSF and RTSF (Item 15.1.1 and Item 15.2.1). The auger drilling method performed during exploration does not allow for
the orientation of samples. Geotechnical characterization is not applicable to the determination and classification of FWGR’s Mineral Resources.
7.5.
 
LIDAR and Surveying
A detailed
 
helicopter-based LIDAR
 
survey was
 
undertaken by
 
Gold Fields in
 
late 2008.
 
The survey was
 
conducted by
 
Southern Mapping Company
(Proprietary) Limited
 
and the total
 
area surveyed
 
was approximately
 
44,000ha. The
 
aerial survey was
 
conducted using
 
an aircraft
 
mounted LIDAR
system which scanned the ground
 
below with a 70kHz laser.
 
Digital color images were also gathered
 
to produce color orthophotos. The survey was
conducted at a
 
height of 1,100m
 
above datum with
 
an image
 
pixel size
 
of 15cm. The
 
vertical accuracy was
 
10cm and
 
the horizontal
 
accuracy was
20cm. The survey was calculated
 
in Hartebeesthoek94, LO27 projection with
 
ellipsoidal heights. The data was
 
supplied to Gold Fields in
 
CAPE LO27
with orthometric heights. The LIDAR survey provided surface data from which three-dimensional (3D) models of the TSFs were constructed.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
53
The Driefontein 5 TSF and Driefontein 3 TSFs were surveyed
 
in 2004 and 2006 respectively
 
by Gold Fields, using differential Global
 
Positioning System
(GPS) methodology.
 
In all
 
instances it
 
was found
 
that the
 
vertical positioning
 
of the
 
drillhole collars
 
were offset
 
from the
 
surface of
 
the TSFs
 
as
determined from the LIDAR
 
survey. The offset ranges from approximately 0.5m
 
to several metres. It
 
was assumed that the
 
LIDAR survey was the
 
more
accurate of the two surveys and the drillhole positions were moved to intersect the top of the TSF wireframes.
7.6.
 
Drilling
Historical exploration programs and Mineral Resource estimates that have contributed to the overall
 
exploration database include:
●
a Mineral Resource estimate (Minxcon 2008); and
●
Gold Fields
 
(2007) undertook
 
an initial
 
drilling campaign
 
on Driefontein
 
3 TSF
 
and Driefontein
 
5 TSF.
 
The Mineral
 
Resources were
 
reported in
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
 
(Minxcon) report R2008-14
 
(2008). The drilling continued
 
in 2008 to
 
cover 13 TSFs
 
in the Kloof,
 
Driefontein, and
Venterspost areas.
The
 
drilling
 
was
 
done
 
on
 
either
 
a
 
100m-by-100m
 
or
 
a
 
200m-by-200m
 
grid.
 
All
 
drillholes
 
were
 
vertical
 
and
 
downhole surveys
 
were
 
considered
unnecessary as the drillholes were
 
shallow,
 
generally <70m deep. The
 
drillhole grid and downhole sampling density
 
are sufficient to
 
establish both
grade and geological continuity.
The drilling was undertaken using a fully
 
portable hydraulic drill rig comprising a rotating spiral auger
 
drill encased in a stainless-steel core barrel/rod.
The rod comprises a 50mm nominal bore
 
drill rod and inner spiral,
 
with the inner spiral rotating
 
in the opposite direction to
 
the outer casing whilst
advancing
 
into
 
the tailings
 
material.
 
The
 
drilling is
 
performed dry
 
and
 
due
 
to
 
the nature
 
of
 
the drilling
 
the
 
resultant
 
samples
 
are
 
not
 
oriented.
Orientation is not relevant to mining methodologies of the TSFs.
Samples have been described and assayed appropriately to support a Mineral Resource estimation.
Two drilling contractors were utilized, namely
 
Dump and Dune
 
Drillers (Proprietary) Limited and
 
Gold Mine Sands
 
and Slime Dam Drillers
 
(Proprietary)
Limited. Both companies have experience in the drilling of tailings material and comply with industry practices.
Auger and sonic drilling
 
of tailings material
 
by its nature
 
is intrinsically open to
 
contamination and therefore
 
requires particular care
 
to ensure the
results are adequate for use
 
in a Mineral Resource estimate. The
 
drilling programs were supervised by
 
in-house qualified geologists and
 
a high degree
of corporate governance is evident. The drilling methodologies were independently
 
audited by SRK Consulting (Proprietary) Limited (SRK) in
 
2008 for
Driefontein 3 TSF,
 
Driefontein 5 TSF, Kloof 1 TSF,
 
Libanon TSF, Venterspost
 
North TSF and Venterspost South TSF.
Drilling
 
logs
 
were
 
kept
 
by
 
the
 
drilling
 
foreman
 
but
 
no
 
sample
 
photographs
 
were
 
kept.
 
Given
 
the
 
drilling
 
methodology,
 
this
 
is
 
not
 
considered
inappropriate.
Overall conclusions for each drilling campaign suggest that the
 
drilling and sampling programs were conducted to industry standards and suitable for
incorporation into a Mineral Resource estimate.
The location of
 
the drillhole collars
 
for the
 
TSFs
 
are shown in
 
Figure 13
 
to Figure
 
18. The total
 
number of drill
 
holes is 1,180
 
with an approximate
length of 72km.
7.7.
 
Exploration Budget
Numerous historical exploration activities
 
now contribute to the
 
FWGR’s overall
 
exploration database and it
 
is anticipated that FWGR
 
will continue
to conduct exploration activities which are
 
necessary to keep ahead of
 
recoveries and to update knowledge of the
 
content within the TSFs. Provisions
for future exploration are included in the DCF model.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
54
8.
 
SAMPLE PREPARATION,
 
ANALYSIS AND SECURITY
Item 8 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv) and (v)
8.1.
 
Sampling Method
Auger Drilling:
the auger drill comprises
 
a rotating spiral auger drill bit
 
encased in a stainless-steel core barrel. The
 
core barrel comprises a 50mm drill
rod and inner spiral, with
 
the inner spiral rotating
 
in the opposite direction to
 
the outer casing as the
 
tailings material is penetrated.
 
The extension
rods and spiral augers have
 
three lengths; namely 1.5m, 3.0m and
 
4.5m. The typical drilling cycle comprised the following
 
sequence, repeated until
the floor of the TSF was intersected:
●
an initial sample was drilled with a 1.5m spiral auger/sample tube, after which the first sample was extracted;
●
the subsequent sample was drilled with a 3.0m auger/sample tube and the 1.5m sample extracted;
●
thereafter, a 4.5m spiral auger/sample tube was used and the sample extracted; and
●
the succeeding samples were extracted from the 4.5m spiral auger plus a 1.5m extension rod, followed by a 3.0m extension rod and then a 4.5m
drill rod.
The first two samples were extracted directly
 
into new sample bags by
 
using the drill rig to
 
reverse the rotation of the spiral within
 
the 1.5m and 3.0m
auger/sample tubes. The sample bag was
 
placed over the end of the
 
tube to collect the sample following
 
which the spiral auger and
 
interior of the
barrel were cleaned by using a cloth and a steel brush to remove the tailings material.
Subsequent samples were extracted by removing the spiral auger and the sample collected in a rubber trough. The first 10cm to 15cm of the sample
were discarded as they would be the most likely
 
to have contamination and the remainder of the sample was
 
transferred into the bag at the
 
end of
the rubber trough. The sample
 
bag was then closed,
 
placed in sequence and the
 
tickets added. The sample at the
 
floor of the TSF is collected
 
into two
separate bags containing the soil/footprint sample and the lowermost tailings sample.
The entire sample
 
was collected and
 
consequently the full
 
length of the
 
TSF was
 
sampled, ensuring representivity.
 
No relationship exists
 
between
sample recovery and
 
grade as
 
the material
 
is fine grained
 
and the entire
 
sample was collected
 
so no preferential
 
loss of fines
 
is anticipated.
 
Each
resulting sampled
 
weighed between 2kg
 
and 4kg and
 
is considered suitable
 
for the fine
 
grain size of the
 
tailings. No selective
 
sampling was undertaken.
The drilling sites
 
were visited
 
by independent
 
consultants who
 
concluded the
 
sampling and
 
management of
 
samples by
 
the drillers
 
was of
 
a high
quality, well controlled and from the evaluation of the quality control data, the number of errors made by the drillers was very small.
The samples were not geologically nor geotechnically logged as these criteria cannot be obtained from an auger sample.
8.2.
 
Sample Security
The database used for the Mineral Resource estimation was thoroughly reviewed and found to be reliable.
8.3.
 
Analytical Laboratories
Four independent laboratories were used for sample analysis, namely SGS, Set Point Laboratories (Set Point), ALS
 
Chemex South Africa (Proprietary)
Limited (ALS)
 
and Performance Laboratories
 
(Proprietary) Limited (Performance
 
Laboratories). All except
 
for Performance Laboratories,
 
are accredited
by the South African
 
National Accreditation System (SANAS) for gold
 
assay. At the time of work, Performance Laboratories
 
did meet the requirements
of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 for gold assay which accreditation was valid until February 2015.
Set Point
 
and
 
ALS were
 
independently inspected
 
and
 
found
 
to
 
follow
 
best
 
practice
 
principles of
 
quality management.
 
They have
 
procedures of
chemical
 
analysis
 
and
 
assay
 
that
 
meet
 
the
 
requirements
 
for
 
code
 
compliance.
 
They
 
use
 
sample
 
preparation
 
equipment
 
that
 
complies
 
with
international accepted
 
practices and
 
laboratory information
 
management systems
 
with sample
 
tracking. Quality
 
management systems
 
exist with
quality checks throughout the entire assay and analytical process.
8.4.
 
Analytical Procedures
Gold analysis was undertaken using standard fire assay methodology with gravimetric
 
finish which is considered entirely appropriate for the sample
type.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
55
The
 
laboratory
 
sample
 
preparation
 
was
 
standard
 
for
 
auger
 
drill
 
samples
 
and
 
included
 
drying,
 
jaw
 
crushing
 
to
 
a
 
nominal
 
10mm
 
if
 
compacted,
pulverizing with a
 
disc pulverizer
 
and manual homogenization.
 
The final sample
 
size submitted
 
for assay
 
was 500g
 
and the likelihood
 
the samples
being non-representative is low.
8.5.
 
Bulk Density
In general, the conversion from volume to quantity
 
in the case of mineral deposits
 
is undertaken by the application of a
 
density or the SG determined
experimentally on dry samples. Density is the mass per unit volume e.g., t/m
3
, whilst SG is the ratio of the density of a
 
substance to the density of a
reference substance (usually water); and
 
is a unitless
 
ratio of the mass of
 
a substance to the
 
mass of a reference substance
 
for the same given
 
volume.
Wet density measurements can be undertaken for samples with moisture content.
Bulk density, however is defined as the dry weight of a material per unit volume of that material. Bulk density considers both the solids and the pore
space; whereas, density and SG consider only the solids.
The density throughout the various TSFs will vary marginally depending on the original
 
reefs mined. An average
 
density of 1.40t/m
3
 
was used in the
2018 Mineral Resource estimate but this
 
Mineral Resource has now been updated
 
using a density of 1.42t/m
3
 
because of data subsequently
 
available
to FWGR from the current
 
operations and from recent test
 
work performed by The RVN
 
Group. This compares favorably with
 
the average densities
reported by other companies in the business of retreating Witwatersrand tailings (Table 3).
Table 3: Dry Densities used by Other Re-treatment Companies for the Witwatersrand Operations
Company
TSF
Dry Density
(t/m
3
)
Rand Uranium
West Rand Operations
1.45
Anglo Gold Ashanti
Vaal River Operations
1.45
Ergo Mining (Proprietary) Limited
Elsburg Tailings Complex
1.42
Mintails SA
West Rand Projects
1.40
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
The QP has therefore assumed a consistent density of 1.42t/m
3
 
for the Mineral Resource estimate as at 30 June 2022.
The use of a dry density in the estimation
 
of an in situ Mineral Resource is
 
standard best practice and the dry
 
density value has been applied to the
Mineral Resource estimate.
8.6.
 
Concluding Comments
The QP considers
 
the sampling method
 
and preparation
 
adequate for
 
this type of
 
mineralization. Sample
 
security is considered
 
adequate and the
resulting database
 
reliable. Standard
 
analytical processes
 
were used
 
for sample
 
grade determination
 
with Quality
 
Assurance and
 
Quality Control
(QA/QC) (Item 9) providing confidence in the results.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
56
9.
 
DATA
 
VERIFICATION
Item 9 (i); (ii) and (iii)
9.1.
 
Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC)
The internal laboratory standards and blanks (between two and four per fifty) were inserted in every batch. Internal standard
 
s
 
with a blind standard
were used on all instruments. The laboratories undertake regular evaluation of overall performance by statistical evaluation of all
 
QC data.
The laboratory internal checking processes were independently checked
 
and found to be standard
 
and reliable. Several checks were undertaken
 
on
the importation of data into the Mineral Resource estimation software with no issues highlighted.
Laboratory reports
 
suggest that
 
blanks and
 
Certified Reference
 
Materials (CRM)
 
were included
 
for every
 
100 samples.
 
The CRMs
 
submitted were
African Mineral
 
Standards (AMIS)
 
AMS0046 at
 
0.67g/t Au;
 
AMIS AMS0080
 
at 1.14g/t
 
Au and
 
accredited blank
 
AMIS AMS0069
 
<0.002g/t Au.
 
The
spread of gold grades
 
in the CRM is appropriate
 
and the review of
 
the quality control and quality
 
assurance data concluded that
 
13.7% of the total
population of samples (13,000 samples) were outside of the two standard deviation limits allowed and were re-analyzed.
9.2.
 
Independent Verification
The TSFs
 
exploration programs
 
were
 
conducted during
 
2007 to
 
2009 with
 
independent oversight
 
and review
 
provided by
 
Minxcon
 
(Proprietary)
Limited, with
 
auditing of
 
the results
 
by SRK
 
Consulting (Proprietary)
 
Limited. The
 
overall conclusions
 
for each
 
drilling campaign
 
suggests that
 
the
drilling and sampling
 
programs were
 
conducted to industry
 
standards and
 
are acceptable for
 
a Mineral
 
Resource estimate.
 
The TSF
 
volumes were
independently verified by Southern Mapping Company Limited.
Sound Mining has since completed an independent
 
review of the available information and a verification of the data used for the
 
LoM plan to exploit
FWGR’s assets. This involved
 
integrity checks on
 
the capturing of
 
data and interviews
 
with the specialists
 
involved in the
 
original exploration programs.
The QP
 
is satisfied
 
with the
 
accuracy and
 
integrity of
 
the Mineral
 
Resource estimate.
 
The QP
 
is further
 
comforted by
 
the fact
 
that mining
 
of the
Driefontein 5 TSF (December 2018 to current) has confirmed both the volume and grade estimates of the TSF.
It should also
 
be noted
 
that the type
 
and style
 
of mineralization
 
of the original
 
reefs exploited
 
during the establishment
 
of the TSF
 
assets are not
relevant to the Mineral Resource estimate.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
57
10.
 
MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTING
Item 10 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv) and (v)
10.1.
 
Metallurgical Test
 
Work
The test work described here under relates to understanding recoveries applicable to the TSF mineral deposits. The metallurgical characterization of
the TSFs in the area have been covered
 
by numerous techno-economic studies from 2000 to date. These have ranged
 
from Scoping Studies through
PFS work to DFS levels of accuracy. The metallurgical test work covered various processing options including direct leach,
 
grinding, ultra-fine grinding
and flotation.
Metallurgical test work, on the FWGR’s TSFs, was completed by three independent laboratories, namely SGS Lakefield (SA), Mintek, and Patterson
 
&
Cooke. Results were independently review by ENC Minerals (Proprietary) Limited and
 
are considered acceptable by the QP. These laboratories are all
accredited by
 
the SANAS
 
for gold
 
assay.
 
All three
 
laboratories were
 
independently inspected. They
 
follow conventional
 
best practice
 
principles of
quality management and have procedures of
 
chemical analysis and assay that are accepted as
 
fulfilling the requirements of compliancy demanded
 
of
modern mining
 
companies. They
 
use sample
 
preparation equipment
 
that complies
 
with international
 
accepted practice.
 
They have
 
installed well
developed laboratory information management systems with sample tracking. They have evolved quality management systems
 
in place with quality
checks through the entire assay and analytical process.
Test
 
work has
 
been performed
 
on Driefontein
 
3 TSF,
 
Driefontein 5
 
TSF,
 
Libanon TSF,
 
Kloof 1
 
TSF and
 
Venterspost
 
North TSF.
 
Less test
 
work was
performed on the
 
Venterspost South TSF. The diagnostic leach results as
 
well as gold deportment
 
per size fraction of
 
the Driefontein TSFs are included
in Table 4, Table
 
5 and Table 6.
Table 4: Full Diagnostic Leach Results on Un-milled Feed Samples
Diagnostic Results Un-Milled Feed Sample Association
Driefontein 3 TSF
Driefontein 5 TSF
(g/t Au)
(% Au)
(g/t Au)
(% Au)
Gold Available to Direct Cyanidation
0.24
54.7
0.22
52.4
Gold that is Preg-robbed Carbon-in-Leach (CIL)
0.02
3.5
0.00
0.0
Gold Associated with GCI Digestible Minerals
0.06
14.9
0.05
11.4
Gold Associated with HNO₃
 
Digestible Minerals
0.03
6.9
0.04
10.3
Gold Associated with Carbonaceous Matter
0.02
4.1
0.00
0.0
Gold Associated with Quartz (balance)
0.07
16.0
0.11
25.9
Total
0.43
100.0
0.41
100.0
Source:
 
Mintek, 2015
Table 5: Driefontein 5 TSF Feed Sample Assay by Size
Particle Size
(µm)
Mass
(%)
Cumulative
Mass
(% mass)
Discrete
Grade Au
(g/t)
Discrete Distribution
(%)
Cumulative Distribution
(%)
Au
U
3
O
8
S
2
Au
U
3
O
8
S
2
150
5.5
94.5
1.13
15.2
4.1
0.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
106
10.8
83.6
0.62
16.3
4.8
1.9
84.8
95.9
99.1
75
15.1
68.5
0.34
12.4
7.9
6.1
68.6
91.0
97.2
53
10.6
58.0
0.27
6.9
6.3
11.9
56.1
83.2
91.1
38
8.7
49.3
0.32
6.7
6.4
16.1
49.2
76.9
79.2
25
9.0
40.3
0.31
6.8
7.9
17.6
42.5
70.5
63.1
15
22.0
18.3
0.23
12.3
36.9
33.6
35.7
62.6
45.5
-15
18.3
0.53
23.4
25.7
11.9
23.4
25.7
11.9
Total
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
Head Grade (calculated)
0.41
Head Grade (measured)
0.41
Variance
0.70%
Source:
 
Mintek, 2015
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
58
Table 6: Driefontein 3 TSF Feed Sample Assay by Size
Particle Size
(µm)
Mass
(%)
Cumulative
Mass
(% mass)
Discrete
Grade Au
(g/t)
Discrete Distribution
(%)
Cumulative Distribution
(%)
Au
U
3
O
8
S
2
Au
U
3
O
8
S
2
150
5.0
95.0
1.48
18.0
5.5
0.08
100.0
100.0
100.0
106
12.9
82.0
0.39
12.2
5.9
1.8
82.0
94.5
99.2
75
17.0
65.0
0.37
15.3
8.9
7.9
69.8
88.6
97.5
53
10.5
54.6
0.34
8.6
6.8
12.6
54.5
79.8
89.5
38
8.4
46.2
0.34
6.9
6.3
16.1
45.9
72.9
76.9
25
7.8
38.4
0.27
5.1
6.1
14.7
38.9
66.7
60.7
15
24.9
13.5
0.29
17.5
40.2
38.8
33.8
60.5
46.1
-15
13.5
0.50
16.3
20.3
7.3
16.3
20.3
7.3
Total
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
Head Grade (calculated)
0.41
Head Grade (measured)
0.43
Variance
4.10%
Source:
 
Mintek, 2015
The presence of preg-robbers in the tailings material can be ascertained
 
from the above results. Preg-robbing is the phenomenon whereby the gold
cyanide complex, Au(CN)
2
, is removed from solution by the constituents of the ore. The preg-robbing
 
components may be the carbonaceous matter
present in the ore, such as wood chips, organic carbon, or other impurities, such as elemental carbon.
The actual content
 
of the preg-robbers
 
in the samples
 
seems to vary
 
from 0% up
 
to 10% in
 
certain samples. This pattern
 
is consistent with
 
results
from similar operations and is a function of the nature of the material being re-mined. In particular, areas on a TSF which contain organic matter and
plants (i.e., side walls, reed beds etc.) will have elevated preg-robbing content. It is therefore an established practice to design
 
a plant with a Carbon-
in-Leach (CIL) system and not a
 
Carbon-in-Pulp (CIP) system. The process design
 
does allow for CIL to mitigate the
 
impact of preg-robbers on recovery
potential.
The recoveries in Table 7 are underpinned by test work
 
and records from the currently throughput of Driefontein 5
 
at the DP2. FWGR also actively
 
try
to
 
liberate
 
addition
 
gold
 
locked
 
in
 
silicates
 
through
 
additional fine
 
grinding
 
at
 
DP2
 
to
 
enhance overall
 
recoveries.
 
This
 
possibility
 
for
 
improved
recoveries is
 
supported by
 
the fact
 
that approximately
 
30% of
 
the contained
 
gold is
 
found in
 
the coarse
 
fractions (>106µm).
 
Historically the
 
most
favorable liberation
 
on Witwatersrand Basin
 
gold bearing ores have
 
been achieved at grind
 
sizes of <75µm.
 
Both the diagnostic leach and
 
assay by
size results confirm the need to mill the coarse fractions in order to improve recovery.
Based on the test
 
work, Sound Mining’s
 
QP is comfortable
 
that the following
 
processing recoveries are
 
achievable on the
 
various TSF feed
 
sources
(Table 7).
Table 7: Summary of Process Recovery Potential
TSF
Process Recovery
(%)
Driefontein 5
49.8
Driefontein 3
56.6
Kloof 1
50.5
Libanon
47.2
Venterspost North
54.7
Venterspost South
62.5
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022; and FWGR, 2020
10.2.
 
Concluding Comments
The initial
 
metallurgical test
 
work, sampling
 
and bulk
 
sample trials
 
used to
 
support the
 
Mineral Resource
 
estimates and
 
feasibility study
 
work is
considered by
 
the QP
 
to reasonably
 
represent the
 
deposit as
 
a whole.
 
The processing
 
of the
 
Driefontein
 
5 TSF
 
has provided
 
the QP
 
with further
confidence in that the actual metallurgical recoveries have been consistent with the initial forecast.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
59
11.
 
MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES
Item 11 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv); (v); (vi) and (vii)
The original
 
Mineral Resource
 
estimates of
 
2009 were
 
confirmed by
 
Sound Mining
 
in 2020.
 
Sound Mining
 
independently reviewed
 
the database,
geological models, estimation methodology and
 
classification criteria. Sound Mining concluded
 
that the estimations are based on
 
a suitable database
of reliable information and that no material
 
issues were found which could affect
 
the overall estimate. The density assumption used for
 
the various
TSFs
 
in the
 
2018 Mineral
 
Resources
 
estimate was
 
1.40t/m
3
. It
 
has since
 
been revised
 
to 1.42t/m
3
 
following FWGRs
 
data from
 
the mining
 
of the
Driefontein 5 TSF. Geological losses are not
 
applied because the
 
entire volume of a TSF
 
will be processed
 
once included into FWGR’s Mineral Resource
base for future exploitation.
11.1.
 
Geological Models and Interpretation
TSFs constructed from the tailings of Witwatersrand
 
gold mining operations have been successfully and economically exploited
 
for decades and the
geotechnical and geometallurgical
 
characteristics are well
 
understood from
 
experience and test
 
work on the
 
FWGR assets themselves.
 
Apart from
the potential risks identified in Item 12.1,
 
no factors of a geotechnical or
 
geometallurgical nature have been identified that would
 
have a significant
effect on the prospects for
 
eventual economic extraction.
The exploration
 
database has
 
been demonstrated
 
to comprise
 
analytical data
 
obtained from
 
reliable laboratory
 
assays on
 
samples obtained from
sampling and drilling programs based on industry best practice. The drillhole grid spacing is comparatively close for typical TSF drilling programs and
the entire depth of each
 
TSF was sampled. The data density
 
is therefore considered sufficient to assure continuity of
 
mineralization and structure and
provides an adequate basis for estimation.
The exploration database was imported into DataMineTM Studio 3 software and data
 
validation was undertaken to ensure the integrity and validity
of the imported
 
data. The samples
 
for Driefontein
 
3 TSF
 
and Driefontein 5
 
TSFs represent
 
3.0m composite samples
 
and not 1.5m
 
composites. The
samples from all
 
of the other
 
TSFs were
 
1.5m in length.
 
The end of
 
the drillhole sample, where
 
it contained footwall
 
material, was
 
separated into
tailings and footwall material and treated separately by the laboratory.
Three dimensional
 
wireframes
 
were constructed
 
from surveyed
 
data and
 
drillhole information.
 
The top
 
wireframe
 
surface for
 
the Driefontein
 
3,
Driefontein 5, Kloof 1, Libanon, Venterspost North and South
 
TSFs were constructed from LIDAR data. The base/footprint wireframe was constructed
from the soil
 
intercept depths from
 
the drillhole data
 
and the footprint
 
perimeter. The wireframes comprised simple
 
3D representations of
 
the volume
of the TSFs and as such are not open to alternative interpretations.
11.2.
 
Estimation Methodology
Ordinary Kriging was undertaken for
 
the gold grade estimation which allows
 
for testing of the accuracy
 
and efficiency of the estimation. Due
 
to the
construction of the TSFs
 
and potential gold
 
remobilization, a spatial
 
grade distribution was
 
anticipated and since
 
Kriging is based
 
on modelling the
spatial variances within an orebody, this method was considered the most reliable and accurate.
The capping of anomalously high-grade values was
 
only applied to Driefontein 5 TSF and Kloof 1 TSF These
 
capping values were determined from the
probability plots generated for
 
each TSF.
 
Capping in the variography
 
stage of the estimation
 
limits the excessive
 
variances of the anomalously high
grade from skewing
 
the distribution away
 
from the representative
 
variance of the
 
data distribution. Capping
 
in the Kriging stage
 
limits the zone
 
of
influence that the ultrahigh grades have on the estimation of the surrounding areas. This is considered an appropriate method of data handling.
The following parameters were applied in the Kriging process:
●
50m-by-50m-by-3m
 
block
 
size
 
as
 
derived
 
from
 
100m-by-100m
 
drillhole
 
spacing
 
and
 
1.5m
 
sample
 
lengths
 
for
 
Driefontein
 
5,
Driefontein 3, Kloof 1, Libanon, Venterspost North and South TSFs;
●
sub-cells employed at a minimum of 10m-by-10m (X and Y) for each TSF;
●
first search volume (SVOL1):
­
X and Y at approximately the variogram range;
­
Z search volume
 
was in general
 
the downhole variogram
 
range equating to
 
a search of
 
6m. Given the
 
stratified nature of the
 
TSFs an excessive
search in the vertical direction could result in smearing of grades vertically;
­
minimum of 12 samples within the search volume one (SVOL1); and
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
60
­
maximum of 40 samples within the search volume one (SVOL1).
●
second search volume (SVOL2):
­
approximately 1.5 times the first search volume;
­
minimum of four samples within the search volume; and
­
maximum of 40 samples within the search volume.
The
 
spatial
 
relationships
 
of
 
the
 
sample
 
grades
 
were
 
investigated
 
with
 
variograms.
 
Both
 
downhole
 
and
 
planar
 
variograms
 
were
 
calculated
 
and
modelled. The aim
 
of the downhole
 
variograms was
 
to determine a
 
nugget value and
 
the applicable vertical
 
range of
 
continuity,
 
whilst the planar
variogram used the nugget value determined from the downhole variogram. The anisotropy (the difference, when measured along different axes, in
a
 
material's
 
physical
 
or mechanical
 
properties) for
 
gold
 
in each
 
TSF
 
was
 
investigated.
 
The
 
variograms
 
were
 
deemed best
 
represented
 
by
 
omni-
directional models and the variogram parameters are shown in Table 9.
The vertical
 
(i.e., Z)
 
range
 
of the
 
planar variogram
 
model is
 
replaced by
 
the range
 
determined from
 
the downhole
 
variogram.
 
Where
 
necessary
(Driefontein 5 TSF and Kloof 1 TSF) both the downhole and planar variograms were conducted using top-cuts, determined from the probability plots
generated for each element for each TSF.
11.3.
 
Mineral Resource Classification
The applied Mineral Resource classification is
 
a function of the confidence of
 
the asset tenure and consideration
 
of the entire process from
 
drilling,
sampling, geological
 
understanding and
 
geostatistical relationships.
 
FWGR’s
 
legal tenure
 
is secured
 
through the
 
necessary permitting
 
required to
access
 
and
 
exploit
 
the
 
moveable
 
assets.
 
The
 
drilling,
 
sampling,
 
analytical
 
processes
 
and
 
governance
 
of
 
the
 
exploration
 
programs
 
have
 
been
appropriate and in-line with industry best
 
practice and are considered to be
 
of high confidence. The density used in the
 
conversion from volume to
tonnage has been determined from
 
both in situ measured values
 
and empirical data and
 
is considered reliable. In
 
addition, the following statistical
criteria were applied to the Mineral Resource classification:
●
number of samples used to estimate a specific block:
­
Measured - at least four drillholes within the variogram range and minimum of twenty 1.5m composited samples;
­
Indicated - at least three drillholes within the variogram range and a minimum of twelve 1.5m composite samples;
­
Inferred - less than three drillholes within the variogram range.
●
distance to sample (variogram range):
­
Measured - within at least 60% of variogram range;
­
Indicated - within variogram range;
­
Inferred - further than variogram range.
●
lower confidence limit (blocks):
­
Measured - less than 20% from mean (80% confidence);
­
Indicated - 20% to 40% from mean (80% to 60% confidence);
­
Inferred - more than 40% (less than 60% confidence).
●
Kriging efficiency:
­
Measured - more than 40%;
­
Indicated - 20% to 40%;
­
Inferred - less than 20%.
●
Kriged variance - a relative parameter used in conjunction with the other criteria.
●
deviation from lower 90% confidence limit (data distribution within the Mineral Resource area considered for classification):
­
Measured - less than 10% deviation from the mean;
­
Indicated - 10% to 20%;
­
Inferred - more than 20%.
In accordance with the criteria noted above all of the TSF Mineral Resources were classified as Measured Mineral Resources.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
61
11.4.
 
Mineral Resource Verification
The following data was received, interrogated, and verified by Sound Mining (Table 8).
Table 8: Data Interrogated per TSF
TSF
De-surveyed DataMine
TM
Borehole File
Final Block Model
Report
Driefontein 5
compall1_au_u_s.dm
dr5_krig_all fin.dm
Minxcon 2009 updated by Sound Mining 30 June 2022
Driefontein 3
compall.dm
drth_krig_allfinal2b.dm
Minxcon 2009
Kloof 1
compall.dm
kl1_krig_all_final3c.dm
Minxcon 2009
Libanon
compall1.dm
lib_krigall1_2010c.dm
Minxcon 2009
Venterspost North
BHA.dm
vn_krig_all1_fin2d.dm
Minxcon 2009
Venterspost South
COMPALL1.dm
vs_krig_all1_final2c.dm
Minxcon 2009
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
No original laboratory assay reports were received for the TSFs for verification of the
 
assay results; however, it must be noted that head grade assays
of the
 
Driefontein
 
5 TSF
 
correspond with
 
that expected
 
from the
 
Mineral Resource
 
model. An
 
interrogation
 
of the
 
stated
 
modelling parameters
yielded acceptable
 
results
 
and
 
demonstrate
 
that the
 
variography
 
and
 
parameters
 
used in
 
the Kriging
 
process are
 
reasonable (Table
 
9).
 
The
 
QP
concludes that the
 
reported Mineral
 
Resource estimation methodologies
 
and interpretations
 
are reasonable and
 
can be relied
 
upon to reflect
 
the
Mineral Resource base for FWGR.
Table 9: Variogram
 
Parameters
TSF
Parameter
Domain
Sill
Nugget
Sill 1
X1 Range
Driefontein 5
Au
1
0.029
0.180
68.51
124
Driefontein 3
Au
1
0.024
0.280
91.47
134
Kloof 1
Au
1
0.008
0.560
82.82
120
Libanon
Au
1
0.018
0.450
91.59
130
Venterspost North
Au
1
0.025
0.290
90.98
123
Venterspost South
Au
1
0.020
0.290
75.80
117
TSF
Y1 Range
Z1 Range
Sill 2
X2 Range
Y2 Range
Z2 Range
Driefontein 5
124
6
100
545
545
6
Driefontein 3
134
6
100
655
655
6
Kloof 1
120
6
100
406
406
6
Libanon
130
10
100
522
522
10
Venterspost North
123
10
100
385
385
10
Venterspost South
117
6
100
272
272
6
Source:
 
Minxcon, 2009
11.5.
 
Cross-sections and Grade Distribution
Cross-sections and
 
grade
 
distribution through
 
each TSF
 
are provided
 
in
 
Figure 13
 
to Figure
 
18. The
 
Driefontein
 
5 TSF
 
has been
 
reclaimed since
December
 
2018
 
and
 
the
 
cross-section
 
presents
 
the
 
depleted
 
TSF
 
as
 
at
 
30
 
June
 
2022.
 
The
 
other
 
TSFs
 
have
 
not
 
yet
 
been
 
reclaimed.
Driefontein
 
5
 
TSF
 
and
 
Driefontein
 
3
 
TSFs
 
have
 
the
 
highest
 
average
 
grade
 
of
 
0.47g/t
 
Au,
 
with
 
isolated
 
sections
 
up
 
to
 
0.80g/t
 
Au
 
to
1.05g/t Au. Driefontein 3 TSF
 
and Venterspost North
 
TSF show a clear
 
trend where grade increases
 
with depth, whilst Driefontein
 
5 TSF appears to
have no such pattern. Kloof 1
 
TSF and Libanon TSF show a
 
slight increase in grade with depth, whilst
 
the opposite is the case for
 
Venterspost South
TSF where grades
 
increase quite markedly
 
towards the surface.
 
Libanon TSF and
 
Venterspost North
 
TSF display the
 
lowest average
 
grades but are
both fairly large deposits of 74.3Mt and 55.3Mt respectively.
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p62i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
62
Figure 13: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Driefontein 5 TSF
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p63i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
63
Figure 14: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Driefontein 3 TSF
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p64i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
64
Figure 15: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Kloof 1 TSF
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p65i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
65
Figure 16: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Libanon TSF
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p66i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
66
Figure 17: Cross-sections and Grade Distribution - Venterspost North TSF
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p67i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
67
Figure 18: Cross-sections and Grade Distributions - Venterspost South TSF
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
68
11.6.
 
Reasonable and Realistic Prospects
 
for Economic Extraction
Both Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves for FWGR are determined by the average grade of a TSF which must be above or equal to a plant feed
cut-off grade.
 
The assumptions
 
on a
 
Mineral Resource
 
cut-off include
 
working costs,
 
the average
 
plant recovery,
 
the expected
 
residue grade,
 
the
required yield based on working cost and gold price.
The cut-off assumptions for FWGR (Item 13.2)
 
have been based on the
 
experience of FWGR from its current
 
(i.e., Phase 1) operations. The capital
 
and
operational costs
 
of the
 
infrastructure and
 
mining equipment have
 
been estimated at
 
a PFS
 
level of accuracy
 
and all
 
services including water
 
and
power are current and appropriately priced.
A real gold price of ZAR914,294/kg was used
 
in the estimation of the Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves as
 
of June 2022. The QP is comfortable
with this price assumption in
 
the context of
 
the long-term consensus pricing
 
used by FWGR for
 
its LoM and annual business
 
planning. These prices
are based on information received from various independent sources.
The economic assessment provided in this TRS
 
demonstrates positive margins and
 
confirms reasonable prospects for eventual
 
economic extraction
for all FWGRs TSFs at an
 
average cut-off grade
 
of 0.15g/t. The average grades of the TSFs
 
included in the Mineral Resource statement
 
are therefore
all above 0.15g/t. This means that the
 
Mineral Resources when stated
 
exclusive of Mineral
 
Reserves will amount to
 
zero because all of
 
the Mineral
Resources will be exploited and converted to Mineral Reserves.
The QP is of the opinion that reasonable technical and economic factors have been considered and that there are reasonable and
 
realistic prospects
for economic extraction of the Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022.
There are no permitting risks in relation to mineral title with regard
 
to eventual extraction. Security of tenure for eventual extraction
 
is premised on
common law
 
ownership and
 
EAs. Access
 
to the
 
moveable assets
 
has been
 
provided in
 
the “Use
 
and Access
 
Agreement” with
 
Sibanye Gold.
 
The
granting of the necessary environmental authorizations and permits to continue operations are in place.
 
11.7.
 
Mineral Resource Estimation
FWGR currently owns six
 
TSF assets totaling
 
229.4Mt with a total
 
gold content of
 
76.39t. All Mineral Resources
 
estimates fall within
 
the Measured
Mineral Resource category. Table
 
10 presents the Mineral Resource estimate for FWGR as at 30 June 2022.
 
Table 10: Mineral Resource Estimate for FWGR as at 30 June 2022
TSF
Volume
('000m
3
)
Density
(t/m
3
)
Quantity
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Content
(t)
Content
(koz)
Driefontein 5
5,685
1.42
8.07
0.48
3.85
124
Driefontein 3
35,540
1.42
50.47
0.47
23.71
762
Kloof 1
19,931
1.42
28.30
0.33
9.20
296
Libanon
52,351
1.42
74.34
0.27
20.23
650
Venterspost North
38,954
1.42
55.31
0.27
15.16
487
Venterspost South
9,068
1.42
12.88
0.33
4.24
136
Total Mineral Resource Estimate
161,529
1.42
229.37
0.33
76.39
2,456
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Notes:
 
Apparent computational errors
 
due to rounding
 
All of these Mineral Resources
 
are above the cut-off grade of 0.15g/t
 
These Mineral Resources are stated
 
inclusive of Mineral Reserves
 
Mineral Resources, if stated
 
exclusive of Mineral Reserves,
 
would equate to zero
 
In situ Mineral Resource estimate
 
reported according to S-K 1300 requirements
 
No geological losses applied
The Mineral Resources in Table 10 are inclusive of Mineral Reserves. As the entire TSF is mined, Mineral Resources exclusive of Mineral Reserves will
be zero. It accounts
 
for the revised bulk
 
density of 1.42t/m
3
 
and caters for the
 
depletion of the
 
Driefontein 5 TSF through
 
hydro-mining from December
2018 until 30 June 2022.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
69
11.8.
 
Additional Mineral Resources
Once decommissioned, FWGR is contractually entitled to receive the Driefontein 1, Driefontein 2 and Kloof 2 TSFs from Sibanye Gold as a part of the
2018 Exchange Agreement. These represent growth options available for FWGR
 
to extend the LoM, but do not form part of FWGR’s
 
current Mineral
Resource. In addition to these currently available TSFs, the area hosts other potentially available TSFs.
11.9.
 
Concluding Comments
Upon interrogation of
 
borehole and production
 
data, Sound Mining
 
observes the continuation of
 
gold grade
 
beyond the TSF
 
material and into
 
the
footwall. This grade does not form part of the Mineral Resource estimation.
No geological losses have been applied as the entire volume of the TSF will be mined.
The initial TSF
 
Mineral Resources were
 
estimated by Minxcon
 
2009, confirmed by
 
Sound Mining through
 
remodeling of the
 
TSFs in
 
2018 and then
updated and now
 
restated in 2022.
 
The Driefontein 5
 
TSF has been
 
depleted through reclamation
 
and Sound Mining
 
has updated the
 
Mineral Resource
estimate as at 30 June 2022.
The QP is of the opinion that there are no material risks which are expected to hinder the prospects for reasonable and realistic economic extraction
of the Mineral Resources.
 
Both the actual recoveries
 
and grades may
 
differ to those
 
used for the Mineral
 
Resource estimate during
 
exploitation of
the TSFs, but experience from the reclamation of the Driefontein 5 TSF
 
suggests that in that these variations are unlikely to be material. The QP also
notes that the underlying geology from which the TSFs are comprised, is similar and does not expect significant variation.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
70
12.
 
MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES
Item 12 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv); (v) and (vi)
The Mineral Reserves were prepared in accordance with the requirements of S-K 1300 (Table 11) and at a real gold price of ZAR914,294/kg.
The QP is comfortable with the use of this long-term pricing assumption of FWGR which it has used for both LoM and
 
annual business planning. The
forecast price
 
assumption is based
 
on information
 
provided by
 
various independent
 
institutions that do
 
commodity forecasting.
 
ZAR914,294/kg is
considered
 
a
 
reasonable
 
representation
 
of
 
the
 
price
 
to
 
be
 
expected
 
over
 
the
 
20-year
 
LoM
 
in
 
real
 
30
 
June
 
2022
 
terms.
 
The
 
operation
 
remains
economically viable above a gold price of ZAR721,264/kg (Item 16.1).
A LoM plan
 
and mining schedule
 
was developed by
 
FWGR and modified
 
by Sound Mining,
 
as outlined
 
Item 13.2. The
 
LoM plan was
 
tested for economic
viability in the DCF model which indicated a positive cashflow through to the end of LoM.
No mining
 
losses or
 
dilution are
 
applied in
 
determining the
 
Mineral Reserve
 
estimates
 
because the
 
TSFs
 
are re-mined
 
and re-processed
 
in their
entirety. All other modifying factors are captured in
 
the mine design together with all of the associated technical aspects that inform the capital and
operating cost estimates.
FWGR’s six TSF assets convert to a total Mineral Reserve of 229.4Mt with a gold content of 76.39t.
Table 11: S-K 1300 Compliant Mineral Reserve Estimate as at 30 June 2022
TSF
Volume
('000m
3
)
Density
(t/m
3
)
Quantity
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Content
(t)
Content
(koz)
Driefontein 5
5,685
1.42
8.07
0.48
3.85
124
Driefontein 3
35,540
1.42
50.47
0.47
23.71
762
Kloof 1
19,931
1.42
28.30
0.33
9.20
296
Libanon
52,351
1.42
74.34
0.27
20.23
650
Venterspost North
38,954
1.42
55.32
0.27
15.16
487
Total Proved Mineral Reserve
152,461
1.42
216.49
0.33
72.15
2,320
Venterspost South
9,068
1.42
12.88
0.33
4.24
136
Total Probable Mineral Reserve
9,068
1.42
12.88
0.33
4.24
136
Total Mineral Reserve Estimate
161,529
1.42
229.37
0.33
76.39
2,456
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Notes:
 
Apparent computational errors
 
due to rounding and are not considered
 
significant
 
Mineral Reserves are reported using
 
a dry density of 1.42t/m
3
 
and at the head grade on delivery to the plant
 
The Mineral Reserves constitute
 
the feed to the gold plants
 
The Mineral Reserves are stated
 
at a price of ZAR914,294/kg
 
A cut-off grade of 0.15g/t is applicable to the
 
FWGR LoM plan
 
Although stated separately,
 
the Mineral Resources are inclusive
 
of Mineral Reserves
 
Venterspost South
 
TSF is classified as a Probable Mineral Reserve
 
due the level of uncertainty regarding
 
the processing recovery
 
Uranium has been excluded in the Mineral
 
Reserve estimate as it is not being recovered
 
by FWGR
 
Grade and quantity measurements are
 
reported in metric units (Mt) rounded
 
to two decimal places
 
The input studies are to a PFS level
 
of accuracy
 
The
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
estimates
 
contained
 
herein
 
may
 
be
 
subject
 
to
 
legal,
 
political,
 
environmental
 
or
 
other
 
risks
 
that
 
could
 
materially
 
affect
 
the
 
potential
development of such
 
Mineral Reserves
12.1.
 
Risk to the Mineral Reserve Estimate
Uncertainties associated with the FWGR
 
operations, and therefore the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve
 
estimates, are can be mitigated. Sound
Mining has not
 
exposed any fatal
 
flaws or
 
technical risks to
 
the successful execution
 
of the LoM
 
plan and the
 
QP does not
 
anticipate any
 
material
changes to the associated modifying factors.
 
The uncertainties requiring comment in the context of their impact on these estimates
 
are:
●
Mining:
 
whilst the mining method and practices are well established and conducted by experienced hydro-miners,
 
throughput could be affected
by a variety of issues, including, but not limited to availability of electricity
 
and water.
 
●
Quality of the
 
Mineral Assets:
the six TSFs
 
that comprise the
 
Mineral Reserve have
 
all been adequately
 
drilled, their likely
 
content adequately
assessed and recovery test work satisfactorily completed. The actual recoveries will be influenced by the actual RoM grade
 
entering DP2 and the
amount of carbon (elemental and/or organic) in the RoM. This risk could be managed by blending material from different TSFs’, where possible.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
71
●
Plant Performance:
the management of the
 
risk of a lower-than-expected overall throughput
 
recovery can be mitigated by ensuring
 
optimal grind
sizes at the DP2 facility.
 
●
RTSF Design
 
Risk:
the QP considers
 
the main design
 
risk of the
 
RTSF to
 
be the effectiveness
 
of the proposed
 
scavenger well
 
system to
 
contain
future groundwater plumes. This system replaces the use of a
 
synthetic liner,
 
installed at the base of the RTSF to create a
 
third ‘perched’ aquifer
above the
 
current weathered
 
zone
 
aquifer.
 
It provides
 
an elegant
 
solution to
 
pollution containment
 
and has
 
been demonstrated
 
to
 
operate
successfully on other South African TSFs.
●
Delayed Commissioning of Key
 
Infrastructure:
 
any delays to
 
the scheduled commissioning of the
 
Leeudoorn TSF,
 
RTSF or expanded processing
capacity of DP2 will impact on the proposed production forecast and anticipated revenues. Sound Mining is of the opinion, with the exception of
the permitting
 
and licensing
 
process currently underway
 
for the RTSF, that in
 
the absence
 
of unforeseen circumstances,
 
delays to key infrastructure
are unlikely and notes that the current LoM plan only requires the RTSF by 2030.
●
Water
 
Supply:
 
South Africa
 
is a
 
relatively dry
 
area and
 
predictions are
 
that dry
 
conditions will
 
escalate. Mining
 
is heavily
 
reliant on
 
water
 
to
transport material over large distances and for processing. FWGR uses potable water for potable usage and not mining operations. Process water
is secured through a combination
 
of harvested return water from the treated tailings
 
and dewatering from local shaft systems and local
 
wellfields.
●
Power Supply:
 
power is provided
 
by the
 
national power supplier,
 
Eskom. The
 
national power supply
 
and distribution infrastructure
 
is severely
destressed and this results in frequent disruptions to the power delivered to the South African mining industry. There is a curtailment agreement
in place with Eskom which requires
 
that during black-outs electricity
 
use is to be curtailed, which
 
is typically achieved by shutting down
 
the milling
section. Diesel generators are used to restart the plant.
Sound Mining
 
understands that
 
no alternative
 
power supply
 
arrangements are
 
currently in
 
place at
 
FWGR and
 
as such
 
consider the
 
threat of
production losses resulting from power disruption to represent a significant production risk.
●
Grave
 
Relocation:
the process
 
of grave
 
relocation
 
is well
 
understood
 
in the
 
South African
 
mining industry
 
and
 
supported by
 
comprehensive
statutory
 
guidelines. It
 
will
 
be
 
managed
 
by
 
FWGR
 
specialists who
 
will
 
ensure
 
that
 
full
 
consultation
 
with
 
next
 
of
 
kin
 
is
 
undertaken
 
and
 
that
appropriate compensation is realized.
●
Long-term Sustainability:
 
the RTSF design and
 
capacity caters for
 
the long-term sustainability of
 
FWGR which includes the
 
potential increase in
production rates above 1.2Mtpm. Continued production beyond the current LoM plan and Mineral Reserve estimate relies on available TSFs that
can be brought on line in
 
the future. There is ample time
 
for additional sampling and resource modelling
 
to confirm their extent and content prior
to production
 
and the
 
three currently
 
available TSFs
 
envisaged by
 
FWGR’s
 
long-term operational
 
aspirations, are
 
controlled by
 
Sibanye Gold.
Sound Mining do not envisage any future security of tenure complications arising from the inclusion of these TSFs in the overall LoM plan.
●
Extreme Weather:
 
As a result of
 
climate change, extreme
 
weather events such as
 
droughts, extreme rainfall
 
and high wind volumes
 
are on the
increase. Specifically, the
 
increase in intensity of events,
 
such as thunderstorms on
 
the Highveld, where the
 
operations are situated, will
 
impact
operations. Major property, infrastructure
 
and/or environmental damage as well as
 
loss of human life could also be caused by
 
extreme weather
events.
●
Rising
 
Costs:
 
The
 
global
 
economic
 
environment,
 
geopolitical
 
tensions
 
and
 
inflationary
 
pressures
 
world-wide
 
have
 
led
 
to
 
above
 
inflationary
increases in production costs as well as an unavailability of critical material such as reagents and critical equipment which effects production and
operating costs. FWGR remains a relatively low-cost operation however a pro-longed period of high inflation will erode financial value over time.
●
Gold Price:
 
FWGR takes full exposure to the gold price,
 
and therefore a reduction in the price of
 
gold may erode margins or lead to the
 
operations
making a loss.
 
For additional information regarding the Company’s risks, see Item 3D of the Form 20-F.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p72i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
72
13.
 
MINING METHOD
Item 13 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv) and (v)
The mining
 
method is
 
hydro-mining (or hydraulic mining),
 
which uses high-pressure
 
water monitors to
 
deliver a high-pressure
 
water jet to
 
hydraulically
repulp and mobilize
 
tailings material within
 
the TSFs. The water
 
from the monitors mixes
 
with the tailings
 
and forms a slurry
 
with a high
 
solids content.
The slurry flows under gravity along channels
 
at the base of the dump to a collection
 
sump at the lowest elevation of the bench being
 
mined. Screens
are installed to remove debris, which must be cleaned regularly to prevent an impact on the pumping operations.
The monitors comprise
 
of 200mm self-propelled
 
track monitor guns
 
(Photograph 1),
 
each with production rates
 
of up to
 
300ktpm. They discharge
approximately 500m
3
/hr of water at pressures up to 30bar through a variable sized nozzle depending on the hardness of the material being slurried,
and can be controlled remotely by the operator. In order to minimize hydraulic pressure losses and poor
 
reclamation gun efficiencies, water pressure
is designed to reach the monitor guns at a minimum pressure of 25bar.
Photograph 1: Monitor Gun
Source:
 
FWGR, 2020
The prerequisites for hydro mining are limited to
 
the infrastructure discussed in Item 14 and Item 15. Pre-stripping and
 
backfilling processes are not
applicable to this mining method.
Early forms of hydraulic mining were adapted from methods developed in the United Kingdom for the mining of primary kaolin deposits. These early
attempts used a high-pressure monitor located at the base of the TSF to
 
wash material from the base of the slope. A disadvantage of this
 
approach is
that by directing the
 
water jet at
 
the base of the
 
slope, the slope is undercut
 
and can become unstable,
 
leading to uncontrolled slope
 
failure. With
sufficient off-set distance between the slope and
 
the monitor and/or monitor operator,
 
this is not necessarily a problem, however,
 
given that many
of the tailings
 
dams that are
 
available for
 
reprocessing are
 
located in urban
 
locations, a safer
 
system of
 
monitor operation has
 
subsequently been
developed.
 
The
 
majority
 
of
 
tailings
 
dams
 
that
 
have
 
been
 
mined
 
in
 
the
 
last
20 years have utilized
 
a monitor located on
 
the upper bench of the
 
tailings dam, directing a water
 
jet downwards to cut
 
a stable slope surface
 
into
the face
 
of the
 
TSF.
 
This approach
 
has been successfully
 
applied within densely
 
populated urban
 
areas. It
 
is considered
 
safer
 
and allows
 
for rapid
changes in slope angles to cope with
 
any operational variances that may
 
be encountered. The resulting slopes
 
usually consists of a 15m
 
high bench
with a
 
45º to
 
50º slope angle.
 
High faces
 
with consistent
 
slope angles can
 
be formed
 
using the
 
top-down hydraulic
 
mining technique as
 
shown in
Figure 19 and Figure 20.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p73i1
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p73i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
73
Figure 19: Mining Methodology
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Figure 20: Mining Widths
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Increased production
 
is achieved
 
by
 
the inclusion
 
of additional
 
units and
 
this modular
 
approach provides
 
a high
 
degree of
 
flexibility that
 
allows
simultaneous mining at a number of points over a wide range of production rates and consequently, grade blending is readily achievable if required.
The slurry density produced by the monitors is controlled by the operator.
 
Actively moving the monitor and consistently cutting the face results in a
slurry with relatively
 
high solids
 
content. Experience
 
from FWGR’s
 
ongoing operations
 
has demonstrated
 
that slurries
 
with 35%
 
to 50%
 
solids can
consistently be achieved. The monitor guns seek to maintain optimal slurry densities in the region of 1.42t/m
3
.
The TSFs
 
consist of fine
 
tailings material,
 
with a typical
 
particle size
 
of 70% <75µm.
 
Relatively flat flow
 
channels will develop
 
with gradients
 
in the
order of 1:100m. The position of the sump will change as mining proceeds along a bench,
 
to limit the distance between the monitor and the sump. If
too far from the active face, tailings material may drop out of suspension and reduce the solids content
 
of the slurry pumped to the plant. However,
the slurry
 
tends to flow
 
at a natural
 
beaching angle which
 
is generally self-correcting.
 
If the slope
 
gets too steep,
 
flow velocities increase
 
in the channels
causing erosion until
 
the equilibrium slope
 
is attained.
 
If the
 
slope is
 
too flat
 
the solids settle
 
out reducing
 
the height of
 
the mining
 
face until
 
the
equilibrium slope is achieved (Figure 20). A monitor gun dislodges the in situ material which washes into slurry channels
 
(Photograph 2).
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p74i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
74
Photograph 2: Monitor Gun in Operation
Source:
 
FWGR, 2022
The slurry flows through the
 
channel and passes through screens
 
to remove debris which
 
may cause blockages in
 
the pipeline. After screening, the
slurry collects in the sump and is pumped to the plant for processing. Slurry densities
 
are maintained at approximately 1.42t/m
3
, for optimal pipeline
performance.
13.1.
 
Mining Plan and Layout
Hydro-mining and the re-deposition of tailings is a specialized activity and is accordingly outsourced by FWGR to competent and experienced service
providers. The hydro-mining performance assumptions used are based on
 
the current operations where the method has been
 
successfully “tried and
tested”. The equipment requirements, manning complements and necessary supporting infrastructure, in terms of water and power supply, are well
understood and have been accurately planned by both FWGR and their current service provider.
 
No untested technical assumptions with regards to
the mining have been made.
Monitors remove the
 
tailings material from
 
the top of
 
a TSF to
 
the natural ground
 
level in 15m
 
layers. The monitor
 
is positioned on the
 
top of the
working bench to direct the water jet down into the TSF. It will work the face in one
 
direction along the front edge of the dam before returning in the
opposite direction when
 
it reaches
 
the far
 
end of
 
the dam.
 
As the
 
mining faces
 
advance, slurry is
 
directed via
 
launders to
 
a pit
 
pump which
 
then
transfers the slurry to a fixed transfer pump station that includes a vibrating trash screen.
A stepped
 
bench approach
 
is adopted
 
to most
 
efficiently reclaim
 
the TSF
 
while maintaining
 
slope stability.
 
Horizontal benches
 
of 100m
 
to 200m,
inclusive of the face angle,
 
are created to maintain safe working distances between
 
simultaneous operations at different bench elevations. The
 
layout
is illustrated in a schematic cross-section (Figure 21).
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p75i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
75
Figure 21: Mining Sequencing
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The top and second layers progress simultaneously until a safe distance (~200m) for
 
the third 15m layer is reached, and so forth until ground level is
reached and the entire TSF is reclaimed. As mining progresses and the footprint is exposed, the final layer is cleared, prepared and rehabilitated.
13.2.
 
Modifying Factors and Mining Schedule
No mining
 
losses or
 
dilution are
 
applied in
 
determining the
 
Mineral Reserve
 
estimates because
 
the TSFs
 
are re-mined
 
and re-processed
 
in their
entirety. All other modifying factors are captured in
 
the mine design together with all of the associated technical aspects that inform the capital and
operating cost estimates.
However, the QP has observed
 
from on-site inspections
 
of the mining
 
process that FWGR also
 
reclaims footwall material, where
 
deemed economically
viable. This practice could
 
imply the application of an
 
appropriate modifying factor in the
 
derivation of Mineral Reserves when not
 
part of the Mineral
Resource estimate. FWGR are keeping suitable records to assess the materiality of this practice on the Mineral
 
Reserve estimate and if material may
be included in future mineral Reserve estimates.
 
Table 12 reports the production as
 
scheduled from the FWGR’s owned TSFs.
 
It reveals a total recovered RoM
 
quantity of 229.37Mt at
 
an average head
grade of 0.33g/t. Table 12 also presents the average metallurgical recovery anticipated from each TSF.
Table 12: Scheduled RoM Production
TSF
Mineral Resource Category
RoM Quantity
(Mt)
In situ Grade
(g/t Au)
Recovery
(%)
Driefontein 5
Measured
8.07
0.48
49.9
Driefontein 3
Measured
50.47
0.47
56.6
Kloof 1
Measured
28.30
0.33
50.5
Libanon
Measured
74.34
0.27
47.2
Venterspost North
Measured
55.32
0.27
54.7
Venterspost South
Measured
12.88
0.33
62.5
Total
 
229.37
0.33
-
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022; and FWGR, 2020
The reclamation sequencing was designed in line with FWGR’s phased approach to increase production (Graph 1).
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p76i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
76
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2023
2025
2027
2029
2031
2033
2035
2037
2039
2041
Financial Year
Gold Content (kg)
Production (Mt)
Financial Year
Driefontein No 5 Dump
Driefontein No 3 Dump
Kloof 1
Libanon
Venterspost North
Venterspost South
 
Gold Content
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2023
2025
2027
2029
2031
2033
2035
2037
2039
2041
2043
2045
2047
2049
2051
Production (Mt)
Financial Year
Driefontein No 5 Dump
Driefontein No 3 Dump
Kloof 1
Libanon
Venterspost North
Venterspost South
Available TSFs
Graph 1: LoM Production Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Graph 2 demonstrates
 
an the Available
 
TSFs which are
 
included in
 
FWGR’s longer-term growth strategy and
 
which justifies
 
the envisaged RTSF capacity
and planned DP2 upgrade.
Graph 2: Potential LoM Production Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
13.3.
 
Cut-off Grade
A cut-off grade has been computed for each of FWGR’s TSFs considering the assumed gold price,
 
anticipated recovery through the planned plant and
the expected operating costs. The results are presented in Table 13.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
77
Table 13: Calculated Cut-off Grades
TSF
Cut-off Grade
(g/t)
Driefontein 5
0.19
Driefontein 3
0.16
Kloof 1
0.18
Libanon
0.20
Venterspost North
0.17
Venterspost South
0.15
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The cut-off grades for
 
the respective dumps range from
 
0.15g/t to 0.20g/t with an average of 0.18g/t. A cut-off grade
 
of 0.15g/t is applicable to the
FWGR LoM plan.
13.4.
 
Mining Contractor
The cost and
 
maintenance of the
 
mining equipment at
 
reclamation sites, employees
 
and other
 
operational resources are
 
for the operating
 
contractor’s
account. They are the subject of contractual agreements with FWGR. Initial capital is not required for the mining. The equipment (i.e., monitor guns)
supplied by the contractor is shown in Table 14.
Table 14: Mining Equipment Planned for each TSF
TSF
Steady State Production
(ktpm)
Required Units
(Number)
Driefontein 5
520
2
Driefontein 3
600
2
Kloof 1
600
2
Libanon
600
2
Venterspost North
600
2
Venterspost South
600
2
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The mining contractor currently relies on two active mining units with a third unit in transit to the next planned set-up position.
The operating cost estimate for the mining and re-deposition of tailings
 
is supported by actual operational figures. They are presented in the
 
working
cost estimates as “contractor costs”.
The capital expenditure estimates for the pipeline and pumping design to move the RoM material to the respective plants for processing and for the
return of the processed material (new arisings) for re-deposition, is provided in Item 18.
13.5.
 
Concluding Comments
Hydro-mining is an
 
existing “tried and
 
tested” process which
 
is well understood.
 
The contractor is
 
entitled to decide
 
on various operational
 
alternatives
and to deploy capital equipment
 
and manage costs. The QP has checked the
 
integrity of the mine design
 
and associated costs and is satisfied
 
with the
level of detail and accuracy of the study work completed. The selective mining of portions of a TSFs is not considered an option by Sound Mining.
From a
 
health and safety
 
perspective, hydro-mining
 
does not create,
 
but rather
 
ameliorates the
 
airborne dust problem
 
often associated
 
with fine
tailings material. Safe bench
 
heights are governed by the
 
material’s strength which is influenced by the
 
phreatic surface within a
 
TSF. These have been
dormant for many years and the
 
phreatic surface is expected to
 
be well below the surface of the dumps.
 
The drilling program to define the
 
Mineral
Resource did not encounter saturated zones or phreatic surfaces and so
 
the risk of slope failure or liquefaction is
 
considered to be low. Slope stability
is however
 
managed and
 
the hydrological
 
aspects affecting
 
the TSFs
 
are not
 
considered significant
 
to the
 
operation. There
 
is a
 
clean/dirty water
separation system with
 
emergency paddocks to
 
prevent any
 
spillage or run-off
 
from the facilities.
 
These assist in
 
preventing chocked screens
 
from
vegetation or heavy rainstorm events, where the runoff needs to be contained prior being pumped through the circuit back to the TSF.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
78
0
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
Jul-19
Oct-19
Jan-20
Apr-20
Jul-20
Oct-20
Jan-21
Apr-21
Jul-21
Oct-21
Jan-22
Apr-22
Production (tpm)
Month
Production (FY 2022)
Production (FY 2021)
Production (FY 2020)
Capacity
14.
 
PROCESS AND RECOVERY METHODS
Item 14 (i); (ii); (iii) and (iv)
An expansion
 
of the
 
currently operating
 
DP2 processing
 
plant is
 
planned to
 
facilitate
 
an increase
 
in processing
 
throughput from
 
the current
 
TSF
Mineral Reserve inventory.
14.1.
 
Existing DP2 Processing Facility
Phase 1 of FWGR’s
 
long-term growth strategy required
 
that the original Driefontein Plant
 
2 (DP2) be modified and refurbished
 
to accommodate up
to 600ktpm of
 
RoM slime from
 
the TSFs.
 
This has been
 
accomplished but with a
 
throughput constraint
 
of approximately
 
500ktpm imposed by
 
the
maximum deposition rate for new arisings onto the Driefontein 4 TSF.
 
Based on current deposition rates, this TSF is due to reach its storage capacity
at the end of 2025.
 
The Phase 1 work
 
on the plant included
 
a refurbishment of the conventional CIL plant
 
and modifications to the
 
milling and cyclone
circuits to ensure the production of a finer grind for gold liberation as suggested by metallurgical test
 
work. The existing primary ball mill design was
modified to incorporate an overflow discharge rather than the grate discharge
 
and the use of a 30mm ball charge instead of the 50mm ball size that
was included in the original mill
 
design. This improved contact between grinding media and
 
gold ore particles for increased grinding efficiency in
 
gold
liberation. A new
 
45m diameter hi-rate
 
thickener was also
 
installed. The achievable
 
grind of 70% <75µm
 
proved to be
 
satisfactory for current
 
gold
recoveries, however,
 
closed circuit
 
milling with
 
cyclones was
 
introduced for
 
an improved
 
grind of
 
between 75%
 
and 80%
 
<75µm to
 
improve the
liberation of gold locked within
 
coarser silicates. Further revisions to the
 
process flow have since included
 
a copper elution step on the
 
loaded carbon,
which delivers a higher-grade gold bar and an improved
 
efficiency of gold removal from cathodes, by
 
improving the gold to copper ratio in
 
the RoM
feed.
Graph
 
3
 
and
 
Graph
 
4
 
show
 
actual
 
DP2
 
plant
 
production
 
capacity
 
and
 
plant
 
recoveries
 
over
 
the
 
period
 
FY2020
 
to
 
FY2022.
 
DP2
 
Plant
 
capacity
improvements over the period
 
analyzed show a gradual improvement
 
of 4.2% when
 
comparing FY2021 (average of
 
513ktpm) against FY2022 (average
of 506ktpm). Plant metallurgical
 
recoveries over the period
 
FY2021 to FY2022 range between
 
49.0% to 49.8% and
 
report lower than metallurgical test
work forecasts. However, it should be noted that the metallurgical plant recoveries
 
will be materially affected by plant head grade feed.
Graph 3: Actual Production Capacity of DP2 for FY2020, FY2021 and FY2022
Source:
 
FWGR, 2022
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p79i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
79
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
Jul-19
Oct-19
Jan-20
Apr-20
Jul-20
Oct-20
Jan-21
Apr-21
Jul-21
Oct-21
Jan-22
Apr-22
Plant Recovery (%)
Month
Actual Recovery
Forecast Recovery
Graph 4: Actual Plant Recovery for DP2 versus Forecast Recovery for FY2020, FY2021 and FY2022
Source:
 
FWGR, 2022
The process flow is now as follows:
●
the slurry
 
from the
 
hydro-mining operation
 
is pumped
 
to a
 
surge tank
 
via a
 
25m
2
 
linear trash
 
screen (800μm).
 
Lime, sourced
 
from a
 
contract
supplier as milk of lime, is added directly into a receiving tank for pH control;
●
from the
 
receiving surge
 
tank, the
 
slurry is
 
pumped to
 
the milling
 
and classification
 
section from
 
where the
 
cyclone overflow
 
reports to
 
the
thickener for thickening to 1.45t/m
3
 
before being pumped to the CIL plant;
●
the CIL section comprises seven tank stages of
 
1,600m
3
 
per tank combining to approximately twelve hours residence time. Each
 
tank is fitted with
carbon retaining screens and a recessed impeller vertical spindle carbon transfer pump. Sodium cyanide solution is added to CIL Tank
 
1 and Tank
2 in order to maintain the required concentration for
 
the leach reaction. Slurry flows downstream through the screens and via launders from CIL
Tank 1 to CIL Tank
 
7 from where it exits to the 25m
2
 
tailings linear screen. Fine carbon is recovered from the screen overflow while the underflow
is pumped by the CIL tailings pump to the tailings tank at the slurry receiving area;
●
loaded carbon flows upstream from
 
CIL Tank
 
7 to CIL Tank
 
1 and is recovered
 
daily from the CIL
 
tank 1 by batch
 
transferring of carbon
 
slurry to
the loaded carbon screen and into a holding tank for transfer to the elution circuit after undergoing copper elution;
●
loaded carbon is batch processed through a 9t elution circuit for gold stripping with the stripped solution reporting to 128m
3
 
holding tanks;
●
the solution is passed through an electrowinning circuit for cleaning. The sludge is then calcined and smelted into doré bars;
●
the doré bars are dispatched to Rand Refinery Limited for final refining;
●
the eluted carbon is thermally regenerated in a horizontal kiln at 700°C and returned to DP2 for re-use in the CIL circuit. Fresh carbon is added to
the circuit as required; and
●
CIL tailings
 
and oversize
 
waste from
 
the incoming
 
TSF re-mined
 
slurry is stored
 
in a
 
mechanically agitated
 
surge tank
 
and pumped
 
by the
 
final
tailings pumps to the Driefontein 4 TSF.
14.2.
 
Planned Expansion of DP2
The latest LoM plan requires an expansion of DP2 rather than the construction of a CPP facility which had been a part of FWGR’s strategic plans. DP2
will be expanded from its
 
current production capacity of 600ktpm
 
to a higher throughput rate
 
of 1.2Mtpm, while the CPP
 
will remain an option for
future strategic planning.
 
The DP2 expansion scheduled
 
to occur during FY2025
 
and FY2026, although the
 
plant will only be
 
required to treat 750ktpm
until January 2030 when the new
 
RTSF is planned to
 
be fully commissioned and operational.
 
The design approach to
 
the DP2 expansion design has
been to modify
 
existing ball
 
milling capacity and
 
duplicate existing
 
processing circuits. The
 
process flow
 
block plan shown
 
in Figure
 
22 depicts the
changed DP2 plant layout planned from the plant expansion.
Figure 22: DP2 Revised Block Plan
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p80i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
80
Source:
 
DRA, 2022
Historically achievable plant gold recoveries are expected to be
 
realized from the expanded DP2 plant with gold
 
recoveries being principally driven by
the plant feed head grade.
A provision of
 
ZAR1,283.20M (excluding contingencies)
 
has been included
 
in the LoM
 
plan for this
 
expansion. The principal
 
areas of capital
 
expenditure
covered by this provision are:
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
81
●
Slurry Receiving and Trash Screening
 
(ZAR64.19 M):
the hydraulically mined material
 
is pumped over trash
 
screens before entering the respective
receiving tanks. Lime can
 
be added in the receiving
 
tank for pH
 
correction. From the
 
slurry receiving tanks the material
 
is pumped either to
 
the
classification and milling circuit or can be bypassed directly to the CIL or pre-leach thickeners.
The provision addresses process design
 
screen changes and the tank
 
volume adjustments necessary to
 
address the increased production capacity.
●
Milling and Thickening (ZAR146.81 M):
prior to milling the material passes through
 
a primary classification stage, via
 
cycloning, where after the
coarser material is closed circuit milled and the finer material from the milling circuit directed to the pre-leach thickeners. Thickener underflow is
pumped to a second set of trash linear screens prior to CIL.
The provision addresses the newly designed cyclone cluster installations, the new 45m diameter thickener circuit,
 
along with all the adjustments
and modifications necessary to the current ball milling circuit.
●
Leach and Adsorption (ZAR231.70 M):
reclamation slurry is either pumped directly
 
to the CIL or first passes through the classification,
 
milling and
thickening circuits
 
before passing
 
through the
 
CIL trash
 
screens and
 
into the
 
CIL. Each
 
circuit consists
 
of one
 
stage of
 
pre-oxidation and
 
seven
stages of CIL where
 
gold is leached and
 
adsorbed onto activated carbon,
 
which flows counter-currently
 
to gold-bearing slurry.
 
Loaded carbon is
directed to elutriation and elution circuits while tailings pass over carbon safety screens before being pumped to the final tailings tank.
The provision provides for the installation of a new CIL section which will duplicate the currently installed capacity.
●
Tailings Disposal
 
(ZAR86.70 M):
CIL tails gravitate
 
through to carbon safety
 
screens. The screen oversize
 
is pumped to the
 
fine carbon handling
circuit ensuring that any
 
carbon passing through the
 
CIL circuit is recovered.
 
The screen undersize
 
is sampled before being
 
collected in the final
tailings tank and then pumped to the TSF.
The
 
provision
 
recognizes
 
the
 
requirement
 
for
 
additional
 
pumping
 
infrastructure
 
to
 
deliver
 
the
 
increased
 
throughput
 
capacity
 
to
 
the
 
future
identified TSF sites at Leeudoorn and the RTSF.
●
Services and Distribution (ZAR193.01
 
M):
this provision considers all
 
of the supporting bulk
 
services
 
required
 
for the plant expansion and
 
includes
the necessary road access construction for the expanded plant site.
●
Water and Air Services (ZAR57.97 M):
the requirements for process water and compressed air
 
services at the increased production capacity are
covered by this provision.
●
Reagents (ZAR52.14 M):
this provision covers the infrastructure necessary to ensure correct reagent dosage in the duplicated processing circuits.
●
Elution and
 
Carbon Handling
 
(ZAR175.09 M):
loaded carbon from
 
the CIL
 
circuit is
 
elutriated to
 
remove any
 
foreign particles
 
prior to
 
elution.
Adsorbed gold will be eluted from the activated carbon by means of a heated solution of sodium cyanide and caustic soda. This elution
 
process is
followed by rinsing and cooling stages. Barren carbon from
 
the batch elution process will be directed to carbon
 
regeneration while the pregnant
leach solution will be routed to pregnant solution tanks for zinc precipitation.
 
The barren carbon from the elution circuits passes through carbon
regeneration kilns to volatilize
 
off impurities and reactivate
 
the carbon where after
 
it is acid washed and transferred
 
back to the last CIL
 
tank of
each circuit. Regenerated carbon
 
is pumped into an acid wash
 
hopper where it undergoes acid
 
wash to remove precipitated
 
material (inorganic
and organic) to restore additional carbon activity prior to being pumped back to the respective CIL circuit.
The provision
 
addresses the requirement
 
for the installation
 
of a new
 
elution and
 
carbon handling
 
circuit which will
 
duplicate the currently
 
installed
capacity.
●
Zinc Precipitation and Smelting (ZAR81.42 M):
Gold in solution from the elution circuit will be recovered by zinc precipitation in plate and frame
filters.
The provision addresses the requirement
 
for the installation of a
 
new zinc precipitation and smelting
 
circuit which will enable the production
 
of
doré to match the currently installed capacity.
●
Indirect Capital (194.16):
which is comprised of Construction Costs (ZAR4.79
 
M), First Fill Consumables (ZAR0.18 M),
 
Commissioning and Spares
(ZAR10.96 M) and Project Services (ZAR178.23 M).
14.3.
 
Concluding Comments
The current DP2
 
process performance
 
and subsequent modifications
 
to the
 
original DP2 plant
 
circuit, along with
 
the supporting metallurgical
 
test
work have indicated that the forecast DP2 expansion will be capable of meeting the expected financial forecasting.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p82i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
82
15.
 
INFRASTRUCTURE
Item 15 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv); (v); (vi); (vii); (viii); (ix) and
 
(x)
Phase 1 capital expenditure
 
on surface infrastructure
 
was mostly on pump
 
stations, pipelines and a
 
cyclone deposition system
 
at the Driefontein
 
4
TSF to facilitate the storage
 
of tailings derived from the initial reclamation and processing
 
of the Driefontein 5 TSF.
 
The Driefontein 4 TSF provides a
current depositional capacity of
 
500ktpm. Phase 1 capital expenditure
 
on surface infrastructure was mostly on
 
pump stations, pipelines and a
 
cyclone
deposition system at the Driefontein 4 TSF to facilitate the storage of tailings derived from the initial reclamation and processing of the Driefontein 5
TSF. The Driefontein 4 TSF provides a current depositional capacity of 500ktpm, which will reduce to
 
250ktpm from December 2025, when additional
depositional capacity of
 
500ktpm at the Leeudoorn
 
TSF will become available in
 
terms of an in-principle
 
agreement with Sibanye Gold.
 
The Leeudoorn
TSF will
 
be converted
 
from a
 
day-wall design
 
to a
 
cyclone deposition design
 
and the processing
 
at DP2
 
is planned to
 
increase in
 
to 750ktpm.
 
This
depositional arrangement is scheduled to
 
carry on until January 2030
 
when the RTSF is planned
 
to be operational at
 
a deposition rate of
 
1.2Mtpm.
Figure 23 shows the locality of the existing Driefontein 4 TSF and the DP2 plant.
Figure 23: Driefontein 4 TSF Location and Infrastructure
Source:
 
FWGR,
 
2020
15.1.
 
Leeudoorn Facility
The Leeudoorn TSF is
 
located 7km north-east of
 
Fochville on the
 
West Rand,
 
Gauteng Province. Sibanye
 
Gold have, after
 
a detailed, joint
 
technical
review, agreed in principle that FWGR
 
may, with effect
 
from January 2026, deposit up to 500ktm of tailings onto the Leeudoorn TSF provided FWGR
paid the capital cost to convert the TSF
 
to cyclone depositioning.
 
FWGR intends to use
 
this TSF for a
 
period of four
 
years, until the RTSF is
 
constructed.
 
The TSF incorporates two independent
 
and active compartments
namely the western (lower) compartment and the eastern (upper) compartment.
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p83i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
83
A return water dam (RWD) and storm water dam (SWD) are located to
 
the west of the lower TSF compartment. The upper and lower compartments
were
 
commissioned
 
in
 
1991
 
and
 
1990
 
respectively.
 
The
 
TSF
 
footprint
 
is
 
189ha
 
with
 
a
 
lower
 
compartment
 
footprint
 
of
 
108ha
 
and
 
an
 
upper
compartment footprint of 81ha. Underdrains are
 
installed at the base of the
 
TSF which discharge into an unlined
 
solution trench. Sibanye Gold, the
current TSF operator are presently installing two floating penstocks on the lower and upper compartments.
Water from
 
the TSFs is
 
diverted to the RWD
 
through the unlined solution trench.
 
A spillway links
 
water from the
 
RWD to the SWD
 
with a pumping
system which returns water
 
back to the TSF compartments. A further spillway allows the release of water from the SWD into
 
the environment. Both
TSF compartments are unlined. Figure 24 shows the current layout of the Leeudoorn TSF.
Figure 24: Leeudoorn TSF Layout
Source:
 
Geo Tail, 2022
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
84
Table 15 presents a summary of the design criteria and assumptions used for the Leeudoorn TSF design.
Table 15: Design Criteria and Assumptions
Description
Value/Output
Source
General
Topographical Survey
A Lidar survey dated May 2021
Sibanye Gold
Residue Materials
Gold tailings
FWGR
Legal Framework
South Africa and benchmarking against good practice international standards i.e., GISTM
FWGR
Process Criteria
Tailings Deposition Rate
Deposition strategy
FWGR
Slurry Density
Average Relative Density = 1.38
FWGR
Design Life
Deposition strategy
FWGR
Water Management
Objectives
•
Minimize usage
•
Encourage drying and consolidation of the tailings
•
Separate clean run-off from potentially contaminated process water
•
Prevent uncontrolled dirty surface water discharge to the environment
GTSA
Principles
•
Divert clean storm water run-off away from the facility
•
Minimize the storage of water on the facility
•
Contain and re-use the water emanating from the facility
•
Discharge excess water from the facility to the environment only if the structural stability of the
facility is compromised
GTSA
Water Balance
A continuous daily time step water balance (GoldSim)
iLanda
Climatic Data
MAP = 624 mm
MAE: 1,670 mm (S-Pan)
iLanda
Storm Event
1 in 50-year, 24-hour = 119 mm
1 in 10,000-year, 24-hour,
 
or PMP = 248 mm
iLanda
Decant Rate
•
Decant slurry water daily to ensure that the average pool volume is maintained as small as possible
•
Transfer the design storm from the storage facility basin to the return water dam within an
acceptable period
GTSA
Water Storage and Return
Pumping Capacity
•
The objective will be to create adequate water storage and water return pumping capacity to
prevent uncontrolled discharge of dirty surface water to the environment. The water balance will
confirm the frequency for controlled discharges, if necessary
•
The return water pumping system will be designed to return 100% of the process demand from the
return water dam to the process
GTSA
Lining Requirement
No lining required
FWGR
Structural Stability
Objective
To create a safe and stable tailings storage complex and to minimize the risk to human lives, health,
and property
GTSA
Design Storm
1 in 50-year, 24-hour (minimum)
1 in 10,000-year, 24-hour (maximum)
GTSA
Freeboard Target
The minimum freeboard target will be to accommodate the 1 in 50-year, 24-hour storm volume plus
0.8m dry freeboard on top of the normal operating level (excluding decant return) or the 1 in 10,000-
year, 24-hour storm volume on top of the normal operating level (excluding decant return). The most
conservative storm event will be utilized for freeboard analysis
GTSA
Side Slope Stability
•
The minimum factor of safety will be 1.5 for drained conditions at peak strength
•
The minimum factor of safety will be 1.1 for seismic loading (drained analysis)
•
The minimum factor of safety will be 1.3 for undrained conditions at peak strength
•
The minimum factor of safety will be 1.1 for undrained conditions at residual strength
GTSA
Source:
 
Geo Tail, 2022
15.1.1.
 
Geotechnical, Hydrological and Geohydrological Considerations
The area to be covered by the TSF overlies mostly an andesitic volcanic intrusive with typically fine and expansive soil profiles. While the
weathering profiles are
 
highly variable within
 
this host formation,
 
no dolomite has
 
been identified within
 
the TSF
 
footprint. There is
 
a
single north-south striking linear structural feature (possible dyke or fault) located east of the upper compartment.
It is noted
 
from geotechnical
 
observations that
 
the TSF
 
comprises sand and
 
silty sand grading
 
to clay
 
and silty
 
sand within the
 
middle
region of the TSF profile and
 
clay along the base. Clayey and silty
 
layers occur within the upper
 
regions as thin cohesive lenses,
 
associated
with a reduction in the cone
 
resistance. The tailings appear to be stiff across
 
both compartments of the TSF and
 
the underlying basement
materials also exhibit very
 
stiff consistencies.
 
Overall, the observations
 
made along the surface
 
of each section
 
on both the
 
Upper and
Lower Compartments presents evidence of cementation and densification of tailings materials with depth.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
85
A geo-hydrological
 
study was
 
completed in
 
2019 regarding
 
the impact
 
of the
 
Leeudoorn RWD
 
and the
 
Leeudoorn TSF
 
on the
 
ground
water.
 
The TSF contributes the majority of the contamination to the ground water,
 
with the rest being from the Leeudoorn RWD. When
using sulphate as an
 
indicator leachate concentration in the pollution
 
plume are in the
 
order of 50,000m
3
/month from the Leeudoorn
 
TSF
and only 60m
3
/month Leeudoorn RWD.
An independent risk assessment was completed on the possibility of a dam breach using a
 
2020 as-built survey. The most critical failure
scenario recorded was a
 
rainy-day cascade failure
 
at the western
 
wall of the lower
 
compartment, with an estimated
 
Population at Risk
(PAR) of 2,570 people and
 
a Potential Loss of Life
 
(PLL) of between 13
 
and 400 people and
 
when classified by the
 
Global Industry Standard
for Tailings Management (GISTM) Classification system, was reported as an Extreme Consequence Classification.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p86i1 exhibit961p86i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
86
15.1.2.
 
Leeudoorn Design
Figure 25 shows the final layout for the Leeudoorn TSF.
Figure 25: Final Layout of Airspace Model
Source:
 
Geo Tail, 2022
The elements of the proposed Leeudoorn design are described further:
Transport
 
System:
A booster
 
pump station
 
located
 
at
 
the existing
 
Leeudoorn Process
 
plant will
 
pump slurry
 
to the
 
cyclone delivery
stations located on the TSF.
 
The supernatant water will decant
 
via the existing gravity
 
penstock systems to
 
the new silt traps which will
overflow to
 
the solution
 
trench. The
 
solution trench
 
reports to
 
the return
 
water
 
dam from
 
where the
 
water
 
will be
 
pumped to
 
the
operating plant for re-use in the process. Excess water from the return water dam will spill to the SWD.
Elevated Filter Drain:
The elevated filter drains
 
will be installed during
 
the operation ahead of
 
the development of the
 
underflow wall.
The outflow collection
 
system must
 
be pre-installed
 
as part
 
of the construction
 
works. The
 
drain outflow
 
collection system
 
comprises
HDPE manholes at the
 
end of the outlet pipes
 
from the filter drains.
 
These are located on
 
the newly formed step-in.
 
Outlet pipes from
the manholes will divert the water down the side slope to the solution trench.
Figure 26 shows the position of the elevated drain filter.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p87i1
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p87i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
87
Figure 26: Position of the Elevated Drain Filter
Source
 
Geo Tail, 2022
Cyclone Set-up:
The cyclone layouts for the two compartments are shown in Figure 27.
Figure 27: Cyclone Layout
Source:
 
Geo Tail, 2022
Engineered Benches:
Engineered benches will collect surface run-off
 
and silt load. Bench penstocks will be
 
utilized to divert excess water
to the solution trench from where
 
the flow will be diverted
 
to the RWD. The in-line bench
 
penstocks will be linked with a single
 
downpipe
with a
 
maximum of
 
five bench
 
penstocks feeding
 
into each
 
downpipe. Run-off
 
will be
 
temporarily stored
 
on the
 
benches during high
rainfall events and to accommodate this, benches will be sloped inwards and a bund wall will be constructed.
Wall Development:
The 250mm, 30tph, cyclones
 
will be 24m
 
apart along the
 
complete perimeter.
 
There will be
 
no disconnecting and
relocating of cyclones
 
from one point
 
to another on
 
the wall with
 
every cyclone being
 
required to
 
develop a 24m
 
section of wall.
 
The
cyclone is used to create a trapezoidal wall cross-section with
 
anticipated approximate 1v:3h side slopes and a 1.0m to 1.5m wide crest.
The outcome of the cyclone deposition
 
operation must be a smooth consistent
 
outer profile, conforming to
 
the specified profile with a
level crest.
The TSF
 
Contractor shall
 
regularly take
 
feed,
 
under and
 
overflow density
 
measurements to
 
calculate the
 
cyclone split.
 
In addition,
 
a
monthly survey shall be conducted to
 
allow a volumetric reconciliation and
 
calculation of under/overflow split to
 
be determined at the
same time checking the wall geometry and freeboard.
Pool and
 
Decant Management:
 
Routine rotation
 
of deposition
 
around the
 
perimeter should
 
maintain the
 
pool around
 
the penstock
intakes.
 
Given the
 
high deposition
 
rate
 
and the
 
expected increased
 
vertical freeboard,
 
the pool
 
will be
 
larger than
 
with the
 
day wall
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
88
operation and likely to be
 
permanent. Decanting will be continuous with no
 
stacking of night rings. The decant
 
return should always be
maximized to ensure minimum storage of supernatant and storm water with excess water only being temporarily stored in the TSF basin
during high rainfall periods.
Silt Trap:
The elevated penstocks
 
discharge directly into
 
the new lined silt
 
traps before it
 
overflows into the
 
solution trench. Discharge
into the silt traps should be regularly stopped to allow the silt to settle and be measured.
15.1.3.
 
Conclusions
A Leeudoorn TSF design has been completed to enable the conversion of the current day wall TSF to a cyclone-based deposition system.
The design has been developed
 
to accommodate the required deposition
 
plan. It has been benchmarked
 
against other similar conversion
projects and has been found to be within proven operational practice and acceptable risk levels.
The stability assessment of the proposed
 
conversion has demonstrated factors
 
of safety which exceed
 
the design targets and therefore
considered satisfactory for normal
 
operating conditions. This assumes that
 
the TSF operation will be
 
properly managed and that
 
all the
identified critical parameters will be monitored.
A water balance has been developed for the proposed changes to the current conventional TSF design.
This water
 
balance demonstrates
 
the expected
 
improvements in
 
water recovery
 
resulting from
 
the increased
 
rate of
 
rise and
 
greater
water recovery efficiency of the cyclone system.
The forecast returns
 
from the Leeudoorn TSF
 
are expected to
 
be approximately 50%
 
of slurry water.
 
Modelling has demonstrated
 
that
the current penstock arrangement on both compartments is adequate to maintain pool control within both basins.
In order to ensure compliance with the Government Notice
 
(GN) 704 (Regulations on Use of Mining and Related
 
Activities Aimed at the
Protection of Water Resources - published
 
in the Government Gazette 20119) the
 
RWD will require a capacity
 
of 56,000m
3
 
between 2026
and 2029 (period of high deposition
 
rate) and a capacity of 107,000m
3
 
from post 2030 (period of low deposition
 
rate). The water balance
indicates that during storm conditions up to 90% of the slurry water is likely to be returned to the system.
15.2.
 
Regional Tailings
 
Storage Facility
The LoM planning by FWGR includes the establishment of a RTSF on a site 10km east of Fochville.
The RTSF
 
site consists of
 
an area
 
of approximately
 
1,000ha. It
 
is located
 
between two
 
water courses,
 
the Leeuspruit to
 
the north east
 
and an
 
un-
named ephemeral stream/wetland to
 
the south west, both
 
merging south east of
 
the site. FWGR
 
owns most of the
 
land on which the
 
RTSF will be
constructed, with the balance covered by way of an option agreement. Topographically this creates a slightly convex spur. Elevations in the area vary
between around
 
1,540mamsl along
 
the northern extremity
 
to around
 
1,500mamsl in
 
the south
 
east over
 
a distance
 
of some
 
6km. This
 
results in
typically gentle slopes of around 0.7% with some localized variations in gradient.
FWGR has a development plan for the RTSF which incorporates the following changes to the WUL as originally approved:
●
the inclusion of an alternative barrier system to the previously proposed synthetic barrier for groundwater protection; and
●
the submission of a detailed design to the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) for approval.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
89
Table 16 outlines the main
 
differences between the earlier
 
RTSF design and the
 
revised design. These differences
 
include a significantly
 
larger capacity
of 800Mt compared to
 
an earlier 290Mt, along with
 
a correspondingly higher disposal rate
 
which is ramped up
 
in phases to 2.4Mtpm
 
compared to
1.4Mtpm. In
 
the revised
 
design, the
 
overall percentage
 
of slurry
 
solids is
 
reduced to
 
a 50%
 
segregating
 
slurry compared
 
to an
 
earlier 65%
 
non-
segregating slurry.
Table 16: Changes in Parameters
Criteria/Parameter
Sibanye Gold FS
FWGR FS
LoM
Phase 1 only - 17 years
Complete life 25 years
Processing Plant
Au, U, H
2
SO
4
, roaster
Gold only
Total Disposal Quantity
FS only 290Mt
800Mt
Disposal Rate
1.4Mtpm
1.2Mtpm, increasing to 1.8Mtpm,
then 2.4Mtpm
Slurry Delivery
Single Pipe
2 to 5 pipes
Slurry Percentage Solids
65% - non-segregating
50% - segregating
Surface Water Management
Treat and discharge
Collect and re-cycle
Ground Water Protection
Synthetic barrier
Scavenger wells
Tailings Dam Development Method
Untried spigotting of a non-segregating slurry at <3m/yr
Proven on-wall cyclones at 4m/yr to 6m/yr
Source:
 
Beric Robertson Tailings,
 
2020
Coupled to the deployment of this lower density slurry is the use of proven on-wall cyclones. The water treatment approach for the revised design is
to consider
 
a closed
 
circuit, which
 
collects and
 
re-cycles the
 
water load.
 
FWGR proposed
 
amended designed
 
provides that
 
groundwater is
 
to be
managed by way of a network of interception scavenger wells positioned to capture and recycle the
 
pollution plume. It is proposed that this replaces
the previously considered method of a
 
synthetic barrier.
 
It is noted that the impact
 
of adopting a disposal method which generates
 
a higher rate of
rise per annum is to promote a smaller environmental footprint.
The approach
 
to the
 
RTSF
 
design and
 
disposal policy
 
has been
 
guided by
 
the FWGR
 
policy,
 
the objective
 
of which
 
is “to
 
develop an
 
indefinitely
sustainable landscape that, at worst, has a benign, but preferably positive socio-environmental impact”.
The following has been referenced in developing the RTSF design:
●
the Chamber of Mines Guide to the Design of Metalliferous Tailings Dams 1972, as revised; and
●
SABS 0286; Mine Residue standard (now SANS 10286) (1998).
Following
 
the
 
headline
 
TSF
 
failures
 
in
 
Brazil
 
at
 
Samarco
 
(2015)
 
and
 
Brumadinho
 
(2019)
 
a
 
number
 
of
 
initiatives
 
have
 
been
 
promulgated
 
in
 
the
international
 
mining
 
community.
 
The
 
International
 
Council
 
for
 
Mining
 
and
 
Minerals
 
(ICMM)
 
developed
 
a
 
Global
 
Industry
 
Standard
 
for
 
Tailings
Management (GISTM) (2020). The
 
GISTM is a guide
 
with no regulatory jurisdiction outside
 
of the membership articles
 
of the ICMM and
 
consists of
fifteen principles which can be adopted voluntarily by mining companies. In March 2020, the International Council for Large Dams (ICOLD) published
a draft bulletin on Tailings Dam Safety.
 
The RTSF
 
design adopted
 
by FWGR
 
has taken
 
reference
 
from SANS
 
10286 and
 
all other
 
relevant
 
South African
 
legislation including
 
the National
Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008) (NEM:WA), the NWA, the MHSA and their associated regulations. All of this work
has been undertaken in the context of the FWGR Tailings Disposal Policy.
The RTSF
 
design approach
 
has undertaken
 
a rigorous
 
iterative examination
 
of an
 
appropriate tailing
 
disposal method,
 
for the
 
class, quantity
 
and
quality of tailings under
 
consideration. Throughout the design process,
 
cognizance has been taken of the
 
potentiality of catastrophic or consequential
failure resulting from the following two most commonly responsible mechanisms:
●
hydraulic over topping leading to erosion of the containment wall with consequent collapse; and
●
geotechnical instability as a result of insufficient shear strength resulting in a collapse of a portion of the outer wall.
The iterative examination process has considered the following environmental and engineering elements (Table 17 and Table
 
18).
Table 17: Environmental Elements under Consideration for RTSF Design and Disposal Method
Criteria/Parameter
Description
Topography
i.e., Mountainous, hilly or planar
Climate
i.e., Arid, semi-arid, temperate, sub-tropical, tropical, monsoon
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
90
Seismicity
Low, medium or high
Geochemistry
Low, moderate, severe
Tailings SG
High, average, low
Source:
 
Beric Robertson Tailings,
 
2020
Table 18: Engineering Elements under Consideration for RTSF Design and Disposal Method
Criteria/Parameter
Description
Disposal
Wet or Dry
Generation Type
1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th
PSD
CC, FC, CF or FF*
Slurry Density
Low, Ave, High (up to paste)
Wall Development Method
Downstream, centerline or upstream
Deposition Method
Open-end, spigot, on-wall cyclones
Decant System
Gravity, pumped, siphon
Ground Water Protection
Synthetic liner or scavenger wells
Air and Surface Water quality Protection
Various options
Post-closure Options
Various approaches
Source:
 
Beric Robertson Tailings,
 
2020
Note:
 
* C=coarse, F=fine
Based on the above criteria, the design for the RTSF includes the following attributes (Table 19):
Table 19: RTSF Design Criteria
Design Criteria
A 4th generation TSF
Low density slurry feed to an on wall upstream ring dyke dam
A pumped decant system
The abstraction containment of the leachate plume
The progressive cladding and vegetation of the outer slopes
Post closure water treatment designed for a non-consumable agricultural product farming business
Source:
 
Beric Robertson Tailings,
 
2020
The proposed RTSF will cover an area of approximately 1,000ha with a final surface top area of around 600ha. The RTSF has been planned within the
original demarcated and authorised site area.
15.2.1.
 
Geotechnical, Hydrological and Geohydrological Considerations
Geotechnical investigations have confirmed that there are
 
no related fatal flaws. They
 
demonstrate that the RTSF site is suitable
 
for the
construction of
 
a RTSF and
 
its related infrastructure.
 
The natural material
 
available on site
 
is suitable, both
 
qualitatively and quantitatively,
for the construction of the various structures including embankments, canals, foundations, roadways,
 
compacted clay liners and for use
as cover placement. In areas with collapsible topsoil
 
an allowance was made to excavate and use this material for general compacted fill,
and to use an impact roller to compact the remaining material from surface in order to reduce its collapse potential to
 
acceptable levels
thereby forming a suitable foundation in these areas.
The current legislation contains mechanisms for the
 
classification of processed tailings, which
 
in the case of the approved RTSF, called for
the use of
 
a liner (Class
 
C barrier or
 
equivalent). This legislation
 
has been reviewed
 
by the legislature
 
to address various
 
shortcomings
with
 
one
 
material
 
change
 
being
 
that
 
the
 
remediation
 
requirements
 
will
 
be
 
informed
 
by
 
the
 
outcome
 
of
 
a
 
comprehensive
 
hazard
identification and risk assessment approach, subject to final approval of this legislation. The latest design
 
of the RTSF is aligned with the
requirements of the pending changes to the legislation.
Hydrological studies have assessed the impact of the RTSF on the hydrology of the local area. Mean average rainfall of around 600mm
 
is
noted. The
 
area has
 
exceptionally high
 
evaporation rates
 
of around
 
2,000mm and
 
this will
 
assist in
 
removing water
 
content from
 
the
tailings which will aid tailings stability. It is expected that climate change impacts are unlikely to be material over the next decade.
A consequence of
 
the ring dyke dam design
 
and the hydrological setting is
 
that surface water will tend
 
to flow away from the
 
RTSF surface
footprint. As a consequence, the RTSF has no direct riverine impact being well above the 1:100-year flood lines as confirmed in the most
recent hydrological assessment.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
91
RTSF run-off impacts will be managed
 
through the progressive soil cladding
 
and grassing of the slopes with
 
clear water run-off forecast
after some four years from commissioning.
Overall water management has
 
been assessed
 
through the use
 
of a dynamic
 
water simulation model
 
over the LoM.
 
The model as
 
expected
confirms low averag
 
e
 
monthly returns as
 
the return water
 
pumping rate
 
is controlled. This
 
results in seasonal
 
fluctuations in the
 
RTSF
pond volume driven principally by reduced winter evaporation. The model outcomes imply that due to the relatively high basin capacity
of the RTSF, the risk of over topping due to hydro-meteorological events
 
and operational practices is considered to be low.
Storm
 
water
 
management
 
on
 
the
 
RTSF
 
slopes
 
between
 
the
 
crest
 
of
 
the
 
basin
 
and
 
the
 
perimeter
 
toe
 
is
 
managed
 
through
 
the
implementation of the following design approach:
●
the slope is divided into 400m wide segments around the perimeter;
●
each 400m wide segment has a centrally located outlet down the slope consisting of precast concrete chutes;
●
the cross-section comprises a series of 10m high, 35m wide scallops forming a 1.6m high (but could be reduced
 
to 1.4m) bund along
the lower edge of each;
●
the scallops temporary buffer create capacity for run-off prior to discharge down the chutes; and
●
the scalloped benches are divided into paddocks by cross-walls or bunds with hydraulic links to control flow between paddocks.
The concrete chute system has been successfully used at other TSFs.
The geo-hydrological impacts of the RTSF will be managed through the installation of a network of abstraction
 
wells. The regional water
table is found
 
at relatively shallow depths
 
across the RTSF site
 
of 3m to
 
8m. The impact
 
of tailings deposition
 
will be that a
 
phreatic surface
will merge between the
 
original water table
 
setting and the
 
TSF.
 
Seepage modelling has been used
 
to analyze
 
the impacts on the
 
geo-
hydrology. Input
 
requirements into this modelling include,
 
the site geological structure
 
and the topology of all
 
the materials in the TSF.
Each material type or zone is assigned appropriate
 
permeability properties along with other factors such as slurry water
 
inflow, rainfall,
evaporation and
 
run-off rates.
 
Further modelling
 
describes the proposed
 
zoning of
 
the under
 
and overflow
 
from the
 
cyclone disposal
positions during the TSF operation.
The seepage modelling has confirmed that the stability of the RTSF can be enhanced through the construction of filter drains
 
integrated
into the underflow tailings
 
walls which protrude into
 
the basin of the
 
RTSF.
 
These underflow curtains which are
 
described as similar to
the “fins of a radiator”, draw down the phreatic surface of the underflow which contributes to the enhancement of the wall stability.
Post closure modelling indicates
 
that drain flows of
 
up to 700m
3
/d may need will need
 
to be treated through
 
a small sustainable water
treatment facility.
The primary purpose
 
of the ground water modelling
 
has been to validate the use
 
of a scavenger well network to
 
control pollution impacts
on the
 
local aquifer
 
system.
 
This modelling
 
has been
 
developed from
 
calibrating existing
 
boreholes and
 
using an
 
historical database
established by the earlier investigators.
The geo-hydrological regime at the RTSF site consists of the stacking of a weathered aquifer over a deeper fractured aquifer (Figure 28).
Figure 28: Geo-hydrological Regime at the RTSF Site
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p92i1
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p92i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
92
Source:
 
Beric Robinson Tailings,
 
2020
The water table approximates the topography at
 
a depth of 3m to
 
8m and the general ground
 
water flow is from north
 
west to south east
with local
 
south and
 
eastward
 
flows to
 
the adjacent
 
streams. Earlier
 
studies promoted
 
the use
 
of a
 
synthetic
 
liner for
 
ground water
protection. The use of a synthetic
 
liner, installed at
 
the base of the RTSF would
 
be to create a third
 
‘perched’ aquifer above the current
weathered zone
 
aquifer.
 
Installing such
 
a barrier over
 
a 1,000ha
 
footprint could
 
result in a
 
design which will
 
ultimately end
 
up with
 
a
compromised liner integrity,
 
requiring the eventual
 
implementation of a
 
well system
 
to contain the
 
contaminant plume. In
 
addition to
this, the inclusion of a liner in the design significantly raises RTSF geotechnical risk.
The scavenger
 
well system
 
generates a
 
hydraulic barrier
 
around the
 
RTSF by
 
directing ground
 
water flow
 
towards the
 
RTSF footprint
(Figure 29).
Figure 29: Geo-hydrological Effects of Scavenger Wells beneath the RTSF
Source:
 
Beric Robinson Tailings,
 
2020
The deeper fractured aquifer exhibits
 
low permeability characteristics which promote the
 
flow of the contaminated
 
plume towards the
peripheral abstraction wells which
 
recover the polluted ground
 
water and contain
 
the plume dispersion. All
 
the dirty water from
 
these
scavenger wells accumulates
 
in large concrete
 
sumps before
 
being pumped back
 
into the operational
 
circuit whilst operating
 
and post
closure will be treated for either disposal or utilization.
Ground water
 
modelling was
 
carried out
 
in an
 
appropriate software
 
package
 
and confirmed
 
the effectiveness
 
of the
 
abstraction well
system methodology. Numerous modelling iterations were carried out to identify optimal borehole spacing and localities. The modelling
has indicated that
 
a series of
 
abstraction wells drilled
 
into the weathered
 
aquifer to a depth
 
of around 20m,
 
arranged in three
 
rows around
the perimeter should effectively prevent the lateral spread of
 
any contaminant plume. Vertical containment is effectively achieved at the
base of the weathered aquifer, the underlying fractured aquifer exhibiting low permeability characteristics.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
93
A
 
critical feature
 
of the
 
implementation
 
of the
 
scavenger
 
well
 
system
 
methodology will
 
be the
 
practice of
 
systematic
 
water
 
quality
sampling and it is proposed that 25% of all wells are tested on a monthly basis. This will be used for the regular updating and
 
calibrating
of the ground water model which will enable, where necessary, practical interventions into the well field design to be implemented.
15.2.2.
 
The RTSF Design
The RTSF design has been configured by assembling the following components or design elements:
Toe Wall Embankment and Cladding Stockpile: the perimeter boundary of the RTSF is defined by a single Toe Wall (3m high by 6m wide).
This serves as a containment barrier and as
 
a perimeter access road. The tailings placement has been
 
planned to fill within 1.5 to 2.0m of
the
 
Toe
 
Wall
 
crest.
 
Compacted
 
material
 
for
 
the
 
Toe
 
Wall
 
will
 
be
 
borrowed
 
from
 
a
 
2m
 
deep
 
trench
 
excavated
 
within
 
the
 
Toe
 
Wall
perimeter.
 
This trench
 
will form
 
a paddock for
 
tailings run-off
 
material at
 
the toe of
 
the slope.
 
A temporary
 
cladding stockpile
 
will be
formed outside the Toe Wall.
Heel Wall
 
Embankment: in the
 
case of RTSF,
 
an upstream cyclone
 
dam, the containment
 
wall formed from
 
the underflow needs to
 
be
established
 
on
 
a
 
stable
 
platform
 
for
 
the
 
tailings
 
placement
 
to
 
be
 
ultimately
 
stable.
 
The
 
overflow
 
is
 
therefore
 
contained
 
behind
 
an
embankment upstream
 
of the intended
 
wall footprint
 
and is
 
called a
 
Heel Wall.
 
The Heel
 
Wall therefore
 
defines the initial
 
division or
separation of the under and overflow with the overflow area termed the Basin.
The height of the Heel Wall changes progressively as the dam is developed and is
 
determined from the availability of underflow and the
relative rates
 
of rise of
 
the over and
 
underflow. The determination
 
of the expected
 
height and position of
 
the Heel Wall
 
is an iterative
process of trial and optimization with
 
the base of the wall being typically selected
 
at approximately one third
 
of the horizontal distance
of the base length of the final slope.
Heel Wall structure
 
on a dam
 
the size of
 
the RTSF represents
 
a substantial embankment
 
structure with a
 
correspondingly high level
 
of
material requirements. This material has been sourced within the RTSF footprint which reduces further
 
environmental degradation from
external borrow pits and reduces haul distance costs. A further feature
 
to assist construction material placement is the incorporation of
access ramps onto the Heel Wall at 400m centers. Geotechnical
 
site investigations have verified the suitability and availability of
 
material
excavated from within the RTSF footprint for Heel Wall construction.
Miscellaneous Embankments: in order to control the run-off harvested between the Heel Wall and Toe Wall on the low south side of the
RTSF and prevent an overtopping of
 
the Toe Wall, it is necessary to construct a
 
series of radial cross walls at
 
approximately 400m centers.
These compartments serve to spread the containment of run-off material
 
over a broader area and reduce the depth of material around
the RTSF perimeter.
Where necessary, low
 
embankments will be constructed to
 
correct the gradients of
 
filter drains. The decant
 
pumping arrangement will
require an embankment on which the pumps can stand, which will also provide an access road facility.
Filter Drain System: the
 
beneficial reduction of pore water pressure
 
in the underflow results in a
 
lowering of the phreatic surface
 
levels
and improved tailings
 
strength development,
 
along with a reduction
 
in the risk
 
of slope undercutting
 
at the slope
 
toe. This is
 
achieved
through the use
 
of a filter
 
drain network which promotes
 
high permeability conducts
 
which evacuates pore water while
 
holding back solid
particles. The
 
impact of
 
an effective
 
drainage system
 
is to
 
activate
 
the radial
 
flow of
 
water
 
towards
 
the drain
 
centers. Various
 
drain
configurations have been incorporated into the RTSF design. These variations have been optimised through iterative stages of numerical
seepage analysis.
Scavenger Well System: the scavenger well system is
 
a viable alternative to
 
managing the inherent
 
geotechnical risks and financial
 
burden
of a synthetic barrier. The system
 
exploits the existing geo-hydrological regime beneath the proposed RTSF,
 
which consists of an aquifer
comprising of two horizons;
 
the upper 20m to
 
30m a weathered
 
aquifer and an
 
underlying fractured aquifer.
 
The transmissivity of the
fractured aquifer is limited to
 
discontinuities in the rock mass.
 
This confines ground water flow
 
almost entirely to the upper
 
weathered
aquifer.
A well system
 
of three rows
 
of scavenger wells
 
is envisaged, consisting
 
of an outer
 
row along the Toe
 
Wall of
 
the facility,
 
the Toe
 
Wall
Scavenger Wells
 
(TWSWs), a middle
 
row along the line
 
of the Heel Wall
 
Scavenger Wells
 
(HWSWs) and an
 
inner third row to
 
be drilled
after the fourth bench of the RTSF.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
94
The HWSW and
 
TWSW wells would
 
be installed from
 
the outset, with
 
the TWSW wells
 
being used initially as
 
monitoring wells. As
 
and
where necessary, additional boreholes will be established downstream for additional scavenger well purposes.
Deposition System:
 
on-wall cyclones will
 
be used to
 
deposit the tailings
 
pumped from the
 
DP2 Plant some
 
46km to
 
the RTSF
 
through
500mm high-density polyethylene (HDPE) lined steel pipelines. A
 
relatively low target slurry density
 
of 1.38t/m
3
 
has been stipulated for
the RTSF.
The slurry is pumped in
 
trains of 600ktpm per pipeline,
 
starting with two pipelines to accommodate the
 
production rate of 1.2Mtpm. The
pipe servitude enters the RTSF
 
site from the north-east where
 
the pipes will be taken
 
through the pre-cast box
 
culverts to the inside of
the Toe Wall. One pipe will continue straight onto the dam
 
with the pipe being extended up the side of the dam, suitably profiled across
the benches,
 
as the
 
dam develops
 
in height.
 
Two
 
of the
 
slurry pipes
 
will be
 
directed clockwise
 
along the
 
inside of
 
the Toe
 
Wall, one
extending 20% and the second 40% around the perimeter. The other two slurry pipes will be similarly routed, but anti-clockwise.
For the first three years of operation, 250mm cyclones will be deployed so as to
 
ensure a maximum split of underflow during the period
when underflow demand is greatest
 
due to wall construction
 
requirements. This cyclone
 
arrangement has been
 
deployed in the South
African tailings environment since the 1980s.
A 600ktpm slurry stream will require
 
some 20 to 25 cyclones to deposit
 
material based on a cyclone throughput
 
of 40tph to 45tph. The
eventual layout of cyclones will consider
 
some 37 to 41 cyclones
 
per dam sector of
 
around 1,000m to 1,100m. This
 
is estimated to service
approximately 25% to 30% of the dam perimeter with
 
all five slurry streams operating (5% to 6% per pipeline).
 
This is expected to deliver
a deposition to drying ratio of 1.3 to 1.4 which is considered acceptable for sustainable underflow consolidation.
Once the underflow
 
wall has been established,
 
consideration may be given to
 
changing from the Multiple
 
Deposition Point (MDP) 250mm
cyclones to the less efficient, but more economic Single Deposition Point (SDP) system, in this case in the form of Self-Propelled
 
Cyclone
Units (SPCUs). This system has been successfully deployed on an East Rand TSF for the last eight years.
Decant System: the decanting system
 
handles the clear water from the deposited slurry which separates
 
into clear water and saturated
solids on the TSF. The clear water accumulates in a supernatant pond or pool in the basin which becomes available for decanting and re-
cycling through
 
the process.
 
The selected decant
 
system is
 
a series of
 
pumps which
 
are commonly
 
used globally.
 
In the
 
South African
mining space, gravity
 
penstocks predominate in decanting
 
solutions, however this would
 
not provide the optimal
 
solution for the RTSF
case.
The pumping system to be deployed at the basin pond at RTSF will consist of a skid-mounted land-based pump with ancillary power and
control equipment which
 
will be intermittently
 
moved across the
 
basin from south
 
east to the
 
middle and raised
 
vertically as the
 
dam
develops.
Return Water System:
 
the water recovered from the RTSF will be
 
returned to DP2 and any other
 
sites that may require water. The return
water system comprises a decant water receiving stilling chamber that overflows into twin concrete
 
lined silt traps that in turn spill over
into twin HDPE lined RWDs. Return water pumps at the RWDs, pump water back to DP2 through twin overland pipes following the same
servitude as the slurry delivery pipes.
Other Supporting
 
Infrastructure: power
 
will be
 
delivered to
 
the RTSF
 
complex via
 
a 10km
 
33kV overhead
 
powerlines from
 
Kloof.
 
The
power is first stepped to 11kV prior
 
to transmission to required locations via overhead
 
bundled lines. Numerous pole transformers step
down the power to
 
3.3kV for distribution to
 
the scavenger wells. Diesel
 
back-up power generators are placed to
 
sustain critical operability
of seepage recycling as well as
 
alternate powering of the decant
 
pumps and return water pumps.
 
Solar energy will be utilized
 
to power
the administrative buildings and external ergonomic lighting.
For security against theft and destruction
 
against infrastructure, the entire RTSF complex will be surrounded by a 2.1m
 
tall shotcrete wall
with razor coil on the top. Tamper sensors will be placed on the wall that are wirelessly linked to a permanently manned security control
room.
 
exhibit961p2i0 exhibit961p95i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
95
Figure 30 shows the layout of the RTSF.
Figure 30: RTSF Layout
Source:
 
Beric Robertson Tailings,
 
2020
The revised
 
design of the
 
RTSF was
 
undertaken by
 
Beric Robinson
 
Tailings
 
for the
 
current configuration
 
of the
 
FWGR operations.
 
This
study was independently reviewed by a Sound Mining appointed specialists who concluded that there are no fatal flaws in the design.
15.2.3.
 
Concluding Comments
Sound Mining has reviewed the Far West
 
Gold Recoveries Regional Tailings
 
Dam Report prepared by Beric Robinson Tailings
 
(2020) and
has concluded that the report provides a solid basis for
 
the future development of a safe RTSF.
 
Sound Mining believes that by following
the principles and design strategy
 
outlined in the report, the
 
chances of a TSF
 
failure will be unlikely.
 
However,
 
cognizance needs to be
taken of the uncertainties discussed subjectively below.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
96
There are concept risks associated with the
 
recommended RTSF tailings disposal solution which
 
proposes the implementation of a fourth
Generation, unlined, ring-dyke, upstream, on-wall cyclone dam with a pumped decant system, on a site with poor to moderate soils and
a high-water table. Furthermore, for
 
risk analysis purposes it is noted that
 
there is an absence of water
 
courses over the intended RTSF
site area and that the operation of the on-wall cyclone disposal method will initially be relatively labor intensive.
Based on the proposed RTSF solution, the following inherent risks are apparent:
●
the stability of upstream development;
●
the sufficiency of underflow to form an adequate wall around the perimeter ring dyke;
●
the capability of the management and labor force to perform as required;
●
the ability of a pumped system to decant adequately; and
●
undue impacts on the environment.
The proposed solution has been
 
operated on a number of South
 
African TSFs over the last three to
 
four decades. Each TSF has performed
as expected, demonstrating stability with the underflow arisings. All these TSFs have and in some cases still operate without evidence of
overtopping with
 
pumped decants.
 
In these
 
cases, while
 
water contaminant
 
plumes have
 
been generated,
 
their impact has
 
not been
shown to be significant.
The RTSF
 
design has
 
been undertaken
 
by a
 
team of
 
assembled experts
 
who are
 
familiar with
 
the application
 
of an
 
upstream cyclone
method
 
delivering
 
relatively
 
uniform
 
sized
 
tailings
 
in
 
the
 
South
 
African
 
context.
 
The
 
lead
 
RTSF
 
designer
 
has
 
over
30 years’
 
experience in similar
 
local installations
 
and operations.
 
The design
 
work has
 
also been independently
 
reviewed by
 
two local
tailings engineering specialists.
The effectiveness
 
of the proposed
 
RTSF is
 
dependent on the
 
delivery of
 
acceptable underflow particle
 
quality and
 
quantity. Failure
 
to
deliver on either of
 
these parameters will compromise wall development
 
and stability. Historical observations of a number
 
of similar TSFs
have shown that TSF development has progressed adequately with no significant design risks realized.
Underflow demand is high during the initial development phase and increases as the dam elevation is increased and the dam perimeter
is subsequently
 
decreased. This
 
has
 
been accommodated
 
in the
 
RTSF
 
design with
 
the decision
 
to deploy
 
the
 
more efficient
 
250mm
cyclones during the start-up period.
It is noted that the RTSF design is based on underflow splits currently achieved at
 
the Driefontein 4 TSF.
 
Although in the early years, the
RTSF design underflow demand is close to these levels, this demand drops in the later years proving an acceptable error margin.
Hydrological risk is managed through
 
the provision of a substantial
 
freeboard over the LoM and
 
the verification through modelling that
the storm water capacity of the dam is in
 
excess of 20Mm
3
 
which compares to a Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP) event
 
of around
1,600Mm
3
.
The requirement for
 
the management of
 
tailings disposal operations
 
is stipulated in
 
SANS 10286 which
 
was initially published
 
in 1998.
Recent initiatives through ICMM and ICOLD have provided guidelines for corporate management. Despite this,
 
it is a recognized fact that
most TSF disasters have been attributable to management failures.
FWGR’s
 
approach to
 
the management
 
of surface
 
mining risk has
 
been to
 
adopt a
 
pro-active strategy,
 
whereby maintenance
 
and risk-
reducing activities
 
are carried out
 
timeously. This operating philosophy
 
is now being
 
formalized and outlined
 
in their management
 
system.
Effective operational
 
performance will deliver
 
into the
 
achievement of the
 
necessary targets of
 
appropriate underflow
 
characteristics,
wall geometry
 
and consistently acceptable
 
freeboard. For
 
this risk to
 
be managed
 
it is imperative
 
that all
 
involved operational
 
parties
including specialist support services and equipment
 
suppliers, are appointed on
 
the basis of their appropriate
 
experience, capacity and
competency.
Based on FWGR’s
 
extensive history
 
of operational
 
experience in surface
 
mining and tailings
 
disposal, it is
 
Sound Mining’s
 
opinion that
operational risks can be adequately controlled.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
97
The current DP2 deposition at Driefontein
 
4 TSF (0.5Mtpm) can only continue
 
until 31 December 2025, at current
 
deposition rates. The
commissioning
 
of
 
the
 
RTSF
 
has
 
been
 
delayed
 
until
 
January
 
2030
 
while
 
approval
 
for
 
the
 
amended
 
design
 
is
 
being
 
sought
 
from
 
the
authorities.
 
Due
 
to
 
this
 
delay,
 
the
 
Leeudoorn
 
TSF
 
has
 
to
 
be
 
converted
 
to
 
a
 
cyclone
 
depositioning
 
system
 
to
 
accommodate
 
FWGR
deposition
 
requirement
 
between
 
January
 
2026
 
and
 
December
 
2029.
 
Any
 
delay
 
in
 
the
 
RTSF
 
commissioning
 
may
 
result
 
in
 
reduced
production until such time as full capacity of the RTSF is available.
 
Sound Mining is of the
 
opinion that the selected
 
site is appropriate for the intended construction
 
and operation of the RTSF and endorses
the proposed scavenger well solution
 
for ground water as this
 
can provide a sustainable solution
 
to the RTSF’s future plume management
requirements.
15.2.4.
 
Technical Studies - Water
Water is required
 
for the hydro
 
-mining of the TSF’s
 
and for the processing
 
of the reclaimed material.
 
FWGR commissioned an external
assessment of
 
the water
 
requirement for
 
an expanded
 
operation in
 
2020. The
 
work involved
 
modelling the
 
waterflows to
 
establish a
water balance for the operation at steady state. The inputs to the model were examined by Sound Mining and found to be appropriate.
The planned water supply will primarily be from the RTSF return water and from underground water sources (Figure 31).
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p21i0
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
98
Figure 31: TSF Location, Make-up Water Shafts, Processing Plants and Pipeline Layouts
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Kloof
 
10
 
shaft,
 
which
 
is
 
located
 
at
 
the
 
Libanon
 
TSF,
 
will
 
supply
 
make-up
 
water
 
for
 
the
 
hydro-mining
 
of
 
Kloof
 
1
 
TSF,
 
Libanon
 
TSF,
Venterspost North
 
TSF and Venterspost
 
South TSF.
 
Two WULs
 
have been granted
 
for the Kloof
 
and Driefontein
 
operating areas, which
permit the pumping of water from nearby underground workings as presented in Table 20.
Table 20: Underground Water Sources
Facility
Permitted Quantity
(m
3
/a)
Kloof 10 Shaft
9,487,500
Driefontein 10 Shaft
2,555,000
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022; and FWGR, 2020
Return water from Driefontein
 
4 TSF is currently re-used
 
for the reclamation of the Driefontein
 
5 TSF and associated processing at
 
DP2.
Make-up water is sourced from Driefontein 10 shaft (~6,000m
3
/d).
Water from DP2, the Leeudoorn TSF,
 
RTSF and Kloof 10 shaft will be pumped to a Central Water
 
Facility (CWF). There are currently four
water
 
tanks
 
at
 
the
 
CWF
 
used for
 
water
 
storage.
 
Water
 
will
 
be
 
pumped from
 
the
 
CWF
 
to
 
the
 
necessary sites
 
for
 
hydro-mining
 
and
processing.
Water and slurry from the hydro-mining of distal TSFs
 
will be pumped to the pumping stations closer to the hydro-mining sites to piggy-
back off these sites to avoid having to use
 
additional Booster Pump Stations (BPS). The water pumps
 
at DP2 supply sufficient pressure for
the Driefontein 5 TSF hydro-mining operation.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
99
High-pressure water
 
pumps will
 
be placed
 
at the
 
various TSFs
 
(i.e., excluding
 
Driefontein 3
 
TSF) to
 
avoid having
 
high-pressure water
pipelines between the
 
hydro-mining sites and the processing
 
plant. They will be
 
utilized in series to deliver
 
the required pressure of 25bar
to 30bar, for hydro
 
-mining.
The mining operation
 
will pump approximately 42,000m
3
/d of water from
 
the various mining
 
sites to feed the
 
DP2 expansion facility. Each
production unit (or
 
monitor) requires in the
 
order of 10,500m
3
/d for the hydro-mining of
 
TSF material and each
 
site will have two
 
monitor
units running
 
and one
 
on standby
 
during steady
 
state operations.
 
Water
 
will be
 
recovered from
 
the various
 
deposition
 
facilities and
returned to the system.
Make-up water (i.e.,
 
30% - 40%
 
of the total water
 
requirement) will be
 
required to compensate
 
after accounting for
 
losses and rainfall
(~18,000m
3
/d), with Kloof 10 shaft alone, having ample available capacity (~36,000m
3
/d).
 
15.2.4.1.
 
Concluding Comments
The available water supply more
 
than adequately meets the
 
FWGR requirements including the make-up water
 
during the dry season.
 
The
supply from Driefontein 10 shaft and Kloof 10 shaft do not exceed the permissible pumping rates approved in the WULs.
According to the
 
WULs the return
 
water will be
 
treated in an
 
advanced water treatment facility
 
and discharged into
 
Leeuspruit or disposed
to dust
 
suppression. Instead
 
of this
 
open configuration
 
FWGR has
 
opted for
 
a closed
 
water system
 
throughout the
 
LoM so
 
no water
treatment or discharge into the surface water courses will occur. The final water still in use at the point of closure will be deposited onto
the RTSF for evaporation,
 
or an alternative water treatment and use will be considered.
15.2.5.
 
Technical Studies - Power
The power
 
supply and
 
Point of
 
Delivery (PoD)
 
for the
 
operations has
 
been determined
 
by independent
 
specialists. These
 
have been
reviewed and are deemed appropriate for the operation. Power is currently supplied to transformers at the various sites (Table 21) from
Eskom’s 132kV and 44kV grid, where the voltage is reduced to 6.6kV.
Table 21: Power Requirements for FWGR Operations
Site
Installed
 
(kVA)
Used
 
(kVA)
Available
 
(kVA)
Comments
Driefontein 8 Shaft
20,000
11,000
9,000
Sufficient for reclamation operations
Driefontein 13 Shaft
10,000
6,600
3,400
DP2
40,000
-
40,000
18,000kVA required by DP2 at 1.2Mtpm capacity
Libanon
40,000
22,000
18,000
Sufficient for reclamation operations
Kloof 4 Shaft
80,000
64,000
16,000
3,500kVA required by RTSF
Kloof Main Complex
140,000
81,000
59,000
Leeudoorn Shaft
100,000
61,000
39,000
2,500kVA required by Leeudoorn TSF
Total
430,000
245,600
184,400
Source:
 
FWGR, 2022; and Sound Mining, 2022
The capital estimates take account of
 
the available equipment at the respective substations and routing
 
from the substations. The PoDs
feeding the substations are shown in Table 22.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
100
Table 22: Eskom Points of Delivery
Eskom PoD
NMD
Maximum Utilized
NMD
Transformer Size
Comments
Driefontein 8 Shaft
14.0MVA
11.0MVA
4 by 5MVA
Driefontein 13 Shaft
4.3MVA
6.6MVA
4 by 5MVA
There are sufficient transformers
Kloof 1 Shaft (132kV)
81MVA
81MVA
7 by 20MVA
Libanon Shaft
5.2MVA
6.92MVA
1 by 20MVA
FWGR to install 1 by 20MVA transformer
Libanon Gold
22MVA
19.3MVA
2 by 20MVA
Source:
 
FWGR, 2022; and Sound Mining,
 
2022
Suitable PoDs have been
 
identified for the FWGR operations,
 
as shown in Figure
 
31. Eskom will be
 
notified of the
 
increased load - Nominal
Maximum Demand (NMD) to be catered for within the existing
 
contracts - at the appropriate
 
time. Overhead lines will be utilized as far
as possible
 
to reduce
 
the installation
 
costs and
 
reduce the
 
risk of
 
cable theft.
 
The aggregate
 
load requirement
 
has been
 
based on
 
a
conservative diversity factor of 0.8 for the low voltage loads, which represents a relatively flat load profile.
The current Eskom
 
supply is stable
 
in that it
 
is linked
 
to the main
 
ring feed.
 
There is a
 
curtailment agreement in
 
place and only
 
under
severe power disruption, would
 
the area lose supply.
 
In this case there
 
is still sufficient capacity
 
to run the vital
 
plant areas by shutting
down the milling section
 
and using diesel generators which will
 
provide enough emergency power to ensure
 
that selected critical process
plant equipment is able to re-start immediately in the event of a power failure.
15.2.5.1.
 
Concluding Comment
It is
 
noted by
 
Sound Mining
 
that the
 
power estimates
 
determined are
 
considered appropriate
 
for the
 
planned operations. The
 
power
requirement to the various components of the FWGR operation is within the spare capacity available to the related ongoing and current
underground mining and
 
processing operations. Management
 
will need to
 
ensure timely modifications
 
to the agreements
 
with Eskom
and sufficient allowance for the rising cost of power.
15.2.6.
 
Technical Studies - Pipelines and Pumping
FWGR’s
 
expansion planning
 
requires a
 
network of
 
slurry pipelines
 
from
 
the TSF
 
sites to
 
DP2,
 
and tailings
 
pipelines from
 
DP2 to
 
the
Leeudoorn TSF and to the RTSF.
 
Low-pressure return water pipelines will be required from the RTSF
 
to the CWF and from the CWF back
to the TSF sites. High
 
pressure pumps will provide the
 
mining operations with the pressures
 
they require (25bar to 30bar).
 
This eliminates
having to install high-pressure pipelines from the processing plants to the TSF sites.
FWGR worked with
 
specialists on the design
 
and cost estimates for
 
the pipelines. Cognizance was
 
also taken of the
 
environment, mine
owned land and already disturbed areas.
 
The pipeline layout has been designed
 
to make use of
 
the shortest possible routes, while also
using existing mine servitudes as far as possible. Use was made of the road servitudes to prevent additional impacts associated with the
clearing and construction of the pipelines, and to ensure that the pipelines are easily accessed for maintenance. Alternative routes were
also considered to avoid wetland
 
areas; and existing impacted land,
 
in the context of the
 
effect on operating costs
 
due to the influence
of topographical and pumping costs. A summary of the current pipeline and pumping infrastructure Figure 31, is provided in Table 23.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
101
Table 23: Existing Pipeline and Pumping Infrastructure
Existing Pipeline and Pumping Infrastructure
Approvals
Pre-screening and Slurry Pumping Reclamation Station at Driefontein 5 TSF
Hydraulic Mining Site
Approved EA and Environmental Management Plan
(EMP)
Fine Screening and Slurry Transfer Pump Station at Mining Site
Approved EA and EMP
Slurry Pipeline between Driefontein 5 TSF and DP2
Approved EA and EMP
Tailings Pipeline from DP2 to Driefontein 4 TSF
Approved EA and EMP
Return Water Dam at Driefontein 4 TSF and Process Water Supply to DP2
Approved EA and EMP
Process Water Make-up Storage and Pump Station at Driefontein 10 Shaft
Approved EA, Integrated Water Use Licenses (IWUL)
and EMP
Process Water from Driefontein 10 Shaft to DP2
Approved EA, IWUL and EMP
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
A summary of the additional piping requirements is presented in Table 24.
Table 24: Phase 2 Pipeline and Pumping Infrastructure
Planned Pipeline and Pumping Infrastructure
Approvals
Pre-screening and Slurry Pumping Reclamation Stations at Driefontein 3 TSF
Approved EA and EMP
Pre-screening and Slurry Pumping Reclamation Stations at Kloof 1 TSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Pre-screening and Slurry Pumping Reclamation Stations at Libanon TSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Pre-screening and Slurry Pumping Reclamation Stations at Venterspost North TSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Pre-screening and Slurry Pumping Reclamation Stations at Venterspost South TSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Slurry Pipeline from Libanon TSF to DP2
Approved IEA and EMP
Slurry Pipeline from Venterspost South TSF to Libanon TSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Slurry Pipeline from Kloof 1 TSF to DP2
Approved IEA and EMP
Return Water Pipeline from CWF to DP2
Approved IEA and EMP
Water Pipeline from DP2 to Driefontein 3 TSF
Approved EA and EMP
Return Water Pipeline from CWF to Libanon TSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Return Water Pipeline from CWF to Venterspost South TSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Process Water Make-up Storage and Pump Station at Kloof 10 Shaft
Approved IEA, IWUL and EMP
Process Water from Kloof 10 Shaft to DP2
Approved IEA, IWUL and EMP
Slurry Pipeline from DP2 to the RTSF
Approved IEA and EMP
Slurry Pipeline from Libanon TSF to DP2
Approved IEA and EMP
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The civil infrastructure requirements for pipeline
 
crossings of road/rail, pipe jack
 
culverts, open/minor culverts have been
 
considered and
amount to around 65 installations.
15.2.6.1.
 
Concluding Comments
The QP considers the pipeline infrastructure design to be well-engineered
 
and underpinned by practical experience. There appear to be
no fatal flaws
 
in the thinking behind amendments to
 
various EIAs and EMPs
 
to accommodate the changes to
 
the pipeline and pumping
infrastructure.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p102i0 exhibit961p102i1 exhibit961p102i2 exhibit961p102i3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
102
 
800
 
1,000
 
1,200
 
1,400
 
1,600
 
1,800
 
2,000
 
2,200
 
2,400
Jun-17
Jun-18
Jun-19
Jun-20
Jun-21
Jun-22
Gold Price (USD/oz)
Gold's Monthly Closing Price
Trendline
Upper and Lower Standard Deviation Bands
16.
 
GOLD MARKET
Item 16 (i) and (ii)
All gold produced is delivered to the Rand Refinery for
 
refining with no restrictions on the quantity or time frame.
 
DRDGOLD has a long-standing off
take agreement with the Rand Refinery according
 
to which gold is sold
 
on the prevailing spot in
 
South African Rands. When applying
 
the 30 June 2022
spot exchange rate (ZAR16.29/USD) to the associated gold price of USD1,819.06/oz Au, a real gold price of ZAR952,721.20/kg is computed.
Gold is a precious metal,
 
refined and sold as bullion
 
on the international market. It is traded
 
on the global financial markets and
 
has traditionally been
used for jewelry, bartering or storing wealth. Aside from the gold holdings of central
 
banks, current uses of gold include jewelry, private investment,
dentistry, medicine and technology (Table 25).
Table 25: Above Ground Gold Stocks in 2021
Description
Quantity
(t)
Contribution
(%)
Jewelry
94,464.0
46%
Private Investment
45,456.0
22%
Bank Holdings
34,592.3
17%
Other
30,726.0
15%
Source:
 
GoldHub, 2022
The largest use of gold is in jewelry, accounting for approximately 46% of the above-ground gold. Gold does not follow the usual supply and demand
logic because it is virtually indestructible and can easily be recycled. In
 
addition, gold stored in the vaults of banks
 
is relatively illiquid and subject to
the vagaries of global economies. These characteristics of the gold market make it challenging to forecast the gold price.
16.1.
 
Gold Price Trends
The QP
 
considered a
 
five-year period
 
of historical
 
analysis to
 
form an
 
opinion of
 
the gold
 
price and
 
exchange rate
 
to be
 
expected going
 
forward
because the QP
 
is of
 
the opinion
 
that a
 
five-year period
 
sufficiently covers
 
the market
 
volatility seen
 
in the
 
international gold
 
market. This
 
is also
consistent with the five-year period of consensus
 
pricing relied on for the price
 
forecast. The gold price increased in 2020 due
 
to uncertainties related
to the outbreak of Covid-19.
 
It then steadily declined to
 
a spot price of ~ZAR945,295/kg
 
(i.e., USD1,806.89/oz at ZAR16.27/USD) as at
 
30 June 2022
(Graph 5).
Graph 5: Gold Price Historical Trendline
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The linear trendline indicates robust gold price potential over the near to medium-term.
16.2.
 
Exchange Rate Forecast
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p103i0 exhibit961p103i1 exhibit961p103i2 exhibit961p103i3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
103
 
10
 
11
 
12
 
13
 
14
 
15
 
16
 
17
 
18
 
19
Jun-17
Jun-18
Jun-19
Jun-20
Jun-21
Jun-22
Exchange Rate (ZAR/USD)
Monthly Closing USD/ZAR Rate
Trendline
Upper and Lower Standard Deviation Bands
The ZAR
 
to USD
 
exchange
 
rate
 
saw record
 
breaking highs
 
in the
 
second quarter
 
of 2020
 
(ZAR19.35/USD) but
 
has subsequently
 
dropped back
 
to
ZAR16.27/USD as at 30 June 2022. A factor
 
in the deterioration of the local
 
currency in 2020 was the lockdowns
 
and economic volatility brought on
by Covid-19.
The spot exchange rate of ZAR16.27/USD compares well with the six-year historical trendline as visually displayed in Graph 6.
Graph 6: Exchange Rate Historical Trendline
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Various service providers and financial institutions are consulted to determine consensus forecasts of the gold price (Table 26).
Table 26: Long Term
 
Consensus Forecasts in Nominal Terms
Description
Year 1
(FY2023)
Year 2
(FY2024)
Year 3
(FY2025)
Year 4
(FY2026)
Year 5
(FY2027)
Gold Price (USD/oz)
1,823
1,799
1,751
1,724
1,496
Exchange Rate (ZAR/USD)
15.60
15.74
15.77
15.79
15.20
Gold Price (ZAR/kg)
914,294
910,051
888,083
875,474
731,081
Source:
 
DRDGOLD, 2022
The economic assessment for the
 
Mineral Reserve estimate
 
relies on a real
 
price of ZAR914,294/kg (i.e., USD1,823/oz
 
at ZAR15.60/USD) in 30 June
2022 terms as provided by FWGR. The QP has considered the consensus forecasts supplied by FWGR against linear trends in the demand and supply
of gold as recorded over the period from 2012 to 2021 to examine whether these forecasts are reasonable.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p104i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p104i1
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
104
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Quantity (t)
 
Year
4,100
4,200
4,300
4,400
4,500
4,600
4,700
4,800
4,900
5,000
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Quantity (t)
 
Year
16.3.
 
Global Demand
Graph 7 reveals a gradual reduction in demand (~14.2%) over the past ten years (2012 to 2021).
Graph 7: Global Gold Demand from 2012 to 2021
Source:
 
GoldHub, 2022
16.4.
 
Global Supply
The global gold supply from mining and recycling activities over the same period is presented in Graph 8.
Graph 8: Global Gold Supply from 2012
 
to 2021
Source:
 
GoldHub, 2022
While the graph suggests an overall
 
upward trend from 2012
 
to 2021 (~2.6%), the supply generally levelled
 
out over the past five
 
years. The supply
from mining satisfied some 76% of the demand in 2021, with the balance met by recycled gold.
 
Gold supply from mining increased by approximately 106t during 2021 (3,582t) when compared with 2020 (3,476t) despite an overall drop in supply
since 2019 (GoldHub, 2022). Below are the top ten gold producing countries in 2021 Table 27.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
105
Table 27: Global Gold Production
Rank
Country
Production
(t)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
1
China
464
429
404
383
368
332
2
Russia
262
281
295
330
331
331
3
Australia
288
293
313
325
328
315
4
Canada
163
171
189
183
171
193
5
United States of America
229
236
225
200
190
187
6
Ghana
131
133
149
142
139
129
7
Peru
166
167
163
143
98
127
8
Mexico
131
120
118
109
102
125
9
Indonesia
118
118
153
92
101
118
10
South Africa
163
154
128
111
99
114
Source:
 
GoldHub,
 
2022
Even though China has
 
experienced five years
 
of consecutive decline
 
in annual gold production,
 
it remains the
 
largest producer of gold (~10%
 
of global
gold production in 2021).
16.5.
 
Concluding Comments
The QP notes a short term
 
up-tick despite the long-term reduction in demand
 
together with an essentially constant
 
supply over the past five
 
years.
These trends are not inconsistent with the forecast price trend in Table 25. The QP is satisfied that a real 30 June 2022 gold price of ZAR914,294/kg
 
is
a reasonably conservative assumption for examining the economic viability of the Mineral Reserve estimate.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
106
17.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING, OR AGREEMENTS WITH LOCAL INDIVIDUALS OR GROUPS
Item 17 (i); (ii); (iii); (iv); (v); (vi) and (vii)
A
 
review
 
of
 
the
 
environmental
 
status
 
was
 
undertaken
 
by
 
Sound
 
Mining.
 
It
 
relies
 
on
 
information
 
provided
 
by
 
DRDGOLD
 
and
 
FWGR.
 
The
 
key
environmental aspects are
 
discussed below,
 
along with any
 
associated liabilities and
 
risks. Risks or
 
liabilities, that would
 
generally be addressed
 
in
terms of accepted environmental practice and which do not have significant cost implications, have not been discussed.
17.1.
 
Permitting Status
The environmental and
 
social compliance
 
status in relation
 
to South
 
African legislation
 
is summarised
 
in Item 21.
 
The following expands
 
on the relevant
authorizations or permits required.
17.1.1.
 
The National Environmental Management Act (NEMA)
EAs have been granted in terms of NEMA and the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulations of 2014 as described below.
Driefontein
 
Mining
 
Right
 
Area:
 
in
 
March
 
2016,
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
Limited
 
submitted
 
an
 
application
 
for
 
an
 
IEA
 
including
 
a
Waste
 
Management
 
License
 
(WML)
 
for
 
the
 
proposed
 
activities
 
on
 
the
 
Driefontein
 
Mining
 
Right
 
area
 
(DMRE
 
Ref.
 
No.:
GP 30/5/1/2/2 (51) MR. The DMRE granted the EA Ref. No.: GP 30/5/1/2/3/2/1 (51) EM on 11 May 2018.
The Driefontein
 
MR and
 
EA are
 
in good
 
legal standing.
 
Sibanye Gold
 
applied for
 
a Section
 
102 amendment
 
to the
 
MR to
 
include the
Driefontein 4 TSF,
 
which has been granted. FWGR has submitted an
 
application to the DMRE for the transfer
 
of the existing Driefontein
EA (Ref. No.: GP 30/5/1/2/3/2/1 (51) EM) as well as the
 
inclusion of related activities covered by the existing Driefontein EMP relevant to
the FWGR operation. The amendment was for the following:
●
the transfer of the Driefontein EA to FWGR;
●
a modification to scope of how the Phase 1 operations are currently being executed; and
●
to include DP2, DP3 and Driefontein 4 TSF.
Permission for depositing
 
onto the Driefontein
 
4 TSF
 
is contained
 
in the original
 
Driefontein EMP
 
associated with the
 
MR. This EMP
 
is
needed for the operation’s
 
waste management obligations. The pipelines fall
 
within the scope of the existing infrastructure
 
recorded in
the current EA and EMP.
 
Table 28 summarizes the current environmental legal standing for the Driefontein
 
mining area.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
107
Table 28: Required Environmental Legislation and the Status for the Driefontein Mining Area
Act, Regulation or By-Law
Requirements
Status
Driefontein Area
MPRDA, 2002 (Act No. 28 of 2002)
Mining Right
This is currently in place.
Social and Labor Plan (SLP)
FWGR has an internally signed-off SLP, however,
 
an SLP is
not required for FWGR.
NEMA, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998):
Environmental Impact Assessment
Regulations 2014 (GNR 982)
EA
This is currently in place; an application has been submitted
for a name change to FWGR and for the inclusion of the
Driefontein 4 TSF.
EMPr/EIA
Forms part of the Driefontein EMPr/EIA.
The Rehabilitation and Closure Cost plan
must be annually adjusted.
This is guaranteed through a Guardrisk Cell Captive.
National Environmental
Management: Air Quality Act, 2004
(Act No. 39 of 2004) (NEM:AQA)
An Atmospheric Emissions License (AEL) is
required for any listed activity within this
Act.
N/A
NEM:WA, 2008 (Act No. 59 of
2008)
A WML is required for any listed activities
within the Act.
There is an EA in place for Driefontein. The TSFs are
currently managed under Sibanye Gold’s existing EMPs
which were in operation prior to the legislation coming into
effect.
National Heritage Resources Act,
1999 (Act No. 25 of 1999) (NHRA)
Permission from SAHRA is required for
the removal of graves.
This area is currently operational, and all correct process
have been followed.
NWA,
 
1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998)
Any abstraction, storage, diversion, flow
reduction and disposal of water and
effluent requires an IWUL.
This is included in the IWUL. An application was submitted
for a name change and the transfer of applicable water uses
to FWGR.
The application to change the name from WRTRP to FWGR
has been approved.
Source:
 
FWGR, 2020; and Sound Mining,
 
2022
Kloof Mining Right Area: in March 2016, Sibanye Gold submitted
 
an application for an IEA including a WML for the proposed
 
activities on
the Kloof Mining Right area
 
(DMRE Ref.
 
No.: GP 30/5/1/2/2 (66) MR). The
 
DMRE granted the IEA
 
(Ref. No.:
 
GP 30/5/1/2/3/2/1 (66) EM
on 11 May 2018.
 
Table 28 summarizes the current
 
environmental legal standing of the
 
Kloof mining area which
 
includes the
 
new pipelines
and the RTSF.
The
 
Kloof
 
MR
 
is
 
in
 
good
 
legal
 
standing
 
and
 
its
 
IEA
 
has
 
been
 
transferred
 
to
 
FWGR.
 
Sibanye
 
Gold
 
has
 
applied
 
for
 
two
 
Section
 
102
amendments to the
 
Kloof MR for
 
the inclusion of
 
the Venterspost
 
North and South
 
TSFs as
 
well as land
 
for the
 
RTSF.
 
The Section 102
amendment
 
for
 
Venterspost
 
North
 
and
 
Venterspost
 
South
 
TSFs
 
was
 
granted
 
at
 
the
 
end
 
of
 
2021.
 
The
 
RTSF
Section 102 amendment was granted but has not been executed by Sibanye Gold as yet.
17.1.2.
 
National Environmental Waste Management
 
Act (NEM:WA)
FWGR has confirmed that their
 
TSFs have an approved Code of Practice (CoP)
 
on Mine Residue Deposits in
 
terms of the MPRDA. The
 
TSFs
on the
 
Driefontein MR
 
and Kloof
 
MR are
 
covered under
 
this CoP.
 
For Phase
 
2, the
 
following waste
 
management activities
 
have been
granted in terms of
 
GNR 921 of 13 November
 
2013 (as amended) under the NEM:WA,
 
2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008)
 
(Table 29). The
 
DMRE
granted the
 
IEA Ref.
 
No.: GP
 
30/5/1/2/3/2/1 (66)
 
EM on
 
11 May
 
2018. The
 
waste management
 
activities in
 
Table
 
30 allow
 
FWGR to
construct the RTSF and associated infrastructure. The requirements under NEM:WA have been covered.
Table 29: Activities for Phase 2 Requiring a Waste Management License (WML)
Number of the Relevant
Government Notice
Listed Activity Number
Authorised
Description of Activity
GNR 921
Activity B (1)
Construction and operation of the RTSF and the sewage treatment plant
GNR 921
Activity B (7)
Operation of RTSF
GNR 921
Activity B (11)
Establishment of the RTSF
Source:
 
FWGR, 2020
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
108
17.1.3.
 
National Water Act (NWA)
FWGR
 
is
 
operating
 
under
 
two
 
authorised
 
IWUL,
 
FWGR
 
License
 
No.:
 
10/C22B/ACFGI/4976
 
and
 
Driefontein
 
License
 
No.:
10/C23E/ACEFGJ4527 both issued 9 March 2017. The
 
FWGR IWUL is valid for a period
 
of twenty years from the date of issuance and may
be reviewed at intervals of
 
not more than five
 
years. The Driefontein IWUL is valid
 
for a period of
 
fourteen years from the date of
 
issuance
and may
 
be reviewed at
 
intervals of
 
not more than
 
five years.
 
An application to
 
transfer the
 
applicable Driefontein
 
uses to
 
FWGR has
been submitted.
Compliance is also required with the general provisions of the regulations on the use of water for mining and related activities published
under the NWA in GN 704 of 1999. Storm water needs to be managed in line with GN 704 of 1999.
FWGR has proposed an amendment to the conditions of the WUL based on a design that includes a network of intercept wells, in lieu of
a synthetic liner, and will apply for approval in terms of the Dam Safety Regulations (GNR 139 of 24 February 2012). This approval will be
required before FWGR can construct
 
the RTSF and approval for this has to
 
date, not been forthcoming. It is in this context
 
that the LoM
plans now include interim
 
deposition onto the Leeudoorn TSF,
 
to allow time to
 
obtain the requisite amendment
 
of the Leeudoorn TSF,
incorporated, to reduce the load on the Driefontein 4 TSF and to allow more time for this approval to be obtained.
17.2.
 
Environmental Considerations
The EIAs
 
for the
 
Kloof and
 
Driefontein operation
 
areas state
 
that the
 
TSFs are
 
permanent sources
 
of pollution.
 
Dust from
 
the TSFs
 
impact on the
ambient air quality, the surrounding
 
soils and the wetlands and surface water
 
resources. Ground water is also
 
significantly affected by leaching and
the seepage of pollutants from the TSFs that are located over dolomitic aquifers. Any seepage from the Driefontein 3 TSF,
 
Driefontein 4 TSF, Libanon
TSF,
 
Venterspost
 
North TSF,
 
Venterspost
 
South TSF
 
and Driefontein
 
5 TSF
 
is expected
 
to migrate
 
downwards into
 
the aquifers.
 
Monitoring
 
data
indicates elevated concentrations of sulphate, total dissolved solids
 
(TDS) and nitrate in the groundwater which are all
 
typical constituents associated
with contamination emanating from gold mining areas.
 
The pH ranges from 4.1 to 8.0 and
 
is indicative of acid mine
 
drainage, which is associated with
seepage from existing tailings and surface mining facilities.
Underground
 
mining
 
in
 
these
 
areas
 
have
 
significantly
 
dewatered
 
the
 
dolomitic
 
systems
 
which
 
have
 
resulted
 
in
 
numerous
 
sinkhole
 
formations.
Dewatering reduces pressure within the dolomite and this encourages drainage from the overlying TSFs. The removal of these TSFs in the region will
result in long-term
 
positive benefits to
 
the region. It
 
is expected that
 
the removal
 
of the TSFs
 
off the underlying
 
dolomite will improve
 
the ground
water quality near the TSFs. There is
 
no dolomitic risk in the area of the RTSF.
 
The RTSF site is underlain by Transvaal
 
Supergroup Strubenkop shale,
Daspoort quartzite and Silverton
 
shale units. The baseline
 
groundwater quality is
 
good. However,
 
there will be
 
contamination of the
 
ground water
quality in
 
the area.
 
The
 
main
 
elements of
 
concern are
 
sulphate
 
and
 
manganese,
 
and
 
to
 
a
 
lesser extent
 
arsenic,
 
uranium
 
and
 
iron.
 
These could
potentially impact private boreholes
 
and the Leeuspruit or its
 
tributary. TSFs
 
will be relocated to
 
the new RTSF
 
which is more suitably
 
located with
respect to
 
ground water.
 
New environmental
 
impacts and
 
risks associated
 
with the
 
RTSF
 
will need
 
to be
 
adequately mitigated
 
and appropriate
measures implemented.
Dust measurements from the TSFs
 
are generally within the
 
limits specified by the National Dust
 
Control Regulations. However,
 
the EIA found some
sites to be a problem during the dry winter months.
Land is used in the
 
region for mining
 
activities, the cultivation of crops,
 
and for grazing.
 
The pipeline routes will utilize
 
existing servitudes and mine
owned land.
Prior to final rehabilitation of reclaimed TSFs, and any subsequent development thereafter, a radiation assessment will be completed to determine if
any
 
radioactive
 
hotspots
 
exist
 
on
 
the
 
site.
 
Should
 
any
 
exist,
 
they
 
will
 
be
 
excavated
 
and
 
taken
 
to
 
the
 
RTSF.
 
If
 
a
 
site
 
falls
 
within
 
the
 
clearance
requirements of the NNRs,
 
for the proposed
 
land use, a
 
report will need to
 
be submitted to
 
the NNR for
 
approval. Once approved,
 
the site will
 
be
rehabilitated with indigenous vegetation and handed back to the landowner.
The RTSF is planned on agricultural land over a small wetland area. The EA
 
state that a wetland offset strategy must be implemented within one year
of the wetland being
 
impacted. These impacts will be
 
mitigated through the correct
 
and careful stripping, stockpiling
 
and use of the
 
soil resources.
The impacts due to contaminated water
 
run-off and windblown dust, will be mitigated
 
through the use of wind breaks, concurrent
 
rehabilitation of
the RTSF and the installation of silt traps.
Clearing and grubbing
 
of the
 
vegetation for
 
construction will
 
leave the
 
soils open
 
to erosion
 
which could
 
lead to
 
sedimentation of
 
surface water,
wetlands, and the deterioration of aquatic habitats. These impacts will be mitigated through either silt curtains, cut off drains or siltation ponds.
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
109
Fauna
 
and Flora
 
Impact Assessments
 
formed part
 
of the
 
EIAs.
 
The vegetation
 
comprises of
 
Carletonville
 
Dolomite Grassland
 
and Gauteng
 
Shale
Mountain Bushveld (both with
 
a vulnerable conservation status),
 
as well as
 
Rand Highveld Grassland (Endangered)
 
and Soweto Highveld
 
Grassland
(Endangered). There is also other vegetation namely: grasslands, ridges and wetland vegetation of high-ecological importance due to their influence
on the overall ecosystem. They are seen to be valuable to maintain the biodiversity balance and therefore, should be conservation priorities.
Fauna expected to occur within the
 
area include mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians
 
and invertebrates. Fauna species of importance are the
 
White-
Tailed Mouse (Endangered) and Rough Haired Golden
 
Mole (Vulnerable). Some thirty-seven bird species
 
were identified with some of
 
them being the
“Listed Red Data” bird
 
species. However,
 
the Grass Owl (Vulnerable) is
 
expected to occur within the wetland
 
habitats. Red Data reptile
 
species that
have a low
 
probability of occurring within
 
the operation area
 
include the Giant Girdled
 
Lizard (Vulnerable)
 
and the Striped Harlequin
 
Snake (Rare).
None of the identified amphibians are of concern. Red Data butterfly species expected to occur on site are the Marsh sylph, Roodepoort Copper and
Highveld Blue.
A consolidated Heritage Resources Management process
 
was completed in 2016 for
 
the Driefontein and Kloof Mining
 
Right areas. No fatal flaws were
identified despite the fact that the operation is situated within a sensitive cultural landscape. An environmental compliance audit of
 
the 2019 EA and
the Driefontein
 
EMPr
 
in September
 
2020
 
recorded
 
no major
 
issues with
 
an
 
overall
 
compliance of
 
88%.
 
Construction on
 
the Kloof
 
area
 
has
 
not
commenced, and so environmental compliance audits are not available.
17.3.
 
Social and Political Considerations
The operation is located in the vicinity of the following four
 
local municipalities: Mogale City, Westonaria,
 
Randfontein and Merafong City.
 
The RTSF
is in
 
the Westonaria
 
and Merafong
 
City Local Municipalities.
 
Local towns
 
include Fochville,
 
Carletonville, Westonaria
 
and Venterspost.
 
The land
 
is
used for mining, agriculture,
 
residential and businesses. Agriculture covers
 
the largest portion of
 
the area, followed
 
by mining and residential uses.
Human settlements are relatively scattered due to the mining activities and impact of dolomite. Two thirds of the local GDP is from finance, personal
services and government
 
services.
 
The Westonaria
 
and Merafong
 
City economies
 
are more
 
dependent on
 
the mining
 
industry than the
 
district in
general. Merafong City has
 
an unemployment rate of over
 
21%, while the Westonaria
 
unemployment rate exceeds 42%.
 
The expansion is expected
to improve
 
the socio-economic
 
status
 
with new
 
jobs
 
will be
 
created
 
during construction.
 
Capital
 
investment
 
and
 
contributions to
 
the GDP
 
as
 
a
consequence of the FWGR
 
operations, and the obvious
 
multiplier effect, will have
 
a positive impact in the
 
area. Employment opportunities include
direct employment
 
by the
 
operation, indirect
 
employment will
 
be created
 
by procuring
 
local goods
 
and services,
 
induced employment generated
through
 
spending
 
and
 
associated
 
job
 
creation
 
in
 
the
 
economy.
 
Operation
 
related
 
employment
 
has
 
the
 
potential
 
to
 
considerably
 
improve
 
the
livelihoods and income stability of employees and their dependents.
17.3.1.
 
Discussions with Local Individuals or Groups
Interested and Affected Parties
 
(I&APs) raised concerns during the public participation phase
 
of the Kloof EIA process. A
 
petition of 793
signatories was compiled in this regard
 
by the “No for Mega
 
Dump Forum” representing the community (farmers,
 
business owners and
residential areas). The concerns raised included:
●
environmental impacts from the existing TSFs and whether the FWGR operation would worsen the conditions;
●
dust being a major concern for health reasons;
●
safety and security on surrounding farms;
●
water quality;
●
population influx; and
●
reduced economic activity within the local community after the LoM.
Some of
 
the I&APs
 
acknowledged that the
 
FWGR operation
 
would have
 
a long-term
 
positive impact by
 
removing TSFs.
 
Other positive
impacts expected skills development, employment creation and the benefits
 
of the multiplier effect where, local
 
procurement of goods
and services, as well as local and regional economic development would benefit.
 
Improved quality of life and increased
 
availabilities of land were also
 
cited as positive impacts. These
 
will be managed by the
 
FWGR Social
and Labor Plan.
The Social Impact Assessment (SIA)
 
revealed political and community expectations for sharing
 
in the benefits by local communities. Local
municipalities sometimes claim
 
that they
 
are disproportionally
 
benefiting, or
 
not benefitting
 
at all,
 
from mining
 
when compared
 
with
district municipalities and the provinces at large. It is not the responsibility of FWGR to control informal settlements or to provide public
services and
 
facilities. However,
 
the existence
 
of informal
 
settlements near
 
the operations
 
poses a
 
risk to
 
the operation
 
in terms
 
of
political stability and
 
community relations/support. FWGR’s internal
 
controls
 
state that the
 
operation has a
 
shared responsibility (together
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
110
with the relevant local authorities and key
 
stakeholders) to address operational
 
induced in-migration to affected communities. Farmers
in the area are more hostile towards the mining industry and they contribute to poor community relations.
A social and labor plan exists to address any negative social impacts of the operation on host communities. Potential positive impacts on
host communities
 
will be
 
optimized
 
and enhanced
 
in a
 
sustainable manner.
 
Emphasis will
 
be placed
 
on skills
 
development and
 
local
economic development
 
as these aspects
 
would constitute the
 
foundation for enhancing
 
the operation’s social capital.
 
Moreover, negative
impacts, such as
 
increased pressure on
 
infrastructure and services,
 
and economic dependence
 
on FWGR can
 
be more effectively
 
mitigated
when the social
 
capital of the
 
operations are enhanced.
 
It is anticipated
 
that the consequence
 
and/or probability of
 
most negative impacts
can be reduced to acceptable levels and that the positive impacts of the operations will outweigh the negative effect.
17.4.
 
Environmental Closure
 
Liability Estimate
A review of the closure estimate and associated plans covers the following aspects:
●
discussion of the methodology used to derive the costs for demolition, closure and rehabilitation; and
●
comment on the adequacy of the financial provisions made for the operation.
17.4.1.
 
Basis of the Closure Liability Estimate
The closure cost assessment was conducted according to the requirements of NEMA as amended (refer to Section 13), by Digby Wells in
June 2022. The purpose of the financial provision assessment was to revise the existing estimate for closure and rehabilitation to
 
reflect
current conditions as of June 2022.
17.4.2.
 
Quantum of the Closure Liability
The closure cost estimate is for the purpose of reporting the liability in the annual financial statements
 
of FWGR.
NEMA as amended, requires the holder of a MR to make full financial
 
provision for the rehabilitation of negative environmental impacts.
This liability is required to be updated annually and adjusted.
The closure costs are determined
 
on both an “unscheduled” and “scheduled” basis.
 
Scheduled costs assume that mining continues and
that
 
the
 
final
 
rehabilitation
 
will
 
be
 
confined
 
to
 
the
 
rehabilitation
 
of
 
the
 
TSF
 
footprints.
 
Unscheduled
 
costs
 
assume
 
the
 
immediate
termination of mining and
 
provide for rehabilitation
 
of the area in
 
its current condition. The
 
detailed closure cost
 
model calculates the
cost of demolishing, removing and rehabilitating each infrastructure component which may include (but is not limited to):
●
rehabilitation of the pump station and pipeline footprints;
●
generalized rehabilitation and vegetation management strategies;
●
ensuring the reclaimed footprints are free draining;
●
vegetating the TSFs that will remain post closure;
●
radiation clearance for each rehabilitated footprint; and
●
post-closure maintenance and monitoring costs.
●
FWGR has provided for the quantum of the financial guarantees on an unscheduled estimate basis.
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
111
Table 30 presents the closure cost estimates of the June 2022 Digby Wells Annual Financial Provision Assessment.
Table 30: Current Closure Cost Estimates for FWGR
Asset
Unscheduled Cost 2022
(ZAR M)
Scheduled Cost 2022
(ZAR M)
Driefontein 5 TSF
9.61
9.61
Driefontein 3 TSF
27.61
11.61
Kloof 1 TSF
14.71
11.87
Libanon TSF
21.03
14.84
Venterspost North TSF
23.59
12.33
Venterspost South TSF
6.87
4.82
DP2
14.36
14.36
DP3
11.54
11.54
Driefontein 4 TSF
19.87
20.38
Pipelines
3.35
3.35
Post Closure Aspects Driefontein 5 TSF
2.85
2.85
Post Closure Aspects Driefontein 3 TSF
9.17
3.62
Post Closure Aspects Kloof 1 TSF
24.45
3.70
Post Closure Aspects Libanon TSF
7.53
4.60
Post Closure Aspects Venterspost North TSF
41.16
3.84
Post Closure Aspects Venterspost South TSF
12.25
1.56
Post Closure Aspects DP2
2.42
2.42
Post Closure Aspects DP3
0.24
0.24
Post Closure Aspects Driefontein 4 TSF
14.34
6.35
Project Management
16.09
8.71
Contingency
26.82
14.51
Total
309.69
166.90
Source:
 
Digby Wells, 2022
Note: Apparent computational errors
 
due to rounding
As mining of the TSFs progress, the liability for
 
rehabilitation and closure will decrease from the current
 
unscheduled cost of ZAR309.69
M
 
to
 
a
 
final
 
scheduled
 
cost
 
of ZAR16
 
6.90
 
M.
 
FWGR
 
will make
 
appropriate
 
application
 
to
 
the DMRE
 
for
 
adjustments
 
to
 
the closure
obligation to cater for this decreasing liability.
 
Guardrisk Insurance Company Limited
 
(GICL) has issued
 
financial guarantees in favor of
 
the DMRE of
 
ZAR169.0 M. An amount
 
of ZAR444.1
M is also
 
invested in Guardrisk Cell
 
Captive under the
 
ring-fenced environmental rehabilitation insurance
 
policy. The funds are
 
ring-fenced
for the sole objective
 
of future rehabilitation
 
activities during and at
 
the end of the
 
LoM. The financial guarantees
 
and funds held with
the Guardrisk Cell Captive (30 June 2022) is sufficient to cover the 2022 estimated unscheduled
 
liability of ZAR309.69 M as estimated for
the operation.
Table
 
31 shows the
 
closure liability for
 
the RTSF calculated
 
in the 2016
 
Digby Wells
 
EIA and Environmental
 
and Management Program
Report Under Regulation 7
 
of the NEMA Financial Provision
 
Regulations (2015) which states
 
that the financial provision is,
 
at any given
time, equal to the sum of the actual costs of implementing the plans for a period of at least ten years forthwith (this includes the annual
rehabilitation, final, decommissioning and
 
closure plans). Sound Mining has
 
been informed by FWGR
 
that a ZAR169.0
 
M of the closure
cost estimate for
 
the RTSF has
 
been guaranteed by FWGR
 
through Guardrisk and satisfies
 
the IEA requirements.
 
The 2022 closure cost
estimate was normalized by inflating the 2016 estimate by 6%.
Table 31: Closure Cost Estimates from Kloof EIA and Guaranteed through Guardrisk
Asset
Unscheduled Costs after
One Year 2016
(ZAR M)
Scheduled Costs 2016
(ZAR M)
Unscheduled Costs
30 June 2022
(ZAR M)
Scheduled Costs
30 June 2022
(ZAR M)
RTSF
77.17
172.31
116.04
259.09
Source:
 
Digby Wells, 2016
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
112
17.5.
 
Concluding Comments
The FWGR IWUL of 9 March
 
2017 provides for this facility to
 
be constructed on a synthetic liner.
 
FWGR is pursuing an amendment of
 
this condition
following its latest design specification.
It is noted that the SAHRA issued a Final Statutory Comment supporting the requirements and conditions contained in the HIA Reports.
It is the opinion
 
of the environmental specialist that
 
the FWGR operations have been
 
well planned and executed thus
 
far. The legislative requirements
have been identified and addressed
 
and where there are gaps
 
,
 
measures are being taken
 
to address them. The
 
identified risks are well
 
understood
by FWGR and at the time of this TRS are being addressed to avoid any
 
significant impact to the operations. No fatal flaws were
 
identified during this
review.
An insurance policy through Guardrisk of
 
ZAR169.0 M, combined with the current
 
balance in the Guardrisk Cell Captive
 
of ZAR444.1 M (30 June 2022)
is sufficient to cover the 2022 unscheduled liability of ZAR309.69 M as estimated for the operation.
Cognizance needs to be taken of the following:
●
a risk assessment should be completed as per Government Gazette No.: GNR 1147 the NEMA
 
Financial Provision Regulations (2015) (as amended
January 2020) to determine any residual or latent costs to be included;
●
FWGR has applied for amendments to the Driefontein EA, and is awaiting a response;
●
FWGR is in the process of amending and transferring its Driefontein IWUL to FWGR;
●
FWGR is in the process of confirming the RTSF design, if it is not approved by Department of Water Affairs (DWA)
 
or if further amendment to the
FWGR’s IWUL or IEA are required it could impact the proposed timing of the operations;
●
numerous heritage sites and grave sites have been identified across the scope of the operations, which require appropriate attention;
●
illegal mining activities,
 
and nearby informal
 
settlements may
 
encroach on the
 
operations. In terms
 
of the Extension
 
of Security of
 
Tenure
 
Act,
1997 (Act No.
 
62 of 1997)
 
(ESTA),
 
any illegal land
 
occupiers may
 
also be entitled
 
to certain tenure
 
rights, which could
 
prevent landowners
 
and
government from evicting them unless
 
the provisions of ESTA
 
have been met. This
 
may have been exacerbated
 
during the Covid-19 restrictions
as no evictions were allowed during this period;
●
dust resulting from the TSFs and the mining activities
 
needs to be managed; and
●
the quality or quantity of water available to agricultural activities needs to be preserved.
These are being addressed according to the required timelines.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
113
18.
 
CAPITAL AND OPERATING
 
COSTS
Item 18 (i) and (ii)
The capital and
 
operating cost estimates
 
used to examine
 
the viability of
 
the estimated Mineral
 
Reserve were informed
 
by current operations
 
and
recent feasibility
 
study work
 
(i.e., 2020
 
and 2021)
 
on processing,
 
the RTSF
 
and associated
 
pumping and
 
piping infrastructure.
 
The operating
 
cost
estimates are supported by actual on mine invoices
 
received and paid, while the capital estimates
 
have been determined using unit rates
 
(obtained
from quotations or bench marked against recent installations) and design quantities.
Although the previous feasibility study work was
 
in most instances to a definitive level of accuracy, the estimates are no longer current and therefore
deemed to be at
 
a preliminary feasibility level of
 
accuracy (i.e., +/-25%). Where
 
necessary estimates have been
 
appropriately inflated to
 
June 2022
real terms and Sound Mining has included a 15% contingency on all costs to reflect the confidence expected for a PFS level of study.
18.1.
 
Capital Expenditure
The capital expenditure is estimated
 
in 30 June 2022 real terms and is summarized in Table 32.
Table 32: Summary of Capital Expenditure
Description
June 2022
(ZAR M)
Property Purchases
Land (RTSF and Pipelines)
71
Total for Property Purchasing
71
DP2 Expansion
Equipment and Infrastructure
1,283
Total for DP2 Expansion
1,283
RTSF
RTSF Construction*
1,511
Total for RTSF
1,511
Pumping and Piping
RTSF
776
Driefontein 3
151
Kloof 1
444
Libanon
406
Venterspost South
462
Leeudoorn
525
Total for Pumping and Piping Capital Expenditure
2,765
Total Direct Capital Expenditure
5,630
Indirect Capital Expenditure
Rehabilitation Provision**
-
Stay-in-Business (SiB)
254
Total Indirect Capital Expenditure
254
Contingency
Contingency (15%)
883
Total Capital Expenditure
6,767
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022; and FWGR, 2020
Note:
 
* RTSF Provision does not cater for
 
a liner which could amount to approximately
 
ZAR1.5 Billion
 
** This rehabilitation requirement is currently
 
exceeded by the provisions
 
in the associated trust fund
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
114
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
20232024202520262027202820292030203120322033203420352036203720382039204020412042
ZAR M
An annual Stay-in-Business (SiB) provision of ZAR8.7 M is considered until 2030 after which it is increased to ZAR16.0 M
 
for the rest of the LoM. This
provision covers maintenance and the replacement of equipment across the operation. Sound Mining has noted that the Guardrisk Cell Captive
 
is in
excess of the environmental
 
liability and therefore no
 
provision was included. Graph
 
9 illustrates the resulting
 
annual capital expenditure requirement
for the operation.
Graph 9: Capital Expenditure Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Early capital will be required to
 
access the Leeudoorn TSF,
 
whereafter, DP2
 
will be expanded (i.e., FY2025 and FY2026). The RTSF
 
is scheduled to be
constructed over four years (i.e., FY2027 to FY2030) with the
 
remaining capital expenditure largely earmarked for piping and pumping infrastructure.
18.2.
 
Operating Costs
The DP2 operating cost estimate (Table 33) and forecast (Graph 10) are based
 
on the actual costs being
 
incurred by the current operation. Economies
of scale were taken into consideration by applying a factor to the escalated budget as DP2 increases its throughput.
Table 33: Average DP2 Operating Cost over LoM
Description
Unit Costs
(ZAR/t)
Salaries and Wages
10.40
Contractors
8.89
Reagents
20.63
Other Engineering Stores
6.20
Electricity
15.56
Water
0.46
Machine Hire
1.51
Other
8.15
Other Corporate Costs
3.23
Contingency (15%)
10.20
DP2 Operating Costs
85.23
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022; and FWGR, 2022
A contingency of 15% was included for the assessment of economic viability.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
115
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
20232024202520262027202820292030203120322033203420352036203720382039204020412042
ZAR M
Financial Year
Graph 10: Operating Cost Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
18.2.1.
 
Concluding Comments
The impact of a change in the pumping costs for longer average distances between the deposition sites, current TSFs, available
 
TSFs and
DP2, is not fully
 
captured in the operating
 
cost estimates over
 
the LoM. There is
 
a risk that the
 
operating costs may
 
prove to be
 
higher
over time, but these are not expected to be material.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
116
19.
 
ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT
Item 19 (i); (ii); (iii) and (iv)
A Discounted Cashflow
 
(DCF) modelling approach
 
was adopted to
 
assess the economic viability
 
of the Mineral
 
Reserves as stated.
 
Considering the
stage
 
of development
 
of the
 
operation
 
and the
 
uncertainties
 
of future
 
global economics,
 
as well
 
as
 
exchange
 
rate,
 
interest
 
rate
 
and gold
 
price
uncertainties, a real DCF model
 
is deemed more appropriate
 
than a nominal DCF model.
 
The DCF model was generated
 
in June 2022 South African
Rand (ZAR)
 
real terms
 
and is
 
based on
 
the revenue
 
forecast, associated
 
capital and
 
operating cost
 
forecasts,
 
and on
 
appropriate and
 
reasonable
economic assumptions (Table 34).
Table 34: Inputs to the DCF Model
Description
Quantum
Unit
Key Dates
Money Terms
30 June 2022
Phase Description
Phase 2 Includes:
DP2 Expansion
Mtpm
1.2
LoM
Phase 2
Years
20
Contingencies
Contingency
%
15%
Gold Price
ZAR/USD
ZAR/USD
15.60
USD/oz Gold
USD/oz
1,823
ZAR/kg Gold
ZAR/kg
914,294
Source:
 
Sound Mining,
 
2022; and FWGR, 2022
These assumptions are based on information received from FWGR and from the various consultants who contributed to the Mineral Resources, LoM
planning and technical
 
study work
 
that underpin this
 
Mineral Reserve estimate.
 
The economic assessment
 
assumes a 100%
 
equity-based business
and ignores the effect
 
of working capital changes.
 
The QP is satisfied
 
with the quality of this
 
information, including the revenue
 
and cost forecasts,
and
 
considers
 
the
 
inputs
 
to
 
the
 
DCF
 
model
 
to
 
constitute
 
an
 
overall
 
PFS
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy
(i.e., +/-25%).
19.1.
 
Revenue Forecast
The revenue forecast is a function of gold sales and the pricing assumptions used for the economic assessment. The following processing recoveries,
which are supported by test work
 
and current plant performance data, were applied
 
to the material from the respective
 
TSFs to compute the amount
of gold sold:
●
49.8% for Driefontein 5 TSF material;
●
56.6% for Driefontein 3 TSF material;
●
50.5% for Kloof 1 TSF material;
●
47.2% Libanon TSF material;
●
62.5% for Venterspost South TSF material; and
●
54.7% for Venterspost North TSF material.
The expansion of DP2 facilitates an increase in gold sales over time (Graph 11).
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p117i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
117
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
20232024202520262027202820292030203120322033203420352036203720382039204020412042
Gold Sold (kg)
Financial Year
-1,000
-500
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
20232024202520262027202820292030203120322033203420352036203720382039204020412042
NPV
10
(ZAR M)
Financial Year
Post Tax Discounted Cashflow
Cumulative Cashflow
Graph 11: Gold Sales Forecast
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Processing throughput can continue after 2042 when the available TSFs
 
are likely to be incorporated into
 
the operation. At this stage,
 
the economic
assessment has
 
only considered
 
the depletion
 
of the
 
TSFs
 
that comprise
 
the current
 
Mineral Reserves.
 
The gold
 
sold from
 
these TSFs
 
equate to
approximately 1.3Moz.
The real revenue forecast relies
 
on a gold price
 
of ZAR914,294 (i.e., USD1,823/oz
 
at ZAR15.60/USD). Taxes would be determined
 
using the gold mining
tax formula with all unredeemed capital taken into account. The assets are part of the ongoing business of FWGR, which fall outside the ambit of the
provision of the MPRDA that would place an obligation to pay royalties on the proceeds of the operations.
19.2.
 
Cashflows
Graph 12 presents the post-tax cashflow for an operation that excludes the benefits that would eventually be derived from the Available TSFs.
Graph 12: Post-tax Discounted Cashflows
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The cumulative post-tax
 
cashflows over the
 
LoM remain positive.
 
When assuming a
 
discount rate of
 
10% the unleveraged
 
operation reflects
 
a Net
Present Value (NPV) of ZAR2.32 Billion.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p118i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
118
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
80%
90%
100%
110%
120%
NPV
10
(ZAR M)
Net Revenue
Capital Expenditure
Operating Costs
19.3.
 
Sensitivities
The achievability of the LoM plans, budgets and forecasts cannot be assured as they are based on economic assumptions, many of which
 
are beyond
the control of the company. Future cashflows and profits derived from such forecasts are inherently uncertain and actual results may be significantly
more or less favorable. The
 
technical risks as identified by Sound Mining are
 
provided in Item 12.1. These and other environmental
 
risks can impact
the anticipated revenue and cost forecasts and accordingly have been assessed against upside or downside changes of between -20% and +20%. The
consequential potential impacts are presented in Table 35 and is illustrated graphically in Graph 13.
Table 35: Sensitivity of Post-tax NPV
Variance
NPV
10
(ZAR Billion)
80%
90%
100%
110%
120%
Revenue (ZAR Billion)
0.12
1.23
2.32
3.36
4.41
Capital Expenditure (ZAR Billion)
3.11
2.71
2.32
1.92
1.53
Operating Costs (ZAR Billion)
3.81
3.06
2.32
1.57
0.83
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Graph 13 shows that changes to the revenue forecast will impact margins the most.
Graph 13: Sensitivity to Expected Revenue and Costs
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
Table 36 shows the materiality of changes in the gold price.
Table 36: Sensitivity of Gold Price
Gold Price
ZAR/kg
700,000
800,000
900,000
1,000,000
1,100,000
NPV (ZAR Billion)
(0.27)
0.96
2.15
3.30
4.45
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The operation is economically viable above
 
a gold price of ZAR721,264/kg. The
 
impact of changes to the
 
operating cost forecast is materially less, and
any variance in capital expenditure being relatively insensitive.
A sensitivity on the discount rate is displayed in Table 37.
Table 37: Sensitivity of the Discount Rate
Discount Rate
0%
5%
8%
10%
13%
NPV (ZAR Billion)
7.34
3.97
2.85
2.32
1.74
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit961p119i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
119
-1,000
-500
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
NPV
10
(ZAR M)
Financial Year
Post Tax Discounted Cashflow
Cumulative Cashflow
As a final
 
sensitivity,
 
the QP has
 
tested the
 
impact of FWGR
 
having to
 
revert to
 
the use of
 
a liner
 
for the
 
RTSF as
 
opposed to the
 
design currently
included in the LoM plan. The impact of this expenditure on the discounted post-tax cashflows is shown in Graph 14.
Graph 14: Post-tax Discounted Cashflows (including liner)
Source:
 
Sound Mining, 2022
The NPV
10
 
still returns a positive number of ZAR1.58 Billion,
 
albeit the overall margins are reduced.
19.4.
 
Concluding Comments
The QP is satisfied that the Mineral Reserves as stated are all economically viable.
 
20.
 
ADJACENT PROPERTIES
Item 20 (i); (ii); (iii) and (iv)
A discussion of the
 
characteristics of adjacent properties is usually
 
relevant for in situ mineral deposits. The
 
TSF assets are independent from adjacent
properties with no correlation in mineralization.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
120
21.
 
OTHER RELEVANT DATA
 
AND INFORMATION
Item 21
Information relevant
 
to the
 
Mineral Resource
 
and Mineral
 
Reserve statements
 
will certainly
 
include the
 
prevailing legislative
 
framework in
 
South
Africa.
21.1.
 
South African Minerals Policy and Legislative
 
Framework
The South African
 
Government has an
 
extensive legal framework within
 
which mining, environmental
 
and social aspects
 
are managed. Inclusive
 
within
the framework are
 
international treaties and
 
protocols, and national
 
acts, regulations, standards,
 
and guidelines which
 
address international, national,
provincial and local management areas. The role of the Government and the relevant regulatory authorities can be summarised as follows:
●
the custodian of environmental and mining legislation as a Constitutional imperative;
●
a conduit between
 
the public and
 
mining companies to
 
ensure that mineral
 
rights holders satisfy
 
the objectives
 
of transforming the mining
 
industry
by,
 
inter alia, increasing
 
the number of
 
black people in
 
the industry to
 
reflect the country’s
 
population demographics, to
 
empower and enable
them to meaningfully
 
participate in
 
and sustain the
 
growth of
 
the economy;
 
thereby ensuring transparency
 
to achieve
 
accelerated and
 
shared
economic growth;
●
advocate of sustainable development, from a socio-economic and environmental management perspective; and
●
ultimate custodian of historical mining legacies, inclusive of abandoned mines.
The Government
 
has significantly
 
reformed its
 
environmental legislation.
 
The driving force
 
behind this
 
is the
 
need to
 
support the
 
overall national
objective of sustainable
 
development. Most recently, in 2015, the
 
government published the National
 
Environmental Management Laws Amendment
Bill for public comment and the Draft
 
Revised Financial Provision Regulations were published in
 
General Notice No.: R1228 of 10 November 2017
 
in
Government Gazette No.: 41236 in respect of prospecting, exploration and mining or production operations. The applicable laws are listed below:
●
The Constitution of South Africa (Act No. 108 of 1996);
●
Mines and Works Act, 1956 (Act No. 27 of 1956);
●
the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 (Act No. 29 of 1996);
●
the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998) (NEMA);
●
National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998) (NWA);
●
National Nuclear Regulator Act, 1999 (Act No. 47 of 1999) (NNRA);
●
National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004);
●
National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 2004 (Act No. 39 of 2004);
●
National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008) (NEM:WA);
●
the Competition Act, 1998 (Act No. 89 of 1998);
●
the Companies Act, 2008 (Act No. 71 of 2008);
●
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 (Act No. 28 of 2002) (MPRDA);
●
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, 2008 (Act No. 28 of 2008) (MPRRA);
●
Mining Titles Registration Act, 1967 (Act No. 16 of 1967);
●
Mining Titles Registration Amendment Act, 2003 (Act No. 24 of 2003);
●
Broad-Based Socio-Economic Charter (and associated amendments, 2010), also known as the Mining Charter;
●
National Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act No. 25 of 1999) (NHRA);
●
National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act, 2003 (Act No. 57 of 2003) (NEM:PAA);
●
National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004) (NEM:BA);
●
National Forests Act, 1998 (Act No. 30 of 1998) (NFA);
●
Hazardous Substances Act, 1973 (Act No. 15 of 1973) (HSA);
●
Explosives Act, 1956 (Act No. 25 of 1956);
●
National Road Traffic Act, 1993 (Act No. 93 of 1996) (NRTA);
 
and
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
121
●
New Broad-Based Black-Economic Empowerment
 
Charter for the South
 
African Mining Industry
 
(also known as
 
the New Mining
 
Charter) published
in September 2018.
21.2.
 
South African Legislative Framework
South African legislation applicable
 
to mining related activities and
 
specifically with regard to environmental, social and
 
community impact issues are:
●
The Constitution of South Africa Act, 1996 (Act No. 108 of 1996);
●
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2008 (Act No. 28 of 2002) (MPRDA);
●
National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998) (NEMA);
●
National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998) (NWA);
●
National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008) (NEM:WA);
●
National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 2004 (Act No. 39 of 2004) (NEM:AQA);
●
Hazardous Substances Act, 1973 (Act No. 15 of 1973) (HSA);
●
National Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act No. 25 of 1999) (NHRA);
●
National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act, 2003 (Act No. 57 of 2003) (NEM:PAA);
●
National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004); and
●
National Forests Act, 1998 (Act No. 30 of 1998) (NFA).
A brief description of the above Acts is summarised below:
The Constitution of
 
South Africa Act,
 
1996 (Act No.
 
108 of 1996):
 
Mines must comply
 
with South African
 
constitutional and common
 
law by conducting
their operational and closure activities with due diligence and care for the rights of others.
Section 24(a) of the Constitution states that everyone has
 
the right to (a) an environment which is
 
not harmful to their health or well-being; and (b)
to have the environment protected, for the benefit of present and future generations, through reasonable legislative and other measures that:
●
prevent pollution and ecological degradation;
●
promote conservation; and
●
secure ecologically sustainable development and use of natural resources.
while promoting justifiable economic and social development.
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 (Act No. 28 of 2002) (MPRDA): The MPRDA provides a holistic cradle-to-grave approach to
prospecting and mining by fully considering economic, social and environmental
 
costs to achieve sustainable development of
 
South African Mineral
Resources.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
122
National Environmental
 
Management
 
Act,
 
1998
 
(Act
 
No.
 
107
 
of
 
1998)
 
(NEMA):
 
NEMA
 
was
 
promulgated
 
in
 
1998
 
to
 
replace
 
the
 
Environmental
Conservation Act, 1989 (Act No. 73 of 1989) (ECA) as the overarching national environmental
 
legislative framework. NEMA was promulgated to give
effect to
 
the Environmental
 
Management Policy
 
(published in
 
2007), and
 
has been
 
subsequently amended,
 
including the
 
National Environmental
Management Amendment Act of 2003, and the National Environmental Management Second Amendment Act, 2004 (Act No. 8 of 2004).
The requirements for financial provisions
 
for rehabilitation and closure
 
are evolving. Historically,
 
closure and rehabilitation liability
 
calculations and
financial provisions
 
had to
 
be determined
 
and provided
 
for in
 
accordance with
 
Regulations 53
 
and 54
 
under the
 
MPRDA (GN
 
527, April
 
2004), a
guideline document for the evaluation of
 
the quantum of closure-related financial provisions
 
issued by the DMRE in 2004/5, and
 
a set of master rates
updated from time to time by the DMRE based on inflation.
Financial provision regulations (GNR
 
1147) were published on
 
November 2015 (as
 
amended January 2020) to
 
replace Regulations 53
 
and 54 under
the MPRDA. The new regulations require the following:
●
annual rehabilitation, as reflected in an annual rehabilitation plan;
●
final
 
rehabilitation,
 
decommissioning
 
and
 
closure
 
of
 
the
 
prospecting,
 
exploration,
 
mining
 
or
 
production
 
operations
 
at
 
the
 
end
 
of
 
the
 
life
 
of
operations, as reflected in a final rehabilitation, decommissioning and mine closure plan; and
●
remediation of latent or
 
residual environmental impacts which
 
may become known in
 
the future, including
 
the pumping and
 
treatment of polluted
or extraneous water; as reflected in an environmental risk assessment report; and
●
The applicant or holder of a right or
 
permit must ensure that the financial provision is,
 
at any given time, equal to
 
the sum of the actual costs of
implementing the plans and report contemplated in regulation 6 and regulation 11 (1) for a period of at least 10 years forthwith.
The NEMA Section 24P (as amended in April 2014) also applies.
 
It requires:
●
financial provisions to be made in the prescribed manner before an environmental authorization is issued by the DMRE;
●
annual assessment of environmental liabilities; and
●
annual “increase” of available financial provisions to the satisfaction of the Minister of Mineral Resources.
National Water Act,
 
1998 (Act No. 36
 
of 1998) (NWA):
 
The NWA
 
stipulates that a WUL
 
is required for
 
the abstraction, storage,
 
use, diversion, flow
reduction and disposal of water and effluent in terms of Section 21 of the Act.
Use of water for
 
mining and related activities is
 
also regulated through regulations
 
that were updated after
 
the promulgation of the NWA
 
in 1999 -
GN 704.
 
GN 704
 
addresses the regulations
 
on use
 
of water
 
for mining
 
and related
 
activities aimed at
 
the protection
 
of water
 
resources. Inclusive
within GNR 704 are the control measures for activities and its regulation of the sizing, control and monitoring of water management measures.
National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of
 
2008) (NEM:WA): Waste management activities listed in terms of the NEM:WA
(GN 921,
 
29 November 2013)
 
include: storage
 
of waste;
 
the reuse,
 
recycling and
 
recovery of
 
waste; treatment
 
of waste;
 
and disposal of
 
waste at
specified thresholds. Historically,
 
mine residues were
 
managed in accordance
 
with the MPRDA
 
and the NEMA. This
 
situation changed in 2014
 
with
the promulgation
 
of the
 
National Environmental
 
Management: Waste
 
Amendment Act
 
of 2014
 
and its
 
inclusion of
 
mine residue
 
as a
 
Category A
(hazardous) waste, as well as
 
the addition of
 
mine residue stockpiles and
 
residue deposits to the
 
list of waste management activities
 
requiring a WML.
In 2008 the Ministers of Mineral Resources and Environmental
 
Affairs concluded an agreement on the “One
 
Environmental System” for
 
the country
with respect to mining. Ministers adopted an integrated mine environmental management system and sought to align the MPRDA, NEMA, NEM:WA,
NEM:AQA and NWA. In short, the agreement implied that environmental issues resulting from mining, prospecting, production and related activities
will be regulated in terms of the NEMA, whilst the Minister of Mineral Resources will become a competent authority in terms of NEMA.
Following the acceptance
 
of the above-mentioned
 
agreement various amendments
 
were made to
 
environmental legislation, inter
 
alia, the NEMA,
MPRDA and NEM:WA.
 
Significant to these
 
amendments were the
 
inclusion of residue
 
stockpiles under the
 
NEM:WA
 
listed activities as
 
well as the
publication
 
of
 
regulations
 
regarding
 
the
 
planning
 
and
 
management
 
of
 
residue
 
stockpiles
 
and
 
residue
 
deposits
 
from
 
the
 
prospecting,
 
mining,
exploration or production operation in GNR 632 of 2015 and GN 921 July 2015.
Transitional provisions specifically include the following:
●
any activity in terms of regulation 73 of the MPRDA
 
relating to the management of residue stockpiles and residues
 
deposits, that can be done in
terms of a provision of GNR 632 of 2015, must be regarded as having been done in terms thereof;
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
123
●
management measures of residue stockpiles and residue deposits
 
approved in terms of the MPRDA,
 
at the time of the coming into
 
operation of
GNR 632 of 2015, must be regarded as having been approved in terms thereof;
●
a holder of a right or permit in terms of the MPRDA must continue the management of the residue stockpiles and residue deposits in accordance
with the approved management measures; and
●
a person who lawfully conducts a waste management activity listed in the NEM:WA Schedule on the date of the coming
 
into effect of this Notice
may continue with the waste management activity until such time that the Minister by notice in a Gazette calls upon such a person to apply for a
WML.
National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act,
 
2004 (Act No. 39 of
 
2004) (NEM:AQA): In terms of
 
Section 21 of the NEM:AQA,
 
an Atmospheric
Emissions License (AEL) is required for listed processes that may result in atmospheric emissions, which may
 
have a significant detrimental effect on
the environment, health, social and economic conditions. These requirements apply to
 
smelters, refineries and certain processing plants. NEM:AQA
GN 283 April
 
2015 requires mines to
 
register with the Department
 
and submit results
 
in line with
 
the National Atmospheric Emission
 
Inventory System
(NAEIS) requirements. The
 
National Dust Control
 
Regulations (GNR 827,
 
1 November 2013)
 
provides standards for
 
dust-fall
 
in residential and
 
non-
residential areas, and
 
the requirements of
 
monitoring and reporting
 
to the air
 
quality officer.
 
Mining operations have
 
the responsibility to
 
comply
with the standards.
Hazardous
 
Substances
 
Act,
 
1973
 
(Act
 
No.
 
15
 
of
 
1973)
 
(HSA):
 
The
 
regulations
 
relating
 
to
 
Group
 
IV
 
Hazardous
 
Substances
 
(GNR
 
247
 
of
26 February 1993) in terms of the HSA apply to the use and transportation of radioactive nuclides used in metallurgical processing plants.
National Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act No. 25 of 1999) (NHRA): The NHRA requires that a heritage assessment be undertaken for developments
listed in the Act.
 
The Act prohibits the
 
following: the alteration, disturbance,
 
damage or demolishment
 
of buildings and
 
structures older than 60
 
years;
archaeological and paleontological artefacts; cultural significant
 
graves and burial sites; and public monuments,
 
except for where a permit was issued
by the relevant Provincial Heritage Resources Authority.
National Environmental Management: Protected
 
Areas Act, 2003 (Act No.
 
57 of 2003) (NEM:PAA):
 
The NEM:PAA regulates
 
the system of protected
areas in South Africa and their management. It distinguishes between the
 
following types of protected areas: national parks; nature reserves; special
nature reserves;
 
and ‘protected
 
environments. Mining
 
is prohibited
 
in national
 
parks, nature
 
reserves and
 
special nature
 
reserves, but
 
mining in
‘protected environments’ may be allowed with
 
the necessary permission
 
from the Minister of Environmental Affairs as
 
well as the Minister of
 
Mineral
Resources.
National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004) (NEM:BA): Holders of a mining right need to comply with the alien
and
 
invasive
 
species
 
regulations
 
(GNR
 
598
 
of
 
1
 
August
 
2014)
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
NEM:BA
 
for
 
species
 
listed
 
in
 
GN
 
864,
 
of
29 July 2016, which
 
deal with different categories
 
of alien and
 
invasive plant and animal
 
species that are
 
prohibited, must be combatted or
 
eradicated,
controlled, require a permit or are subject to certain exemptions and prohibitions.
National Forest Act, 1998 (Act
 
No. 84 of 1998)
 
(NFA): The NFA prohibits the cutting, disturbance,
 
damage or destruction of trees
 
in natural forests and
trees included in the
 
lists of protected tree species
 
published in terms of
 
the NFA, except where a license was
 
issued by the Department
 
of Agriculture
Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF).
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
124
22.
 
INTERPRETATIONS
 
AND CONCLUSIONS
Item 22
A full list of all technical
 
documents used in the compilation of the
 
TRS is provided in Item
 
24. The QP has interrogated
 
all of this information in the
process of generating
 
the Mineral Resource
 
and Mineral Reserve
 
estimates and remains
 
satisfied with the
 
technoeconomic merits of
 
the LoM planning
and of the integrity of the information and study work performed.
The QP’s
 
are of
 
the opinion
 
that the
 
operations of
 
FWGR are
 
reasonably robust
 
in the
 
context of
 
the current
 
methodologies and
 
systems. These
operations are
 
ongoing with
 
an experienced management
 
team, skilled employees
 
and a mining
 
contractor whose
 
track record
 
demonstrates the
required competence. Apart from the
 
uncertainties identified herein, which risks are
 
manageable, no factors of
 
an operational or geo-metallurgical
nature have been identified that could significantly impact the prospects for eventual economic extraction, or the validity of the Mineral Reserves as
stated.
The QP is comfortable with the
 
gold price of ZAR914,294.00/kg used for
 
the economic assessment. This price was
 
provided by DRDGOLD and is not
inconsistent with the spot price as at 30 June 2022 of ZAR945,295/kg (i.e., USD1,806.89/oz at ZAR16.27/USD).
Sound Mining has reviewed the EIA
 
and Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
 
that were provided. The assets
 
held by FWGR were acquired
 
from
Sibanye Gold,
 
a subsidiary
 
of Sibanye-Stillwater,
 
in a
 
transaction in
 
which common
 
law ownership
 
was established
 
over the
 
various tailings
 
dams
containing the Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves. FWGR conducts
 
its activities inter alia in accordance with EAs and
 
the provisions of the Mine
Health and Safety
 
regulations. A Use
 
and Access Agreement
 
with Sibanye
 
Gold articulates the
 
various rights, permits
 
and licenses held
 
by Sibanye
Gold in terms of which FWGR operates, pending the transfer to FWGR of those that are transferable.
The drilling, sampling, analytical processes and governance of the exploration programs are appropriate and in-line with industry best practice. They
are considered to be
 
of high confidence. The
 
density used to determine quantities
 
from volumes has been
 
determined from both in
 
situ measured
values and
 
empirical data
 
and
 
is considered
 
reliable. Sound
 
Mining concludes
 
that the
 
estimations are
 
based on
 
a suitable
 
database
 
of reliable
information.
Scrutiny of the LoM plan
 
has shown that the recoveries
 
coincide with the recoveries
 
achieved in the metallurgical
 
test work and the
 
quantities and
grades used are
 
consistent with
 
those estimated in
 
the Mineral Resource
 
estimation. A review
 
of the processing
 
at DP2 reveals
 
that the plant
 
has
performed in-line with
 
expectations and with
 
further modifications will
 
adequately handle the
 
planned increase in
 
throughput to 1,200ktpm
 
for Phase
2. The design for the expansion is based on representative and adequate metallurgical
 
data, knowledge and insights. The mass balance for the plant
is appropriate.
The tailings material arising from DP2 will
 
be stored at the Driefontein 4 TSF and Leeudoorn TSF before being rerouted to a
 
RTSF that will have excess
capacity from both
 
a depositional
 
rate (3.0Mtpm) and final
 
capacity perspective (800Mt).
 
Sound Mining has
 
reviewed the design
 
for the RTSF prepared
by FWGR’s specialists and has concluded that the detailed design report provides a solid basis for the future development of a safe RTSF.
The capital provision
 
for all of the
 
necessary infrastructure requirements have
 
been reviewed and
 
are considered appropriate. The
 
capital expenditure
estimates
 
for
 
the
 
expansion
 
of
 
DP2
 
and
 
the
 
RTSF
 
were
 
undertaken
 
independently and
 
are
 
currently
 
presented
 
at
 
a
 
PFS
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy.
 
The
operational expenditure has been estimated from actual data at the current operations. These estimates are considered appropriate and in-line with
industry standards.
The QP while cognizant of the risks identified in
 
Item 12.1, remains satisfied that Mineral Resources
 
and Mineral Reserves of FWGR are not
 
likely to
change materially as a consequence of these uncertainties.
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
125
23.
 
RECOMMENDATIONS
Item 23
The QPs
 
recommend that
 
FWGR continues
 
to proactively
 
seek the
 
necessary regulatory
 
approvals for
 
the RTSF
 
timeously to
 
ensure that
 
forecast
production can continue uninterrupted.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
126
24.
 
REFERENCES
Item 24
The sources of data and information used in preparation of this TRS are presented in Table 38.
Table 38: TRS Data and Information Sources
Source
Date
File Type
Title
Engineering
Beric Robinson Tailings
(Proprietary) Limited
September 2020
pdf
FW Regional Tailings Dam Model - Detail Design Report (BRT-10-
2020)
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
May 2011
pdf
DRDGOLD - Far West Gold Recoveries Phase 2 Expansion Project
Feasibility Study - Major Pipeline Routes
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
May 2011
pdf
FWGR Phase 2 Process Flow Diagrams IZADBR4544
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
August 2020
pdf
RTSF Hazard and Operational Study 2 Report
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
August 2020
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries RTF FS RTSF Complex Infrastructure
Fencing 2.1m High Shotcrete Perimeter Wall Layout & Details
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
September 2020
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries Regional Tailings Facility - Basis of
Estimate
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
September 2020
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries Regional Tailings Facility Basis of
Estimate
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
June 2020
pdf
Plant layout DRD FWGR Phase 2 Expansion Project (CPP)
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
June 2020
pdf
DRD FWGR Phase 2 Expansion Project Feasibility Study Process
Design Criteria (CPP)
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
June 2020
pdf
DRD FWGR Phase 2 Expansion Project Feasibility Study
Mechanical Equipment List (CPP)
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
November 2020
pdf
DRD FWGR Phase 2 Expansion Project Feasibility Study Executive
Summary
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
November 2020
pdf
DRD FWGR Phase 2 Expansion Project Feasibility Study Opex (CPP)
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
November 2020
xlsx
Phase 2 Expansion Project Feasibility Study Capital Cost Estimate
(CPP and Piping Rev 6)
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
October 2020
xlsx
Far West Gold Recoveries Regional Tailings Facility Capital Cost
Estimate: Scenario 2
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
October 2020
xlsx
DRDGOLD - Far West Gold Recoveries Phase 2 Expansion Project
Feasibility Study OPEX
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
August 2022
pdf
00301-Blockplan with Google Overlay
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
2022
pdf
00301-Blockplan
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
2022
xlsx
DP2 - expansion capital spend
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
March 2022
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries DP2 Expansion Project
Feasibility Study Basis of Estimate
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
2022
pdf
FZADBR6245-PROC-PDC-005-Rev B_PDC
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
2022
xlsx
FZADBR6245-PROC-PDC-005-Rev B_PDC
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
May 2022
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries Dp2 Expansion Project
Feasibility Study Process Flow Diagram
DRDGOLD Limited
August 2020
docx
Manual for the Management of the Disposal of Tailings on the Far
West Gold Recoveries Regional Tailings Facility
DRDGOLD Limited
August 2020
pdf
Electrical Point of Delivery Meeting minutes
Geo Tail SA (Proprietary) Limited
June 2022
pdf
Leeudoorn TSF Cyclone Conversion Design
Geo Pollution Technologies -
Gauteng (Proprietary) Limited
August 2021
pdf
Kloof Gold Mine Leeudoorn Return Water Dam Strategy
 
Highlands Hydrology (Proprietary)
Limited and Water Hunters
August 2020
pdf
Hydrological Assessment for the Proposed Regional Tailings
Facility, Far West Gold Recoveries Version
 
1
Knight Piesold (South Africa)
(Proprietary) Limited
August 2021
pdf
Geotechnical Investigation for Leeudoorn Active TSF
Mintek and DRDGOLD Limited
September 2020
xlsx
Predicted yields from the various dams based on test work results
at September 2020
Water Hunters
January 2020
xlsx
WRTRP Output Analysis v 0.5e2 Base Case
Water Hunters
August 2020
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries - Regional Tailings Facility - Updated
Ground Water Model Report
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
127
Environmental/Legal
Department of Minerals Resources
and Energy
May 2018
pdf
WRTRP Driefontein Environmental Authorization
GP30/5/1/2/3/2/1(51)EM
Department of Minerals Resources
and Energy
May 2018
pdf
WRTRP Kloof Integrated Environmental Authorization
GP30/5/1/2/3/2/1 (66)EM
Department of Water and
Sanitation
March 2017
pdf
WRTRP Integrated Water Use License. License No.:
10/C22B/ACFGI/4976
Department of Water and
Sanitation
March 2017
pdf
Driefontein Water Use License. License No.:
10/C23E/ACEFGIJ/4527
Digby Wells Environmental (South
Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
July 2022
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries Closure Cost Assessment 2022. Financial
Provision Assessment Report
Digby Wells Environmental (South
Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
March 2016
pdf
Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental
Management Programme for the Amendment of the existing EMP
and Inclusion of Listed Activities Associated with Operations at
Driefontein Mining Right Area, Sibanye Gold Limited
Digby Wells Environmental (South
Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
March 2016
pdf
Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental
Management Programme for the Amendment of the existing EMP
and Inclusion of Listed Activities Associated with Operations at
Kloof Mining Right Area, Sibanye Gold Limited
Digby Wells Environmental (South
Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
May 2020
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries Closure Costs Assessment 2020
(ERG6453)
Digby Wells Environmental (South
Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
September 2020
pdf
Driefontein Environmental Authorization Audit
Digby Wells Environmental (South
Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
July 2022
pdf
Far West Gold Recoveries Closure Cost Assessment 2022
Financial Provision Assessment Report
Kongiwe Environmental
(Proprietary) Limited
October 2019
docx
The reclamation and reprocessing of the Soweto Cluster dumps in
the City of Johannesburg, Gauteng. Draft Environmental Impact
Assessment Information
Malan Scholes Inc
November 2017
pdf
Due Diligence Report for DRDGOLD Limited in respect of the West
Rand Tailings Retreatment Project
National Nuclear Regulator
July 2019
pdf
Certificate of Registration in terms of the National Nuclear
Regulator Act, 1999 (Act No. 4T of 1999)
Sibanye-Stillwater Limited
December 2019
xlsx
19128093_SS_RUSO CC 2019_20191118_FINAL_09_03_20
(Consolidated)
Sibanye-Stillwater Limited
December 2019
xlsx
19128093_SS_RUSO CC 2019_20191118_FINAL_V1
Werksmans Attorneys
November 2017
pdf
Exchange agreement between Sibanye Gold Limited and
K2017449061 (WRTRP to be renamed) and including DRDGOLD
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
128
Schedule and Economics
DRDGOLD Limited
2022
xlsx
SK1300 - DP2 Expansion LOM plan_13Jul22_Option
3_REAL_Blended_50_MT Edited_Rev3
DRDGOLD Limited
July 2022
pdf
DRDGOLD Group Information Sharing Document – Financial
Reporting
DRDGOLD Limited
2022
pdf
Annual Integrated Report
DRDGOLD Limited
2022
xlsx
Production information_Jun22
Financial Times
2022
https
https://www.ft.com/content/be9c5a5e-1280-4281-8b28-
04717d2c7e66
GoldHub
2022
https
World Gold Council, Gold supply and demand statistics -
https://www.gold.org/goldhub/data/gold-supply-and-demand-
statistics
GoldHub
2022
https
https://www.gold.org/goldhub/research/gold-demand-
trends/gold-demand-trends-q2-2022
GoldHub
2022
https
https://www.gold.org/goldhub/data/historical-mine-production
GoldHub
2022
https
Gold Supply and demand statistics 30 July
2022https://www.gold.org/goldhub/data/gold-supply-and-
demand-statistics
Sibanye-Stillwater Limited
2019
pdf
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves Report
Sound Mining
December 2017
pdf
Competent Persons' Report on the West Rand Tailings
Retreatment Project for DRDGOLD Limited
Sound Mining
December 2020
pdf
PR SMI 0921 20 DFS Report for FWGR - Phase 2 Expansion Project
USGS
2017
https
https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/prd-
wret/assets/palladium/production/mineral-pubs/gold/mcs-2017-
gold.pdf
USGS
2018
https
https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/prd-
wret/assets/palladium/production/mineral-pubs/gold/mcs-2018-
gold.pdf
USGS
2019
https
https://prd-wret.s3-us-west-
2.amazonaws.com/assets/palladium/production/s3fs-
public/atoms/files/mcs-2019-gold.pdf
USGS
2020
https
https://pubs.usgs.gov/periodicals/mcs2020/mcs2020-gold.pdf
World Gold Council
2022
https
Gold Demand Trends Q2 2022 -
https://www.gold.org/goldhub/research/gold-demand-
trends/gold-demand-trends-q2-2022/supply
Geology
Frimmel et al
2005
pdf
The Formation and Preservation of the Witwatersrand Goldfields,
the World’s Largest Gold Province
Geographicx Surveys CC
July 2022
dwg
Driefontein 5 02072022 Merge R1
Geographicx Surveys CC
July 2022
pdf
Quantity Report of Driefontein 5 02072022 R1
Geoplan Materials Engineering
(Proprietary) Limited
November 2020
xlsx
DRDGOLD Density Data
McCarthy and Rubidge
2005
Book
The Story of Earth and Life
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
June 2009
pdf
Technical Report on the Surface Mineral Resource Estimation,
Scheduling and Financial Valuation of the West Wits HTO Project,
Gold Fields (Pty) Ltd. South Africa
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
February 2013
pdf
A Technical Report on The Gold1 TSFs in the Gauteng Province,
South Africa
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2013
dm
d4_e_krig_all1
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2013
dm
d4_w_krig_all1
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
drth_krig_allfinal2b
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
DTOPO_pt/tr
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
dr5_krig_all fin
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
dtopo_pt/tr
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
kl1_krig_all_final3c
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
DTOPO_pt/tr
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
lib_krig_all1_2010c
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
dtopo_pt/tr
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
vn_krig_all1_fin2d
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
vn_fin_pt/tr
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
vs_krig_all1_final2c
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
129
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
2009
dm
vs_fin_pt/tr
The RVN Group (Proprietary)
Limited
July 2020
pdf
Density Measurements and Supervision DRDGOLD
The glossary of terms, units and abbreviations used in this TRS are presented in Table 39.
Table 39: Glossary and Abbreviations
Term
Explanation
Archaean
Geological eon from 2,500Ma - 4,000Ma
Assay
The chemical analysis of ore samples to determine their metal content
Auriferous
Containing, or producing, gold
Basin
A geological basin is a large low-lying area, often below sea level
Clastic
A rock or sediment composed principally of transported broken fragments derived from pre-existing rocks or
minerals
Conformable
A sequence of beds is said to be conformable when they represent an unbroken period of deposition
Conglomerate
A coarse-grained clastic sedimentary rock composed of rounded to subangular fragments set in a fine-
grained matrix
Craton
An old and stable section of the continental lithosphere which has survived cycles of merging and
 
rifting
continents. Cratons are today generally found in the interior of tectonic plates
Cut-off grade
The lowest grade of mineralized rock that determines as to whether or not it is economic to recover its gold
content by further concentration
Density
Measure of the relative “heaviness” of objects with a constant volume, density = mass/volume
Deposit
Any sort of earth material that has accumulated through the action of wind, water, ice or other agents
De-survey
Mathematical reconstruction in 3D space of a borehole trace using azimuth and dip
 
survey data
Detrital
Formed from eroded loose rock and mineral material
Dilution
Waste or material below the cut-off grade that contaminates the ore during the course of mining operations
and thereby reduces the average grade mined
Definitive Feasibility
Study (DFS)
A definitive engineering estimate of all costs, revenues, equipment requirements and production at a -5% to
+10% level of accuracy. The study is used to define the economic viability of a project and to support the
search for project financing
Distal
Relating to or denoting the outer part of an area affected by geological activity
Dolomite
Carbonate mineral, CaMg(CO
3
)
2
. The word dolomite is also used to describe the sedimentary carbonate
rock, which is composed predominantly of the mineral dolomite
Doré
An unrefined, therefore impure, alloy of gold with variable quantities of silver and smaller quantities of base
metals, which is produced at a mine before passing on to a refinery for upgrading to London Good Delivery
standard, which usually consists of 85% gold on average
Drillhole
Exploration hole drilled for the purposes of exploring for and evaluating sub-surface geology, in this instance
the presence and distribution of gold
Dyke
A tabular vertical or near-vertical body of igneous rock formed by magmatic injection into planar zones of
weakness such as faults or fractures that is discordant to the bedding or foliation of the country rock
Estimation
The quantitative judgement of a variable
Exploration
Prospecting, sampling, mapping, drilling
 
and other work involved in the search for mineralization
Facies
The sum total of sedimentary features that characterize a sediment as having been deposited in a given
environment; an assemblage of metamorphic rocks which are considered to have formed under similar
conditions of temperature and pressure
Fault
A fracture in earth materials, along which the opposite sides have been displaced parallel to then
 
plane of
the movement
Fire Assay
The assaying of metallic ores by methods requiring the use of furnace heat
Fluvial
Produced by the action of a stream or river
Footwall
The underlying side of a stope or ore body
Goldfield
An auriferous deposit defined in a geographically distinct sub-basin
Granite
An intrusive felsic rock which is granular in texture
Hydrothermal
The circulation of hot water. Hydrothermal circulation occurs most often in the vicinity of sources of heat
within the Earth's crust. In general, this occurs near volcanic activity
Indicated Mineral
Resource
Is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of
adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an
 
indicated
Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to
support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability
 
of the deposit. Because an indicated Mineral
Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a measured mineral resource, an
indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a probable Mineral Reserve.
Inferred Mineral
Resource
Is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of
limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with
 
an inferred
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
130
Term
Explanation
Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the
prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an
inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resources, which
prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability, an
inferred Mineral Resource may not be considered when assessing the economic viability of a mining project,
and may not be converted to a Mineral Reserve.
Karoo
A large semi-desert natural region of South Africa which lends its name to the geological Karoo Supergroup
which is often used as an age description for the eon from 145Ma - 360Ma
Kriging
An interpolation method that minimizes the estimation error in the determination of a mineral resource.
Kriging is a method of interpolation for which the interpolated values are modelled by a Gaussian process
governed by prior covariances
License, Permit, Lease
or other similar
entitlement
Any form of license, permit, lease or other entitlement granted by the relevant Government department in
accordance with its mining legislation that confers on the holder certain rights to explore for and/or extract
minerals that might be contained in the land, or ownership title that may prove ownership of the minerals
Life-of-Mine (LoM)
Number of years in the current mine plan that an operation will extract and treat ore
Measured Mineral
Resource
is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of
conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a measured
Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, in sufficient detail to
support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic
 
viability of the deposit. Because a
measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an
indicated Mineral Resource or an inferred Mineral Resource, a measured Mineral Resource may be
converted to a proven Mineral Reserve or to a probable Mineral Reserve.
Mineable
That portion of a mineral resource for which extraction is technically and economically feasible
Mineral Asset(s)
Any right to explore and/or mine which has been granted (“property”), or entity holding such property or
the securities of such an entity, including but not limited to all corporeal and incorporeal property, mineral
rights, mining titles, mining leases, intellectual property, personal property (including plant equipment and
infrastructure), mining and exploration tenures and titles or any other right held or acquired in connection
with the finding and removing of minerals and petroleum located in, on or near the Earth’s crust. Mineral
Assets can be classified as Dormant Properties, Exploration Properties, Development
 
Properties, Mining
Properties or Defunct Properties
Mineral Reserve
Is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of indicated and measured Mineral Resources that, in the
opinion of the QP, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, the economically
mineable part of a measured or indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials
 
and
allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. The determination that part
of a measured or indicated Mineral Resource is economically mineable must be based on a preliminary
feasibility or feasibility study conducted by a QP applying the modifying factors to indicated or measured
Mineral Resources. The study must demonstrate that, at the time of the reporting, extraction of the Mineral
Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. The study must
establish a life of mine plan that is technically achievable and economically viable, which will be
 
the basis of
determining the Mineral Reserve. And the term “economically viable” means that the QP has determined,
using a discounted cashflow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined that
 
the extraction of the
mineral reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions.
Mineral Resource
Is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form,
grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral
Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralization, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off
grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and
economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an
inventory of all mineralization drilled or sampled.
Modifying Factors
Are the factors that a qualified person must apply to indicated and measured Mineral Resources and then
evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserves. A qualified person must apply and
evaluate modifying factors to convert measured and indicated Mineral Resources to proven and probable
Mineral Reserves. These factors include, but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical;
infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements
with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of
the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend
 
upon the mineral, mine, property,
or project.
Reef
A precious metal bearing stratiform tabular ore body
Run-of-Mine (RoM)
Means the mineralized, raw unprocessed or uncrushed material obtained after blasting or excavating
Shale
A fine-grained detrital sedimentary rock formed from clay, mud or silt
Strike
Refers to the orientation of a geologic feature which is a line representing the intersection of that feature
with a horizontal plane. This is represented as a compass bearing of the strike line
Syncline
A fold with strata sloping upward on both sides from a common valley/base
Tailings
Material remaining after ore has been processed
Unconformity
A surface between successive strata representing a missing interval in the geologic record of time and
produced either by an interruption in deposition or by the erosion of lithology followed
 
by renewed
deposition
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
131
Term
Explanation
Uraninite
A black, brown or grey uranium ore mineral, UO
2
Variogram
A measure of the average variance between sample locations as a function of sample separation
Wireframe
A 3D surface constructed from vertices with connecting straight lines or curves
Term
Description
%
percentage
% Au
percentage gold
% mass
percentage mass
~
approximate
‘
minutes
‘000m
3
thousand cubic metres
“
seconds
°
Degree
°C
Degrees Celsius
µm
micrometer
3D
three dimensional
AEL
Atmospheric Emissions License
ALS
ALS Chemex South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
AMIS
African Mineral Standards
ANC
African National Congress
Au
Gold
Au(CN)
2
gold cyanide complex
bar
metric unit of pressure
Beric Robinson
Tailings
Beric Robinson Tailings (Proprietary) Limited
BPS
Booster Pump Stations
CaSO
4
Calcium sulfite (gypsum)
CC
coarse coarse
CF
coarse fine
CIL
Carbon-in-Leach
CIP
Carbon-in-Pulp
CLR
Carbon Leader Reef
cm
centimeter
CoP
Code of Practice
COP
Cooke Optimization Project
CoR
Certificate of Registration
Covid-19
Coronavirus Disease 2019
CPP
Central Processing Plant
CRM
Certified Reference Material
CTSF
Central Tailings Storage Facility
CUP
Cooke Uranium Project
CWF
Central Water Facility
DAFF
Department of Agriculture Forestry and Fisheries
DCF
Discounted Cashflow
DFS
Definitive Feasibility Study
Digby Wells
Digby Wells Environmental (South Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
DMRE
Department of Mineral Resources and Energy (Department of Mineral Resources prior to 2019)
DP2
Driefontein Plant 2
DP3
Driefontein Plant 3
DRA
DRA SA (Proprietary) Limited
DRDGOLD
DRDGOLD Limited
DWA
Department of Water Affairs
DWS
Department of Water and Sanitation
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
132
E
east
EA
Environmental Authorization under NEMA
ECA
Environmental Conservation Act
ECSA
Engineering Council of South Africa
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP
Environmental Management Plan
EMPr
Environmental Management Program Report
EPCM
Engineering, Procurement and Construction Management
Ergo
Ergo Mining (Proprietary) Limited
Eskom
Electricity Supply Commission
ESTA
Extension of Security of Tenure Act
Ezulwini
Ezulwini Mining Company (Proprietary) Limited
FC
fine coarse
FEED
Front End Engineering Design
FF
fine fine
FSAIMM
Fellow of the Southern African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy
FW
Footwall
FWGR
Far West Gold Recoveries (Proprietary) Limited
FY
Financial Year
g
gram
g/cm
3
grams per cubic centimeter
g/t
grams per tonne
g/t Au
grams per tonne gold
Ga
Giga annum (a period of 1 billion years)
GDP
Gross Domestic Product
GICL
Guardrisk Insurance Company Limited
GISTM
Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management
GISTM
Global Industry Standard for Tailings Management
GN
Government Notice
GNR
Government Notice Regulation
Gold Fields
Gold Fields Limited
Gold One
Gold One International Limited
GPS
Global Positioning System
GSSA
Geological Society of South Africa
GTSA
Geo Tail SA (Proprietary) Limited
H
2
SO
4
sulfuric acid
ha
Hectare
Harmony
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
HDPE
high-density polyethylene pipe
HIA
Heritage Impact Assessment
HIV/AIDS
Human Immunodeficiency Viruses/Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
HNO
3
nitric acid
hr
Hour
HSA
Hazardous Substances Act
HWSW
Heel Wall Scavenger Wells
I&APs
Interested & Affected Parties
ICMM
International Council for Mining and Minerals
ICOLD
International Council for Large Dams
IEA
Integrated Environmental Authorization
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
iLanda
iLanda Water Services CC
IRR
Internal Rate of Return
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
IWUL
Integrated Water Use License
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
133
JSE
Johannesburg Stock Exchange Limited
JV
Joint Venture
kg
kilogram
kHz
kilohertz
km
kilometre
koz
kilo ounce
ktpm
kilotonne per month
kV
kilovolt
kVA
kilovolt-ampere
LIDAR
light detection and ranging
LoM
Life-of-Mine
m
metres
M
million
m/yr
metres per year
m
2
square meter
m³
cubic meter
m³/a
cubic meter per annum
m³/d
cubic metres per day
m³/hr
cubic meter per hour
Ma
Mega annum (a period of 1 million years)
mamsl
metres above mean sea level
MCNCF
Maximum Cumulative Negative Cashflow
MDP
Multiple Deposition Point
MHSA
Mine Health and Safety Act
Minxcon
Minxcon (Proprietary) Limited
mm
millimeters
Mm
3
Million cubic meters
Mm
3
/a
Million cubic meters per annum
Moz
Millions of ounces
MPRDA
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act
MPRRA
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act
MR
Mining Right
Mt
Million tonnes
Mtpm
Million tonnes per month
MVA
Mega Volt Ampere
N
north
NAEIS
National Atmospheric Emission Inventory System
NEM:AQA
National Environmental Management Air Quality Act
NEM:BA
National Environmental Management Biodiversity Act
NEM:PAA
National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act
NEM:WA
National Environmental Management Waste
NEMA
National Environmental Management Act
NFA
National Forests Act
NGL
Nominal Ground Level
NHRA
National Heritage Resources Act
NMD
Nominal Maximum Demand
NNR
National Nuclear Regulator
NNRA
National Nuclear Regulator Act
NPV
Net Present Value
NPV
10.17
Net Present Value at 10.17%
NRTA
National Road Traffic Act
NWA
National Water Act
NYSE
New York Stock Exchange
oz
troy ounce (conversion to troy ounces is 31.10348)
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
134
oz Au
gold ounces
PAR
Population at Risk
PFS
Preliminary Feasibility Study
pH
scale used to specify the acidity or basicity of an aqueous solution
PLL
Potential Loss of Life
PMP
Probable Maximum Precipitation
PoD
Point of Delivery
PSD
particle size distribution
QA/QC
Quality Assurance and Quality Control
QP
Qualified Person
Rand Uranium
Rand Uranium Limited
RoM
Run-of-Mine
RTSF
Regional Tailings Storage Facility
RWD
return water dams
S
south
S
2
sulfur
SABS
South African Bureau of Standards
SACNASP
South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions
SADPMR
The South African Diamond and Precious Metals Regulator
SAHRA
South African Heritage Resources Agency
SAIMM
Southern African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy
SANAS
South African National Accreditation System
SDP
Single Deposition Point
SEC
Securities Exchange Commission
Set Point
Set Point Laboratories
SG
Specific Gravity
SGS
SGS South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
SI
Système Internationale
SIA
Social Impact Assessment
SiB
Stay-in-Business
Sibanye Gold
Sibanye Gold Limited
Sibanye-Stillwater
Sibanye-Stillwater Limited
S-K 1300
Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934
SLP
Social and Labor Plan
SLR
SLR Consulting (Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
Sound Mining
Sound Mining International SA (Proprietary) Limited
SPCU
Self-Propelled Cyclone Units
SPLUMA
Spatial Planning and Land Use Management Act,
SPV
Special Purpose Vehicle
SRK
SRK Consulting (Proprietary) Limited
SVOL1
first search volume
SVOL2
second search volume
SWD
storm water dam
t
metric tonne
t/m
3
tonnes per cubic meter
TDS
total dissolved solids
the Trust
DRDSA Empowerment Trust
ToR
Terms of Reference
tpa
tonnes per annum
tph
tonnes per hour
tpm
tonnes per month
TRS
Technical Report Summary
TSF
Tailings Storage Facility
TWSW
Toe Wall Scavenger Wells
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
135
U
uranium
U/O
Underflow/Overflow
U
3
O
8
triuranium octoxide
USD
United States Dollars
USD/oz
United States Dollars per ounce
V1
Version 1
V2
Version 2
VCR
Ventersdorp Contact Reef
W
west
Witwatersrand Basin
Witwatersrand Supergroup
WML
Waste Management License
WRTRP
West Rand Tailings Retreatment Project (Proprietary) Limited
WUL
Water Use License
WWP
West Wits Project
WWTTP
West Wits Tailings Treatment Project
ZAR
South African Rands
ZAR Billion
Billion South African Rands
ZAR M
Million South African Rands
ZAR M/yr
Millions of South African Rands per year
ZAR/kg
South African Rands per kilogram
ZAR/t
South African Rands per tonne
ZAR/USD
South African Rands and United States Dollars exchange rate
 
exhibit961p2i0
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
136
25.
 
RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE REGISTRANT
Item 25
The information
 
and conclusions
 
within this
 
TRS are
 
based on
 
information made
 
available to
 
the QPs
 
by DRDGOLD
 
and FWGR
 
at the
 
time of
 
the
preparation of this TRS.
 
The QPs have relied on
 
this information with respect to
 
legal matters (Item
 
3), the gold price (Item 16.1),
 
environmental or
social and
 
labor planning
 
aspects (Item
 
17) and
 
economic assumptions
 
(Item 19).
 
The QPs
 
have reviewed
 
this information
 
at face
 
value and
 
are
satisfied that it is both reasonable
 
and appropriate. QPs consider it reasonable
 
to rely on the information
 
provided by FWGR since they
 
are familiar
with the
 
operations
 
and ongoing
 
progress
 
of FWGR
 
since inception,
 
and
 
as a
 
consequence enjoy
 
an
 
enhanced level
 
of comfort
 
with respect
 
to
management integrity and the processes, procedures and quality of planning conducted at FWGR.
Additional information provided by
 
FWGR included technical reports
 
supplied by its consultants
 
and associates and the
 
relevant published data,
 
as
listed below:
●
the QPs
 
have
 
not independently
 
conducted any
 
title or
 
litigation searches
 
but have
 
relied upon
 
FWGR
 
for information
 
on the
 
property title,
agreements and other pertinent conditions;
●
these studies were undertaken
 
by Digby Wells
 
Environmental (South Africa) (Proprietary)
 
Limited (Digby Wells)
 
and Sound Mining has relied
 
on
the findings of these studies;
●
DRA SA
 
(Proprietary) Limited
 
were responsible
 
for the
 
detailed design
 
and associated
 
cost estimates
 
for the
 
expansion of
 
DP2 and
 
associated
piping and pumping infrastructure. Beric Robinson
 
Tailings (Proprietary)
 
Limited (Beric Robinson Tailings)
 
were responsible for the design
 
of the
RTSF which was also costed by DRA. The QPs have relied on Spargo Consult as an independent expert for the review of this work; and
●
Geo Tail SA (Proprietary) Limited (GTSA)
 
were responsible for the Cyclone Conversion Design and technical evaluation of the Leeudoorn TSF; and
the QPs have relied on the findings of this study.
 
exhibit961p2i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DRAFT
Far West Gold Recoveries
 
(Proprietary) Limited
Document No: PR/SMI/1203/22
137
26.
 
QUALIFIED PERSONS DISCLOSURE CONSENT
Item 26
We,
 
the signees,
 
in our
 
capacity as
 
Qualified Persons
 
in connection
 
with the
 
Technical
 
Report Summary
 
of Far
 
West
 
Gold Recoveries
 
Proprietary
Limited dated 28 October 2022 (The Technical Report Summary) as required by Item 601(b)(96) of Regulation S-K and filed as
 
an exhibit to DRDGOLD
Limited’s (DRDGOLD)
 
annual report
 
on Form
 
20-F for
 
the year
 
ended 30
 
June 2022
 
and any
 
amendments or supplements
 
and/or exhibits
 
thereto
(collectively,
 
the “Form
 
20-F”) pursuant
 
to
 
Subpart 1300
 
of Regulation
 
S-K
 
promulgated
 
by
 
the U.S.
 
Securities and
 
Exchange
 
Commission (1300
Regulation S-K), each hereby consent to:
●
the public filing and use by DRDGOLD of the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible as an exhibit to the Form 20-F;
●
the use and reference to my name, including my status
 
as an expert or Qualified Person (as defined by SK-1300) in connection with the Form 20-
F and Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible;
●
use of any extracts
 
from, or summary of,
 
the Technical
 
Report Summary in the
 
Form 20-F and the
 
use of any information
 
derived, summarized,
quoted or referenced from the Technical
 
Report Summary, or portions thereof,
 
that is included or incorporated by reference into the Form
 
20-F;
and any amendments or supplements thereto.
 
I am responsible for authoring, and this consent pertains to, the Technical Report Summary for which my name appears below and certify that
 
I have
read the 20-F and that it fairly and accurately represents the information in the Technical Report Summary for which I am responsible.
Table 40: QP Area of Responsibility and Disclosure Consent
Property Name
TRS Effective Date
QP Name
Affiliation to
Registrant
Field or Area of
Responsibility
Signature
Far West Gold Recoveries Proprietary
Limited (A subsidiary of DRDGOLD
Limited)
30 June 2022
Mr Vaughn Duke
Independent
Consultant
Mineral Reserves
/s/ Vaughn Duke
Far West Gold Recoveries Proprietary
Limited (A subsidiary of DRDGOLD
Limited)
30 June 2022
Mrs Diana van Buren
Independent
Consultant
Mineral Resources
/s/ Diana van Buren
Far West Gold Recoveries Proprietary
Limited (A subsidiary of DRDGOLD
Limited)
30 June 2022
Mr Keith Raine
Independent
Consultant
Environmental and
Social Governance
/s/ Keith Raine
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p1i1
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
i
Technical
 
Report
 
Summary
of the
 
Material
Tailings
 
Storage
 
Facilities
Effective Date: 30 June 2022
Qualified Persons:
Mpfariseni Mudau Pr.Sci.Nat.
Steven Rupprecht FSAIMM
Prepared for:
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
exhibit962p2i1
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
ii
Date and Signature Page
This report entitled ‘Technical
 
Report Summary of the Material
 
Tailings Storage Facilities’, with
 
an effective
date
 
of
 
30
 
June
 
2022
 
was
 
prepared
 
for
 
Ergo
 
Mining
 
Proprietary
 
Limited
 
by
 
the
 
Qualified
 
Persons:
Mr Mpfariseni Mudau and Professor Steven Rupprecht
 
.
Dated at Johannesburg, 28 October 2022.
/s/ Mpfariseni Mudau
Mpfariseni Mudau (Pr.Sci.Nat.)
Resource Geology Manager
The RVN Group
/s/ Steven Rupprecht
Steven Rupprecht (FSAIMM)
Associate Principal Mining Engineer
The RVN Group
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
iii
1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
 
1
1.1
I
NTRODUCTION
 
1
1.2
P
ROPERTY
D
ESCRIPTION
 
1
1.3
M
INERAL
R
IGHTS AND
O
WNERSHIP
 
1
1.4
G
EOLOGY AND
M
INERALIZATION
 
2
1.5
E
VALUATION
D
RILLING AND
S
AMPLING
 
2
1.6
S
AMPLE
P
REPARATION
 
3
1.7
A
SSAYS
 
3
1.8
Q
UALITY
A
SSURANCE AND
Q
UALITY
C
ONTROL
 
4
1.9
M
ETALLURGICAL
S
AMPLING AND
T
ESTING
 
4
1.10
M
INERAL
R
ESOURCE
E
STIMATE
 
5
1.11
M
INERAL
R
ESERVE
E
STIMATE
 
6
1.12
P
ERMITTING
R
EQUIREMENTS
 
9
1.13
C
ONCLUSION AND
R
ECOMMENDATIONS
 
9
2
INTRODUCTION
 
11
2.1
P
ROJECT
B
ACKGROUND
 
11
2.2
T
ERMS OF
R
EFERENCE AND
P
URPOSE OF THE
T
ECHNICAL
R
EPORT
 
12
2.3
P
ARTICIPANTS AND
A
REAS OF
R
ESPONSIBILITIES
 
12
2.4
S
OURCES OF
I
NFORMATION
 
13
2.5
S
ITE
I
NSPECTION
 
13
2.6
U
NITS
,
C
URRENCIES AND
S
URVEY
C
OORDINATE
S
YSTEM
 
14
2.7
I
NDEPENDENCE
 
16
3
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
 
17
3.1
L
OCATION AND
O
PERATIONS
O
VERVIEW
 
17
3.2
M
INERAL
R
IGHTS
C
ONDITIONS
 
21
3.3
M
INERAL
T
ITLE
 
21
3.4
V
IOLATION AND
F
INES
 
23
3.5
R
OYALTIES
 
23
3.6
L
EGAL
P
ROCEEDINGS AND
S
IGNIFICANT
E
NCUMBRANCES TO THE
P
ROPERTY
 
23
4
ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, LOCAL RESOURCES, INFRASTRUCTURE
 
AND PHYSIOGRAPHY
 
24
4.1
T
OPOGRAPHY
,
E
LEVATION AND
V
EGETATION
 
24
4.2
A
CCESS
,
T
OWNS AND
R
EGIONAL
I
NFRASTRUCTURE
 
24
4.3
C
LIMATE
 
25
4.4
I
NFRASTRUCTURE AND
B
ULK
S
ERVICE
S
UPPLIES
 
25
4.5
P
ERSONNEL
S
OURCES
 
25
5
HISTORY
 
26
5.1
O
WNERSHIP
 
26
5.1.1
Crown Complex
 
26
5.1.2
City Deep complex
 
26
5.1.3
Knight Complex
 
26
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
iv
5.1.4
Ergo Complex
 
26
5.1.5
Marievale Complex
 
26
5.1.6
Grootvlei Complex
 
27
5.1.7
5A10/5L27
 
27
5.1.8
Daggafontein TSF
 
27
5.2
C
ONSTRUCTION OF THE
TSF
S AND
S
AND
D
UMPS
 
27
5.3
P
REVIOUS
E
XPLORATION AND
M
INE
D
EVELOPMENT
 
28
5.3.1
Previous Evaluation Drilling
 
28
5.3.2
Previous Development
 
28
6
GEOLOGICAL SETTING, MINERALIZATION AND DEPOSIT
 
30
6.1
R
EGIONAL
G
EOLOGY
 
30
6.2
M
INERALIZATION
,
L
OCAL AND
P
ROPERTY
G
EOLOGY
 
30
6.3
S
TRATIGRAPHY AND
C
ROSS
-
SECTIONS
 
31
6.4
D
EPOSIT
T
YPE
 
33
7
EXPLORATION
 
34
7.1
E
XPLORATION
 
34
7.2
T
OPOGRAPHIC
S
URVEYS
 
34
7.3
E
VALUATION
D
RILLING
 
34
7.4
D
RILLING
M
ETHODOLOGY
 
34
7.4.1
Auger Drilling
 
36
7.4.2
Reverse Circulation
 
36
7.5
C
ROWN
 
37
7.6
C
ITY
D
EEP
 
38
7.7
K
NIGHTS
 
39
7.7.1
4L14
 
39
7.7.2
4L50
 
40
7.8
E
RGO
 
41
7.8.1
7L15
 
41
7.8.2
Rooikraal
 
42
7.9
M
ARIEVALE
 
43
7.10
G
ROOTVLEI
C
OMPLEX
 
44
7.11
5A10/5L27
 
47
7.12
D
AGGAFONTEIN
TSF
 
48
7.13
L
OGGING AND
S
AMPLING
 
48
7.13.1
Logging
 
49
7.13.2
Sampling
 
49
7.14
S
AMPLE
R
ECOVERY
 
49
7.15
O
N
-
SITE
S
ECURITY
M
EASURES
 
49
7.16
C
OLLAR
S
URVEY
D
ATA
 
49
7.17
D
ENSITY
D
ETERMINATION
 
50
7.18
H
YDROLOGICAL
D
RILLING AND
T
EST
W
ORK
 
52
7.18.1
Crown Complex
 
52
7.18.2
City Deep Complex
 
53
7.18.3
Knights Complex
 
53
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
v
7.18.4
Ergo Complex
 
54
7.18.5
Marievale Complex
 
54
7.18.6
Grootvlei Complex
 
55
7.18.7
5A10/5L27
 
56
7.18.8
Daggafontein TSF
 
56
7.19
G
EOTECHNICAL
D
ATA
,
T
ESTING AND
A
NALYSIS
 
57
8
SAMPLE PREPARATION, ANALYSES AND SECURITY
 
58
8.1
S
AMPLING
G
OVERNANCE AND
Q
UALITY
A
SSURANCE
 
58
8.2
S
AMPLE
P
REPARATION AND
A
NALYSIS
 
58
8.2.1
On-site Sample Preparation
 
58
8.2.2
Laboratories, Sample Preparation and Analyses
 
59
8.2.3
QP Opinion
 
61
8.3
A
NALYTICAL
Q
UALITY
C
ONTROL
 
61
8.3.1
Nature and Extent of the Quality Control Procedures
 
61
8.3.2
Quality Control Results
 
62
8.3.3
QP Opinion
 
62
8.4
S
AMPLE
S
TORAGE AND
S
ECURITY
 
62
8.5
D
ATA
S
TORAGE AND
D
ATABASE
M
ANAGEMENT
 
62
9
DATA VERIFICATION
 
64
10
MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTIN
 
G
 
65
10.1
N
ATURE AND
E
XTENT OF THE
M
ETALLURGICAL
T
ESTING
M
ETHOD
 
65
10.2
P
ROCEDURE
 
65
10.2.1
Slime Material
 
65
10.2.2
Sand Material
 
65
10.3
R
EPRESENTATIVE OF THE
S
AMPLES
 
66
10.4
D
ETAILS OF THE
L
ABORATORIES
 
66
10.5
R
ESULTS
 
66
10.6
I
NTERPRETATION OF THE
R
ESULTS
 
67
10.7
QP
O
PINION
 
68
11
MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES
 
69
11.1
V
OLUME
M
ODELLING
 
70
11.2
B
ULK
D
RY
D
ENSITY
 
70
11.3
E
XPLORATORY
D
ATA
A
NALYSIS
 
70
11.4
E
STIMATION
T
ECHNIQUES
 
70
11.5
M
ODELLING AND
E
STIMATION
P
ARAMETERS
 
71
11.6
M
ODEL
V
ALIDATION
 
71
11.7
T
ECHNICAL AND
F
INANCIAL
P
ARAMETERS
 
72
11.8
U
NCERTAINTIES AND
C
LASSIFICATION
C
RITERIA
 
74
11.9
C
ROWN
C
OMPLEX
 
74
11.9.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
74
11.9.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
79
11.9.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
80
11.9.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
81
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
vi
11.9.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
82
11.9.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
82
11.9.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
82
11.10
C
ITY
D
EEP
C
OMPLEX
 
83
11.10.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
83
11.10.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
86
11.10.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
87
11.10.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
87
11.10.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
87
11.10.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
88
11.10.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
88
11.11
K
NIGHTS
C
OMPLEX
 
89
11.11.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
89
11.11.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
96
11.11.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
98
11.11.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
98
11.11.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
99
11.11.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
100
11.11.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
100
11.12
E
RGO
C
OMPLEX
 
100
11.12.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
100
11.12.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
108
11.12.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
108
11.12.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
109
11.12.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
110
11.12.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
110
11.12.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
111
11.13
M
ARIEVALE
C
OMPLEX
 
111
11.13.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
111
11.13.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
116
11.13.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
116
11.13.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
116
11.13.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
117
11.13.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
118
11.13.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
118
11.14
G
ROOTVLEI
C
OMPLEX
 
119
11.14.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
119
11.14.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
123
11.14.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
123
11.14.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
124
11.14.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
125
11.14.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
126
11.14.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
126
11.15
5A10/5L27
S
AND
D
UMPS
 
126
11.15.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
126
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
vii
11.15.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
128
11.15.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
128
11.15.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
128
11.15.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
130
11.15.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
130
11.15.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
131
11.16
D
AGGAFONTEIN
TSF
 
131
11.16.1
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
131
11.16.2
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
 
132
11.16.3
Technical and Economic Factors
 
133
11.16.4
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
 
133
11.16.5
Mineral Resource Statement
 
134
11.16.6
Mineral Resource Changes
 
135
11.16.7
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
 
135
11.17
S
UMMARY
M
INERAL
R
ESOURCE
E
STIMATES
 
136
11.18
QP’
S
O
PINION
 
139
12
MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES
 
140
12.1
G
RADE
C
ONTROL AND
R
ECONCILIATION
 
140
12.2
C
UT
-
OFF
G
RADE
E
STIMATION
 
141
12.3
E
STIMATION AND
M
ODELLING
T
ECHNIQUES
 
142
12.4
M
INERAL
R
ESERVE
C
LASSIFICATION
C
RITERIA
 
142
12.5
M
INERAL
R
ESERVES
S
TATEMENT
 
142
12.6
QP
S
TATEMENT ON THE
M
INERAL
R
ESERVE
E
STIMATION
 
144
13
MINING METHODS
 
145
13.1
M
INING
M
ETHOD
 
145
13.1.1
Hydraulic Mining
 
146
13.1.2
Conventional Load, Haul and Slurry
 
149
13.2
M
INING
S
ECTIONS
 
152
13.2.1
West Rand
 
155
13.2.2
Central Rand Section – City Section
 
155
13.2.3
East Rand Section
 
156
13.3
M
INE
D
ESIGN AND
S
CHEDULE
 
157
13.4
G
EOTECHNICAL AND
G
EOHYDROLOGY
 
160
13.5
R
EQUIREMENTS FOR
S
TRIPPING
 
161
13.6
M
INING
E
QUIPMENT AND
P
ERSONNEL
R
EQUIREMENTS
 
162
13.7
M
INE
P
LANS
 
162
13.7.1
Introduction
 
162
13.7.2
Central Rand
 
162
13.7.3
East Rand (Ergo)
 
162
14
PROCESSING AND RECOVERY METHODS
 
165
14.1
I
NTRODUCTION
 
165
14.2
P
LANT
F
EED
G
RADE AND
M
ETALLURGICAL
T
EST
W
ORK
 
165
14.3
M
INERAL
P
ROCESS AND
E
QUIPMENT
C
HARACTERISTICS
 
168
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
viii
14.3.1
Reception
 
168
14.3.2
De-sanding Section
 
168
14.3.3
Carbon-in-Leach
 
168
14.3.4
Carbon Treatment
 
168
14.3.5
Plant Services
 
169
14.4
P
ERSONNEL
R
EQUIREMENTS
 
169
14.5
E
NERGY AND
W
ATER
R
EQUIREMENTS
 
169
14.6
P
ROCESS
M
ATERIALS
R
EQUIREMENTS
 
169
15
INFRASTRUCTURE
 
170
15.1
R
OADS
 
170
15.2
S
ITE
O
FFICES AND
W
ORKSHOPS
 
170
15.3
P
OWER
 
170
15.4
P
UMPS AND
P
IPELINES
 
171
15.5
W
ATER
 
172
15.6
I
NFRASTRUCTURE
 
172
15.7
T
AILINGS
D
ISPOSAL
 
174
15.8
C
ONCLUSION
 
176
16
MARKET STUDIES
 
177
16.1
M
ARKETS
 
177
16.2
G
OLD
P
RICE
 
177
16.3
E
XCHANGE
R
ATE
T
RENDS
 
178
16.4
G
LOBAL
D
EMAND
 
179
16.5
G
LOBAL
S
UPPLY
 
180
16.6
C
ONCLUDING
C
OMMENTS
 
181
17
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
 
182
17.1
R
ESULTS OF
E
NVIRONMENTAL
S
TUDIES
 
182
17.2
R
EQUIREMENTS FOR
T
AILINGS
D
ISPOSAL
,
S
ITE
M
ONITORING AND
W
ATER
M
ANAGEMENT
 
182
17.2.1
Site Monitoring
 
183
17.2.2
Water Management
 
183
17.2.3
Vegetation Monitoring
 
183
17.2.4
Vegetation Maintenance
 
183
17.2.5
Water Monitoring
 
183
17.2.6
Legal and Permitting
 
184
17.3
P
LAN
N
EGOTIATIONS
,
 
OR
A
GREEMENTS WITH
L
OCAL
I
NDIVIDUALS OR
G
ROUPS
 
184
17.4
M
INE
C
LOSURE
P
LANS
R
EMEDIATION
P
LANS
,
 
AND
A
SSOCIATED
C
OSTS
 
185
17.5
QP
S
TATEMENT ON THE
E
NVIRONMENTAL
S
TUDIES
,
P
ERMITTING
,
P
LANS
,
N
EGOTIATIONS
,
 
WITH
L
OCAL
I
NDIVIDUALS OR
G
ROUPS
 
186
18
CAPITAL AND OPERATION COSTS
 
187
18.1
C
APITAL
E
XPENDITURE
 
187
18.1.1
Ergo Section Capital Expenditure
 
187
18.1.2
City Capital Expenditure
 
190
18.1.3
Knights Capital Expenditure
 
190
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
ix
18.1.4
QP commentary
 
190
18.2
O
PERATING
C
OSTS
 
191
19
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
 
192
19.1
E
CONOMIC
A
NALYSIS
 
192
19.2
S
ENSITIVITY
A
NALYSIS
 
195
19.3
R
ISK
A
SSESSMENT
 
195
19.3.1
Rising Electricity Prices and Eskom Supply Distribution
 
195
19.3.2
Tailings Storage Facility Capacity
 
196
19.3.3
Social Unrest
 
196
19.3.4
Increased Crime
 
196
19.3.5
Depletion of Ergo’s Mineral Reserves
 
197
19.3.6
Social Licenses to Operate
 
197
19.3.7
Fluctuations in the Gold Price and Exchange Rate
 
197
19.3.8
Supply and Cost of Water
 
198
20
ADJACENT PROPERTIES
 
199
21
OTHER RELEVANT DATA AND INFORMATION
 
199
22
INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS
 
200
23
RECOMMENDATIONS
 
200
24
REFERENCES
 
201
25
RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY REGISTRANT
 
201
26
QUALIFIED PERSONS DISCLOSURE CONSENT
 
202
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
x
Figure 3.1:
 
Location of the
 
Material TSFs
 
and Infrastructure (the
 
material properties of
Ergo)
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
............................ 19
Figure 3.2:
 
Location of the
 
Material Properties
 
in Relation to
 
the Smaller TSFs
 
and Clean-
up Operations
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
............
 
20
Figure 6.1:
 
A Typical Stratigraphy for Ergo’s TSFs ................................
 
................................
 
..
 
32
Figure 6.2:
 
Grootvlei Complex (6L17) Map showing Location of
 
Cross-section
 
...................... 32
Figure 6.3:
 
Cross-section of the Grootvlei Complex (6L17)
 
................................
 
....................... 33
Figure 7.1:
 
Crown Complex: Map showing drill hole Locations
 
................................
 
..........
 
37
Figure 7.2:
 
City Deep Complex: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................
 
........
 
38
Figure 7.3:
 
Knights Complex - 4L14: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................
 
....
 
39
Figure 7.4:
 
Knights Complex - 4L50: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................
 
....
 
40
Figure 7.5:
 
Ergo Complex - 7L15: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................
 
........
 
41
Figure 7.6:
 
Ergo Complex - Rooikraal: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................ 42
Figure 7.7:
 
Marievale Complex: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................
 
.........
 
43
Figure 7.8:
 
Grootvlei Complex - 6L16: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................ 44
Figure 7.9:
 
Grootvlei Complex
 
- 6L17: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................ 45
Figure 7.10: Grootvlei Complex - 6L17A: Map showing Drill
 
Hole Locations
 
........................... 46
Figure 7.11:
 
5A10/5L27: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
 
................................
 
................. 47
Figure 7.12:
 
Daggafontein
 
Complex
 
-
 
Daggafontein
 
TSF:
 
Map
 
showing
 
Drill
 
Hole
Locations ................................................................
 
................................
 
.................... 48
Figure 8.1:
 
Cone and Quartering Method
 
................................
 
................................
 
................. 58
Figure 11.1:
 
3L7 (Mooifontein): Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
 
.......................... 75
Figure 11.2:
 
3L7 (Mooifontein): Distribution of Composited Gold Data
 
............................ 76
Figure 11.3:
 
3L8 (GMTS): Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
 
................................
 
.....
 
76
Figure 11.4:
 
3L8 (GMTS): Distribution of Composited Gold Data
 
................................
 
.......
 
77
Figure 11.5:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof: Diepkloof): Distribution of Raw Gold Capped
 
Data ............
 
77
Figure 11.6:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof: Diepkloof): Distribution of Composited Gold
 
Data
 
...............
 
78
Figure 11.7:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof: Homestead): Distribution of Raw Gold Capped
 
Data
 
.........
 
78
Figure 11.8:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof: Homestead): Distribution of Composited Gold
 
Data
 
...........
 
79
Figure 11.9:
 
4L3: Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data ................................
 
.................. 83
Figure 11.10:
 
4L3: Distribution of Composited Gold Data................................
 
..................... 84
Figure 11.11:
 
4L4: Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data ................................
 
.................. 84
Figure 11.12:
 
4L4: Distribution of Composited Gold Data................................
 
..................... 85
Figure 11.13:
 
4L6:
Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
 
................................
 
......................... 85
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
xi
Figure 11.14:
 
4L6: Distribution of Composited Gold Data................................
 
..................... 86
Figure 11.15:
 
4L14: Distribution of Slime Raw Data
 
................................
 
................................ 89
Figure 11.16:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Slime Raw Data
 
................................
 
......................... 90
Figure 11.17:
 
4L14: Distribution of Slime 6m Composited Data
 
................................
 
............
 
90
Figure 11.18:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Slime 6m Composited Data
 
................................
 
.....
 
91
Figure 11.19:
 
4L14: Distribution of Soil Raw Data
 
................................
 
................................
 
...
 
91
Figure 11.20:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Soil Raw Data
 
................................
 
............................ 92
Figure 11.21:
 
4L14: Distribution of Soil Raw Capped Data................................
 
.................... 92
Figure 11.22:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Soil Raw Capped Data
 
................................
 
............
 
93
Figure 11.23:
 
4L50: Log Distribution of Raw Slime Data
 
................................
 
......................... 93
Figure 11.24:
 
4L50: Distribution of Raw Slime Raw Data
 
................................
 
........................ 94
Figure 11.25:
 
4L50: Log Distribution of Raw Capped Slime Data
 
................................
 
.........
 
94
Figure 11.26:
 
4L50: Distribution of Raw Capped Slime Data
 
................................
 
................ 95
Figure 11.27:
 
4L50: Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data
 
................................
 
............
 
95
Figure 11.28:
 
4L50: Log Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data
 
................................
 
.....
 
96
Figure 11.29:
 
4L50: Head Grade versus Modelled Average Gold Grade
 
........................... 99
Figure 11.30:
 
Rooikraal: Distribution of Raw Gold Data
 
................................
 
...................... 101
Figure 11.31:
 
Rooikraal: Log Distribution of Composited Gold Data
 
................................
 
.
 
102
Figure 11.32:
 
7L15: Plan showing North and South Domains
 
................................
 
.............. 103
Figure 11.33:
 
7L15: Distribution of 2015 Raw Data - North Domain
 
................................
 
....
 
104
Figure 11.34:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 2016 Raw Data - North Domain
 
............................. 104
Figure 11.35:
 
7L15: Distribution of 2015 Raw Data - South Domain
 
................................
 
....
 
105
Figure 11.36:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 2016 Raw Data - South Domain............................. 105
Figure 11.37:
 
7L15: Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data - South Domain
 
............... 106
Figure 11.38:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data - South
 
Domain
 
........
 
106
Figure 11.39:
 
7L15: Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data - North Domain
 
............... 107
Figure 11.40:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data - North
 
Domain
 
........
 
107
Figure 11.41:
 
7L4: Distribution of Capped Raw Gold Data ................................
 
............... 112
Figure 11.42:
 
Distribution of Composited Raw Gold Data
 
................................
 
................. 112
Figure 11.43:
 
7L5: Distribution of Raw Gold Data
 
................................
 
................................ 113
Figure 11.44:
 
7L5: Distribution of Composited Gold Data................................
 
................... 113
Figure 11.45:
 
7L6: Distribution of Raw Gold Data
 
................................
 
................................ 114
Figure 11.46: 7L6: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
 
................................
 
...................... 114
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
xii
Figure 11.47:
 
7L7: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data ................................
 
................ 115
Figure 11.48:
 
7L7: Distribution of Composited Capped Gold Data
 
................................
 
...
 
115
Figure 11.49:
 
6L16: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data ................................
 
.............. 120
Figure 11.50:
 
6L16: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
 
................................
 
................. 120
Figure 11.51:
 
6L17: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data ................................
 
.............. 121
Figure 11.52:
 
6L17: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
 
................................
 
................. 121
Figure 11.53:
 
6L17A: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data
 
................................
 
...........
 
122
Figure 11.54:
 
6L17A: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
 
................................
 
............. 122
Figure 11.55:
 
5A10/5l27: Distribution of Raw Gold Data
 
................................
 
..................... 127
Figure 11.56:
 
5A10/5l27: Distribution of Composited Gold Data ................................
 
.......
 
127
Figure 11.57:
 
Boxplots for the Different Drilling Campaigns
 
................................
 
................ 131
Figure 11.58:
 
Log Probability Plot
 
................................
 
................................
 
.......................... 132
Figure 11.59:
 
Mineral Resource Classification................................
 
................................
 
......
 
134
Figure 11.60:
 
Mineral Resource Reconciliation (Inclusive) ................................
 
................. 139
Figure 13.1:
 
Typical Tailing Storage Facility
 
................................
 
................................
 
........
 
146
Figure 13.2:
 
Example of Hydraulic Mining
 
................................
 
................................
 
..........
 
147
Figure 13.3:
 
Hydraulic Mining Process Diagram
 
................................
 
................................ 148
Figure 13.4:
 
Typical Mining Method for a TSF
 
................................
 
................................
 
.....
 
149
Figure 13.5:
 
Example of Loading with a FEL
 
................................
 
................................
 
.......
 
150
Figure 13.6:
 
Example of Loading with a FEL into a Hopper
 
................................
 
.............. 150
Figure 13.7:
 
Example of Material on Conveyor
 
................................
 
................................
 
.
 
151
Figure 13.8:
 
Slurry Point for Loading
 
................................
 
................................
 
.................... 151
Figure 13.9:
 
Ergo Sections
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
....
 
153
Figure 13.10:
 
Ergo Operations Overview ................................
 
................................
 
............. 154
Figure 13.11:
 
Hydraulic Mining with Monitor showing Distance and Angle
 
...................... 161
Figure 13.12:
 
Daggafontein TSF Top Cut Mining Sequence
 
................................
 
............... 163
Figure 13.13:
 
Daggafontein TSF Middle Cut Mining Sequence
 
................................
 
.........
 
163
Figure 13.14:
 
Daggafontein TSF Bottom Cut Mining Sequence
 
................................
 
.........
 
164
Figure 14.1:
 
Process Flow Diagram
 
................................
 
................................
 
..................... 167
Figure 15.1:
 
Above Ground Pipeline System ................................
 
................................
 
.....
 
171
Figure 15.2:
 
Rooikraal General Arrangement - Site Layout
 
................................
 
.............. 173
Figure 15.3:
 
Brakpan/Withok TSF
 
................................
 
................................
 
......................... 175
Figure 15.4:
 
Placement of Tailings Material at Brakpan/Withok TSF
 
................................ 175
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
xiii
Figure 19.1:
 
Ergo LoM Production Tonnage
 
................................
 
................................
 
.......
 
192
Figure 19.2:
 
Ergo LoM Gold Production
 
................................
 
................................
 
............. 193
Figure 19.3:
 
Sensitivity Analysis
 
................................
 
................................
 
............................ 195
Figure 19.4:
 
30-Year Gold Price in USD/oz (1992 to 2022)
 
................................
 
................ 198
Graph 1: Gold Price Historical Trendline
 
................................
 
................................
 
.................. 178
Graph 2: Exchange Rate Historical Trendline
 
................................
 
................................
 
.........
 
178
Graph 3: Global Gold Demand from 2012 to 2021
 
................................
 
................................ 179
Graph 4: Global Gold Supply from 2012 to 2021
 
................................
 
................................
 
....
 
180
Table 1.1: Ergo’s Mineral Resource Statement as at 30 June 2022 (Inclusive)
 
......................... 5
Table 1.2: Ergo’s Mineral Resource Statement as at 30 June 2022 (Exclusive)
 
........................ 6
Table 1.3: Ergo’s Mineral Reserve Statement as at 30 June 2022 ................................
 
.............
 
6
Table 1.4: Mineral Reserve Reconciliation ................................
 
................................
 
.................. 7
Table 2.1: List of QPs and their Responsibilities
 
................................
 
................................
 
..........
 
13
Table 2.2: List of Abbreviations
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
...
 
14
Table 3.1: Footprint Areas of the Material TSFs................................
 
................................
 
..........
 
18
Table 3.2: Mineral Rights Information as at 30 June 2022 ................................
 
........................ 22
Table 3.3: Land Tenure Information
 
................................
 
................................
 
........................... 22
Table 5.1: History and Status of the TSFs and Sand Dump
 
................................
 
....................... 28
Table 5.2: ERGO Production History
 
................................
 
................................
 
........................... 29
Table 6.1:
 
Origin of the TSF and Sand Dump Material ................................
 
............................. 31
Table 7.1:
 
Survey Details of the Material from the TSFs and Sand Dumps
 
.............................. 35
Table 7.2:
 
Bulk Density Information and Statistics
 
................................
 
................................
 
.....
 
51
Table 7.3:
 
GMTS (3L8) Moisture Content ................................
 
................................
 
................... 52
Table 7.4:
 
Diepkloof (3L5) Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
.............
 
52
Table 7.5:
 
Mooifontein (3L7) Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
.........
 
52
Table 7.6:
 
4L3 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
.
 
53
Table 7.7:
 
4L4 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
.
 
53
Table 7.8:
 
4L6 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
.
 
53
Table 7.9:
 
4L14 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
............................... 53
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
xiv
Table 7.10:
 
4L50 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
...................... 54
Table 7.11:
 
Rooikraal Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
..............
 
54
Table 7.12:
 
7L15 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
...................... 54
Table 7.13:
 
7L4: Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
....................... 54
Table 7.14:
 
7L5: Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
....................... 55
Table 7.15:
 
7L6: Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
....................... 55
Table 7.16:
 
7L7: Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
....................... 55
Table 7.17:
 
6L16 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
...................... 55
Table 7.18:
 
6L17 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
...................... 56
Table 7.19:
 
6L17A Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
.................... 56
Table 7.20:
 
5A10/5L27 Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
............
 
56
Table 7.21:
 
Daggafontein Moisture Content
 
................................
 
................................
 
......
 
56
Table 8.1:
 
Laboratories Used
 
................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
......
 
60
Table 10.1:
 
Summary of Predicted Ergo Processing Plant Performance
 
.......................... 67
Table 11.1:
 
Financial and Technical Data considered for Mineral Resource
 
.................. 72
Table 11.2:
 
Mineral Resource Estimate Cut-off Grades
 
................................
 
..................... 73
Table 11.3:
 
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation Method
 
................................ 79
Table 11.4:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource Classification
 
.......
 
81
Table 11.5:
 
Crown Complex Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive)
 
................................
 
...
 
82
Table 11.6:
 
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation Method
 
................................ 86
Table 11.7:
 
Confidence
 
Levels
 
of
 
Key
 
Criteria
 
for
 
Classification
 
of
 
the
 
TSFs
 
Mineral
Resources ................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
................... 87
Table 11.8:
 
City Deep Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive).............................
 
88
Table 11.9:
 
City Deep Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
 
............................ 88
Table 11.10:
 
4L14: Search Parameters: Nearest Neighbor Estimation Method
 
................. 96
Table 11.11:
 
4L14: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
 
.................... 96
Table 11.12:
 
4L50: Search Parameters: Nearest Neighbor Estimation Method
 
................. 97
Table 11.13:
 
4L50: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
 
.................... 97
Table 11.14:
 
Confidence Levels of Key
 
Criteria for Classification
 
of the 4L14and 4L50
TSFs Mineral Resources ................................
 
................................
 
.............................. 98
Table 11.15:
 
Knights Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)
 
............................... 99
Table 11.16:
 
Knights Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
 
............................ 100
Table 11.17:
 
Rooikraal: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method .........
 
108
Table 11.18:
 
7L15: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
 
.................. 108
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
xv
Table 11.19:
 
Ergo:
 
Confidence
 
Levels
 
for
 
Key
 
Criteria
 
for
 
Mineral
 
Resource
Classification ................................
 
................................
 
................................
 
............ 109
Table 11.20:
 
Ergo Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)................................
 
.................. 110
Table 11.21:
 
Ergo Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
 
................................
 
................. 110
Table 11.22:
 
Search Parameters
 
................................
 
................................
 
.......................... 116
Table 11.23:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource Classification
 
.....
 
116
Table 11.24:
 
Marievale Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)
 
................................
 
........
 
117
Table 11.25:
 
Marievale Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
 
................................
 
..................... 118
Table 11.26:
 
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation Method
 
........................... 123
Table 11.27:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource Classification
 
.....
 
125
Table 11.28:
 
Grootvlei Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
 
........................ 126
Table
 
11.29:
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation Method
 
................................
 
.......
 
128
Table 11.30:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource Classification
 
.....
 
129
Table 11.31:
 
5A10/5L27 Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)
 
................................
 
........
 
130
Table 11.32:
 
5A10/5L27 Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
 
................................
 
.......
 
130
Table 11.33:
 
Search Parameters
 
................................
 
................................
 
.......................... 133
Table
 
11.34:
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource Classification
 
................... 133
Table 11.35:
 
Daggafontein TSF Mineral Resource Estimate (Inclusive)
 
............................ 134
Table 11.36:
 
Daggafontein TSF Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive)
 
............................ 135
Table 11.37:
 
Inclusive Mineral Resources of
 
the 19 Material Properties
 
as at 30
 
June
2022
 
136
Table 11.38:
 
Exclusive Mineral Resources of the 19 Material Properties as
 
at 30 June
2022
 
137
Table 11.39:
 
Ergo Inclusive Mineral Resources Statement as at 30 June 2022
 
................ 138
Table
 
11.40:
Ergo Exclusive Mineral Resources Statement as at 30 June 2022
 
............................ 138
Table 12.1:
 
Reconciliation of RoM Head Grade (Au)
 
................................
 
......................... 140
Table 12.2:
 
Reconciliation of RoM Tonnage
 
................................
 
................................
 
.....
 
140
Table 12.3:
 
Cut-off Grade and Mineral Reserve Grades
 
................................
 
................. 141
Table 12.4:
 
Ergo TSF Mineral Reserves Statement as at 30 June 2022
 
............................ 143
Table 12.5:
 
Mineral Reserve Reconciliation
 
................................
 
................................
 
......
 
143
Table 13.1:
 
Historical Ergo Operational Results
 
................................
 
................................
 
.
 
145
Table 13.2:
 
Central Rand (City Section)
 
................................
 
................................
 
............ 155
Table 13.3:
 
Central Rand (Knights Section)
 
................................
 
................................
 
......
 
156
Table 13.4:
 
East Rand Section (Ergo Section)
 
................................
 
................................
 
...
 
157
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
xvi
Table 13.5:
 
Summary of Modifying Factors for LoM Plan
 
................................
 
................. 158
Table 13.6:
 
Ergo Forecast Production from July 2021 to June 2034
 
................................ 159
Table 14.1:
 
Ergo Process Recoveries ................................
 
................................
 
.................... 168
Table 16.1:
 
Above Ground Gold Stocks in 2021
 
................................
 
............................... 177
Table 16.2:
 
Long Term Consensus Forecasts in Nominal Terms
 
................................
 
.......
 
179
Table 16.3:
 
Global Gold Production ................................
 
................................
 
................. 180
Table 17.1:
 
Ergo Water Consumption ................................
 
................................
 
............... 183
Table 17.2:
 
SLP Financial Provision Summary
 
................................
 
................................
 
....
 
185
Table 17.3:
 
Ergo Rehabilitation Financial Provision Summary
 
................................
 
.........
 
186
Table 18.1:
 
Capital Expenditure Summary ................................
 
................................
 
.......
 
187
Table 18.2:
 
Rooikraal Capital Expenditure Estimate
 
................................
 
........................ 187
Table 18.3:
 
Marievale Capital Pump Stations ................................
 
................................
 
..
 
188
Table 18.4:
 
Marievale Total Capital Expenditure Summary
 
................................
 
............ 188
Table 18.5:
 
Daggafontein Capital Pump Stations ................................
 
........................... 188
Table 18.6:
 
Daggafontein Capital Expenditure Summary
 
................................
 
.............. 189
Table 18.7:
 
Non-material TSF Capital Expenditure for the Ergo Section
 
......................... 189
Table 18.8:
 
Withok Compartment Capital Expenditure
 
................................
 
.................. 189
Table 18.9:
 
Solar Power Project Capital Estimate ................................
 
............................ 190
Table 18.10:
 
City Total Capital Expenditure Summary
 
................................
 
....................... 190
Table 18.11:
 
Average LoM Operating Cost for Ergo
 
................................
 
.......................... 191
Table 19.1:
 
Economic Analysis
 
................................
 
................................
 
........................... 194
Table 26.1:
 
Qualified Person’s Details................................
 
................................
 
................ 202
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
1
1
 
Executive Summary
1.1
 
Introduction
Ergo Mining (Proprietary)
 
Limited (Ergo) is a
 
wholly owned subsidiary
 
of DRDGOLD Limited
 
(DRDGOLD).
DRDGOLD is domiciled in South
 
Africa and listed on the
 
Johannesburg Stock Exchange
 
(JSE: DRD) and
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: DRD). DRDGOLD, a South African-based gold mining company, has a
100% share in Ergo. DRDGOLD is a Tailings Storage Facilities
 
(TSFs) retreatment company.
The TSFs
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
and
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
estimates
 
declared
 
in
 
this
 
Technical
 
Report
 
Summary
(this Report) are 100%
 
attributable to DRDGOLD.
 
The TSFs covered are
 
from Crown, City
 
Deep, Knights,
Ergo, Marievale and Grootvlei Complexes,
 
5A10/5L27 sand dump and Daggafontein TSF.
The Mineral Resource
 
and Mineral
 
Reserve estimate contained
 
in this Technical
 
Report Summary were
compiled
 
and
 
reported
 
by
 
the
 
Qualified
 
Persons
 
(QPs)
 
for
 
DRDGOLD
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
Items
601(b)(96) and 1300 through 1305 of
 
Regulation S-K (Title 17, Part 229,
 
Items 601(b)(96) and 1300 through
1305
 
of
 
the
 
Code
 
of
 
Federal
 
Regulations)
 
promulgated
 
by
 
the
 
Securities
 
and
 
Exchange
 
Commission
(SEC).
This document is
 
the first submission
 
of a Technical
 
Report Summary under
 
Regulation S-K; thus,
 
it is not
an update of a previously filed Technical Report Summary.
This
 
Technical
 
Report
 
Summary
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
information
 
available
 
until
 
30
 
June
 
2022.
 
There
 
were
 
no
material changes between the effective and reporting
 
dates.
1.2
 
Property Description
Ergo is reclaiming
 
TSFs and sand
 
dumps in the
 
City of Johannesburg
 
and the City
 
of Ekurhuleni, Gauteng,
South Africa. The Crown and City Deep Complexes
 
are in the City of Johannesburg,
 
while all other TSFs
are located in the City of Ekurhuleni. A total of 19
 
material properties are discussed in this report.
1.3
 
Mineral Rights and Ownership
Ergo’s title in
 
its Mineral Resources
 
is vested in
 
common law ownership
 
and/or contractual arrangements
and
 
Prospecting
 
Rights,
 
and
 
its
 
competency
 
to
 
mine
 
the
 
same
 
lie
 
in
 
various
 
Mining
 
Rights
 
that
 
were
converted (and
 
consolidated)
 
in terms
 
of the
 
provisions
 
of the
 
MPRDA and
 
Environmental
 
Approvals.
Ergo has submitted an
 
application to renew and
 
consolidate all their Mining
 
Rights into a single
 
Mining
Right;
 
this
 
application
 
is
 
receiving
 
attention
 
from
 
the
 
Department
 
of
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
and
 
Energy
(DMRE).
 
Renewal
 
applications
 
have
 
been
 
submitted
 
to
 
the
 
DMRE
 
for
 
each
 
expired
 
Right.
 
Ergo
 
has
applied to extend the consolidated Mining Right for 30 years,
 
which is the maximum allowable renewal
period as detailed in the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act,
 
2002 (Act No. 28 of 2002)
(MPRDA).
This report has considered section 24(5) of the MPRDA, as
 
amended:
“
A mining right in respect of which
 
an application for renewal has
 
been lodged shall despite its expiry
date remain in force until such time as such application has
 
been granted or refused.
”
The same applies to the Prospecting Rights through section
 
18(5) of the MPRDA.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
2
1.4
 
Geology and Mineralization
The
 
TSFs
 
are
 
man-made
 
features.
 
The
 
material
 
in
 
the
 
TSFs
 
has
 
been
 
processed
 
through
 
metallurgical
plants
 
that
 
generate
 
residue
 
(tailings),
 
which
 
are
 
relatively
 
uniform
 
in
 
comparison
 
with
 
the
 
natural
deposit from which the material is derived. The variation between grades is small as the process residue
TSFs were constructed
 
in layers.
 
Grade variation
 
primarily follows
 
variations in
 
the processing
 
and, to
 
a
lesser extent, the primary deposits characteristic.
The
 
TSFs
 
are
 
the
 
waste
 
product
 
of
 
the
 
mineral
 
recovery
 
process.
 
They
 
took
 
the
 
form
 
of
 
a
 
liquid
 
slurry
made of
 
fine mineral
 
particles -
 
created when
 
mined ore
 
was crushed,
 
milled and
 
processed. The
 
tailings
were
 
pumped
 
to
 
TSFs
 
which
 
were
 
constructed
 
using
 
the
 
Upstream
 
Deposition
 
Methodology.
 
Water
contained within
 
the slurry was
 
removed via various
 
drainage systems and
 
then re-used in
 
the process
whilst
 
the
 
TSF
 
was
 
in
 
operation.
 
Once
 
a
 
TSF
 
is
 
decommissioned
 
and
 
declared
 
dormant,
 
water
 
is
 
still
drained
 
and
 
recovered
 
but
 
evaporation
 
and
 
seepage
 
are
 
the
 
main
 
reasons
 
for
 
water
 
loss.
Rehabilitation
 
of the
 
side
 
slopes and
 
top surface
 
of the
 
TSF, by
 
way of
 
vegetation
 
and irrigation
 
,
 
was
previously only implemented once the TSF was declare
 
d
 
dormant.
1.5
 
Evaluation Drilling and Sampling
A qualified
 
surveyor
 
surveyed
 
all evaluation
 
drill
 
hole positions
 
.
 
Holes were
 
drilled
 
into the
 
TSF at
 
1.5m
intervals
 
to
 
determine
 
grade
 
distribution.
 
The
 
number
 
of
 
samples
 
(at
 
1,5m
 
intervals),
 
correlated
 
with
surveying data, provided the height of the TSF and
 
tonnage based on a bulk solid’s density of 1.42.
The
 
typical
 
exploration
 
programs
 
(geophysics,
 
trenching,
 
mapping,
 
and
 
soil
 
sampling)
 
were
 
not
undertaken
 
on
 
the
 
TSFs.
 
Evaluation
 
drilling
 
programs
 
were
 
conducted
 
on
 
the
 
TSFs.
 
No
 
exploration
 
is
required to locate TSFs, as their locations are known
 
and established above the natural ground level.
Two
 
drilling
 
techniques
 
were
 
followed
 
by
 
specialized
 
drilling
 
contractors
 
on
 
the
 
TSFs.
 
The
 
Reverse
Circulation (RC) method was
 
used where auger drilling techniques
 
could not drill to
 
the base of
 
the TSFs,
mainly due to the drill hole length and moisture of
 
the TSFs towards their bases.
With auger drilling, the rotation of a helical screw causes the
 
blade of the screw to lift the sample to the
surface. This drilling
 
method does not
 
require heavy
 
machinery to drill
 
to the desired
 
depth. The auger
method
 
can
 
be
 
used
 
for
 
shallow
 
environmental
 
drilling,
 
geotechnical
 
drilling,
 
soil
 
engineering
 
and
mineral deposits where the formation is soft and the hole does not collapse. This is done by pressing the
spiral rods into the ground using a drilling head
 
machine which can drill up to a depth of 50m.
Samples were collected through the spiral at 1.5m intervals, and the spiral was cleaned with water and
brushed after every run.
The RC
 
drilling
 
technique
 
was chosen
 
in preference
 
to auger
 
drilling
 
in certain
 
locations because
 
RC
drilling
 
could
 
drill
 
deeper
 
than
 
auger
 
drilling.
 
In
 
addition,
 
because
 
of
 
its
 
higher
 
power,
 
RC
 
can
 
drill
through wet material and has
 
better recovery percentages than auger drilling,
 
which loses wet samples
through its spiral.
The RVN Group (Proprietary)
 
Limited (The RVN Group) monitored the
 
drilling and sampling process. The
methods
 
were
 
to
 
an
 
acceptable
 
industry
 
standard,
 
and
 
the
 
results
 
were
 
considered
 
appropriate
 
for
further evaluation.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
3
Logging was carried out as per the
 
Ergo protocols and the QP considered it appropriate for the deposit
under
 
consideration.
 
Drill
 
holes
 
were
 
logged
 
on-site
 
by
 
the
 
RVN
 
Geologist.
 
Samples
 
of
 
1.5m
 
length
intervals were taken for the
 
entire length of the drill
 
holes. Samples were classified according to
 
whether
they were slimes or
 
soil, moist or wet
 
and on color. All
 
drill hole data was
 
provided to Ergo in
 
electronic
and hardcopy formats as drill hole logs, sample logs and assay
 
certificates.
1.6
 
Sample Preparation
As the samples were moist to wet, all samples were split on-site using
 
the cone and quartering method.
One set was
 
prepared for routine exploration analysis
 
for use in the
 
Mineral Resource estimation and the
other set for metallurgical process test work. All the
 
samples were presented to the laboratory in a well-
organized
 
and
 
sorted
 
manner
 
with
 
easily
 
understandable
 
documentation,
 
including
 
fully
 
completed
Sample Submission Forms.
The samples were sent to the following three laboratories for
 
further preparation and assaying:
●
MAED
 
Metallurgical
 
Laboratories
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited
 
(MAED)
 
is
 
located
 
at
 
Ergo’s
 
processing
plant in Brakpan. The facility is not accredited,
 
however is used by Ergo for its grade control and
daily sampling.
 
Although MAED is
 
not owned
 
by Ergo,
 
it is
 
situated in the
 
Ergo processing
 
plant
and was supplied with all routine exploration samples.
●
SGS
 
South
 
Africa
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited
 
(SGS)
 
is
 
located
 
in
 
Randfontein.
 
SGS
 
is
 
an
 
accredited
facility
 
(T0265)
 
by
 
the
 
South
 
African
 
National
 
Accreditation
 
System
 
(SANAS)
 
for
 
the
 
selected
analytical method. Randomly selected check samples (approximately 10% of total samples per
TSF) from MAED were sent to SGS for confirmation. SGS is independent
 
of Ergo;
 
and
●
AngloGold Ashanti Limited Chemical Laboratory (Anglo Lab),
 
located in Carletonville,
 
analyzed
some
 
check
 
samples
 
for
 
7L15
 
TSF
 
in
 
2016/2017
 
as
 
a
 
secondary
 
laboratory
 
to
 
MAED.
 
The
laboratory no longer exists
 
and was not SANAS accredited.
 
The laboratory was independent
 
of
Ergo.
The
 
slime
 
material
 
has
 
been
 
previously
 
processed
 
and
 
sample
 
preparation
 
only
 
requires
 
weighing,
drying,
 
screening,
 
splitting
 
and
 
milling
 
before assaying.
 
Screening
 
removes
 
potentially
 
carbonaceous
and other oversized material to represent the material to
 
be processed through the metallurgical plant.
1.7
 
Assays
The laboratories weighed the
 
samples on receipt
 
before dry screening
 
them to remove
 
foreign material.
The
 
samples
 
were
 
then
 
dried
 
at
 
105
˚
C,
 
crushed
 
(80%
 
passing
 
2mm),
 
before
 
being
 
riffle
 
split
 
and
pulverized to 75µm.
 
The samples
 
were then analyzed
 
to determine the
 
gold content by
 
fire assay with
gravimetric
 
finish
 
by
 
MAED
 
and
 
Atomic
 
Absorption
 
Spectroscopy
 
(AAS)
 
finish
 
by
 
SGS.
 
The
 
lower
detection limit for these
 
methods is 0.01g/t with
 
no upper detection limit
 
for the gravimetric method
 
and
a 10g/t upper limit for AAS. The lower limit
 
is relevant to the current project
 
as the TSFs and sand dumps
consist of
 
processed
 
materials
 
and
 
are
 
generally
 
low-grade,
 
with
 
grades
 
slightly
 
higher
 
than
 
10 to
 
20
times the detection limit.
The laboratories
 
were instructed
 
to use
 
a 100g
 
aliquot to
 
analyze for
 
gold. Through
 
the experience
 
of
the QPs, it
 
is known that analyzing gold
 
in low-grade slimes, anything less
 
than a 100g
 
aliquot may report
inaccurate results.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
4
1.8
 
Quality Assurance and Quality Control
The laboratories used
 
in analyzing the samples
 
have robust internal
 
quality control checks.
 
They routinely
insert reference
 
material (standards and
 
blanks)
 
and create
 
duplicates to
 
internally check the
 
accuracy
and precision
 
of their
 
assaying techniques.
 
A batch
 
is re-assayed
 
if the
 
quality control
 
samples do
 
not
perform as
 
expected. The
 
results of
 
the quality
 
control checks
 
were provided
 
with the
 
sample assays
and were all found to be acceptable by the QP.
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
inserted
 
certified
 
quality
 
control
 
samples
 
as
 
an
 
additional
 
check
 
for
 
contamination,
precision
 
and
 
accuracy.
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
quality
 
control
 
samples
 
results
 
were
 
satisfactory
 
as
 
they
generally reported values within the expected ranges.
1.9
 
Metallurgical Sampling and Testing
The TSFs
 
were portioned
 
into logical
 
sections for
 
metallurgical testing,
 
based either
 
on area,
 
shape or
elevation. The selected intervals for compositing into the metallurgical test
 
work samples were taken at
different elevations within the TSF to provide sufficient
 
material for the test work.
The
“
as
 
received
”
 
material
 
was
 
blended
 
and
 
divided
 
into
 
2kg
 
portions
 
using
 
cone
 
and
 
quarter
splitting.
Leaching of
“
as received
”
 
material were
 
done using
 
the following
 
parameters, which
 
simulates the
existing Ergo leach plant:
●
pH = 10.5;
●
precondition with lime for 1 hour or more to maintain
 
pH at 10.5;
●
Carbon-in-Leach (CIL) with 15g/l carbon;
●
NaCN addition 0,5kg/t;
●
dissolved oxygen in excess of six parts per million (ppm);
●
leach time eight hours; and
●
all samples were submitted to MAED for gold analysis
 
.
The metallurgical test work confirms that the material tested can be processed to recover residual gold
from the TSFs assessed via the current Ergo metallurgical
 
plant process.
Predicted
 
recoveries
 
from
 
the
 
TSFs
 
tested
 
vary
 
between
 
30%
 
and
 
60%
 
and
 
are
 
dependent
 
on
 
head
grade and the nature of the material. These values are typical for gold TSF processing. All the TSFs meet
the requirements for processing through the Ergo
 
plants.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
5
1.10
 
Mineral Resource Estimate
The
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
Estimate
 
for
 
the
 
TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dumps
 
were
 
adjusted
 
for
 
depletion
 
as
 
at
30 June 2022. The Mineral Resource estimate for all
 
the TSFs and sand dumps are declared as follows:
●
the point of
 
reference is
in situ
for all TSFs
 
and sand
 
dumps. The TSFs
 
or sand dumps
 
themselves
are the reference points;
●
no
 
geological
 
or
 
other
 
loses
 
were
 
applied
 
as
 
all
 
material
 
is
 
accessible
 
and
 
there
 
are
 
no
geological structures.
●
the Mineral
 
Resource Estimate
 
is stated
 
as both
 
inclusive and
 
exclusive
 
of Mineral
 
Reserves as
defined in Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K; and
●
Mineral Resource is 100% attributable to DRDGOLD
 
.
The total
 
Mineral Resource
 
Estimate for
 
Ergo is
 
presented in
 
Table 1.1
 
to Table
 
1.2. The
 
changes in
 
the
Mineral Resource
 
from June
 
2021 to
 
June 2022
 
are due
 
to the
 
depletion of
 
20.51Mt at
 
0.33g/t Au
 
and
minor survey adjustments of 2.94Mt at 0.20g/t Au.
Table 1.1:
 
Ergo’s Mineral Resource Statement as at 30 June
 
2022 (Inclusive)
Mineral Resource
Classification
Mineral Resource as at 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resource as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Measured Mineral Resource
282.95
0.31
2.81
266.25
0.31
2.64
Indicated Mineral Resource
574.95
0.25
4.61
568.21
0.25
4.55
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resource
857.90
0.27
7.42
834.45
0.27
7.19
Inferred Mineral Resource
21.32
0.24
0.16
21.32
0.24
0.16
Total Mineral Resources
879.22
0.27
7.58
855.77
0.27
7.35
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
1.
 
Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Mineral Reserves.
2.
 
Mineral Resources have been reported in accordance
 
with the classification criteria of Subpart 1300 of
 
Regulation S-K.
3.
 
Mineral Resources were estimated using the USD1,823/oz, ZAR15.60/USD, ZAR914,294/kg
 
financial parameters and recoveries in Table 11.2.
4.
 
The reference point for the Mineral Resource is in situ
 
.
5.
 
Quantities and grades have been rounded to two decimal
 
places; therefore, minor computational errors may
 
occur.
6.
 
No geological losses were applied to the Mineral Resources.
7.
 
Attributable Mineral Resource is 100% of the total Mineral
 
Resource.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
6
Table 1.2:
 
Ergo’s Mineral Resource Statement as at 30 June
 
2022 (Exclusive)
Mineral Resource
Classification
Mineral Resource as at 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resource as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Measured Mineral Resource
-
-
-
66.04
0.26
0.55
Indicated Mineral Resource
574.95
0.25
4.61
375.41
0.25
3.02
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resource
574.95
0.25
4.61
441.45
0.25
3.57
Inferred Mineral Resource
21.32
0.24
0.16
21.32
0.24
0.16
Total Mineral Resources
596.27
0.25
4.77
462.77
0.25
3.73
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
1.
 
Mineral Resources are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.
2.
 
Mineral Resources have been reported in accordance
 
with the classification criteria of Subpart 1300 of
 
Regulation S-K.
3.
 
Mineral Resources were estimated using the USD1,823/oz, ZAR15.60/USD,
 
914,294ZAR/kg financial parameters and recoveries in Table 11.2.
4.
 
The reference point for the Mineral Resource is in situ
 
.
5.
 
Quantities and grades have been rounded to two decimal
 
places; therefore, minor computational errors may
 
occur.
6.
 
No geological losses were applied to the Mineral Resources.
7.
 
Attributable Mineral Resource is 100% of the total Mineral
 
Resource.
1.11
 
Mineral Reserve Estimate
The total Mineral Reserve estimate for Ergo is presented in Table
 
1.3. The changes in the Mineral Reserve
from 30 June 2021 to 30 June 2022 is due to the inclusion of
 
192Mt at 0.24g/t Au from Daggafontein, the
removal
 
of
 
66Mt
 
at
 
0.26g/t
 
Au
 
from
 
Grootvlei,
 
the
 
depletion
 
of
 
20Mt
 
at
 
0.33g/t
 
Au
 
and
 
the
 
survey
adjustments of 2.94Mt at 0.20g/t Au.
Table 1.3:
 
Ergo’s Mineral Reserve Statement as at 30 June 2022
Mineral Reserve
Classification
Mineral Reserve as at 30 June 2021
Mineral Reserve as at 30 June 2022
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Tone
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Proven Mineral Reserve
29.36
0.295
0.28
200.21
0.33
2.09
Probable Mineral Reserve
253.59
0.311
2.53
192.79
0.24
1.49
Total Mineral Reserves
282.95
0.309
2.81
393.00
0.28
3.58
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
1.
 
Tons and grades were rounded and this may result
 
in minor adding discrepancies.
2.
 
Mineral Reserve has been reported in accordance with the
 
classification criteria defined in the classification criteria
 
of Subpart 1300 of
Regulation S-K
3.
 
Mineral Reserve is estimated using the USD1,823/oz, ZAR15.60/
 
USD and ZAR914,294/kg financial parameters.
4.
 
A cut-off grade of 0.20g/t has been applied.
5.
 
No mining losses or dilution has been applied
 
in the conversion process nor has a mine call factor
 
been applied.
 
6.
 
Tons and grade Run-of-Mine (RoM) as delivered
 
to the plant.
7.
 
Attributable Mineral Reserve is 100% of the total Mineral
 
Reserve.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
7
Table 1.4 depicts the Mineral Reserve reconciliation
 
between 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2022.
Table 1.4:
 
Mineral Reserve Reconciliation
Source
Tons
(Mt)
Au Grade
(g/t)
Content
(Moz)
Total Mineral Reserve as at 30 June 2021
282.95
0.31
2.81
Depletion through Mining
(20.48)
0.33
(0.22)
Survey Adjustments
(2.94)
0.20
(0.01)
Inclusion of Daggafontein TSF in the LoM Plan
192.79
0.24
1.49
Exclusion of a Grootvlei TSF
(66.04)
0.26
(0.55)
Inclusion of 4 TSFs in the LoM Plan
6.72
0.26
0.06
Total Mineral Reserve as at 30 June 2022
393.00
0.28
3.58
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Note: Quantities and grades have been rounded to two
 
decimal places therefore minor computational
 
errors may occur.
The
 
various
 
modifying
 
factors,
 
i.e.,
 
mining,
 
metallurgical,
 
processing,
 
infrastructure,
 
economic,
marketing, legal, environmental,
 
and governmental factors,
 
are discussed in
 
the following Items
 
of this
report.
The 30
 
June 2022
 
Life-of-Mine (LoM)
 
plan was
 
developed for
 
the Ergo
 
operations and
 
is based
 
on the
Mineral Resource Estimate as at 30 June
 
2022
 
together with a set of modifying
 
factors based on recent
historical
 
results
 
and
 
economic
 
inputs
 
provided
 
by
 
Ergo.
 
The
 
assumptions
 
applied
 
in
 
determining
 
the
modifying
 
factors
 
and
 
economic
 
inputs
 
are
 
reasonable
 
and
 
appropriate.
 
The
 
LoM
 
plan
 
is sufficient
 
ly
detailed
 
to
 
ensure
 
achievability
 
and
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
historical
 
achievements.
 
All
 
the
 
inputs
 
used
 
in
 
the
estimation of the Mineral
 
Reserve have been thoroughly
 
reviewed and can
 
be considered technically
robust.
The current mining methods applied
 
by Ergo are suitable for all TSFs.
 
No selective mining will occur with
the entire TSF being processed (including Inferred Mineral
 
Resources).
The Ergo processing
 
plant targets a
 
Run-of-Mine (RoM) throughput
 
between 1.8Mtpm to
 
2.0Mtpm. The
City Deep
 
plant has
 
been reconfigured
 
to operate
 
as a
 
milling and
 
pump station
 
and feed
 
the Ergo
processing plant via
 
a 50km pipeline.
 
The City Deep plant
 
processes material from
 
mining areas of
 
the
Central Rand areas of Johannesburg and is scheduled to close in 2027. Mining areas of Germiston, and
some areas of Boksburg are
 
treated via the Knights plant,
 
with mining operations scheduled to
 
close in
June 2024.
An
 
average
 
processing
 
plant
 
recovery
 
of
 
40.9%
 
has
 
been
 
estimated
 
over
 
the
 
19-year
 
LoM.
 
The
recoveries are based on metallurgical test work for the various TSFs,
 
slimes and silted wetland areas that
are scheduled to be mined over the 19-year LoM plan.
The
 
QP
 
is
 
of
 
the
 
opinion
 
that
 
all
 
significant
 
infrastructure
 
and
 
logistical
 
requirements
 
have
 
been
considered and
 
costed. It
 
is notable
 
that Ergo
 
has been
 
operating for
 
more than
 
20 years
 
and has
 
a
very good understanding of infrastructural and logistical
 
requirements.
A gold price
 
of ZAR914,294/kg is
 
used to support
 
the 30 June
 
2022 Mineral Resource
 
and Mineral Reserve
statements.
 
A
 
gold
 
price
 
of
 
USD1,823/oz
 
and
 
an
 
exchange
 
rate
 
of
 
ZAR15.60:1USD
 
was
 
used
 
in
 
the
estimation process.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
8
The
 
gold
 
price
 
and
 
exchange
 
rates
 
were
 
considered
 
reasonable
 
by
 
the
 
QPs
 
to
 
support
 
the
 
Mineral
Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates as at 30 June
 
2022.
Mining Rights, Environmental Approvals and Prospecting Rights held
 
are listed under the Ergo
 
subsidiary.
Ergo has
 
numerous Surface
 
and Prospecting
 
Rights and
 
the ownership
 
of the
 
surface rights
 
and mine
TSFs vests
 
in various
 
legal entities.
 
Ergo’s Environment
 
al Management
 
Plan (EMP)
 
encompasses all
 
the
activities
 
of Ergo’s
 
operations
 
and assesses
 
the environmental
 
impacts of
 
mining
 
at reclamation
 
sites,
processing
 
plants,
 
TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dumps.
 
It
 
also
 
outlines
 
the
 
closure
 
process,
 
including
 
financial
provisions.
There are competing ownership
 
claims on the Grootvlei and Marievale
 
Complexes, as detailed in Item
3.6. On other TSFs,
 
there are no legal
 
challenges to Ergo’s
 
title that would
 
prevent operations of any
 
of
the current mineral rights or mining operations.
A
 
closure
 
cost
 
of
 
ZAR645
 
million
 
has
 
been
 
estimated
 
in
 
June
 
2022
 
for
 
the
 
Ergo
 
operations.
 
The
 
QP
 
is
satisfied that funding for rehabilitation and mine closure is adequate. The QP is satisfied that all material
issues relating to Environmental, Social and Governance
 
have been addressed in this document.
A total capital of ZAR3.22
 
billion is scheduled to
 
support the 19-LoM plan,
 
as depicted. The breakdown
of capital expenditure indicates that the majority of the capital, ZAR3.14 billion,
 
is allocated to the Ergo
operation over
 
the duration
 
of the
 
LoM plan
 
with an
 
additional
 
ZAR81.9 million
 
allocated for
 
the
 
City
Deep Complex.
 
As the
 
mining at
 
the Knight
 
section is
 
scheduled to
 
be completed
 
in 2024
 
there is
 
no
allocation
 
of
 
capital.
 
The
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy
 
for
 
the
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
is
 
at
 
least
 
to
 
a
 
preliminary
feasibility study (PFS) level of accuracy, (i.e., +/-25%) with
 
a maximum level of contingency of 15%.
The planned average operating cost for the Ergo budget
 
over the 19-year operations is estimated at a
PFS level of accuracy (i.e., +/-25%) and a total working
 
cost of ZAR90.86/t.
The 30 June
 
2022 19-year
 
LoM plan, which
 
is the basis
 
of the Mineral
 
Reserve estimate,
 
is scheduled
 
to
mine a total of 410.33Mt
 
at 0.28g/t and produce
 
50,658kg of gold over the
 
same period. The LoM
 
plan
includes
 
17.3Mt
 
of
 
material
 
that
 
is
 
treated
 
on
 
a
 
third-party
 
contract
 
basis
 
and
 
is
 
not
 
included
 
in
 
the
Mineral
 
Reserve.
 
The
 
economic
 
analysis
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
a
 
LoM
 
plan
 
that
 
is
 
designed
 
to
 
a
 
PFS
 
level
 
of
accuracy
 
(i.e.,
 
+/-25%).
 
The
 
economic
 
analysis
 
conducted
 
by
 
the
 
QP
 
indicates
 
a
 
net
 
present
 
value
(NPV) of ZAR2.21
 
billion after capital
 
expenditure and taxation
 
utilizing a discount
 
rate of 9.48%.
 
As the
Ergo operations are an on-going
 
operation with an annual positive
 
cashflow, the internal rate of return
(IRR) and payback period are not applicable.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
9
The
 
sensitivity
 
analysis
 
of
 
the
 
Ergo
 
LoM
 
model
 
varies
 
revenue
 
(price
 
and
 
grade),
 
operating
 
cost
 
and
capital expenditure at 5%
 
increments above and
 
below the base case.
 
The analysis indicates that
 
the
Ergo operations are
 
very sensitive to
 
revenue parameters such as
 
gold price,
 
exchange rate, grade and
recovery. In addition, the LoM is also very sensitive to changes in operating costs. The sensitivity
 
analysis
indicates
 
that
 
the
 
LoM
 
is
 
not
 
overly
 
sensitive
 
to
 
capital
 
and
 
therefore, capital
 
expenditure
 
should
 
be
considered
 
if
 
the
 
expenditure
 
will
 
reduce
 
operating
 
costs or
 
increase
 
revenue.
 
The sensitivity
 
analysis
indicates that
 
the achievement
 
of the
 
LoM Plan
 
in terms
 
of tonnage
 
is critical
 
in realizing
 
the planned
operating costs and being able to mine the individual TSFs at
 
the planned cut-off grade.
1.12
 
Permitting Requirements
Ergo
 
is
 
one
 
of
 
only
 
a
 
few
 
surface
 
operators
 
that
 
holds
 
Mining
 
Rights
 
under
 
the
 
MPRDA
 
over
 
a
 
large
portion
 
of
 
its
 
reserves.
 
The
 
provisions
 
of
 
the
 
MPRDA,
 
and
 
the
 
definition
 
of
 
‘mineral’
 
had
 
inadvertently
created
 
a
 
gap
 
in
 
the
 
Act
 
placing
 
the
 
‘minerals’
 
in
 
certain
 
TSFs
 
beyond
 
the
 
regulatory
 
reach
 
of
 
the
MPRDA and limiting its competency to issue rights
 
upon application.
 
However,
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
the
 
transitional
 
arrangements
 
of
 
the
 
MPRDA,
 
which
 
were
 
peremptory
 
upon
 
the
DMRE in the event that the petitioner met the conditions for conversion from ‘old order’ to
 
‘new order’,
Ergo was
 
able to
 
convert its
 
old order
 
rights,
 
thus extending
 
its “license
 
to mine”
 
into the
 
dispensation
introduced by the MPRDA. Ergo has also submitted applications
 
to renew all its Mining and Prospecting
Rights with
 
the DMRE.
 
The current
 
Mining and
 
Prospecting
 
Rights have
 
expired (with
 
the exception
 
of
7L4 TSF) but remain in force until such time that the renewal applications
 
have been granted or refused
by the
 
DMRE. Water use
 
licenses are
 
applied for
 
as and
 
when required
 
to remain
 
compliant with
 
relevant
legislation.
Ergo
 
complies
 
with
 
all
 
the
 
conditions
 
for
 
renewal
 
and
 
has
 
no
 
reason
 
to
 
believe
 
that
 
the
 
submitted
renewals
 
would not be granted. Ergo is in constant communication with
 
the DMRE and is submitting the
required information as per their requests to finalize these
 
renewal applications.
There
 
are
 
conflicting
 
ownership
 
claims
 
to
 
certain
 
Grootvlei
 
and
 
Marievale
 
TSFs
 
which
 
are
 
detailed
 
in
Item 3.6.
1.13
 
Conclusion and Recommendations
The
 
QP
 
concludes
 
that
 
the
 
protocols
 
for
 
drilling,
 
sampling
 
preparation
 
and
 
analysis,
 
verification,
 
and
security meet industry
 
standard practices
 
and are appropriate
 
for the purposes
 
of a Mineral
 
Resource
estimate. The studies
 
have found that
 
the Ergo TSFs
 
have reasonable prospects
 
for economic extraction.
The QP
 
is satisfied
 
with the
 
Quality Assurance (QA)
 
developed by
 
The RVN
 
Group and
 
the Quality
 
Control
(QC) programs implemented as there was no significant
 
bias in reporting data.
The QP
 
contends that
 
the assumptions,
 
parameters, and
 
methodology
 
used for
 
the Mineral
 
Resource
estimate are appropriate for the style of mineralization and
 
deposit type.
There
 
is
 
sufficient
 
information
 
to
 
allow
 
for
 
decision-making
 
in
 
the
 
future.
 
The
 
QPs
 
recommended
 
no
additional work.
The
 
QP
 
considers
 
the
 
conversion
 
of
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
to
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
to
 
be
 
appropriate.
 
TSFs
reported
 
in
 
this
 
document
 
have
 
sufficient
 
information
 
to
 
be
 
used
 
in
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
estimate
 
and
demonstrate
 
economic
 
viability.
 
The
 
modifying
 
factors
 
applied
 
are
 
considered
 
appropriate
 
as
 
they
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
10
contain sufficient detail to
 
support at least a
 
PFS level of accuracy
 
(i.e., +/-25%); with a
 
maximum level
of contingency of 15%.
The significant risks that could affect the Mineral Resource
 
and Mineral Reserve are:
●
rising electricity prices and the continuity of the Eskom supply
 
distribution;
●
regulatory approval for the Withok compartment of the Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF final life design;
●
the sensitivity of some of
 
the TSFs to the increase
 
in operating costs and the decrease
 
in the gold
price;
●
social unrest and social license to operate;
●
supply and cost of water;
●
failure to obtain necessary approvals from the DMRE;
●
competing claims to ownership of certain Marievale
 
and Grootvlei TSFs;
●
global inflation and rising production costs; and
●
extreme weather.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
11
2
 
Introduction
2.1
 
Project Background
Ergo Mining
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited (Ergo)
 
is a
 
subsidiary
 
of DRDGOLD
 
Limited
 
(DRDGOLD).
 
DRDGOLD
 
is
domiciled in South
 
Africa and listed
 
on the
 
Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE:DRD)and
 
New York
 
Stock
Exchange (NYSE:
 
DRD).
 
DRDGOLD, a
 
South African-based
 
gold mining
 
company, has
 
a 100%
 
share in
Ergo.
 
The Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
 
’
 
(TSFs’) Mineral
 
Resource and
 
Mineral Reserve
 
estimates declared
 
in this
Technical Report Summary (this
 
Report/TRS) are owned
 
by Ergo and
 
are 100% attributable
 
to DRDGOLD.
The TSFs
 
covered in
 
the report
 
are from
 
the Crown,
 
City Deep,
 
Knights, Ergo,
 
Marievale and
 
Grootvlei
Complexes,
 
and 5A10/5L27 sand
 
dumps and Daggafontein
 
TSF. A total
 
of 19 TSFs
 
were identified by
 
Ergo
to be material properties and have been
 
described extensively in this report. Ergo
 
has a total of 98 TSFs
inclusive of 79 smaller TSFs and clean-up sites.
The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates
 
contained in this Technical Report
 
Summary were
compiled
 
and
 
reported
 
by
 
the
 
Qualified
 
Persons
 
(QPs)
 
for
 
DRDGOLD
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
Items
601(b)(96) and 1300 through 1305 of
 
Regulation S-K (Title 17, Part 229,
 
Items 601(b)(96) and 1300 through
1305
 
of
 
the
 
Code
 
of
 
Federal
 
Regulations)
 
promulgated
 
by
 
the
 
Securities
 
and
 
Exchange
 
Commission
(SEC).
This document is the first submission of a Technical Report Summary under Subpart
 
1300 of Regulation S-
K; thus, it is not an update of a previously filed Technical
 
Report Summary.
The material TSFs are at different mining stages as presented
 
below:
●
Crown (3L5, 3L7 and 3L8):
 
The TSFs are at an advanced
 
exploration stage, with all
 
TSFs classified
as Indicated Mineral Resources.
●
City Deep (4L3,
 
4L4 and
 
4L6):
 
The Complex is
 
at a development
 
stage with
 
all TSFs declared
 
as
Measured Mineral Resources and Proven Mineral Reserves.
●
Knights (4L14 and
 
4L50):
 
The Complex
 
is at
 
a development stage,
 
with TSFs
 
reported as Measured
Mineral Resources and Proven Mineral Reserves.
●
Ergo
 
(Rooikraal
 
and
 
7L15):
 
The
 
Complex
 
is
 
at
 
a
 
production
 
stage
 
with
 
Measured/Indicated
Mineral Resources and Proven/Probable Mineral Reserves
 
declared.
●
Marievale (7L4, 7L5, 7L6 and 7L7):
 
The Complex is at a development stage
 
with TSFs reported as
Measured Mineral Resources and Proven Mineral Reserves.
●
Grootvlei (6L16,
 
6L17 and
 
6L17A):
 
The Complex
 
is at
 
an advanced
 
exploration
 
stage with
 
two
TSFs
 
reported
 
as
 
Measured
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
and
 
one
 
TSF
 
reported
 
as
 
Indicated
 
Mineral
Resources.
●
5A10/5L27
 
Sand
 
Dumps:
 
The
 
two
 
sand
 
dumps
 
are
 
joined.
 
Measured
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
and
Proven Mineral Reserve
 
were declared. The
 
sand dump is
 
a production
 
stage through trucking
to Ergo Plant.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
12
●
Daggafontein
 
TSF:
 
The
 
TSF
 
is
 
at
 
a
 
development
 
stage,
 
with
 
a
 
significant
 
amount
 
(192.79Mt)
declared
 
as
 
Indicated
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
and
 
Probable
 
Mineral
 
Reserve.
 
A
 
smaller
 
amount
(21.32Mt) of the material is reported as Inferred Mineral Resource due to inaccessibility because
of the presence of surface water.
2.2
 
Terms of Reference and Purpose of the Technical Report
Ergo commissioned the
 
QPs from The RVN
 
Group (Proprietary) Limited
 
(The RVN Group) to
 
compile this
Technical Report Summary to report their Mineral Resource
 
and Mineral Reserve estimates.
This report
 
details the
 
results
 
of the
 
evaluation
 
drilling,
 
sampling,
 
assaying, bulk
 
density
 
determination,
surveying
 
and
 
metallurgical
 
test
 
work
 
and
 
the
 
resultant
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
and
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
estimations.
This document reports the
 
Mineral Resource and Mineral
 
Reserve estimates for the
 
material TSFs. The TSFs
in
 
this
 
report
 
are
 
clustered
 
into
 
complexes,
 
with
 
the
 
exception
 
of
 
the
 
5A10/5L27
 
sand
 
dumps
 
and
Daggafontein TSF, which are reported separately
 
due to their size and location:
●
Crown;
●
City Deep;
●
Knights;
●
Ergo;
●
Grootvlei;
●
Marievale;
●
5A10/5L27;
 
and
●
Daggafontein.
This report is the first Technical Report Summary for DRDGOLD prepared under the SEC's
 
Subpart 1300 of
Regulation S-K disclosure requirements.
The effective
 
date of
 
the Mineral
 
Resource and
 
Mineral Reserve
 
estimates
 
for the TSFs
 
is 30 June
 
2022.
The QPs noted that there had been no material change to
 
the information between the effective date
and the signature date of the Report.
Ergo is a South African gold producer,
 
recovering gold from the retreatment of surface
 
tailings facilities
located in the Central and Eastern areas of the Gauteng
 
Province.
The RVN Group is a South African-based mining consulting firm that
 
provides services and advice to the
local
 
and
 
international
 
mineral
 
industries.
 
Ergo
 
has
 
retained
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
since
 
2016
 
to
 
manage
drilling activities,
 
estimate Mineral
 
Resources and
 
Mineral Reserves
 
and compile
 
technical reports.
 
The
QPs from The RVN Group prepared this Technical
 
Report Summary.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
13
2.3
 
Participants and Areas of Responsibilities
The following
 
personnel were
 
nominated to
 
the project
 
team, and
 
their specific
 
areas of responsibility
are shown in Table 2.1. The qualifications and appropriate experience of the authors are summarized in
Table 2.1.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
14
Table 2.1:
 
List of QPs and their Responsibilities
Personnel
Company
Qualifications
Responsibility
Mpfariseni Mudau,
Pr.Sci.Nat.
The RVN Group
B.Sc. (Hons) Geology,
Graduate Diploma in Mining Engineering,
M.Sc. Mining Engineering,
B.Sc. Applied Mathematics and Statistics,
SACNASP Registration No.: 400305/12
Item
1 to 11 and
20 to 25
Steven Rupprecht,
FSAIMM
The RVN Group
B.Sc. Mining Engineering,
Ph.D. Mechanical Engineering
FSAIMM Registration No.: 701013
 
Item
1 and
12 to 19
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The
 
QP
 
responsible
 
for
 
reporting
 
and
 
signing
 
off
 
on
 
the
 
exploration
 
activities
 
and
 
Mineral
 
Resource
estimates is Mr Mpfariseni Mudau.
 
Mr Mudau is a Professional Natural Scientist
 
(with registration number
400305/12) registered
 
with
 
the
 
South African
 
Council
 
for Natural
 
Scientific
 
Professions
 
(SACNASP)
 
with
more
 
than
 
five
 
years
 
of
 
experience
 
relevant
 
to
 
the
 
drilling,
 
estimation
 
and
 
reporting
 
of
 
TSF
 
Mineral
Resources. Mr Mudau works for The RVN Group and
 
is independent of Ergo and DRDGOLD.
The QP
 
with responsibility for
 
reporting and signing
 
off of
 
the Mineral Reserve
 
estimates is Professor
 
Steven
Rupprecht.
 
Professor
 
Rupprecht
 
is a
 
Fellow
 
of
 
the
 
Southern
 
African
 
Institute
 
of
 
Mining
 
and
 
Metallurgy
(SAIMM
 
with
 
registration
 
number:
 
701013)
 
with
 
more
 
than
 
five
 
years
 
of
 
experience
 
relevant
 
to
 
the
estimation and reporting of TSF Mineral Reserves. Professor
 
Rupprecht is an associate of The RVN Group
and is independent of Ergo and DRDGOLD.
2.4
 
Sources of Information
Most of the technical information utilized for
 
the preparation of this report was obtained from
 
the drilling
campaigns
 
that
 
The RVN
 
Group
 
supervised.
 
Other
 
technical
 
information
 
and
 
engineering
 
data were
sourced
 
from
 
Ergo,
 
their
 
contractors
 
and
 
third-party
 
reports
 
available
 
in
 
the
 
public
 
domain.
 
These
sources are acknowledged in the body of the report and
 
listed in Item 24.
Information provided by the registrant upon which the
 
QPs relied is listed in Item 25.
In
 
preparing
 
the
 
report,
 
the
 
QPs
 
have
 
relied
 
upon
 
contributions
 
from
 
a
 
range
 
of
 
technical,
 
financial,
environmental
 
and
 
engineering
 
specialists
 
for
 
the
 
disciplines
 
outside
 
their
 
expertise.
 
Based
 
on
 
the
support
 
and
 
advice
 
from
 
the
 
specialists,
 
the
 
QPs
 
consider
 
it
 
reasonable
 
to
 
rely
 
upon
 
the
information/advice provided.
2.5
 
Site Inspection
Mr
 
Mpfariseni
 
Mudau
 
visited
 
the
 
drilling
 
projects
 
on
 
commencement,
 
during,
 
and
 
completion
 
of
 
the
drilling
 
campaigns.
 
These
 
visits
 
were
 
conducted
 
in
 
2016,
 
2017,
 
2018,
 
2019,
 
2020,
 
2021
 
and
 
2022.
Mr Mudau
 
further visited
 
the sample
 
sorting and
 
storage facilities
 
at the
 
Ergo processing
 
plant in
 
Brakpan.
On
 
several
 
occasions,
 
Mr
 
Mudau
 
also
 
visited
 
MAED
 
Metallurgical
 
Laboratories
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited
(MAED)
 
and
 
SGS
 
South
 
Africa
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited
 
(SGS)
 
where
 
the
 
samples
 
were
 
prepared
 
and
analyzed.
 
Mr Mudau also visited the mining sites on several occasions
 
.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
15
The objectives of the site visits were to:
●
familiarize the QP with the TSFs and the general infrastructure
 
;
●
inspect the drilling and sampling sites;
●
conduct assessment of sampling methodologies, quality
 
control processes and data validation;
●
provide training and conduct planned task observations
 
;
●
validate
 
the geological logging;
●
inspect the sample storage area and the sample preparation
 
methods;
●
discuss and agree on the analytical method with
 
the laboratories;
 
and
●
collection of database and additional technical
 
information.
Steven Rupprecht conducted site visits to material and
 
non-material TSFs in 2020, 2021 and 2022.
2.6
 
Units, Currencies and Survey Coordinate System
Unless otherwise
 
stated, all
 
figures included
 
in this
 
report are
 
expressed in
 
metric units.
 
All geographic
coordinates are UTM WGS84 system or LO29 Meridian
 
.
 
The elevation Datum is the mean sea level.
All
 
monetary
 
figures expressed
 
in
 
this
 
report are
 
in South
 
African
 
Rand
 
(ZAR) and
 
United
 
States
 
Dollar
(USD).
A point is
 
used as the
 
decimal marker, and the
 
comma is used
 
for the thousand’s
 
separator (for numbers
larger than 999).
Unless
 
otherwise
 
stated,
 
the
 
word
‘
tons
’
 
denotes
 
a
 
metric
 
ton
 
(1,000kg).
 
Table
 
2.2
 
presents
 
the
abbreviations used in the report.
Table 2.2:
 
List of Abbreviations
Units
Description
%
percentage
˚
degrees
˚
C
Degrees Centigrade
‘
minutes
“
seconds
 
µm
Micron
3D
three-dimensional
AAS
Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
AMD
acid mine drainage
AMIS
African Mineral Standards
amsl
above mean sea level
Anglo Lab
AngloGold Ashanti Limited Chemical Laboratory
Au
gold
CIL
Carbon-in-Leach
cm
centimeter(s)
CoV
Coefficient of Variation
CRM
Certified Reference Material
Crown Mines
Crown Mines Limited
DMRE
Department of Mineral Resources and Energy
DRDGOLD
DRDGOLD Limited
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
16
Units
Description
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP
Environmental Management Plan
EMPr
Environmental Management Program
Ergo
Ergo Mining (Proprietary) Limited
ERPM
East Rand Proprietary Mines Limited
Eskom
Electricity Supply Commission
g
gram(s)
g/l
grams per liter
g/t
grade grams per ton
Geografix
Geografix Surveys CC
GPS
Global Positioning System
ha
hectares = 100m-by-100m
HRD
Human Resource Development
IDW
Inverse Distance Weighting
InSAR
Interferometric Synthetic Aperture Radar
IRR
internal rate of return
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
JSE
Johannesburg Stock Exchange
kg
kilograms = 1,000 grams
kg/t
kilograms per ton
km
kilometer(s) = 1,000 meters
km
2
square kilometers
koz
kilo ounces= 1,000 ounces (troy)
kt
kilotons
ktpm
kilotons per month
LED
Local Economic Development
liter
Metric unit of volume = 1,000cm
3
LoM
Life-of-Mine
m
meter(s)
m
2
square meters
MAED
MAED Metallurgical Laboratories (Proprietary) Limited
mamsl
meters above mean sea level
mm
millimeter(s) = meter/1000
Moz
Million ounces (troy)
MR
Mining Right
Mt
Million metric tons
Mtpa
Million tons per annum
MWP
Mining Works Program
NaCN
sodium cyanide
NERSA
National Energy Regulator of South Africa
NN
Nearest Neighbor
NNR
National Nuclear Regulator
NPV
net present value
NYSE
New York Stock Exchange
oz
Troy ounces = 31.1034768 grams
pH
quantitative measure of the acidity or basicity of a solution
ppm
parts per million
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
17
Units
Description
PR
Prospecting Right
PWP
Prospecting Work Program
QA
Quality Assurance
QC
Quality Control
QP
Qualified Persons
RC
Reverse Circulation
RoM
Run-of-Mine
SANAS
South African National Accreditation System
SCADA
supervisory control and data acquisition
SEC
Securities and Exchange Commission
SGS
SGS South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
S-K 1300
Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934
SLP
Social and Labor Plan
t
metric ton = 1,000 kilograms
t/m
3
density - ton per cubic meter
TCTA
Trans-Caledon Tunnel Authority
The RVN Group
The RVN Group (Proprietary) Limited
this Report
Technical Report Summary
tons
metric tons = 1,000 kilograms
 
TPMS
Tailings Performance Management System
USD
United States Dollars
WGS84
World Geographic System 1984
WUL
Water Use License
ZAR
South African Rand
2.7
 
Independence
The QPs or The RVN Group
 
received a fee for preparing
 
this Technical Report Summary in
 
accordance
with standard professional
 
consulting practice. The
 
QPs or The RVN
 
Group will receive
 
no other benefit
for the preparation of this report.
 
Neither QPs, The RVN Group, nor
 
any of its employees and
 
associates
employed in the
 
preparation of
 
this report has
 
any pecuniary
 
or beneficial interest
 
in Ergo, DRDGOLD
 
,
or their associates.
The QPs consider
 
themselves independent.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
18
3
 
Property Description
3.1
 
Location and Operations Overview
Ergo is
 
reclaiming
 
TSFs in
 
the City
 
of Johannesburg
 
and the
 
City of
 
Ekurhuleni,
 
Gauteng, South
 
Africa.
The Crown and City
 
Deep Complexes are located
 
in the City of
 
Johannesburg while all
 
other TSFs and
the sand dumps are located in the City of Ekurhuleni,
 
as shown in Figure 3.1.
This TRS covers a total of 18 material TSFs of varying sizes and
 
one sand dump.
 
The smaller TSFs or clean-
up sites (79
 
in total) are
 
not extensively
 
covered in this
 
report for various
 
reasons: they are
 
not material
as most are too small
 
while others are not part of
 
an immediate plan to be
 
included in the Life-of-Mine
plan
 
by
 
Ergo
 
(e.g.,
 
Fleurhof
 
Complex).
 
The
 
18
 
material
 
TSFs
 
and
 
one
 
sand
 
dump
 
contribute
approximately 89% of the total Mineral Resource, while the remaining 79 smaller TSFs and clean-up sites
only
 
contribute
 
11%
 
to
 
the
 
total
 
Ergo
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
estimates.
 
Of
 
the
 
total
 
Ergo
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
declared,
 
92%
 
contribution
 
by
 
tonnage
 
is
 
from
 
the
 
material
 
properties.
 
Thus,
 
Ergo
 
considers
 
the
 
79
smaller TSFs and clean-up sites not material (Figure 3.2).
The sand dumps (5A10 and
 
5L27) are combined to form one
 
elongated structure of varying heights. The
two small
 
dumps on
 
the north
 
and east
 
are known
 
as 5L27
 
and the
 
center sand
 
dump is
 
5A10. These
dumps are joined and
 
have similar properties.
 
They were modelled as 5A10/5L27
 
but then separated for
reporting Mineral Resource estimate.
Of the
 
total material
 
properties,
 
18 are
 
slime TSFs
 
and one
 
is a
 
sand dump
 
(5A10/5L27). Slime
 
is a
 
very
fine material, while sand is course-grained.
The
 
areas
 
occupied
 
by
 
the
 
18
 
material
 
TSFs
 
and
 
a
 
sand
 
dump
 
are
 
shown
 
in
 
Table
 
3.1.
 
Engineering
parameters and topography determined the size and
 
shapes of the properties at
 
the time of deposition
of the waste products from the respective processing
 
plants.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
19
Table 3.1:
 
Footprint Areas of the Material TSFs
TSF
Centre Coordinates
Area
(ha)
Maximum Height
(m)
Crown
3L5 (Diepkloof)
26
0
13’34.95”S, 27
0
57’09.70”E
130.00
67.50
3L7 (Mooifontein)
26
0
13’35.85”S, 27
0
13’35.85”E
87.00
88.50
3L8 (GMTS)
26
0
14’23.75”S, 27
0
58’07.91”E
147.00
94.50
City Deep
4L3
26°13'51.72"S, 28° 5’50.63”E
36.61
40.50
4L4
26°13’59.91”S, 28° 6’9.99”E
23.81
16.50
4L6
26°13’59.56”S, 28° 7’15.02”E
27.15
19.50
Knights
4L14
26°12'23.76"S, 28° 8'54.38"E
10.27
37.50
4L50
26°15'18.78"S, 28°13'8.60"E
68.03
40.50
Ergo
Rooikraal
26
0
21’48.16” S, 28
0
17’40.88”E
141.04
47.50
7L15
26°19'49.59"S, 28°24'46.01"E
73.28
37.50
Marievale
7L4
 
26°19'30.94"S, 28°30'5.07"E
133.48
25.00
7L5
26°19'55.08"S, 28°30'3.08"E
26.91
22.50
7L6
26°19'56.20"S, 28°30'22.96"E
46.73
34.50
7L7
26°20'51.49"S, 28°30'5.43"E
47.00
13.50
Grootvlei
6L16
26°14'31.94"S, 28°28'55.51"E
112.13
31.50
6L17
26°13'18.99"S, 28°29'23.20"E
110.02
40.50
6L17A
26°14'0.25"S, 28°29'42.67"E
85.05
25.50
5A10/5L27
5A10/5L27
26°13'9.79"S, 28°23'51.84"E
202.00
68.00*
Daggafontein
Daggafontein TSF
26
0
17’56.48” S, 28
0
31’55.10”E
462.21
64.50
Total Area (ha)
1,969.72
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Note
:
*estimated height as drilling could not reach the base
 
of the sand dump, only drilled up to 52.5m
.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
20
Figure 3.1: Location of the Material TSFs and
 
Infrastructure (the material properties of Ergo)
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p37i0
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
21
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
22
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
23
Figure 3.2:
 
Location of the Material Properties in Relation
 
to the Smaller TSFs and Clean-up Operations
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p40i0
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
24
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
25
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
26
Other material properties of Ergo include:
●
Knights
 
Plant;
●
Ergo Plant;
●
Brakpan/Withok TSF;
●
pump stations;
●
a network of pipelines;
●
City Milling Plant;
●
Central Water Facility;
 
and
●
solar power project.
3.2
 
Mineral Rights Conditions
TSFs are in most instances
 
considered movable, and capable
 
of being owned under
 
the common law
separately from land. As such they are
 
distinguishable from underground minerals, which can no longer
be
 
individually
 
owned in
 
South African
 
but in
 
respect
 
of which
 
the
 
Department
 
of
 
Mineral
 
Resources
and Energy (DMRE)
 
may issue Mining Rights
 
in terms of the
 
MPRDA of 2002 (MPRDA),
 
as amended. The
construct of the MPRDA
 
caused the minerals in
 
certain TSFs to therefore
 
fall outside the regulatory reach
of the
 
MPRDA.
 
The transitional
 
arrangements of
 
the MPRDA
 
provided for
 
existing operations
 
however,
to convert
 
old order
 
rights (Mining
 
Licenses held
 
under the
 
previous dispensation)
 
to new
 
order rights.
Ergo successfully
 
converted its
 
old order
 
licenses to
 
Mining Rights,
 
and is
 
seeking to
 
consolidate them
into
 
a
 
single
 
right.
 
Now,
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
reserves
 
in
 
TSFs
 
over
 
which
 
there
 
were
 
no
 
old
 
order
 
rights,
Environmental Approvals
 
are obtained
 
from the
 
DMRE for
 
the retreatment
 
of such
 
TSFs –
 
a somewhat
pragmatic, yet administratively competent means of
 
overcoming the drafting gap in the MPRDA.
For
 
an
 
exploration
 
project,
 
a
 
Prospecting
 
Right
 
(PR),
 
valid
 
for
 
five
 
years,
 
is
 
issued,
 
and
 
for
 
a
 
mining
operation, a Mining Right (MR)
 
valid for up to 30
 
years,
 
is issued. The PR, which
 
is conducted in terms of
a Prospecting Work Program (PWP), is renewable for a
 
further three years. The MR is undertaken in
 
terms
of
 
the
 
Mining
 
Works
 
Program
 
(MWP),
 
Social
 
and
 
Labor
 
Plan
 
(SLP),
 
and
 
an
 
approved
 
Environmental
Management
 
Program
 
(EMPr)which
 
can
 
be
 
renewed
 
for
 
a
 
further
 
30
 
years.
 
A
 
PR
 
or
 
MR
 
may
 
be
cancelled or suspended subject to Section 47 of the
 
MPRDA.
The
 
MPRDA
 
makes
 
provisions
 
relating
 
to
 
the
 
ownership
 
and
 
Broad-Based
 
Socio-Economic
Empowerment
 
Charter.
 
A
 
shareholding,
 
equity,
 
interest
 
or
 
participation
 
in
 
the
 
mining
 
right
 
or
 
joint
venture,
 
or
 
a
 
controlling
 
interest
 
in
 
a
 
company/joint
 
venture
 
may
 
not
 
be
 
encumbered,
 
ceded,
transferred,
 
mortgaged,
 
let,
 
sublet,
 
assigned,
 
alienated,
 
or
 
otherwise
 
disposed
 
of
 
without
 
the
 
written
consent of the Minister, except in the case of a change
 
of controlling interest in listed companies.
The SLP is submitted to
 
the DMRE every five
 
years for approval, while
 
the SLP’s annual progress
 
report is
submitted annually to the DMRE.
The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Water Use License (WUL) are assessed for compliance
annually.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
27
3.3
 
Mineral Title
Ergo title in its TSFs is vested
 
in either common law ownership
 
or private treaty and it
 
holds either Mining
and
 
Prospecting
 
Rights
 
as presented
 
in
 
Table
 
3.2 or
 
Environmental
 
Approvals
 
in
 
respect
 
of the
 
same.
Ergo has submitted applications
 
for the renewal of its mining
 
rights and prospecting rights. The
 
renewal
applications
 
were
 
made
 
to
 
the
 
DMRE
 
on
 
different
 
dates
 
per
 
mining
 
right.
 
Ergo
 
is
 
in
 
the
 
process
 
of
 
a
consolidation of
 
its mining
 
rights and
 
as such
 
has applied
 
to extend
 
the mining
 
period for
 
a further
 
30
years
 
through
 
its
 
consolidated
 
mine
 
works
 
program.
 
The
 
period
 
of
 
30
 
years
 
is
 
the
 
maximum
 
period
allowable for a Mining Right renewal as detailed in
 
the MPRDA, as amended.
This report has considered Section 24(5) of the MPRDA, as amended:
“
A mining right in respect of which
 
an application for renewal has
 
been lodged shall despite its expiry
date remain in force until such time as such application has
 
been granted or refused.
”
The same applies to the prospecting right (section18(5)
 
of the mentioned Act).
Freehold landowners
 
are presented
 
in Table 3.3.
 
Ergo owns a
 
significant portion
 
of freehold where
 
the
TSFs and sand dumps are located. Where Ergo
 
does not own the property, use and
 
access agreements
are in place
 
with third-party landowners,
 
with the exception
 
of the landowner
 
on which certain
 
of the
Marievale dumps are situated. Access to the TSFs for Prospecting Right purposes is enabled through the
provisions in the MPRDA.
Table 3.2:
 
Mineral Rights Information as at 30 June 2022
Complex
Permit
Holder
Permit Type
Reference
Number with
the DMRE
Expiry Date
Renewal
Submission
Application
Date
Renewal
Reference
Number with
the DMRE
Crown
Ergo
Mining Right
GP184MR
20/06/2014
24/03/2014
GP 10022 MR
City Deep
Ergo
Mining Right
GP185MR
20/06/2014
24/03/2014
GP 10023 MR
Knights
Ergo
Mining Right
GP187MR
20/06/2018
13/03/2018
GP 10067 MR
Ergo
Ergo
Mining Right
GP158MR
27/10/2021
23/07/2021
GP 10097 MR
Marievale (7L4)
Ergo
Prospecting Right
GP10348
19/02/2022
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Marievale (7L5,
7L6 and 7L7)
Ergo
Common Law
Ownership
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Grootvlei
Ergo
Prospecting Right
GP10044PR
21/04/2019
28/03/2019
GP 10592 PR*
5A10/5L27
Ergo
Mining Right
GP158MR
27/10/2021
23/07/2021
GP 10097 MR
Daggafontein TSF
Ergo
Mining Right
GP158MR
27/10/2021
23/07/2021
GP 10097 MR
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Table 3.3:
 
Land Tenure Information
Reclamation Sites
Surface Rights Owner
Crown Complex
Ergo and Innovative Property Solutions(iPROP)
City Deep Complex
Ergo and IPROP
Knights Complex
Ergo, Abland, Living Africa and EMM
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
28
Ergo Complex
Ergo and Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality
Marievale Complex
Ergo, Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality, Scarlet Sun and STI Consulting
Grootvlei Complex
Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality and various private owners
5A10/5L27 Sand Dump
Marcon Group
Daggafontein TSF
Ergo
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
3.4
 
Violation and Fines
Ergo has no fines resulting from violating the mineral rights
 
conditions.
3.5
 
Royalties
Ergo is not required to pay
 
royalties to the State, nor
 
does it receive royalties
 
from any other operation.
Royalties
 
in
 
South
 
Africa
 
are
 
guided
 
by
 
the
 
Mineral
 
and
 
Petroleum
 
Resources
 
Royalty
 
Act,
 
2002
 
(Act
No. 28 of 2008) (MPRRA).
Ergo does not pay
 
royalty on the retreatment of
 
TSFs and sand dumps as
 
the treatment of TSFs
 
and sand
dumps does not trigger the requirement to pay royalties
 
.
3.6
 
Legal Proceedings and Significant Encumbrances to the Property
The QP was
 
advised by Ergo
 
that there are
 
no material legal
 
challenges concerning its
 
Mineral Resource
and Mineral Reserve, except for Grootvlei and
 
Marievale Complexes. The QPs find it reasonable
 
to rely
on the legal opinion provided by Ergo.
 
From the
 
documentation reviewed
 
and input
 
by the
 
relevant Technical
 
Specialists, the
 
QPs could
 
not
identify
 
any
 
significant
 
factors
 
or
 
risks
 
with
 
regards
 
to
 
the
 
title
 
permitting,
 
surface
 
ownership,
environmental
 
and
 
community
 
factors
 
that
 
would
 
prevent
 
the
 
evaluation
 
or economic
 
extraction
 
of
the
 
TSFs.
 
The
 
QPs
 
were
 
assured
 
that
 
Ergo
 
Mining
 
complies
 
with
 
all
 
title
 
and
 
environmental
 
permitting
requirements.
 
The
 
QPs
 
were
 
informed
 
by
 
Ergo
 
Mining
 
that
 
no
 
significant
 
factors
 
or
 
risks
 
might
 
affect
access,
 
title,
 
or
 
the
 
right
 
or
 
ability
 
to
 
perform
 
work
 
on
 
the
 
TSFs,
 
except
 
for
 
Grootvlei
 
and
 
Marievale
Complexes.
Grootvlei Comp
 
lex:
Ergo
 
has submitted
 
a renewal
 
application
 
of its
 
prospecting
 
rights over
 
Grootvlei
dumps
 
6L16,
 
6L17
 
and
 
6L17A
 
to
 
the
 
DMRE.
 
During
 
the
 
2022
 
financial
 
year, an
 
external
 
party
 
raised
 
a
conflicting claim of
 
common law ownership of
 
6L16, 6L17 and
 
6L17A TSFs.
 
Although the claim
 
was based
on common law ownership and
 
no attempt has been made
 
to set aside the prospecting
 
rights over the
TSFs, the Grootvlei
 
TSFs have been
 
excluded from the
 
Mineral Reserves statement
 
and the Life-of-Mine
(LoM) plan but included in the Mineral Resources statement.
Marievale
 
Complex:
Ergo
 
acquired
 
the
 
7L5,
 
7L6
 
and
 
7L7
 
TSFs
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
a
 
written
 
notarial
 
executed
deed of sale during
 
2019 and took
 
possession of the
 
TSFs on 8 April
 
2019. It has since
 
also obtained the
requisite
 
National
 
Environmental
 
Management
 
Act,
 
1998
 
(Act
 
No.
 
107
 
of
 
1998)
 
(NEMA)
 
regulatory
approvals to
 
retreat the
 
said TSFs.
 
During the
 
2022 financial
 
year, the
 
owner of
 
the land
 
on which
 
7L5,
7L6 and 7L7 are situated, an estimated 36,524t out of the total 54,114t comprising the Marievale cluster,
notified Ergo that in its view, the said TSFs had acceded to the land and that it
 
had become the owner
of the TSFs. Ergo disputes the claim of legal title and
 
the matter is to be referred to arbitration.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
29
All ownership requirements were met when the TSFs were purchased by Ergo and therefore the TSFs are
still included in the Mineral Reserves. Whilst Ergo has received confident legal advice on the merits of its
claim,
 
in the
 
event
 
that the
 
arbitration
 
goes against
 
Ergo,
 
its Mineral
 
Reserves
 
will
 
reduce by
 
35.52Mt
(0.35Moz at
 
0.29g/t). Inasmuch
 
as it
 
then enters
 
into a
 
commercial arrangement
 
with the
 
land-owner,
the
 
financial
 
benefit
 
of
 
this
 
portion
 
of
 
the
 
Marievale
 
cluster
 
will
 
be
 
reduced
 
by
 
whatever
 
benefit
 
is
agreed to in favor of the land-owner.
Ergo has
 
a submitted
 
renewal application
 
to the
 
DMRE for
 
the prospecting
 
rights it
 
holds over
 
7L4 TSF.
The entity (who
 
holds common law
 
ownership rights over
 
the land on
 
which the TSF is
 
situated and the
TSF itself) has agreed to relinquish ownership in favor of Ergo, provided
 
that Ergo undertakes to:
●
make a notional amount payment;
●
suitably remove the TSF; and
●
rehabilitate the land.
A draft contract stipulating the terms of such agreement is awaiting
 
final signature.
4
 
Accessibility, Climate, Local Resources, Infrastructure and Physiography
4.1
 
Topography, Elevation and Vegetation
The project areas fall
 
in the Grassland Biome
 
of South Africa. The
 
Grassland Biome is
 
found on the high
central plateau of South Africa and the inland areas of Kwazulu
 
-Natal and the Eastern Cape.
The topography is mainly flat and elevation ranges between
 
1,560mamsl and 1,700mamsl.
Natural
 
vegetation
 
for
 
the
 
project
 
is
 
limited
 
to
 
areas
 
outside
 
the
 
urban
 
footprint.
 
Within
 
the
 
urban
environment where most of the TSFs are to be reclaimed
 
,
 
little vegetation occurs in its natural state.
The TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dumps
 
are
 
situated in
 
highly
 
urbanized
 
and
 
industrialized
 
areas
 
with
 
limited
 
fauna
and flora. The TSFs are man-made and the trees and grasses on the TSFs have been planted to prevent
dust and erosion from the TSFs.
4.2
 
Access, Towns and Regional Infrastructure
The TSFs
 
and sand
 
dumps
 
are situated
 
in the
 
Gauteng Province
 
of South
 
Africa, Gauteng
 
is the
 
most
industrialized
 
province
 
in
 
South Africa
 
and
 
the
 
infrastructure is
 
adequate.
 
All
 
the
 
regional
 
and
 
on-site
infrastructure that is required for mining is well established. There
 
is a good supply chain for all necessary
consumables and equipment in or near the mine sites.
The areas surrounding
 
the mine sites
 
have good health
 
facilities (i.e., public
 
and private hospitals)
 
and
education facilities (i.e., ranging from pre-primary
 
to secondary and tertiary education levels).
A good
 
road transportation system
 
can be
 
found in
 
the area.
 
The TSFs
 
and sand
 
dumps are
 
well serviced
by highways, paved
 
regional roads and a
 
network of dirt tracks
 
that the Ergo utilized
 
to access mining
and project visits. The QPs consider access to the
 
TSFs to be in good condition. For international supplies
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
30
or travel, the OR Tambo and Lanseria International Airports, in Kempton
 
Park and Lanseria respectively,
are well-positioned to service Ergo.
Tele-communication on the
 
TSFs and sand dumps
 
is good for all major
 
network providers. Most parts
 
of
the
 
project
 
areas
 
are
 
fully
 
covered
 
by
 
the
 
third
 
or
 
fourth
 
generation
 
(3G
 
or
 
4G)
 
wireless
 
mobile
telecommunications technology. Other areas are
 
now covered by high-end 5G technology.
Item 15 presents the infrastructure in more detail.
4.3
 
Climate
A summer rainfall climate prevails
 
in the areas. Summer rain
 
occurs mainly in the form of
 
thunderstorms
with
 
a
 
mean
 
annual
 
precipitation
 
of
 
approximately
 
680mm,
 
and
 
evaporation
 
is
 
about
 
1,800mm
 
per
year. Winds
 
are generally
 
light and
 
blow predominantly
 
from the northwest.
 
Winters are
 
cold and
 
dry.
Extreme
 
weather
 
conditions
 
occur
 
in
 
the
 
form
 
of
 
frost
 
(2
 
to
 
20
 
occurrences
 
per
 
annum)
 
and
 
the
occasional hailstorm.
The
 
average
 
annual
 
temperature
 
for
 
the
 
year
 
is
 
approximately
 
19˚C,
 
with
 
average
 
maximum
temperatures ranging between 22˚C
 
and 32˚C and average minimum
 
temperatures ranging between
2˚C
 
and
 
18˚C.
 
The
 
hottest
 
months
 
are
 
from
 
December
 
to
 
February.
 
During
 
April
 
and
 
May,
 
there
 
is
 
a
noticeable drop
 
in temperature,
 
which signals
 
the commencement
 
of winter.
 
The coldest
 
months are
June and July. Rains and temperature have minimal effects
 
on operations.
The area generally has
 
a high evaporation rate
 
in the summer months
 
from November to January.
 
This
gives rise to
 
high relative humidity.
 
Evaporation is greater
 
in summer than
 
in winter due
 
to higher ambient
temperatures.
There are no long-term associated climatic risks, other
 
than those associated with climate change and
global warming, and the operating season is year-round.
4.4
 
Infrastructure and Bulk Service Supplies
The TSFs and sand
 
dumps are situated
 
in the well-developed
 
province of Gauteng
 
and have the
 
most
major supplies. All the
 
regional and on-site infrastructure that
 
is required for mining and
 
processing is well
established. There is
 
a good supply
 
chain for all
 
necessary consumables and
 
equipment in or near
 
the
mine sites. Section 15 of this report details the infrastructure
 
relevant to Ergo.
The TSFs and sand dumps are located near hospitals
 
offering basic and advanced medical care.
The project
 
areas are supplied
 
with bulk
 
electricity from the
 
regional grid supplied
 
by Eskom,
 
the national
power supplier, or by the local municipality. Like most parts of South Africa, the operations are affected
by occasional load shedding implemented by Eskom
 
during periods of constrained power generation.
Water to the TSFs and related infrastructure is supplied by Rand
 
Water. Ergo recycles most of the water.
4.5
 
Personnel Sources
Where mining activities take place,
 
Ergo has commissioned contractors to
 
conduct mining and secure
the TSFs.
 
Where there
 
are no
 
mining activities,
 
Ergo has
 
employed contractors
 
to maintain
 
the TSFs
 
(to
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
31
minimize dust and monitor water levels on the TSFs and sand dumps) and security companies to secure
the properties.
Ergo employees conduct site inspections
 
on a regular basis of the project TSFs and sand dumps.
Should additional
 
employees
 
be required,
 
the surrounding
 
areas have
 
a large
 
semi-skilled
 
and skilled
workforce.
 
The
 
cities
 
of
 
Johannesburg
 
and
 
Ekurhuleni
 
have
 
a
 
large
 
source
 
of
 
talent
 
for
 
trades
 
and
technical management.
The majority of
 
employees hired
 
by Ergo are
 
sourced from Gauteng
 
Province, where
 
all the properties
are situated. Contractors and
 
specialist consultants are also
 
predominantly based in Gauteng Province.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
32
5
 
History
5.1
 
Ownership
Anglo American Corporation
 
commissioned the Ergo
 
facility (processing plant)
 
on the
 
East Rand in
 
1977.
The objective was to recover gold, uranium and produce sulfuric acid from surface tailings material via
a metallurgical
 
flotation process.
 
In 1977
 
a carbon
 
in leach
 
(CIL) plant
 
was added.
 
In 1990,
 
when the
uranium market collapsed, the uranium plant
 
and the larger of the two acid
 
plants were closed down.
In 1998
 
Ergo became
 
part of
 
Anglo Gold
 
Limited (later
 
Anglo Gold
 
Ashanti Limited).
 
In 2005
 
Ergo was
closed down.
In 2007, Ergo (Pty) Limited was formed as a
 
joint venture between DRDGOLD and Mintails to re-establish
the tailings
 
treatment
 
operations.
 
A year
 
later (2008)
 
re-commissioning
 
of the
 
plant
 
started, and
 
Ergo
acquired the Mintails’
 
stake in the
 
gold recovery phase
 
of the project.
 
In 2009 a
 
second feed line
 
was
brought into the Ergo plant
 
from the Elsburg TSFs
 
and the plant capacity
 
doubled to 1.2 Mt
 
per month.
In 2010, DRDGOLD acquired the balance of Mintails
 
’
 
interest.
5.1.1
 
Crown Complex
Crown
 
Mines
 
Limited
 
(Crown
 
Mines),
 
previously
 
known
 
as
 
Rand
 
Mines
 
(Milling
 
and
 
Mining)
 
Limited,
belonged
 
to
 
Rand
 
Mining
 
Proprietary
 
Group,
 
which
 
commenced
 
retreatment
 
operations
 
in
 
1982.
 
At
least 90% of the
 
Crown Complex material was deposited onto
 
the Crown TSF Complex Facility by
 
Crown
Gold Recoveries,
 
which retreated
 
processed material
 
originally mined
 
from the
 
historical mines
 
in the
area. The Crown complex is situated on the farm
 
Mooifontein 225-IQ.
5.1.2
 
City Deep complex
City Deep belonged
 
to Rand Mines
 
(Milling and Mining) Limited
 
and fell under
 
the same group
 
as Crown
Gold Recovery. Records indicate
 
that in 1986 City Deep Complex
 
belonged to City Deep Rand Mines.
Most
 
of
 
City
 
Deep
 
TSFs
 
are
 
located
 
on
 
the
 
farms
 
Elandsfontein
 
107-IR,
 
Kliprivierfontein
 
106-IR
 
and
Doornfontein 92-IR.
5.1.3
 
Knight Complex
Most
 
of
 
the
 
TSFs
 
in
 
the
 
Knights
 
complex
 
were
 
previously
 
owned
 
by
 
Simmer
 
and
 
Jack
 
dating
 
back
 
to
1986. Witwatersrand Gold Mine owned other TSFs.
5.1.4
 
Ergo Complex
The Ergo
 
Complex was
 
created
 
by East
 
Rand Proprietary
 
Mines Limited
 
(ERPM) around
 
1958. ERPM
 
in
Boksburg
 
was
 
established
 
more
 
than
 
125
 
years
 
ago
 
as
 
an
 
underground
 
gold
 
mining
 
operation
 
and
produced gold
 
from 1896
 
to 2008.
 
ERPM had
 
approximately 15
 
shafts in
 
the Elsburg
 
area, which
 
were
the primary sources of the
 
tailings material deposited onto TSFs
 
4L47/48/49 and 50. The Ergo
 
complex is
situated on the farms Klippoortje 110-IR and 112-IR.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
33
5.1.5
 
Marievale Complex
Marievale
 
Complex
 
was
 
previously
 
owned
 
by
 
Gencor
 
Limited
 
(General
 
Mining
 
Union
 
Corporation)
(Gencor) and operated
 
by Marievale Consolidated
 
Mines. The primary
 
commodity was
 
gold, and the
secondary
 
commodity
 
was
 
silver.
 
The
 
first
 
year
 
of
 
production
 
was
 
1939.
 
Mining
 
stopped
 
in
 
1998.
 
The
Marievale complex is located on the farm Vlakfontein
 
281-IR.
5.1.6
 
Grootvlei Complex
Grootvlei was
 
previously owned
 
by Gencor
 
and operated
 
by Grootvlei
 
Proprietary Mines
 
Limited from
1967 to 1981 at
 
an average grade
 
of 5g/t of gold.
 
The registered owner in
 
1986 was DUMPCO
 
Limited.
Mining stopped in 2005. Grootvlei is located on the farm Grootvlei
 
124-IR.
5.1.7
 
5A10/5L27
The Consolidated Modderfontein Mine deposited mine tailings on the 5A10/5L27 sand dump during
 
the
1980s. Before then, the sand dump was owned by Government
 
Gold Mine.
5.1.8
 
Daggafontein TSF
Daggafontein
 
TSF
 
was
 
previously
 
owned
 
by
 
Daggafontein
 
Mines.
 
Tailings
 
deposition
 
onto
 
the
 
TSF
commenced around 1982
 
and ceased around
 
2002 when the mine
 
ceased operations. Currently,
 
the
TSF is owned by Ergo.
5.2
 
Construction of the TSFs and Sand Dumps
The TSFs
 
were constructed in
 
accordance with
 
the then
 
Chamber of
 
Mines guidelines and
 
best practices
at the
 
time. The
 
guidelines provided
 
for a
 
starter wall,
 
toe drain
 
and blanket
 
drain. Gravity
 
penstocks
were
 
provided
 
on
 
all
 
TSFs,
 
which
 
were
 
subsequently
 
replaced
 
with
 
elevated
 
penstocks
 
during
 
their
operations. The final design heights for
 
a ‘typical’
 
TSF operated using day-walls were
 
generally between
30m and 100m.
All the TSFs were constructed as upstream TSFs. Upstream TSFs need to be raised slowly to
 
allow the solid
tailings time to dry and consolidate enough to support
 
a new level of the TSF.
The sand dump material was deposited by trucks
 
or cocopans.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
34
Table 5.1
 
presents the
 
history and
 
status of
 
TSFs and
 
the sand
 
dump. The
 
TSFs and
 
the sand
 
dump are
considered old, and the properties have been dormant
 
for a considerable number of years.
Table 5.1:
 
History and Status of the TSFs and Sand Dump
TSF/Sand Dump
Commissioned
Date
Decommissioned
Date
Status as at
30 June 2022
Age since becoming
Dormant (Years)
Crown
3L5
+/-1920
2009
Dormant
12
3L7
Dormant
3L8
Dormant
City Deep
4L3
1965
1984
Development
37
4L4
Development
4L6
Development
Knights
4L14
1960
2000
Dormant
21
4L50
1968
1998
Mining
NA
Ergo
Rooikraal
1985
2012
Development
9
7L15
1964
1986
Dormant
35
Marievale
7L4
1964
1998
Dormant
23
7L5
1964
1998
Dormant
23
7L6
1964
1998
Dormant
23
7L7
1964
1998
Dormant
23
Grootvlei
6L16
1964
2005
Dormant
16
6L17
2005
Dormant
16
6L17A
2005
Dormant
16
5A10/5L27
5A10/5L27
1960
1986
Mining
NA
Daggafontein
Daggafontein
1970
2003
Dormant
17
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
5.3
 
Previous Exploration and Mine Development
5.3.1
 
Previous Evaluation Drilling
Previous evaluation drilling
 
was completed on the
 
TSFs in the 1970s
 
by Anglo-American, and
 
from 2006
to
 
2008
 
by
 
Ergo
 
and
 
Mintails
 
SA
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited.
 
The
 
QP
 
was
 
made
 
aware
 
of
 
these
 
activities,
however the
 
QP did
 
not use
 
data acquired
 
before 2008
 
in this
 
report as
 
data quality
 
assessment and
validation could not be performed.
5.3.2
 
Previous Development
In 1976,
 
the construction
 
of the processing
 
plant and
 
associated infrastructure
 
commenced and
 
Ergo
formally came into production on 25 February 1978.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
35
Table 5.2 presents Ergo’s production data over the last
 
five years.
Table 5.2:
 
ERGO Production History
Date
Tons Mined
(Mt)
Yield Au
(g/t)
Gold Produced
(kg)
Gold Produced
(koz)
30 June 2018
24.3
0.19
4,679
150
30 June 2019
23.2
0.19
4,493
144
30 June 2020
*
20.2
0.20
3,989
128
30 June 2021
23.0
0.19
4,263
137
30 June 2022
22.1
0.19
4,156
134
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Note: *production was affected by COVID-19 national
 
lockdown.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
36
6
 
Geological Setting, Mineralization and Deposit
6.1
 
Regional Geology
The TSFs are man-made features, and mineral distribution reflects the artificial nature
 
of the deposit. The
materials are
 
the waste
 
products (tailings)
 
of the
 
mining and
 
metallurgical process
 
recovery from
 
the
Witwatersrand and Transvaal Supergroups gold deposits.
These
 
tailings
 
consist
 
predominantly
 
of
 
quartz,
 
lesser
 
amounts
 
of
 
mica,
 
chlorite,
 
chloritoid,
 
pyrite
(1% to 2%) and low concentrations of gold, uranium
 
and sulfur.
Gold was discovered in the conglomerates of the Witwatersrand
 
sedimentary basin in about 1886.
The Witwatersrand
 
Supergroup is
 
aerially and structurally
 
related to
 
the underlying Dominion
 
Reef System
and the
 
overlying
 
Ventersdorp
 
System.
 
The Supergroup
 
is an
 
elongated
 
sedimentary
 
basin stretching
some 320km in a north-easterly direction and
 
160km in a north-westerly direction. The
 
upper portions of
the Witwatersrand Supergroup contain quartz conglomerates that have been mined for their gold
 
and
uranium contents.
The Transvaal Supergroup is a
 
stratigraphic unit consisting of
 
clastic sediments, carbonates, banded iron
formations and volcanics
 
younger than the
 
Witwatersrand Supergroup.
 
It occasionally
 
directly overlies
the
 
gold-bearing
 
conglomerates
 
of the
 
Witwatersrand
 
Supergroup
 
where
 
the
 
Ventersdorp
 
Volcanics
have been eroded or were not developed. At the base of
 
the Transvaal Supergroup is a conglomerate
layer, the Black Reef, that has been mined for gold.
The operations
 
are situated
 
in the
 
Witwatersrand Central
 
Rand and
 
East Goldfields.
 
The East
 
Goldfield
are linked
 
to the
 
Central
 
basin across
 
a large
 
monoclinal
 
structure, the
 
Springs
 
Monocline.
 
The major
economic
 
horizons
 
mined
 
were
 
the
 
South
 
Reef
 
together
 
with
 
Main
 
Reef,
 
Main
 
Reef
 
Leader
 
and
 
the
Elsburg and Kimberley Reefs. The Black Reef, where
 
mineralized,
 
was also mined in the area.
6.2
 
Mineralization, Local and Property Geology
The TSFs
 
has been processed
 
through metallurgical plants
 
that eject a
 
residue (tailings) which
 
is relatively
uniform in terms
 
of gold mineralization when
 
compared with the
 
natural deposit from
 
which the material
is derived. The variation
 
between gold grades is
 
small as the
 
process residue dump was
 
constructed in
layers/benches.
 
Grade
 
variation
 
primarily
 
follows
 
variations
 
in
 
the
 
processing
 
and,
 
to
 
a
 
lesser
 
extent,
primary deposits characteristic. The gold mineralization
 
is fairly well distributed throughout the TSF.
The TSFs are the by-product
 
of the mineral recovery
 
process. They took the
 
form of a liquid slurry
 
made
of fine mineral
 
particles
–
 
created when mined ore
 
was crushed,
 
milled and processed. The
 
tailings
 
were
pumped to
 
the TSFs which
 
were constructed
 
using earth dam
 
s. As the
 
residue of
 
the tailings
 
gradually
drained
 
and
 
became
 
compacted,
 
grass
 
and
 
other
 
vegetation
 
were
 
planted
 
to
 
rehabilitate
 
the
environment.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
37
The TSFs and sand dumps evaluated in this report originated from different sources or processing plants,
as shown in Table 6.1.
Table 6.1:
 
Origin of the TSF and Sand Dump Material
TSF/Sand Dump
Source Mine
Mined Reef
Crown Complex
3L5
Crown Mines
Main Reef
3L7
Crown Mines
Main Reef
3L8
Crown Mines
Main Reef
City Deep Complex
4L3
City Deep Gold Mine (Proprietary) Limited
Kimberley Reef
4L5
City Deep Gold Mine (Proprietary) Limited
Kimberley Reef
4L6
City Deep Gold Mine (Proprietary) Limited
Kimberley Reef
Knights Complex
4L14
Simmer and Jack Gold Mine
Black Reef
4L50
Witwatersrand Gold Mine
Black Reef/Elsburg
Ergo Complex
Rooikraal
Knights Plant
Residue from Knights Plant
7L15
Vlakfontein Mine
Black Reef
Marievale Complex
7L4
 
Marievale Consolidated Mine
Kimberley Reef, Nigel Reef and Main
7L5
Marievale Consolidated Mine
Kimberley Reef, Nigel Reef and Main
7L6
Marievale Consolidated Mine
Kimberley Reef, Nigel Reef and Main
7L7
Marievale Consolidated Mine
Kimberley Reef, Nigel Reef and Main
Grootvlei Complex
6L16
Grootvlei Proprietary Mines Limited
Kimberley Reef
6L17
Grootvlei Proprietary Mines Limited
Kimberley Reef
6L17A
Grootvlei Proprietary Mines Limited
Kimberley Reef
5A10/5L27 Sand Dumps
5A10/5L27
Modderfontein East Mine
Main Reef Leader
Daggafontein TSF
Daggafontein
 
Daggafontein Mine
Main Reef
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
6.3
 
Stratigraphy and Cross-sections
Unlike the stratigraphy
 
of the in
 
situ mineral deposit,
 
the stratigraphy of
 
a TSF or
 
sand dump is
 
man-made.
A typical stratigraphy
 
is presented in
 
Figure 6.1. Slime
 
was deposited on
 
soil (original ground
 
level). The
color of topsoil ranges from red to black.
 
In some cases, soil is mineralized or enriched.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p54i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p54i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
38
Figure 6.1:
 
A Typical Stratigraphy for Ergo’s TSFs
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
A typical cross-section of a TSF is shown in Figure 6.2 and
 
Figure 6.3.
Figure 6.2:
 
Grootvlei Complex (6L17) Map showing Location of
 
Cross-section
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p55i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
39
Source: The RVD Group, 2022
 
Figure 6.3:
 
Cross-section of the Grootvlei Complex (6L17)
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
6.4
 
Deposit Type
The
 
deposits
 
under
 
consideration
 
are
 
man-made
 
features
 
that
 
are
 
sometimes
 
referred
 
to
 
as
 
dumps,
tailing dams, or simply mine dams.
The
 
TSF
 
or
 
sand
 
dump
 
generally
 
lies
 
above
 
the
 
prevailing
 
ground
 
level
 
and
 
there
 
is
 
no
 
host
 
rock.
 
No
geological
 
or
 
mineralization
 
controls
 
are
 
relevant
 
to
 
the
 
TSFs
 
or
 
sand
 
dumps
 
as
 
they
 
are
 
man-made
features.
The engineering design
 
parameters determine the
 
size and shape of
 
the TSF or sand dump
 
at the time
of the deposition of the waste products from the respective
 
plants.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
40
7
 
Exploration
7.1
 
Exploration
The TSFs are man-made engineering features and typical exploration programs (geophysics, trenching,
mapping
 
and
 
soil
 
sampling)
 
were
 
not
 
undertaken
 
on
 
the
 
TSFs.
 
An
 
evaluation
 
drilling
 
program
 
was
conducted on the
 
TSFs. No exploration
 
work was required
 
to locate the
 
TSFs,
 
as their locations
 
are well
known, rising well above ground level.
 
The QP considered non-drilling
 
exploration to be not material to
the Ergo properties.
7.2
 
Topographic Surveys
The
 
topographic
 
surfaces
 
of
 
the
 
TSFs
 
were
 
surveyed
 
by
 
Jaco
 
van
 
Staden,
 
a
 
qualified
 
surveyor
 
from
Geografix Surveys CC (Geografix), using a differential Global Positioning System (GPS) unit. The method
has an accuracy
 
in the range
 
of 10cm.
 
The conventional
 
survey equipment
 
(total stations,
 
prisms and
related
 
equipment)
 
and
 
GPS
 
Real
 
Time
 
Kinetic
 
systems
 
were
 
used
 
to
 
accurately
 
determine
 
the
coordinated positions of the surface features as required
 
to create a digital terrain model.
Daily calibration
 
through transformation
 
was completed
 
to ensure
 
the instruments
 
reported accurate
results. This standard procedure
 
was performed daily
 
before surveying. After
 
surveying was conducted
or when the day’s
 
work was completed,
 
the calibration was
 
rechecked through measurements
 
of the
benchmark
 
points
 
to
 
confirm
 
that
 
the
 
instruments
 
measured
 
the
 
correct
 
values.
 
Data
 
from
 
survey
measurements
 
were
 
checked
 
through
 
repeated
 
measurements
 
of
 
selected
 
points.
 
No
 
bias
 
was
identified.
Surveys
 
were
 
undertaken
 
on
 
a
 
10m
 
grid
 
and
 
measurements
 
were
 
also
 
taken
 
on
 
all
 
breaker
 
lines.
 
An
additional 10m to 20m outside the footprint of each
 
TSF and sand dump was also surveyed.
No additional tailings material was deposited on the TSFs after the surveys were
 
conducted. For the TSFs
where mining
 
is taking place
 
(4L50 and 5A10/5L27),
 
monthly surveys are
 
completed, and
 
the tonnage
is
 
depleted
 
from
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
and
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
up
 
to
 
30
 
June
 
2022.
 
The
 
details
 
of
 
the
survey information are presented in Table 7.1.
The QP was satisfied to rely on the survey measurements as an accurate representation
 
of the TSFs and
sand dumps.
7.3
 
Evaluation Drilling
Evaluation
 
drilling
 
campaigns
 
were completed
 
on the
 
TSFs and
 
sand dumps.
 
The drilling
 
grid was
 
not
always regular due
 
to access issues;
 
however,
 
the QP noted
 
that drill holes
 
were well spread.
 
The well-
spread
 
drill
 
holes
 
ensured
 
that
 
the
 
samples
 
collected
 
were representative
 
of the
 
respective
 
TSFs
 
and
sand dumps.
7.4
 
Drilling Methodology
Two drilling
 
techniques were
 
followed by
 
specialized independent
 
drilling contractors
 
on the
 
TSFs. The
Reverse Circulation (RC) method was implemented where the
 
auger drilling technique could not drill to
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
41
the base of the TSF
 
due to drill hole length exceeding 55m or
 
areas of high moisture content
 
at the base
of the TSF.
The QP was satisfied that all measures
 
were taken to ensure that drilling,
 
sampling and recoveries were
acceptable and would not
 
affect the accuracy and
 
reliability of the
 
results. The experienced geologists
from The
 
RVN Group
 
monitored the
 
drilling process.
 
The QP
 
made ad-hoc
 
site visits
 
during drilling
 
and
sampling. In the
 
opinion of the
 
QP, the processes
 
followed were adequate for
 
collecting quality samples
and information for use in the interpretation of results and
 
in the Mineral Resource estimation.
Table 7.1:
 
Survey Details of the Material from the TSFs and Sand Dumps
TSF/Sand Dump
Area
 
(ha)*
Date Surveyed**
Coordinate System, Datum
Crown
3L5 (Diepkloof)
158.5
02/09/2013
WGS84 LO27, amsl***
3L7 (Mooifontein)
108.4
15/08/2013
WGS84 LO27, amsl
3L8 (GMTS)
159.3
20/09/2013
WGS84 LO27, amsl
City Deep
4L3
33.9
15/05/2017
WGS84 LO29, amsl
4L4
20.6
08/06/2017
WGS84 LO29, amsl
4L6
44.2
15/06/2017
WGS84 LO29, amsl
Knights
4L14
22.4
13/11/2015
WGS84 LO29, amsl
4L50
55.5
19/05/2017
WGS84 LO29, amsl
Ergo
Rooikraal
136.8
23/05/2018
WGS84 LO29, amsl
7L15
97.6
23/05/2008
WGS84 LO29, amsl
Marievale
7L4
 
116.3
19/01/2009
WGS84 LO29, amsl
7L5
31.1
08/01/2009
WGS84 LO29, amsl
7L6
62.0
20/01/2009
WGS84 LO29, amsl
7L7
69.1
22/01/2009
WGS84 LO29, amsl
Grootvlei
6L16
127.9
15/05/2015
WGS84 LO29, amsl
6L17
130.7
15/05/2015
WGS84 LO29, amsl
6L17A
85.7
15/05/2015
WGS84 LO29, amsl
5A10/5L27
5A10/5L27
56.7
26/02/2008
WGS84 LO29, amsl
Daggafontein
Daggafontein TSF
476.9
12/08/2016
WGS84 LO29, amsl
Total Area (Ha)
1,993.6
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Note:
*area includes 10m outside the TSF footprint
**date before mining (4L50 TSF and 5A10/5L27 sand dump
 
are surveyed monthly for production purpose
 
s)
***amsl is the abbreviation for above mean sea level
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
42
7.4.1
 
Auger Drilling
Auger drilling,
 
a cost-effective
 
method, was
 
commissioned
 
by Ergo
 
on most
 
of their
 
TSFs for
 
holes less
than 55m and located within areas of lower moisture content
 
.
With auger drilling, the rotation of a helical screw causes the
 
blade of the screw to lift the sample to the
surface. This drilling method does not require heavy machinery in order to drill to the desired depth. This
auger method can
 
be used for
 
shallow environmental drilling, geotechnical
 
drilling, soil engineering
 
and
mineral deposits where the formation is soft and the hole does not collapse. This is done by pressing the
spiral rods into the ground using a drilling head machine
 
which can drill up to a depth of 55m.
Samples were collected through the spiral at every 1.5m interval and the spiral was cleaned with water
and brushed clean after every run.
7.4.2
 
Reverse Circulation
RC drilling,
 
with better sample
 
recovery than auger
 
drilling, is
 
a method of
 
drilling which
 
uses dual wall
drill rods consisting of
 
an outer drill rod
 
with an inner tube.
 
These hollow inner tubes allow
 
the drill cuttings
to be transported back to the surface in a continuous, steady
 
flow.
The drilling mechanism is often a pneumatic reciprocating piston called a hammer, which in turn drives
a clay cutter, specifically made to cut soft material
 
such as tailings and soil.
The clay cutter
 
is used to
 
remove samples that
 
are pushed through
 
the machine
 
with compressed air.
When
 
air
 
is
 
blown
 
down
 
the
 
annulus
 
(ring-shaped
 
structure)
 
of
 
the
 
rod,
 
the
 
pressure
 
shift
 
creates
 
a
reverse circulation,
 
bringing
 
the tailings
 
up the
 
inner tube.
 
When the
 
tailings reach
 
a deflector
 
box at
the top of the rig, the material is moved through a
 
hose attached to the top of the cyclone.
The drill cuttings will travel around the cyclone until they fall
 
through the bottom opening into a sample
bag. These bags are sorted and marked with the location and depth where the sample was collected.
RC drilling technique can drill up to 1,500m deep. The other benefits
 
of RC drilling include:
●
more reliable and less contaminated samples than
 
those from auger drilling;
●
a high drill penetration rate;
●
a larger sample size; and
●
a more cost-effective method than diamond or sonic
 
drilling.
Samples were collected through the cyclone at 1.5m
 
intervals and the rods and cyclone were cleaned
with compressed air after every run.
The RC drilling technique was chosen because RC drilling could drill deeper holes than auger drilling. In
addition,
 
because
 
of
 
its
 
higher
 
power,
 
RC
 
drilling
 
can
 
drill
 
through
 
wet
 
material
 
and
 
has
 
a
 
better
recovery percentage than auger drilling, which is prone to
 
losing wet samples through its spiral.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p59i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
43
7.5
 
Crown
A total
 
of 44
 
RC drill
 
holes at
 
approximately
 
200m-by-200m
 
average grid
 
were completed
 
in 2017
 
on
Crown Complex as shown in Figure 7.1Figure 7.8.
Figure 7.1:
 
Crown Complex:
 
Map showing drill hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p60i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
44
7.6
 
City Deep
A total
 
of 27
 
auger drill
 
holes between
 
100m and
 
200m spacing
 
were completed
 
in 2017
 
on the
 
City
Deep Complex, as shown in Figure 7.2.
Figure 7.2:
 
City Deep Complex:
 
Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p61i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
45
7.7
 
Knights
7.7.1
 
4L14
A total
 
of 17
 
auger drill
 
holes were
 
completed on
 
4L14. The
 
average drill
 
hole spacing
 
was 100m.
 
Drill
holes are
 
well spread
 
throughout the
 
TSF as
 
presented
 
in Figure
 
7.3.The TSF
 
has a
 
maximum height
 
of
37.5m.
 
The
 
intersected
 
soil
 
reported
 
higher
 
gold
 
values;
 
thus,
 
the
 
soil
 
was
 
modelled
 
as
 
a
 
separate
domain and added to the TSF’s Mineral Resource.
Figure 7.3:
 
Knights Complex - 4L14: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p62i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
46
7.7.2
 
4L50
A total of
 
22 auger drill
 
holes were completed
 
on 4L50. The
 
average drill hole
 
spacing is between
 
50m
and 100m. Drill
 
holes are
 
well spread throughout
 
the TSF (Figure
 
7.4). The
 
TSF has a
 
maximum height
 
of
40m. The average gold grade is 0.26g/t. Mining is ongoing
 
on this TSF.
Figure 7.4:
 
Knights Complex - 4L50: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p63i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
47
7.8
 
Ergo
7.8.1
 
7L15
A total of 22 auger
 
drill holes were completed on 7L15. Some
 
holes were twin holes to confirm the
 
results
obtained in
 
previous drilling
 
campaigns.
 
The drill
 
hole pattern
 
has an
 
irregular spacing
 
averaging
 
less
than 100m (Figure 7.5).
Figure 7.5:
 
Ergo Complex - 7L15: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p64i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
48
7.8.2
 
Rooikraal
A total of 64
 
RC drill holes were
 
completed on Rooikraal.
 
Irregular drill hole
 
spacing was due to
 
access
challenges (Figure 7.6). An average drill hole spacing
 
of less than 100m was achieved.
Figure 7.6:
 
Ergo Complex - Rooikraal: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p65i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
49
7.9
 
Marievale
A drill
 
hole
 
map
 
for
 
the
 
Marievale
 
complex
 
is presented
 
in
 
Figure
 
7.7.
 
Average
 
spacing
 
of 100m
 
was
followed. Auger drilling was done in 2020.
Figure 7.7:
 
Marievale Complex:
 
Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p66i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
50
7.10
 
Grootvlei Complex
A total
 
of 34,
 
31 and
 
39 drill
 
holes were
 
completed on
 
6L16, 6L17
 
and 6L17A
 
respectively,
 
as shown
 
in
Figure 7.8,
 
Figure 7.9
 
and Figure
 
7.10. Drill
 
holes completed
 
in 2016
 
were a
 
combination of
 
auger and
RC
 
techniques.
 
All
 
previous
 
campaigns
 
(2008
 
and
 
2015)
 
used
 
the
 
auger
 
drilling
 
technique.
 
The
 
grid
spacing for 6L16 is
 
approximately 200m-by-200m
 
while 6L17 and
 
6L17A have a
 
closer drill hole
 
spacing
of approximately 100m-by-100m.
Figure 7.8:
 
Grootvlei Complex - 6L16: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p67i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
51
Figure 7.9:
 
Grootvlei Complex - 6L17: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p68i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
52
Figure 7.10: Grootvlei Complex - 6L17A: Map showing Drill
 
Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p69i2 exhibit962p69i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
53
7.11
 
5A10/5L27
A total of 30 drill holes were completed on the 5A10/5L27 sand dumps
 
in 2017. All drill holes were drilled
using the auger
 
drilling technique.
 
An irregular spacing
 
of between 50m
 
and 100m
 
was followed.
 
Due
to the high
 
height of
 
the sand
 
dump, all
 
holes drilled
 
on top
 
of the
 
middle dump
 
did not
 
intersect the
base of the TSF (red color in Figure 7.11). Mining is ongoing
 
on this sand dump.
Figure 7.11:
 
5A10/5L27: Map showing Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The deepest
 
drilled hole
 
was 52.5m.
 
This drill
 
hole did
 
not intersect
 
the base
 
or soil.
 
The auger
 
drill machine
could not drill deeper
 
because the holes collapse
 
at depths,
 
due to auger drilling
 
constraints.
 
The RVN
Group geologists
 
stopped drilling
 
once they noticed
 
that the hole
 
had collapsed,
 
so as to
 
ensure that
only good-quality representative samples were obtain
 
ed.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p70i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
54
7.12
 
Daggafontein TSF
A total of
 
55 drill holes
 
were drilled on
 
Daggafontein TSF from
 
2017 to 2021
 
as shown in
 
Figure 7.12. The
center of the TSF (outlined with a dotted line) could not be accessed for drilling
 
due to the presence of
surface water. Figure
 
7.12 presents the
 
evaluation drilling information for
 
the different drilling campaigns.
Only two drill holes were completed in 2017 which were drilled far apart. Drilling campaigns completed
from
 
2018
 
to
 
2021
 
were
 
drilled
 
to
 
infill
 
the
 
drill
 
space
 
to
 
confirm
 
the
 
continuity
 
of
 
mineralization.
 
On
average, the drill
 
holes were spaced
 
at a nominal
 
grid of 200m-by-200m
 
and were well
 
spread to ensure
that the samples were representative of the TSF.
Figure 7.12:
 
Daggafontein Complex - Daggafontein TSF: Map showing
 
Drill Hole Locations
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
7.13
 
Logging and Sampling
The RVN
 
Group used
 
comprehensive logging
 
and sampling
 
standard procedures,
 
including extensive
Quality
 
Assurance
 
(QA)and
 
Quality
 
Control
 
(QC)
 
procedures.
 
In
 
addition,
 
the
 
geologist
 
and
 
drilling
supervisor count
 
ed the
 
rods after
 
each hole
 
had intersected
 
the soil
 
to confirm
 
the borehole
 
depths.
Where samples were split, quartering was done by the
 
geologist on-site to ensure the representativity of
these samples.
The samples were assigned unique sample identification numbers and
 
tagged before being submitted
to the
 
laboratory. In
 
addition, for
 
each sample
 
batch, QC
 
samples were
 
submitted to
 
the laboratory.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
55
The RVN Group geologists
 
prepared sample submission sheets that
 
accompanied the samples. Records
of the sample data were captured in a database.
The RVN Group monitored the
 
drilling and sampling process. Logging
 
was qualitative in nature, except
for sample intervals. All drill holes were logged in entirety
 
from top to bottom on-site.
As drilling progressed, the spiral for auger and rods for RC
 
drilling were cleaned after every drilling run to
prevent sample contamination.
7.13.1
 
Logging
Drill
 
holes
 
were
 
logged
 
on-site
 
by
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
geologist
 
using
 
the
 
individual
 
1.5m
 
samples
 
taken
throughout the drill hole. Samples were classified according to whether they were slimes or soil, moist or
wet and on color.
Logging
 
was
 
done
 
on-site
 
as
 
hard
 
copy
 
handwritten
 
logs,
 
then
 
later
 
captured
 
electronically
 
into
Microsoft Excel.
7.13.2
 
Sampling
Every
 
drill
 
hole
 
was
 
sampled
 
at
 
1.5m
 
intervals
 
for
 
the
 
entire
 
length
 
of
 
the
 
hole.
 
The
 
samples
 
were
immediately
 
bagged
 
and
 
tagged
 
on
 
site. Sampling
 
(plastic)
 
bags
 
were labelled
 
and
 
tagged
 
with
 
a
sample book tag. The drill
 
log and sample book were
 
regularly checked against the
 
drill hole depth as
drilling proceeded so as to ensure compatibility.
Samples were noted as “dry”, “moist” or “wet”
 
in the drill log and sample book.
The
 
responsible
 
geologist
 
planned
 
sample
 
numbers
 
and
 
the
 
QC
 
samples
 
in
 
a
 
Microsoft
 
Excel
spreadsheet and assigned them to the appropriate
 
sample interval.
The RVN Group safely and carefully collected, secured and transported the samples
 
from the site so as
to avoid contamination and sample loss.
All
 
the
 
samples
 
were
 
presented
 
to
 
the
 
laboratory
 
in
 
a
 
well-organized
 
and
 
sorted
 
manner
 
with
 
easily
understandable documentation, including a fully
 
completed Sample Submission Form.
7.14
 
Sample Recovery
Samples
 
recovered
 
from
 
the
 
TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dump
 
material
 
were
 
mostly
 
moist
 
and
 
fine-grained.
 
The
sample size was visually checked on-site to ensure they were of
 
a similar size and sufficient quantity. The
gold grade did not show a definable relationship with sample weights.
 
The QP considered the recovery
and sample quality satisfactory for further evaluation.
7.15
 
On-site Security Measures
Access to the drill sites
 
was restricted to the drilling and
 
The RVN Group teams. Any
 
unauthorized access
to the drill
 
sites was prohibited.
 
Drilling sites were
 
demarcated by danger
 
tape and no
 
visitors could cross
the demarcated area unless
 
authorized by the QP.
 
Once samples were packed
 
and the bags closed,
no one was allowed to open the bags.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
56
7.16
 
Collar Survey Data
A qualified
 
surveyor from
 
Geografix surveyed
 
the drill
 
hole collar
 
positions using
 
total station
 
surveying
equipment and differential GPS instruments. The accuracy
 
of the method was within a 10cm range.
Collar positions were plotted on the satellite images to verify positions and collars plots were inspected.
Elevations were compared to the topographic survey.
 
Collar positions were verified to be accurate.
The QP is satisfied with the surveying methodology followed. The surveys were performed by a qualified
surveyor
 
who
 
has
 
sufficient
 
experience
 
to
 
undertake
 
the
 
task.
 
The
 
surveys
 
were
 
considered
 
to
 
be
 
of
adequate quality for use in the evaluations of the TSFs.
No downhole survey measurements were taken as the drill holes were shallow and vertical,
 
and the QP
anticipated no deviations.
7.17
 
Density Determination
Bulk densities on the TSFs were measured in situ by Letsatsi Materials Engineering (Proprietary) Limited (a
South
 
African
 
National
 
Accreditation
 
System
 
(SANAS)
 
accredited
 
institution
 
for
 
engineering
 
materials
testing)
 
using
 
a
 
Troxler
 
densitometer
 
between
 
September
 
2020
 
and
 
January
 
2021.
 
The
 
bulk
 
density
measurements
 
included compaction rates and moisture content. The use of densitometers on TSFs and
sand
 
dumps
 
is
 
common
 
practice,
 
as
 
TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dumps
 
are
 
engineered
 
features
 
with
 
consistent
physical properties.
 
The density
 
of the TSF
 
is directly
 
proportional to
 
the compaction
 
rate and material
property. As
 
the moisture
 
content increases,
 
density
 
decreases and
 
vice
 
versa. The
 
compaction
 
rate
and
 
material
 
property
 
do
 
not
 
vary
 
significantly
 
with
 
depth
 
(TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dumps
 
are
 
largely
homogeneous);
 
thus,
 
measurements
 
taken
 
at
 
any
 
depth
 
(>10cm)
 
are
 
representative
 
of
 
the
 
TSF
 
and
sand dump compartments.
Density measurement points were prepared and measurements
 
were taken per TSF or sand dump. The
points
 
were
 
well
 
spread.
 
Preparation
 
of points
 
involved
 
removing
 
the
 
topmost
 
5cm
 
to
 
10cm
 
of loose
material and flattening (levelling) the
 
surface. Measurements were taken at
 
150mm and 300mm depths
per point. As part of quality control, some points are measured
 
more than once.
The statistics of the density measurements are presented
 
in Table 7.2.
The average bulk densities determined
 
for the TSFs or sand dump were
 
slightly higher than the
 
1.42t/m
3
that Ergo uses for the TSFs or sand dump they are mining.
The mean tests showed that the density is more than 1.42t/m
3
with a 95% confidence level. Confidence
intervals for the densities indicated,
 
with a 95% confidence level, that the mean density applied at Ergo
is within the range. The QP decided to
 
continue using a lower mean density of 1.42t/m
3
 
as it is within the
95% confidence and prediction intervals, passed the mean test. In addition,
 
Ergo has been successfully
applying 1.42t/m
3
 
in their mining production reconciliation for more than
 
15 years.
The
 
QP
 
is
 
satisfied
 
using
 
a
 
1.42t/m
3
 
mean
 
dry
 
bulk
 
density
 
for
 
all
 
the
 
TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dumps
 
with
 
the
understanding of the upside potential if the mean
 
density is later determined to be higher.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
57
Table 7.2:
 
Bulk Density Information and Statistics
Reclamation Site
TSF/Sand Dump
Number
of
Samples
Mean Density
(t/m
3
)
Standard Deviation
(t/m
3
)
Minimum
(t/m
3
)
Maximum
(t/m
3
)
CoV***
Crown Complex
3L5
60
1.479
0.044
1.353
1.567
0.03
3L7
60
1.443
0.020
1.381
1.485
0.01
3L8
32
1.397
0.028
1.331
1.440
0.02
City Deep Complex
4L3
20
1.419
0.078
1.214
1.560
0.05
4L4
20
1.456
0.031
1.410
1.522
0.02
4L6*
-
-
-
-
-
-
Knights Complex
4L14*
-
-
-
-
-
-
4L50
30
1.624
0.040
1.531
1.711
0.02
Ergo Complex
7L15
30
1.513
0.035
1.443
1.591
0.02
Rooikraal
90
1.457
0.051
1.350
1.602
0.04
Marievale Complex
7L4
60
1.457
0.033
1.405
1.526
0.02
7L5
30
1.434
0.047
1.360
1.520
0.03
7L6
60
1.453
0.060
1.335
1.595
0.04
7L7
60
1.461
0.032
1.374
1.548
0.02
Grootvlei Complex
6L16
60
1.543
0.060
1.384
1.643
0.04
6L17
59
1.499
0.038
1.420
1.592
0.03
6L17A
58
1.490
0.044
1.402
1.606
0.03
5A10/5L27 Sand
Dumps
5A10/5L27
30
1.529
0.037
1.468
1.596
0.02
Daggafontein TSF
Daggafontein
58
1.511
0.058
1.394
1.687
0.04
Total
817
1.480**
0.043
1.214
1.711
0.03
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
*no measurements were taken due to access
 
problems
**weighted average
***CoV is the abbreviation for Coefficient of Variation
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
58
7.18
 
Hydrological Drilling and Test Work
No hydrogeological studies were completed.
However, some relevant hydrological data
 
was captured during
 
drilling and logging by
 
The RVN Group.
The RVN Group logs have moisture
 
content recorded (i.e., dry,
 
moist, wet or watery). Additionally, Ergo
installed
 
piezometers
 
in
 
some
 
larger
 
TSFs
 
(Crown
 
Complex
 
and
 
Daggafontein
 
TSF)
 
to
 
monitor
 
water
levels.
 
Smaller
 
TSFs
 
are
 
considered
 
low
 
risks
 
as
 
they
 
are
 
dormant
 
and
 
mostly
 
moist
 
to
 
dry;
 
thus,
 
no
piezometers were installed.
7.18.1
 
Crown Complex
The QP has classified the GMTS TSF as moist
 
to wet and Diepkloof and Mooifontein TSFs
 
are classified as
dry to moist (Table 7.3, Table 7.4 and Table 7.5).
Table 7.3:
 
GMTS (3L8) Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
27.0
Dry
27.0
54.0
Moist
54.0
58.5
Wet
58.5
61.5
Watery
61.5
64.5
Wet
64.5
67.5
Watery
67.5
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.4:
 
Diepkloof (3L5) Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
21.0
Dry
21.0
45.0
Moist
45.0
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.5:
 
Mooifontein (3L7) Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
30.5
Dry
30.5
36.0
Moist
36.0
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
59
7.18.2
 
City Deep Complex
The QP classified the City Deep Complex as moist (Table
 
7.6, Table 7.7 and Table 7.8).
Table 7.6:
 
4L3 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From (m)
To (m)
0.0
31.5
Moist
31.5
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.7:
 
4L4 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
The Base of the TSF
Moist
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.8:
 
4L6 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
13.5
Moist
13.5
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
7.18.3
 
Knights Complex
The QP classified the Knights TSFs as moist (Table
 
7.9 and Table 7.10).
Table 7.9:
 
4L14 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
4.5
Dry
4.5
12.0
Moist
 
12.0
25.0
Wet
25.0
30.0
Moist
30.0
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
60
Table 7.10:
 
4L50 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
16.5
Moist
16.5
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
7.18.4
 
Ergo Complex
The
 
QP
 
classified
 
the
 
Rooikraal
 
TSF
 
as
 
moist
 
to
 
wet
 
(Table
 
7.11
 
to
 
Table
 
7.12).
 
The
 
TSF
 
is
 
moist
 
to
 
wet
because it is situated closer to the wetland. The 7L15 TSF is
 
moist.
Table 7.11:
 
Rooikraal Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
12.0
Moist
 
12.0
13.5
Dry
13.5
22.5
Wet
22.5
The Base of the TSF
 
Watery
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.12:
 
7L15 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
19.5
Moist
19.5
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
7.18.5
 
Marievale Complex
The QP classified
 
the Marievale
 
TSFs as moist
 
to wet (Table
 
7.13, Table 7.14,
 
Table 7.15 and
 
Table 7.16).
The
 
TSF
 
is
 
moist
 
to
 
wet
 
because
 
it
 
is
 
situated
 
closer
 
to
 
the
 
Blesbokspruit.
 
All
 
TSFs
 
are
 
east
 
of
 
the
Blesbokspruit.
Table 7.13:
 
7L4: Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
6.0
Moist
6.0
10.5
Wet
10.5
The Base of the TSF
Watery
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
61
Table 7.14:
 
7L5: Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
1.5
Dry
1.5
12.0
Moist
12.0
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.15:
 
7L6: Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
4.5
Dry
4.5
15.0
Moist
15.0
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.16:
 
7L7: Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
6.0
Dry
6.0
10.5
Moist
10.5
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
7.18.6
 
Grootvlei Complex
The
 
QP
 
classified
 
the
 
Grootvlei
 
TSFs
 
as
 
wet
 
(Table
 
7.17,
 
Table
 
7.18
 
and
 
Table
 
7.19).
 
The
 
TSFs
 
are
 
wet
because they are situated closer to the Blesbokspruit wetland area. The
 
6L17 and 6L17A TSFs are east of
the Blesbokspruit,
 
while the 6L16 TSF is located to the west.
Table 7.17:
 
6L16 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
7.5
Moist
 
7.5
24.5
Wet
24.5
The Base of the TSF
 
Watery
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
62
Table 7.18:
 
6L17 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
4.5
Dry
4.5
18.0
Moist
18.0
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 7.19:
 
6L17A Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
13.5
Dry
13.5
The Base of the TSF
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
7.18.7
 
5A10/5L27
The QP classified
 
the 5A10/5L27 sand dumps
 
as moist to
 
dry sand dumps. This
 
is because courser
 
grained
sand does not trap water like the finer grained tailings
 
slime (Table 7.20).
Table 7.20:
 
5A10/5L27 Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
The Base of the TSF
Moist
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
7.18.8
 
Daggafontein TSF
Daggafontein TSF
 
has water
 
on the
 
surface.
 
The QP
 
classified
 
it as
 
wet. It
 
was estimated
 
that at
 
least
one million cubic meters of water are on top of Daggafontein
 
TSF (Table 7.21).
Table 7.21:
 
Daggafontein Moisture Content
Average Depth
Moisture Content Commentary
From
(m)
To
(m)
0.0
12.0
Dry
12.0
16.0
Moist
16.0
19.5
Wet
19.5
30.0
Watery
30.0
The Base of the TSF
 
Wet
The Base of the TSF
Soil
Moist
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
63
7.19
 
Geotechnical Data, Testing and Analysis
No geotechnical testing and sampling were completed
 
on the TSFs and sand dumps.
However,
 
stability
 
assessment
 
studies
 
were
 
completed
 
on
 
the
 
TSFs
 
with
 
a
 
greater
 
than
 
60Mt
 
Mineral
Resource. In 2019, stability assessments were conducted on
 
Daggafontein TSF and Crown Complex TSFs
by Lutails Engineering (Proprietary) Limited. No studies
 
were completed on other the TSFs
 
or sand dumps
as they are small, dormant)
 
and pose a low geotechnical stability risk.
The following were observed on the Daggafontein
 
TSF:
●
there was no seepage anywhere around the toe of the
 
TSF;
●
some of the catchment paddocks,
 
where they still exist, are quite silted and should be cleaned
or re-shaped during a rehabilitation process;
 
●
the filter drains were mostly open but in need of jet-rodding
 
to remove sedimentation;
 
and
 
●
there was water visible on the top surface.
On the Crown Complex TSFs, the following conclusions
 
were made:
●
there
 
are
 
adequate
 
controls
 
on
 
the
 
TSFs
 
to
 
prevent
 
stormwater
 
damage,
 
with
 
no
 
significant
spillages having occurred over the past few years;
●
the potential
 
for wind-blown
 
dust has been
 
ameliorated through
 
ridge ploughing
 
of the basins
and due to the presence of well-established vegetation;
●
vegetation has been established on most side slopes thereby reducing water and wind erosion.
There have been
 
no reports
 
of significant
 
spillages from the
 
Crown Complex
 
over the past
 
few
years;
●
most of
 
the filter
 
drain
 
outlets
 
are no
 
longer
 
operational,
 
and recorded
 
drain
 
flow is
 
therefore
only a fraction
 
of what it
 
was. Despite the
 
outlet pipe losses,
 
the is very
 
little evidence of
 
seepage
from the toe of the TSF; and
●
most of the
 
standpipe piezometers
 
are no
 
longer operational.
 
Those remaining
 
show a drop
 
in
piezometric levels,
 
albeit it less than reasonably expected.
Hydrogeological
 
advice
 
is
 
obtained
 
prior
 
to
 
mining
 
activities
 
as
 
the
 
combination
 
of
 
high
 
moisture
content and fine particles could, during mining activities, result in liquefaction and mud
 
rush conditions.
A risk
 
assessment is undertaken
 
when commencing mining
 
of a
 
TSFs or
 
sand dump to
 
avoid slope failures.
Ergo and their mining contractors have procedures to ensure safe mining and loading of TSFs and sand
dumps which can be as high as 70m.
Ergo had not reported any
 
significant slope failures associated
 
with the retreatment operations
 
of their
TSFs or sand dumps in the past 15 years.
The QP
 
is satisfied
 
that the
 
stability studies
 
of the
 
TSFs are
 
sufficient and
 
meet the
 
requirements for
 
the
intended purpose.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p80i2 exhibit962p80i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
64
8
 
Sample Preparation, Analyses and Security
8.1
 
Sampling Governance and Quality Assurance
The RVN
 
Group
 
used its
 
standard
 
procedures
 
for
 
data
 
collection,
 
analysis,
 
validation
 
and
 
storage.
 
In
addition, regular
 
planned task
 
observations of
 
procedures and
 
their implementations
 
are undertaken
to
 
ensure
 
compliance
 
and
 
appropriateness
 
for
 
the
 
drilling
 
program.
 
Training
 
and
 
planned
 
task
observations are provided by the QP.
The sample chain of custody is managed by experienced
 
geologists from The RVN Group.
The QP is satisfied with the QA and QC protocols in
 
place.
8.2
 
Sample Preparation and Analysis
8.2.1
 
On-site Sample Preparation
All samples were
 
halved on-site by a
 
geologist through the cone
 
and quartering method as
 
the samples
were too
 
moist or
 
wet to
 
use a
 
riffle splitter,
 
which has
 
the potential
 
to introduce
 
cross-contamination
and bias. The cone and
 
quartering method does
 
not introduce a systematic
 
bias as it involves pouring
each sample on a clean, flattened bag (1.0m-by-0.5m).
The quartering method is considered appropriate for the TSF material as TSF samples are homogeneous
due
 
to
 
the
 
deposition
 
procedure.
 
Figure
 
8.1
 
shows
 
the
 
cone
 
and
 
quartering
 
methodology
 
followed.
One half is for the metallurgical test and the other half
 
is for a routine exploration sample.
Figure 8.1:
 
Cone and Quartering Method
Source: Modified after Alakangas, 2015
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
65
Sorting of samples took place on the TSFs and at the
 
storage site at Ergo.
Where
 
a
 
field
 
duplicate
 
was
 
required,
 
a
 
selected
 
routine
 
exploration
 
sample
 
underwent
 
a
 
further
quartering process.
To maintain
 
validity and
 
integrity of
 
samples and
 
as part
 
of security
 
measures,
 
only geologists
 
worked
on the samples,
 
and samples were sealed immediately after preparation.
8.2.2
 
Laboratories, Sample Preparation and Analyses
The samples
 
were sent
 
to the
 
following three
 
reputable laboratories for
 
further preparation and
 
assaying:
●
MAED at
 
Ergo’s Plant
 
in
 
Brakpan:
 
The facility
 
is not
 
accredited
 
but it
 
is the
 
laboratory
 
used by
Ergo
 
for
 
its
 
grade
 
control
 
and
 
daily
 
plant
 
samples.
 
MAED
 
is
 
not
 
owned
 
by
 
Ergo,
 
although
 
it
 
is
situated in the Ergo Plant and was supplied with all routine
 
exploration samples for analysis;
●
SGS
 
in
 
Randfontein:
 
SGS
 
is
 
a
 
SANAS
 
accredited
 
facility
 
(T0265)
 
and
 
has
 
been
 
used
 
for
 
the
selected analytical method. Randomly selected check samples
 
(approximately 10% of the total
samples)
 
from MAED were sent to SGS for confirmation. SGS is independent
 
of Ergo;
 
and
●
AngloGold
 
Ashanti
 
Limited
 
Chemical
 
Laboratory
 
(Anglo
 
Lab)
 
in
 
Carletonville:
 
Anglo
 
Lab
analyzed some check samples
 
for 7L15 TSF
 
in 2016 and 2017
 
as a secondary laboratory
 
to MAED.
The
 
laboratory
 
no
 
longer
 
exists
 
and
 
it
 
was
 
not
 
SANAS
 
accredited.
 
The
 
laboratory
 
was
independent of Ergo.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
66
Table 8.1 presents information about where the samples
 
were analyzed.
Table 8.1:
 
Laboratories Used
TSF/Sand Dump
Primary Laboratory
Secondary Laboratory
Crown Complex
3L5
MAED
3L7
MAED
3L8
MAED
City Deep Complex
4L3
MAED
SGS
4L5
MAED
4L6
MAED
Knights Complex
4L14
MAED
SGS
4L50
MAED
SGS
Ergo Complex
Rooikraal
MAED
SGS
7L15
MAED
SGS and Anglo Lab
Marievale Complex
7L4
MAED
7L5
MAED
7L6
MAED
7L7
MAED
Grootvlei Complex
6L16
MAED
SGS
6L17
MAED
SGS
6L17A
MAED
SGS
5A10/5L27 Sand Dump
5A10/5L27
MAED
Daggafontein Complex
Daggafontein
MAED
SGS
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The laboratories sorted and weighed samples
 
on receipts, conducted dry screening to remove
 
foreign
material.
 
Subsequently,
 
the samples
 
were dried
 
at 105
˚
C, then
 
crushed to
 
80% passing
 
2mm, riffle
 
split
and finally pulverized to 75µm before being analyzed.
The selected laboratories follow analytical procedures
 
that are conventional industry practice.
The samples were
 
analyzed for gold
 
by fire
 
assay with gravimetric
 
finish by MAED
 
and Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy (AAS) finish
 
by SGS and
 
Anglo Lab. These
 
methods are conventional and
 
have been used
for more than 50 years
 
with minor adjustments.
 
The methods have a
 
lower detection limit
 
of 0.01g/t Au
and there is no upper detection limit for gravimetric finish.
 
The AAS has a 10g/t Au upper limit. The lower
limit is relevant to the TSFs and sand dumps.
 
The TSFs and sand dumps are processed materials
 
and are
generally low-grade materials
 
with slightly higher grades than ten times the detection limit.
The
 
laboratories
 
were
 
instructed
 
to
 
use
 
a
 
100g
 
aliquot
 
to
 
analyze
 
for
 
gold.
 
Through
 
experience,
 
it
 
is
known that
 
to analyze
 
for gold
 
in low-grade
 
slimes, anything
 
less than
 
a 100g
 
aliquot may
 
report less
accurate results.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
67
8.2.3
 
QP Opinion
The
 
QP
 
is
 
satisfied
 
with
 
the
 
sample
 
preparation,
 
analytical
 
methods
 
and
 
level
 
of
 
cleanliness
 
at
 
the
analytical laboratories.
 
The analytical
 
techniques employed
 
are suited
 
to the
 
mineralization style
 
and
expected grades. The techniques meet the requirements for
 
the intended use.
8.3
 
Analytical Quality Control
8.3.1
 
Nature and Extent of the Quality Control Procedures
A comprehensive
 
QC program
 
comprising
 
reference material,
 
duplicates and
 
commercially
 
sourced
certified
 
blanks
 
were
 
inserted
 
by
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
in
 
a
 
random
 
but
 
stratified
 
manner,
 
at
 
frequencies
targeting
±
10% coverage
 
of all samples.
 
The QC
 
program identifies
 
various aspects
 
of the results
 
that
could negatively influence the subsequent
 
evaluation processes. The QC
 
samples were used to
 
monitor
the sampling, sample preparation and analytical processes. Analysis of QC data
 
is performed to assess
the
 
reliability
 
of
 
all
 
sample
 
assay
 
data
 
and
 
the
 
confidence
 
in
 
the
 
data
 
used
 
for
 
Mineral
 
Resource
estimation.
All QC sample insertions maintained consecutive numerical
 
order. These control samples were inserted
as part
 
of a
 
continuous
 
sample
 
number
 
sequence
 
and
 
the
 
QC samples
 
were not
 
obviously
 
different
from routine samples when
 
the milled material was
 
prepared and analyzed.
 
Applying the QC process,
it
 
was
 
possible
 
to
 
identify
 
samples
 
that
 
have
 
been
 
swapped,
 
gone
 
missing
 
or
 
incorrectly
 
labelled
amongst other aspects.
QC
 
samples
 
were
 
sourced
 
from
 
African
 
Mineral
 
Standards
 
(AMIS)
 
based
 
in
 
Modderfontein,
Johannesburg.
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
ensured
 
that
 
all
 
standards
 
and
 
blanks
 
were
 
stored
 
in
 
sealed
 
containers
 
and
considerable care
 
was taken to
 
ensure that they
 
were not contaminated
 
in any manner
 
(i.e., through
storage in a dusty environment or being placed in
 
a contaminated sample bag, etc.).
Field duplicates were prepared on-site as the TSF
 
material was already loose and fine-grained.
The QC set of samples consisted of:
●
the certified silica blanks (AMIS0484) from AMIS;
●
certified
 
reference
 
materials
 
(CRMs)
 
(AMIS0647
 
with
 
0.17g/t
 
Au,
 
AMIS0299
 
with
 
0.36g/t
 
Au,
AMIS0515 with 0.51g/t Au) from AMIS;
●
standard
 
reference
 
material
 
L-AU015
 
and
 
L-AU16
 
with
 
an
 
average
 
value
 
of
 
0.20g/t
 
Au
 
and
0.30g/t Au, respectively
 
.
 
Standard reference
 
materials
 
with the averages
 
of 0.22g/t Au,
 
0.33g/t
Au and 0.74g/t Au were also used; and
●
field duplicates (prepared through the cone and quartering
 
technique discussed in Item 8.2.1).
From 2021, only CRM
 
were used and the
 
use of inhouse standard
 
reference material was discontinued
as inhouse
 
standards
 
performance
 
was not
 
always
 
consistent.
 
The
 
QP noted
 
that
 
this
 
does not
 
imply
that the previous results
 
were of low quality
 
as rigorous quality
 
control assessments were
 
implemented.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
68
The new
 
procedure
 
of
 
using
 
only
 
CRM
 
with
 
a matched
 
matrix
 
was
 
implemented
 
because
 
the
 
CRMs
come with defined certified values and are easier to monitor.
8.3.2
 
Quality Control Results
Analytical results for the
 
blank and standards are analyzed graphically on
 
control charts to facilitate
 
the
identification of
 
anomalous data
 
points. A
 
sufficient number
 
of standards
 
and blanks
 
are inserted into
the sample stream. If the standard result is reported outside three standard deviations
 
of the certificate
value
–
 
a re-assay would be requested for the whole batch from
 
the laboratory.
8.3.3
 
QP Opinion
In the QP’s opinion, the QC samples covered
 
a reasonable range of grades with respect
 
to the overall
resource grades
 
and no
 
significant bias
 
was observed.
 
The laboratories’
 
analytical data
 
shows overall
acceptable
 
precision
 
and
 
accuracy
 
and
 
no
 
evidence
 
of
 
overwhelming
 
contamination
 
by
 
the
laboratory
 
that
 
would
 
affect
 
the
 
integrity
 
of
 
the
 
data.
 
As
 
a
 
result,
 
the
 
analytical
 
data
 
from
 
the
laboratories is of acceptable integrity and
 
can be relied upon
 
for TSF and sand dump
 
grade estimation.
8.4
 
Sample Storage and Security
Samples were
 
stored at
 
the Archive
 
Store at
 
Ergo’s processing
 
plant in
 
Brakpan. The
 
storage facility
 
is
always locked and
 
has an electric
 
fence to prevent
 
unauthorized entry. Sample
 
rejects and pulps
 
are
stored for six months after all assays are received from the laboratory
 
and then discarded.
8.5
 
Data Storage and Database Management
Procedures are in place to ensure the accuracy and security
 
of the databases.
Laboratories reported results in
 
Microsoft Excel and .pdf
 
formats.
 
The RVN Group
 
copied and pasted the
results into the database. Spot checks were
 
randomly performed to identify copying and pasting errors.
The RVN Group created and validated the database on behalf
 
of Ergo. The database was developed
and validated in Microsoft Excel. The database was sent to
 
Ergo for further use and storage.
The RVN Group compiled the following key digital
 
databases:
●
a drill hole database that includes collar location, assay
 
and geology data;
●
assay quality control data;
●
density data; and
●
process samples information.
The QP is satisfied with
 
data storage and validation
 
.
 
Database management practices
 
adhere to best
practice. The QP is of the opinion that the databases are a fair and accurate
 
record of all drill hole and
assay data.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
69
The RVN
 
Group has
 
saved the
 
information, including
 
the databases,
 
in the
 
cloud as
 
a backup,
 
in line
with the latest technological developments. Additionally,
 
data is stored on external hard drives placed
in
 
different
 
locations.
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
has
 
provided
 
sufficient
 
provisions
 
to
 
ensure
 
the
 
security
 
and
integrity of the data stored in the databases.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
70
9
 
Data Verification
Post-2016:
The QP performed
 
verifications of the
 
data collected.
 
The QP experienced
 
no limitations
 
to
the review, analysis and verification of data.
The QP
 
did compare
 
a selection
 
of the
 
hardcopy logs
 
with the
 
drill holes
 
database and
 
the logs
 
and
database match. The
 
collars were checked by
 
comparing the collars with
 
the topography surface from
the surveyor. Collars were also plotted on Google Earth Pro for confirmation. The collars were
 
accurate.
Logging, surveying
 
and sampling
 
were monitored
 
by the
 
exploration geologists
 
and verified
 
routinely
for
 
consistency.
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
geologists
 
regularly
 
maintain
 
and
 
validate
 
the
 
databases
 
using
validation
 
routines
 
and
 
regularly
 
check
 
the
 
drill
 
hole
 
data
 
visually
 
on-screen.
 
A
 
first
 
check
 
consists
 
of
identifying duplicate sample numbers or lack of
 
sample information. Paper records are stored in
 
a safe
location at Ergo’s Offices.
The QP
 
is of
 
the opinion
 
that the
 
data collection,
 
import and
 
validation workflows
 
are consistent
 
with
industry standards and are of sufficient quality to support
 
the Mineral Resource estimation.
The QP has
 
taken a number of
 
steps to verify
 
the Mineral Resource estimates,
 
including assumptions and
inputs
 
into
 
the
 
estimate
 
and
 
the
 
estimation
 
process
 
itself.
 
The
 
QP
 
checked
 
the
 
volume,
 
density
 
and
grade
 
with
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
QP
 
along
 
with
 
the
 
mine
 
planning
 
specialist,
 
noting
 
that
 
based
 
on
historical information, no dilution or mining loss is applied
 
to the Mineral Resource.
The
 
QP
 
conducts
 
quarterly
 
reconciliations
 
of
 
Run-of-Mine
 
(RoM)
 
grade,
 
tonnage,
 
recovery
(metallurgical
 
assumptions)
 
and
 
other
 
modifying
 
factors
 
from
 
the
 
ongoing
 
mining
 
operations
 
to
demonstrate that
 
the modifying
 
factors applied
 
to the
 
mine plan
 
are as
 
predicted by
 
the geological
block model.
Actual
 
performance
 
for
 
operational
 
mining
 
areas
 
provides
 
a
 
high
 
level
 
of
 
confidence
 
where
 
similar
performance
 
can
 
be
 
expected
 
from
 
future
 
mining
 
areas.
 
The
 
current
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
have
 
not
demonstrated any
 
material differences
 
in the
 
planned and
 
actual modifying
 
factors. The
 
QP is
 
of the
opinion that the data used to estimate the Mineral
 
Reserve is adequate.
Historical:
Sampling and assaying of the TSFs and sand dumps
 
prior to 2016 is essentially the same as
 
the
current work. The only real change noted by the
 
QP is that the sieve size was
 
reduced to 850µm in 2016,
where it
 
was 1,000µm
 
previously.
 
Currently,
 
there is
 
no apparent
 
difference between
 
the results
 
using
these different sieve sizes.
The analytical
 
method is fire
 
assay, a well-established
 
technique used in
 
the South African
 
gold mines.
The methods differed slightly over time and between laboratories, but the results are consistent within a
TSF. Aliquot sizes have been either 100g or 125g, depending
 
on the laboratory used.
Quality control systems are in place in laboratories
 
to monitor accuracy and precision.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
71
10
 
Mineral Processing and Metallurgical Testing
10.1
 
Nature and Extent of the Metallurgical Testing Method
Samples were
 
received from
 
the
 
various drilling
 
exercises in
 
1.5m increments
 
for each
 
hole.
 
Typically,
composites were made
 
over a 15m
 
horizon as
 
this corresponds
 
with the monitoring/mining
 
depth. The
TSFs and sand dumps were generally divided into a top, middle and bottom horizon, depending on the
height of the TSF or
 
sand dump. In the plans, the TSFs
 
were also divided into areas giving distinct domain
samples for metallurgical test work.
10.2
 
Procedure
10.2.1
 
Slime Material
The individual
 
samples were split
 
in two using
 
a blending
 
mat, and cone
 
and quartering methods.
 
The
one half
 
was returned
 
to the
 
sample bag
 
for possible
 
future use
 
and for
 
reference. The
 
other half
 
was
composited as per the areas/horizons or
 
domain alluded to earlier. The composite
 
was well mixed and
sub-samples
 
taken
 
for
 
test
 
work
 
at
 
Ergo
 
Metallurgical
 
Research
 
or
 
at
 
the
 
Maelgwyn
 
South
 
Africa
(Proprietary) Limited’s laboratory.
The proposed
 
processing
 
route for
 
all TSF
 
and sand
 
dump material
 
is hydraulic
 
mining, cyaniding
 
in a
Carbon-in-Leach (CIL) circuit, with
 
the tailings deposited onto
 
another TSF, and then
 
carbon eluted for
gold recovery before being recycled back to the
 
leach.
A standard bottle roll test was done on each composite
 
using the following leaching parameters:
●
samples slurried to a density of 1.45;
●
screened to remove +850µm discard material;
●
head sample was taken for triplicate fire assay;
●
pre-conditioning with lime for one hour to stable pH of 10.5;
●
cyanide added at 0.35kg/t;
●
activated carbon added at 20g/l;
●
leach terminated after seven hours;
●
solids filtered and washed twice and solutions tested for residual
 
reagents and gold content;
●
residue assays done in triplicate.
10.2.2
 
Sand Material
Metallurgical test work
 
was conducted on
 
5A10/5L27 sand dump
 
drilling samples. The
 
objective of the
test
 
work
 
was
 
to
 
validate
 
the
 
gold
 
grades
 
received
 
from
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
Management
 
(MRM)
Department,
 
assess
 
the
 
milling
 
requirements
 
and
 
evaluate
 
the
 
leach
 
kinetics/characteristics
 
of
 
the
material. The dump was partitioned into four sections. The average gold grade received from the MRM
Department for
 
Section 1
 
was 0.62g/t,
 
Section 2
 
was 0.30g/t,
 
Section 3
 
was 0.51g/t
 
and Section
 
4 was
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
72
0.41g/t.
 
The
 
average
 
gold
 
grade
 
obtained
 
from
 
metallurgical
 
research
 
test
 
work
 
for
 
Section
 
1
 
was
0.62g/t, Section 2 was 0.30g/t, Section 3 was 0.51g/t
 
and Section 4 was 0.39g/t.
The samples
 
were milled
 
over varying
 
durations and
 
milling curves
 
plotted to
 
determine the
 
optimum
milling time. The milling curves
 
indicate that the optimum
 
milling duration achieving
 
at least 60% -75µm
is 2.5 hours
 
for Section
 
1 and
 
2 hours
 
for Sections
 
2, 3 and
 
4. Leach
 
tests were
 
then conducted
 
on the
milled product and the results confirm that gold yield increases
 
with increased milling time.
The respective 5A10 material responds well to cyanide leach as desired dissolution of 60% was attained
for all Sections at the above milling durations. Preg-robbing tests were also
 
conducted on material from
Sections 1 and 3 and the results indicate that there
 
is no significant preg-robbing.
10.3
 
Representative of the Samples
Drill holes were drilled on a defined grid down to the soil. The samples
 
received were correctly split and
composited,
 
and are considered to be representative of the various volumes
 
within the TSFs.
10.4
 
Details of the Laboratories
The
 
Ergo
 
Metallurgical
 
Research
 
Laboratory,
 
located
 
in
 
Brakpan
 
inside
 
the
 
Ergo
 
processing
 
plant,
 
is
geared
 
to
 
perform
 
bottle
 
roll
 
testing
 
on
 
a
 
routine
 
basis
 
with
 
skilled
 
technicians.
 
Internal
 
accounting
checks are undertaken to ensure the accuracy of the work done. The laboratory is not accredited and
is the internal test facility for Ergo. The laboratory is
 
not independent of Ergo.
The
 
Maelgwyn
 
South
 
Africa
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited
 
(Maelgwyn)
 
laboratory,
 
situated
 
in
 
Roodepoort,
 
is
accredited for International
 
Organization for Standardization
 
(ISO 9001:2025)
 
to perform gold leaching
test work
 
with their
 
assays analysis
 
conducted by
 
the SGS laboratory
 
,
 
in Randfontein.
 
SGS is
 
an SANAS
accredited facility (T0265) for gold analysis.
Both the Maelgwyn and SGS laboratories are independent
 
of Ergo.
10.5
 
Results
The main assumption was that the laboratory procedure emulates
 
the processing plant and historically
this has
 
been shown
 
to be
 
a fair
 
assumption. To
 
accommodate the
 
dissolved loss
 
encountered in
 
the
processing plant,
 
an allowance of 0.008g/t
 
Au is made to
 
calculate the predicted recovery in
 
the plant.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
73
Table 10.1 presents the results of metallurgical test
 
work.
Table 10.1:
 
Summary of Predicted Ergo Processing Plant Performance
TSF/Sand Dump
Head Au
(g/t)
Washed
Residue Au
(g/t)
Dissolution
Loss Au
(g/t)
Recovery
(%)
Analysis Laboratory
Crown Complex
3L8 (GMTS)
0.25
0.14
0.008
41
Ergo
3L7 (Mooifontein)
0.23
0.13
0.008
40
Ergo
3L5 (Diepkloof )
0.23
0.14
0.008
36
Ergo
City Deep Complex
4L3
0.32
0.12
0.008
60
Ergo
4L4
0.37
0.21
0.008
41
Ergo
4L6
0.31
0.12
0.008
58
Ergo
Knights Complex
4L14
0.28
0.15
0.008
44
Maelgwyn/Ergo
Ergo Complex
4L50
0.26
0.16
0.008
35
Maelgwyn/Ergo
Rooikraal
0.25
0.17
0.008
31
Ergo
7L15
0.28
0.14
0.008
47
Maelgwyn/Ergo
Marievale Complex
7L4
0.29
0.13
0.008
52
Ergo
7L5
0.30
0.19
0.008
34
Ergo
7L6
0.24
0.16
0.008
30
Ergo
7L7
0.34
0.2
0.008
39
Ergo
Grootvlei Complex
6L16
0.25
0.17
0.008
33
Maelgwyn/Ergo
6L17
0.26
0.13
0.008
47
Maelgwyn/Ergo
6L17A
0.26
0.15
0.008
39
Maelgwyn/Ergo
5A10/5L27 Sand Dumps
5A10/5L27
0.49
0.21
0.008
60
Ergo
Daggafontein TSF
Daggafontein
0.25
0.16
0.008
35
Ergo
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
10.6
 
Interpretation of the Results
Table
 
10.1
 
summarizes
 
the
 
metallurgical
 
test
 
work
 
that
 
has
 
been
 
done
 
on
 
the
 
various
 
TSFs
 
and
 
sand
dumps. In
 
the table
 
under the
 
‘comments’
 
column,
 
an indication
 
as to
 
which laboratories
 
carried out
the test work
 
is given. The
 
head grade and
 
washed residue
 
are the results
 
achieved in
 
the laboratory.
In order
 
to predict
 
how the
 
material would
 
respond to
 
treatment in
 
the Ergo
 
processing plant,
 
a dissolved
gold loss
 
of 0.008g/t
 
Au has
 
been applied.
 
In general,
 
the head
 
grades vary
 
between 0.25g/t
 
Au and
0.32g/t Au. The response to cyanidation is varied
 
which could be due to numerous factors.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
74
10.7
 
QP Opinion
In the opinion of
 
the QP, data derived
 
from metallurgical test work is
 
adequate for designing processing
facilities and techniques,
 
and provides suitable
 
grade and recovery predictions
 
for use in
 
the LoM plans.
Confidence is further increased by processing plant performance demonstrated through reconciliation
for over ten years.
The metallurgical process is well tested and utilized by numerous tailings
 
retreatment operators in South
Africa and elsewhere. There were no processing factors
 
or deleterious elements that could significantly
affect potential economic extraction.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
75
11
 
Mineral Resource Estimates
The gold grade estimation was completed using two
 
modelling techniques: Inverse Distance Weighting
(IDW)
 
to
 
the
 
power
 
of
 
2
 
and
 
validation
 
using
 
the
 
Nearest
 
Neighbor
 
(NN)
 
technique.
 
The
 
techniques
reported a similar average global gold grade with no significant conditional bias.
 
The Mineral Resource
estimation
 
was
 
declared
 
using
 
the
 
IDW
 
to
 
the
 
power
 
of 2.
 
The estimation
 
approach
 
was
 
considered
appropriate
 
based
 
on the
 
review
 
of
 
several
 
factors,
 
including
 
the
 
quantity
 
and
 
spacing
 
of available
data, the interpreted
 
control on miner
 
alization,
 
the style and
 
geometry of the
 
mineralization as well
 
as
geological logging
 
and additional
 
information recorded
 
from the drill
 
holes. TSFs
 
and sand
 
dumps are
man-made engineering features which was considered
 
in the estimation process. Ordinary Kriging was
considered
 
unnecessary
 
for
 
TSF
 
and
 
sand
 
dump
 
evaluation
 
as
 
the
 
main
 
aim
 
was
 
to
 
obtain
 
global
averages rather than local variations considering
 
the envisaged or applied mining method.
Mineral Resources were
 
estimated for all
 
the TSFs, and
 
the estimation procedures
 
are similar in
 
approach
for all the
 
TSFs and sand
 
dumps. However,
 
each TSF and
 
sand dump is
 
treated as a
 
separate entity
 
as
each has differences due to data distribution and characteristic of the material. Estimation procedures
and parameters are given individually per TSF or sand
 
dump.
All tailings material
 
is above the
 
current land surface
 
and continuity of
 
grade within
 
the TSFs is
 
defined
based on +/-100m
 
drill hole spacing.
 
The tailings material
 
has been processed
 
through a metallurgical
treatment plant
 
that ejects
 
a waste
 
residue that
 
is relatively
 
uniform when
 
compared with
 
the natural
deposit from which the material
 
is derived. The variation between
 
samples and drill hole is
 
small (0.1g/t
to 1.0g/t) in comparison
 
to in situ gold
 
deposits. However, the
 
percentage difference may
 
be huge as
is the case with trace elements.
Datamine’s
 
Studio
 
RM
 
geological
 
modelling
 
software
 
was
 
used
 
as
 
the
 
modelling
 
tool.
 
Most
 
of
 
the
statistical and geostatistical
 
study was completed
 
using SAS JMP
 
Pro and the
 
RStudio, an open-source
integrated
 
development
 
environment
 
for
 
“R”,
 
a
 
programing
 
language
 
for
 
advanced
 
statistical
computing and graphics.
Mineral Resource
 
estimates are not
 
Mineral Reserves and
 
do not
 
have demonstrated
 
economic viability.
There is no
 
certainty that all or
 
any part of
 
the Mineral Resource will
 
be converted into
 
a Mineral Reserve.
The Mineral Resource estimates for all the TSFs and
 
a sand dump are declared as follows:
●
the point of reference is
in situ
. The TSFs or sand dumps themselves are the reference
 
points;
●
no
 
geological
 
or
 
other
 
losses
 
were
 
applied
 
as
 
all
 
material
 
is
 
accessible
 
and
 
there
 
are
 
no
geological structures;
●
Mineral
 
Resource
 
estimates
 
are
 
stated
 
as
 
both
 
inclusive
 
and
 
exclusive
 
of
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
as
defined in Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K; and
●
the Mineral Resource is 100% attributable to Ergo. DRDGOLD,
 
the registrant, owns 100% of Ergo.
Item 11.1 to Item
 
11.7 present the methodology followed
 
a similar methodology for all the
 
TSFs and sand
dumps. Item 11.9 to Item 11.16 provides detail for
 
each complex,
 
TSF or sand dump.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
76
The 79 smaller TSFs and clean-up material contribute about 11% of the total Mineral Resource estimates
by
 
tonnage.
 
The
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
estimates
 
in
 
these
 
smaller
 
dumps
 
pose
 
a
 
less
 
than
 
material
 
risk
 
to
Ergo. Their Mineral Resource
 
was estimated from survey information
 
,
 
production and/or historical
 
data,
applying straight arithmetic average
 
s
 
as the TSFs or clean-up
 
sites are too small to be
 
evaluated by 3D
modelling. The QP considered the inclusion
 
of the TSFs and
 
clean-up operations as appropriate and has
conducted verification
 
checks to
 
support their
 
inclusion.
 
The Mineral
 
Resource estimates
 
of these
 
TSFs
and clean-up operations are not discussed
 
individually,
 
but they are part of the total
 
Mineral Resource
for Ergo.
11.1
 
Volume Modelling
For all significant TSFs, three-dimensional (3D) modelling
 
was completed using drill hole information and
survey data. Volumes were
 
estimated using a top
 
surface defined by a
 
ground survey and
 
associated
digital terrain model. The bases
 
of the TSFs were
 
defined by the drill hole
 
data and the edges of
 
the TSFs.
All
 
drill
 
holes
 
were drilled
 
to intersect
 
soil at
 
the
 
base of
 
the
 
TSFs. The
 
block
 
models were
 
constructed
inside of this volume. Tonnages and grades were then
 
extracted from the block models.
11.2
 
Bulk Dry Density
An average dry bulk density of 1.42t/m
3
 
described in Item 7.17 was applied to all the
 
TSFs and the sand
dumps. The tons were reported as dry tons.
11.3
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
 
Exploratory data analysis
 
was done on
 
raw and composited
 
gold data. Samples were
 
collected at 1.5m
intervals.
 
For
 
IDW
 
estimation
 
method,
 
the
 
sample
 
lengths
 
were
 
adequate.
 
The
 
samples
 
were
 
further
composited to 6m to allow for NN estimation
 
as the modelled blocks were 6m high
 
to represent bench
height.
 
Samples
 
were
 
composited
 
based
 
on
 
mean
 
sea
 
level
 
to
 
mimic
 
deposition.
 
This
 
allowed
 
for
estimations to be carried out based on the levels.
The requirement for
 
high-grade capping
 
was assessed to
 
ascertain the reliability
 
and spatial clustering
of
 
the
 
high-grade
 
data.
 
The
 
steps
 
completed
 
as
 
part
 
of
 
the
 
high-grade
 
capping
 
assessment
 
are
summarized below:
●
review of the data to identify any
 
data that deviates from the general
 
data distribution. This was
completed using histograms and log probability plots;
●
review of plots comparing the
 
contribution to the mean and
 
standard deviation of the highest-
grade data; and
●
visual review in 3D to allow assessment of the clustering
 
of the higher-grade data.
11.4
 
Estimation Techniques
The estimation was constrained by
 
the mineralization interpretations. The
 
statistical characteristics of the
available
 
sample
 
information
 
and
 
the
 
spatial
 
distribution
 
aided
 
the
 
definition
 
of
 
the
 
estimation
parameters, such as search volume and orientation
 
of the search ellipses.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
77
The
 
IDW
 
(to
 
the
 
power
 
of
 
2)
 
and
 
NN
 
method
 
of
 
estimation
 
were
 
chosen
 
as
 
the
 
most
 
appropriate
methods for evaluation
 
of TSFs and
 
sand dumps,
 
as the dataset
 
for each TSF
 
and sand dump
 
is generally
homogeneous (laterally), grade variations are small due to deposition technique and the drill holes are
well
 
spread
 
and
 
spacing
 
is
 
moderately
 
wide.
 
The
 
methods,
 
when
 
applied
 
appropriately,
 
retain
 
the
grade
 
variation
 
of
 
the
 
deposit,
 
as
 
opposed
 
to
 
an
 
arithmetic
 
average,
 
and
 
is
 
simpler
 
and
 
more
appropriate
 
for
 
TSF
 
or
 
sand
 
dump
 
evaluation
 
than
 
other
 
advanced
 
estimation
 
techniques
 
such
 
as
Ordinary Kriging.
 
These estimation
 
techniques have
 
been found
 
to be
 
reliable by
 
Ergo over
 
the last
 
15 years
 
of mining
TSFs and sand dumps.
Hard
 
domain
 
boundaries
 
were
 
used
 
throughout,
 
preventing
 
samples
 
lying
 
outside
 
the
 
domain
 
from
being
 
used
 
for
 
the
 
estimation
 
meaning
 
slime
 
and
 
soil
 
samples
 
were
 
separated
 
during
 
the
 
estimation
process. A
 
three-pass estimation
 
strategy was
 
applied to
 
each zone,
 
applying an
 
expanded and
 
less
restrictive sample search to the second and subsequent estimation passes
 
and only considering blocks
not previously assigned
 
an estimate. However,
 
more than 80%
 
of the estimates were
 
completed in the
first pass.
 
A record
 
was
 
kept
 
of the
 
number
 
of
 
samples
 
used
 
to
 
estimate
 
the
 
grade
 
into a
 
block.
 
The
variance of each block and the search
 
volume that satisfied the criteria used
 
to select samples for use
in the estimation of each block.
11.5
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
The parent
 
block size
 
for all
 
the TSFs
 
and sand
 
dumps was
 
largely based
 
on the
 
average drill
 
spacing
and sample compositing interval.
 
The height of the
 
original dump benches is
 
approximately 5m to 6m.
The parent
 
block size
 
is selected
 
to estimate
 
the deposit
 
approximates
 
half the
 
drill hole
 
spacing and
maps the bench height. Sub-blocking was allowed for a good
 
volume definition.
11.6
 
Model Validation
A
 
routine
 
validation
 
process
 
was
 
followed
 
for
 
all
 
the
 
TSFs
 
and
 
sand
 
dumps.
 
All
 
relevant
 
statistical
information was recorded to enable validation and
 
review of the estimates.
The recorded information included:
●
the number of samples used per block estimate;
●
average distance to samples per block estimate;
●
estimation flag to determine in which estimation
 
pass a block was estimated;
 
and
●
the number of drill holes
 
from which composite data were used
 
to complete the block estimate.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
78
The estimates were reviewed visually and
 
statistically prior to being accepted. The review
 
included the
following activities:
●
comparison of
 
volume estimates
 
between the
 
block model,
 
the 3D
 
wireframe model
 
and the
surveyor's report;
●
check
 
for global
 
bias
 
through
 
comparison
 
of the
 
estimate
 
versus
 
the
 
mean
 
of the
 
composite
dataset, including weighting where appropriate to account
 
for data clustering;
●
histogram comparison of grade block distribution versus composite
 
grade distribution;
●
visual checks of cross-sections, long-sections and
 
plans;
 
and
●
where
 
production
 
data
 
was
 
available,
 
reconciliation
 
was
 
carried
 
out
 
as
 
part
 
of
 
the
 
model
validation process.
Alternative estimates were
 
also completed to test
 
the sensitivity of the
 
reported model to
 
the selected
interpolation
 
parameters.
 
An
 
insignificant
 
amount
 
of
 
variation
 
in
 
overall
 
grade
 
was
 
noted
 
in
 
the
alternate
 
estimations.
 
The
 
results
 
were
 
satisfactory
 
for
 
the
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy
 
anticipated
 
for
 
TSF
evaluation.
11.7
 
Technical and Financial Parameters
In determining the cut-off grades of the Mineral Resources, the QP applied the data presented in Table
11.1.
The QP considered
 
the gold price
 
,
 
exchange rate and
 
working cost per
 
ton (long-term
 
prices as at
 
30
June
 
2022),
 
as
 
applied
 
reasonable
 
for
 
use
 
in
 
declaring
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resources.
 
Justification
 
for
 
the
financial parameters used is detailed in Item 16. Additional technical parameters per TSF or sand dump
are
 
presented
 
in
 
the
 
relevant
 
items.
 
The
 
QP
 
considered
 
both
 
technical
 
and
 
financial
 
parameters
(infrastructure, mine design and planning,
 
processing plant, environmental compliance and permitting)
to justify the reasonable prospects for
 
economic extraction. All complexes except Crown and Grootvlei
Complexes have
 
studies done
 
to a
 
PFS level
 
of accuracy
 
(i.e., +/-
 
25%). For
 
the Crown
 
and Grootvlei
Complexes,
 
initial assessments were completed.
Table 11.1:
 
Financial and Technical Data considered for Mineral Resource
Element
Unit
Value
Mineral Resource Gold Price
USD/oz
1,823
Mineral Resource Gold Price
ZAR/kg
914,294
Exchange Projection
ZAR/USD
15.60
Working Costs per Ton (slimes)
ZAR/t
70.76
Working Costs per Ton (sand)
ZAR/t
204.46
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
The QP has considered
 
that Ergo does not
 
selectively mine a
 
TSF. The average grade
 
of the TSF is used
to determine whether or
 
not a TSF is mined
 
in its entirety.
 
Where the average grade
 
of the TSF is above
the cut-off grade
 
,
 
all the
 
material in
 
the TSF or
 
sand dump
 
is considered
 
to be
 
mined. The
 
QP applied
no block cut-off.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
79
A
 
cut-off
 
grade
 
is
 
also
 
determined
 
per
 
TSF
 
or
 
sand
 
dump.
 
A
 
TSF
 
may
 
report
 
an
 
average
 
gold
 
grade
below a
 
cut-off grade,
 
but when
 
included in
 
a complex,
 
the total
 
complex should
 
be above
 
the cut-
off grade. See
 
Table 11.2 for
 
the cut-off information.
 
The QP determined
 
cut-off grades using
 
the formula
presented in Item 12.2.
Table 11.2:
 
Mineral Resource
 
Estimate Cut-off Grades
TSF/Sand Dump
Recovery
Cut-off Grade
(%)
(g/t)
Crown Complex
3L8 (GMTS)
41
0.189
3L7 (Mooifontein)
40
0.193
3L5 (Diepkloof)
36
0.215
Average for the Complex
0.199
City Deep Complex
4L3
60
0.129
4L4
41
0.189
4L6
58
0.133
Average for the Complex
0.150
Knights Complex
4L14
44
0.176
4L50
35
0.221
Average for the Complex
0.199
Ergo Complex
Rooikraal
33
0.235
7L15
47
0.165
Average for the Complex
0.200
Marievale Complex
7L4
52
0.149
7L5
34
0.228
7L6
30
0.258
7L7
39
0.198
Average for the Complex
0.208
Grootvlei Complex
6L16
33
0.235
6L17
47
0.165
6L17A
39
0.198
Average for the Complex
0.199
5A10/5L27 Sand Dump
5A10/5L27
55
0.407
Daggafontein TSF
Daggafontein
35
0.221
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The following statements apply
 
to all Mineral Resources tables:
●
Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves;
●
Mineral Resources are reported inclusive and exclusive
 
of Mineral Reserves;
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
80
●
Mineral Resources have been reported in accordance
 
with Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K;
●
Mineral
 
Resources
 
were
 
estimated
 
using
 
the
 
USD1,823/oz,
 
ZAR15.60/USD
 
and
 
ZAR914,294/kg
financial parameters;
●
the recovery information is presented in Table 11.2;
●
the reference point is
in situ
;
●
a troy ounce = 31.1034768g;
 
and
●
quantities
 
and
 
grades
 
were
 
rounded
 
to
 
reflect
 
the
 
accuracy
 
of
 
the
 
estimates;
 
any
 
apparent
errors are insignificant.
11.8
 
Uncertainties and Classification Criteria
Definitions
 
for
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
categories
 
used
 
in
 
this
 
report
 
are
 
those
 
defined
 
by
 
the
 
Security
 
and
Exchange
 
Commission in
 
Subpart 1300
 
of Regulation
 
S-K. Mineral
 
Resource Estimates
 
are
 
classified
 
to
reflect
 
the
 
increased
 
level
 
of
 
geological
 
confidence
 
into
 
Inferred,
 
Indicated
 
and
 
Measured
 
Mineral
Resource categories.
By
 
their
 
nature,
 
all
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
estimates
 
carry
 
an
 
inherent
 
amount
 
of
 
risk
 
and
 
uncertainty
depending on
 
various factors,
 
including interpretation
 
of data,
 
drilling data
 
quality, uncertainty
 
in the
survey and metallurgical test work data collected and the modelling process.
 
However, Ergo has been
in operation for more than 20 years treating TSFs and sand
 
dumps and has sufficiently mitigated Mineral
Resource
 
risks
 
through
 
obtaining
 
sufficient
 
sampling
 
information.
 
Some
 
uncertainties
 
were
 
resolved
through reconciliations,
 
process improvement and the use of experienced personnel in data collection
and interpretation.
The
 
QP
 
based
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
categorization
 
on
 
the
 
robustness
 
of
 
the
 
various
 
data
 
sources
available,
 
the
 
confidence
 
of
 
the
 
geological
 
interpretation
 
and
 
various
 
estimation
 
parameters
 
(e.g.,
distance
 
to
 
data,
 
number
 
of
 
data,
 
maximum
 
search
 
radii
 
etc.)
 
and
 
reconciliation
 
data
 
where
 
it
 
is
available.
 
The QP considers
 
the Mineral
 
Resource classification
 
as a function
 
of the confidence
 
of the
whole
 
process
 
from
 
drilling,
 
sampling,
 
geological
 
understanding
 
and
 
variables
 
relationships.
 
TSFs
 
and
sand dumps are evaluated
 
individually and there
 
are no blanket
 
classification parameters as
 
TSFs and
sand dumps
 
are different
 
.
 
However, drill
 
hole spacing
 
and data
 
quality contribute
 
significantly
 
to the
classification confidence.
Each TSF or sand dump has its classification criteria
 
discussed separately.
The Mineral Resource confidence is assessed via internal peer
 
reviews, with no material issues identified.
Mineral Resources have reasonable prospects for
 
economic extraction and the QP
 
considered a range
of mining, processing, infrastructural, social, environmental
 
and permitting factors.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p97i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
81
11.9
 
Crown Complex
11.9.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
Statistical analysis of data was completed as presented in
 
Figure 11.1 to Figure 11.8. Data was analyzed
as raw, capped and composites. There was
 
no material changed between the data sets. The
 
data sets
show positively skewed distribution.
 
Based on
 
the high-grade
 
cap investigations,
 
high-grade caps
 
were selected
 
and applied
 
to the
 
raw
dataset:
●
3L7 (Mooifontein): gold grades were capped at 0.60g/t;
●
3L8 (GMTS): gold grades were capped at 0.60g/t;
 
and
●
3L5
 
(Diepkloof):
 
two
 
domains
 
(compartments)
 
were
 
modelled
 
and
 
gold
 
grades
 
were
 
also
capped at 0.60g/t.
Capping was only applied to raw data and its impact
 
on the mean was immaterial.
3L5
 
(Diepkloof
 
TSF)
 
was
 
domained
 
into
 
two
 
areas
 
because
 
of
 
physical
 
separation
 
between
 
the
 
two
compartments (Homestead and Diepkloof).
Figure 11.1:
 
3L7 (Mooifontein): Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p98i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p98i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
82
Figure 11.2:
 
3L7 (Mooifontein): Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.3:
 
3L8 (GMTS): Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p99i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p99i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
83
Figure 11.4:
 
3L8 (GMTS): Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.5:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof:
 
Diepkloof):
 
Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p100i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p100i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
84
Figure 11.6:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof:
 
Diepkloof):
 
Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.7:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof:
 
Homestead):
 
Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p101i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
85
Figure 11.8:
 
3L5 (Diepkloof:
 
Homestead):
 
Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.9.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
Half the drill hole spacing
 
was chosen as the block
 
size. Block size of 100m-by-100m-by-6m
 
was chosen
for the TSFs. Sub-celling was allowed for better volume definition.
The sample search parameters are supplied in Table
 
11.3.
Table 11.3:
 
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
TSF
Domain
Estimation
Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
3L7 (Mooifontein)
Mooifontein
1
300
300
6
5
20
2
600
600
12
5
20
3
900
900
18
5
20
3L8 (GMTS)
GMTS
1
400
400
10
4
10
2
800
800
20
4
10
3
1,200
1,200
30
4
10
3L5 (Diepkloof)
Homestead
1
400
400
10
4
10
2
800
800
20
4
10
3
1,200
1,200
30
4
10
Diepkloof
1
400
400
10
4
10
2
800
800
20
4
10
3
1,200
1,200
30
4
10
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
86
11.9.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
11.9.3.1
 
Site Infrastructure
Crown Complex is located
 
in a well-developed area
 
(Johannesburg) with most mining
 
infrastructure in
place.
 
Johannesburg
 
is
 
a
 
megacity
 
and
 
is
 
one
 
of
 
the
 
100
th
 
largest
 
urban
 
cities
 
in
 
the
 
world.
Johannesburg was established in the 1880s following
 
the discovery of gold.
Roads:
Access
 
to
 
the
 
Crown
 
Complex
 
is
 
via
 
the
 
N1
 
highway
 
and
 
a
 
network
 
of
 
the
 
well-maintained
paved road systems.
Power:
Power requirements
 
are primarily
 
for the operation
 
of pumps
 
and site
 
offices. Power
 
is sourced
from
 
the
 
national
 
supplier,
 
the
 
Electricity
 
Supply
 
Commission
 
(Eskom).
 
There
 
is
 
power
 
supply
 
from17#
substation to the surrounding areas and the TSFs.
Site
 
Offices
 
and
 
Workshop:
 
Site
 
offices
 
are
 
typically
 
established
 
by
 
mining
 
contractors
 
as
 
part
 
of
 
the
mining
 
contract.
 
Workshops
 
for
 
maintenance
 
of
 
roads,
 
pumps
 
and
 
pipelines
 
are
 
based
 
at
 
the
 
Ergo
processing plant and no additional infrastructure is required.
Crown Complex is situated in the City of Johannesburg, so
 
other specialized services could be sourced
from the private workshops.
Pumps and Pipelines:
 
Before mining could start, the pump station and pipeline to Ergo processing plant
in Brakpan
 
should be completed.
 
A pipeline of
 
approximately 20km
 
will be required
 
to supply
 
slime to
City Deep. There
 
is already a pipeline
 
infrastructure to transport slime
 
to Ergo Plant from
 
City Deep; this
may need to be upgraded along with a water supply
 
pipeline at a later stage.
Water:
 
Water
 
is
 
required
 
during
 
mining
 
as
 
hydraulic
 
mining
 
method
 
is
 
suitable
 
for
 
Crown
 
Complex.
 
A
Mining
 
Right renewal
 
application
 
has been
 
launched.
 
Crown Complex
 
has
 
the majority
 
of the
 
water
uses authorized and
 
would only require
 
minor amendments, but this
 
would only be able
 
to 100%
 
defined
when the entire
 
scope and design
 
of the project
 
is finalized. Ergo
 
is confident that
 
a water use
 
license
will be issued.
Tailings Deposition
 
Site:
 
Ergo has
 
sufficient tailings
 
deposition capacity
 
at their
 
Brakpan/Withok tailings
deposition facility
 
to accommodate
 
all material
 
from Crown
 
Complex,
 
in addition
 
to the
 
tonnages in
the LoM plan if the final design of
 
the Brakpan/Withok TSF is approved
 
and implemented. Refer to Item
15.7 and 19.3.2 for more detail on deposition plans.
11.9.3.2
 
Mine Design and Planning
Hydraulic
 
mining
 
is
 
suitable
 
for
 
Crown
 
Complex.
 
Hydraulic
 
mining
 
can
 
loosely
 
be
 
defined
 
as
 
the
excavation
 
of
 
material
 
from
 
its
in
 
situ
 
state
 
using
 
water.
 
A
 
stream
 
of
 
water
 
is
 
directed
 
at
 
the
 
tailings
material
 
with
 
the
 
purpose
 
of
 
mechanically
 
breaking
 
and/or
 
softening
 
the
 
material
 
so
 
that
 
it
 
can
 
be
carried away by the
 
water flow. The
 
application or effectiveness of the
 
method is a function
 
of a variety
of factors
 
ranging
 
from
 
the
 
size, velocity
 
and
 
pressure
 
of
 
the
 
water
 
stream
 
to the
 
location,
 
hardness,
particle size and moisture content of the material to be mined.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
87
Hydraulic mining is
 
typically undertaken using
 
100mm or 150mm
 
monitor guns with
 
increased production
achieved
 
by
 
the
 
inclusion
 
of
 
additional
 
units.
 
This
 
provides
 
a
 
high
 
degree
 
of
 
flexibility
 
that
 
allows
simultaneous mining at a number of
 
points over a wide range
 
of production rates. Consequently, grade
blending is readily achievable.
A production rate of 3 x 600kt/m is assumed from Crown
 
Complex due to pipeline capacity.
11.9.3.3
 
Processing Plant
Crown Complex material could be
 
processed at Ergo’s processing plant
 
as discussed in Item
 
10 and the
results
 
presented
 
in
 
Table
 
10.1.
 
The
 
slime
 
material
 
is
 
not
 
significantly
 
different
 
to
 
the
 
slimes
 
material
processed at the Ergo processing plant.
 
The Ergo processing plant details are in Item 14.
11.9.3.4
 
Environmental Compliance and Permitting
A
 
Mining
 
Right
 
renewal
 
application
 
was
 
launched
 
with
 
the
 
DMRE.
 
Compliance
 
and
 
permitting
 
are
discussed in Item 3.2 and 17.
11.9.3.5
 
Initial Assessment Results
The QP’s opinion is that
 
there is a reasonable prospect
 
for economic extraction based on
 
the total mix
of technical and financial factors discussed. A cut-off grade
 
is discussed in Item 12.2.11.7
11.9.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
A
 
list
 
of
 
the
 
criteria
 
used
 
to
 
classify
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
is
 
given
 
in
 
Table
 
11.4.
 
Applying
 
these
confidence
 
levels,
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
classification
 
codes
 
were
 
assigned
 
to
 
the
 
block
 
model.
 
A
 
low
confidence
 
in
 
one of
 
the
 
listed
 
items
 
will
 
mean
 
classification
 
is downgraded
 
to Inferred,
 
a moderate
confidence in at least one item will mean a property
 
is Indicated while all highs mean the property is
 
in
the Measured Mineral Resource category.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
88
Table 11.4:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource
 
Classification
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
RC drilling technique to international standards
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Drill Sample Recovery
The sample recovery was considered satisfactory and was
acceptable for mineral resource estimation
High
Sub-sampling Techniques
and Sample Preparation
Material has previously been processed and quartering was
applied
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available data is of robust quality however there is a relatively high
variability in the lowest grade assays
High
Verification of Sampling
and Assaying
A comprehensive QC program implemented during exploration
High
Location of Sampling
Points
Survey of all collars and TSFs surfaces
High
Data Density and
Distribution
Data points were well spread, though widely spaced.
Approximately 200m-by-200m spacing was followed
Moderate
Database Integrity
Errors identified and rectified
High
Geological Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately
High
Bulk Density
A mean density of 1.42t/m
3
 
was considered reasonable
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation and Modelling
Techniques
NN and Inverse Distance
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The
 
drill
 
hole
 
spacing
 
was
 
approximately
 
200-by-200m
 
on
 
all
 
the
 
TSFs.
 
With
 
this
 
grid,
 
the
 
grade,
 
floor
elevation
 
and
 
TSF
 
geometry
 
were
 
estimated
 
with
 
sufficient
 
confidence
 
to
 
allow
 
the
 
application
 
of
modifying factors in sufficient detail
 
to support mine planning and
 
evaluation of the economic viability
of
 
the
 
TSFs.
 
All
 
TSFs’
 
material
 
was
 
classified
 
as
 
Indicated
 
Mineral
 
Resources.
 
No
 
Measured
 
Mineral
Resource was
 
declared
 
as the
 
drill
 
space is
 
still too
 
wide to
 
conclusively
 
define grade
 
continuity and
volume. No Inferred was declared as drilling provided
 
sufficient information.
The data
 
or supporting
 
information is
 
derived
 
from the
 
adequately
 
detailed
 
and reliable
 
exploration,
sampling
 
and testing
 
and is
 
sufficient to
 
assume
 
geological
 
and grade
 
or quality
 
continuity between
points of observation.
11.9.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
As
 
no
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
was
 
declared,
 
inclusive
 
is
 
equal
 
to
 
exclusive
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
for
 
the
 
Crown
Complex (Table 11.5).
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
89
Table 11.5:
 
Crown Complex Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June
2021 (Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June
2022 (Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Measured Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Mooifontein (3L7)
Indicated
67,559
0.23
499,577
67,559
0.23
499,577
GMTS (3L8)
Indicated
107,450
0.25
863,649
107,450
0.25
863,649
Diepkloof (3L5)
Indicated
97,988
0.23
724,589
97,988
0.23
724,589
Sub-total Indicated Mineral
Resources
272,997
0.24
2,087,815
272,997
0.24
2,087,815
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resources
272,997
0.24
2,087,815
272,997
0.24
2,087,815
Inferred Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
272,997
0.24
2,087,815
272,997
0.24
2,087,815
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.9.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
There was
 
no change
 
in Mineral
 
Resource as
 
no drilling,
 
mining or
 
additional deposition
 
was done
 
on
Crown Complex.
11.9.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The renewal of the Mining Right
 
for the Crown Complex is a
 
risk. The application to renew
 
was launched
in 2014 and
 
Ergo has since
 
been constantly engaging the
 
DMRE. This report
 
has considered section
 
24(5)
of the MPRDA, as amended; as quoted below:
“
A mining right in respect of which
 
an application for renewal has
 
been lodged shall despite its expiry
date remain in force until such time as such application has
 
been granted or refused.
”
The QP classified the overall Mineral Resource risk as medium due
 
to lower grades and permitting status
of the Crown Complex.
In the opinion of the QP, no further technical work is required as the drilling
 
program provided sufficient
data to define continuity.
11.10
 
City Deep Complex
11.10.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
Figure 11.9 to Figure 11.14 show the frequency
 
distributions
 
of the gold grades on 4L3, 4L4
 
and 4L6. Data
was analyzed as
 
raw, capped and composites.
 
There was no
 
material changed between the
 
data sets.
The data sets show positively skewed distribution.
Based on
 
the high-grade
 
cap investigations,
 
high-grade caps
 
were selected
 
and applied
 
to the
 
raw
dataset. A little/insignificant reduction in the available
 
metal is noted.
●
4L3: capped at 0.65g/t Au;
●
4L4: capped at 0.65g/t Au; and
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p106i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
90
●
4L6: capped at 0.50g/t Au.
Figure 11.9:
 
4L3: Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p107i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p107i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
91
Figure 11.10:
 
4L3: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.11:
 
4L4: Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p108i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p108i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
92
Figure 11.12:
 
4L4: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.13:
 
4L6:
Distribution of Raw Gold Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p109i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
93
Figure 11.14:
 
4L6: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.10.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
A block
 
model
 
with
 
100m-by-100m
 
blocks
 
was constructed
 
for
 
4L3, 4L4
 
and
 
4L6 inside
 
the
 
respective
volumes. Tonnages
 
and grades
 
were estimated
 
into the
 
block model.
 
The parent
 
block sizes
 
selected
to estimate
 
the deposit
 
approximates
 
the
 
drill
 
hole
 
spacing.
 
The tailings
 
bench
 
heights
 
are 5m
 
to
 
8m
high. The QP selected 6m in the Z direction for the City
 
Deep Complex to correspond with the average
bench height.
The sample search parameters are supplied in the
 
Table 11.6.
Table 11.6:
 
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
TSF
Estimation Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
4L3
1
400
400
10
4
10
2
800
800
20
4
10
3
1,200
1,200
30
4
10
4L4
1
400
400
10
4
10
2
800
800
20
4
10
3
1,200
1,200
30
4
10
4L6
1
400
400
10
4
10
2
800
800
20
4
10
3
1,200
1,200
30
4
10
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
94
11.10.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
Item 13 to Item 19 were considered in declaring the Mineral
 
Resource estimates.
11.10.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
An additional list of the
 
criteria used by the
 
QP to classify the Mineral
 
Resource estimates in addition
 
to
the
 
statistical
 
parameters
 
is
 
given
 
in
 
Table
 
11.7.
 
Applying
 
these
 
confidence
 
levels,
 
Mineral
 
Resource
classification codes were
 
assigned to the
 
block model. A
 
low confidence in
 
one of the
 
listed items will
mean classification is downgraded to Inferred, a moderate confidence in at least one item will mean a
property is Indicated while all highs mean the property
 
is in the Measured Mineral Resource category.
Table 11.7:
 
Confidence Levels of Key Criteria for Classification
 
of the TSFs Mineral Resources
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
Auger to industry standards
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Drill Sample Recovery
The sample recovery is estimated as >90% and was considered
acceptable for Mineral Resource estimation
High
Sub-sampling
Techniques and
Sample Preparation
Material has previously been processed and was submitted directly
for sampling
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available data is of robust quality
High
Verification of
Sampling and
Assaying
A comprehensive QC program was implemented
High
Location of Sampling
Points
Survey of all collars and TSF surfaces
High
Data Density and
Distribution
Approximately 100m-by-100m spacing was followed
high
Geological
Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation and
Modelling Techniques
Inverse distance used for resource declaration. NN used for validation
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The QP classified
 
the Mineral
 
Resources into the
 
Measured Mineral
 
Resource Category
 
as the drill
 
hole
spacing
 
was
 
tight
 
enough
 
(approximately
 
100m
 
apart)
 
to
 
provide
 
sufficient
 
evidence
 
of
 
grade
continuity and estimate
 
tons with high
 
confidence.
 
No Indicated and
 
Inferred Mineral
 
Resources were
declared.
11.10.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
Table 11.8 to Table 11.9 present Mineral Resources
 
for 4L3, 4L4 and 4L6 as at 30 June 2022.
Table 11.8:
 
City Deep Complex Mineral Resource Estimates
 
(Inclusive)
TSF
Mineral Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
Au
Content
Tons
Au
Content
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
95
(kt)
(g/t)
(oz)
(kt)
(g/t)
(oz)
4L3
Measured
13,134
0.32
135,126
13,134
0.32
135,126
4L4
Measured
4,738
0.32
48,746
4,738
0.32
48,746
4L6
Measured
2,410
0.31
24,020
2,410
0.31
24,020
Sub-total Measured Mineral
Resources
20,282
0.32
207,891
20,282
0.32
207,891
Indicated Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resources
20,282
0.32
207,891
20,282
0.32
207,891
Inferred Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
20,282
0.32
207,891
20,282
0.32
207,891
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 11.9:
 
City Deep Complex Mineral Resource Estimates
 
(Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
4L3
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
4L4
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
4L6
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured
Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Inferred Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.10.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
There was no
 
change in
 
Mineral Resources
 
as no drilling,
 
mining or additional
 
deposition was done
 
on
4L3, 4L4
 
and 4L6 TSFs.
11.10.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The
 
QP’s
 
opinion
 
is
 
that
 
the
 
overall
 
grade
 
and
 
tonnage
 
estimates
 
are
 
reasonable
 
for
 
mine
 
planning
based on the drill hole data and assay statistics.
The gold price fluctuations present the main risk to the declared
 
Mineral Resource estimates.
Risks
 
of
 
grade,
 
continuity
 
of
 
mineralization
 
and
 
tons
 
were
 
mitigated
 
through
 
the
 
reasonable
 
drilling
space, validation procedures, metallurgical testing, advanced statistical
 
analyses and the use of
 
robust
modelling techniques.
The QP classified the
 
overall Mineral Resource
 
risk as low. In
 
the opinion of
 
the QP, no further
 
technical
work is required as the drilling program provided enough data
 
to define continuity.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p112i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
96
11.11
 
Knights Complex
11.11.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
Statistics of the sample population from raw, capped and composited data are
 
given in Figure 11.15 to
Figure 11.28. At 4L14, both slime and
 
soil were mineralized with soil having
 
a maximum grade of 1.96g/t
Au. The spread of
 
both the slimes
 
and soil data
 
is not large
 
which indicates that
 
the grade variability
 
is
low. The
 
gold grades for
 
soil were
 
capped at 0.94g/t
 
to reduce the
 
over-estimation of soil
 
gold resources.
Capping
 
reduced
 
the
 
mean
 
by
 
about
 
10%;
 
however,
 
this
 
is
 
due
 
to
 
lack
 
of
 
data
 
rather
 
than
 
a
 
large
volume of
 
high-grade material.
 
The slimes
 
grades were
 
composited into
 
6m intervals.
 
The soil
 
domain
was
 
not
 
composited
 
as
 
there
 
was
 
not
 
enough
 
data.
 
The
 
6m
 
composites
 
were
 
based
 
on
 
numerous
statistical tests and bench height. The bench height is 5m
 
to 6m high.
Figure 11.15:
 
4L14: Distribution of Slime Raw Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p113i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p113i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
97
Figure 11.16:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Slime Raw Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.17:
 
4L14: Distribution of Slime 6m Composited Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p114i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p114i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
98
Figure 11.18:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Slime 6m Composited Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.19:
 
4L14: Distribution of Soil Raw Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p115i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p115i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
99
Figure 11.20:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Soil Raw Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.21:
 
4L14: Distribution of Soil Raw Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p116i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p116i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
100
Figure 11.22:
 
4L14: Log Distribution of Soil Raw Capped Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.23:
 
4L50: Log Distribution of Raw Slime Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p117i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p117i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
101
Figure 11.24:
 
4L50: Distribution of Raw Slime Raw Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.25:
 
4L50: Log Distribution of Raw Capped Slime Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p118i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p118i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
102
Figure 11.26:
 
4L50: Distribution of Raw Capped Slime Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
 
Figure 11.27:
 
4L50: Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p119i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
103
Figure 11.28:
 
4L50: Log Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.11.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
4L14:
The parent
 
block sizes for
 
the TSFs were
 
mostly based on
 
the average drill
 
spacing and compositing
interval. The
 
height of
 
the dump
 
benches is
 
around 5m
 
to 6m.
 
The parent
 
block sizes selected
 
to estimate
the
 
deposit
 
approximates
 
half
 
the
 
drill
 
hole
 
spacing.
 
Sub-blocking
 
was
 
allowed
 
for
 
good
 
volume
definition. Soil was modelled as a
 
separate domain. Soil was modelled because it
 
had high gold values,
the QP attributed this high gold value to gold remobilization
 
from the TSF.
Estimation Parameters for 4L14 are given in Table
 
11.10 and Table 11.11.
Table 11.10:
 
4L14: Search Parameters: Nearest Neighbor Estimation Method
Domain
Estimation
Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
per Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Slime
1
400
400
50
1
1
1
2
800
800
100
1
1
1
3
1,200
1,200
150
1
1
1
Soil
1
400
400
50
1
1
1
2
800
800
100
1
1
1
3
1,200
1,200
150
1
1
1
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
104
Table 11.11:
 
4L14: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
Domain
Estimation
Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
per Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Slime
1
500
500
12
5
10
2
2
1,000
1,000
24
5
10
2
3
1,500
1,500
36
5
10
2
Soil
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
4L50:
The parent block sizes for the 4L50 TSF were mostly based on the average drill spacing and bench
height. The parent block sizes
 
selected to estimate the deposit approximates the
 
borehole spacing. The
bench height is 2m to 4m high.
 
Sub-blocking was allowed to improve volume
 
representation within the
interpreted wireframe models of the dump top and
 
bottom surfaces.
A comparison
 
of the
 
2008 and
 
2016 drillhole
 
information
 
showed that
 
the
 
base of
 
the
 
dump was
 
not
properly defined
 
in the
 
2008 drilling.
 
There appeared
 
to be
 
over-drilling
 
or extra
 
samples at
 
the base.
Due
 
to
 
this
 
problem,
 
it
 
was
 
decided
 
to
 
map
 
the
 
base
 
of
 
the
 
dump
 
using
 
the
 
2016
 
to
 
2017
 
drilling
campaign data only. There is high confidence in the logging
 
data from the 2016 drilling campaign.
The sample search parameters are supplied in Table
 
11.12 and Table 11.13.
Table 11.12:
 
4L50: Search Parameters: Nearest Neighbor Estimation Method
Domain
Estimation
Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
per Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Slime
1
400
400
50
1
1
1
2
800
800
100
1
1
1
3
1,200
1,200
150
1
1
1
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 11.13:
 
4L50: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation Method
Domain
Estimation
Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
per Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Slime
1
500
500
6
5
10
2
2
1,000
1,000
12
5
10
2
3
1,500
1,500
24
5
10
2
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
A number of search parameters were tested; optimum parameters
 
were chosen by the QP.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
105
11.11.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
Item 13
 
to Item 19
 
were considered
 
in declaring
 
the Mineral
 
Resource Estimates.
 
The technical
 
studies
were done at a PFS level. As at 30June 2022, 4L50
 
was being mined.
11.11.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
The
 
4L14
 
and
 
4L50
 
TSFs
 
were
 
classified
 
using
 
a
 
number
 
of
 
criteria
 
including
 
data
 
density,
 
estimation
statistics and
 
TSF knowledge
 
and interpretation.
 
For classification
 
purpose, blocks
 
estimated within
 
the
first search radius were
 
classified as Measured
 
Mineral Resources.
 
The TSFs were
 
classified as Measured
Mineral Resources.
A list of
 
the criteria used
 
to classify the
 
Mineral Resources in
 
addition to the
 
statistical parameters,
 
is given
in
 
Table
 
11.14
 
below.
 
Applying
 
these
 
confidence
 
levels,
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
classification
 
codes
 
were
assigned
 
to
 
the
 
block
 
model.
 
A
 
low
 
confidence
 
in
 
one
 
of
 
the
 
listed
 
items
 
will
 
mean
 
classification
 
is
downgraded to Inferred, a moderate confidence in at least one item will mean a property is Indicated
while all highs mean the property is in the Measured Mineral
 
Resource category.
Table 11.14:
 
Confidence
 
Levels
 
of
 
Key
 
Criteria
 
for
 
Classification
 
of
 
the
 
4L14and
 
4L50
 
TSFs
Mineral Resources
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
Auger to international standards
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Drill Sample Recovery
The
 
sample
 
recovery
 
is
 
estimated
 
as
 
>90%
 
and
 
is
 
considered
acceptable for Mineral Resource estimation
High
Sub-sampling Techniques
and Sample Preparation
Material
 
has
 
previously
 
been
 
processed
 
and
 
can
 
be
 
submitted
directly for sampling
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available
 
data
 
is
 
of
 
robust
 
quality
 
however
 
there
 
is
 
a
 
relatively
high variability in the lowest grade assays
High
Verification of Sampling and
Assaying
A comprehensive QC program implemented during exploration
High
Location of Sampling Points
Survey of all collars and TSFs surfaces
High
Data Density and
Distribution
Drilled with auger drill holes at 100m-by-100m
High
Database Integrity
Errors identified and rectified
High
Geological Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation and Modelling
Techniques
NN and Inverse Distance Squared
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Both TSFs were classified
 
as Measured due to
 
a tight drill
 
hole spacing of <100m
 
and high data
 
quality.
This
 
spacing
 
enabled
 
the
 
QP
 
to
 
estimate
 
tonnage
 
and
 
grade
 
continuity
 
with
 
high
 
confidence.
Production
 
data
 
from
 
4L50
 
matches
 
well
 
with
 
the
 
estimated
 
values
 
(Figure
 
11.29).
 
No Indicated
 
and
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p122i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
106
Inferred Mineral
 
Resources were declared
 
as confidence
 
in the data
 
and estimation process
 
followed
were high.
Figure 11.29:
 
4L50: Head Grade versus Modelled Average Gold Grade
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.11.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
Table 11.15 and
Table 11.16 present the Mineral Resource for 4L14 and
 
4L50.
Table 11.15:
 
Knights Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
4L14
Measured
6,638
0.29
61,891
6,638
0.29
60,824
4L50
Measured
6,756
0.26
56,475
3,418
0.26
27,216
Sub-total Measured
Mineral Resources
13,394
0.27
118,366
10,056
0.28
88,040
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
13,394
0.27
118,366
10,056
 
0.28
88,040
Inferred Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
13,394
0.27
118,366
10,056
 
0.28
88,040
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
107
Table 11.16:
 
Knights Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
4L14
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
4L50
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured
Mineral Resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
Indicated Mineral
Resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Inferred Mineral Resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.11.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
Mining
 
on
 
4L50
 
TSF resulted
 
in
 
a
 
depletion
 
of
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resource.
 
Depletion
 
and
 
reconciliation
 
are
explained
 
in
 
13.
 
The
 
modeled
 
average
 
gold
 
grade
 
correlated
 
well
 
with
 
production
 
data
(Figure 11.29). No mining has taken place on 4L14 TSF.
11.11.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The
 
QP’s
 
opinion
 
is
 
that
 
the
 
overall
 
grade
 
and
 
tonnage
 
estimates
 
are
 
reasonable
 
for
 
mine
 
planning
based on the drill hole data and assay statistics.
The gold price fluctuations present the main risk to the declared
 
Mineral Resource estimates.
Risks of grade, continuity of mineralization and tonnage
 
were mitigated through the reasonable drilling
spacing,
 
validation
 
procedures,
 
metallurgical
 
testing,
 
advanced
 
statistical
 
analyses
 
and
 
the
 
use
 
of
robust modelling techniques.
The QP classified the
 
overall Mineral Resource
 
risk as low. In
 
the opinion of
 
the QP, no further
 
technical
work is required as the drilling program provided enough data
 
to define continuity.
11.12
 
Ergo Complex
11.12.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
11.12.1.1
 
Rooikraal
Exploratory
 
data
 
analysis
 
was
 
done
 
on
 
raw
 
and
 
composited
 
gold
 
data
 
(Figure
 
11.30
 
and
Figure 11.31).
 
The distribution
 
of the
 
raw and
 
composite is
 
symmetrical with similar
 
coefficient of
 
variation
and a low standard deviation.
 
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p124i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
108
Based on
 
the high-grade
 
cap investigations,
 
the QP
 
decided not
 
to apply
 
high-grade capping
 
as no
extreme values were noted.
Figure 11.30:
 
Rooikraal: Distribution of Raw Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p125i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
109
Figure 11.31:
 
Rooikraal: Log Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.12.1.2
 
7L15
A comprehensive study on the
 
2015 versus the 2016 to 2017
 
datasets
 
was performed. The 2015 dataset
has higher grades than the 2016 to 2017 dataset. The 2015 dataset reported an average gold grade of
0.34g/t and the 2016 to 2017 dataset has an average
 
gold grade of 0.26g/t.
A decision was
 
made to re-drill three
 
drill holes and
 
compare the 2015
 
samples against the
 
2016 samples
in
 
the
 
same horizon.
 
The
 
2016
 
samples
 
were
 
split
 
on-site
 
into
 
three
 
subsamples
 
and
 
were
 
sent
 
to
 
two
different laboratories. One
 
batch was sent to
 
the local mine
 
laboratory (MAED-Ergo) and
 
two batches
of same
 
samples were
 
sent to
 
the Anglo
 
Lab with
 
completely
 
different sample
 
numbers to
 
avoid
 
the
laboratory identifying that the samples were
 
from the same drillholes.
The
 
results
 
of
 
the
 
re-drilling
 
showed
 
that
 
the
 
old
 
7L15
 
data
 
(2015)
 
analyzed
 
by
 
the
 
MAED
 
(Crown)
laboratory
 
were
 
over-reported
 
and
 
should
 
not be
 
used
 
in
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
evaluation.
 
Only
 
the
2016 to 2017
 
drilling campaign dataset
 
could be used
 
for the estimation.
 
The MAED laboratory
 
analyzing
the 2016
 
samples
 
is a
 
new
 
laboratory
 
at the
 
Ergo
 
processing
 
plant
 
and not
 
the
 
old laboratory
 
at
 
the
Crown processing plant,
 
which analyzed the 2015 samples.
Domaining:
7L15 has
 
two physically
 
visible TSFs
 
and the
 
grades of
 
the TSFs
 
are different
 
(Figure 11
 
.32).
The
 
layering
 
in
 
each
 
domain
 
did
 
not
 
continue
 
into
 
the
 
other.
 
The
 
South
 
and
 
North
 
domains
 
were
separated
 
for
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
evaluation.
 
The
 
North
 
TSF
 
(Figure
 
11.33
 
and
 
Figure
 
11.34)
 
has
 
lower
grades than the
 
South TSF (Figure
 
11.35 and Figure
 
11.36). The North
 
domain has
 
an average grade
 
of
 
0.23g/t Au and the South domain reported an average
 
grade of 0.30g/t Au.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p126i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
110
Figure 11.32:
 
7L15: Plan showing North and South Domains
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p127i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p127i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
111
Figure 11.33:
 
7L15: Distribution of 2015 Raw Data - North Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.34:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 2016
 
Raw Data - North Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p128i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p128i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
112
Figure 11.35:
 
7L15: Distribution of 2015 Raw Data - South Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.36:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 2016
 
Raw Data - South Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p129i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p129i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
113
The
 
statistical
 
characteristics
 
of
 
the
 
North
 
and
 
South
 
domains
 
are
 
shown
 
in
 
Figure
 
11.37
 
to
Figure 11.40. Compositing was completed at 3m interval.
Figure 11.37:
 
7L15: Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data -
 
South Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.38:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 3m Composited Slime
 
Data - South Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p130i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p130i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
114
Figure 11.39:
 
7L15: Distribution of 3m Composited Slime Data -
 
North Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.40:
 
7L15: Log Distribution of 3m Composited Slime
 
Data - North Domain
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
115
11.12.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
11.12.2.1
 
Rooikraal
The height of the original dump
 
benches is approximately 5m
 
to 6m. The parent block sizes selected
 
to
estimate the deposit
 
approximates the drill
 
hole spacing (at
 
least a drill
 
hole in a block)
 
and maps the
bench height.
A number
 
of search
 
parameters
 
were
 
tested
 
and
 
optimum parameters
 
were chosen
 
by
 
the
 
QP.
 
The
sample search parameters are supplied in Table 11.17.
Table 11.17:
 
Rooikraal: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
Domain
Estimation
Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Samples
Maximum
Number of
Samples
Maximum
Number of
Samples per
Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Rooikraal
1
600
600
12
6
18
5
2
1,200
1,200
24
6
18
5
3
1,800
1,800
36
6
18
5
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.12.2.2
 
7L15
The parent block sizes
 
for the 7L15 TSFs
 
were mostly based on
 
the average drill spacing and
 
compositing
interval.
 
The
 
parent
 
block
 
sizes
 
selected
 
to
 
estimate
 
the
 
deposit
 
approximates
 
half
 
the
 
borehole
spacing. Sub-blocking
 
was allowed
 
for good
 
volume definition.
 
The search
 
parameters are
 
presented
in Table 11.18.
Table 11.18:
 
7L15: Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
Domain
Estimation
Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
per Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
North
1
400
400
6
2
5
-
2
800
800
12
2
5
-
3
1,200
1,200
24
2
5
-
South
1
400
400
6
2
5
-
2
800
800
12
2
5
-
3
1,200
1,200
24
2
5
-
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.12.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
The QP used
 
the PFS information
 
(Item 13 to
 
Item 19) to
 
declare that the
 
Rooikraal and
 
7L15 TSFs have
reasonable prospects for economic extraction.
The QP opinion is that there is a reasonable prospect for economic extraction based on the total mix of
technical and economic factors discussed.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
116
11.12.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
A list of the
 
criteria used to classify the
 
Mineral Resources in addition to
 
the statistical parameters is given
in Table
 
11.19. Applying
 
these confidence
 
levels, Mineral
 
Resource classification
 
codes were
 
assigned
to the block model.
 
A low confidence in
 
one of the listed
 
items will mean classification
 
is downgraded
to Inferred, a moderate confidence in at least one item will mean a property is Indicated while all highs
mean the property is in the Measured Mineral Resource category.
Table 11.19:
 
Ergo: Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource
 
Classification
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
Auger for 7L15 and for Rooikraal TSF, RC and auger drilling
techniques
 
were used. These methods are industry standard for
drilling TSFs
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Drill Sample Recovery
The sample recovery was considered satisfactory and was
acceptable for Mineral Resource estimation
High
Sub-sampling Techniques
and Sample Preparation
Material has previously been processed and quartering was
applied
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available data is of robust quality however there is a relatively high
variability in the lowest grade assays
High
Verification of Sampling
and Assaying
A comprehensive QC program implemented during exploration
High
Location of Sampling
Points
Survey of all collars and TSFs surfaces
High
Data Density and
Distribution
Data points were well spread. Approximately 100m-by-100m
spacing was followed
High
Database Integrity
Errors identified and rectified
High
Geological Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately.
High
Bulk Density
A mean density of 1.42t/m
3
 
was considered reasonable with a
potential upside
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation and Modelling
Techniques
NN and Inverse Distance
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The drillhole spacing was approximately
 
100m-by-100m. With this grid, the
 
grade, floor elevation and TSF
geometry
 
were
 
estimated
 
with
 
sufficient
 
confidence
 
to
 
allow
 
the
 
application
 
of
 
modifying
 
factors
 
in
sufficient
 
detail
 
to
 
support
 
mine
 
planning
 
and
 
evaluation
 
of
 
the
 
economic
 
viability
 
of
 
the
 
TSF.
 
Some
auger drill holes that did not intersect the floor, had the floor defined by the RC drill holes. All the
 
RC drill
holes intersected the floor or the base. The TSF material was classified as a Measured Mineral
 
Resource.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
117
11.12.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
The Mineral Resource in Table 11.20 to Table 11.21
 
is 100% attributable to DRDGOLD.
Table 11.20:
 
Ergo Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
7L15
Measured
17,646
0.26
147,506
 
17,646
0.26
147,506
 
Rooikraal
Measured
56,763
0.26
474,493
 
56,763
0.26
474,493
 
Sub-total Measured
Mineral Resources
74,409
0.26
621,999
74,409
0.26
621,999
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
74,409
0.26
621,999
74,409
0.26
621,999
Inferred Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
74,409
0.26
621,999
74,409
0.26
621,999
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 11.21:
 
Ergo Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
7L15
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Rooikraal
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured
Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Inferred Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.12.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
There was
 
no change
 
in the
 
Mineral Resource
 
as no
 
mining or
 
additional deposition
 
was done
 
on the
Rooikraal and 7L15 TSFs.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
118
11.12.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The QP classified
 
the overall Mineral
 
Resource risk for
 
both the Rooikraal
 
and 7L15 TSFs
 
as medium due
to the low-grade margin, gold price, recovery and
 
working costs.
In the opinion of the QP, no further technical work is required as the drilling
 
program provided sufficient
data to define continuity.
11.13
 
Marievale Complex
11.13.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
Exploratory data
 
analysis
 
was done
 
on raw
 
and composited
 
gold
 
data (Figure
 
11.41 to
 
Figure 11.48).
Data
 
was
 
analyzed
 
as
 
raw,
 
capped
 
and
 
composites.
 
There
 
was
 
no
 
material
 
changed
 
between
 
the
data sets. The data sets distribution is symmetrical.
Based on
 
the investigation,
 
cutting or
 
capping of
 
the extreme
 
values was
 
considered. Lower
 
extreme
grades were noted and visualized in 3D space. They were
 
considered part of the population:
●
7L4: capping was
 
applied at 0.45g/t Au.
 
All gold grades
 
greater than 0.45g/t were
 
set as 0.45g/t;
●
7L5: no capping was applied as no outliers were noted;
●
7L6: no capping was applied as no outliers were noted;
 
and
●
7L7: capping was applied at 0.70g/t Au to minimize the impact
 
of extremely high values.
A study on domaining was conducted.
 
The TSFs were not domained laterally or vertically;
 
however, the
QP noted
 
the
 
vertical
 
stratification.
 
This stratification
 
aided
 
in
 
defining
 
the search
 
volume (estimation
parameter) in a vertical direction.
The gold distributions are symmetrical and the variability
 
is low, typical for a TSF.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p135i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p135i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
119
Figure 11.41:
 
7L4: Distribution of Capped Raw Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.42:
 
Distribution of Composited Raw Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p136i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p136i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
120
Figure 11.43:
 
7L5: Distribution of Raw Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.44:
 
7L5: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p137i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p137i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
121
Figure 11.45:
 
7L6: Distribution of Raw Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.46: 7L6:
 
Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p138i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p138i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
122
Figure 11.47:
 
7L7: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.48:
 
7L7: Distribution of Composited Capped Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
123
11.13.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
The height of the original dump benches
 
is approximately 5m to 6m. The
 
parent block sizes selected to
estimate the deposit
 
approximates half
 
the drill
 
hole spacing and
 
corresponds to
 
the bench
 
height or
multiple thereof. Sub-blocking was allowed for good volume
 
definition.
The sample search parameters are supplied in Table
 
11.22.
Table 11.22:
 
Search Parameters
Domain
Estimation Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Samples Per
Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Slime
1
400
400
6
3
10
2
2
800
800
12
3
10
2
3
1,200
1,200
18
3
10
2
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.13.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
The
 
technical
 
and
 
financial
 
studies
 
completed
 
for
 
the
 
Marievale
 
Complex
 
were
 
at
 
the
 
preliminary
feasibility
 
study
 
(PFS)
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy,
 
(i.e.,
 
+/-25%)
 
as
 
presented
 
in
 
Item
 
13
 
to
 
Item
 
19.
 
The
 
QP
concluded that there are reasonable prospects
 
for economic extraction.
11.13.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
A
 
list
 
of
 
the
 
criteria
 
used
 
to
 
classify
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
is
 
given
 
in
 
Table
 
11.23.
 
Applying
 
these
confidence
 
levels,
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
classification
 
codes
 
were
 
assigned
 
to
 
the
 
block
 
model.
 
A
 
low
confidence
 
in
 
one of
 
the
 
listed
 
items will
 
mean
 
classification
 
is downgraded
 
to Inferred,
 
a moderate
confidence in at least one item will mean a property
 
is Indicated while all highs mean the property is
 
in
the Measured Mineral Resource category.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
124
Table 11.23:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource
 
Classification
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
Auger drilling technique to international standards
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Sub-sampling Techniques
and Sample Preparation
Material has previously been processed and quartering was
applied
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available data is of robust quality however there is a relatively
high variability in the lowest grade assays
High
Verification of Sampling
and Assaying
A comprehensive QC program implemented during exploration
High
Location of Sampling Points
Survey of all collars and TSFs surfaces
High
Data Density and
Distribution
Data points were well spread
High
Database Integrity
Errors identified and rectified
High
Geological Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately
High
Bulk Density
A mean density of 1.42t/m
3
 
was considered reasonable
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation
 
and
 
Modelling
Techniques
NN, and Inverse Distance
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The
 
material
 
was
 
classified
 
as
 
a
 
Measured
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
as
 
drill
 
hole
 
spacing
 
was
 
approximately
100m-by-100m.
 
No
 
Indicated
 
or
 
Inferred
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
were
 
declared
 
as
 
the
 
geological
confidence derived from
 
exploration, test work and
 
Mineral Resource estimation
 
work was conclusive,
and the defined Mineral Resource can be used for mine
 
planning studies.
11.13.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
The Mineral Resource Estimates
 
are stated as both an
 
inclusive and exclusive of Mineral Reserve
 
(Table
11.24 to Table 11.25).
Table 11.24:
 
Marievale Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
7L4
Measured
17,590
0.34
192 281
17,590
0.34
192,281
7L5
Measured
6,980
0.29
65 080
6,980
0.29
65,080
7L6
Measured
12,760
0.26
106 663
12,760
0.26
106,663
7L7
Measured
16,784
0.32
172 678
16,784
0.32
172,678
Sub-total Measured
Mineral Resources
54,114
0.31
536,701
54,114
0.31
536,701
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
54,114
0.31
536,701
54,114
0.31
536,701
Inferred Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
54,114
0.31
536,701
54,114
0.31
536,701
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
125
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 11.25:
 
Marievale Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
7L4
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
7L5
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
7L6
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
7L7
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Measured Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Indicated Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Inferred Mineral Resources
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
Total Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
1.
 
Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves.
2.
 
Mineral Resources are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.
3.
 
Mineral Resources have been reported in accordance
 
with Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K.
4.
 
Mineral Resources were
 
estimated using the USD1,823/oz,
 
ZAR15.60ZAR/USD and ZAR914,294ZAR/kg financial parameters
 
and recoveries
in Item 11.13.3.
5.
 
A troy ounce = 31.1034768g
6.
 
The quantities and grades have been rounded to two decimal
 
places;
 
therefore, minor computational errors may occur.
11.13.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
There was
 
no change
 
in Mineral
 
Resource as no
 
drilling, mining,
 
or additional
 
deposition was
 
done on
Marievale Complex since the latest estimate.
11.13.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The
 
QP’s
 
opinion
 
is
 
that
 
the
 
overall
 
grade
 
and
 
tonnage
 
estimates
 
are
 
reasonable
 
for
 
mine
 
planning
based
 
on
 
the
 
drill
 
hole
 
data
 
and
 
assay
 
statistics.
 
This
 
presents
 
a
 
low
 
risk
 
for
 
preliminary
 
feasibility
 
or
feasibility
 
mine
 
planning
 
work,
 
as
 
only
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
with
 
the
 
highest
 
level
 
of
 
geoscientific
knowledge are included in an economic assessment.
The gold price fluctuations present the main risk to the declared
 
Mineral Resource.
Risks
 
of
 
grade
 
and
 
continuity
 
of
 
mineralization
 
were
 
mitigated
 
through
 
the
 
closely
 
spaced
 
drilling,
validation
 
procedures,
 
metallurgical
 
testing,
 
advanced
 
statistical
 
analyses
 
and
 
the
 
use
 
of
 
robust
geological modelling techniques.
The QP classified the overall Mineral Resource risk as low to medium. In the opinion of the QP, no further
technical work is required as the drilling program provided
 
enough data to define continuity.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
126
11.14
 
Grootvlei Complex
11.14.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
Analysis
 
of
 
data
 
from
 
different
 
campaigns
 
was
 
completed
 
to
 
check
 
compatibility.
 
Tools used
 
for
 
this
were
 
box
 
plots,
 
histograms,
 
PP
 
and
 
QQ
 
plots,
 
and
 
ANOVA
 
table.
 
Datasets
 
from
 
different
 
campaigns
were then combined.
Based on
 
the high-grade
 
cap investigations,
 
high-grade caps
 
were selected
 
and applied
 
to the
 
raw
dataset. A little/insignificant reduction in the available
 
metal was noted.
●
6L16: gold grades were capped at 0.70g/t;
●
6L17: gold grades were capped at 0.69g/t;
 
and
●
6L17A: gold grades were capped at 0.65g/t.
Capping
 
was only
 
applied to
 
raw data
 
and its
 
impact on
 
the mean
 
was immaterial
 
for the
 
6L17 and
6L17A TSFs. One
 
sample with 16.10g/t
 
skewed the results
 
for the 6L16
 
TSF. Additional infill
 
drilling is
 
required
on 6L16
 
TSF to
 
further
 
test
 
the
 
robustness
 
of
 
the
 
high
 
grade
 
intersects,
 
which,
 
if
 
confirmed
 
by
 
the
 
infill
drilling, may support a less aggressive capping strategy.
Figure 11.54
 
to Figure
 
11.49 presents the
 
basic statistics data
 
for 6L16,
 
6L17 and
 
6L17A. Data
 
was analyzed
as raw, capped and composites. There was
 
no material changed between the data sets. The
 
data sets
show positively skewed distribution.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p143i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p143i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
127
Figure 11.49:
 
6L16: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.50:
 
6L16: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p144i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p144i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
128
Figure 11.51:
 
6L17: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.52:
 
6L17: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p145i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p145i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
129
Figure 11.53:
 
6L17A: Distribution of Raw Capped Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.54:
 
6L17A: Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
130
11.14.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
The parent
 
block size for
 
the TSF
 
was largely based
 
on the
 
average drill spacing
 
and sample compositing
interval.
 
The
 
height
 
of
 
the
 
original
 
dump
 
benches
 
is
 
approximately
 
5m
 
to
 
6m.
 
The
 
parent
 
block
 
sizes
selected to estimate the deposit approximates the drill hole spacing for the 6L17 and 6L17 TSFs, half the
drill hole spacing
 
for 6L16
 
TSFs and
 
maps the
 
bench height. Sub-blocking
 
was allowed for
 
a good volume
definition.
The sample search parameters are supplied in Table
 
11.26.
Table 11.26:
 
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation
 
Method
Domain
Estimation Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Grootvlei
1
400
400
10
5
20
2
800
800
20
5
20
3
1,200
1,200
30
5
20
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.14.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
The Mineral
 
Resource Estimates
 
for the 6L16,
 
6L17 and
 
6L17A TSFs
 
were declared
 
considering the
 
initial
assessment completed.
 
The Grootvlei
 
TSFs are
 
not included
 
in the
 
LoM plan.
 
The cut-off
 
grade details
are presented in Table 11.2.
11.14.3.1
 
Site Infrastructure
Roads:
Access
 
to
 
the
 
Grootvlei
 
Complex
 
is
 
via
 
the
 
N17
 
highway
 
and
 
a
 
network
 
of
 
well-maintained
paved road system. The operation is accessed via
 
gravel roads.
Power:
Power requirements
 
are primarily
 
for the operation
 
of pumps
 
and site
 
offices. Power
 
is sourced
from the national supplier, Eskom. There is a power
 
supply near the TSFs.
Site
 
Offices
 
and
 
Workshop:
 
Site
 
offices
 
are
 
typically
 
established
 
by
 
mining
 
contractors
 
as
 
part
 
of
 
the
mining contract.
 
Workshops for
 
the maintenanc
 
e
 
of roads,
 
pumps and
 
pipelines
 
is based
 
at the
 
Ergo
processing plant and no additional infrastructure is required.
The Grootvlei
 
Complex is
 
situated in
 
the City
 
of Ekurhuleni,
 
so other
 
specialized services could
 
be sourced
from the private workshops.
Pumps
 
and
 
Pipelines:
 
Before
 
mining
 
can
 
start,
 
the
 
pump
 
station
 
and
 
pipeline
 
to
 
the
 
Ergo
 
processing
plant in Brakpan will be required to be completed. As other TSFs in the same vicinity are in the LoM plan
with a detailed pipeline plan, it is the QP’s view
 
that a shorter (less than 5km) pipeline will be required to
connect the Grootvlei TSFs to the other planned pipeline network (for
 
Daggafontein TSF in the LoM plan
done at PFS level).
Tailings
 
Deposition
 
Site:
 
Ergo
 
has
 
sufficient
 
tailings
 
deposition
 
capacity
 
at
 
their
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF
 
to
accommodate all
 
material from
 
Grootvlei Complex
 
,
 
in addition
 
to the
 
tons in
 
the LoM
 
plan provided
regulatory approval
 
for the
 
Brakpan/Withok TSF
 
final design
 
is obtained.
 
See Item
 
15.7 and
 
Item 19.3.2
for more information on the deposition plans.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
131
11.14.3.2
 
Mine Design and Planning
Mine design
 
and planning will
 
be similar to
 
the one
 
in Item
 
13.1.1. A
 
production rate of
 
600ktpm (200ktpm
per TSF) is assumed due to the pipeline capacity as the TSFs could be mined together
 
with others in the
same vicinity.
11.14.3.3
 
Processing Plant
The Grootvlei Complex material could be processed at
 
the Ergo processing plant (see Item 10.5.).
11.14.3.4
 
Environmental Compliance and Permitting
Ergo’s Prospecting Rights covering the Grootvlei Complex
 
are presented in Item 3.3.
Ergo complies with all environmental and
 
social responsibilities as required by the
 
MPRDA, as amended.
No known environmental
 
issues were identified during
 
the site visit and
 
documentation review. There
 
is
an EMP approved
 
by the DMRE.
 
There are no
 
exclusions of material
 
or area due
 
to Environmental,
 
Social
and Governance considerations.
As discussed in Item 3.6, there is a competing ownership
 
claim over the Grootvlei Complex.
11.14.3.5
 
Initial Assessment Results
The QP’s opinion is that
 
there is a reasonable prospect
 
for economic extraction based on
 
the total mix
of technical and economic factors discussed.
11.14.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
A
 
list
 
of
 
the
 
criteria
 
used
 
to
 
classify
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resources,
 
in
 
addition
 
to
 
the
 
statistical
 
parameters,
 
is
given
 
in
 
Table
 
11.27.
 
Applying
 
these
 
confidence
 
levels,
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
classification
 
codes
 
were
assigned
 
to
 
the
 
block
 
model.
 
A
 
low
 
confidence
 
in
 
one
 
of
 
the
 
listed
 
items
 
will
 
mean
 
classification
 
is
downgraded to Inferred, a moderate confidence in at least one item will mean a property is Indicated
while all highs mean the property is in the Measured Mineral
 
Resource category.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
132
Table 11.27:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource
 
Classification
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
Auger and RC drilling technique to international standards
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Drill Sample Recovery
The sample recovery was considered satisfactory and was
acceptable for Mineral Resource estimation
High
Sub-sampling
Techniques and
Sample Preparation
Material has previously been processed and quartering was applied
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available data is of robust quality however there is a relatively high
variability in the lowest grade assays
High
Verification of
Sampling and
Assaying
Full QC program implemented during exploration
High
Location of Sampling
Points
Survey of all collars and TSFs surfaces
High
Data Density and
Distribution
Data points were well spread, though widely spaced. Approximately
100m-by-100m spacing was followed for 6L17 and 6L17A TSFs. 6L16 TSF
has an average drill hole spacing of 200m-by-200m
High (6L17
and 6L17A)
Moderate for
6L16
Database Integrity
Errors identified and rectified
High
Geological
Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately
High
Bulk Density
A mean density of 1.42t/m
3
 
was considered reasonable
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation and
Modelling
Techniques
NN and Inverse Distance
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The drill
 
hole
 
spacing
 
was
 
approximately
 
100-by-100m
 
on the
 
6L17
 
and
 
6L17A
 
TSFs. With
 
this
 
grid,
 
the
grade,
 
floor
 
elevation
 
and
 
TSF
 
geometry
 
were
 
estimated
 
with
 
sufficient
 
confidence
 
to
 
allow
 
the
application
 
of
 
modifying
 
factors
 
in
 
sufficient
 
detail
 
to
 
support
 
mine
 
planning
 
and
 
evaluation
 
of
 
the
economic viability of the
 
TSFs. The 6L17 and
 
6L17A TSFs were
 
classified in the Measured
 
Mineral Resource
category. The 6L16
 
TSF was declared
 
as Indicated Mineral
 
Resource, as the
 
drill space is
 
too wide (200m-
by-200m).
The
 
data
 
or
 
supporting
 
information
 
is
 
derived
 
from
 
adequately
 
detailed
 
and
 
reliable
 
exploration,
sampling
 
and testing
 
and is
 
sufficient to
 
assume
 
geological
 
and grade
 
or quality
 
continuity between
the points of observation.
11.14.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
The Mineral
 
Resource Estimates for
 
the Grootvlei
 
Complex is
 
presented in
 
Table 11.28.
 
No Mineral
 
Reserve
was declared on the Grootvlei TSFs, so exclusive and
 
inclusive are equal.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
133
Table 11.28:
 
Grootvlei Complex Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
6L17
Measured
49,320
0.26
412,275
49,320
0.26
412,275
6L17A
Measured
16,716
0.26
140,807
16,716
0.26
140,807
Sub-total Measured
Mineral Resources
66,036
0.26
553,082
66,036
0.26
553,082
6L16
Indicated
41,619
0.26
347,901
41,619
0.26
347,901
Sub-total Indicated
Mineral Resources
41,619
0.26
347,901
41,619
0.26
347,901
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
107,655
0.26
900,984
107,655
0.26
900,984
Inferred Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
107,655
0.26
900,984
107,655
0.26
900,984
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.14.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
There was no
 
change in Mineral Resource
 
as no additional drilling,
 
mining,
 
additional deposition or
 
study
was done on the Grootvlei Complex.
11.14.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The renewal
 
of the Prospecting
 
Right for the
 
Grootvlei Complex
 
is a risk.
 
The application
 
to renew
 
was
launched in 2019 and Ergo is awaiting the granting of the Prospecting Permit from the DMRE. This report
has considered section 18(5) of the MPRDA, as ame
 
nded:
“
A prospecting
 
right in respect
 
of which an
 
application for
 
renewal has
 
been lodged
 
shall despite
 
its
expiry date remain in force until such time as such application
 
has been granted or refused.
”
There is an ownership claim as detailed in Item 3.6.
The QP classified the overall Mineral Resource
 
risk as high.
 
In the opinion of the QP, no further technical
work is required as the drilling program provided sufficient
 
data to define continuity.
11.15
 
5A10/5L27 Sand Dumps
11.15.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
Exploratory data
 
analysis was
 
performed on
 
gold grades.
 
No capping
 
was applied
 
as data
 
shows no
extreme values.
 
Samples
 
were composited
 
to 6m
 
interval.
 
The mean
 
did not
 
change
 
materially
 
after
compositing into 6m interval.
Figure 11.55 and Figure 11.56 present the basic statistical data
 
for the 5A10/5L27 sand dumps.
 
Data was
analysed as raw, capped and composites. There
 
was no material changed between the
 
data sets. The
data sets show positively skewed distribution.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p150i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p150i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
134
Figure 11.55:
 
5A10/5l27:
 
Distribution of Raw Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 11.56:
 
5A10/5l27:
 
Distribution of Composited Gold Data
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
135
11.15.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
The parent
 
block size
 
for the
 
sand dumps
 
was largely
 
based on
 
the average
 
drill spacing
 
and sample
compositing
 
interval.
 
The
 
height
 
of
 
the
 
original
 
sand
 
dump
 
benches
 
is
 
approximately
 
5m
 
to
 
6m.
 
The
parent block
 
sizes selected
 
to estimate
 
the deposit
 
approximates the
 
drill hole
 
spacing and
 
maps the
bench height. Sub-blocking was allowed for a good
 
volume definition.
The sample search parameters are supplied in
Table
 
11.29
.
Table
 
11.29:
 
Search Parameters: Inverse Distance Estimation Method
Domain
Estimation Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
5A10/5l27
100
100
50
4
10
100
200
200
100
4
10
200
300
200
200
4
10
300
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.15.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
The QP
 
declared the
 
Mineral Resource
 
estimate for
 
the 5A10/5L27
 
sand dumps
 
considering technical
and economic studies in Item 13 to Item 19.
11.15.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
A list of the
 
criteria used to classify the
 
Mineral Resources in addition to
 
the statistical parameters is given
in
 
Table
 
11.30.
 
Applying
 
these
 
confidence
 
levels,
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
classification
 
codes
 
were
assigned to the block model.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
136
Table 11.30:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource
 
Classification
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
Auger and drilling technique to international standards
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Drill Sample Recovery
The sample recovery was considered satisfactory and was
acceptable for Mineral Resource estimation
High
Sub-sampling Techniques
and Sample Preparation
Material has previously been processed and quartering was
applied
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available data is of robust quality however there is a relatively
high variability in the lowest grade assays
High
Verification of Sampling
and Assaying
Full QC program implemented during exploration
High
Location of Sampling Points
Survey of all collars and TSFs surfaces
High
Data Density and
Distribution
Data points were well spread, though widely spaced.
Approximately 50m-by-100m spacing was followed. Where drill
holes did not intersect the base, holes were completed on the
edge
High
Database Integrity
Errors identified and rectified
High
Geological Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately
High
Bulk Density
A mean density of 1.42t/m
3
 
was considered reasonable
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation and Modelling
Techniques
NN and Inverse Distance
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The drill hole spacing enabled the QP to define gold grades, floor elevation and sand dump geometry.
This
 
provide
 
the
 
QP
 
conclusive
 
confidence
 
to
 
allow
 
the
 
application
 
of
 
modifying
 
factors
 
in
 
sufficient
detail to support mine planning
 
and evaluation of the economic
 
viability of the sand
 
dumps. The sand
dumps were
 
classified
 
as
 
Measured
 
Mineral
 
Resources.
 
The data
 
or
 
supporting
 
information
 
is derived
from the adequately detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing and is sufficient to assume
geological
 
and
 
grade
 
or
 
quality
 
continuity
 
between
 
points
 
of
 
observation.
 
The
 
resource
 
model
 
and
production
 
data
 
reconciled
 
well
 
with
 
less
 
than
 
a
 
1%
 
grade
 
difference.
 
This
 
was
 
also
 
considered
 
in
classifying the 5A10/5L27 sand dumps as Measured Mineral
 
Resources.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
137
11.15.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
The Mineral
 
Resource
 
estimates
 
for
 
the
 
5A10/5L27
 
sand
 
dumps
 
are
 
presented
 
in
 
Table
 
11.28
 
to
 
Table
11.32.
Table 11.31:
 
5A10/5L27 Mineral Resource Estimates (Inclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
5L27 (East)
Measured
5,965
0.48
92,054
3,979
0.49
60,467
5L27 (North)
Measured
4,288
0.28
38,601
4,288
0.28
38,601
5A10
Measured
2,117
0.61
41,519
1,595
0.61
31,285
Sub-total Measured Mineral
Resources
12,370
0.43
172,174
9,862
0.42
128,075
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
12,370
0.43
172,174
9,862
0.42
128,075
Inferred Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
12,370
0.43
172,174
9,862
0.42
128,075
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 11.32:
 
5A10/5L27 Mineral Resource Estimates (Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
5L27
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
5A10
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral
Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Inferred Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total Mineral Resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.15.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
Mining took place on the
 
5A10 sand dump reclaiming
 
808kt at 0.61g/t Au in the
 
last financial year. The
mined and modelled tonnage and grades reconciled
 
well.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p154i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
138
11.15.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The
 
QP’s
 
opinion
 
is
 
that
 
the
 
overall
 
grade
 
and
 
tonnage
 
estimates
 
are
 
reasonable
 
for
 
mine
 
planning
based on the borehole
 
data and assay statistics.
 
Production data reconciled well with
 
the block model.
The
 
gold
 
price
 
fluctuations
 
and
 
lower
 
grades
 
of
 
sand
 
material
 
present
 
the
 
main
 
risk
 
to
 
the
 
declared
Mineral Resource.
The QP classified the overall Mineral Resource risk as low to medium. In the opinion of the QP, no further
technical work is required as the drilling program provided
 
enough data to define continuity.
11.16
 
Daggafontein TSF
11.16.1
 
Exploratory Data Analysis
The QP tested if there
 
was a material difference
 
in the gold grades from
 
the various drilling campaigns
to ascertain if the datasets
 
from the different campaigns
 
were compatible. Figure 11.57
 
shows the box
plots
 
of
 
the
 
different
 
campaigns.
 
The
 
difference
 
was
 
considered
 
minor
 
by
 
the
 
QP.
 
The
 
2017
 
drilling
campaign reported
 
slightly higher
 
grades. This
 
campaign,
 
however only
 
comprised two
 
drill holes
 
(on
either side of the TSF
–
 
east and west). Analysis of variance and a Tukey (Honest Significant Differences)
HSD plot showed
 
that there is
 
a difference in
 
sample means
 
between 2017
 
and the other
 
campaigns.
The QP
 
investigated the
 
differences and
 
concluded that
 
the difference
 
is due
 
to the
 
amount of
 
data
per campaign and spatial distribution
 
of the data point.
 
Accordingly, the QP concluded that
 
data from
the campaigns could be combined.
Figure 11.57:
 
Boxplots for the Different Drilling Campaigns
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p155i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
139
The
 
drill
 
hole
 
individual
 
sample
 
gold
 
grades
 
are
 
positively
 
skewed.
 
The
 
mean
 
of
 
the
 
gold
 
grades
 
is
0.24g/t.
Based
 
on
 
the
 
statistical
 
investigation,
 
cutting
 
or
 
capping
 
of
 
the
 
extreme
 
values
 
was
 
not
 
considered
(Figure 11.58). Lower
 
extreme grades were
 
noted and visualized in
 
3D space. They
 
were considered part
of the population.
Figure 11.58:
 
Log Probability Plot
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
A study on domaining
 
was conducted. This was
 
done through analysis
 
of zones based on
 
TSF material,
color and
 
spatial grade analysis.
 
The TSF
 
was not
 
domained laterally or
 
vertically, however, the
 
QP noted
the vertical stratification. This stratification aided in
 
defining the search volume in the vertical direction.
No capping was applied.
11.16.2
 
Modelling and Estimation Parameters
The parent
 
block size for
 
the TSF
 
was largely based
 
on the
 
average drill spacing
 
and sample compositing
interval.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
140
The sample search parameters are supplied in Table
 
11.33.
Table 11.33:
 
Search Parameters
Domain
Estimation Pass
Search Distance
Minimum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Composites
Maximum
Number of
Samples Per
Drill Hole
X
(m)
Y
(m)
Z
(m)
Slime
1
500
500
6
5
20
4
2
1,000
1,000
12
5
20
4
3
1,500
1,500
18
5
20
4
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.16.3
 
Technical and Economic Factors
The QP
 
declared the
 
Mineral Resource
 
estimates for
 
the Daggafontein
 
TSF considering
 
technical and
economic studies in Item 13 to Item 19.
The Daggafontein
 
TSF's average
 
gold grade
 
is 0.24g/t,
 
which is
 
above the
 
cut-off grade
 
presented
 
in
Table 11.2.
 
Selective mining
 
of the
 
TSF is
 
not practiced
 
by Ergo,
 
therefore a
 
cut-off is
 
not a
 
block level
but it is for the entire TSF. If a TSF mean grade is above cut
 
-off, it is considered for the Mineral Resource.
The QP’s opinion is that
 
there is a reasonable prospect
 
for economic extraction based on
 
the total mix
of technical and economic
 
factors discussed.
11.16.4
 
Mineral Resource Classification Criteria
A list of
 
the criteria used
 
to classify the
 
Mineral Resources is
 
given in Table
 
11.34 below. Applying
 
these
confidence levels, Mineral Resource classification codes
 
were assigned to the block model.
Table
 
11.34:
 
Confidence Levels for Key Criteria for Mineral Resource Classification
Items
Discussion
Confidence
Drilling Techniques
RC drilling technique to international standards
High
Logging
Detailed logging throughout
High
Sub-sampling Techniques and
Sample Preparation
Material has previously been processed and quartering
was applied
High
Quality of Assay Data
Available data is of robust quality however there is a
relatively high variability in the lowest grade assays
High
Verification of Sampling and Assaying
Full QC program implemented during exploration
High
Location of Sampling Points
Survey of all collars and TSFs surfaces
High
Data Density and Distribution
Data points were well spread. No drilling under water
Moderate
(low for
underwater
material)
Database Integrity
Errors identified and rectified
High
Geological Interpretation
Geometry is known accurately
High
Bulk Density
A mean density of 1.42t/m
3
 
was considered reasonable
High
Mineralization Type
Mineralization is well known from processing
High
Estimation and Modelling Techniques
NN, Inverse Distance and Ordinary Kriging
High
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p157i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
141
Where drill hole spacing is less than 250m,
 
the material was classified as an Indicated
 
Mineral Resource
(Figure 11.59). An
 
Inferred Mineral Resource
 
was defined for
 
the area under
 
water where drilling
 
could
not be done and grades were estimated on the second
 
pass i.e., up to 1,000m drilling space.
Figure 11.59:
 
Mineral Resource Classification
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.16.5
 
Mineral Resource Statement
The Mineral Resource is stated in Table 11.35 and
 
Table 11.36.
Table 11.35:
 
Daggafontein TSF Mineral Resource Estimate (Inclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Measured Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Indicated Mineral Resources
192,793
0.24
1,487,625
192,793
0.24
1,487,625
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resources
192,793
0.24
1,487,625
192,793
0.24
1,487,625
Inferred Mineral Resources
21,318
0.24
164,494
21,318
0.24
164,494
Total Mineral Resources
214,111
0.24
1,652,119
214,111
0.24
1,652,119
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
142
Table 11.36:
 
Daggafontein TSF Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive)
TSF
Mineral
Resource
Category
Mineral Resources as 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Measured Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Indicated Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resources
-
-
-
-
-
-
Inferred Mineral Resources
21,318
0.24
164,494
21,318
0.24
164,494
Total Mineral Resources
21,318
0.24
164,494
21,318
0.24
164,494
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.16.6
 
Mineral Resource Changes
There was
 
no change
 
in the
 
Mineral Resource
 
from June
 
2021 to
 
June 2022
 
as no additional
 
drilling or
studies were completed on the Daggafontein TSF.
11.16.7
 
Mineral Resource Risks and Uncertainty
The
 
QP’s
 
opinion
 
is
 
that
 
the
 
overall
 
grade
 
and
 
tonnage
 
estimates
 
are
 
reasonable
 
for
 
mine
 
planning
based on the drill hole data
 
and assay statistics. The Inferred
 
portion of the Mineral Resource could
 
not
be
 
sufficiently
 
drilled
 
as
 
this
 
portion
 
of
 
the
 
TSF
 
remains
 
saturated
 
and
 
its
 
estimation
 
was
 
based
 
on
extrapolation.
 
This presents
 
a low
 
risk
 
for preliminary
 
feasibility
 
or feasibility
 
mine
 
planning
 
work, as
 
no
Inferred Resource was included in an economic assessment.
The gold price fluctuations and lower grades present
 
the main risk to the declared Mineral Resource.
Risks
 
of
 
grade
 
and
 
continuity
 
of
 
mineralization
 
were
 
mitigated
 
through
 
infill
 
drilling,
 
validation
procedures,
 
metallurgical
 
testing,
 
advanced
 
statistical
 
analyses
 
and
 
the
 
use
 
of
 
robust
 
geological
modelling techniques.
The QP classified the overall Mineral Resource risk as low to medium. In the opinion of the QP, no further
technical work is
 
required as the
 
drilling program provided sufficient
 
data to define
 
continuity. No drilling
in the waterlogged area is recommended.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
143
11.17
 
Summary Mineral Resource Estimates
Table 11.37
 
presents the
 
summary of the
 
Mineral Resource
 
estimates (inclusive)
 
for the 18
 
TSFs and
 
the
one sand
 
dump. The
 
Mineral Resource
 
estimates are
 
reported as
 
inclusive of
 
the Mineral
 
Reserve and
the reference point is in situ.
Table 11.37:
 
Inclusive Mineral Resources of the 19 Material Properties
 
as at 30 June 2022
Complex
TSF/Sand Dump
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June
2021 (Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June
2022 (Inclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
City Deep
4L3
Measured
13,134
0.32
135,126
13,134
0.32
135,126
4L4
Measured
4,738
0.32
48,746
4,738
0.32
48,746
4L6
Measured
2,410
0.31
24,020
2,410
0.31
24,020
Knights
4L14
Measured
6,638
0.29
61,891
6,638
0.29
60,824
4L50
Measured
6,756
0.26
56,475
3,418
0.26
27,216
Ergo
7L15
Measured
17,646
0.26
147,506
17,646
0.26
147,506
Rooikraal
Measured
56,763
0.26
474,493
56,763
0.26
474,493
Marievale
7L4
Measured
17,590
0.34
192,281
17,590
0.34
192,281
7L5
Measured
6,980
0.29
65,080
6,980
0.29
65,080
7L6
Measured
12,760
0.26
106,663
12,760
0.26
106,663
7L7
Measured
16,784
0.32
172,678
16,784
0.32
172,678
Grootvlei
6L17
Measured
49,320
0.26
412,275
49,320
0.26
412,275
6L17A
Measured
16,716
0.26
140,807
16,716
0.26
139,732
5A10/5L27
5A10/5L27
Measured
11,985
0.43
164,623
9,862
0.42
128,075
Sub-total Measured Mineral Resources
240,220
0.29
2,202,664
234,759
0.28
2,134,715
Grootvlei
6L16
Indicated
41,619
0.26
347,901
41,619
0.26
347,901
Daggafontein
Daggafontein
Indicated
192,793
0.24
1,487,625
192,793
0.24
1,487,625
Crown
Mooifontein
(3L7)
Indicated
67,559
0.23
499,577
67,559
0.23
499,577
GMTS (3L8)
Indicated
107,450
0.25
863,649
107,450
0.25
863,649
Diepkloof (3L5)
Indicated
97,988
0.23
724,589
97,988
0.23
724,589
Sub-total Indicated Mineral Resources
507,409
0.24
3,923,341
507,409
0.24
3,923,341
Sub-total Measured and Indicated Mineral
Resources
747,629
0.25
6,126,005
742,168
0.25
6,058,056
Daggafontein
Daggafontein
Inferred
21,318
0.24
164,494
21,318
0.24
164,494
Sub-total Inferred Mineral Resources
21,318
0.24
164,494
21,318
0.24
164,494
Total Material Mineral Resources
768,947
0.25
6,290,499
763,486
0.25
6,222,550
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
i.
 
Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves.
ii.
 
Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Mineral Reserves.
iii.
 
Mineral Resources have been reported in accordance with
 
Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K
iv.
 
Mineral Resources
 
were estimated
 
using the
 
USD1,823/oz, ZAR15.60/USD,
 
ZAR914,294/kg financial
 
parameters and
 
recoveries
in Table 11.2
v.
 
A troy ounce = 31.1034768g
vi.
 
Quantities and grades were rounded to reflect the accuracy
 
of the estimates; and if any apparent errors are insignificant
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
144
Table 11.38 presents exclusive Mineral Resource estimates
 
for the material properties.
Table 11.38:
 
Exclusive Mineral Resources of the 19 Material Properties
 
as at 30 June 2022
Complex
TSF/Sand
Dump
Category
Mineral Resources as at 30 June
2021 (Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June
2022 (Exclusive)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
Tons
(kt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(oz)
City Deep
4L3
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
4L4
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
4L6
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Knights
4L14
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
4L50
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Ergo
7L15
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Rooikraal
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Marievale
7L4
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
7L5
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
7L6
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
7L7
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Grootvlei
6L17
Measured
-
-
-
49,320
0.26
412,275
6L17A
Measured
-
-
-
16,716
0.26
140,807
5A10/5L27
5A10/5L27
Measured
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sub-total Measured Mineral Resources
-
-
-
66,036
0.26
553,082
Grootvlei
6L16
Indicated
41,619
0.26
347,901
41,619
0.26
347,901
Daggafontein
Daggafontein
Indicated
192,793
0.24
1,487,625
-
-
-
Crown
Mooifontein
(3L7)
Indicated
67,559
0.23
499,577
67,559
0.23
499,577
GMTS (3L8)
Indicated
107,450
0.25
863,649
107,450
0.25
863,649
Diepkloof
(3L5)
Indicated
97,988
0.23
724,589
97,988
0.23
724,589
Sub-total Indicated Mineral Resources
507,409
0.24
3,923,342
314,616
0.24
2,435,716
Sub-total Measured and Indicated Mineral
Resources
507,409
0.24
3,923,342
380,652
0.24
2,988,798
Daggafontein
Daggafontein
Inferred
21,318
0.24
164,494
21,318
0.24
164,494
Total Inferred Mineral Resources
21,318
0.24
164,494
21,318
0.24
164,494
Total Material Mineral Resource
528,727
0.24
4,087,835
401,970
0.24
3,153,292
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
i.
 
Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves.
ii.
 
Mineral Resources are reported exclusive of Mineral Reserves.
iii.
 
Mineral Resources have been reported in accordance with
 
Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K
iv.
 
Mineral Resources
 
were estimated
 
using the
 
USD1,823/oz, ZAR15.60/USD,
 
ZAR914,294/kg financial
 
parameters and
 
recoveries
in Table 11.2
v.
 
A troy ounce = 31.1034768g
vi.
 
Quantities and grades were rounded to reflect the accuracy
 
of the estimates; and if any apparent errors are insignificant
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
145
The total
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
Estimates
 
for Ergo
 
are
 
presented
 
in
 
Table
 
11.39 and
 
Table
 
11.40. The
 
total
Mineral Resource consisted of 19 material properties
 
and 79 small TSFs and clean-up sites. The changes
in
 
Mineral
 
Resource
 
from
 
June
 
2021
 
to
 
June
 
2022
 
are
 
due
 
to
 
depletion
 
of
 
20.48Mt
 
at
0.33g/t Au and minor survey adjustments of 2.94Mt at 0.20g/t
 
Au as presented on Figure 11.60.
Table 11.39:
 
Ergo Inclusive Mineral Resources Statement as at 30 June
 
2022
Mineral Resources
Classification
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Inclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Inclusive)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(Moz)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(Moz)
Measured Mineral Resources
282.95
0.31
2.81
266.25
0.31
2.64
Indicated Mineral Resources
574.95
0.25
4.61
568.21
0.25
4.55
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resources
857.90
0.27
7.42
834.45
0.27
7.19
Inferred Mineral Resources
21.32
0.24
0.16
21.32
0.24
0.16
Total
Mineral Resources
879.22
0.27
7.58
855.77
0.27
7.35
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table
 
11.40:
 
Ergo Exclusive Mineral Resources Statement as at 30 June 2022
Mineral Resources
Classification
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2021
(Exclusive)
Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2022
(Exclusive)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(Moz)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Content
(Moz)
Measured Mineral Resources
-
-
-
66.04
0.26
0.55
Indicated Mineral Resources
574.95
0.25
4.61
375.41
0.25
3.02
Sub-total Measured and
Indicated Mineral Resources
574.95
0.25
4.61
441.45
0.25
3.57
Inferred Mineral Resources
21.32
0.24
0.16
21.32
0.24
0.16
Total
Mineral Resources
596.27
0.25
4.77
462.77
0.25
3.77
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p162i1
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
146
Figure 11.60:
 
Mineral Resource Reconciliation (Inclusive)
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
11.18
 
QP’s Opinion
In the QP’s opinion, all relevant technical and
 
economic factors that may likely affect the
 
prospects
 
of
economic
 
extraction,
 
were
 
adequately
 
considered
 
for
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
reported.
 
The
 
QP
recommended no further work.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
147
12
 
Mineral Reserve Estimates
This Item includes discussion and
 
comments on the conversion of
 
Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves.
Specifically,
 
comments
 
are
 
provided
 
on
 
the
 
key
 
assumptions,
 
parameters
 
and
 
methods
 
(modifying
factors) used to estimate the 30 June 2022 Mineral Reserve.
Mineral Reserves
 
estimates are affected
 
by multiple
 
factors that change
 
over time. Fluctuations
 
in the
gold price, exchange rates, legislation in the operating country, other reporting jurisdictions and a wide
range
 
of
 
operating
 
conditions
 
may
 
affect
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
estimates.
 
Estimates
 
of
 
the
 
Mineral
Reserves should be considered best estimates at the
 
time of reporting.
The level
 
of the
 
study conducted
 
to support
 
the declaration of
 
the 30
 
June 2022
 
Mineral Reserve is
 
based
on a
 
mine plan
 
and design
 
conducted to
 
a PFS level
 
of accuracy
 
(i.e., +/-25%)
 
with a
 
maximum level
of contingency
 
of 15%.
 
Ergo utilizes
 
Measured and
 
Indicated Mineral
 
Resources incorporated
 
into the
LoM plan. No Inferred Mineral Resources have been
 
used in the LoM plan.
12.1
 
Grade Control and Reconciliation
The
 
Ergo
 
LoM
 
plan
 
and
 
schedule
 
for
 
the
 
individual
 
TSFs
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
3-D
 
geological
 
models,
 
which
provides
 
grade,
 
density,
 
and
 
volume
 
for
 
each
 
individual
 
block.
 
The
 
planning
 
department
 
takes
 
this
information and establishes a grade for the
 
proposed mining cut, typically in the order
 
of 15m. The mine
plan accounts for each block, resulting in a tonnage and
 
grade estimate for the entire mining block or
mining cut. The mining cut is then sequenced and scheduled.
Ergo
 
conducts
 
grade
 
and
 
tonnage
 
reconciliations
 
on
 
a
 
quarterly
 
basis
 
with
 
no
 
material
 
difference
between the planned and actual grade and tonnages
 
observed.
Table 12.1:
 
Reconciliation of RoM Head Grade (Au)
Year
Plan RoM Head
Grade
(g/t)
Actual RoM Head
Grade
(g/t)
Head Grade
Difference
(g/t)
Percentage
Difference
(%)
2019/2020
0.358
0.354
-0.003
-1.13%
2020/2021
0.354
0.363
0.009
2.54%
2021/2022
0.347
0.366
0.018
5.19%
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 12.2:
 
Reconciliation of RoM Tonnage
Year
Measured Survey
Tonnage
(kt)
Processing Plant
Tonnage
(kt)
Tonnage
Difference
(kt)
Percentage
Difference
(%)
2019/2020
20 265
20 086
-179
-0.9%
2020/2021
22 884
22 949
66
0.7%
2021/2022
22 810
21 553
-1 527
-6.7%
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
148
The above results (Table
 
12.1 and Table 12.2)
 
indicate no material difference between
 
the planned and
actual grade and planned
 
and actual tonnages for years
 
2019/20 and 2020/21. However,
 
the 2021/22
reconciliation between planned and actual grade indicates a 5.2% increase in the gold grade (0.35g/t
versus 0.37g/t). Further, the
 
reconciliation showed a
 
6.7% decrease in the
 
planned tonnage during
 
the
same period. The higher grade
 
is associated with mining some
 
mineralized material not in the
 
mine plan
nor in the
 
Mineral Reserve,
 
which was
 
mined at a
 
higher grade than
 
anticipated. The
 
decrease in
 
the
tonnage was due to power issues at Knights
 
section. Knights was negatively affected by load shedding
(scheduled and
 
unscheduled power
 
cuts). Ergo
 
is addressing
 
this issue
 
by introducing
 
back-up power
generators and installing a
 
power cable from
 
City Deeps to
 
supply Knights with
 
power from Eskom
 
rather
than City
 
Power. The
 
supply
 
of Eskom
 
power will
 
result in
 
advised power
 
reduction
 
rather than
 
power
cuts without any warning, which was the case with City
 
Power.
12.2
 
Cut-off Grade Estimation
The cut-off
 
grade, for
 
the purposes
 
of the
 
Mineral Reserve
 
definition, is
 
defined as
 
the grade
 
at which
the value
 
of the
 
contained metal
 
in a
 
unit quantity
 
is equivalent
 
to the
 
cost of
 
its production,
 
i.e., the
breakeven grade.
Cut-off Grade
=
Total On-Mine Production Costs
(Metal Market Price
–
 
Off-Mine Costs) x Recovery
The gold price
 
and other operational inputs
 
are discussed in various
 
Items of this
 
Report; plant recoveries
are reviewed in Item
 
14,
 
Item 16 reports on
 
marketing and pricing, and operating costs
 
are commented
on in Item 18. The cut-off grade and
 
Mineral Reserve grades for the source
 
areas are provided in Table
12.3.
 
Note
 
that
 
due
 
to
 
the
 
nature
 
of
 
mining
 
TSFs,
 
the
 
cut-off
 
grade
 
is
 
not
 
based
 
on
 
a
 
block
 
value
 
or
individual sections of the
 
TSF but based on
 
the total TSF (i.e.,
 
if the entire TSF
 
grade is above the
 
cut-off
grade, the TSF will be mined.
Table 12.3:
 
Cut-off Grade and Mineral Reserve Grades
Source Area
Plant Recovery
(%)
Cut-off Au Grade
(g/t)
Mineral Reserve Au Grade
(g/t)
Ergo
40,87
0.24
0.28
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
1.
 
The cut-off grade
 
provided above is
 
based on the
 
June 2022 LoM
 
plan and used
 
to validate the
 
30 June 2022
 
Mineral Resource and
Mineral Reserve estimation.
2.
 
Gold price ZAR914,294/kg (Item 16).
3.
 
On-mine cost ZAR90.86/t (Item 18).
4.
 
Off-mine cost ZAR0.00/t.
The various
 
modifying factors i.e.,
 
mining, metallurgical, processing,
 
infrastructure, economic, marketing,
legal,
 
environmental,
 
and governmental factors are discussed in Item 13 to
 
Item 19
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
149
12.3
 
Estimation and Modelling Techniques
Ergo reports its Mineral
 
Resources and Mineral
 
Reserves in accordance
 
with the Regulation S-K
 
1300. In
no case has Measured Mineral Resources been downgraded
 
to a Probable Mineral Reserve category.
Other than geological modelling, no other modelling or estimation techniques are used in the
 
selection
of Mineral Reserves. Selection for inclusion in the Mineral Reserves
 
is based on the average grade of the
TSF being above the required cut-off grade.
The following comments are relevant in the conversion
 
of Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves:
●
there is no mining dilution, as each of the TSFs is to be
 
mined and processed in their entirety;
●
no allowance has been made for mining losses; and
●
a LoM
 
plan has
 
been generated
 
,
 
reviewed and
 
tested for
 
economic viability
 
in a
 
discounted
cash
 
flow
 
(DCF)
 
model.
 
Cognizance
 
has
 
been
 
taken
 
of
 
the
 
geotechnical
 
considerations
regarding the
 
safety of
 
the operation
 
and long-term
 
stability of
 
the TSF
 
walls, and
 
the working
considerations are
 
based on operational
 
practices as
 
provided by Fraser
 
Alexander (Proprietary)
Limited, a tailings design, management and mining company.
12.4
 
Mineral Reserve Classification Criteria
The
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
classification
 
of
 
Proven
 
and
 
Probable
 
is
 
a
 
function
 
of
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Resource
classification
 
with
 
due
 
considerations
 
of
 
the
 
minimum
 
criteria
 
for
 
the
“
modifying
 
factors
”
 
as
considered in
 
the S-K1300.
 
In no
 
case has
 
Measured Mineral Resources
 
been downgraded to
 
a Probable
Mineral Reserve Category.
Due to
 
the length
 
of approval
 
times for
 
the renewal
 
of permits,
 
some of
 
the Mineral
 
Reserves may
 
be
based on
 
permits (approvals)
 
still in
 
the process
 
of being
 
renewed. At
 
this time,
 
there is
 
no indication
that
 
these renewals
 
will
 
not be
 
granted
 
and
 
therefore
 
have
 
been
 
used
 
in
 
the
 
LoM plan
 
and
 
Mineral
Reserve statement.
12.5
 
Mineral Reserves Statement
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
are
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
30
 
June
 
2022,
 
LoM
 
plan
 
and
 
schedule.
 
The
 
Ergo
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
statement as at 30 June 2022 is provided in Table 12.4 along with the previous Mineral Reserves as at 30
June 2021.
The QP confirms that the Mineral Reserve statement presented in Table 12.4 is
 
disclosed in accordance
to the S-K1300 guidelines.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
150
Table 12.4:
 
Ergo TSF Mineral Reserves Statement as at 30
 
June 2022
Mineral Reserve
Classification
Mineral Reserves as at 30 June 2021
Mineral Reserves as at 30 June 2022
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Tons
(Mt)
Au
(g/t)
Contents
(Moz)
Proven
29.36
0.295
0.28
200.21
0.33
2.09
Probable
253.59
0.311
2.53
192.79
0.24
1.49
Total Mineral Reserves
282.95
0.309
2.81
393.00
0.28
3.58
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Notes:
1.
 
Tons and grades were rounded, and this may result
 
in minor adding discrepancies.
2.
 
The Mineral Reserve has been reported in accordance
 
with the classification criteria defined in the Regulation
 
S-K 1300.
3.
 
The Mineral Reserve is estimated using the USD1,823/oz, ZAR15.60/USD
 
and ZAR914,294ZAR/kg financial parameters.
4.
 
No mining losses or dilution has been applied
 
in the conversion process nor has a mine call factor
 
been applied.
5.
 
Tonnage and grade RoM delivered to the processing
 
plant.
6.
 
The attributable Mineral Reserve is 100% of the total Mineral
 
Reserve.
The QP responsible
 
for the
 
reporting and
 
sign-off of
 
the Mineral
 
Reserve is
 
Professor Steven
 
Rupprecht.
Professor Rupprecht
 
is a Fellow
 
of the Southern
 
African Institute of
 
Mining and Metallurgy
 
(SAIMM) with
more than five years of experience relevant to the evaluation and
 
reporting of TSF Mineral Reserves.
Table 12.5
 
depicts the
 
Mineral Reserve
 
reconciliation between
 
30 June
 
2021, and
 
30 June 2022.
 
Some
20.48Mt was
 
depleted through
 
mining operations;
 
66.04Mt was
 
removed from
 
the Mineral
 
Reserve by
the removal of the Grootvlei TSFs from the LoM plan;
 
2.94Mt was subtracted due to survey adjustments,
and a
 
further 192.79Mt
 
added to
 
the LoM
 
plan with
 
the inclusion
 
of the
 
Daggafontein TSF
 
and 6.72Mt
for
 
additional
 
TSFs
 
upgraded
 
from
 
Indicated
 
Mineral
 
Resources
 
to
 
the
 
Probable
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
category.
 
Based
 
on the
 
above,
 
a total
 
tonnage
 
of 110.06Mt
 
has
 
been
 
added,
 
resulting
 
in
 
a 30
 
June
2022 Mineral Reserve of 393.00Mt at a grade of 0.28g/t.
Table 12.5:
 
Mineral Reserve Reconciliation
Source
Tons
(Mt)
Au Grade
(g/t)
Content
(Moz)
Mineral Reserve as at 30 June 2021
282.95
0.31
2.81
Depletion through Mining Operations
(20.48)
0.33
(0.22)
Survey Adjustment
(2.94)
0,20
(0.01)
Inclusion of Daggafontein TSF in the LoM Plan
192.79
0.24
1.49
Exclusion of a Grootvlei TSF
(66.04)
0.26
(0.55)
Inclusion of 4 TSFs in the LoM Plan
6.72
0.26
0.06
Mineral Reserve as at 30 June 2022
393.00
0.28
3.58
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Note: Quantities and grades have been rounded to two
 
decimal places,
 
therefore minor computational errors may occur.
The
 
various
 
modifying
 
factors,
 
i.e.,
 
mining,
 
metallurgical,
 
processing,
 
infrastructure,
 
economic,
marketing, legal,
 
environmental,
 
and governmental
 
factors, will
 
be discussed
 
in the
 
following Items
 
of
this Report.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
151
12.6
QP Statement on the Mineral Reserve Estimation
The Mineral Reserves declared are estimated from the
 
30 June 2022 LoM plan which was
 
developed for
the Ergo operations and is based on the Mineral Resource Estimates as at
 
30 June 2021, depleted to 30
June 2022 together with a
 
set of modifying factors based
 
on recent operational results,
 
and economic
inputs provided by
 
Ergo.
 
The assumptions applied
 
in determining the
 
modifying factors and
 
economic
inputs are reasonable and appropriate. The LoM plan is in sufficient detail to ensure achievability and is
based
 
on
 
historical
 
achievements.
 
All
 
the
 
inputs
 
used
 
in
 
the
 
estimation
 
of
 
the
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
have
been thoroughly reviewed and can be considered
 
technically robust.
Apart from the Marievale Complex (a low to medium risk
 
due to ownership issues), the QP applies a low
risk
 
to the
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
but acknowledges
 
there
 
are
 
several
 
external
 
factors that
 
can
 
impact
 
on
Mineral Reserves, such as
 
infrastructural, marketing, financial,
 
environmental,
 
social and governmental
aspects.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
152
13
 
Mining Methods
Ergo’s
 
business
 
is
 
the
 
retreatment
 
of
 
old
 
gold
 
bearing
 
sand
 
dumps
 
and
 
slimes
 
dams
 
(termed
 
TSFs)
 
to
recover gold. Consequently, Ergo has acquired an extensive inventory of gold bearing sand and slimes
TSFs spread across the Central
 
and East Rand goldfields produced from
 
the historical processing of gold
ores of
 
the Witwatersrand
 
Supergroup,
 
by the
 
gold
 
mines that
 
operated
 
across the
 
gold
 
fields. These
mines are now mostly
 
defunct and stretch from
 
the Crown, City
 
Deep and Knights processing
 
plants in
the Central Rand to the south of Johannesburg to the Grootvlei Mine in the East Rand over some 70km.
The result of
 
Ergo’s retreatment
 
is the creation
 
of a ‘new’
 
TSF, which
 
tailings are deposited
 
on a mega
TSF (Brakpan/Withok TSF)
 
designed to modern
 
standards. In
 
this way, Ergo
 
plays a dual
 
role in creating
value and cleaning up the environment.
Ergo consists of
 
the processing plant
 
and pipeline infrastructure,
 
the mining rights,
 
licenses and permits
to access
 
a large
 
number of
 
surface Mineral
 
Resources (old
 
tailings, slimes
 
and sand
 
dumps) and
 
the
active Brakpan/Withok TSF.
Table 13.1 indicates Ergo’s historical operation
 
results. The results show that
 
since 2017 Ergo has declined
from
 
nearly
 
25Mtpa
 
to
 
21.5Mtpa.
 
During
 
the
 
2020
 
and
 
2021
 
financial
 
years
 
(FYs),
 
production
 
was
adversely affected by
 
the Covid-19
 
pandemic and
 
in 2022 was
 
influenced by
 
power restrictions (load
shedding).
 
The 2022
 
tonnage profile
 
was also
 
lower due
 
to a
 
deliberate decision
 
by management
 
to
mine higher grade material as part of a clean-up operation which
 
in turn sacrificed low grade volume.
Although operational tonnage was lower than planned, operational performances
 
were boosted by a
higher
 
gold
 
price
 
received
 
for
 
FY2022
 
(ZAR894,409/kg),
 
FY2021
 
(ZAR917,996/kg)
 
and
 
FY2020
(ZAR768,675/kg) reporting robust
 
net cashflows. Ergo
 
has adjusted
 
the planned RoM
 
tonnage in the
 
2022
LoM plan targeting about 22Mtpa in the short to medium term
 
and 21.6Mtpa in the longer term.
Table 13.1:
 
Historical Ergo Operational Results
Year
FY2022
FY2021
FY2020
FY2019
FY2018
FY2017
Tonnage (t) ('000)
21,111
22,952
20,228
23,162
24,281
24,958
Gold Produced (kg)
4,156
4,263
3,989
4,493
4,679
4,265
Yield (g/t)
0,188
0,186
0,197
0,194
0,193
0,171
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
13.1
 
Mining Method
The current mining methods
 
applied by Ergo are
 
suitable for all TSFs (dumps)
 
(Figure 13.1). No selective
mining will occur with the entire TSF being
 
processed. No selective mining is the result
 
of four conditions
inherent in the DRDGOLD operation of reclaiming the dumps:
●
there is nowhere on the mining sites to dump the below cut-off
 
grade material;
●
the mining method is not conducive to selective
 
mining;
 
and
●
the operation is a
 
rehabilitation exercise, and all mineralized
 
material must be removed
 
from the
site, and
 
it is,
 
therefore, economically beneficial
 
to process
 
all material, even
 
low-grade material.
●
Concurrent rehabilitation
 
takes place
 
which reduces
 
the environmental
 
impact as
 
well as
 
the
rehabilitation liabilities
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p169i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
153
Figure 13.1:
 
Typical Tailing Storage Facility
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
13.1.1
 
Hydraulic Mining
The
 
use
 
of
 
water
 
plus
 
energy
 
to
 
mine
 
unconsolidated
 
material
 
has
 
a
 
long
 
history.
 
Documented
 
and
physical evidence indicates
 
widespread and sophisticated
 
use in the Californian
 
goldfields in the mid-
19th century. Thousands
 
of kilometers
 
of ditches and
 
flumes were constructed
 
to gravitate
 
water from
the mountains
 
to generate
 
sufficient
 
pressure
 
to “flush”
 
the
 
alluvial
 
gravel
 
beds into
 
sluices. In
 
recent
years,
 
however,
 
the
 
most
 
popular
 
techniques
 
have
 
been
 
based
 
on
 
hydraulic
 
mining
 
used
 
to
 
mine
unconsolidated
 
materials,
 
alluvial
 
deposits,
 
freshly
 
blasted
 
ores
 
and
 
for
 
the
 
recovery
 
(or
 
mining)
 
of
dewatered TSFs.
Hydraulic mining is
 
loosely defined as excavating
 
material from its
 
in situ state
 
using water. A stream
 
of
water is directed at the mining face to
 
mechanically breaking and/or softening the material so that the
water flow
 
can carry
 
it away.
 
The application
 
or
 
effectiveness
 
of the
 
method is
 
a function
 
of various
factors
 
ranging
 
from
 
the
 
size,
 
velocity
 
and
 
pressure
 
of
 
the
 
water
 
stream
 
to
 
the
 
location,
 
hardness,
particle size and moisture content of the material to be mined.
Hydraulic
 
mining
 
is
 
typically
 
undertaken
 
using
 
100mm
 
or
 
150mm
 
monitor
 
guns
 
(Figure
 
13.2),
 
with
increased production achieved by
 
including additional units. Hydraulic
 
mining provides a high degree
of
 
flexibility
 
that
 
allows
 
simultaneous
 
mining
 
at
 
several
 
points
 
over
 
a
 
wide
 
range
 
of
 
production
 
rates.
Consequently, grade blending is readily achievable.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p170i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
154
Figure 13.2:
 
Example of Hydraulic Mining
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Hydraulic
 
mining
 
in
 
semi
 
or
 
near-saturated
 
conditions
 
is
 
possible
 
and
 
common
 
and
 
has
 
a
 
clear
advantage over load-and-haul operations.
 
Hydraulic mining does
 
not create,
 
but rather ameliorate the
airborne
 
dust
 
problem
 
often
 
associated
 
with
 
fine
 
TSFs
 
and
 
dry
 
mining
 
techniques.
 
A
 
typical
 
generic
hydraulic mining system is shown in Figure 13.3.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p171i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
155
Figure 13.3:
 
Hydraulic Mining Process Diagram
Source: J Engels,
 
No Date
Note: the pumps have been excluded for clarity
The planning of hydraulic mining considers several
 
factors:
●
the required production rate;
●
the life of the operation;
●
the type of material to be
 
mined (including hardness, density,
 
grading, specific gravity,
 
degree
of contamination (vegetation));
●
the site topography, shape and form of the TSF;
●
the slurry quality requirements;
●
the pumping distances;
 
and
●
water, power, equipment and labor availability.
Considering
 
the
 
abovementioned
 
aspects
 
allows
 
the
 
size
 
and
 
number
 
of
 
monitor
 
guns
 
to
 
be
determined. Essentially, most applications
 
require 1m
3
 
of water per dry ton
 
to be mined aiming for
 
50%
solids.
 
A
 
monitor
 
gun
 
can
 
be
 
fitted
 
with
 
different
 
diameter
 
nozzles
 
(100mm
 
or
 
150mm)
 
that
 
allow
production rates to be “fine-tuned”.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p172i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
156
Before the
 
slurry enters
 
the pumping
 
facilities, it
 
is usually
 
necessary to
 
pass the
 
slurry through
 
a screen
or
 
series
 
of
 
screens
 
depending
 
upon
 
the
 
degree
 
of
 
contamination
 
and
 
oversize.
 
Satellite
 
pumps
transport
 
slime
 
into
 
a
 
thickener
 
or
 
header
 
tank
 
ahead
 
of
 
the
 
processing
 
plant
 
that
 
accommodates
surges in flow, grading or density.
Hydraulic
 
mining
 
provides
 
slurry
 
feedstock
 
to
 
the
 
mineral
 
processing
 
plant
 
continuously.
 
To
 
maintain
production,
 
high
 
pressure
 
water
 
must
 
be
 
ensured.
 
Slurry
 
densities
 
and
 
production
 
rates
 
will
 
not
 
be
achieved
 
if
 
the
 
water
 
pressure
 
is
 
not
 
maintained.
 
Critical
 
to
 
hydraulic
 
mining
 
is
 
consistent
 
high
 
slurry
densities. If densities
 
drop, less tonnage
 
is delivered to
 
the processing plant,
 
thus increasing the
 
mining
cost. Figure 13.4 demonstrates a cross-sectional view of mining
 
a TSF.
Figure 13.4:
 
Typical Mining Method for a TSF
Source: DRDGOLD, 2018
13.1.2
 
Conventional Load, Haul and Slurry
A second mining method employed
 
by Ergo is the
 
use of front-end loaders
 
(FEL) to load slimes
 
and sand
(Figure 13.5). In
 
these cases, the
 
FELs load from
 
the bottom of
 
the dump and
 
transport the mineralized
material to a feed hopper which feeds a conveyor.
 
The conveyor transports (Figure 13.6 to Figure
 
13.8)
the mineralized
 
material to the
 
satellite pump
 
station where
 
it is
 
mixed with
 
water to form
 
a slurry
 
then
pumped to
 
the processing
 
plant. In
 
other cases,
 
the FELs
 
load directly
 
onto trucks
 
for transport
 
to the
processing plant.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p173i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p173i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
157
Figure 13.5:
 
Example of Loading with a FEL
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Figure 13.6:
 
Example of Loading with a FEL into a Hopper
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p174i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p174i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
158
Figure 13.7:
 
Example of Material on Conveyor
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Figure 13.8:
 
Slurry Point for Loading
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
159
13.2
 
Mining Sections
Ergo re-treats slimes and
 
sand dumps from three
 
sections,
 
as depicted in Figure
 
13.9, the West
 
Section,
Central
 
Section, and
 
the
 
East
 
Section.
 
Figure
 
13.10
 
provides
 
an
 
overview
 
of the
 
Ergo
 
operations
 
and
pipelines from the West Rand to East Rand.
In terms of the LoM plan and the Mineral Reserve statement, the following
 
TSFs are considered material
for Ergo:
●
4L3 (13.1Mt);
●
Rooikraal TSF (56.8Mt);
●
7L15 TSF (17.1Mt);
●
Marievale Complex (54.1Mt);
 
and
●
Daggafontein TSF (192.8Mt).
The following TSFs, excluding
 
the material TSFs listed
 
above, are reported on
 
an aggregate basis, as
 
they
are included in the LoM plan and cumulatively make
 
the Ergo operation economically viable.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p176i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
160
Figure 13.9:
 
Ergo Sections
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p177i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
161
Figure 13.10:
 
Ergo Operations Overview
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Note: overview purposes only
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
162
13.2.1
 
West Rand
No Mineral Reserve was declared.
13.2.2
 
Central Rand Section – City Section
Mining areas located from
 
Soweto to City Deep
 
are planned to be
 
loaded and hauled to
 
the City
Deep Basin or alternatively 4L25. Slurry is
 
pumped from the City Deep Basin via a
 
600ktpm (500mm
NB pipe)
 
pipeline to
 
the Ergo
 
processing plant.
 
Operations from
 
the City
 
Section are
 
planned to
be completed in September 2027 and the Knights
 
Section will be completed in June 2024.
Table 13.2 and Table 13.4
 
depict the working places
 
in the Central Rand that
 
are included in the
LoM
 
plan
 
and
 
include
 
sites
 
that
 
are
 
being
 
mined
 
on
 
a
 
contract
 
basis
 
and
 
not
 
included
 
in
 
the
Mineral Reserve.
Table 13.2:
 
Central Rand (City Section)
Workplace
Tonnage
(kt)
Grade
AU
(g/t)
Recovery
(%)
Steady State
Mining Rate
(ktpm)
Commentary
3L1 Sand and 3A1
201
0.63
64.1
20
Mined in 2026
3L40
204
0.30
46.0
50
Mined in 2022 to 2023
4L42
300
0.30
46.0
75
Mined in 2022
3L43
150
0,45
52.7
50
Mined in 2022
4L2
252
0.30
46.0
100
Mined in 2022 to 2023
4L25 LG
1 518
0.31
46.1
150
Mined in 2022 to 2023
4L3
13,134
0.32
45.9
320
Mined in 2022 to 2026
4L4
4,738
0.31
47.8
140
Mined in 2023 to 2027
4L6
2,410
0.60
44.2
140
Mined in 2023 to 2024
3L30 Rob Deep Slime
216
0.60
73.3
40
Mined in 2022
3L30 Rob Deep Sand
15
1.00
62,5
20
Mined in 2022 to 2023
(Rehabilitation)
Valley Silts
3,760
0.60
64.9
80
Mined in 2022 to 2026
Genesis (3A11)
164
0.42
62.5
50
Contract-Mined in 2022
Cons Dump Cluster
794
0.63
51.4
65
Contract-Mined in 2026
Total
27,856
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
163
Table 13.3:
 
Central Rand (Knights
 
Section)
Workplace
Tonnage
(kt)
Grade
Au
(g/t)
Recovery
(%)
Steady State
Mining Rate
(ktpm)
Commentary
4A18 - E
 
and S Sand
130
0.60
62.2
10
Mined in 2022
4A18 - 4A30 Sand
204
0.50
55.2
17
Mined in 2022
4A18 -4A19 Sand
216
0.60
62.2
18
Mined in 2022
4A18 - 4L13 Sand
46
0.60
62.3
10
Mined in 2022
4A18 - BGM Dumps
Sand
2,256
0.60
62.8
34
Contract - Mined in 2022
4A18 - Benoni Cluster
Sand
1,200
0.56
59.6
60
Mined in 2023 to 2024
Consolidated Dumps
via 5/L/27
645
0.38
41.0
80
Mined in 2024
4L18 -Ezekiel
130
0.40
43.5
20
Mined in 2022
4L18 - 4L19 Slime
292
0.65
65.2
40
Mined in 2022
4L18 - 4L8 Slime
120
0.48
52.9
15
Mined in 2022
4L18 - Primrose Slime
398
0.60
62.3
40
Mined in 2023 to 2024
Cedar and 50/50
350
0.36
37.7
40
Mined in 2023 to 2024
Cason Slime and
Lycast Clean-up
50
0.63
64.2
15
Mined in 2022
Cedar and 50/50
881
0.47
52.3
100
Mined in 2022
Total
6,919
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
13.2.3
 
East Rand Section
Table
 
13.4
 
indicates
 
the
 
TSF
 
planned
 
working
 
sites
 
located
 
in
 
the
 
East
 
Rand
 
-
 
Ergo
 
Section,
including sites that are being mined on a contract basis,
 
and not included in the Mineral Reserve.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
164
Table 13.4:
 
East Rand Section (Ergo Section)
Workplace
Tonnage
(kt)
Grade
(g/t)
Recovery
(%)
Steady State
Mining Rate
(ktpm)
Commentary
4L14
6,638
0.28
48.1
270
Mined 2023 to 2025
4L30
3,512
0.33
48.0
270
Mined 2022 to 2024
4L39
9,008
0.42
54.3
360
Contract - Mined 2023 to
2025
4L40
2,281
0.27
44.4
300
Contract -Mined 2025 to
2026
Cons Dump Benoni
1,912
0.48
63.5
50
Contract - Mined 2024 to
2027
4L50 Elsburg
3,418
0.26
39.5
280
Plan Finish in 2023
4L49 Elsburg
290
0.26
41.3
290
Mined 2023
4L47 Elsburg
3,219
0,26
41.3
270
Site clean up
Benoni Slime
500
0.34
43.8
130
Mined 2023
5A10
975
0,61
65.0
70
Completed in 2022
5L27
3,829
0.40
64.9
140
Mining 2022 to 2026
5L27 Sand
4,288
0.28
60.0
140
Mining 2026 to 2028
5L27 Scoops Slime
1,155
0.60
67.9
100
Contract - Mined 2022 to
2023
5L27 Pipeline
1,002
0.60
62.8
90
Mined to 2024 to 2025
5L29 van Dyk
2,355
0.26
42.3
220
Mined to 2023
6L13
2,874
0.60
58.3
240
Mined 2028 to 2029
6L14
6,980
0.32
50.0
291
Mined 2027 to 2029
7L15
17,646
0.26
42.9
600
Mined 2027 to 2033
Rooikraal
56,763
0.26
34.2
380
Mined 2023 to 2034
Marievale 7L4
17,590
0.34
46.0
750
Mined 2025 to 2027
Marievale 7L5
6,980
0.29
47.4
750
Mined 2027 to 2029
Marievale 7L6
12,760
0.26
41.3
350
Mined 2029 to 2031
Marievale 7L7
16,784
0.32
40.9
550
Mined 2028 to 2031
Daggafontein
192,800
0.24
35.0
1,800
Mined 2031 to 2041
Total
375,559
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
13.3
 
Mine Design and Schedule
The technical work/studies conducted by Ergo to support the conversion of Mineral Resources
to
 
Mineral
 
Reserves
 
and
 
to
 
generate
 
the
 
on-going
 
LoM
 
plan
 
are
 
at
 
least
 
to
 
a
 
PFS
 
level
 
of
accuracy (i.e., +/-25%). The LoM schedule mines
 
approximately 21Mtpa from several TSF sites.
Table 13.5 provides
 
the modifying
 
factors used
 
to convert
 
the Mineral
 
Resources to
 
a Mineral
Reserve used in
 
the 19-year LoM
 
plan.
 
Due to the
 
nature of mining
 
tailings and slimes
 
TSFs, no
mining
 
loss
 
or
 
dilution
 
is
 
applied
 
in
 
the
 
conversion
 
process.
 
Recovery
 
factors
 
are
 
based
 
on
actual plant performances, which are reconciled
 
annually.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
165
Table 13.5:
 
Summary of Modifying Factors for LoM Plan
Source Area/Plant
MCF
(%)
LoM Recovery
(%)
Mining Loss
(%)
Dilution
(%)
Total Ergo Operation
100
40.9
0
0
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Note: Tailing recoveries vary on a TSF-by-TSF basis
Table 13.6 provides the
 
30 June 2022 19-year LoM
 
tonnage and recovered gold schedule
 
used
to support the declaration of the Mineral Reserve. The LoM plan has a cut-off grade of 0.24g/t
Au, which is below the planned LoM head grade of 0.28g/t Au. The working cost of ZAR90.86/t
is based on the
 
LoM plan.
 
The current LoM plan
 
is very robust. However,
 
it remains sensitive
 
to
RoM grade, gold price, exchange rate, recovery and
 
operating costs.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
166
Table 13.6:
 
Ergo Forecast Production from July 2021 to June
 
2034
Years
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2022 to 2023
2023 to 2024
2024 to 2025
2025 to 2026
2026 to 2027
2027 to 2028
2028 to 2029
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Sand
3,409
1,380
4,684
1,767
2,560
1,116
2,450
885
2,615
839
1,549
605
720
466
Slime
19,501
2,760
18,290
2,873
19,020
2,873
18,038
2,437
19,340
2,628
19,479
2,486
20,200
2,479
Total
22,910
4,141
22,974
4,561
21,580
3,988
20,488
3,322
21,955
3,467
21,028
3,091
20,920
2,945
Years
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2029 to 2030
2030 to 2031
2031 to 2032
2032 to 2033
2033 to 2034
2034 to 2035
2035 to 2036
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Sand
720
466
720
466
720
466
515
333
0
-
0
-
0
-
Slime
21,145
2,727
21,599
2,555
21,585
1,979
21,600
1,852
21,703
1,854
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
Total
21,865
3,193
22,319
3,021
22,305
2,445
22,115
2,185
21,703
1,854
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
Years
15
16
17
18
19
Total
2036 to 2037
2037 to 2038
2038 to 2039
2039 to 2040
2040 to 2041
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Tons
(kt)
Recovered
Au
(kg)
Sand
 
0
-
0
-
0
-
0
-
0
-
20,662
8,788
Slime
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
18,572
1,560
389,672
41,870
Total
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
21,600
1,814
18,572
1,560
410,334
50,658
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
167
13.4
 
Geotechnical and Geohydrology
The
 
Witwatersrand
 
TSFs
 
have
 
been
 
successfully
 
and
 
economically
 
exploited
 
for
 
some
 
time,
 
and
 
the
geotechnical and geohydrology characteristics are well understood from practical experience.
 
A safe
bench
 
height
 
is
 
dependent
 
upon
 
the
 
material
 
being
 
mined
 
and
 
is
 
also
 
influenced
 
by
 
the
 
phreatic
surface within the
 
dump. No
 
geotechnical or hydrological risks
 
surrounding Ergo’s operations
 
have been
identified that would
 
impact the declaration of
 
a Mineral Reserve. As
 
no open pit
 
mining is taking
 
place,
the mine design
 
does not account
 
for slope angles
 
but rather the
 
natural angle of
 
repose from hydraulic
mining. To ensure the competency of the wall, an
 
angle of 45
˚
 
is used for mining.
No geotechnical or hydrological aspects affecting the surface deposits are significant to the operation
and the QP is unaware of any incidents regarding
 
unexpected highwall failure.
Mining bench heights are in the order of 15m.
Hydraulic mining provides slurry feedstock to
 
the processing plant continuously. To maintain
 
production,
high pressure
 
water must
 
be ensured.
 
Slurry densities
 
and production
 
rates will
 
not be
 
achieved if
 
the
water pressure is not maintained. Critical to hydraulic mining is
 
consistent high slurry densities. If densities
drop, less tonnage is delivered to the processing
 
plant,
 
thus increasing the unit mining cost.
The following series of steps offer an overview of the
 
hydraulic mining process:
●
the water monitor
 
washes the slime
 
material between
 
10m to 15m
 
high benches
 
with a mining
width of 15m and a length of 9m or more (“mining
 
cut”);
●
monitoring will be conducted from the bench of the
 
TSF (i.e., top-down approach);
●
the
 
resulting
 
slurry
 
stream
 
is
 
channeled
 
in
 
the
 
15m
 
wide
 
mining
 
cut,
 
which
 
forms
 
a
 
trough
 
to
ensure a good flow of the slurry material to the pumps,
 
which will then transport the slurry to the
processing plant;
 
and
●
approximately
 
6,950t/d
 
(316tph)
 
per
 
water
 
monitor
 
is
 
achievable
 
equating
 
to
 
four
 
hydraulic
monitors to produce 600ktpm.
The operating position of the monitor will be on the top of the mining cut and operating at a 45
˚
 
angle,
as seen in Figure 13.11.
 
The reclamation gun position
 
and bench angles are
 
based on experience and
on-site observations.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p184i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
168
Figure 13.11:
 
Hydraulic Mining with Monitor showing Distance and Angle
Source: DRDGOLD; and The RVN Group, 2022
When
 
FELs
 
are
 
used,
 
care
 
is
 
taken
 
to
 
ensure
 
that
 
there
 
is
 
no
 
undermining
 
of
 
the
 
dump
 
highwall
 
with
operators being
 
cognizant
 
of the
 
risks related
 
to
 
slumping highwalls.
 
Dozers are
 
used to
 
remove
 
over
hanging
 
material
 
where
 
required.
 
No
 
geotechnical
 
or
 
hydrological
 
aspects
 
affecting
 
the
 
surface
deposits are significant to the operation and the QP is unaware of
 
any incidents regarding unexpected
highwall failure.
13.5
 
Requirements for Stripping
As
 
no
 
underground
 
mining
 
is
 
done,
 
there
 
is
 
no
 
underground
 
development
 
and
 
backfilling
 
required.
Other than minimal precleaning with a dozer of the
 
top of the TSFs no pre-stripping is required at Ergo.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
169
13.6
 
Mining Equipment and Personnel Requirements
The equipment required for hydraulic mining are as follows:
●
track mounted hydraulic monitors;
●
water columns, 250mm diameter pipes to feed water to
 
the hydraulic monitor;
●
grizzly screen to remove debris from slurry;
●
satellite pump stations (spindle pumps) to pump slurry
 
to main pump station;
 
and
●
main transfer pump station.
For
 
loading
 
of
 
sand,
 
excavators,
 
dozers,
 
FELs,
 
trucks
 
and
 
conveyors
 
are
 
required
 
as
 
shown
 
in
Item 13.2.2.
Ergo
 
employs
 
776
 
full
 
time
 
employees
 
and
 
1,628
 
special
 
service
 
providers,
 
with
 
service
 
providers
deployed mostly in security, reclamation,
 
and tailings deposition.
13.7
 
Mine Plans
13.7.1
 
Introduction
The QPs have identified the material TSFs in the Mineral
 
Resource and Mineral Reserve.
In terms of the
 
LoM plan and
 
the Mineral Reserve
 
statement, the following
 
TSF are considered material
for Ergo:
●
4L3 (13.1Mt);
●
Rooikraal TSF (56.8Mt);
●
7L15 TSF (17.1Mt);
●
Daggafontein (192.8Mt);
 
and
●
Marievale Complex (54.1Mt).
13.7.2
 
Central Rand
The 4L3 TSF accounts for 13.1Mt and is considered material to Ergo. The 4L3 TSF has commenced
 
mining
operations in 2022 achieving a steady state mining rate
 
of 3.2Mtpa and is completed in 2026.
13.7.3
 
East Rand (Ergo)
The Rooikraal
 
TSF is scheduled
 
to commence
 
mining in
 
2023 and completes
 
mining operations
 
in 2034
Rooikraal starts up at
 
4.5Mt in 2023, with steady
 
state production of 5.4Mt
 
between 2027 and 2033.
 
The
final year produces 4.4Mt as the remnant of the TSF is removed.
Mining of the Marievale Complex is scheduled to commence in 2025,
 
starting with the mining of the 7L4
TSF, in 2027 the 7L5
 
TSF embarks with 7L6 and 7L7
 
TSFs begin mining in 2028. The
 
Marievale complex starts
production
 
at 4.7
 
Mtpa
 
and
 
reaching
 
a steady
 
state mining
 
rate of
 
9.0Mtpa
 
in
 
2028 with
 
production
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p186i1
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
170
influenced
 
by
 
the
 
various
 
TSFs
 
starting-up
 
or
 
winding
 
down
 
production.
 
The
 
mining
 
of
 
Marievale
 
is
conditional
 
upon
 
the
 
successful
 
resolution
 
of
 
the
 
conflicting
 
ownership
 
claim
 
by
 
the
 
owner
 
of
 
the
freehold on which a part of the complex is situated.
Mining of the Daggafontein TSF commences in October 2031. The top cut is mined from 2031 until 2033,
the middle
 
cut of
 
the TSF
 
being mined
 
for four
 
years, from
 
2034 until
 
2037, and
 
the bottom
 
cut mined
from
 
2038
 
to
 
2041
 
(Figure
 
13.12,
 
Figure
 
13.13
 
and
 
Figure
 
13.14).
 
Over
 
the
 
11-year
 
period
 
the
Daggafontein TSF produces 192.8Mt at a grade of 0.24g/t
 
Au.
Figure 13.12:
 
Daggafontein TSF Top Cut Mining Sequence
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p187i2 exhibit962p187i1
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
171
Figure 13.13:
 
Daggafontein TSF Middle Cut Mining Sequence
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Figure 13.14:
 
Daggafontein TSF Bottom Cut Mining Sequence
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
172
14
 
Processing and Recovery Methods
14.1
 
Introduction
The
 
Ergo
 
processing
 
plant
 
located
 
in
 
Brakpan,
 
is
 
Ergo’s
 
flagship
 
metallurgical
 
plant
 
which
 
currently
targets
 
throughput
 
between
 
1.8Mtpm
 
to
 
2.0Mtpm.
 
The
 
City
 
Deep
 
processing
 
plant
 
has
 
been
reconfigured to operate
 
as a milling and
 
pump station and feed
 
the Ergo processing plant
 
via a 50km
pipeline. The
 
City Deep processing
 
plant processes
 
mineralized material
 
from TSFs of
 
the Central
 
Rand
areas (i.e., Johannesburg, Germiston,
 
and Boksburg), with mining
 
operations scheduled to close
 
in 2027.
Knights Plant treats sand and slime and will operate until
 
2024.
The Ergo
 
processing plant
 
follows the
 
conventional
 
method of
 
extracting
 
gold. The
 
plant has
 
been in
operation for more than 30 years, with minor improvements
 
conducted on a regular basis.
Ergo
 
retreats
 
historical
 
tailings
 
and
 
the
 
remaining
 
gold
 
in
 
the
 
TSFs
 
is
 
finely
 
disseminated
 
within
 
the
material. The gold
 
does not respond
 
to physical recovery
 
methods. Direct
 
cyanidation has
 
been used
for decades to solubilize the gold and then
 
recover it by hydrometallurgical techniques.
 
The Carbon in
leach (CIL)
 
process is
 
used with
 
elution and
 
final recovery
 
by zinc
 
precipitation which
 
produces >85%
bullion quality.
14.2
 
Plant Feed Grade and Metallurgical Test Work
The Ergo processing plant is fed from at least eight different
 
mining sites (including sand and slime) that
are being mined
 
and fed
 
into the plant
 
at any
 
one time. Daily
 
composites are
 
submitted to
 
the assay
laboratory for
 
grade determination
 
to assist
 
with the
 
management of
 
the operations.
 
A sub-sample
 
is
split
 
and
 
composite
 
samples
 
over
 
a
 
week
 
for
 
metallurgical
 
test
 
work.
 
A
 
bottle
 
roll
 
test
 
is
 
conducted
utilizing the same parameters
 
that are used
 
on the full-scale
 
plant. Should any
 
deviations be reported,
further investigations are undertaken.
Prior
 
to
 
commencing
 
reclamation
 
of
 
any
 
mineralized
 
material,
 
a
 
comprehensive
 
drilling
 
exercise
 
is
carried out.
 
As part
 
of the
 
evaluation, sub-samples
 
are sent
 
to Ergo’s
 
in-house
 
metallurgical
 
research
laboratory for testing to assess the amenability of the material to cyanidation
 
and what recoveries can
be expected. Mineralogy work is
 
not carried out on
 
a routine basis but
 
on a needs-basis associated with
the exploration program.
Sand material that
 
is coarse in
 
nature, is first
 
milled prior to
 
cyanidation, while slimes
 
material is processed
without pre-milling.
 
All feed
 
streams are
 
combined before
 
removing extraneous
 
oversize, which
 
could
contaminate
 
the
 
activated
 
carbon,
 
over
 
linear
 
screens.
 
The
 
material
 
is
 
leached
 
with
 
cyanide
 
at
 
an
elevated
 
pH
 
in
 
mechanically
 
agitated
 
tanks.
 
Carbon
 
is
 
then
 
used
 
to
 
adsorb
 
the
 
dissolved
 
gold.
 
The
loaded carbon is
 
removed from the
 
circuit and the
 
gold eluted off
 
the carbon.
 
The gold is
 
then finally
recovered using zinc precipitation and smelting of bullion
 
bars.
The tailings are pumped to a
 
large Mega TSF (Brakpan/Withok TSF) located south of
 
the Ergo processing
plant.
 
The
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF
 
as
 
of
 
June
 
2022
 
has
 
a
 
remaining
 
capacity
 
of
 
approximately
 
(~950Mt)
after
 
implementation
 
of
 
the
 
facility’s
 
final
 
life
 
design.
 
The
 
Ergo
 
plant
 
capacity
 
is
 
64,000tpd
 
and
 
gold
recovery is between 35% and 50%.
A 100% mine call factor is applied at the Ergo processing
 
plant.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
173
For planning purposes, Ergo uses the RoM head grade (i.e., the grade of the RoM material
 
as delivered
to the processing plant)
 
and the anticipated residue grade to estimate the recovery which is
 
the head
grade minus residue grade multiplied by the tonnage treated.
During
 
the
 
life
 
of
 
each
 
TSF,
 
the
 
mined
 
grade
 
is
 
monitored
 
and
 
compared
 
to
 
the
 
estimated
 
Mineral
Reserve grade. Generally, these grades tend to track each
 
other. When the TSF is completely mined, a
final reconciliation is conducted.
Metallurgical test work is carried
 
out routinely using laboratory equipment
 
and leach conditions, which
closely mimic the full-scale operation.
 
The test work is considered representative
 
as historical results are
consistent, and generally
 
minor deviations are
 
seen on numerous
 
tests from the
 
same source material.
The material differs slightly
 
in terms of head grade,
 
particle size and origin, so
 
different recovery factors
are used for each
 
source. Due to the consistency of
 
the exploration and metallurgical test work,
 
no bulk
sampling or pilot scaling test work is conducted.
No specific
 
assumptions or allowances
 
are made
 
for deleterious
 
elements in the
 
material. They are
 
either
screened out before entering the processing plant or if they cannot be removed,
 
the metallurgical test
work results will include the impact. If the impact is too great, the
 
material will not be treated.
Cyanidation of gold bearing material, with elution of gold from the loaded carbon is a tried and tested
process and there is nothing novel about the process.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
174
Figure 14.1: Process Flow Diagram
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p191i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
175
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
176
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
177
Table 14.1 indicates
 
the process recoveries
 
for the various
 
plants for the
 
past two years,
 
and the planned
average recoveries
 
over the
 
19-year LoM.
 
The recoveries
 
are based
 
on metallurgical
 
test work
 
for the
various tailings dumps, slimes and silted
 
vleis that are scheduled to
 
be mined over the 19-year
 
LoM plan.
Table 14.1:
 
Ergo Process Recoveries
Description
2020 to 2021
2021 LoM Average
2022 LoM Average
Total Mine
45.9%
48.9%
40.8%
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Note: The drop in the 2022 recovery is due to the inclusion
 
of the Daggafontein TSF which has a recovery of
 
35%.
14.3
 
Mineral Process and Equipment Characteristics
The metallurgical
 
process and
 
equipment used
 
at the
 
Ergo processing
 
plant is
 
well tested
 
and utilised
by numerous tailings retreatment operators in South Africa.
14.3.1
 
Reception
Material received
 
from the
 
various mining
 
sites is
 
first sampled
 
through two
 
in one
 
slurry samplers
 
and
then thickened in four large thickeners to produce an underflow with an SG of 1.45 for leaching and for
recovery of excess water.
14.3.2
 
De-sanding Section
Thickened
 
material
 
from
 
the
 
four
 
large
 
thickeners
 
is
 
pumped
 
to
 
a
 
distribution
 
box
 
in
 
the
 
de-sanding
section. Here the tailings can be directed to
 
four linear screens which have an 850µm aperture cloth for
the removal of
 
debris to prevent
 
contamination of
 
the carbon. The
 
undersize from the
 
linear screens is
pumped up to a two-way distribution box ahead of the leach.
14.3.3
 
Carbon-in-Leach
The CIL section
 
comprises of two
 
streams of 11
 
tanks per stream.
 
Each tank
 
has a capacity
 
of 2,000m
3
and at
 
a throughput
 
of 1.8Mtpm
 
gives
 
a leach
 
residence time
 
of about
 
11.5 hours,
 
with the
 
first tank
being used for pre-conditioning with lime and oxygen.
Cyanide is added
 
to the second and
 
fourth tank in
 
the leach train.
 
Carbon is present
 
in all but
 
the first
two tanks
 
and is
 
retained by
 
interstage screens.
 
Carbon is
 
moved counter-current
 
up the
 
leach using
recessed
 
impeller
 
pumps.
 
The
 
carbon
 
concentration
 
in
 
the
 
tanks
 
is
 
about
 
10g/l.
 
Loaded
 
carbon
 
is
transferred
 
to
 
the
 
four
 
loaded
 
carbon
 
hoppers
 
over
 
vibrating
 
screens.
 
Loaded
 
carbon
 
values
 
vary
between 200g/t and 300g/t.
CIL
 
tailings
 
flow
 
through
 
residue
 
samplers
 
before
 
passing
 
over
 
four
 
safety
 
linear
 
screens.
 
Screened
material
 
reports to
 
a residue
 
sump from
 
where it
 
is pumped
 
to the
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF
 
through three
tailings pipelines using five of six installed D-frame
 
pumps.
14.3.4
 
Carbon Treatment
Loaded carbon
 
is acid
 
treated in
 
8.5t batches
 
in three
 
independent acid
 
wash columns.
 
The carbon
then reports to
 
three of the
 
four elution columns.
 
The fourth column
 
is used to
 
scavenge gold from
 
the
zinc precipitation tails.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
178
Loaded carbon is first washed with dilute hydrochloric acid to remove acid soluble contaminants. Acid
washed carbon
 
is transferred
 
to the
 
elution column
 
which is
 
operated at
 
elevated temperatures
 
and
pressure to strip gold off the carbon using a cyanide/caustic
 
solution (eluant).
The
 
eluate,
 
which
 
now
 
contains
 
the
 
gold
 
in
 
solution,
 
is
 
contacted
 
with
 
ultra-fine
 
zinc
 
powder
 
to
precipitate the
 
gold. This
 
gold bearing
 
sludge is
 
then filtered
 
in a
 
plate and
 
frame filter.
 
Sludge is
 
then
calcined at 600
˚
C before being smelted in an arc furnace and cast into
 
dorè bars.
Eluted
 
carbon
 
is
 
regenerated
 
in
 
two
 
rotating
 
kilns
 
at
 
about
 
750
˚
C.
 
In
 
total,
 
about
 
100
 
elutions
 
are
conducted monthly.
14.3.5
 
Plant Services
Instrument Air:
Instrument air
 
is supplied
 
to the float
 
from one compressor
 
house and
 
the remainder
 
of
the processing plant from a centrally located facility.
Process Water:
 
Process water is made up of thickener overflow and return dam water and
 
is distributed
throughout the processing plant by a network of pumps and
 
pipes.
Fresh Water:
 
The Rand Water
 
Board water is
 
received at a
 
reservoir for use
 
in the processing
 
plant and
directly for elution water, fire hydrants and human
 
consumption.
Power:
Bulk power is supplied to the Ergo processing plant
 
by the Ekurhuleni Metropolitan Municipality.
Natural Gas:
Natural gas is obtained by a pipeline from Sasol and
 
used for elution heating purposes.
Assay Laboratory:
All assays are done by the MAED laboratory which is
 
located on the Ergo processing
plant site but is operated by an independent third party.
14.4
 
Personnel Requirements
Ergo
 
employs
 
776
 
full
 
time
 
employees
 
and
 
1,628
 
special
 
service
 
providers,
 
with
 
service
 
providers
deployed mostly in security, reclamation (mining) and tailings deposition. The processing plants employ
376 persons.
14.5
 
Energy and Water Requirements
Energy and water requirements are discussed in Item
 
15.3 and 15.5.
14.6
 
Process Materials Requirements
Ergo has access to all required
 
process material required through their local or international
 
suppliers.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
179
15
 
Infrastructure
Ergo
 
currently
 
mines
 
the
 
existing
 
gold
 
TSFs and
 
sand
 
dumps in
 
the
 
Johannesburg
 
and
 
Brakpan
 
areas
with
 
slurry
 
pumped
 
via
 
pipelines
 
from
 
the
 
numerous
 
mining
 
operations
 
to
 
the
 
Ergo
 
processing
 
plant
located in Brakpan.
The
 
infrastructure
 
required
 
to
 
support
 
the
 
LoM
 
plan
 
is
 
essentially
 
in
 
place,
 
with
 
future
 
infrastructure
requirements
 
being
 
designed
 
and
 
estimated
 
by
 
Ergo
 
to
 
a
 
PFS
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy
 
(i.e.,
 
+/-25%)
 
with
 
a
maximum
 
level
 
of
 
contingency
 
of
 
15%.
 
Infrastructure
 
requirements
 
and
 
capital
 
costs
 
are
 
based
 
on
current mining operations, as the
 
mining methodology applied
 
to exploit the TSFs and sand
 
dumps are
substantially
 
the
 
same
 
throughout
 
the
 
LoM
 
plan
 
with
 
no
 
significant
 
operational
 
changes
 
expected
between current and planned future operations.
The use of railways, port facilities, dams, leach pads and other infrastructure components not discussed
below as they are not material infrastructure components
 
the Ergo operations.
15.1
 
Roads
Access to
 
the mining
 
sites is
 
via current
 
municipal and
 
regional road
 
networks with
 
no construction
 
or
upgrading of unpaved roads.
15.2
 
Site Offices and Workshops
The
 
mining
 
contractors
 
establish
 
site
 
offices
 
as
 
part
 
of
 
the
 
mining
 
contract.
 
Workshops
 
for
 
the
maintenance of roads, pumps and pipelines are based at the
 
Ergo processing plant, and no additional
infrastructure is required.
15.3
 
Power
Bulk
 
power
 
is
 
supplied
 
to
 
Ergo
 
by
 
Eskom,
 
City
 
Power
 
and
 
the
 
Ekurhuleni
 
Municipality.
 
The
 
power
 
grid
infrastructure
 
serving
 
the
 
East
 
Rand
 
is
 
particularly
 
extensive,
 
with
 
electrical
 
power
 
being
 
received
through several alternative substations on the Eskom grid. Mining sites are supplied via several separate
feeders.
The Eskom power grid
 
has been negatively affected by poor
 
power availability and subsequently, it has
at times been unable
 
to meet power demand.
 
Some load shedding
 
has taken place
 
during 2021 and
2022, affecting the country and Ergo. Electrical
 
demand is approximately between 60MW and 70MW.
Power
 
supply
 
is
 
viewed
 
as
 
a
 
risk
 
to
 
Ergo
 
operations.
 
A
 
risk-mitigating
 
measure
 
that
 
has
 
been
implemented
 
by
 
Ergo
 
is the
 
provision
 
of back
 
-up
 
power and
 
other
 
engineering
 
upgrades
 
to
 
prevent
plant
 
choke-up/silt-down
 
during
 
power
 
interruptions.
 
These
 
measures
 
have
 
enabled
 
the
 
processing
plant to
 
resume full
 
production without
 
extensive delay
 
after each
 
power interruption.
 
A 7MVA
 
diesel
emergency power plant is also available as backup
 
.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p196i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
180
Ergo has a curtailment agreement with Eskom
 
whereby the total consumption is reduced on request by
an
 
agreed
 
percentage
 
during
 
load-shedding
 
hours.
 
This
 
involves
 
reducing
 
the
 
total
 
consumption
 
by
between 4MVA and 8MVA during load-shedding hours. The reduction in the
 
power consumption results
in the
 
operations maintaining
 
an uninterrupted
 
tonnage
 
throughput, but
 
recoveries
 
are lower
 
due
 
to
certain parts of the process plant not operating during
 
the load reduction periods.
15.4
 
Pumps and Pipelines
Slurry transport is mainly via pipelines that carry it to the Ergo processing plant
 
(Figure 15.1).
 
Ergo uses a
standard
 
set
 
of pipes
 
and
 
pumps
 
(500mm
 
pipes).
 
Equipment
 
selection
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
most
 
suitable
sizes from the standard equipment range.
Figure 15.1:
 
Above Ground Pipeline System
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
The pipelines
 
are
 
mainly
 
installed
 
above
 
ground,
 
providing
 
easy
 
maintenance
 
access
 
and
 
making
 
it
easier
 
to identify
 
and
 
rectify
 
any
 
failures on
 
these
 
pipelines.
 
Where
 
necessary, pipe
 
bridges
 
are
 
used
along the pipeline routes to cross streams and rivers.
The existing pumping and
 
slurry pipeline systems are
 
managed through a supervisory
 
control and data
acquisition
 
(SCADA)
 
system.
 
The
 
SCADA
 
system
 
allows
 
Ergo
 
to
 
operate
 
the
 
equipment
 
remotely.
Thereby, Ergo can monitor the entire pipeline system via a centralized system. For example, pumps and
valves
 
can
 
be
 
used
 
(open/closed
 
or
 
on/off),
 
and
 
readings
 
taken
 
(pressures
 
and
 
flows)
 
from
 
the
centralized site, with no actual human-machine interface on the actual site. As the pumps are installed
with a
 
duty and standby
 
configuration, the operation
 
of the
 
existing and planned
 
pumping and pipeline
systems should be adequate to support the requirements
 
of the LoM plan.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
181
Operations west of the
 
Ergo processing plant
 
are serviced by pipeline
 
and other existing infrastructure.
The
 
Marievale
 
and
 
Daggafontein
 
mining
 
areas
 
east
 
of
 
the
 
processing
 
plant
 
have
 
pipeline
permits/servitudes/surface
 
rights
 
in
 
place.
 
The
 
QP
 
has
 
not
 
identified
 
any
 
impediments
 
that
 
would
prevent the construction of the necessary infrastructur
 
e
 
to support the LoM plan.
15.5
 
Water
The primary uses for water
 
are in the Ergo processing
 
plant and for hydraulic
 
mining of the various
 
TSFs.
Water used
 
for hydraulic mining
 
turns the
 
dry tailings
 
into a
 
slurry, which is
 
then pumped to
 
the processing
plant for
 
processing. Excess
 
water recovered
 
at the
 
thickeners in
 
the processing
 
plant is
 
then returned
to the hydraulic mining sites for re-use.
In 2017,
 
Ergo completed
 
the construction
 
of a
 
central
 
water reticulation
 
plant
 
to give
 
it the
 
ability
 
to
deliver water to all corners of the operation and return
 
it through a fully integrated closed system.
Currently
 
60%
 
to
 
70%
 
of
 
all
 
process
 
water
 
make
 
up
 
at
 
Ergo
 
is
 
drawn
 
from
 
the
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF
 
to
various
 
reclamation
 
sites
 
by
 
way
 
of
 
return
 
water
 
columns.
 
A
 
further
 
6%
 
to
 
11%
 
of
 
process
 
water
top-up needs are
 
from treated underground acid
 
mine drainage (AMD),
 
drawn from a
 
facility operated
by the Trans-Caledon Tunnel Authority (TCTA) from whom DRDGOLD secured the right to
 
use up to 30Ml
of AMD water
 
per day. The Ekurhuleni
 
City Council’s wastewater treatment
 
facility at Rondebult supplies
less than 1%, depending on the
 
rate at which water flows into
 
the waste facility and another 15% to 20%
is from lakes
 
and dams in
 
the region that
 
captures the
 
inflow of seasonal
 
rain and storm
 
water inflows,
harvested in terms of the requisite extraction licenses. Potable water is used only where the sensitivity of
equipment requires it
 
and for certain
 
early stages of
 
irrigation to settle
 
in newly established
 
vegetation
on TSFs.
Given
 
the
 
location
 
of
 
the
 
Ergo
 
operations,
 
the
 
QP
 
does
 
not
 
foresee
 
the
 
likelihood
 
of
 
the
 
operations
being curtailed
 
due to a
 
water shortage. However,
 
the future increased
 
reliance on
 
water purchased
from Rand Water will add materially to the operating costs.
15.6
 
Infrastructure
General arrangement drawings
 
are provided for the Rooikraal TSF to demonstrate design work
 
typical
of a mining site (Figure 15.2). The actual construction
 
work will vary slightly to account for specific site
conditions,
 
but generally,
 
the infrastructure is common from site to site,
 
with 52 TSFs planned to be
mined over the 19-year LoM plan.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
182
Figure 15.2: Rooikraal General Arrangement -
 
Site Layout
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p199i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
183
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
184
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
185
15.7
 
Tailings Disposal
The
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF
 
(Figure
 
15.3)
 
is
 
a
 
single
 
large
 
tailings
 
dam
 
that
 
covers
 
700ha
 
at
 
its
 
base
 
and
500ha at its current elevation and has a
 
perimeter of around 12km. The Brakpan/Withok TSF was built by
cycloning
 
the tailings
 
at the
 
point of
 
deposition
 
out with
 
the larger
 
particles from
 
the tailings,
 
forming
the dam wall. The annual rate
 
of rise is between 3m
 
and 4m. The fines from the
 
cyclones run out into the
center of the dam. This generates
 
a more stable wall with
 
the finer material safely stored inside
 
the TSF.
With
 
the
 
deposition
 
rate
 
from
 
1.8Mtpm
 
to
 
2.0Mtpm
 
the
 
use
 
of
 
cycloning
 
is
 
viewed
 
as
 
the
 
most
appropriate method for
 
disposal of the tailings
 
material. Track mounted
 
cyclone units (Figure
 
15.4) are
used with eight cyclone units connected to the tailings
 
pipeline system. The TSF was originally designed
by Knight Piésold. Operational activities are currently
 
under contract by Fraser Alexander.
Immediately
 
adjacent
 
and
 
to
 
the
 
south
 
of
 
the
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF
 
footprint
 
lies
 
the
 
former
 
cleared
footprint of an
 
area licensed for
 
tailings storage,
 
spanning an
 
approximate 400 hectares.
 
This area, on
which
 
a
 
large
 
portion
 
of
 
the
 
Withok
 
compartment
 
stood,
 
was
 
retreated
 
and
 
cleared
 
by
 
the
 
former
owners
 
of
 
Ergo.
 
Ergo
 
intends
 
to
 
redeposit
 
residue
 
tailings
 
onto
 
this
 
compartment
 
and
 
has
 
initiated
 
a
process
 
to
 
obtain
 
regulatory
 
approval
 
for
 
the
 
final
 
design
 
of
 
the
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF.
 
The
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF final
 
design is
 
the engineering
 
design that
 
ultimately brings
 
the tailings
 
deposition
facility
 
to
 
its
 
finality
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
extent,
 
operation,
 
rehabilitation
 
and
 
management.
 
The
 
implemented
final
 
design
 
would
 
result
 
in
 
alignments
 
with
 
the
 
Global
 
Industry
 
Standard
 
on
 
Tailings
 
Management
(GISTM)
 
and
 
regulatory
 
bodies,
 
increase
 
deposition
 
capacity,
 
improve
 
operation/management
 
and
bring about the sustainable closure of the facility.
The Brakpan/Withok TSF will provide sufficient storage
capacity
 
to
 
support
 
Ergo’s
 
19-year
 
LoM
 
plan.
 
Ultimately,
 
when
 
the
 
Withok
 
compartment
 
of
 
the
 
TSF
reaches a suitable height, it will merge with the Brakpan
 
compartment of the TSF.
The Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF as of
 
30 June 2022
 
has a capacity
 
of 250.4Mt.
 
Once regulatory
 
approvals are
received for its final life design, the TSF will have will
 
have a joint capacity of over 930Mt.
 
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p202i2
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p202i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
186
Figure 15.3:
 
Brakpan/Withok TSF
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Figure 15.4:
 
Placement of Tailings Material at Brakpan/Withok TSF
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
187
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
15.8
 
Conclusion
The
 
QP
 
is
 
of
 
the
 
opinion
 
that
 
all
 
significant
 
infrastructure
 
and
 
logistical
 
requirements
 
have
 
been
considered.
 
It
 
is
 
notable
 
that
 
Ergo
 
has
 
been
 
operating
 
for
 
more
 
than
 
20
 
years
 
and
 
has
 
a
 
very
 
good
understanding of infrastructural and logistical requirements.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
188
16
 
Market Studies
16.1
 
Markets
All gold
 
produced
 
is delivered
 
to
 
the
 
Rand
 
Refinery
 
for refining
 
with no
 
restrictions
 
on the
 
quantity
 
or
time
 
frame.
 
DRDGOLD
 
has
 
a
 
long-standing
 
agreement
 
with
 
Rand
 
Refinery
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
which
 
Rand
Refinery accounts to Ergo at the prevailing spot price. When
 
applying the 30 June 2022 spot exchange
rate
 
(ZAR16.29/USD)
 
to
 
the
 
associated
 
gold
 
price
 
of
 
USD1,819.06/oz
 
Au,
 
a
 
real
 
gold
 
price
 
of
ZAR952,721.20/kg is achieved.
Gold is
 
a precious
 
metal, refined
 
and sold
 
as bullion
 
on the
 
international market.
 
Aside from
 
the gold
holdings of
 
central banks,
 
current uses
 
of gold
 
include jewelry,
 
private investment,
 
dentistry, medicine
and technology (Table 16.2).
Table 16.1:
 
Above Ground Gold Stocks in 2021
Description
Quantity
(t)
Contribution
(%)
Jewelry
94,464.0
46%
Private Investment
45,456.0
22%
Bank Holdings
34,592.3
17%
Other
30,726.0
15%
Source: GoldHub, 2022
The largest use of gold is in jewelry, accounting for approximately
 
46% of the above-ground gold. Gold
does not follow
 
the usual supply
 
and demand logic
 
because it is virtually
 
indestructible and can
 
easily
be recycled. In
 
addition, gold stored
 
in the vaults of
 
banks is relatively
 
illiquid and subject to
 
the vagaries
of global economies. These characteristics of the gold market make it challenging
 
to forecast the gold
price.
16.2
 
Gold Price
The
 
gold
 
price
 
increased
 
in
 
2020
 
due
 
to
 
uncertainties
 
related
 
to
 
the
 
outbreak
 
of
 
Covid-19.
 
It
 
then
 
declined
 
to
 
a
 
spot
 
price
 
of
 
~ZAR945,295/kg
 
(i.e.,
 
USD1,806.89/oz
 
at
 
ZAR16.27/USD)
 
as
 
at
30 June 2022 (Graph 1).
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p205i0 exhibit962p205i1 exhibit962p205i2 exhibit962p205i3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p205i4 exhibit962p205i5 exhibit962p205i6 exhibit962p205i7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
189
 
800
 
1,000
 
1,200
 
1,400
 
1,600
 
1,800
 
2,000
 
2,200
 
2,400
Jun-17
Jun-18
Jun-19
Jun-20
Jun-21
Jun-22
Gold Price (USD/oz)
Gold's Monthly Closing Price
Trendline
Upper and Lower Standard Deviation Bands
 
10
 
11
 
12
 
13
 
14
 
15
 
16
 
17
 
18
 
19
Jun-17
Jun-18
Jun-19
Jun-20
Jun-21
Jun-22
Exchange Rate (ZAR/USD)
Monthly Closing USD/ZAR Rate
Trendline
Upper and Lower Standard Deviation Bands
Graph 1: Gold Price Historical Trendline
Source: Sound Mining, 2022
The linear trendline indicates robust gold price potential
 
over the longer-term.
16.3
 
Exchange Rate Trends
The ZAR to USD exchange rate saw record breaking highs in
 
the second quarter of 2020 (ZAR19.35/USD)
but has subsequently
 
dropped back
 
to ZAR16.27/USD as
 
at 30 June
 
2022. A factor
 
in the deterioration
of the local currency in 2020 was the lockdowns and
 
economic volatility brought on by Covid-19.
The spot
 
exchange rate of
 
ZAR16.27/USD compares well
 
with the
 
six-year historical trendline
 
as displayed
in Graph 2.
Graph 2: Exchange Rate Historical Trendline
Source: Sound Mining, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p206i0
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
190
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Quantity (t)
 
Year
Various service providers
 
and financial institutions are
 
consulted to determine consensus
 
forecasts of the
gold price (Table 16.2).
Table 16.2:
 
Long Term Consensus Forecasts in Nominal Terms
Description
Year 1
(FY2023)
Year 2
(FY2024)
Year 3
(FY2025)
Year 4
(FY2026)
Year 5
(LT)
USD/oz
1,823
1,799
1,751
1,724
1,496
ZAR/USD
15.60
15.74
15.77
15.79
15.20
ZAR Price/kg
914,294
910,051
888,083
875,474
731,081
Source: Sound Mining, 2022
The economic assessment
 
for the Mineral Reserve
 
estimate relies on a real
 
price of ZAR914,294/kg (i.e.,
USD1,823/oz
 
at
 
ZAR15.60/USD)
 
as
 
of
 
30
 
June
 
2022
 
terms
 
as
 
provided
 
by
 
DRDGOLD.
 
The
 
QP
 
has
considered
 
the
 
consensus
 
forecasts
 
supplied
 
by
 
DRDGOLD
 
against
 
linear
 
trends
 
in
 
the
 
demand
 
and
supply of gold
 
as recorded
 
over the period
 
from 2012 to
 
2021 to examine
 
whether these forecasts
 
are
reasonable.
16.4
 
Global Demand
Graph 3 reveals a gradual reduction in demand (~14.2%)
 
over the past ten years (2012 to 2021).
Graph 3: Global Gold Demand from 2012 to 2021
Source: GoldHub, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exhibit962p207i0
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
191
4,100
4,200
4,300
4,400
4,500
4,600
4,700
4,800
4,900
5,000
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Quantity (t)
 
Year
16.5
 
Global Supply
The global gold supply from mining and recycling activities over the same period is presented in
 
Graph
4.
Graph 4: Global Gold Supply from 2012 to 2021
Source: GoldHub, 2022
While
 
the
 
graph
 
suggests
 
an
 
overall
 
upward
 
trend
 
from
 
2012
 
to
 
2021
 
(~2.6%),
 
the
 
supply
 
generally
levelled out over the past five
 
years. The supply from mining
 
satisfied some 76% of the demand in
 
2021,
with the balance met by recycled gold.
Gold supply
 
from mining
 
increased
 
by
 
approximately
 
106t during
 
2021 (3,582t)
 
when
 
compared
 
with
2020 (3,476t) despite
 
an overall drop
 
in supply since
 
2019 (GoldHub, 2022).
 
Below are the
 
top ten gold
producing countries in 2021 (Table 16.3).
Table 16.3:
 
Global Gold Production
Rank
Country
Production
(t)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
1
China
464
429
404
383
368
332
2
Russia
262
281
295
330
331
331
3
Australia
288
293
313
325
328
315
4
Canada
163
171
189
183
171
193
5
United States of America
229
236
225
200
190
187
6
Ghana
131
133
149
142
139
129
7
Peru
166
167
163
143
98
127
8
Mexico
131
120
118
109
102
125
9
Indonesia
118
118
153
92
101
118
10
South Africa
163
154
128
111
99
114
Source: GoldHub, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
192
16.6
 
Concluding Comments
The
 
QP
 
notes
 
a
 
short-term
 
up-tick
 
despite
 
the
 
long-term
 
reduction
 
in
 
demand
 
together
 
with
 
an
essentially constant
 
supply over
 
the past
 
five years.
 
These trends
 
are not
 
inconsistent with
 
the forecast
price trend
 
in Table
 
16.3. The
 
QP is
 
satisfied that
 
a real
 
30 June
 
2022 gold
 
price of
 
ZAR914,294/kg
 
is a
reasonable
 
assumption for examining the economic viability of the Mineral
 
Reserve estimate.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
193
17
 
Environmental Studies
17.1
 
Results of Environmental Studies
An
 
Environmental
 
Impact
 
Assessment
 
(EIA)
 
has
 
been
 
conducted
 
over
 
the
 
Ergo
 
operation
 
with
 
the
findings
 
of
 
the
 
EIA
 
showing
 
that
 
the
 
operation
 
would
 
result
 
in
 
certain
 
negative
 
impacts
 
during
 
the
operational phase to the environment, however, none of the specialist
 
studies objected to the project.
During
 
the
 
mining
 
operations,
 
negative
 
impacts
 
are
 
largely
 
Moderate
 
to
 
Insignificant,
 
and
 
after
interventions the
 
impacts are
 
mitigated to
 
a Low
 
significance. During
 
the decommissioning
 
and post-
decommissioning
 
phases,
 
most
 
of
 
the
 
impacts
 
will
 
be
 
positive
 
as
 
the
 
historical
 
TSFs
 
and
 
associated
environmental impacts of the TSFs are removed.
Social and
 
community interaction
 
remains a
 
key focus
 
for Ergo.
 
Stakeholder
 
engagement is
 
reported
annually
 
with
 
the
 
SLP
 
compliant
 
and
 
filed
 
with
 
the
 
proper
 
authorities.
 
Ergo
 
appears
 
to
 
have
 
good
relations with surrounding communities and engages
 
proactively.
The QP
 
is unaware
 
of any
 
material flaws
 
in terms
 
Ergo’s social
 
license to
 
operate, however,
 
it is
 
noted
that in the current South African socio-political issues remain
 
a risk and require constant monitoring.
Rehabilitation
 
will
 
be
 
carried
 
out
 
once
 
the
 
reclamation
 
of
 
individual
 
TSF
 
are
 
completed,
 
with
rehabilitation returning the disturbed land to as close to its
 
original landscape as possible.
The principles for proper rehabilitation are:
●
preparing a comprehensive rehabilitation plan prior to the commencement of any activities on
site;
●
stormwater management must be in place at the site prior
 
to commencing with any activities;
●
landform design (e.g., shaping, re-grassing, etc.);
●
maintenance management and eradication of invader
 
species;
●
a plan on how waste will be managed on site; and
●
an emergency preparedness/response plan.
The objective of the site
 
rehabilitation (in accordance
 
with the NEMA EIA Regulations
 
of 2014) must be
measurable, practical and be feasible to implement through:
●
providing the vision, objectives, targets and criteria
 
for final rehabilitation of the project;
●
outlining the principles for rehabilitation;
●
explaining the
 
risk assessment
 
approach and
 
outcomes and
 
link decommissioning
 
activities to
risk;
●
rehabilitation detailing the decommissioning and rehabilitation
 
actions that clearly indicate the
measures that
 
will be
 
taken to
 
mitigate and/ or
 
manage identified risks
 
and describing the
 
nature
of residual risks that will need to be monitored and managed
 
post decommissioning;
●
identifying knowledge gaps and how these will be addressed
 
and filled; and
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
194
●
outlining monitoring, auditing and reporting requirements.
17.2
 
Requirements for Tailings Disposal, Site Monitoring and Water Management
The general description of the Brakpan/Withok TSF is covered
 
in Item 15.
17.2.1
 
Site Monitoring
Site
 
monitoring
 
provides
 
information
 
on
 
whether
 
rehabilitation
 
methods
 
employed
 
are
 
functioning
correctly or not. The purpose of monitoring is to ensure that the objectives of the rehabilitation program
are met, and that the progressive rehabilitation process is followed
 
as planned during the LoM.
The
 
post
 
closure
 
monitoring
 
period
 
will
 
begin
 
once
 
scheduled
 
decommissioning
 
and
 
rehabilitation
activities for the sites have been completed. The duration of post closure monitoring
 
will be determined
based on environmental performance
 
and until it can
 
be demonstrated that the
 
rehabilitation work has
achieved the agreed outcomes;
 
however, at present, it
 
has been assumed that
 
post closure monitoring
will not continue
 
for more than
 
five years. It
 
is important that
 
the data obtained
 
during monitoring is
 
used
to gauge the success of rehabilitation. Negative monitoring findings should be
 
clearly linked to specific
corrective actions.
The following aspects should be monitored during the post-closure
 
phase.
17.2.2
 
Water Management
The quality
 
of groundwater
 
and
 
surface
 
water at
 
the
 
various
 
sites will
 
be
 
monitored
 
quarterly
 
for five
years
 
post
 
closure,
 
except
 
for
 
the
 
Knights
 
Mining
 
Right
 
which
 
requires
 
30
 
years
 
monitoring
 
at
 
certain
monitoring points as per the approved WULs, to ensure
 
compliance of the various constituents with the
standards. Samples should be analyzed for particulate and soluble contaminants. Water monitoring will
be taking place at 76 different locations.
17.2.3
 
Vegetation Monitoring
The following vegetation monitoring is recommended:
●
vegetation cover;
●
species composition;
●
erosion; and
●
alien invasive plants.
17.2.4
 
Vegetation Maintenance
Vegetation maintenance will specifically focus on fertilizing the rehabilitated areas annually if required,
controlling
 
alien
 
invasive plants
 
where
 
needed
 
and
 
general
 
maintenance
 
such as
 
in-filling
 
of erosion
gullies. In the case of erosion, the cause should be identified,
 
and rectified.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
195
17.2.5
 
Water Monitoring
Currently, 66% of
 
all process water
 
make-up at Ergo
 
is drawn from
 
water returned from
 
the Brakpan as
shown in Table 17.1.
Table 17.1:
 
Ergo Water Consumption
Description
Total Consumption 2022
Total Consumption 2021
Ml
%
Ml
%
Potable Water Sources Externally
2,460
9
2,813
11
Rondebult Waste Water
27
-
46
-
Surface Water Extracted
4691
18
4,210
17
Water Recycled in Process
16,302
62
17,233
66
TCTA Water (AMD)
2,907
11
1,683
6
Total Water Used
26,387
100
25,985
100
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
17.2.6
 
Legal and Permitting
Item 3 of the TRS (Table 3.2) discusses the Mining
 
Rights and Prospecting Rights details for Ergo’s and the
status thereof.
Ergo’s EMP encompasses all the activities
 
of Ergo’s operations and assesses
 
the environmental impacts
of mining
 
at reclamation
 
sites, plants
 
and
 
TSFs. It
 
also outlines
 
the
 
closure
 
process, including
 
financial
provisions.
There are currently no legal challenges to Ergo’s title
 
to its reserves other than those discussed below.
The QPs are aware of two issues that could impact on Ergo’s current mining rights or mining
 
operations.
Grootvlei Complex:
Ergo has a
 
Mining Right over Grootvlei
 
TSF 6L14 via Mining
 
Right GP158MR and
 
has
submitted a renewal application of
 
its Prospecting Rights over
 
Grootvlei TSFs 6L16, 6L17
 
and 6L17A to the
DMRE,
 
which
 
application
 
is
 
pending.
 
During
 
the
 
2022
 
financial
 
year,
 
an
 
external
 
party
 
raised
 
a
conflicting claim
 
of common
 
law ownership
 
of TSFs
 
6L16, 6L17
 
and 6L17A.
 
Although the
 
claim was
 
on
common law
 
ownership
 
and no
 
challenge
 
has been
 
brough against
 
the Prospecting
 
Rights
 
over the
dumps, the
 
Grootvlei Complex
 
has been
 
excluded from
 
the Mineral
 
Reserves statement
 
and the
 
LoM
plan. However, the Grootvlei Complex has been included in the Mineral Resources statement as Ergo is
of the opinion that the Prospecting Rights will be renewed.
Marievale Complex:
 
Ergo acquired
 
the Marievale
 
TSFs 7L5,
 
7L6 and
 
7L7 in
 
terms of
 
a written
 
notarially
executed
 
deed
 
of
 
sale
 
during
 
2019
 
and
 
took
 
possession
 
of
 
the
 
TSFs
 
on
 
8
 
April
 
2019.
 
It
 
has
 
since
 
also
obtained the requisite
 
NEMA regulatory approvals
 
to retreat these
 
TSFs. During the
 
2022 financial year,
the owner of the
 
land on which
 
7L5, 7L6 and a
 
portion of 7L7
 
are situated, an
 
estimated 36,524t out
 
of
the
 
total
 
54,114t
 
comprising
 
the
 
Marievale
 
Complex,
 
notified
 
Ergo
 
that
 
in
 
its
 
view,
 
the
 
said
 
TSFs
 
had
acceded to the land,
 
and that it had
 
become the owner of the
 
TSF. Ergo disputes the claim
 
of legal title
and the matter is to be referred to arbitration. All ownership requirements were met when the TSFs were
purchased
 
by
 
Ergo
 
and
 
therefore
 
these
 
TSFs
 
are
 
still
 
included
 
in
 
the
 
LoM
 
plan
 
and
 
Mineral
 
Reserves.
Whilst Ergo has
 
received confident legal advice
 
of the merits
 
of its claim,
 
in the event that
 
the arbitration
goes against Ergo, its Mineral Reserves will reduce by 35.52Mt (0.35Moz at 0.29g/t). In so much as it then
enters into
 
a commercial
 
arrangement with
 
the landowner,
 
the financial
 
benefit of
 
this portion
 
of the
Marievale Complex will be reduced by whatever benefit
 
is agreed to in favor of the land-owner.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
196
Ergo has
 
submitted a
 
renewal application
 
to the DMRE
 
for the
 
Prospecting Rights
 
it holds
 
over the
 
7L4
TSF as described more fully under Item 3.6.
17.3
 
Plan Negotiations, or Agreements with Local Individuals or Groups
Social and
 
community interaction
 
remains a
 
key focus
 
for Ergo.
 
Stakeholder
 
engagement is
 
reported
annually against the SLP and any complaint is filed with
 
the proper authorities.
The QP is unaware
 
of any material
 
flaws of Ergo’s social
 
license to operate. However,
 
it is noted that
 
in
the current
 
South African
 
political environment,
 
social and
 
community issues
 
always remain
 
a risk
 
and
require constant monitoring.
The five-year SLP was
 
submitted by Ergo in
 
terms of the requirements
 
of the MPRDA. The development,
submission and
 
implementation of
 
an SLP
 
is a
 
requirement of
 
the MPRDA
 
and the
 
right to
 
mine. Table
17.2 indicates
 
the budget
 
for the
 
2018
 
to 2022
 
SLP, noting
 
that the
 
SLP plan
 
is conducted
 
in five-year
segments.
The SLP covers three key elements:
●
Human
 
Resource
 
Development
 
(HRD)
:
 
which
 
focuses
 
on
 
the
 
empowerment
 
of
 
historically
disadvantaged
 
South Africans
 
to progress
 
to higher
 
career
 
levels
 
within
 
the
 
industry.
 
Ergo
 
has
various
 
programs
 
to
 
address
 
this
 
aspect,
 
including
 
skills
 
development
 
programs,
 
career
progression and mentorship employment equity targets
 
;
●
Local Economic
 
Development
 
(LED):
 
which
 
focuses
 
on
 
the
 
upliftment
 
of
 
both the
 
surrounding
(affected)
 
and
 
labor-providing
 
communities.
 
Ergo
 
has
 
four
 
projects,
 
one
 
agricultural
development,
 
a
 
sewing
 
project
 
and
 
two
 
projects
 
to
 
upgrade
 
facilities
 
at
 
primary
 
schools.
 
A
ZAR10 million budget is allocated to these LED projects
 
;
 
and
●
Program
 
for
 
Management
 
of
 
Downscaling
 
and
 
Retrenchment:
 
which
 
focuses
 
on
 
minimizing
negative impact
 
due
 
to
 
either job
 
losses
 
through
 
retrenchment
 
and
 
mine
 
closure in
 
the long-
term.
Table 17.2:
 
SLP Financial Provision Summary
Description
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Total
(ZAR million)
HRD Total
7.08
7.53
5.69
5.91
7.08
33.29
LED Total
3.40
5.80
2.60
2.20
1.50
15.50
Downscaling Retrenchment
13.00*
SLP Budget
10.48
13.33
8.29
8.11
8.58
61.79
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Note: *This amount has already been accrued and
 
is available for reskilling should the mine prematurely
 
be forced to close.
17.4
 
Mine Closure Plans Remediation Plans, and Associated Costs
In accordance
 
with South African
 
mining legislation,
 
all mining
 
companies are required
 
to rehabilitate
the land on which
 
they work to
 
a determined standard for alternative use.
 
Ergo has spent ZAR198 million
on various rehabilitation activities in the three years between 2020
 
and 2022.
A community consortium,
 
consisting of
 
nine local companies
 
that represent areas
 
including Langlaagte,
Diepkloof,
 
Meadowlands,
 
Orlando
 
West,
 
Orlando
 
East,
 
Riverlea,
 
Pennyville
 
and
 
Ormonde,
 
has
 
been
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
197
established to
 
conduct certain
 
rehabilitation work
 
for Ergo
 
as part
 
of its
 
small enterprise
 
development
initiatives.
 
It currently
 
employs 27
 
community members
 
from the
 
abovementioned
 
areas. Their
 
current
project entails the establishment of
 
new side slope vegetation on
 
the Crown TSFs and to
 
irrigate until the
vegetation is self-sustainable.
Ergo is on track to complete this vegetation program
 
by 2026.
In
 
2016,
 
a
 
decision
 
was
 
taken
 
to
 
complete
 
the
 
recovery
 
of
 
mine
 
waste
 
materials
 
from
 
a
 
number
 
of
legacy
 
reclamation
 
sites
 
and
 
to
 
close
 
the
 
Crown
 
plant.
 
The
 
clean-up
 
of
 
the
 
legacy
 
sites
 
has
 
proven
difficult
 
and
 
costly
 
and
 
requires
 
the
 
use
 
of
 
earthmoving
 
equipment
 
to
 
mechanically
 
lift
 
and
 
move
residual material.
 
Steady progress is being made on the clean-up and closure
 
of these legacy sites.
As clean-up work on former
 
reclamation sites is completed, applications
 
are submitted to the National
Nuclear
 
Regulator
 
(NNR)
 
for
 
land
 
clearance
 
certificates.
 
In
 
2019,
 
Ergo
 
received
 
land
 
clearance
certificates for an area
 
covering approximately 135.5ha
 
from NNR, releasing
 
land located close to
 
the
Benoni central business district for development.
In 2019, applications were lodged with the NNR in respect of 136ha of rehabilitated land for clearance.
In 2020,
 
applications were
 
lodged for
 
a further
 
27ha of
 
rehabilitated land
 
,
 
in 2021,
 
for a
 
further 87.6ha
and in 2022, for a further 23.6ha.
Ergo’s decommissioning and restoration liabilities
 
are funded by
 
a combination of funds
 
that have been
set aside for environmental rehabilitation. ZAR132.7 million is currently held in the Guardrisk Cell Captive
under
 
a
 
ring-fenced
 
environmental
 
insurance
 
policy.
 
Further
 
environmental
 
guarantees
 
of
 
ZAR377.8
million
 
have
 
been
 
issued
 
by
 
Guardrisk
 
Insurance
 
Company
 
Limited
 
to
 
the
 
DMRE.
 
In
 
total,
 
Ergo
 
has
ZAR510.5 million in environmental rehabilitation
 
and closure cover.
The calculated costs for rehabilitation and closure of the Ergo Operations estimated by Digby Wells are
ZAR639
 
million
 
(Table
 
17.3).
 
Ergo
 
systematically
 
audits
 
and
 
monitors
 
progress
 
on
 
rehabilitation
 
and
closure
 
and
 
adjusts
 
its
 
provision
 
accordingly.
 
Required
 
audits
 
are
 
undertaken
 
and
 
submitted
 
to
 
the
DMRE annually.
Table 17.3:
 
Ergo Rehabilitation Financial Provision Summary
Area and Mining Right
Closure Cost 2022
(ZAR)
CMR - GP186MR
11,845,711
Crown - GP184MR
125,160,690
City Deep - GP185MR
41,802,525
Knights - GP187MR
46,318,600
ERPM - GP150 and 151MR
10,240,493
Ergo - GP158MR
403,565,361
Total (excluding VAT)
638,933,381
Source: Digby Wells, 2022
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
198
17.5
 
QP Statement on the Environmental Studies, Permitting, Plans,
 
Negotiations, with Local
Individuals or Groups
The QP is satisfied that all
 
material issues relating to Environmental,
 
Social and Governance have
 
been
addressed in this document.
The above statement
 
is borne out
 
by the fact
 
that Ergo incurred
 
no fines of
 
monetary value or
 
significant
non-monetary sanctions for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations were imposed
 
in
the past four years (2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022).
The QP
 
finds the
 
funding
 
mechanism
 
appropriate
 
for mine
 
rehabilitation
 
and mine
 
closure, but
 
notes
that
 
there
 
is
 
a
 
shortfall
 
between
 
the
 
reclamation
 
funding
 
and
 
the
 
July
 
2022
 
Digby
 
Wells
 
closure
 
cost
estimate.
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
199
18
 
Capital and Operation Costs
The capital expenditure and operating costs provided take cognizance of the requirements
 
to support
the
 
LoM
 
plan.
 
The
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
takes
 
into
 
account
 
the
 
ongoing
 
requirements
 
of
 
starting
 
new
operating sites as current
 
TSFs Mineral Reserves are
 
depleted. This capital expenditure
 
schedule is based
on the
 
LoM production schedule
 
with the
 
capital expenditure based
 
on mining and
 
engineering designs
conducted to a PFS level of accuracy (i.e., +/-25%) with a maximum
 
level of contingency of 15% being
applied.
The operating
 
costs support
 
the planned
 
LoM production
 
profile taking
 
into consideration whether
 
slimes
or
 
sand
 
material
 
is
 
mined
 
and
 
the
 
method
 
and
 
distance
 
in
 
which
 
the
 
mineralized
 
material
 
is
transported(i.e., pumped
 
or trucked). Operating
 
costs are activity-based
 
costs accounting for
 
surface
mining costs (extraction
 
and transportation); processing
 
costs (including tailings
 
disposal costs), cost
 
of
maintaining
 
key
 
mine
 
infrastructure
 
and
 
general
 
and
 
administrative
 
costs.
 
The
 
estimate
 
of
 
operating
costs are based on historical operating cost data, which is well understood as Ergo is
 
a well-established
mining operation.
 
Operating costs
 
are estimated
 
to at least
 
a PFS
 
level of
 
accuracy (i.e.,
 
+/-25%)
 
with
no contingency applied due to the understanding
 
of the cost to mine and process the RoM material
 
.
18.1
 
Capital Expenditure
A total capital
 
of ZAR3.22 billion
 
is scheduled
 
to support the
 
Ergo LoM
 
plan.
 
The breakdown
 
of capital
expenditure indicates
 
the majority
 
of the
 
capital, ZAR3.14
 
billion,
 
is allocated
 
to the
 
Ergo Section
 
over
the duration of the LoM plan with an additional ZAR81.9 million allocated in
 
2022 for the City Section.
 
As
the mining at the Knights
 
Section is completed in 2024 there is no allocation
 
of capital.
The
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
summary
 
as
 
proposed
 
in
 
the
 
30
 
June
 
2022
 
LoM
 
plan
 
is
 
presented
 
in
Table
 
18.1.
 
The
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy
 
for
 
the
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
is
 
to
 
at
 
least
 
a
 
PFS
 
level
 
of
 
accuracy
(i.e., +/-25%) with a maximum level of contingency
 
of 15%.
Table 18.1:
 
Capital Expenditure Summary
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
Ergo Section
3,137,603,000
City Section
81,923,000
Knights Section
0
Total (excluding VAT)
3,219,526,000
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
18.1.1
 
Ergo Section Capital Expenditure
This
 
section
 
depicts
 
the
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
estimate
 
for
 
the
 
Ergo
 
Section.
 
Table
 
18.2
 
indicates
 
the
Rooikraal capital expenditure estimate planned in January
 
2022.
 
Table 18.2:
 
Rooikraal Capital Expenditure Estimate
Discipline
Capital Expenditure
(ZAR)
Consultancies
324,000
Civil
15,100,835
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
200
Structural Steel
14,591,639
Mechanical
18,783,480
Piping
99,680,396
Electrical
28,471,978
Instrumentation
1,599,218
Security
415,634
Other
2,824,000
Total
181,791,181
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Note: ZAR 91.759 million spent in 2021/22 financial
 
year
Table 18.3
 
indicate the capital
 
expenditure estimate for
 
the Marievale pump
 
station and
 
total Marievale
capital expenditure estimate respectively.
Table 18.3:
 
Marievale Capital Pump Stations
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
Consultants
294,000
Civil engineering
29,793,240
Structural steelwork
30,583,013
Mechanical
36,020,706
Electrical
66,507,688
Instrumentation
4,471,908
Security
1,525,297
Other
7,568,000
Total (excluding VAT)
176,763,853
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Table 18.4:
 
Marievale Total Capital Expenditure Summary
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
Pump Station
176,763,853
Slurry Pipeline
65,628,130
Water Pipeline
56,328,874
Water Transfer
41,343,778
total (excluding VAT)
345,590,778
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Table 18.5
 
shows the
 
estimated capital
 
expenditure for
 
the Daggafontein
 
pump station,
 
inclusive of
 
a
ZAR4.6 million contingency (4.2%). Table
 
18.6 indicates the Daggafontein capital expenditure summary.
Table 18.5:
 
Daggafontein Capital Pump Stations
Description
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
Consultants
294,000
Civil Engineering
17,611,703
Structural Steelwork
18,279,748
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
201
Mechanical
20,300,199
Electrical
41,446,040
Instrumentation
4,471,908
Security
415,634
Other
7,568,000
Total (excluding VAT)
110,387,234
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Table 18.6:
 
Daggafontein Capital Expenditure Summary
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
Pump Stations
110,387,234
Slurry Pipeline
36,981,310
Water Pipeline
33,161,400
Daggafontein Plant Upgrades
86,149,055
Total (excluding VAT)
266,679,000
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Table 18.7shows the non-material TSF Capital Expenditure for
 
the Ergo Section.
Table 18.7:
 
Non-material TSF Capital Expenditure for the Ergo
 
Section
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
4L14
50,157,000
7L15
60,000,000
4L39
69,927,000
5L27
59,852,000
Sustaining
1
 
and Small Capital Projects
837,085,000
Total (excluding VAT)
1,077,021,000
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
Note:
1.
 
Sustaining capital of ZAR30 million between years 3 to 18 (ZAR480 million); ZAR221.4 million
 
and ZAR105.6 million allocated in year 1 and
year 2 to complete numerous small capital programs
The Withok compartment design is based on
 
upstream cyclone system and a scavenger well system
 
for
environmental
 
containment.
 
The
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF
 
has
 
been
 
digitally
 
modelled
 
which
 
model
 
has
been
 
used
 
to
 
inform
 
the
 
various
 
quantities
 
of
 
the
 
various
 
infrastructure
 
aspects.
 
The
 
capital
 
costs
 
to
implement
 
the
 
Withok
 
compartment
 
has
 
been
 
estimated
 
upon
 
typical
 
contractor
 
tender
methodologies
 
by
 
Beric
 
Robinson
 
Tailings
 
(Proprietary)
 
Limited.
 
Table
 
18.8
 
indicates
 
the
 
capital
expenditure budget for the proposed Withok compartment
 
.
 
The Withok compartment design work has
been conducted to a PFS level of accuracy with
 
a 15% contingency applied to the capital estimate.
Table 18.8:
 
Withok Compartment Capital Expenditure
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
Construction Contract
456,056,963
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
202
Material Supply
76,009,494
Engineering Design and Oversight
3,648,456
Scavenger Boreholes
12,161,519
Pumps, Power Reticulation and Other
60,807,595
Sub-total
608,684,026
Contingency 14%
91,302,604
Total (excluding VAT)
699,986,630
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
The capital budget for the solar power project is shown
 
in Table 18.9.
Table 18.9:
 
Solar Power Project Capital Estimate
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
Solar MW Works
69,579,000
Solar 20MW
338,084,000
Solar 88kV (15% contingency)
239,660,000
Total (excluding VAT)
646,323,000
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
18.1.2
 
City Capital Expenditure
A capital of ZAR81.9 million has been allocated to the City
 
section in 2022 (Table 18.10).
Table 18.10:
 
City Total Capital Expenditure Summary
Area
Budgeted Capital
Expenditure
(ZAR)
4/L/4 TSF
19,527,000
Valley Silts
62,396,000
Total (excluding VAT)
81,923,000
Source: DRDGOLD, 2022
18.1.3
 
Knights Capital Expenditure
Due to the short life of the Knights Section,
 
no capital expenditure has been planned
 
or budgeted.
18.1.4
 
QP commentary
The QP associates
 
a low risk
 
to the engineering
 
capital expenditure
 
for the mining
 
associated projects
as the design and
 
construction of pump stations
 
and pipelines have
 
been conducted numerous times
by
 
Ergo.
 
The QP
 
notes
 
the
 
level
 
of accuracy
 
for
 
the
 
capital
 
expenditure
 
estimates
 
are
 
to a
 
PFS level
accuracy (i.e.,
 
+/-25%). Contingency
 
varies between
 
0% to
 
15% with
 
contingency typically
 
applied to
civil work, structural steelwork and
 
electrical and instrumentation. In
 
no case is the contingency
 
above
15%.
The QP is
 
of the opinion
 
that the risk
 
associated with the Withok
 
compartment capital estimate and
 
solar
plant and storage facility is Low to Medium and typical
 
of a PFS level of accuracy (i.e., +/-25%).
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
203
18.2
 
Operating Costs
Mining related operating costs are
 
assigned to the Ergo processing plant
 
and the mining of the various
TSFs. A different operational cost is applied to each deposit, depending on its composition, proximity to
the processing plant and the
 
reclamation method. Sand dumps have a
 
higher cost than slimes, as sand
must be milled down to 80% less than 75µm while the
 
slime can be treated in the CIL tanks directly.
Mining related operating
 
costs are assigned
 
to the planned
 
TSFs to be
 
mined and the
 
Ergo processing
plant. The planned average
 
operating cost for the Ergo
 
19-year LoM plan is estimated
 
at a PFS level of
accuracy
 
(i.e.,
 
+/-25%)
 
with
 
a
 
maximum
 
level
 
of
 
contingency
 
of
 
15%
 
with
 
a
 
total
 
working
 
cost
 
of
ZAR90.86/t (Table 18.11).
Table 18.11:
 
Average LoM Operating Cost for Ergo
Operating Cost
Average LoM
Operating Cost
(ZAR 000’s)
Labor
375,733
Consumables
663,822
Electricity
81,735
Water
28,557
Contractors
350,715
Other
262,710
Sub-total Cash Cost
1,863,272
Rehabilitation Cost
25,349
Other Operation Cost
24,572
Retrenchment Cost
6,215
Corporate Cost
42,916
Sub-total Other Cost
99,052
Total Working Cost
1,962,324
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
The
 
development
 
of
 
the
 
annual
 
operating
 
costs
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
historical
 
cost
 
data
 
as
 
Ergo
 
has
 
been
operational for numerous years. The
 
QP associates a Low
 
risk with many of
 
the operating costs, however
a Medium
 
risk is
 
associated
 
with consumables,
 
electricity
 
and water
 
due
 
to the
 
volatile nature
 
of the
market of these items. Ergo is attempting to mitigate the volatility with the installation of the solar power
project and reuse of water where possible. Refer to Item 19.3
 
for more details on risk.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p220i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
204
19
 
Economic Analysis
19.1
 
Economic Analysis
The 30
 
June 2022
 
19-year LoM
 
plan, which
 
is the
 
basis of
 
the Mineral
 
Reserve, is
 
scheduled to
 
mine a
total
 
of
 
410.33Mt
 
at
 
0.28g/t
 
Au
 
and
 
produce
 
50,658kg
 
of
 
gold
 
over
 
the
 
same
 
period.
 
The
 
economic
analysis is based on a LoM plan that is designed to a PFS level of accuracy (i.e., +/-25%). The economic
analysis
 
conducted
 
by
 
the
 
QP
 
indicates
 
a
 
net
 
present
 
value
 
(NPV)
 
of
 
ZAR2.2
 
billion
 
after
 
capital
expenditure and
 
taxation
 
utilizing a
 
discount rate
 
of 9.48%
 
(real terms).
 
As the
 
Ergo operations
 
are an
on-going with an annual positive cashflow, the internal rate of return (IRR) and payback period are not
applicable.
Figure 19.1:
 
Ergo LoM Production Tonnage
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p221i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
205
Figure 19.2:
 
Ergo LoM Gold Production
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
Table 19.1 presents the
 
Ergo cashflow model over
 
the 19-year LoM Plan.
 
The NPV has been
 
calculated
by
 
discounting
 
the
 
positive
 
cashflows
 
at
 
the
 
appropriate
 
rate
 
and
 
subtracting
 
the
 
required
 
capital
expenditure. The QP has made the assumptions listed below to derive a realistic base case operational
cashflow model:
●
the
 
production
 
schedule
 
is
 
sourced
 
from
 
the
 
Ergo
 
LoM
 
plan.
 
The
 
mining
 
tonnage
 
schedule
 
is
shown in Figure 19.1, which varies between 23.0Mtpa
 
and 18.2Mtpa;
●
plant feed grade as per the LoM schedule (Figure 19.2)
 
with an average grade of 0.28g/t Au;
●
the average metallurgical recovery over the LoM schedule
 
is 40.9%;
●
total
 
working
 
costs
 
estimated
 
at
 
ZAR90.86/t
 
RoM
 
are
 
inclusive
 
of
 
mining,
 
metallurgical
 
and
general and administration costs (working costs);
●
the gold market
 
price is
 
set at ZAR914,294/kg
 
(see Item
 
16 for further
 
information for
 
gold price
in USD/oz and exchange rate);
●
capital expenditure of ZAR3.219 billion is inclusive of contingency
 
;
●
no salvage value of assets has been assumed;
●
a tax rate of 27%;
●
a discount rate of 9.48% in real (no inflation) terms;
●
no
 
royalty
 
payment
 
is
 
applicable
 
to
 
Ergo,
 
as
 
the
 
operation
 
is
 
not
 
subject
 
to
 
royalties
 
on
 
the
retreatment of TSFs;
●
capital expenditure was fully written-off against operating
 
profit, with no time constraint; and
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
206
●
no escalation
 
or inflationary
 
effects have
 
been included
 
in the
 
economic evaluation,
 
which is
based on constant money value (real terms).
The NPV of the Ergo
 
LoM plan as at 30
 
June 2022
 
was calculated at ZAR2.2
 
billion at a discount
 
rate of
9.48% as shown in Table 19.1
.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p223i1
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings Storage
 
Facilities
207
Table 19.1:
 
Economic Analysis
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p224i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
208
19.2
 
Sensitivity Analysis
The sensitivity analysis of the Ergo financial model
 
that varies revenue (price and grade); operating cost
and capital expenditure at 5% increments above
 
and below the base case is shown in Figure
 
19.3.
 
The
analysis indicates that the Ergo operations are very sensitive to revenue parameters such as gold price,
grade, and recovery.
 
In addition, the LoM
 
plan is also very
 
sensitive to changes in
 
operating costs. The
sensitivity
 
indicates
 
that
 
the
 
LoM
 
plan
 
is not
 
as
 
sensitive
 
to capital
 
and
 
therefore
 
capital
 
expenditure
should be considered
 
if the expenditure
 
will result
 
in reducing operating
 
cost or increase
 
revenue. The
sensitivity
 
indicates
 
that
 
achievement
 
of
 
the
 
LoM
 
plan
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
tonnage
 
is
 
critical
 
in
 
realizing
 
the
planned operating
 
costs and
 
being able
 
to mine
 
at the
 
planned cut-off
 
grade. The
 
QP is
 
unaware of
any capital
 
expenditures, that
 
if delayed,
 
would materially
 
affect the
 
LoM plan
 
or cashflow.
 
The QP
 
is
of the opinion that no extremely weather conditions will materially
 
impact on the capital development
program.
Figure 19.3:
 
Sensitivity Analysis
Source: The RVN Group, 2022
19.3
 
Risk Assessment
The following
 
highlights show
 
the key
 
risks that
 
Ergo has
 
identified as
 
critical to
 
their operations,
as well as comments
 
on mitigation of these risks.
19.3.1
 
Rising Electricity Prices and Eskom Supply Distribution
The mining industry is a dominant
 
consumer of electricity, consuming approximately 30% of the
 
national
electricity supply. The processing plants operate on
 
a “24/7/365”
 
basis and continuous electricity supply
is paramount to achieving a stable plant with enhanced
 
efficiencies.
Eskom
 
remains
 
the
 
biggest
 
systemic
 
risk
 
to
 
the
 
sustainability
 
of
 
the
 
South
 
African
 
economy.
 
On
28 July 2020, a
 
court judgment was given against the National
 
Energy Regulator of South Africa
 
(NERSA)
and allowed for Eskom to increase its
 
tariffs from the original 5.22% on
 
1 April 2021 to approximately 15%.
An increase
 
of 14.59%
 
was
 
approved
 
for
 
the 202
 
1
 
to 2022
 
municipal
 
tariff after
 
Eskom
 
applied
 
for
 
an
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
209
electricity
 
price
 
increase
 
of
 
20.5%.
 
In
 
February
 
2022,
 
NERSA
 
allowed
 
for
 
an
 
increase
 
of
 
9.6%
 
in
 
the
standard electricity tariff as implemented in April 2022.
Ergo has adopted a two-staged approach to the risks associated
 
with electricity supply.
Firstly,
 
Ergo
 
has
 
had
 
to
 
install
 
extensive
 
back-up
 
systems
 
to
 
counteract
 
the
 
impact
 
of
 
unscheduled
interruptions in the power supply. Although Ergo is unable
 
to maintain full production during black-outs,
back-up generator sets ensure that the
 
processing plants remain
 
in motion and that the circuits
 
do not
choke or become
 
blocked through the
 
settlement of solids
 
in the slurry.
 
This enables the
 
immediate start-
up of production once the power is restored.
At the
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF, the
 
back-up
 
capacity
 
is sufficient
 
to ensure
 
that
 
deposition can
 
continue
uninterrupted, thus
 
there is
 
no interference
 
with the
 
processing plant
 
operations (i.e.,
 
if the
 
deposition
system comes to a halt, then the entire operation will stop). From a safety perspective, it is also
 
essential
that the
 
water balance
 
on the
 
TSF pumping
 
operations remain
 
under control
 
to ensure
 
that water
 
on
the Brakpan/Withok TSF remains within the stated factors
 
of safety.
The second
 
important
 
strategic
 
consideration
 
regarding
 
electricity
 
supply is
 
to address
 
the impact
 
of
escalating
 
electricity
 
costs.
 
Ergo
 
continues
 
to
 
investigate
 
ways
 
of
 
reducing
 
the
 
impact
 
of
 
price
increases. Power storage and the pricing policy of Eskom to charge different rates during peak
 
and off-
peak periods
 
appear to
 
be the
 
most likely
 
near-term solutions
 
in this
 
regard. Charging
 
power storage
units during
 
these periods
 
and then
 
drawing them
 
down during
 
peak hours
 
to avoid
 
peak rates,
 
may
well in the long-term, provide a financially feasible model
 
in this regard.
 
Ergo
 
has
 
obtained
 
regulatory
 
approvals
 
for
 
the
 
development
 
of
 
a
 
solar
 
photovoltaic
 
and
 
battery
storage
 
facility
 
which
 
will
 
be
 
located
 
adjacent
 
to
 
the
 
Ergo
 
processing
 
plant.
 
Ergo
 
has
 
approved
ZAR646.3 million to develop the first phase of the solar
 
energy project.
19.3.2
 
Tailings Storage Facility Capacity
Ergo is a
 
volume-driven business.
 
As a result,
 
Ergo needs to
 
ensure that there
 
is sufficient capacity
 
in its
TSFs
 
to
 
deposit
 
material
 
after
 
processing
 
and
 
extracting
 
gold
 
in
 
the
 
plant.
 
Additional
 
tailings
 
storage
capacity is required
 
in the
 
medium-term to continue
 
operating at
 
current levels. This
 
additional capacity
will come from the Brakpan/Withok TSF, adjacent to the Brakpan
 
TSF. Ergo has allocated ZAR700 million
for the
 
implementation
 
of the
 
Brakpan/Withok
 
TSF final
 
life
 
design.
 
These is
 
a risk
 
of production
 
being
reduced in the event that regulatory approvals are
 
not obtained or not obtained timeously.
 
19.3.3
 
Social Unrest
The
 
growing
 
frustration
 
of
 
society
 
due
 
to
 
lack
 
of
 
Government
 
service
 
delivery
 
and
 
high
 
rates
 
of
unemployment (heightened by
 
the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic)
 
lead to increased protests and
conflict,
 
affecting
 
communities
 
in
 
and
 
around
 
Ergo’s
 
operations.
 
This
 
may
 
result
 
in
 
operational
disruptions.
19.3.4
 
Increased Crime
The current
 
strained economic
 
and uncertain
 
socio-political environment
 
contribute to
 
adverse crime
trends.
 
Ergo operations
 
are
 
not immune
 
to crime
 
and
 
are
 
frequently
 
targeted by
 
criminals
 
as well
 
as
syndicates seeking access to gold or gold concentrate.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
210
19.3.5
 
Depletion of Ergo
’
s Mineral Reserves
Ergo’s
 
strategy
 
is
 
to
 
maintain
 
its
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
base
 
by
 
improving
 
the
 
robustness
 
of
 
LoM
 
plan
 
by
increasing production through better extraction efficiencies. Another risk associated with Ergo’s Mineral
Reserve
 
is
 
the
 
depletion
 
of
 
higher-grade
 
Mineral
 
Reserves.
 
The
 
current
 
gold
 
price
 
assists
 
with
 
the
economic
 
viability
 
of
 
lower
 
grade
 
TSFs,
 
however
 
when
 
the
 
gold
 
price
 
drops,
 
it
 
will
 
be
 
important
 
to
optimize the
 
LoM plan
 
to enable
 
the mining
 
of lower
 
grade TSFs.
 
This will
 
require optimizing
 
the mining
throughput,
 
reducing
 
operating
 
costs
 
and
 
improving
 
the
 
mineral
 
recovery
 
efficiencies.
 
The
 
QP
associates a low to medium risk to the Mineral Reserve
 
base as some TSF are operating close to the cut-
off grade. In
 
certain instances, the risk
 
may be negated by
 
increasing the mining rate
 
of the TSF,
 
thereby
reducing the per unit operating cost and the cut-off grade.
19.3.6
 
Social Licenses to Operate
Historically, mining has taken place in the Johannesburg
 
area since 1886 and therefore, environmental
and waste disposal practices that were designed and that may have been adequate
 
in a less densely
populated environment, are inadequate today. Ergo’s entire operating footprint is the legacy footprint
of mining
 
in Johannesburg
 
specifically in
 
the East
 
Rand. An
 
integral part
 
of Ergo’s
 
mining process
 
is to
remedy the shortcomings of that legacy by mining
 
and the historical TSFs.
While mining, there can be
 
high levels of dust and
 
other disturbances from reclamation
 
sites, however,
the
 
result
 
is
 
a
 
better
 
and
 
cleaner
 
environment
 
once
 
the
 
TSF
 
us
 
removed.
 
To
 
minimize
 
the
 
impact
 
of
mining operations, Ergo conducts dust monitoring and
 
implements measures to suppress dust.
In addition, Ergo has adopted the strategy of concurrent
 
rehabilitation, which reduces Ergo’s long-term
environmental obligation. Ergo’s current mine design strategy is to
 
conduct rehabilitation of completed
mining
 
sites
 
as
 
soon
 
as
 
practically
 
possible
 
(See
 
Item
 
17
 
for
 
further
 
Environmental,
 
Social
 
and
Governance commentary).
Pressures
 
and
 
demands
 
on
 
business
 
by
 
local
 
communities,
 
non-government
 
organizations
 
have
increased. Social license to operate issues
 
are typically driven by the
 
social and economic landscape;
and
 
the
 
Covid-19
 
pandemic
 
has
 
exacerbated
 
the
 
social
 
and
 
economic
 
issues
 
in
 
South
 
Africa.
Unemployment, hunger and desperation are of great concern and Ergo has been active in supporting
the
 
local
 
communities.
 
Ergo
 
will,
 
however,
 
be
 
increasingly
 
exposed
 
to
 
this
 
risk
 
should
 
social
 
and
economic conditions in the country not improve.
19.3.7
 
Fluctuations in the Gold Price and Exchange Rate
As
 
a
 
market
 
price
 
taker,
 
Ergo
 
is
 
exposed
 
to
 
fluctuations
 
in
 
the
 
United
 
States
 
Dollar
 
gold
 
price
 
and
ZAR/USD exchange rate. The higher the gold price,
 
the higher the profitability. A noticeable upswing
 
in
the gold
 
price has
 
occurred since
 
March 2019
 
(Figure
 
19.4),
 
with a
 
peak
 
of USD1,970/oz
 
achieved
 
in
July 2020, and
 
a 30 June
 
2022 price
 
of USD1,829/oz.
 
Between the
 
August 2021 peak
 
and the July
 
2020
high,
 
a
 
gold
 
price
 
low
 
of
 
USD1,062
 
was
 
reached
 
in
 
November
 
2015,
 
indicating
 
price
 
volatility
 
of
approximately USD700/oz between the high and
 
low gold prices
 
from 2011 to 2022.
exhibit962p1i0 exhibit962p227i1
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
211
Figure 19.4:
30-Year Gold Price in USD/oz (1992 to 2022)
Source: Macrotrends.net, 2022
This is mainly because of investors returning to gold as a safe haven asset in the
 
wake of recent fears of
a
 
global
 
economic
 
slowdown.
 
The
 
ZAR/USD
 
exchange
 
rate
 
remained
 
volatile
 
throughout
 
the
 
year
mainly as
 
a result of
 
economic uncertainty
 
marred by
 
political instability
 
and global market
 
slowdown
sentiment.
Since the revenue
 
line is determined
 
by external factors,
 
Ergo manages
 
this risk by
 
being very focused
on areas that it can influence
 
such as costs and operational
 
efficiency. Ergo continues to
 
look at ways
to
 
impede
 
the
 
increase
 
of
 
costs
 
and
 
save
 
costs
 
by
 
making
 
ongoing
 
continuous
 
improvements
 
on
process and efficiencies. Precise dosing of
 
chemicals and consumables, based on the ongoing
 
analysis
of key drivers in the Ergo processing plant, contributes to keeping costs as low as possible;
 
lower friction
in pipelines
 
through HDPE
 
lining reduces
 
power consumption,
 
and maintaining
 
a closed
 
water circuit
and use of recycled water reduces the costs of water
 
consumption are a few initiatives implemented.
To limit
 
the vulnerability
 
to a
 
drop in
 
the price
 
of gold
 
in ZAR
 
terms, Ergo
 
monitors costs
 
in line
 
with the
approach stated above. In addition to that, Ergo
 
also works hard to increase recoveries.
19.3.8
 
Supply and Cost of Water
Ergo’s surface retreatment operations are reliant
 
on water to transport the slimes from reclaimed
 
areas
to the processing plant and to the TSF.
It is
 
acknowledged
 
that water
 
is a
 
limited
 
natural resource,
 
crucial
 
for the
 
sustainability
 
of the
 
planet
and
 
South
 
Africa
 
is
 
a
 
water-scarce
 
country.
 
There
 
are
 
increasing
 
calls
 
from
 
interest
 
groups
 
for
intervention
 
to
 
avoid
 
future
 
deficits
 
in
 
water
 
supply.
 
Over
 
the
 
past
 
few
 
years,
 
Ergo
 
has
 
deliberately
focused
 
on
 
investing
 
in
 
infrastructure
 
and
 
strategies
 
to
 
reduce
 
the
 
reliance
 
on
 
potable
 
water
 
and
expand the use of other water sources. Ergo relies
 
on third party providers for any shortfall in water.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
212
20
 
Adjacent Properties
There are no adjacent properties to report.
21
 
Other Relevant Data and Information
Ergo is committed to improving
 
governance and transparency
 
in the safety and management
 
of TSFs,
a commitment that so far has taken Ergo to implement
 
the following:
●
an internal
 
Tailings Performance
 
Management System
 
(TPMS) was
 
implemented for
 
dedicated
data
 
collection,
 
storage
 
and
 
processing
 
to
 
ensure
 
the
 
integrity
 
of
 
the
 
data
 
for
 
day-to-day
management and oversight purposes;
●
quarterly drone surveillance;
 
and
●
review
 
of
 
historical
 
Interferometric
 
Synthetic
 
Aperture
 
Radar
 
(InSAR)
 
imagery
 
for
 
mapping
ground deformation over large areas.
An eternal Tailings Review Panel review panel has been
 
in place since 2018.
The
 
QPs
 
and
 
Ergo
 
have
 
a
 
number
 
of
 
internal
 
controls
 
to
 
manage
 
risk
 
and
 
uncertainty
 
in
 
the
 
Mineral
Resource
 
and
 
Mineral
 
Reserve
 
estimation
 
process.
 
Monthly
 
meetings
 
are
 
held
 
with
 
the
 
Ergo
 
MRM
Manager and the
 
Ergo/DRDGOLD Finance team
 
to discuss any
 
concerns or areas
 
requiring further work.
In addition to
 
these meeting, the
 
QPs liaise with
 
the relevant
 
specialists on
 
an on-going
 
basis to check
on progress of a number of technical programs.
There is
 
no other
 
known available
 
relevant data
 
or information
 
material to
 
the discussed
 
properties in
this regard.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
213
22
 
Interpretation and Conclusions
The
 
QP
 
concludes
 
that
 
the
 
protocols
 
for
 
drilling,
 
sampling
 
preparation
 
and
 
analysis,
 
verification,
 
and
security meet industry
 
standard practices
 
and are appropriate
 
for the purposes
 
of a Mineral
 
Resource
estimate. The initial assessments have
 
found that the Ergo
 
TSFs have reasonable prospects
 
for economic
extraction.
 
The
 
QP
 
is
 
satisfied
 
with
 
the
 
QA
 
developed
 
by
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group
 
and
 
the
 
QC
 
program
implemented,
 
as there was no significant bias in reporting data.
The QP
 
contends
 
that the
 
assumptions, parameters
 
and methodology
 
used for
 
the
 
Mineral Resource
estimate are appropriate for the style of mineralization
 
and deposit type.
The
 
tonnage
 
and
 
content
 
of
 
the
 
TSFs
 
are
 
as
 
expected
 
and
 
can
 
be
 
processed
 
in
 
the
 
current
 
Ergo
processing plant. TSFs and
 
sand dumps reported in
 
this document have sufficient
 
information to be used
in the Mineral Reserve estimates and demonstrate economic viability.
The identified risks that could affect the Mineral Resources
 
and Mineral Reserves are:
●
rising electricity prices and Eskom supply distribution;
●
depositional capacity;
●
social unrest;
●
increased crime;
●
depletion of Ergo’s Mineral Reserves;
●
dependency on key suppliers;
●
social licenses to operate;
●
fluctuation of the gold price and the exchange rate;
●
extreme weather;
 
and
●
supply and cost of water.
23
 
Recommendations
There is sufficient information to allow for decision-making in the future. Accordingly, no additional work
is recommended.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
214
24
 
References
Alakangas,
 
Eija.
 
(2015).
 
Quality
 
guidelines
 
of
 
wood
 
fuels
 
in
 
Finland
 
VTT-M-04712-15.
10.13140/RG.2.1.3290.3127.
Ellis. L., 2021.
 
Ergo Closure
 
Cost Assessment
 
2021, Digby
 
Wells Environmental,
 
Project Number
 
ERG7002.
June 2021. Unpublished.
Engles, J., (n.d.). Tailings Info. Sourced July 2022 - https://www.tailings.info/technical/hydraulic.htm
Goldprice, 2022. Sourced July 2022 - https://goldprice.org/gold
 
-price-today/2022-06-30
Macrotrends. (2022). Sourced July
 
2022 - (https://www.macrotrends.net/1333/historical-gold-prices-100-
year-chart)
Mudau, M.,
 
2017. Procedure
 
for
 
drilling
 
management,
 
logging,
 
sampling
 
and
 
analysis
 
of the
 
material
from Tailings Storage Facility. The RVN Group. Johannesburg.
 
The RVN Group. Unpublished.
Mudau,
 
M.,
 
2020.
 
Technical
 
Report
 
of
 
the
 
Daggafontein
 
Tailings
 
Storage
 
Facility.
 
The
 
RVN
 
Group.
Johannesburg. The RVN Group. Unpublished.
Mudau, M. and Rupprecht,
 
S.M., 2020a. Technical Report
 
of the Marievale Tailings
 
Storage Facility.
 
The
RVN Group. Johannesburg. The RVN Group. Unpublished.
Mudau, M. and
 
Rupprecht,
 
S.M., 2020b.
 
Technical Report
 
of the
 
Grootvlei Tailings
 
Storage Facility.
 
The
RVN Group. Johannesburg. The RVN Group. Unpublished.
Mudau, M. and
 
Rupprecht, S.M.,
 
2020c. Technical
 
Report of the
 
Rooikraal Tailings
 
Storage Facility.
 
The
RVN Group. Johannesburg. The RVN Group. Unpublished.
25
 
Reliance on Information Provided by Registrant
The QPs relied on the following information provided
 
by the registrant:
●
legal matters about the Mining and Prospecting Rights. The QPs considered it reasonable to rely
on registrant’s legal
 
opinion (legal or
 
permitting matters are
 
discussed in Item
 
1.3, Item 3.3
 
to Item
3.6 and Item 17.2.6);
●
environmental matters discussed in Item 17.3 and Item
 
19.3.6 relating to Ergo compliance;
●
Ergo commits or plans to provide to local individuals or groups
 
(Item 17.3);
●
macroeconomic trends, data, and assumptions and interest
 
rates (Item 16); and
●
marketing information and plans (Item 16).
The QPs considered
 
it reasonable
 
to rely on
 
the above information
 
as the registrant
 
has the necessary
expertise and has been in operation for more than
 
20 years of successful and profitable retreatment
 
of
TSFs and sand dumps.
 
The QP also found that the data provided aligns with the industry norms. The QPs
have no reason to believe that any material facts
 
had been withheld or misstated.
exhibit962p1i0
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
215
exhibit962p1i0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Report Summary of the material Tailings
 
Storage Facilities
216
26
 
Qualified Persons Disclosure Consent
We, the signees, in our capacity as Qualified Persons in connection with the Technical Report Summary
of Ergo Mining
 
Proprietary Limited dated 28 October 2022 (The Technical Report Summary) as required
by Item 601(b)(96)
 
of Regulation S-K
 
and filed
 
as an exhibit
 
to DRDGOLD Limited’s
 
(DRDGOLD) annual
report
 
on
 
Form
 
20-F
 
for
 
the
 
year
 
ended
 
30
 
June
 
2022
 
and
 
any
 
amendments
 
or
 
supplements
 
and/or
exhibits thereto (collectively,
 
the “Form 20-F”) pursuant
 
to Subpart 1300 of
 
Regulation S-K promulgated
by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (1300
 
Regulation
 
S-K), each hereby consent to:
●
the
 
public
 
filing
 
and
 
use
 
by
 
DRDGOLD
 
of
 
the
 
Technical
 
Report
 
Summary
 
for
 
which
 
I
 
am
responsible as an exhibit to the Form 20-F;
●
the
 
use
 
and
 
reference
 
to
 
my
 
name,
 
including
 
my
 
status
 
as
 
an
 
expert
 
or
 
Qualified
 
Person
 
(as
defined by SK-1300) in connection
 
with the Form 20-F
 
and Technical Report Summary
 
for which
I am responsible;
●
use of any extracts from, or summary of, the
 
Technical Report Summary in the Form 20-F and the
use of
 
any information
 
derived, summarized,
 
quoted or
 
referenced from
 
the Technical
 
Report
Summary, or portions
 
thereof, that
 
is included
 
or incorporated
 
by reference
 
into the
 
Form 20-F;
and any amendments or supplements thereto.
I am responsible for authoring,
 
and this consent pertains to, the
 
Technical Report Summary (Table
 
26.1)
for which my name
 
appears below and certify
 
that I have read
 
the 20-F and that
 
it fairly and accurately
represents the information in the Technical Report
 
Summary for which I am responsible.
Table 26.1:
 
Qualified Person’s Details
Property Name
TRS Effective
Date
QP Name
Affiliation to
Registrant
Field or Area of
Responsibility
Signature
Ergo Mining
Proprietary Limited
 
(A subsidiary of
DRDGOLD Limited)
30 June 2022
Professor Steven
Rupprecht
Independent
Consultant
Item 1 and
 
12 to 19I
/s/ Steven
Rupprecht
Ergo Mining
Proprietary Limited
 
(A subsidiary of
DRDGOLD Limited)
30 June 2022
Mr Mpfariseni
Mudau
Independent
Consultant
 
Item 1 to 11 and
 
20 to 25
/s/ Mpfariseni
Mudau